Author: sanjith p

There is a delicate balance between managing costs and being good stewards of investments in new tools and technology innovations

Season 5: Episode #140

Podcast with Tanya Townsend, SVP & CIO, LCMC Health

"There is a delicate balance between managing costs and being good stewards of investments in new tools and technology innovations"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan

To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Tanya Townsend, CIO of LCMC Health, a New Orleans-based non-profit health system, discusses how they are leveraging their digital capabilities across the continuum of care and improving patient access and clinician experience across their facilities.

Tanya explains how the macroeconomic environment has impacted their investment decisions this year. She states that there is a delicate balance between managing costs and being good stewards of investments in new tools and technology innovations. 

Tanya also talks about how they redesigned their online scheduling tools and patient portal platforms, their journey towards creating an integrated and seamless care experience across service lines, and more. Take a listen.

Show Notes

02:57What does digital health mean for you? Talk to us about the digital health program and LCMC.
07:16 Can you share a couple of examples of how you have improved the patient experience, especially from an access standpoint.
11:42What are your patients telling you? What are the things you're hearing from them that are driving your priorities and your investments?
13:42As the CIO, how do you go about making your technology choices?
15:54How has the macroeconomic environment impacted your investment decisions this year?
18:55 What have been some of the successes that you've had in applying artificial intelligence and advanced analytics to help to drive your outcome?
21:18If a digital health solution founder is listening to this podcast and wants to reach out to you, what's your advice to them before they send you, their pitch?
23:12What does your org model and governance model look like when it comes to digital health investments? How do you how do you make the decisions?

About our guest

Tanya Townsend is the Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer (CIO) for LCMC Health and its nine-hospital system. An established financial executive who has been working in the healthcare industry for over 20 years, Tanya held a variety of positions from system analyst to CIO in healthcare organizations and hospitals in Wisconsin before she headed south to New Orleans and the LCMC Health system.

Tanya is committed to staying abreast of best practices across the IT industry – in her role as a division CIO in Wisconsin, she was the first to consolidate and integrate Information Technology, HIM, and Clinical Engineering into a more efficient shared services model. Passionate about the topic of information tech, Tanya has spoken at national events in the industry as well as received numerous acknowledgements and awards for her work. She currently sits on Advisory Boards for several technology firms including NetApp, VMWare, Fortified Health Security, and CHIME. She has been named one of the top healthcare IT innovators in the country, and her dedication to establishing and maintaining state-of-the-art information systems for LCMC Health is highly valued.

Tanya was recognized by Becker’s Hospital Review as one of the 2018 Female IT Leaders to Know.

Tanya Townsend is the Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer (CIO) for LCMC Health and its nine-hospital system. An established financial executive who has been working in the healthcare industry for over 20 years, Tanya held a variety of positions from system analyst to CIO in healthcare organizations and hospitals in Wisconsin before she headed south to New Orleans and the LCMC Health system.

Tanya is committed to staying abreast of best practices across the IT industry – in her role as a division CIO in Wisconsin, she was the first to consolidate and integrate Information Technology, HIM, and Clinical Engineering into a more efficient shared services model. Passionate about the topic of information tech, Tanya has spoken at national events in the industry as well as received numerous acknowledgements and awards for her work. She currently sits on Advisory Boards for several technology firms including NetApp, VMWare, Fortified Health Security, and CHIME. She has been named one of the top healthcare IT innovators in the country, and her dedication to establishing and maintaining state-of-the-art information systems for LCMC Health is highly valued.

Tanya was recognized by Becker’s Hospital Review as one of the 2018 Female IT Leaders to Know.


Q. Tanya, can you tell us a bit about LCMC and the populations you serve?

Tanya: It’s kind of a long journey, but I’ll try to wrap it up there, summarize it. We are originally founded by Louisiana’s only freestanding Children’s Hospital. LCMC originally stood for Louisiana Children’s Medical Center. We just go by LCMC Health now. We have since grown into a healthcare delivery system serving the New Orleans market and the communities in the Gulf South. We kept the legacy of children and pediatrics in our name, which is the LCMC Health piece. We are now in nine hospital locations and Children’s Hospital of New Orleans and several other community hospitals, and we are the area’s only level one trauma center with Tulane Medical Center of New Orleans. We also recently acquired Tulane University Medical Center and its Associated Hospitals. So, we are an academic teaching organization. We train the next generation of health care professionals in partnership with LSU and Tulane Medical Schools, amongst others. For allied health students, where about 3 billion in revenue, 3000 physicians, 14,000 employees, a couple thousand inpatient beds. And we’ve kept the legacy of our founding member, which is Children’s Hospital of New Orleans, in place. But we’ve expanded our services beyond pediatrics. I am the first chief information officer for this organization. It’s formed very rapidly over the years through these mergers. And I have been in my role now for eight years.

Q. In this podcast, we talk a lot about digital health and digital transformation, and I want to focus on that as it relates to LCMC. Can you give us a little bit of an overview of your digital health program? What does Digital health mean for you and talk to us a little bit about the digital health program at LCMC.

Tanya: Sure. We are an organization that did grow through mergers and acquisitions, and so our original goal in our digital health program was to come up with a standardized methodology for systems, for strategies where we could get synergies and really integrate across our continuum of care because we are very locally based here in the New Orleans market. So, all our hospitals geographically wise are very close. And so, it is common for patients to visit any one of our facilities. We really needed to have an integrated digital footprint or electronic health record, which is where we started to make that more of a better patient experience, as well as the opportunity to make that more efficient for our organization and make it a happier or more efficient place to be for our caregivers and our workforce. We were running and somewhere around dozens, if not hundreds of various applications and systems. So, I would like to say you name the electronic health record and platform, and we had it. So that’s what I spent most of the first initial years forming was an electronic health record strategy to again, really integrate care across our continuum and remove some of those redundancies, creative efficiencies, and make that again, a better experience for our workforce as well as our patients. So, step one was to set down that path of creating a centralized shared services model and that common vision. And we did end up selecting Epic as our electronic health record. So, our initial phase of that was in 2017 and we did do Big Bang. So, everything from ancillaries to inpatient to ambulatory to revenue cycle, all of it was big bang and we rolled out. At that time, we were five hospitals and that was all conducted over the course of about a year. So, between the end of 2017 through mid-2018, we were up and running on all of those facilities. And then we acquired another hospital in the middle of the pandemic in 2020. So, we spent the last couple of bringing them into the fold onto the platforms and we are now embarking on that same process for our latest acquisitions with Tulane, which is another three hospitals. And we plan to have them up and running within about a year. So, all of that said, that’s been keeping us very busy and just putting the foundation in place. And now we’re really looking forward to moving past, you know, having the foundation and really leveraging additional digital capabilities for advancing what we can. So right now, we’re really focused on our journey towards systemness. So really developing those standards across service lines, across our continuum of care, because again, our patients in the geography that we serve is very close in proximity. So, we want that to be a seamless and common experience and focus on systemness. We’re also really focused on patient access, and we’re very aware that patients do have a choice and we want to make sure that we make it as easy as possible for patients to access our system. So, we’ve done a lot around that. And then lastly, also not just focus on the patient, but also continue to focus on our clinician experience. So, almost just as much rigor and focus on the clinician experience and happiness and creating user friendly tools that makes it easy to do their job and yet meet all the regulatory requirements and compliance things that are always coming at us for documentation.

Q. Can you give us a couple of examples of what you’ve done to improve the patient experience, especially from an access standpoint.

Tanya: Sure. One of our most recent experiences, which I will tie into even that systemness category that I just mentioned, we just recently did a full redesign of what we call our online scheduling tools and platforms. So, we do have a patient portal there. We were allowing scheduling of it when we went live with Epic a few years ago. But on this journey towards integrating care and making it a common seamless experience across service lines. We revamped, revised all of that and ensured that it was easy to create, to schedule a patient through our platform for, let’s just say, primary care. So, if for some reason my normal physician that I normally see wasn’t available, but I really needed to get in for an appointment, we now make it very easy to search our entire database of availability to get in with the next provider, even if that might not be at the same clinic that that I normally would have seen. So, that has been a huge improvement just in terms of schedule utilization and visit volume increases. So, it’s been a win-win not only for the patients to have easier access, but also, it’s a growth opportunity for the healthcare system. We’re going to start with that and continuing to look at ways for how we improve access. Referrals is another area that we’re going to start looking at again, just making that an easier process to get patients to where they need to be within our system.

Q. What about the clinicians? You mentioned that you’re also trying to provide features and functionalities to help make their jobs and their lives better, right? Can you talk about an example of what you’ve provided for them?

Tanya: Sure. We just recently, it’s still in progress, none of these things are ever done right. As it’s a continuous evolution, continuous improvement. So, one of the projects that we also launched this past year was called Project Joy, and it was a very targeted effort to focus on nursing specifically because I’m sure we are aware of the nursing shortages that many of us are facing. It’s a real challenge to not only retain the nursing staff we have, but also attract and recruit new nurses. How do we make sure that we have an environment that they like? Project Joy, in partnership with our Chief Nursing officers, was an effort to evaluate utilization of our electronic health record. So, now that we have the data in a digital format, it makes it much easier to do some targeted analytics and analysis on where our nurse is spending their time and then really dig into. At a glance we found that some of our nurses were spending an inordinate amount of time in flow sheets and responding to what we called non required best practice alerts. It was almost just kind of an FYI sorts of messages, but not actionable. We spent a lot of time in partnership with our chief nursing officers to identify how can we make these glow sheets a little bit more user friendly and how do we reduce the amount of clicks or interruptions that the nurses face with these alerts that may not really be effective. On our first phase of rolling out the changes to that project, we were able to calculate savings of over 1000 hours per month to give back to our nurses to do other things such as care for our patients at the bedside.

Q. That’s another great example of how you’re really making it work for both the patients and the caregivers. What are your patients telling you at a high level? What are the one or two things you’re hearing from them that are driving your priorities and your investments?

Tanya: We started to get a lot of very positive feedback when we did these revisions around online scheduling and ease of access. And the other thing that was probably another good example, although it’s a little outdated now, but our ability to respond to the pandemic. Obviously, that was a rapid change and we stood up telemedicine overnight. We also did a great deal on what we called mobile testing. So, if patients weren’t in a place that they had easy access, we had busses that were out in our community offering testing and then also did the same thing for vaccinations. When those became available. We really stood up the technology pretty much almost overnight and to be able to have a massive vaccination location that made it easy for patients to get in and out and even looked at some rideshare type of programs for ensuring that transportation wasn’t necessarily an obstacle or barrier in terms of where to get access. So those are just a few of the examples of the great feedback in our community that patients are excited about.

Q. Let’s talk a little bit about the tech. You have got a lot of technology choices. Your major EHR system, which is Epic, is doing a lot in terms of building out their product on their platform with their digital capabilities. You also have a thriving ecosystem of independent software solution providers. This could be everyone from, very well-established firms, but also startups from the digital health ecosystem. As the CIO, how do you go about making your choices and talk to us a little bit about your thought process.

Tanya: That is such a great question, and I don’t think any of us really have the perfect answer. I think we’ve made a lot of strides over the last few years. I think, again, the pandemic really pushed us into this agile, innovative space of not having the ability to wait for perfection and needing to take some chances or risks, hopefully calculated risks. I don’t have a perfect answer, but what we try to do is really align with our overall strategic plan. We do we do have an Epic first mentality, meaning let’s not reinvent the wheel if Epic already can or is doing it, we’ll probably look at that first just because it is already part of the tool that we’ve purchased and invested in. And there is something to be said about complete integration from the start. So, we start there, align with the strategic plan, and then identify where those gaps are. While I think that does an awful lot, they don’t do everything so really targeting and again what are our strategies, where are the gaps and identify where those possible solutions can fit. And even what we call interoperability and integration has really come a long way too. We’re not stuck with just HL7. There are so many more capabilities now in how we can integrate with our core platform. So that’s not so much a barrier as it used to be in years past, but it is something important to ensure that integration is hopefully seamless as can be for both the user experience as well as just continuity of care. If we are talking about patient information.

Q. How has the macroeconomic environment impacted your investment decisions this year? You’ve got a labor shortage; you’ve got an interest rate. There’s a lot of there’s a lot of forces in play in the market.

Tanya: Yeah. Another great question! In the healthcare industry, we are facing issues with reimbursement rules changing and the inflation also continues to rise. So, we really do have to make sure that we’re managing our costs and being good stewards, which is difficult to do when at the same time we just talked about innovation and new tools and investment. It really is a delicate balance. So, while we’re working on enabling new digital technologies that will hopefully drive revenue or improvements, and that’s a key to making sure that we continue to measure that. But also, where can we eliminate costs or really push on opportunities? So, a big opportunity for us because of all the mergers and acquisitions we did was application rationalization. So, as we brought these nine hospitals together, they had a little flavor of just about every application you can think of. That was a huge part of opportunity, is let’s standardize on the application footprint, let’s archive that data as necessary and let’s stop paying maintenance on those systems. So, we’ve done a lot of that over the years. So, some good stories to tell there and making that a priority, but also looking at new cost models. So of course, cloud computing is a whole new method of managing infrastructure compared to the sort of traditional way of buying servers and trying to predict what you were going to need, five years in advance. Now it’s a little bit more consumption based. That’s just a new cost model to evaluate. We already talked a little bit about innovation, but because of the shortage of whether it’s nursing or revenue cycle, where are the opportunities to use some artificial intelligence or maybe what we can call the digital employee experience, where we can get creative on how we can automate certain functions within our organization there where we are having shortages of labor. That’s also not an easy answer, but let’s continue to explore that. And then I already mentioned the project your way around. How do we just keep our clinicians happy and save them some time along the way?

Q. You mentioned artificial intelligence and the use of data analytics. How far are you along in that journey into. Terms of using your data and what have been some of the successes that you’ve had in applying advanced analytics to help to drive your outcomes.

Tanya: I would say that every one of our projects has some sort of metrics or analytics attached to it, and we make that a priority or a requirement before we launch any initiative. How are we going to measure this, what are our goals? Let’s make sure we’ve got a baseline and we’re prepared to measure both during the implementation and then post implementation. It’s something I’m very passionate about. I do have the business intelligence team. It’s good that we can really partner up with our EHR analysts and then our business intelligence data miners to marry that conversation. If I use EPIC for an example upon implementation, for every single module or service line, we did establish goals and we’re prepared to measure those goals during the implementation. I already mentioned the online scheduling. We just completely revised that, and we made sure we were ready to measure. We set our baseline and one month into the implementation we were able to show the metrics like – this is what it looks like last month and this is what it looks like last year and look at the improvement that we saw in just one month. I mentioned – Project Joy, we were able to measure how much time nurses were able to save just by fewer clicks and able to put more documentation at the bedside capabilities through the flow sheet modification. So, we were able to track that to how many minutes we were saving. So those are just a few examples.

Q. There’s a lot of innovation that is taking place in the market right now in terms of digital health solutions. If one of their founder CEO is listening to this podcast and wants to reach out to you, what’s your advice to them before they send you, their pitch?

Tanya: I think we covered a lot of it during this conversation. But if I could summarize maybe the key things to take away. One is really partnering so the CEO and the CIO or operations and IT collaboration to really understand the strategic initiatives or priorities of the organization and prepare to partner on that conversation around measuring accountability and on all parties, whether that’s a vendor solution, internal IT, nursing. Make sure everyone’s on the same page with what we’re measuring and why and the accountability around that. I like to say that even in data conversation, it’s one thing to produce the data. We now have lots of data, but accountability and responding to the data is I think kind of the next step of really making it meaningful. Then the other thing I think is just having conversations like this and staying connected to what the industry is doing, what others are doing, learning from others, just staying connected in the healthcare community. I truly do believe while we can learn from other industries, healthcare is a unique industry when it comes to technology, and it is really a small world at the end of the day for the healthcare IT community at least. So, leverage those conversations and that network to continuously learn from each other.

Q. What does your org model and governance model look like when it comes to digital health investments? How are you organized? How do you make the decisions? Is there a committee?

Tanya: Sure. We have a tiered approach. I call it sort of three layers of the triangle or the pyramid. At the base of the pyramid as your foundational pieces of the structure. So that’s where our subject matter experts get together routinely to talk about what the priorities are, whether they’re changes or optimization or new ideas that start there. And then above that, we call our operational layer. This is where our chief operating officer, our chief nursing officer, our chief medical information officer, sit. Their goal is to oversee trying to ensure that one group doesn’t necessarily make a decision that might negatively impact a different function down the road. They’re looking at that continuum of care for the decisions that we’re making. And then at the top level is the executive team. So, we do have what we call it together, which is our IT steering committee that is comprised of a handful of executives, including myself. Our goal is to really set the strategic priorities for the organization and ensure that there’s alignment within the framework. We also ensure that we’re utilizing resources in a shared fashion across everyone’s needs, which is tricky to do because like I mentioned earlier, we have pediatrics, and we have level one trauma academics. And so, making sure that all needs are met within that shared model can be tricky. Every committee has a chair and a co-chair. The chair is somebody from operations. We like to use the motto operationally led and supported. So, the chair is somebody from nursing or radiology, etc., and the co-chair is somebody from the IT functions or a leader on my team. And they are partners in establishing the teams and the cadence and the conversations. And then every facility is represented through that subject matter experts’ layer. And so, if you have additional questions after that, but that is how we’re structured.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Healthcare is the last industry that hasn’t yet been truly revolutionized and disrupted by technology

To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Julia Hu, Founder & CEO of Lark Health, a leading AI virtual healthcare counseling platform, is helping nearly 2 million people manage and prevent chronic conditions, stress, and anxiety. Having invested more than $100 million in R&D, Lark combines cutting-edge AI with remote patient monitoring capabilities to provide 24/7, real-time, text message-based health counseling to patients whenever and wherever they need it.

Julia explains how their text message-based counseling platform is clinically equivalent to live nurse care management services. She also talks about how virtual and at-home care delivery has been impacted by the supply and demand curve, the digital health startup ecosystem, and their new partnership with Salesforce to expand into the “payvider” segment of healthcare. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

01:21Julia, can you talk us through how you got to starting the company and some of your personal journeys that have led you to where you are.
03:40 What kind of conditions do you address using your approach and your platform?
04:53How is your remote and AI enabled care different?
06:42Can you explain the term clinical equivalence?
09:15How has the pandemic impacted your demand environment?
12:20 This year, apart from all the macro factors, inflation, and interest rates, the VC funding environment has contracted a little bit. What does that mean for you and for the digital health startup ecosystem?
15:37You've done some interesting partnerships, especially one with Salesforce. Can you talk about that?
18:03What is your advice for startups founders, those who have either recently come into the market with a product and they're finding themselves facing headwinds because of the macro environment or those who are looking to get into digital health right now.
19:39Julia, you mentioned “payviders” and this is a very interesting segment which is quite different from the normal payer-provider dynamic. Talk to us a little bit about that and why you mentioned that segment as a focus area for your company.
21:58You mentioned early on that you're working mostly with health plans and with employers. Could this potentially be your opportunity to expand into the provider?

About our guest

Julia Hu is an entrepreneur and co-founder and CEO of Lark Health. Founded on the personal experience of living with an undiagnosed chronic condition, Julia is passionate about bringing compassionate care to those preventing or managing chronic disease. Named "10 Most Innovative Apps'' alongside Uber and Airbnb, Lark’s trailblazing A.I. platform allows payers to offer an unlimited, one-on-one chronic disease prevention experience to all patients and is a covered medical benefit offered by many health plans.

Hu was named on the Business Insider’s 30 Under 40 Changing Healthcare list and was awarded as a member of the UCSF Health Awards Hall of Fame in 2021, as well as the EY Entrepreneurial Winning Women™ North America Class of 2021.

Julia Hu is an entrepreneur and co-founder and CEO of Lark Health. Founded on the personal experience of living with an undiagnosed chronic condition, Julia is passionate about bringing compassionate care to those preventing or managing chronic disease. Named "10 Most Innovative Apps'' alongside Uber and Airbnb, Lark’s trailblazing A.I. platform allows payers to offer an unlimited, one-on-one chronic disease prevention experience to all patients and is a covered medical benefit offered by many health plans.

Hu was named on the Business Insider’s 30 Under 40 Changing Healthcare list and was awarded as a member of the UCSF Health Awards Hall of Fame in 2021, as well as the EY Entrepreneurial Winning Women™ North America Class of 2021.

Before founding Lark, Julia ran a global startup incubator, the CleanTech Open, that built a sustainable construction startup, and was an Entrepreneur-in-Residence at Stanford’s StartX incubator. She sits on the board of the Council for Diabetes Prevention and is an active Singularity University faculty member. Hu received her Master’s and Bachelor’s degrees at Stanford University and half of an MBA from MIT Sloan before founding Lark.


Q. Julia, you have a very interesting personal story for how you started Lark Health. Do share that and tell us about your personal journey that led you to where you are.

Julia: It’s certainly been a journey and one that started when I was a child. I’m not a doctor. I have no clinical background, but I am a deep consumer of health care. Ever since I was a little kid, I had many different chronic and autoimmune conditions. They were all undiagnosed but left me pretty sick as a child. My dad had to quit his day job to take care of me. After visiting dozens of doctors, he found this Pediatrician for me and it was like my 24*7 care team — my pediatrician, my dad and I. Over 12 years on this journey where my pediatrician would completely change my diet and help me manage pain, exercise, sleep, medication, and stress, I found that it really changed my life. I got rid of 90% of my attacks, even though I didn’t know what I had as a condition or a series of conditions. That’s what really changed the way that I saw medicine. I felt that if you could treat the whole person and provide 24*7 personal, compassionate care, you could really do a lot to change people’s lives.

Fast forward to me as an adult, I saw that there were not enough doctors and nurses and the ones there were so overworked. How then could you really create this unlimited infinitely scalable care, especially focused on people struggling with chronic conditions or health issues that could lead to chronic conditions or mental health struggles?

As a tech entrepreneur, we decided to tackle this very big problem of using AI and remote patient monitoring, behavioral health, and cognitive behavioral therapy — How do you use these tools and technologies to infinitely scale virtual care? That’s how Lark was born.

Q. What kind of conditions do you address using your approach and your platform?

Julia: Think of our platform as 24*7 text message-based counseling, plus all of the remote patient monitoring. The devices that someone might need, whether they have diabetes, hypertension, pre-diabetes, stress and anxiety, or they just want to sleep better or stop smoking – we cover about ten conditions in preventative, chronic and mental health. We treat about two million patients on our platform and our health plans manage 30 million lives right now for one of these ten conditions.

Q. Are your main customers health plans?

Julia: Yes. We also have about a thousand employers that we work with. We’re also actually just starting to work with pharma companies as well.

Q. Remote care, AI enabled care has been around and there’re a lot of companies that are taking a similar approach to remote care. How is yours specifically different? Is it the cognitive behavioral aspect or the tech?

Julia: Most of population health, today, is what I would call either health care services or tech-enabled health care services, which means you have a care manager, or a nurse and they get on a phone call with you or, they do a webinar with you or, you go in-person to a doctor to get a care plan. That obviously has scale and cost constraints.

What we do is we try to say, “Okay, what if you could automate this first line of defense and turn it essentially into an AI chatbot?” We spent about seven years, $100 million in R&D and trained our AI on about a million patients. It started getting clinical equivalents to live nurses. That’s how we started scaling our services. That’s also why we’re able to manage more than 2 million folks through all this tech and automation.

Now, the tech and automation are not just the devices, the hardware and remote patient monitoring. Also think of us as a friend. We’re there at 1 a.m. If you need to text when you’re feeling stressed, we’ll do a five-minute meditation session with you. When you’re a diabetic and you have some increases in glucose, we will help you understand what you ate that triggered that. So, we’re really all about using the best of cognitive behavioral therapy, the best of the care plans, and providing care in an easy to digest way.

Q. You mentioned the term “clinical equivalence.” What does it mean?

Julia: What we’ve done is, shown that just with our AI text message-based counseling, we can have equivalent outcomes to live nurse care management type services. So, everything from — we’re seeing one-point a1c average drop for diabetics, we’re seeing 13 points drop on hypertensive, and we are, for example, CDC fully recognized as a DPP provider. CDC does a longitudinal look at 2400 providers, and we are in the top 25% of those providers.

We’ve been able to show that our outcomes are just as good. But because we are AI and not taking up and using all these nurses and coaches, we’re able to be much more scalable and deliver care at much lower the cost.

Q. Do you in commercial terms offer these kinds of assurances to your clients — health plans — and really take risk and participate in the rewards and the gains based on this experience?

Julia: Yes, we do. That’s why we do performance-based pricing. We only get paid if we hit certain clinical thresholds and if we engage patients. So, we have that — PMPM and performance guarantees. We really try to ensure that we put our money where our mouth is.

Q. In the last couple of years, we had the pandemic and within that, behavioral health and mental health was a big pandemic. The other big forcing function more recently has been the shortage of labor. How has that impacted your demand environment and your own business in terms of these macro level factors?

Julia: I think that the pandemic has really changed everything. However, specifically the silver lining to the pandemic in my mind, is that healthcare has been the last industry that hasn’t yet been truly revolutionized and disrupted by technology.

I do feel that the pandemic has pushed us probably up a whole generation on unlocking some of that innovation for us. With regard to our managed members, we went from one to 30 million for our health plans. We went from a ragtag team of engineers and tech and data AI folks and raised about $160 million during the pandemic and scaled our team close to 500%.

So, we do feel very excited that we’ve been able to participate because virtual care and getting care delivered through your phone, wherever you are or safe in your own home, are things that really started shifting with supply and demand. It’s been a real learning curve.

Now that the pandemic is in a much better place, people want to stay here. They want to get convenient and cheaper access to care when they want it, when they need it. They want consumer care now rather than health care being very non consumer-centric. In those ways, we’ve been a beneficiary of the acceleration toward digital innovation.

But of course, we have also had to struggle with building a completely remote workforce and creating the culture to align teams. We have not been immune to this recession that’s looming, and I’m just very grateful, though, that we’ve been really pushing forward and had a good growth spurt.

Q. The last couple years were good for fundraising, especially for later stage startups that had demonstrated some degree of traction, stability and growth potential. But things have changed a little in the second half of this year. There’re the macro factors — inflation and interest rates, and the VC funding environment has contracted a little bit. What has that meant for you and the digital health startup ecosystem?

Julia: It’s so interesting. You and I were just talking about the health conference that came out and I was so shocked at how many hundreds of vendors and new digital innovations in the exhibit halls, there were.

I do think that the funding has really pushed forward a ton of innovation. And with the recession coming and the big draw-back of capital funds available now, you have a lot of new companies needing to essentially get toward a go to market strategy, a product market fit, get to more profitability and revenue much more quickly. There is going to be some bumpiness. There is definitely going to be consolidation in the market, a lot of point solutions getting deals here or there that are pretty young and so, the partners on the employer side, on the health system side, on the health plan side might also experience some bumpiness as they work with very innovative but very potentially new and young companies that hopefully, get through the Winter.

However, I think it’s our job — not just of the young companies, in fact all of us growth companies, and the newly public companies — to be good stewards of the capital in our coffers, to really focus on the core business, drop and deprioritize some fun experiments and R&D efforts and really just lean into the focus areas.

Q. One of the things that I’ve learned as an entrepreneur is it’s just as important what you choose not to do as it is to decide what you choose to do. Your comments about the funding environment and what it means for startups that have sort of overextended themselves is true and we’ve seen examples in the behavioral health space with companies indulging in a culling of the herd. Is the recession you mention twice above, a given based on everything that you’re saying or are we probably already in one and we just don’t know it?

Julia: I am not an economist. I don’t know enough about the markets. However, I feel like we need to be very honest with ourselves. We are in the beginnings of winter. I don’t think that winter will be over, immediately. I hope for the best, but I also plan for a more serious winter.

Q. You’ve done some interesting partnerships, especially one with Salesforce. Do tell us about that.

Julia: We were just at Dreamforce with the Chief Customer Officer and the Chief Health Officer launching our products partnership that we created a tech stack with Salesforce. It’s very exciting because here we’ve been able to bring together two parts of the tech stack that serve the marketplace.

Salesforce is very good with being a market leader in CRM and essentially with a data infrastructure and tool kit for everything on the marketing side as well as now for the clinical workforce — the pharmacists, the care managers, the telehealth providers providing data to them through a clinical CRM — so that they can perform at the top of their license. Salesforce came to us and said, “Hey, we’ve got this market leading product. Now, what we do need is a way and a technology to really mass acquire members and patients — to engage them, triage them into virtual care plans, and then, to be the front line of defense for care and at the right time, escalate them to nurses, care managers, providers, ensuring that they get the clinical data so that they can perform at the top of their license.”

That was our exciting partnership — this idea of we being the B2C and they, being the B2B platforms and us cross-selling that into health plans, providers, value based care providers and pharma etc.

Q. It looks like 2023 will be a difficult year. What’s your advice for other founders startups who have either recently come into the market with a product and are now facing headwinds because of the macro environment? Or those who are looking to get into digital health right now and have a nice idea. What’s your advice to them?

Julia: I think you gave great advice — Hold on to that cash.

I think that focus would probably be my advice. Just focus on where your strengths are. Be very honest with yourself, on what your strengths are and where you’re weak. Focus on those strengths and leveraging how do you lean into those strengths to leverage them even more.

For us, I keep telling my team our two strengths are we have a cost advantage and we have a scale advantage. Where do we lean in to, to really where that matters? Where we have a cost sensitive client.

You’d say “Oh! All clients are cost sensitive.” But in fact, we found a lot of interest and scaling in value-based care partners in fully insured. We power many fully insured book of business for health plans. We power Medicare and Medicaid. It’s these types of things, really leaning into your strengths and just being very focused.

Q. So Julia, you mentioned payviders and this is a very, very interesting segment. By the way, my firm does a lot of work with payviders as well. There is a very unique dynamic which is quite different from the normal payer provider dynamic. So, talk to us a little bit about that and why you mentioned that segment as a focus area for your company.

Julia: Absolutely, I’m really excited about the payvider aligned incentive model, right. You’ve got the payer and the provider on one side. They’re all financially aligned to provide value-based care. The plan can provide tools that allow the provider side to really perform at the top of their license. And so, you know, the Salesforce deal that I mentioned that really is a provider type tool. The work that we’re doing is really can we be an effective front line of defense and patient member activation channel for our populations that are at risk because, you know, as a as a product that can scale aggressively, you know, we can engage every single member, you know, in their journey as they become patients, as they need certain things from their chronic condition journey. So, think of us as the, you know, the ongoing engagement and care services in between the doctor visits. So, we’re able to become a front line of defense for providers and, you know, a value-based care service that not only does all the remote monitoring to provide that longitudinal record but pushes people at the right time back to their nurses, doctors and care managers. So, I’m really excited about the transformation and the growth of all of these provider systems.

Q. And for the benefit of listeners who may not be familiar with the term provider, these are integrated health systems that have a large health system, whether kind of a fully owned health plan, which is the payer side of the business. So, these are not the most elegant of terms, but it kind of, you know, conveys the message. And of course, I imagine, Julia, that beginning to work with private providers also now gives you an inroad or a visibility into the provider market segment itself, which is a large, you know, segment on its own. And you mentioned early on that you’re currently working mostly with health plans and with employers, but this could potentially be your opportunity to expand into the provider. So, is that part of your thinking as well?

Julia: I absolutely think that the provider is at the center of care. And as a tech company it’s our job to really be the front line of defense for the provider population, for the PCP population that unfortunately right now is very strained, and a lot of doctors are burning out and we’re not putting enough energy into the PC P ecosystem. So, the short answer is yes. The slightly more nuanced answer is that I think we work best in a value-based care construct because we are, you know, really trying to help the care of the whole person.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

It’s a myth that delivering care digitally will result in higher costs

Season 4: Episode #138

Podcast with Michael Hasselberg, Chief Digital Health Officer, University of Rochester Medical Center

"It’s a myth that delivering care digitally will result in higher costs"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Michael Hasselberg, Chief Digital Health Officer at the University of Rochester Medical Center (URMC), discusses their digital health priorities and technology solutions to engage the patient population they serve. URMC is a unique organization as it is the only health system still attached to its parent university, and Michael talks about how that differentiates them from others.

URMC, a fully integrated academic medical center, was recently named in our inaugural list of digital health leaders and innovators for our Digital Maturity Awards program.

Michael states that the rural population engages more via digital modalities like telehealth and video visits than in-person visits. He talks about why their digital transformation strategy focuses on data and how the future of healthcare depends on structured and organized data sets. He also talks about how they make their technology choices and digital health priorities for 2023. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

01:44Tell us about the University of Rochester Medical Center and what makes your organization unique?
04:06 Can you talk about your digital health initiatives and the kind of populations you serve?
08:16What are you hearing from your populations in terms of what they want and seek from an organization like yours. Also, talk about the technology enabled solutions that you've developed from a digital health standpoint and the benefits you have delivered?
15:29How have the caregivers and the physicians responded to the digital modalities?
21:08How do you go about making technology choices? Specifically, about the tradeoffs you make when you consider something that is native to your EHR platform, something that may be a standalone tool which is best-in-class but also has its own set of tradeoffs.
25:58 What do you see ahead for health systems? From URMC standpoint, what are you planning for from a digital health priorities/ investment standpoint in 2023?
29:19What do you think of the policy environment? Are you looking at data from the point of view of consumer data strategy that helps you improve your engagement and outreach, or more from the standpoint of improving health care outcomes? Or is it both?

About our guest

Michael Hasselberg, PhD, RN, PMHNP-BC is an Associate Professor of Psychiatry, Clinical Nursing, and Data Science at the University of Rochester (UR). Dr. Hasselberg is the first Chief Digital Health Officer at UR Medical Center and is the co-Director of the UR Health Lab, the health system’s digital health incubator. He was recently named to the “Top 50 in Digital Health” list by Rock Health to recognize his work to improve health equity through technology innovation during the COVID-19 pandemic. Board certified as a Psychiatric Mental Health Nurse Practitioner, Dr. Hasselberg completed his PhD degree in Health Practice Research at the UR and a postdoctoral certificate in Healthcare Leadership at the Johnson School of Management at Cornell University.

Michael Hasselberg, PhD, RN, PMHNP-BC is an Associate Professor of Psychiatry, Clinical Nursing, and Data Science at the University of Rochester (UR). Dr. Hasselberg is the first Chief Digital Health Officer at UR Medicine Center and is the co-Director of the UR Health Lab, the health system’s digital health incubator. He was recently named to the “Top 50 in Digital Health” list by Rock Health to recognize his work to improve health equity through technology innovation during the COVID-19 pandemic. Board certified as a Psychiatric Mental Health Nurse Practitioner, Dr. Hasselberg completed his PhD degree in Health Practice Research at the UR and a postdoctoral certificate in Healthcare Leadership at the Johnson School of Management at Cornell University.

His expertise expands health and technology as a Robert Wood Johnson Foundation Clinical Scholar Fellow and advisor on digital health modalities to the New York State Department of Health, the Department of Health & Human Services, and the National Quality Forum. He also serves as an independent consultant to several digital health.

Q. Michael, can you talk about the URMC and what makes it unique?

Michael: We’re actually even more unique than most academic medical centers left in the country these days in the sense that our health system is still truly fully integrated into our university.

What that means is the budget on the health system side rolls up to the budget of the university. Most academic health systems, today, are no longer fully integrated with their parent university in that they have broken off from the parent university. On the health system side, we tend to make money but on the academic side, it’s much harder to do so. The health system then, ends up subsidizing and sending a lot of their margins over to the college to help support those missions.

A lot of academic medical centers said, “Hey! If we broke away from our parent university, it’s going to be easier for us to obtain our 1-2% annual margins per year that we’re trying to achieve.” At the University of Rochester, we have made the conscious decision that we are not breaking away from our parent university and we actually leverage that as a differentiator for us.

When we think about digital health and digital transformation, I have access to some of the most brilliant engineers, computer scientists, data scientists, business faculty in the country. I have access to even the faculty from our music school. I can apply that expertise and capacity to solving some of the most difficult problems in our health system. I can leverage that expertise to build, create, and deploy new technology solutions into our ecosystem. It’s a unique place and I love it.

Q. Does it also influence your priorities regarding the kind of digital health initiatives you should be in, in addition to serving? Also, tell us about the populations you serve.

Michael: We serve a very diverse patient population. To give you some context around the URMC and Health System, we’re the largest health system outside of New York City. In terms of geography, we have a large geography in the state of New York from central New York all the way out to the Ohio border and all the way down to the Pennsylvania border. This entire region has patients that we serve.

In terms of the kind of diversity of these patients, we have everything from the inner city of Rochester, which looks like the inner city of most moderate sized cities across the country. But if you go 20-25 miles outside of the city, you could be in some of the more rural areas in the States or in the country.

A good portion of our patient population is safety nets and Medicaid. We have a lot of underserved and vulnerable patients that seek care out at our academic medical center. For those reasons and in trying to engage and reach those patient populations, we’ve had to think outside the box and other technology solutions to, not only meet the needs of patients in the inner cities but also meet those for who, there may not be a specific specialist for four counties around them. How do we get care out to them?

With regard to our technology priorities and the influence that the college has on that, actually, there’s not a whole lot of influence from the college in the normal sense. We have a very clear digital transformation strategy that’s set out. When we have gaps in our technology stack, we say, “Hey! We need to solve this problem.” If we don’t have a solution in our technology stack, we may lean on the college. That expertise—if we can’t find a solution or an external vendor that we think is best of breed to fill it in—is what we will leverage and say, “Hey! Can you help us develop the solution in-house?”

It’s not that we don’t develop technologies for the purpose of spinning out companies. We don’t have a true investment arm, so, we’re different from another one of your honorees like Providence Health, which has a $300 million venture arm where they actually incubate a lot of companies in-house. They invest in them and spin them out. We don’t do that.

When we build our technologies, they are truly being built to serve our patient population and community. We build to open source our code and give our technologies away to other health systems in the country. We have a lot of examples of doing that and of other health systems and industry coming in, taking our code, and applying it to their systems.

So, the college, I would say, kind of augments the strategy but doesn’t satay or drive it. They help us fill the gaps.

Q. What are you hearing from these populations in terms of what they want from URMC? Can you talk about the solutions you’ve developed that are technology enabled from a digital health standpoint? What kind of benefits have you delivered?

Michael: Access to health care is something that we hear across the board that these populations are seeking. So, it doesn’t matter if you’re in the inner city or if you’re in rural America. Folks want to have access.

I think one of the myths that jumps out often in the digital health space is this digital divide — that some of these populations don’t have access to the technology needed to receive care or there’s not sufficient broadband in these communities — so they cannot engage.

What we have found in Rochester, for our market and the patients we serve is, that it’s a total myth especially, in some of the more rural areas of the state. What our previous Governor of New York state did was, they invested really heavily in getting broadband access across the state so, there isn’t a problem of Internet not being out in some of these more underserved communities.

The other myth is, a lot of our patients don’t have one of these devices – the smartphone. Pretty much everybody has one of these and you can do a lot with engaging patients on that smartphone. However, as we started deploying things like telemedicine very broadly during the pandemic, what we found was especially in some of these more rural areas and with our safety net patient population, while they engaged quite a bit through the telephonic interactions with our care providers, it wasn’t very significant on the video side. We did a deeper dive in that and found that although there’s Internet access out in these rural communities, the only Internet that’s available to them is through their data plans on their phone. When you’re pushing out a video conferencing feed to somebody’s data plan on their phone, it eats up that data plan quite significantly. So, we’ve thought of and engaged them via more text-based and mobile applications and we’re thinking outside the box around how we can identify other partners and where we can meet these patients in their communities to actually deliver video-based care.

A selfish plug here — just last month we had a publication in the New York-New England Journal of Medicine, Catalyst, which actually talked about our experience delivering telemedicine to the safety net Medicaid population in these rural areas. As they engaged in care, we found out that these populations engaged more via digital modalities than actually in person. On comparing them, we found they engaged more in the digital modalities than even some of our commercial payer patients did. Not only did they engage, they required less in-person care after that engagement in their video consult. They weren’t ending up in the EDs more often than our patients coming in-person. They also required less expensive imaging and lab work than those that were coming in-person.

All these myths then, that delivering care digitally is going to result in higher costs because providers are going to lay hands on them, so, they’re going to need to order more tasks, more imaging to get the data to make those confident care decisions, is not something we saw. The idea that, because the provider’s not going to lay hands on these patients, they’re going to require more in-person follow ups because they’re not going to get their care needs met is not what we saw at all. Again, the patient population that did the best to decrease cancelations, no shows and more follow up was the safety net Patient population engaging in telephonic and video digital modalities who received care.

Q. Does this hold true for all types of care — episodic, preventative, or chronic disease management — or is it more pronounced for one type of care?

Michael: Where I think we had the most success was in primary care because our primary care sees whatever comes through the door.

Another area that we continue to have success in is behavioral health. We’re also having a lot of continued engagements and considerable success in the urgent care and emergency department settings with these modalities.

In terms of the types of digital modalities we have success in some of our subspecialty areas actually may not be telemedicine. And part of that is, digital health in some ways really disrupts their current workflows. Those workflows and more procedural based subspecialty disciplines are set up to be successful with that patient showing up in the office and being seen in-person. If you apply too much digital transformation to those subspecialty areas, it disrupts what’s working for them now.

Being in a health system that’s primarily reimbursed or still in fee for service, we have very little value-based reimbursement contracts. We really don’t want to disrupt a whole lot of our high-cost procedural based subspecialists and what they’re doing. So, in some of those areas, digital engagement has perhaps not been as strong as it’s been in primary care, behavioral health, geriatrics, and urgent care and some of our more non procedural based specialty kind of discipline areas.

Q. How have the caregivers and physicians responded to these digital modalities even if it is for primary care or urgent care or something more specific? What have they had to change or adapt to in terms of their own training, reorientation? Can you talk about their expectations and how you met those?

Michael: I suspect a lot of your listeners — the other health systems — are going to have experienced a lot of what I’m going to say. When we started our digital transformation strategy in our health system, the first two years of the strategy were primarily focused on access and on how we could essentially create a digital front door where our physical front door was located. Our physical front door is primary care. That is where we narrowly focused the beginning of our transformation strategy.

When we started in primary care, we had a significant amount of resistance around, “Right now, my caseload is falling. I don’t have room to take on any more patients. What do you mean you want me to use more technology? This electronic health record that you have for me is the bane of my existence. I am documenting all day long and answering messages from my patients and looking at labs all day. You can’t add another technology on top of this. I can’t do it.” That was a lot of what we heard in the resistance.

We listened to and understood that. We needed to help relieve some of their pain points. We realized the need for a true digital patient portal into our health system. We are an Epic shop and MyChart is the patient portal for Epic. So, we started there in our MyChart penetration. Our digital transformation was not high in primary care — in fact, it was below 30% — and we knew that if we were to engage our patients through digital mechanisms, we had to get that MyChart and that patient portal penetration up. However, the resistance from the primary care site meant they were not championing the patient portal in MyChart because they didn’t want more messages coming in. They equated that patient portal to being their in-baskets, which was overwhelming them.

To get early wins and buy in from our providers, we had to help them out and do a deeper dive into what was clogging up their in-baskets. We found some low hanging fruit here and made system level decisions of getting all that out. We were able to really quickly reduce the in-basket burden on our clinicians by 15% and all this by clicking a button in our system. Getting that win had never happened for these primary care providers in the years that I’ve been in the institution, since we’ve gone live with Epic, and so, that was huge for us.

That gave them more confidence so they said, “Hey! Let’s give this a try.” They started engaging in the digital transformation strategy and started championing MyChart. Now, our patient portal penetration in primary care has gone from less than 30% to up about 90% in a two-year period in the primary care setting. There was resistance at the beginning, but we had to get those early wins.

Along that transformation in primary care, we celebrated those early wins with our providers. We showed the benefits of, “Hey! We’re going to save you more time and free you up to do the things that you really want to do. You can see patients and not be documenting or doing the rest of the stuff.” That’s how we were successful.

We find the same kind of experience in our specialty service lines. We’ve expanded our transformation and one of the things I’m very grateful for is having a great partner in crime. Dr. Gregg Nicandri, our Chief Medical Information Officer and I are attached at the hip. He leads the clinical informatics teams.

We help with the translation, enable getting by at the provider level, and really, leaning on the clinical informatics team. Leaning in on Rosemary Ventura, our Chief Nursing Informatics Officer on the nursing side has also been really helpful to move forward this digital transformation with our providers.

Q. With regard to the technology landscape, how do you make technology choices? What are the tradeoffs you make when you consider something that is native to your EHR platform versus something that may be a standalone tool which is best in class but also has its own set of tradeoffs?

Michael: Folk that have heard me speak in other forums know that I’m, in some ways, a little bullish in my response because we’re an Epic shop. We take an Epic-first mentality. What that means is, if Epic has the functionality and it’s good enough — it does not have to be the best or peripheral but if it has patient experience or patient access functionality that’s a little bit outside of Epic’s bread and butter, then, we’ll go with the Epic solution every single time, even if there is a better solution out there. Part of the reason we’ve just made so much of an investment as a health system into Epic is because we have to maximize that investment is as best as we can.

That being said, if Epic doesn’t have the functionality or it’s on their roadmap but there’s no real clear indication of when it’s actually going to go live, which happens a lot, then, that’s when we make a call about whether this is a high-enough priority. We can’t wait until Epic gets there on the roadmap. We need to find a solution.

The way we evaluate external vendors is not the typical way a vendor may think they would get evaluated. I don’t really care if you’re the best-in-class vendor out there. My first priority is less about your success with regard to your UI, UX and results there. It’s truly about the level of your integration into Epic. If you don’t have a nicely integrated package within Epic already, you’re probably not going to make it on our list of even a vendor to consider. That level of integration is priority number one for us. If we then find a solution that integrates well with Epic’s hyperspace and with the patient MyChart portal in a way that it the patients continue to have that omni channel experience, then, we can onboard that into our health care ecosystem to fill that gap.

One of the things that’s really unique about Rochester and what probably excites me the most is we actually have a true digital innovation incubator. It’s not a research shop. It has faculty from all of our schools — the medical, dental and nursing schools under the same roof — and it uses design thinking methodologies to build solutions in-house to fill those gaps. We build them fully integrated into Epic. That’s the thought process at the URMC as we think about our technology stack and how we take on new solutions.

Q. We are going through a very challenging year in 2022. What do you see ahead for health systems? What are you planning from a digital health priorities/investment standpoint going into 2023?

Michael: Our big investment in priority is actually data. We’re collecting a lot of new data from new technologies that we’ve to had before in our databases within the health system. So, getting our data organized and in good shape is top priority.

As a large academic medical center or health system, we also have a lot of data silos and no source truth of data. It’s important then to build our enterprise data warehouse and break down those silos, bring in all of this new data from these technologies that we’ve rolled out over the last couple of years and make sense of it. That’s actually going to set us up uniquely in two different areas.

One, it’s going to help my health system make more strategic decisions around taking on risk from maybe a payer standpoint in the future. It will also get us set up nicely for moving into more value-based arrangements. That’s priority one.

Priority two is our workforce struggles and shortages. Data will allow us to understand where to start making investments in the workforce. When data is all cleaned and aggregated, we can start taking advantage of some of these Machine Learning products that are popping into the markets. A lot of that machine learning and artificial intelligence technologies that are coming out can potentially significantly impact the workforce shortages, help us start automating things, and supplementing where we have gaps in our workforce.

I have a lot of AI vendors that approach me and want to partner with Rochester. However, my response to them is, we’re not ready yet. The reason is, you may have the best algorithm or model built, but my data isn’t there, yet. If I was to roll out your model now, and I put my data in, then, the results emerging will probably not be the results I was hoping for.

We want to put ourselves in a good place to not just take advantage of machine learning and artificial intelligence in the future to help our workforce but also to help us make better strategic decisions around transformation, in general. That may be on the digital side or even on the payment side.

Q. Are you looking more at data from the point of view of a consumer data strategy that helps you improve your engagement and outreach? Or is it more from the standpoint of improving health care outcomes? Or, both?

Michael: It’s absolutely both. One of the things that excites us is on the outcome standpoint and actually merging that data. We’re very proud of the fact that Rochester’s the home of the bio psychosocial model of medicine and it’s all about focusing on care from these holistic and broad domains.

We made a strategic decision about seven years ago to profile our patients using patient-reported outcomes within those broad domains. It didn’t matter if you came to my health system with a toenail injury but we were going to ask you about your emotional distress, physical functioning, pain interference, and social functioning every single time. We collected this data on iPads and integrated it right into Epic. My health system has, as far as we’re aware, the largest patient reported outcome data set in the entire country. All this is systematically collected in these broad domains. Now we’ve got these outcomes based off the patient’s own perceptions and in their own voice about how they’re doing in health care. We can combine that with some of the more quantitative data from the EHR about lab or mortality outcomes and these newer consumer engagement data that we didn’t otherwise collect using technology. That’s going to be the secret sauce.

When I think about disruptors, in general, in other verticals, Amazon comes to mind. They totally disrupted retail, but Amazon didn’t do it because they were setting up an e-commerce website. It was the data behind that. Amazon knows you as a consumer better than you know yourself. That’s where we want to get to in health care. I want to be able to help predict what you’re going to need as a patient before you know you even need it and get you to the right level of care at the right time. We think that combination of patient reported outcomes collected in these broad domains combined with our EHR data combined with this new consumer data that we’re getting from technology combined with claims data and others will help us at Rochester develop our own Amazon recommendation algorithm that they’ve patented. We’re going to do it for health care. That’s where the future is going and that’s why we’re now heavily invested in getting our data to a point where we can start leveraging our Data Science Institute and the college and some of these AI vendors to help us get there.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

The macro trends driving the growth of digital health funding are still in place

Season 4: Episode #137

Podcast with Jacob Effron, Principal, Redpoint Ventures

"The macro trends driving the growth of digital health funding are still in place"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Jacob Effron, Principal at Redpoint Ventures, discusses the venture capital (VC) environment for digital health. Redpoint Ventures is a venture capital firm focused on investments in seed, early, and growth-stage companies and has been investing in the healthcare tech landscape for the last decade.

Jacob believes that the fundamental trends driving the growth of digital health are in place. However, later-stage companies looking to raise additional capital may experience some uncertainty in the short term. He also talks about the demand environment for Redpoint’s portfolio companies and his advice to founders looking to navigate the health system space. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

00:32Jacob, tell us about Redpoint Ventures and your role.
02:56 Give us your State of the Union on where we are with digital health, especially the younger companies.
05:24Have you changed focus considering what's happening in the macro environment? Are you investing more in one stage versus another?
06:52What are you hearing from the startup entrepreneurs and the founders about the demand environment, their operations, the talent etc.?
10:10What are you hearing from the market about the demand environment for digital health solutions?
11:43 You mentioned value-based care and how startups now must get creative about demonstrating value, taking on risk, and being able to put more money at risk to earn the right to a seat at the table. Tell us how that's playing out.
16:07What do you think of the policy environment? Are there things that you would like to see in the near term that could make a difference to the picture?
18:34What are some of the core attributes you seek before you begin funding one of these startups?
21:43The competitive landscape for the startups today has big tech---Amazon, Microsoft, Google, Apple---coming into the core healthcare services space. What’s your take on what this means for smaller companies?
24:04What's your take on what to expect for 2023 and what are you advising your followers?

About our guest

Jacob Effron is an investor at Redpoint Ventures specializing in digital heath. He's an operator-turned-investor, having worked as a product leader at Flatiron Health before going into VC in 2019. Jacob’s background as an operator grants him firsthand knowledge of the pain points that health techs go through. He also regularly shares his thoughts on the digital health industry and how he’s approaching his investments on his Substack, Vital Signs with >2K subscribers including many CEOs and industry veterans.

Jacob Effron is an investor at Redpoint Ventures specializing in digital heath. He's an operator-turned-investor, having worked as a product leader at Flatiron Health before going into VC in 2019. Jacob’s background as an operator grants him firsthand knowledge of the pain points that health techs go through. He also regularly shares his thoughts on the digital health industry and how he’s approaching his investments on his Substack, Vital Signs with >2K subscribers including many CEOs and industry veterans.

Q. Jacob, tell us a little about your firm and your role there. 

Jacob: I’ll start with Redpoint and then, give a bit of background on myself. Redpoint is fund, and kind of a classic Silicon Valley venture firm. We’ve been around since the late nineties and the heritage of the fund’s really on the side of enterprise software, data infrastructure, and other categories. So, think companies like Stripe, Snowflake, Twilio and HashiCorp and Ramp. But in the last decade, we’ve gone into health care in a big way so, it’s actually about a quarter of our fund, now. 

The way we think about it is really in bringing the best of enterprise software, data tools, consumer experience, fintech etc. that we’ve come to expect in every other part of our lives into health care. As a firm, we’ve invested in companies like Cityblock Health, Galileo Health, Strive Health, AcuityMD, Garner Health, and hims —a whole host of a really exciting companies. That’s where I spend my time. 

In terms of my background, I joined the health care policy side in college. Then, I started my career at McKinsey working with state Medicaid agencies, payors, providers, and pharma companies. Subsequently, I went over to Flatiron Health, which was doing Big Data for Cancer treatment to help start a new business line there. Eventually, I joined the product team and helped build workflow tools for Cancer centers we worked with. After we got acquired (by Roche), I switched over to the venture side and have been at Redpoint for the last two and a half years. 

Q. With regard to the digital health landscape, we’ve moved from celebrating the blow out funding numbers for startups here to a blowing up of some of these companies. Give us your State of the Union on where we are with digital health. 

Jacob: One of the interesting parts of being at a firm that invests in health care tech is, you get perspective on what’s happening across spaces that venture capital firms invest in. 

There are a series of later stage companies that raised rounds last year when the market was roaring and people thought good times were exclusively ahead. Now that the public markets have really corrected in every space—in software, fintech, and health care—a lot of people don’t know what these later stage health care companies are worth. 

What that means is—and I’ll bifurcate what’s happening in digital health investing right now to early stage and later stage—on the later stage side, there’s just a bit of confusion as to what these companies are worth. People are waiting to see that. With the public markets moving around so much, there aren’t that many health care companies that are public, so, there aren’t that many examples to point to that are analogous to a lot of these startups. In that environment of confusion, folks may be a little bit reticent to invest in some of those later stage health care companies. A lot of the later stage companies are then, facing a period of uncertainty. 

One has to make sure you’ve got runway to see it through to greener times. The overarching theme then, is like all the macros that are driving health care and this is really relevant to the early stage. They’re still there. None of that’s changed because of the current environment. That’s not like last year when the health care cost curve was going up a ton. This year, it’s suddenly flattened. Last year, there was a need for technology and providers, payers, pharma, and that’s suddenly changed. So, all the thematic reasons that make digital health really interesting are still there. 

However, I don’t think the market’s changed dramatically for early-stage companies and really, for strong teams, and going after interesting problems. It’s really these later stage companies where there’s just uncertainty about how they should be priced. 

Q. Have you changed focus in light of what’s happening in the macro environment? Are you investing more in one stage versus another, now? How’s your firm looking at this? 

Jacob: We’ve retained focus on the same stage, throughout. Certainly, there are opportunities across the board and the saying, “No one knows how to price some of these growth rounds” is interesting. They’re actually becoming interesting opportunities. 

There are some great later stage health care companies that are in the private markets that maybe were planning to IPO and now, isn’t really a great time to do that. There continue to be more interesting opportunities across the board but it’s just that maybe last year those deals were priced at a certain price and now they’re not pricing at that level. 

Q. What are you hearing from the entrepreneurs and the founders running these companies about the demand environment, their operations, the talent etc.? 

Jacob: There’s a lot there so maybe I’ll start with the talent side. 

There’s an interesting opportunity on the talent side for digital health where in the past, maybe large tech companies have been able to pay salaries that dwarf what any digital health company can pay. So, anytime you’ve got this inflection in the market as a whole, it’s like an interesting dislocation where it forces people to reconsider, “Oh! I thought I had all these options and I thought they were going to be worth so much money that I had golden handcuffs and I was going to stay at this, at Facebook forever.” Now, people are rethinking that. 

One trend I’ve seen across the board is that folks want to do more mission-driven work that’s meaningful to them. I talk to people all the time and they’re like, “I want to go into health care or climate.” So that’s where they want to spend time and for a while it’s actually a really interesting talent market. 

Across the board, in our portfolio companies, we’re seeing incredible engineers, product people that maybe are using this current environment as a inflection point to think about, “Okay, what do I want to do with this next stage of my career?” On the talent side, I hope to see this continued influx of folks into the digital health space, which is really interesting. 

On the customer side, I guess a classic investor thing that has always made people interested in health care is that it is in many ways countercyclical. There’s this fear in software at large right now that like all these startups sell to other startups. And the second the music stops, there aren’t as many startups out there like all these companies.

Actually, in health care, a lot of our customers and companies sell to large employers, hospital systems, or pharma companies and certainly, there’s a tightening of the belt across the board. But again, back to the original point, the problems haven’t changed. If anything, you have some companies that actually make for really interesting inflection points. For instance, we have one portfolio company, Garner Health, that focuses on helping employers lower the cost of care and improve the member experience. That’s actually even more relevant in this current environment. They have a lot of folks that are seeing the premium costs for next year and saying, “In this economic environment especially, that’s something we really want to tackle.” 

Q. With regard to the enterprises—health plans or health systems—what are you hearing from the market about the demand environment for digital health solutions? 

Jacob: It’s interesting that on the health system side, maybe if you were to bucket different kinds of solutions, there’s stuff that feels like, “Hey! This is a point solution that just does, a very specific thing or, seems cool like a cool algorithm or a cool tool.” But it doesn’t really have an ROI or that’s unclear, still TBD (to be decided). 

We’ve always been reticent to invest in some of that and in this environment, you’re really going to see a bifurcation of tools that are broad in scope, that can really be partners for systems at a much larger level, along with tools that have clinical and financial studies behind them and proof points in case studies with other systems that they work. You do find the best but in this current environment, it’s a really hard time for systems right now. 

When you approach a system to talk about specific clinical applications in one department that maybe has some clinical validity, it’s about how much time you get relative to the person that’s like, “Hey! I understand the staffing challenges you have and here’s something that we’re building around that.” Or “Let’s talk about revenue cycle.” Or “Let’s talk about patient engagement and keeping folks within your system.” Or “Let’s talk about some of these new, value-based models you may be moving into.” 

The current environment forces a prioritization. That’s always been there because it’s always hard to sell to these systems and payers if you’re not one of their top two or three priorities. 

Q. You mentioned value-based care and so let’s talk about how startups now have to get creative about demonstrating value, taking on risk, and being able to put more money at risk in order to earn the right to a seat at the table. Tell us how that’s playing out. 

Jacob: There’s an increasing trend of startups moving from a fee for service world to actually taking on risk for the services they provide. In some ways, it’s the ultimate kind of confidence in your own model to say, “We’re not just showing you a pretty slide that says this thing saves money. We’re so confident it does that we’re willing to go at risk for that.” A few trends that happened have really enabled that. 

The first is, a lot of this stuff follows government policy. There’s been a lot of government policies over the past decade and even more in the last two, three years that have created these interesting models that startups can then, opt into. A lot of times the government creates these models—first, it was ACOs, then, these kidney choice models, and now, direct contracting and easier reaching. They just announced the enhanced Oncology model. So, there’s a whole host of these different models the government introduces, but then private payers also latch on to you. All this it creates an interesting opportunity for startups to provide care in a different way. 

If you think about what a lot of these companies want to do anyway, they want to provide a higher touch, better consumer experience type care, and these payment models enable them to do that. So, there’s a lot of promise in these kinds of businesses. There are early proof points as seen through companies like Validate, Know Street that have demonstrated really interesting outcomes both, clinical and cost related. So, a lot of folks will look at those companies and at their valuations, the way that Oak Street, Agilent, and Validate Health are all valued. They’ll say, “That seems, in a way, like we can do things that are in line with how we want to provide care and also stay financially lucrative.” 

Q. Healthcare is very good at following the money and notwithstanding all the excitement about alternate payment models, value-based care, and risk based, the vast majority of health care payments still go through some model. Do these models work better perhaps for employers but maybe not as much for health systems? Is there a nuance there worth thinking about? 

Jacob: A few thoughts on that. One, as you well know, healthcare is just so massive that all these worlds can coexist and still be really big. You’ve got Oak Street, which, depending on the day is a $5-6 billion company or a ChenMed—All these things that people talk about have done a wonderful job and created a lot of enterprise value but they touch less than one percent of Medicare patients. And there are still massive businesses. 

Then, you have the systems that are more in the fee for service world. I totally agree with the point that almost all payments in the system world are on the fee for service side now. It’s obviously been slower to move to value based than maybe some of the independent physicians and groups, but both worlds can coexist and still be pretty large for the time being. 

I do think it’s a really good point that on the system side, there are a lot of people that come in and they say, “Oh! We’re going to sell value-based care and do something that really works in those models.” However, in these challenging times for systems, you can’t go into a room pitching someone and talking about something that’s not one of the top two or three things they’re thinking about. A lot of times when we talk to early-stage companies, we encourage them that they’re going to do something in the value-based world where a lot of the innovation is really happening. 

Q. What do you think of the policy environment? Are there one or two things that you would like to see or do you anticipate in the near term that could make a difference to the picture? 

Jacob: On the value-based care side, the big policy question is whether any of these models are going to be made mandatory at some point. If I think about how they’ve evolved, basically about how these benchmarks get set up, how much should it cost to take care of a population etc., it’s a median or an average. 

As you can imagine, companies are very good at saying, “Well, you’re in the top quartile of practices. So, if you don’t lift a finger or change anything, you will do better in this model than you were doing in the status quo, because it was set at the median.” So, you have a lot of practices that were in that top quartile saying, “Great, the value-based care sounds awesome.” It’s a real way for health care to move to a different payment model. 

What you’ve seen though, is some of those practices that maybe would or most need to transform. There’s no incentive or even a reason for them to opt in to some of these models. Therefore, the big question is it’s politically difficult. I don’t envy the policymakers that have to do this. But, are these models going to have a little bit of teeth in them where you start pushing people to make the transition? As long as you make it optional there will be some subset of folks that think they’ll be better off in this kind of a future world than they are today. 

Q. What are some of the core attributes you seek before you begin funding one of these startups? 

Jacob: Sometimes a fresh perspective can be helpful but obviously, one needs to have a lot of humility with the U.S. healthcare system. So, we really focus on a combination of things. 

First, if someone’s just like a learning machine—because health care is endlessly nuanced and weird, there are those that love that weirdness or find it interesting—and asks, why something is the case or the way it is. It’s really hard to successfully build in the space and we get really excited by folks that have been inventorying surgery centers for three months for example. But they’ve possibly already uncovered something in that research. They’re just more fluent in that space than just about anyone you talk to. 

Then, there’s a sort of humility like, “Hey! There’s a lot that we don’t know,” which entails bringing the right folks around the table. So, if you’re a technologist, bring in someone that’s an M.D., or someone who has a lot of experience in whatever it is you’re doing. Form that team right on. 

But the one thing that gets me super excited about a lot of the companies we invest in is they’re starting to be like this interesting second generation of founders where essentially, they were tech people, then, they moved into a first wave health care startup like Oscar or Flatiron or HIMMS or any of these companies that were really popular from 2013 to 2019. Then, they went on to form their health care startups. 

That’s just incredibly exciting because those people are great technologists. They have all the stuff you’d want in the traditional software world, but they’re not brand new to healthcare. They ran provider networks at Oscar or they did something that was in the weeds in health care but they know the space really well. That kind of archetype of entrepreneur is really exciting. The more you know and the more folks that come into digital health, the higher the chances of that kind of second wave. 

Q. The competitive landscape for the startups today has big tech—Amazon, Microsoft, Google, Apple—coming into the core healthcare services space. What’s your take on what this means for smaller companies?

Jacob: It’s not something that we spend a lot of time thinking about. The hardest part is that the health systems are hurting. How do you get your solution to matter for that health system and simultaneously, have nothing to do with the competitive landscape? Do you have a product that’s compelling enough to go through all the hurdles that are required to get something adopted? 

As I think about the role of big tech, the Lord knows the pie is big enough in health care and there is a lot of technology that needs to be introduced here so, if we just start moving toward there being more solutions, I think, there’s plenty of pie. 

But if I were to reflect on the role of big tech in health care today, there’s definitely a lot of pieces that are interesting or that folks are trying out. However, I wouldn’t say any of the big tech companies have really figured out how to have an at-scale impact on health care. Amazon One is a great example—they tried to build their own business and they ended up acquiring One Medical that had come from the startup world. In some sense, it’s always good to have more smart technologists working on the problem. 

From a startup perspective, these are potential acquirers. That’s great as they want to do more in health care. But it’s not like we don’t have companies that go head-to-head with pitching against Google, for instance. I think a lot of that problem, for both the big tech companies and the startups, is much more about figuring out. How do you figure out a product that really has resonance for the startups? If we get really good at that, we’ll get to a world in which there’s a lot of direct competition between them. 

Q. One very unique aspect about the competitive landscape is the dominance of electronic health record platforms. 

Jacob: We do think a lot about Epic. Epic is probably the most relevant to the world of selling into health systems than Google, Microsoft, or Amazon. 

Q. How about the macro environment? This year has been an interesting one—interest rates continue to rise, inflation continues to be high, and the demand environment is uncertain. What’s your advice to founders for 2023?

Jacob: I’m certainly not an economist so I will not pretend to have the kind of prescient macro take. But I would say, obviously there’s a range of things that might happen next year. The advice that we always give is, there’s many ways things could go. 

I think next year could have many of the same struggles that this year has. So, we tell our entrepreneurs that they must be ready. If the world starts booming again, great. They can always adjust, accelerate hiring, and change things around. But they may want to plan for what is somewhat a likely case, which is that things don’t get a ton better next year. 

Luckily, we worked with a lot of our companies to make sure they’re well capitalized and can navigate that because I don’t think anybody knows whether things will go down or stay flat, and you just want to be prepared for whatever those circumstances are. 

Q. What’s your firm’s outlook? 

Jacob: We’re very actively investing. We just sent two term sheets in the last few weeks. As a firm, I believe, a lot of the best companies get built in downturns. So, we’re back to where we started. None of the macro trends have changed. Yes, this is like a macro economy change for the time being, but like the things that got us excited about health care a year or three ago, if anything, they’re more exacerbated in this type of environment. The opportunities are very much still there, people just need to figure out on a later stage side, what are things actually worth. 

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at[email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Digital health is about applying data in a smart way into interactive user experiences

Season 4: Episode #136

Podcast with Russ Thomas, Chief Executive Officer, Availity

"Digital health is about applying data in a smart way into interactive user experiences"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Russ Thomas, Chief Executive Office of Availity, discusses their core business of clinical and claims data to drive better healthcare outcomes and reduce costs. Availity optimizes information exchange between two of the most critical stakeholders in the healthcare ecosystem – health plans and providers – through a single, secure network.

Russ talks about their recent acquisition of Diameter Health to standardize the unstructured data to automate clinical workflow, make it available to the right people at the right time, create a better healthcare system, and ultimately drive better healthcare outcomes. He also offers thoughts on the digital health landscape. Take a Listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

00:13How would you describe the current state of digital health?
03:17 About medical data, is EHR data specifically, also part of the datasets covered?
04:53Is there a HIPAA consideration here? What would be the top considerations when it comes to exchange of data?
11:18You mentioned prior authorization as one of the biggest friction points in healthcare. What is the competitive landscape looks like for you?
12:48Can you share a couple of use cases coming out of the Diameter Health acquisition that enhances the value of your business?
17:02 What about the health outcomes? What is the role of your data set and platform?
20:27Digital transformation of healthcare data and analytics is super important in all of this. Do you work with digital health startups? How do you enable them? What should they know about you?
27:14There’s the emergence of a lot of data consortiums – Truveta, HIEs, etc. What are your thoughts on the market right now?

About our guest

Russ Thomas is the Chief Executive Officer of Availity. His vision helped to diversify Availity’s solutions and grow its customer base, creating the foundation for the expansive Availity network that exists today. Combined, the enterprise now delivers healthcare business solutions to a growing network that connects more than 1,000,000 physicians and allied care providers, 2,700 hospitals, and more than 600 technology partners with health plans nationwide. Under Thomas’s leadership, Availity is leading the charge in provider engagement and empowering health care professionals to improve results.

Russ Thomas is the Chief Executive Officer of Availity. His vision helped to diversify Availity’s solutions and grow its customer base, creating the foundation for the expansive Availity network that exists today. Combined, the enterprise now delivers healthcare business solutions to a growing network that connects more than 1,000,000 physicians and allied care providers, 2,700 hospitals, and more than 600 technology partners with health plans nationwide. Under Thomas’s leadership, Availity is leading the charge in provider engagement and empowering health care professionals to improve results.


Q. Russ, tell us a little about Availity.

Russ: The company’s been around for 21 years now, so, we’re two decades old. We have been in healthcare technology since arguably before it was termed healthcare tech.

At our core, we connect health plans and providers for their business transactions and enable data exchange so they can run their respective businesses more efficiently. What that means in practical terms is that we’ve got two million providers on one side of our two-sided network, and on the other side, we have every health plan. Between them then, we transact roughly 13 billion transactions a year, including claims.

If you look at the aggregate claims and value their network, it’d be claims around USD 2.5 trillion billed through the Availity network on an annual basis. So, there’s a lot of economic and business activity between two of the critical stakeholders in the health care ecosystem. We see a lot of things paying off now.

Q. Availity sits in the middle so neither party really gets to see the other’s data, but eventually has the ability to use the data in ways that create business value for both sides. Is that correct?

Russ: Who owns what is I guess core to that question. So, a provider would say, “When we create a claim, the work that goes into the creation of that claim is our work. So that is our data.”

We send that data through Availity to the health plans. They receive it in the form of a claim. The payer would then say, that at that point the claim becomes theirs and so does the corresponding remittance or response. But then again, when the provider gets that back in their system, now suddenly, that’s their data.

We don’t typically get into the debate around who owns what between health plans, providers. Generally speaking, I think the industry has been fairly practical about these ownership rights when it comes to business workflows. It’s been more focused on getting the workflow automated than haggling over data rights in the context of “Is it claims data? Is it medical data? Who owns it?”

Q. With regard to medical data, is EHR data specifically, also part of the datasets covered?

Russ: Historically, we’ve been moving almost purely administrative data. However, over the last several years, we’ve begun to move more and more medical data which is what we use generically for clinical data in various forms ACT, CCD and variety of formats.

A little over a month ago, we closed on the acquisition of Diameter Health, and we’re very excited about that. If people think that structured X12 data is very standardized — unless you work with it every day wherein you realize that it’s not really as standardized as previously thought – they must see one payer implementation. They’re all different when it comes to clinical data given it’s still very much the Wild West in terms of how data is facilitated, created, transacted, named, or even identified. There’s still a lot of opportunity to provide a structure around clinical data so that it can be used and automated into workflows, which is where we are. We’re very much focused on that.

Q. Is there a HIPAA consideration here? What would be one or two top considerations when it comes to this kind of exchange of data?

Russ: It plays a bit to our strategy. We’ve never sold data and we have a lot of claims data. While remittance data and a lot of very valuable data flows through our networks, we’ve always felt that it’s better to be a trusted data steward than a data broker. So, just like any firm that resembles ours, we take secure information along with security, and privacy, very seriously.

The fact that we have not been in the business of selling data has enabled us to strengthen trust with both sides of the equation — payers and providers — which we think is going to let us create some interesting use cases for data in that business workflow.

But to your specific question, you have just your core underlying concern of “Let’s make sure the data about the right person is going to the right person at the right time.” Our network, like any health care network, is constantly under some form of assault by people trying to breach it or get into it. So, we spend a small fortune on information security and privacy.

Beyond that, it’s about where you’re going. Once you move from those standard business transactions, which everybody opts into to how do you really use that clinical data to create a better health care system, then, you’ve got to be super careful about data rights, both in terms of the payer, provider, and patient who some would say ultimately, owns all the data.

Q. With regard to your recent acquisition, what does Diameter Health bring to the table?

Russ: I’ll use a few analogies to explain this. There’s considerable clinical data being mined out there in the market, many aggregators, and data collection sources as well drilling for oil so to speak, in this case, drilling for data. What we’ve noticed missing is, the ability to take that raw crude and turn it into a usable fuel.

Diameter Health is the data refinery that receives data from a variety of sources. They don’t actually have endpoints into provider systems to gather any data so are wholly dependent upon their customers to create those endpoints. That’s one synergy they have with Availity, which creates endpoints for data all day, every day.

Diameter Health pulls that data in from all these disparate sources and refines it to a particular client’s standard whether that client is a payer, an HIE, works in the government sector, etc. They have a variety of different customers with use cases for clinical data to drive better health outcomes and enable cost reductions, everything we want to see happen.

However, given how fragmented this data is, our ability to automate its flow into a utilization management system or a care management, encounters gaps making it hard to achieve the required scale. Diameter Health applies their tech to raw data and upcycles or standardizes it to create a structure by applying clinical knowledge to the data. Clinicians at Availity — nurse practitioners and Pharm Ds– work on these data structures so that when we flow it back to the end user client, it can be pushed into an automated workflow.

Q. Have you started tapping into individual data?

Russ: We’ve never had a direct-to-consumer strategy because we’re direct-to-provider and the providers ultimately source a lot of the data that the health plans need and vice versa. A direct-to-consumer strategy then, feels like a pretty big lift and one that, frankly, for the use cases that we are bringing to life, includes a lot of patterns. There are many low hanging fruit. To automate workflows like authorization, care management etc., the data required by the plans lies in the provider systems so, that’s where we’re really focused on data capture.

Q. You mention authorization and that’s one of the biggest friction points in healthcare. What is the competitive landscape like for you?

Russ: In that particular one and in others where you have the payer partnering with Epic, we serve as the gateway for the payers that have been identified. We’re big fans of automation, whether it comes in an Epic system or any other application, so we help automate data and workflows.

That said, the biggest pain point between providers and health plans today, is one that frankly has not been solved at scale. I really like what Epic’s doing with the Epic Payer Platform and driving all the automation there. That’s going to be an important source. Frankly, we’ll be a catalyst for a lot of other innovation around over the next few years.

Q. Can you share a couple of use cases coming out of the Diameter acquisition that enhances the value of your business?

Russ: Let’s start with Auth because I really have very personal reasons for wanting to solve the Auth problem. I just think it’s bad not only for business but also, for patient care. Any time a patient’s left standing at a doctor’s front desk waiting for an Auth to be approved, that is not good for patient care. That, to me, is one great example of where even though we’ve got some great tech that’s being applied to the Auth problem itself, you still have to empower data in a consistent, logical way so that it can be transacted into the payer system. One of our helpline partners is Elevance. And to that point, even they’re right. You’ve got to be able to push the data into their systems in a consistent and automated way.

One example of where we will put the Diameter technology to work is upcycling that clinical data that gets used in a Auth UM workflow both, for Auth determination as well as ultimately, the second phase of that process, which is medical necessity determination. If you can get an Auth and still not have medical necessity approved, you have got to have a way to pull that clinical data into the system so that you’re solving both problems at once. So, starting Auth is a great example of that.

I’ll bucket it under the general heading of chart retrieval, for various purposes. Today, the chart retrieval process is still a very manual process with thousands of people sitting in the bowels of health systems looking at paper records all day and scanning them into some OCR system and then, pushing them through. Ultimately, the plan is not to look for that entire medical record. They’re looking for data elements that are in that medical record to approve whatever it may be right for, whether it’s a medical necessity determination, etc. That’s another area where we think there’s just a ton of room with what we’re doing with Diameter Health to bring that data to life.

Everyone knows the data is there but it’s how you bring it to life in an automated way that needs to be seen. One of the comments I was going to make about Elevance is, there’s a lot of really smart people there, but one, in particular, who uses the term “auto adjudication” instead of just “automation.” He talks about auto adjudication in context not just of claims but everything from provider directory data. When a provider updates a piece of demographic data, how do you auto adjudicate that all the way through the planning system to clinical data? It’s a great example as well of getting clinical data and being able to then, auto adjudicate that through whatever multitude of systems the plan may need. That is where we think the real value of Diameter Health is and where you can start to really prove ROI. We know the large costs entailed when a human has to intervene in a chart review. So, that’s a couple of great examples of how we’re going to do it.

Q. What about the other side — health outcomes? What is the role of your data set and platform?

Russ: I love the idea of bringing disparate data sources to life around total care management but the one thing that frustrates me about the U.S. health care system is, it’s by and large, a reactive health care system. We treat symptoms, diseases, and specific diseases. We don’t treat real conditions of human health.

I’m personally very interested and trying to get a lot smarter around things like longevity. What can we do to prolong?

Q. Didn’t that come up with a supplement that does that anyway?

Russ: Yes, but one of the reasons that we aren’t more proactive in managing care and paying for the management of care proactively is, it’s really hard to prove returns on investment. We know all day long that if somebody has high blood pressure, then, treating it with a pharmaceutical product is going to help and if it’s high cholesterol, treat with a statin. But we don’t do anything to get at the underlying conditions which are causing that. So, I’m very excited about the notion of being able to go out and get a lot of differentiated data on people and bring it into this central repository.

We talk at Availity about one patient health record. That is not just what’s happened to you retroactive to becoming sick. For instance, I’m ill and now I’m being treated. But how do we proactively enable providers to know what they need to know about you when you come in instead of just how you may be feeling today? My doctor will be able to look at a chart and say I’ll be ok because he’s been tracking the Hemoglobin A1C, and glucose levels for the last three months so can see where the spikes are. He can then talk about my diet in ways that we can do and test things to reduce those spikes. That to me is the health care system.

The question then, is, where does Availity play? For now, at least, Availity’s play in that is in a retrospective manner, but you ultimately have to have a way to measure what value we’re getting from that and total cost of care. I think that’s the way you look at it over time. So, our ability to look at claims and then, the analytics across claims is critical. I do analytics across claims and know what’s going on with the patient but after the fact is where you get a lot of that.

Q. Let’s talk about digital health. Digital transformation of healthcare data and analytics is super important in all of this. Can you do your work with digital health startups? How do you enable them? What should they know about you?

Russ: While I’m very opinionated on this topic here’s what I think. Digital is another highly overused term, not unlike population health and interoperability and that sort of stuff. To me, digital health is about user experience and it really is that simple.

How do we apply data? How do we make data smarter and apply it into an interactive user experience that drives as a high net promoter score, user satisfaction and gives people the answers to questions they need? That is by proactively anticipating the questions that are going to be asked and answering those questions in a very logical way in workflow.

The example I always use and not a lot people can relate to it is that, I’m a pilot and I’m flying what’s called a glass panel, which means I’m looking at a screen just like I’m looking at two computer screens when I’m in the cockpit. That has evolved over decades from six different devices and instruments to one glass panel that gives you all the information you need, as you need it, even before you need it. It is thinking ahead for you and preparing you for what’s coming next. It’s answering questions intuitively, applying analytics to the data that’s coming in to give you routing information. The truth or the same reason that we did it today in health care is that, I think, we’re still very analog in the way that providers and health plans interact with each other. So, where we’re investing as a company is in two particular areas.

We’re investing in data intelligence and data analytics. We’ve just hired Gigi Yuen-Reed, who was a Principal Data Scientist for IBM Watson, and is now, our VP, Data and Analytics and we’re building a team around her. Their job is going to be to take 13 billion data points and make them smart, more intuitive, more interactive to extract insights and knowledge from all the data flowing through our network.

On the other side, we’re investing in our user experience, not just our screens, but the way that we deliver data to our end users, whether that end user is in an Availity application or in an Epic application. That’s because we sell a ton of provider business through our partnership with Epic or in a nascent digital platform that some brilliant entrepreneur has independently developed.

I’ll give you two examples of where we have a budding partnership with Rhyme, which was brought off and is now run around automating the prior authorization workflow. Leveraging tech that Rhyme has built creates what I call nodal activity – it’s not a very good term. However, the problem with the auth workflow is not a transaction but a conversation between disparate systems and health systems in a payer system. So, Rhyme has really brought intelligence to that conversation so that they can actually speak the same lines. Rhyme is a great example of a partnership where we are bringing value to a young startup digital company to help them get scale.

The other is Vin who’s a very close friend and what Vin is doing with clinical data capture at the point of care is particularly valuable in smaller EMR and EHR systems. We are now leveraging Vin as our own point solution, if you will, which we will bring to scale, to extract and deliver clinical data and insights directly on the provider’s desktop.

Where we are investing is in building an underlying architecture in an API framework so that we can very easily stand up partnerships with some of these brilliant young entrepreneurs who are building applications and sitting there having built something really cool. But question arises, “How do I get scale? Where can I get to a network where I can actually interact with health plans and providers at scale?”

We think Availity should be a logical place for them.

Q. There’s the emergence of a lot of data consortiums – Truveta, HIEs, clearing houses etc. What are your high-level thoughts on the market right now?

Russ: I’ve been involved in HIEs since 2002, so I go back a long way with them and to your point, I think there are HIEs that serve very viable purposes. They’ve figured out a commercial model and are very relevant as data aggregators and local community voices that help create trust around data exchange. We love partnering with them. We’re partnering in Michigan and California. Now with Diameter Health, we’ve got a number of other places where we’re helping bring that data to life.

There’s no lack of data but what do you do with it? We’ll continue to focus on this. We didn’t last for 21 years by not having a good, sustainable business model and I do believe that we knew that some of these disparate, nascent data elements were going to become more and more important to us. Finding ways to consolidate that data into an existing workflow is an area where I think Availity can be very relevant and start creating real value for the end user. What we do today in just transacting claims and eligibility is highly commoditized but if you do it at scale like we do, it creates a phenomenal platform that you can build around.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Healthcare is now about combining the digital pieces with a personal touch

Season 4: Episode #135

Podcast with Zane Burke, Chief Executive Officer, Board Member, Quantum Health

"Healthcare is now about combining the digital pieces with a personal touch"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Zane Burke, CEO of Quantum Health discusses the current state of digital health and how Quantum is working towards creating a different and better healthcare experience with better financial and clinical outcomes.

Zane is a long-time veteran in the healthcare space with successful tenures in Cerner and Livongo. He notes that while there is progress with digital health, data silos and lack of integration are some of the biggest friction points in delivering better healthcare experience and outcomes. He also talks about how healthcare is intensely personal and why the connection of digital pieces and the personal touch pieces will make a huge difference.

Zane discusses a range of other topics, including digital health funding and the M&A environment, the role of big tech in the healthcare ecosystem, and the pace of digital transformation in general. Take a Listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

00:48How would you describe the current state of digital health?
02:20 How did you come to Quantum? What does Quantum Health do?
04:16 Who are your main customers today – employers, plans, or providers? Who would you consider your competition?
08:30In the context of health care, the other big competitor is, “Who pays?” Healthcare is all about following the money. Who pays for the solution as a self-insured employer?
10:42In the context of the markets and data silos, you've been a senior executive at one of the big EHR platform companies and in startups. Give us a State of the Union on interoperability. What's the unfinished business here?
15:27Digital health companies are in their own ecosystem and the consumers are somewhere in the middle with very little control over their data. If companies cannot access the data easily from an EHR system, where do you think that leaves digital health companies today?
18:15 What are your thoughts on the M&A environment of the marketplace today in light of how many digital health companies are actually struggling?
21:27What’s your take on the role of big tech in the healthcare ecosystem going forward?
26:35What is your advice to the health systems and digital health startups trying to play in this environment?

About our guest

Zane Burke is the Chief Executive Officer, Board Member at Quantum Health. An internationally recognized health IT leader, Burke has both a clear, forward-looking vision for digital healthcare and a unique understanding of the challenges in global healthcare delivery.

As healthcare gets continuously harder for people to navigate on their own, Burke’s professional passion is creating great healthcare experiences for all and addressing the imbalances in healthcare delivery. At Quantum Health, he leads the organization's goal to transform the consumer experience, with solutions that uncomplicate and innovate healthcare navigation. By continuing to reach into new end markets, the company will serve more consumers and ultimately improve more lives.

Prior to joining Quantum Health, Burke served as chief executive officer of Silicon Valley-based Livongo Health Inc., a leading software as a service (SaaS) consumer digital health company. Burke spent more than two decades at Cerner Corporation where he concluded his service there as the company’s president. He serves on several industry and not-for-profit boards of directors.

Zane Burke is the Chief Executive Officer, Board Member at Quantum Health. An internationally recognized health IT leader, Burke has both a clear, forward-looking vision for digital healthcare and a unique understanding of the challenges in global healthcare delivery.

As healthcare gets continuously harder for people to navigate on their own, Burke’s professional passion is creating great healthcare experiences for all and addressing the imbalances in healthcare delivery. At Quantum Health, he leads the organization's goal to transform the consumer experience, with solutions that uncomplicate and innovate healthcare navigation. By continuing to reach into new end markets, the company will serve more consumers and ultimately improve more lives.

Prior to joining Quantum Health, Burke served as chief executive officer of Silicon Valley-based Livongo Health Inc., a leading software as a service (SaaS) consumer digital health company. Burke spent more than two decades at Cerner Corporation where he concluded his service there as the company’s president. He serves on several industry and not-for-profit boards of directors.

Q. Zane, you’re a veteran in the healthcare tech space having been part of large enterprise class technology platform providers and startups that have had spectacular success. How would you describe the current state of digital health?

Zane: It’s a fascinating time and digital health has seen a lot of amazing innovation where people are taking on areas that may need better health care experiences and better clinical and financial outcomes. There are a number of places where there’ve been significant movements in a positive light for many disease states. That’s a real big positive.

On the other side, what we’ve seen is almost a bigger silo of data and information that’s really creating too many small pockets of information with not enough views of the larger picture and a lack of integration.

For instance, I know I like to go to concerts and drink wine. That’s what I do for my health care. I don’t do health care to do health care and I don’t think anybody does that, either. I think, they really do it to live their lives. So, it’s a missing component of what’s really occurring. We just see more and more of these little islands of information and more siloed elements and while in those individual spaces, there are better experiences and better outcomes, we’re missing this broader picture for people.

Q. How did you come to Quantum? What does Quantum Health do?

Zane: I came to Quantum Health because it’s really about creating a different and better health care experience with better financial and clinical outcomes and really looking at hard ROI within the boundaries of the medical spends, today. What really attracted me, in addition, to that core piece there, was the people and the business model. That is the only one I’ve seen, particularly in digital health, that’s really around bringing together the plan sponsor, the member, and the provider.

Those three components were what attracted me to Quantum Health because I saw this as a platform by which we could deliver what I call the connective tissue between a clicks and mortar world. It’s increasingly important for people to recognize that it’s not going to just be a digital health or virtual care world, only. It’s a connection back to that physical piece.

How do we create that singular experience for the member and simplify it? That’s what I saw in Quantum Health. That’s the opportunity as we move forward.

Q. Who are your main customers today – employers, plans, or providers? Who or what would you consider competition?

Zane: We are mostly a large self-insured employer. We scale both, up and down. But if you think of a Delta Airlines, a Target, an Allstate, a Honda, then, those are some representative clients. We’re serving over two million members today, in that space and that’s where we got our start.

Increasingly, we’re seeing that the health plans themselves are interested in navigation, although it leads directly to the competitive environment where the biggest competitors are still the health plans themselves. That’s because they think of themselves providing that customer-first experience. Unfortunately, what they’ve done is optimized around business processes.

What we are able to do around navigation is be on the journey with the member by taking all the data sources in whether it’s claims data, PBM data, or that provider information. Every single one of these interactions in health care is a health signal and is calibrated in our Artificial Intelligence to help us create the next best action. It’s really about the next best action for that member and helping them in their journey in the context of their health plan.

What benefits they can be accorded will depend on what’s in-network or out-of-network. So, how do we get them to the right side of care?

When you’re on a real health care journey, you know how difficult it is to actually navigate the health care system. Quantum really guides that person through the journey and it turns out that they’re actually doing the right thing, making the experience better, and helping people navigate to the right places. So, our Net Promoter Scores are in the mid-70s which I just haven’t seen in any other business ever and we’re getting hard ROIs as well. So, doing the right thing turns out to be really, really good for the sponsors and/or for a large self-insured employer. It’s a win, win, win across the board. However, “do nothing” still remains our biggest competitor. Stay with the payer.

Increasingly, there are more people entering into navigation. Unfortunately, it isn’t about just putting a little digital app on the front-end and doing some lightweight pieces. We’re seeing digital applications making a difference. Our front-end, for example, is great and we’ll continue to hone that but it’s really all the data science and ultimately, a personal touch that comes with it, which matters.

I often mention this in my executive meetings. Every single day, I get multiple notes from members that say “thank you for X” — either better clinical outcome, better financial outcome, or better experience — but it’s always tied to a person and what we call our health care lawyers. I’ve never got a response that said, “thank you for writing that software” and that’s what health care is. It’s intensely personal. It’s about how you connect the technical part with the personal part that makes such a huge difference.

Q. In the context of healthcare, the other big competitor is, “Who pays?” because healthcare is all about following the money. Who pays for the solution as a self-insured employer?

Zane: Sometimes, employers hire us and pay us a per member per month fee on behalf of their members so we become the front-end both, for the interactions with their members and our engagements with our providers to get paid. Literally, we created a model for a single flow for that member, the workflow for that physician’s office and that’s how we often garnered a number of those health signals. Then we also delivered value back to either the member or the provider on those signals, along the way.

That this is coming from the sponsors themselves creates great experiences for the employees — better health care experiences, better clinical and financial outcomes — and sponsors, too. We’re seeing significant ROIs then, on the amount of fees that they’re paying. That’s the thing when you talk about what the state of digital health is. If you’re not driving value, there’s just no way you’re going to be in the game in the long run.

Q. In the context of the markets and data silos, you’ve been a senior executive at one of the big EHR platform companies and in startups. Give us a State of the Union on this interoperability. Is it getting better or worse? What’s the unfinished business here?

Zane: It’s getting better but what people have to realize is, it can’t be a one-way street on data. That goes for everyone involved in the conversation. From an EHR perspective, we have to think about what’s in it for those EHR companies and the value they’re going to get back from the connections that they receive. People may look at that and say, that’s a bit of a jaundiced view. They received Dollars as part of the federal programs and incentives to go drive that. So, I do think there’s a responsibility from those EHR companies to be open.

I’ve long been a proponent of health care data. It should be mine as a person, not mine as a EHR company. You ought to own your own electronic health record and I, mine. Whether I choose to share it or turn it off, should be my prerogative and I should have the ability to do so.

EHR companies have come a long way but there’s more to do. The hold-up though is still the notion of what’s in it for them on data-sharing from these other technologies. That’s often lost in the mix. What you have seen in digital health has been more cooperation around democratizing the data and saying, “If I have data to share, I’ll share that with our partners.” If you have data or digital health from our ecosystem, you’re sharing it with us because we can provide better experiences for our members. The digital health community has done a fantastic job in data sharing. I’ve seen it at Livongo, where we’ve shared Apple data, Fitbit data, claims data, and others as part of that conversation. We have an incredibly robust ecosystem and partner program at Quantum Health where we can connect in multitudes of ways and share information which is an important part of that responsibility.

There’s a lot of work to do around the data. Your ability as an individual to be able to turn that on and off and understand where your data goes is critical. Most people don’t appreciate that once they flip the switch for their PHI to be put into an Apple health kit, for instance, then, that data is no longer your PHI anymore. It’s literally part of the Apple ecosystem. Some of those pieces are areas of importance for us to continue to track and follow through on. There’s a lot more to do from the EHR perspective. However, at the digital health level, this notion that your data, should you press a button, will be forever out there, persists.

Q. Digital health companies are in their own ecosystem and the consumers are somewhere in the middle with very little control over their data. If companies cannot access the data easily from an EHR system, what is the true value of a digital health solution?

Zane: It can be much more robust to have the EHR data in those digital health elements. I’d say that there is a ton of information in these digital health organizations that are clinically relevant for those EHR organizations and the providers, and quite frankly, I don’t think digital health has actually stepped up to the plate to embrace the provider meaningfully.

Actually, Quantum is one of the lone exceptions out there in terms of, “Hey! There’s an opportunity to give back here.” There’s a reason why our provider scores are so high and it goes beyond the understanding of the benefits paid. That’s because you actually get some feedback from the first time, from the digital health community so, I do think there’s actually more that digital health community can and should do to close the loop. It’s painful and hard work, but it needs to be done. That’s part of the responsibility of being in health care.

You can get a lot of value in those disease-specific condition states. With those digital health applications, you gain a lot through the claims data and the PBM data, etc. and it would be beneficial to have more access on the EHR side. That’ll come and I really believe that that’s on the right trajectory. Everybody in the ecosystem has to remember you have a responsibility to close the loop on behalf of the member, and that includes leading back to the providers themselves. Doing that in a way that’s useful to the provider, rather than a burden is just one more thing that we put on their plate that they have to sift through.

Q. Livongo’s successful exit may have paved the way somewhat for a few of the large, recent exits — One Medical with Amazon, Signify, CVS, and perhaps Cano Health. Can you share your thoughts on the M&A environment of the marketplace today in light of how many digital health companies are actually struggling?

Zane: The macro financial markets are very tough and challenging for fundraising for digital health solutions and while that may continue for the next 12 to 18 months, it’s going to have implications. There will be people that run out of funding and those whose business models just haven’t shown profitability in those pieces. That will have ramifications on the marketplace. Those with deep balance sheets are going to be in the best position to scoop some of those pieces up. So, you’ve got that dynamic.

You alluded to the amount of M&A activity. You’re going to see more because of the financial challenges that I spoke to start with and the Amazon One Medical and Signify CVS combinations which prove a thesis that I’ve long believed that this ultimately requires personal service. Technology is critically important. You can deliver great experiences through that, help people practice more at the top of their license, whether that’s truly a professional license or just at the top of their game. But at the end of the day, it’s the personal touch that matters. Both those combinations are big signals that it’s the delivery of care integrated into the digital aspects that people are betting on the future and thinking that it’s again back to it’s going to be a digital only world is just not how health care is delivered.

The big value is always in the cases that are the most expensive and in the top 1% driving 50% of costs. But you’ve got to know the whole phone book to be able to dial in and say, “This person is the one that’s going to be on this journey. How do we engage with this person early and often and get them the right kind of information before all the choices have been made?”

That requires the digital pieces, along with the personal touch pieces. So you’re going to see much more M&A activity for those who have deep pockets on a go-forward basis.

Q. There are big tech firms like Amazon actively getting into the core health care services space. What’s your take on the role of big tech in the healthcare ecosystem going forward?

Zane: This might be the part where I’ve been around the block for too many times and so I’m a bit cynical. I’m not a cynic by nature and those that know me well, know I’m an optimist and I’m a half full kind of a person. But I’ve seen IBM and Trident Healthcare trying to get in health care four times. I’ve seen Google try to get in at least twice. I’ve seen Microsoft in it at least three times back in the day, McDonnell Douglas, American Express, and GE.

So, there’s a lot of dead bodies on the side of the road. Health care is a humbling experience for me every day. There’re reasons why your podcast is so wonderful, because what you do is, you turn this gemstone of health care and depending on what lens you look at it through it just gets a different viewpoint every time. That’s one of the fun parts of my own personal career and that is being able to turn the gemstone and see it through a couple of different ways. I’m humbled every day as I get to learn and try to say that I want to make a difference.

There’s a role for big companies and they may be the beneficiaries of a downturn in the financial market side because they have such strong financial statements and they are able to acquire some technologies that they otherwise would not have. So, this is going to be a little different. While I’m, on the one hand, cynical because I’ve seen large companies not be successful, I’m, on the other hand, hopeful that they’ll provide the kind of capital that’s going to be necessary to see some of these technologies reach their full potential. I can be, on the one hand, pessimistic, and on the other hand, optimistic, and say that’ll happen. I look at the company I used to be associated with this arm and Oracle joining that fray and on the one hand, I’m optimistic that contemporizing in the Cerner platform and truly getting to a cloud-based environment and doing some of the things that Oracle is uniquely capable to do would be super beneficial for Cerner. But on the flip side, I’ve seen where large companies think they know it all, and the smart people have come to save the people that are unworthy. I have concerns about those kinds of scenarios.

I’m not being critical of the Oracle or others that have tried and failed. It’s too big a market to ignore 20% of GDP. We’re going to see big-tech players in this space and the ones that will be successful are the ones that say, “I know how to scale. I know how to think about technology. But I’ve got to embrace everything that is health care and understand that there’s different dynamics at play here from the payer models to, you know, the consumer models, the providers and all the elements thereof.” If you think you invented it at your shop, you’re probably wrong. That’s what I would say. Again, I say every single day, I get to learn something.

Q. This year has been a bad one for health systems financially speaking and with labor shortages. Do you think this will slow down the pace of digital transformation? What is your advice to the health systems and digital health startups trying to play in this environment?

Zane: You’re right. I sit on the largest safety net hospital in Missouri, and they’ve prudently managed through what has been a very challenging time. Many of my health system clients have had some significant challenges and a number of health system clients are utilizing Quantum’s services.

They’ve got to be focused on value received and on making their own employee base feel loved and cared for. Often, the health professionals provide the love and care and it’s really important for the health systems to return that because it’s just been an unbelievably taxing time to be a health system provider and any kind of health system worker over the last couple of years.

For me, it’s just thinking about the employee population and then the value, the places they can go to the first dollar value place. How can you, as a health organization, not be subjected to what’s going to be a downward trend around value-based care? As people come after the big spend items, they’re going to have to think about how they’re providing unique value and how they’re going after first dollar. So, it’s a tricky time if you’re in the digital health. If you’re the digital health providers, you better be delivering a heck of a lot of our hard ROI or you’re just going to be out of business.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Advancing Care with Digital Health Tools: Innovations in Healthcare Technology

Season 4: Episode #134

Podcast with David Evendon-Challis, Executive Board Member and Chief Scientific Officer, Bayer Consumer Health

"Advancing Care with Digital Health Tools: Innovations in Healthcare Technology"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, David Evendon-Challis, Executive Board Member and Chief Scientific Officer at Bayer Consumer Health discusses their approach to help consumers adopt digital health tools to manage and improve their healthcare outcomes. David also explores trends driving better self-care among consumers.

Digital health tools are gaining momentum among customers and making better self-care more accessible. However, all these innovative technology solutions must seamlessly integrate into the mainstream healthcare delivery models. David believes that increased interest in health and self-care awareness, affordable healthcare technologies, and people wanting to use more technology to communicate combined will bring the perfect storm for improved health outcomes. He also talks about the current state of digital therapeutics and its relevance in improving consumer health. Take a Listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

00:45About Bayer and the Consumer Health Division.
02:08 Self-care has become a big trend among consumers. What kind of trends are you seeing at Bayer and what is driving all this?
04:07 Can you give us few examples of the digital tools that will gain momentum with consumers, specifically in the U.S.?
07:30How much clinically validated is the self-monitored care? It seems like there's a need to integrate all the technology innovations with mainstream healthcare delivery models. What’s your take on this?
10:20What is the current state of evolution and innovation of digital therapeutics in terms of the consumer-facing devices? How are they fitting into the mainstream healthcare context?
12:46Can you talk about Bayer's approach to the movement around self-care and helping consumers with the tools that they need to manage their care better?
15:43 How is self-care different from people just taking time-off, a vacation, go on a diet, or take some me-time? Is there a connotation that you attach to the term?
19:30Where does old medicine, for instance - Ayurveda, fit in this picture? Do you see that as being a part of the self-care movement?
24:11What’s your advice to our listeners, especially those who are digital health startups looking to get their product out in the market in partnership with a global company such as Bayer?

About our guest

David Evendon-Challis is Head of R&D for Bayer’s Consumer Health Division and is a member of the Consumer Health Executive Committee. He is responsible for worldwide innovation and product development, from scoping and ideation through delivering innovation to the market via internal and external development.

David is a British national, with a first class Master’s degree in Biological Sciences from the University of Oxford, UK. Over the past 17 years he has worked across regulatory, communications & public affairs, sustainability and product development. He joined Bayer in January 2020 from RB where he spent eight years in R&D leadership roles of increasing responsibility - most recently heading innovation across the company’s consumer health business. Prior to this he worked at companies including Kimberly-Clark, Salterbaxter MSL and the Engine Group.

He is passionate about creating and scaling innovations that are purpose-driven, human-centric, scientifically robust, and credible.

David is married with two children. He is based at Consumer Health’s global headquarters in Basel, Switzerland.

David Evendon-Challis is Head of R&D for Bayer’s Consumer Health Division and is a member of the Consumer Health Executive Committee. He is responsible for worldwide innovation and product development, from scoping and ideation through delivering innovation to the market via internal and external development.

David is a British national, with a first class Master’s degree in Biological Sciences from the University of Oxford, UK. Over the past 17 years he has worked across regulatory, communications & public affairs, sustainability and product development. He joined Bayer in January 2020 from RB where he spent eight years in R&D leadership roles of increasing responsibility - most recently heading innovation across the company’s consumer health business. Prior to this he worked at companies including Kimberly-Clark, Salterbaxter MSL and the Engine Group.

He is passionate about creating and scaling innovations that are purpose-driven, human-centric, scientifically robust, and credible.

David is married with two children. He is based at Consumer Health’s global headquarters in Basel, Switzerland.

Q: David, can you talk to us about Bayer and the Consumer Health Division?

David: Bayer has been around for a long time; longer than the Queen and I. I joined the company about three years ago. I work within consumer health, which is one of three divisions—pharmaceuticals, crop science, and consumer health.

We’re a leading player within consumer health with 170 brands of which, 15 are extremely large. We focus our innovation efforts on and work across a lot of different self-care areas—allergy cough, cold, pain, cardio, digestive health, dermatology, and supplements—so we have a broad self-care business.

Self-care has become a big trend among consumers. What are the trends you see as Chief Scientific Officer of the Consumer Health Division of Bayer? What is driving this trend?

David: We’ve been seeing, for some years, an increasing interest in a lot of people to take better care of themselves. You become more aware of the impact of things like smoking, watching your weight, exercise, eating the right fruits and vegetables etc. That has been bubbling along, but there’s not been a huge emphasis on real prevention of disease.

A lot has shifted in the last couple of years, so, we know that people want to take much better care of themselves. That’s totally been accelerated by COVID. I found some of the statistics here, super interesting. In COVID, 44% of people started using new devices to help manage their health proactively. About 90% of them had positive experiences, which I think, is extremely high. Over half of the people want to use more tech to communicate with their health care professionals and manage their health.

This isn’t a new statistic but the one that always gets me and continues to blow my mind is the 200 billion healthcare searches on Google, every year. Combining that increasing interest in health care and our ability to take care of our health and prevent disease with more affordable technologies, particularly, things that are already part of our day-to-day lives may just be the perfect storm for better prevention, better self-care. That’s what we’re seeing across the board.

Q: Can you give us one or two examples of the sort of digital tools that will gain momentum with consumers in the specific context of the United States?

David: There’s all kinds of things. You go from the very simple ones but I would still count digital tools as those that help people make decisions about which products they take.

The online health and wellness questionnaires are very basic but these are on the rise. They help people navigate what is quite a complex shelf to choose what to do, what to buy, when to use it, etc. In the U.S., we have majority stake in companies like Care/of. It’s a personalized VMS company. There has been a big rise in using that from a user’s point of view to actually get better products.

There are increasing sales of specialist devices—the things that people carry with them be it their smartphones, Fitbits, or their Apple watches. These are the things that people are starting to get better insights from, and using to manage their health more and more. I can only see that becoming more important in the future as the devices get more sophisticated and better about giving us actionable insights, if not diagnoses. These are the areas that are going to help make better self-care much, much more accessible for more people.

Take my personal favorite. At the moment, for me, sleep is important but I don’t want to wear a special sleep monitoring device. I’m interested, but not that much, in it. However, I will wear my watch to bed and check it every single morning. I will adjust my behaviors based on that, and it will add that into my daily routine. That’s critical as well, having whatever the solution technology might be, something that can seamlessly integrate into your life, and that will always be as easy to be top of mind and enable us to keep doing it. Those are the things that are going to stay.

We know that complicated, unpleasant experiences—even complying with the medication, for example—may make lots of people drop out. Making things super easy and part of people’s lives is part of this.

Q: While there’s a lot you can now do to monitor yourself and take better care simultaneously, how much of it is clinically validated? It seems like there’s a need to integrate new innovation with mainstream health care delivery models. What’s your take at Bayer?

David: I look at it from two angles one of which is, there’re some really promising technologies for things like digital therapeutics, which we’ll see is in the Rx kind of area. I’m a consumer, but I can see that being absolutely relevant for consumer health, as well. In these areas, we could have a debate, although I’m not an expert about the evidence behind some of these. But there is a lot of evidence being generated on those digital therapeutics. From that angle, there’s a huge relevance for self-care and the digital drug is actually helping people to take care and treat themselves.

When it comes to using digital biomarkers to help identify where your problems are, this isn’t just about being able to run a report and giving that to your doctor. It’s about getting better, actionable insights for you to manage your own health. Those don’t always need to be 100% perfect and accurate in order to get generalized insights that can actually help you shift your behavior in a better direction to become healthier. I think there’s absolutely a role for those kinds of things and the two may ultimately kind of meet in the middle.

In the meantime, there’s a lot of value in the more general health, personal health insights that we can get from these different technologies. They can help individuals determine when they might need to see their healthcare provider and actually dig into an issue in more detail. It’s not always the case for things like, for example, my sleep. This is about me feeling better, waking up lighter, and being able to manage my busy job, two small children etc. The kind of insights that I get from my Apple Watch and the app that I’ve purchased are bang-on for that. So, I think it depends on the need.

Q: Digital therapeutics has become almost a mainstream term, now. What is the current state of their evolution and innovation as it relates to some of these consumer-facing devices? How are they fitting into the mainstream healthcare context?

David: Within self-care, it’s coming from all different angles. There are lots of different roles. If you think about this cycle from within self-care, awareness, education, engagement, assessments, diagnosis, treatments, then, in continuing that cycle, there’s this role for different technologies within that.

I’m really interested in things like the symptoms assessment tool. We’ve been working with Ada Health and piloting with a couple of our brands around the world to see what is the role of powerful symptoms assessment to help guide people when they are in areas that are quite confusing, like irritable bowel syndrome, for example, or identifying the causes of some of your pain. Some of these day-to-day things are real issues to people. There are really important technologies that are helping very much with that part of the self-care continuum we’re seeing.

Whilst there’s absolutely going to be a role for self-selection yet the questionnaire-based approaches, complement some of the digital biomarkers which are getting better, and will continue to do so. At one point, I believe, they will become acceptable to the entire health system. In the meantime, I think they will increasingly provide great information and actionable insights.

I also think that is a role and people are increasingly accepting of drawing blood and providing saliva to actually get more detailed information about themselves. All of these pieces are coming together. Unfortunately, I don’t think we quite have the glue, which is where we, as an industry, need to work together a little bit better, because all of these component pieces are pretty much there but the system isn’t quite working seamlessly yet.

Q: Can you talk about Bayer’s approach to this movement around self-care and helping consumers with the tools that they need to manage their care better?

David: We spend all day doing innovation. When it comes to digital health, versus non digital health and everything that is now in-between, the process is broadly the same. For me, this is within good self-care innovation and it is about taking a broad-scale, medical, unmet need and combining that with a big, consumer, unmet need, adding in the right technology that is going to meet those, layering in your evidence, and giving it a great product experience. That’s my recipe for good innovation. That’s the same for digital health.

So that same process is followed. I do think that technology is making it much quicker for us to get insights to develop the products. Digitalization of labs, prediction of stability, which is one of those pieces within traditional product development, takes quite a long time. We’re using digital almost behind the scenes as well as upfront in the part of the consumer or the user experience to make that whole process better and faster along with how you end up engaging with your consumers. It’s not just about going to CVS and picking up a product and that’s the end of that. We’re now able to unlock better care, better education, better engagement in our communities, all of those so, the same principles apply. But in order to add in the layer of digital, use digital technologies.

One of the things that’s super interesting for me is how all of this is unlocking prevention or the idea of prevention in a much more meaningful way. It’s always been important for people, but many of us included, haven’t acted as much on it. I think it’s human nature we deal with today and we don’t worry too much about tomorrow for a lot of things, particularly, when it comes to our own health. Part of that is because it’s hard to measure.

A lot of these tools that are arriving are actually helping us measure the things that we weren’t able to before—from my sleep score to my biological age and comparing that to my chronological age—all of these things are helping us better our awareness of today and tomorrow, which I think ultimately will help with prevention and unlock a whole new kind of series of innovations that the industry can make.

Q: We’ve used the term self-care quite a bit here. How is it different from people just taking time-off, a vacation, go on a diet, or take some me-time? Is there a connotation that you attach to the term?

David: For me, self-care and consumer health are kind of interchangeable. It’s things like me-time that’s been definitely used as a similar attitude to self-care. Me-time is very important, but for me, it’s not health. Self-care is about evidence-based, credible products and services that are going to improve people’s health. So, there are many different things that play a role.

Alternative medicine can also play a role. However, I believe in evidence-based products and services and that’s really at the core of self-care. It doesn’t mean that these all need to be drugs.

We innovate on herbals and naturals. We have a brand in Europe called Iberogast. It’s had multiple clinicals over many years so, there’s a big body of evidence around treating the symptoms of irritable bowel syndrome, for example. It’s a combination of six herbal extracts so it doesn’t just need to be a drug, but that evidence is really important for me as part of this.

In the last couple of years, I’ve come to the conclusion that there isn’t a great definition of what great self-care looks like. So, along with a couple of colleagues this year, we put down some thoughts on what great actually looks like when it comes to self-care, not in the end product, but how you get there.

That’s really important, particularly when it comes to trust and credibility and ultimately, for us, it’s about combining their real deep medical insights, the science of the human being able to tap into sometimes emerging science and discovering new ways to meet people’s needs with technology, which can be drugs, digital, being able to leverage work within and influence the regulatory environment, which within consumer health is extremely fragmented.

It’s also about things like collaboration and my personal favorite topic, the consumer products experience. This is something which some companies, brands have forgotten a little over the years or maybe never got to. I think sometimes with pharma heritage, there hasn’t been that focus on actually providing a brilliant product experience.

Ultimately, if we want people to take care of their own health, we want them to use something on their own to manage this. It needs to be simple, credible, and work. I need to know and feel that it’s working so that they can continue using that product. I think when you combine all of those different elements, you get really good self-care products. That’s what we’re aiming for.

Q: Where does old medicine for instance, Ayurveda, fit in this picture? Do you see that as being a part of the self-care movement?

David: I think two things—people should do what works for them to manage their health. That’s my general belief. Regardless of what I believe, people need to use their own internal compass, do what’s right for them, feel what works, and go with that.

As much as I might be skeptical about some areas in it, I do think there are lots of areas within alternative medicine and Ayurveda, for instance, has a rich history and lots of evidence. It might not always be packaged in the same way as others but, there are things that are proven to work for many, many people.

That’s incredibly important and needs to play a role within health care, including within self-care. For the areas that have no scientific evidence behind them, it will be much harder for them to enter into that credible health area. There are so many that do.

Q: Health care, at least in the United States, is all about who pays for it. There’s the all-important question of following the money when it comes to health care. How does Bayer approach it when it comes to really driving adoption for some of these health care products that you’re putting out?

David: I think it’s evolving. Over the next couple of years, it will continue to evolve, particularly in the role of those small, premium devices.

In general, there’s a role for expensive, niche diagnostics for those that have the money to use them and are motivated to do so. That can generate evidence that can be relevant for the rest of us who are actually out there self-selecting a product.

So, I think that you can use and it’s not just the halo effect, but it’s the evidence you can generate from an increasingly broad population of people that are buying into the top of your pyramid of world class diagnostics along with say a series of supplements or a different kind of OTC product. You can then use those insights to help everyone else select what would be best for them. I don’t think everyone always needs to buy into all parts of this ecosystem.

There are some real benefits that the more the data we generate about products by the interaction of different products with different behavioral interventions, combining that with different factors—areas where you live, how old you are, etc.—will all give much more targeted advice to the people that don’t want or can’t access that.

But we can give them the great insights to say, actually, for someone like you, this is much more likely to work. That’s a real role. I don’t think there’s the elite versus everyone else but that there’s a huge role in taking the evidence generation that guides everyone. There’s always going to be a role for simple products and good education, with robust evidence behind them that people can opt in at an affordable price to help them manage their pain, their anxiety, whatever that might be.

Q: You mentioned partnerships. What’s your advice to our listeners and especially those who are digital health startups looking to get their product out in the market in partnership with a global company such as Bayer?

David: My advice is, it’s a great time to be working in health care and looking for partnerships because I think everyone has recognized that we need each other. In the many years I’ve been working in health partnerships, I’ve seen lots of great failures as well as some good successes. It’s all about the fit. Finding the like-minded organizations with great people who you can trust is as important as a potential deal or a potential commercial opportunity. It’s something that people like to run into first.

But what I’ve learned is when you take the time to understand where a founder is coming from, where an organization or large corporate priorities are, and you can start to find that common ground, that’s a fantastic place to start.

Then, you start to build a relationship rather than a transaction. This might be a little bit fluffy, but in my experience, that spot works and you get to the deal. You can then be more flexible when you’ve built up the trust.

I think it’s about researching, understanding, connecting, networking, and finding those like-minded companies because there can be a lot of wasted time. We will spend a lot of time researching different technologies, talking to lots of different people, and lots of these things are going to be dead-ends. That’s okay. That’s part of the process. Taking the time to get that fit is right.

And what do you really want? If you’re a small company, are you looking for geographic expansion? Are you looking for fantastic regulatory expertise to scale your proposition? Do you need help with evidence generation that’s going to allow you to skyrocket your growth? Are you looking for brilliant, supply chain expertise to trim out the costs to bring your product to the masses? What are you looking for? What are the skills that your partner or many partners have? That’s the most important thing to me.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Consumers are looking for instant gratification with their digital health experiences

Season 4: Episode #133

Podcast with Reid Stephan, VP and Chief Information Officer, St. Luke’s Health System

"Consumers are looking for instant gratification with their digital health experiences"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Reid Stephan, VP and CIO of St. Luke’s Health System, discusses how consumer research drives digital priorities, mobile applications, and other digital features. He also talks about creating a robust technology infrastructure to deliver the superior experiences consumers demand and expect today.

St. Luke’s Health System is a large health system looking to deliver outstanding digital experiences to its patients. Reid discusses three things that significantly impact a frictionless patient experience and talks about how they approach care management, home health, remote monitoring, and more. Take a Listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

01:29About St. Luke’s Health System and the populations that you serve.
03:18 What are your thoughts on the digital health program at St Luke's? Tell us about your current priorities as the CIO in supporting digital initiatives for the organization.
07:33 What are your consumers telling you about what they’d like to see and therefore what might go on your roadmap?
11:41What are some of the common metrics that you track when trying to understand whether your investments in the digital programs are meeting expectations?
13:30Are there any macroeconomic factors that are driving some of your priorities today, either at the national or at the regional level?
15:52 How has the payer mix changed for you and how does that drive your investment priorities?
17:12 How are you using data and analytics to drive access-related initiatives?
19:23How are you setting up your whole IT infrastructure and your foundational platforms to successfully drive digital engagement?
22:27Can you talk about the application solutions? You are Epic first, but how do you choose when enabling the digital features and functionalities that your consumers demand?
24:07How are you addressing providers and caregivers’ expectations?
26:10What’s your approach in care management, home health, and remote monitoring?
28:27What are the one or two pieces of advice that you would like to share, either with your peers or with the technology provider community that wants to be a part of your journey?

About our guest

Reid Stephan is the VP, Chief Information Officer at St. Luke’s Health System. St. Luke’s is the only Idaho-based, not-for-profit health system, with 9 hospitals and 200+ clinics serving the needs of communities across Southwest Idaho. He has over 20 years of experience in the technology space, including serving as St. Luke’s Chief Information Security Officer prior to his current role, and 9 years leading HP’s global corporate IT security incident response program.

He has a Bachelor of Management Information Systems from the University of Idaho and an MBA, Technology Management from the University of Phoenix. He is a HealthCare Information Security and Privacy Practitioner (HCISPP) and a College of Healthcare Information Management Executives (CHiME) Certified Healthcare CIO.

Reid Stephan is the VP, Chief Information Officer at St. Luke’s Health System. St. Luke’s is the only Idaho-based, not-for-profit health system, with 9 hospitals and 200+ clinics serving the needs of communities across Southwest Idaho. He has over 20 years of experience in the technology space, including serving as St. Luke’s Chief Information Security Officer prior to his current role, and 9 years leading HP’s global corporate IT security incident response program.

He has a Bachelor of Management Information Systems from the University of Idaho and an MBA, Technology Management from the University of Phoenix. He is a HealthCare Information Security and Privacy Practitioner (HCISPP) and a College of Healthcare Information Management Executives (CHiME) Certified Healthcare CIO.

Q: Reid, tell us a little about St. Luke’s Health System and the populations that you serve.

Reid: St. Luke’s Health System is based out of Boise, Idaho. Our geographic footprint covers southwest Idaho and a little bit of eastern Oregon and serves the populations there.

Our system comprises eight medical centers and a couple of hundred clinics and centers. We see about three million visits a year between those settings and the population is dynamic. It covers a broad cross-section. We’ve had an interesting change in the last couple of years with a huge influx of folks moving into the valley in the Boise area, in particular, which has shifted our population a bit. Given how it covers a city area like Boise, smaller towns, rural hospitals, and rural areas, it then provides challenges in terms of access and equity of access. So, it’s really a unique market where we have a little flavor of everything, which makes it challenging, but also exciting and rewarding.

Q: Do you have a large rural population that’s widely dispersed in some way as well?

Reid: Large in terms of geography, but I wouldn’t say large in terms of population compared to some of the city urban areas. Certainly, large in terms of just the consideration for digital, in particular. You can assume that they’re going to have broadband access or even a device to engage in some of those opportunities.

Q: What are your thoughts on the digital health program at St. Luke’s? Tell us about your current priorities as CIO of the organization in supporting digital initiatives for the organization.

Reid: I have a love-hate relationship with the word “digital.” I understand it, and it’s the context that’s important, but it’s one of those words that get used so ubiquitously that it can start to lose meaning. Then, you have this Tower of Babel experience where people all hear the language differently.

For me, one of the success measures will be when we just start to talk about health generally, and that just naturally encompasses digital. In my mind, I don’t differentiate between my Amazon experience when I’m on my device ordering something versus when someone physically comes to the door to deliver it. It’s just all Amazon experience.

It’s with that backdrop that we set up a Consumer Access and Experience Program (CAE) a year ago. One of my colleagues and great partners is the VP who leads that. That group’s been tasked with not disrupting for the sake of disruption, but really challenging how we think about things and helping us really start with the question because we think that’s the most powerful tool in the toolbox. Don’t go out and ask users what they might want or expect them to design what that digital health experience might be like, but really, bring questions to bear to draw out from what might be best for them.

There are a few things on which that program is focused on that we’ve helped as an IT shop. We launched an app earlier this year and while it’s still nascent in its development, it’s an engagement, an access gateway, and an experience gateway for the future. It gives us a nice cornerstone then, to build on basic things in place there, now. You can access our patient portal, our website to find physicians and locations, and pay your bill too. We’ve put together a few digital assets into one unified experience, and now we need to really gain insights to understand where to add value and components to that. Where can we reduce friction from that experience?

Another thing that the CAE group has championed that we’ve supported is, an on-demand virtual clinic. Like everyone else, we saw a rapid increase in virtual visits with COVID, so, tapering-off of that last year. But it clearly demonstrated to us that there is an appetite in the market for consumers that want to consume their health care through digital for certain business types and needs. Creating a clinic that’s focused just on that and using it to understand preferences and behaviors, has made us look at ways that we can take advantage of existing capacity. Rather than move right to probably bringing it in and looking at how we’re going to augment and outsource the physician or provider need, we’re looking internally at our capacity in other areas where we can have doctors and other providers who can come in to bear on that need and chip in. I’m excited about just some of the early conversations there.

The last thing I’ll touch on is one of the roles of CAE is to just take a hypothesis, experiment quickly, and learn from it. We’re about to launch a medication locker at a local grocery store that doesn’t have a pharmacy. This is just a small test of change to learn and understand consumer appetite, preference, and desire using that omnichannel approach, where we can give consumers a variety of options and then, understand where preferences lie. Subsequently, we hope to guide them to the option that might best be suited for them. I’m really excited about that kind of focus on consumerism.

Q: You’ve mentioned the mobile app and the urgent care initiatives. What are your consumers telling you about what they’d like to see and therefore what might go on your roadmap?

Reid: If I just used one word to describe it, it would be “instant.” They want the same experience they have in just about every other vertical of their life where it’s always on, always available, and there’s that instant gratification or results from what they’re pursuing. Granted, there’s certainly that in health care but, there are situations where that’s just not a logistical possibility. But there are a lot of areas where we can improve that experience, give that access, and that instantaneous result to the consumer.

Some of the things we’ve done to help glean insight from the consumer include focus groups, which are interesting and simple things like going out and visiting with consumers and asking questions. Our CAE group did something fun this year when a group of students from Harvard wanted to do a case study. They came to Boise and we gave them a problem to look at. They spent a couple of days analyzing and undertaking the academic approach and then, generate a report for us.

Interestingly, one of their insights or hypothesis was that one of the challenges you have with something like your patient portal is many of your consumers use it so infrequently. Like I said, it’s based on when they have the need. Compare that to your banking app, the Amazon app, and the social media app that you’re in kind of daily. You develop this dexterity and familiarity with how to navigate there so then, it seems easy. But when you’re just logging on to MyChart once or twice a year to schedule an annual wellness exam or an episodic kind of need, it’s going to feel foreign because you just don’t use it enough.

That’s been a really interesting observation that we’re kind of just churning over and thinking through about how do we ensure we don’t overinvest in building up every single detail of a completely frictionless patient portal experience when the bang might not be worth the buck? Let’s focus in on maybe the one or two things that really, really matter.

Another insight we’ve gleaned is three things that have the biggest impact that we’ve observed on Net Promoter Score. First and foremost is receiving services, which makes sense. Next, our Schedule and Appointments and Finding a provider. And then, way down on the list is Wayfinding. That was interesting because we’ve kicked around Wayfinding for a long time and the thought was how cool this would be. Given we face financial constraints, we had to be really disciplined and ensure that the investments we were making were going to yield the biggest benefit. They were narrowing our focus then, on how to improve that experience for scheduling an appointment to make it as frictionless and as easy as possible? How do we make that experience easy for someone to find a provider? Or even to find out the details they might want to know about that provider?

That consumer insight is really a key for us because that helps us then, to not only meet the consumer need, but be wise stewards of our resources and ensure the work we’re doing is going to have the biggest benefit for that.

Q: Can you share a little bit about what are some of the common metrics that you track when trying to understand whether your investments in those programs are meeting expectations?

Reid: It’s really the pedestrian ones that you would expect. We look at active MyChart users, meaning they’ve logged on some time in the previous 30 days. We do that ratio against our total MyChart user population.

We look at the percentage of patients that use MyChart to schedule an appointment versus those that call our connection, the percentage of folks that use MyChart to refill a prescription request, and that would use MyChart to look at their images or review their after-visit summary in the provider notes. We just really focus on consumption.

One of the things that has been stuck in my mind is, if you accept the fact that the typical consumer then, is just occasionally using your digital health tool and particularly, your patient portal, then, that begs the question that there must be value you’re giving them other than that episodic, specific need they have.

That opens up a whole pantry of opportunities that are really interesting to examine about what we can offer then that would make that app more of a frequent digital stop for that consumer, where they don’t view it as just the transactional experience of St Luke’s, but as holistic within how they’re thinking about their care, whether it’s diet or exercise or preventative kind of regimens. It’s such a great time to be in health care because we own so much of the solution if we can be really thoughtful about leveraging the data we have, gleaning the right insights from it, and then, acting on it.

Q: Are there macroeconomic factors that are driving some of your priorities today, either at the national level or at the regional level?

Reid: Absolutely. I talked to the CIOs on what difference a year makes and that’s the mantra certainly for this last year. Financially, there were two things that really put some headwinds in place for us. We still have a large volume of travelers that are onsite just to fill our critical nursing needs. We have high volumes—the highest that we’ve ever had—but then, we’ve just had this shift in our labor market and there’s this need for nursing but we can’t hire nurses fast enough. To some degree, there is a trickle-down of that.

On the I.T. side, certainly with the labor market and remote work, it’s up-rising but there are challenges that ensure that we’re being competitive, flexible, and agile in order to have a great workforce and keep the culture we want.

There’s also the payer mix which has been an interesting shift for us since we’ve seen that move in a way that’s not favorable. That pressure makes it more imperative for us to realize that in an era of constrained resources—this isn’t something that’s going to go away in a month or a year or two—it’s the new reality we’re going to have to get really adept at living in.

In a way, it’s a gift that’s going to force us to narrow our focus and understand that while there are some things that we are good at and can be better with, we only have capacity to do the very best thing. So, we have to get it right. We don’t have the luxury of an Amazon to put ten pokers in the fire and hope one of them works out. It’s a challenge, but it’s also helping us mature in a way that we otherwise might not be able to do.

Q: How has the payer mix changed for you? How does that drive your investment priorities?

Reid: At a high level, we’ve seen a shift in government payer versus commercial payer, and being a not-for-profit health system, thinking of even a small shift can have an impact. But the conversations we’re having are not about, “How do we shift that back?” Because that’s not the right answer. The answer is, “How do we care for this population?” If this shift is causing this kind of financial strain for us, then, we need to innovate and figure out ways to do it where that government payer isn’t such a drain.

There are opportunities to figure out how reduce waste, focus more on the health care side, and avoid readmissions or avoid a hospitalization, in the first place. That’s again an opportunity to do some cost cutting and wait till things get better. In fact, it’s a chance to reimagine how we’re doing things.

Q: With regard to data analytics, can you share one or two examples of how you’re using data and analytics to drive access-related initiatives?

Reid: We are a developing nation in this state. We are fast followers and love to learn and glean from others. It’s not unique to us but we are data-rich and in many areas, information-poor.

So, with our data and analytics team, one area of focus is trying to be very explicit and disciplined with operational partners and really defining when they come to us and understand the job we’re trying to do. Like – why are you trying to hire this data? Trying to understand the outcomes they’re actually after, trying to offer datasets they’re not aware they have access to where they can do some of this exploratory and inquisitive exercise on their own. And trying to get out of the arena we’re in today where some of the capacity is being consumed by requests for dashboards or like – we have a dashboard, but I don’t want to treat to look like this. We’re trying to get out of that kind of service requests.

We take a first-come-first-served approach by an analytical team to really put together a comprehensive data platform that can then be used to answer a variety of questions, whether it’s on the clinical side or the business operations side or a CRM side from the marketing standpoint. It’s early days in that because right now, often, it’s based on the immediacy of the need in terms of how deeply we dive into a request that comes in. But we’re really trying to create something that’s comprehensive, scalable, and positions us for the future.

Q: How are you setting up your whole IT infrastructure and your foundational platforms to drive digital? You’re an Epic shop, so that’s key but what else drives a successful digital engagement?

Reid: A couple of things come to mind. We have a cloud forward strategy. It’s not cloud-first. It’s not cloud-only. It’s just that we certainly look to the cloud, but we are so focused on wanting to move things to the cloud that we then miss the chance to critically think through opportunities as they arise. For example, we’re an Epic shop. It’s hosted on-premise and we don’t have any plans in the near future to move that to the cloud, although going forward, I would expect that may be an ultimate outcome. But there are areas where it does make sense.

Between our colo data center and our data center at one of our hospitals that’s a couple hours away, we have a completely redundant infrastructure to run Epic for the entire health system—it’s expensive, doesn’t scale well and we have to maintain 100% capacity, 200% total in the event that we may need it. Now, if you think about it from a risk standpoint, those data centers are about two-and-a-half-hours apart, so potentially there could be a geographic event that impacts both data centers. Therefore, we’re moving our Epic VR capability to the cloud over the next year so we have the ability to just have a small presence there that can be scaled up when needed.

It’s the same thing with regard to the other solutions—we have a mix of SaaS, public-private cloud, and on-prem things, so, we’re always looking at what’s the best solution for the current state operational need and what can provide the cleanest path for that future roadmap.

One thing that we’ve learned early on is, it was years ago that we used to lead with the cloud and consider the ROI in terms of spend or savings. It’s just not the case now. It’s your dollars kind of spend elsewhere. However, there’s been a couple of transitions, especially with our finance team, to help them understand that you may not get such cost savings that you’ve heard about at the CFO conference so here’s what you do get what’s beyond the savings. You’re going to get all that the company has to bring to bear in terms of expertise, infrastructure, and cybersecurity, built in and baked in. These are things that we may not be able to ever fully do on our own or fund on our own. That’s our mindset.

Q: Can you talk about the application solutions? You are Epic first but how do you choose when enabling these digital features and functionalities that your consumers demand?

Reid: We have a Strategic Technology Investor Committee and our three pillars of our backbone assets. We have Epic for our EHR. There’s Microsoft, which runs our desktop server infrastructure. Then, there’s Infor, our ERP.

Our guiding principle is, we’ll look to these vendors first—not always, not only. Previously, it used to be, “Hey, I went to a conference, found this great tool, and I want to use it.” Before we knew it, someone acquired it so we’d be trying to figure out how to integrate it into interfaces and then, it’d have duplicative capability we already owned.

We’ve been able to redirect that now to facilitate good conversations. People have varying opinions of Epic based on where they are, what they’ve been listening to, or reading, lately. What we’ve learned through this is, it’s helpful to enable people understand the significance of the investment we’ve made. This is a choice that we made as a system for our EHR, and it is no small investment. If we ever do something outside of Epic, we have to then, do it intentionally. We have to make that decision that we’re going to add incremental costs for whatever reason—either Epic doesn’t have it or it doesn’t meet our needs the way we need it to. But we try and use an 80-20 rule in those conversations. If we can do this at Epic, Microsoft, or Infor and it meets 80% of the need and is not introducing any kind of unacceptable risk or safety issue, then, that’s what we’re going to start.

That’s been very effective and ensured we certainly have avenues for complementary solutions in areas where we really don’t.

Q: What about providers and caregivers? What about their expectations? How are you addressing those?

Reid: Well, they’re fatigued and they’re tired. What I hear most from providers is, “I just want to treat patients. I just want to talk to my patients.” I go see my provider. He knows my role in the organization and he always has a list for me, which is great because he’ll take care of me and then, I try and take care of him. But his number one thing is, “I don’t like that even for a second I have to take my eyes off my patients and be typing on the keyboard, update something.” It doesn’t have to be that way.

We are looking at some ambient listening-type experiences that can augment that. In-basket, the providers view that as a burden. So, we have a project and a way to figure out how we can automate or bring in other resources to offload some of this burden because it’s for our providers and nurses. It’s a risk to their well-being, to the capacity to care for patients, and for their commitment to the profession—for some of them, long-term. That keeps me up at night, just trying to think through all the opportunities in that target-rich environment. How do we really define that? What are the one or two things that we should be all in on that are going to make the biggest impact for this population?

Q: What about digital in the context of care management? What’s your approach in care management, home health, remote monitoring?

Reid: We have what we call a virtual care center as a 24*7*365 digital telehealth hub and a dedicated team of expert physicians, nurses, allied health professionals, and I.T. folks. What it does is offer three key services.

There’re Virtual Care Centers for Clinic Consultations. If a patient at the clinic sees their doctor and then, has some need for a specialty or some kind of advance discussion, we can virtually bring in someone from the virtual care center. That can all happen in that single-visit location with the patient, rather their referral. They then, have to actually sit down after the fact.

We do a Hospital Consultation which is the same kind of concept where the hospitalist then can, through a telehealth video visit, bring in that expert that might be needed.

We also have Telehealth ICU monitoring that really expands the capacity that we have, to monitor patients in an ICU.

With regard to Home Monitoring, we certainly have programs that support patients at their homes. We provide them the devices that collect relevant information, send that back to the virtual care center, where cross-functional teams receive, assess, and intervene as needed before updating appropriately that patient chart.

I’m really proud of that work and excited for this foundation that sets us up for the future. That emerging space is so important and this Hospital and Home is one of our key initiatives to try and really make some headway there. Because our evidence shows that patients are more comfortable in a home, it’s no surprise that a lot of cases heal, recover, when their care is better delivered at home.

Q: What are the one or two pieces of advice or best practices that you would like to share, either with your peers or with the technology provider community that wants to be a part of your journey?

Reid: We could do a whole show just on that but I would say this, and this is not a technical answer at all, that it is really an important grounding principle for me. Don’t ever be embarrassed by where you’re at your journey and don’t be afraid to start because of where you’re at.

There’s so much great content out in the community. There are folks who bring on their thinking, expertise, and where they’re at, that it’s like light years ahead of where we are. It’s easy maybe to start to think, “Oh, I guess we’re just not smart enough” or “Man, we’re never going to be as good as that person or that system.” I think that’s the wrong mindset.

We’re all where we are for a variety of reasons, but we all have the same opportunity, even if it’s just incremental, to improve that experience whether it’s for the patient, a provider, a colleague, or just within the operational work of the hospital or system where you’re at.

I would just say, as you’re empathetic, curious, and as you engage in rapid experimentation, you’ll be surprised at the progress you make. No matter how unsophisticated you might think you are, the work you do, matters. That makes a difference. Don’t ever let that comparison or your own ego get in the way of that.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Technology integration is one of the greatest opportunities that we have in healthcare

Season 4: Episode #132

Podcast with Jared Antczak, Chief Digital Officer, Sanford Health

"Technology integration is one of the greatest opportunities that we have in healthcare"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Jared Antzack, Chief Digital Officer at Sanford Health, discusses the special considerations that go into serving their widely dispersed population and how they design digital solutions for that population. Sanford is a large health system that primarily serves the rural population across the upper Midwest, stretching over 250,000 square miles.

Jared’s role at Sanford ranges from being clinician-facing and consumer-facing to bridging their needs across technology, business needs, and consumer experiences. He states that digital is both about the front-end aspect of technology that users interact with as part of a broader experience and the back end that includes the infrastructure, architecture, databases, interfaces, and networks. Jared points to how the digital divide has become a social determinant of health and how they are removing the friction points to enhance digital patient experience and engagement. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

06:01Can you talk to us about your priorities and how that is impacted?
08:17 When you talk about the types of care that are important to the populations you serve are we talking about primary care, managing chronic conditions, or acute care procedures? What is the most important gap or need now that someone in your role would be focused on?
10:14 Can you give us an example of a digital enablement that you've launched and implemented that addresses your needs?
15:05How do you go about making your technology choices when it comes to implementing the solutions you referred to?
19:28What is the need you're trying to address? What is your advice for someone who is listening to this podcast, wants to approach you, and offer you a solution?
21:46 Should innovators be considering some very specific attributes of your population as they develop their solution for your population? What is your advice here?

About our guest

Jared Antczak serves as Sanford Health’s chief digital officer, overseeing digital strategy and transformation initiatives to enhance consumer and caregiver engagement, support care delivery, improve business processes and expand health care access through virtual care.

Antczak joined Sanford Health in 2022 after serving in leadership positions at Highmark Health, Intermountain Healthcare and Atrium Health. He holds a bachelor’s degree in biology from Brigham Young University-Idaho and an MBA from Wake Forest University, in addition to a product executive certification (PEC) and an information technology infrastructure library (ITIL) certification. He is also a certified professional in healthcare information and management systems (CPHIMS).

Originally from around Salt Lake City, Utah, Antczak lives in Sioux Falls with his wife, Charlene, and their six children.

Jared Antczak serves as Sanford Health’s chief digital officer, overseeing digital strategy and transformation initiatives to enhance consumer and caregiver engagement, support care delivery, improve business processes and expand health care access through virtual care.

Antczak joined Sanford Health in 2022 after serving in leadership positions at Highmark Health, Intermountain Healthcare and Atrium Health. He holds a bachelor’s degree in biology from Brigham Young University-Idaho and an MBA from Wake Forest University, in addition to a product executive certification (PEC) and an information technology infrastructure library (ITIL) certification. He is also a certified professional in healthcare information and management systems (CPHIMS).

Originally from around Salt Lake City, Utah, Antczak lives in Sioux Falls with his wife, Charlene, and their six children.


Q: Jared, tell us a little about Sanford Health, the populations you serve, the size of the organization, and your role.

Jared: Sanford Health is headquartered in Sioux Falls, South Dakota. We cover a geographic footprint that’s approximately 250,000 square miles—across the upper Midwest— so, you can visualize a geographic footprint approximately the size of Texas.

That’s really the population that we serve in South Dakota, Minnesota, North Dakota, and a little into Iowa, as well. Two-thirds of our population are actually classified as rural population areas and so, it presents a very unique opportunity and set of challenges, especially when you’re presented with a digital strategy in terms of how do you engage that population.

I had the privilege of joining the organization earlier this year as the inaugural Chief Digital Officer. For some of the organization’s history, we’ve had this role but prior to this, I spent about a decade in the health care industry in a variety of different technology and digital strategy-oriented roles with a few different organizations. I worked on the provider side and the payer side. I’ve been in roles that have focused both on the clinician and the consumer experiences and fundamentally, always found myself in a functioning and what I would describe as a bridging role where technology, business needs, and consumer experience really converged.

Early on in my career, I worked with the health system that was implementing an electronic medical record with computerized physician order entry and electronic prescribing for the first time. I observed these providers that were spending all of their time staring at a computer screen rather than making eye contact with their patients. I supported them at 10 p.m. at night when they were trying to finish their documentation for the day because they didn’t have enough time to squeeze it in during their clinic time.

I saw firsthand then, how technology often inhibited that patient provider relationship rather than help facilitate it. That sacred moment between patient and provider was often disrupted by the technology of the day, and consequent to that realization and recognition, I actually turned down an opportunity to go to medical school so that I could focus on that problem. That’s really been the driving force behind my career ever since.

Q: What led Sanford to create this role of a Chief Digital Officer?

Jared: I think Sanford recognized that there was an untapped potential and value in digital to really drive value for the organization and the patients we serve. We’ve done a lot of really great work in the past with IT and now, I actually work closely with our Chief Information Officer, Brad Reimer, in the organization.

But really to unlock value and enable some of our goals around patient and clinician experiences, quality improvement, and cost reduction—that elusive quadruple aim that we talk about in health care–every organization is structured a little bit differently. However, the C.I.O. and I are very much joined at the head and it’s been a very incredibly productive and beneficial dynamic for the organization.

Our roles deeply complement each other, as well. We have very distinct areas of focus, but we also have fundamental areas of opportunity where we converge a lot. It really comes back to how we define digital, though.

As an organization, we’ve defined digital as the frontend aspect of technology that users or human beings interact with as part of a broader experience. That’s the focus area for myself and my team. However, there’s also a backend aspect of technology that includes the infrastructure, the architecture, the databases, the interfaces, and the networks. That’s what the C.I.O. focuses on. All these ultimately come together as part of the technology ecosystem but the focus areas are different to ensure that we’re giving the right attention and resources where it matters.

Q: Let’s talk about your populations. Those fundamental attributes drive your digital priorities in many ways. Can you talk to us about your priorities and how that is impacted?

Jared: As I think about the population that we serve across the upper Midwest, the vast majority of the counties that Sanford Health serves in this area are federally designated provider storage areas as well. So, the opportunity for digital and technology to extend reach to some of these patients who live geographically really far from a venue of care is really one of the compelling things that piqued my interest about this opportunity.

It’s not uncommon for some of our patients to travel 3 to 4 hours, sometimes just to get to the nearest doctor’s office. Unfortunately for many people, that means taking time off of work. Sometimes, for some of our farming communities, it means setting aside really valuable harvest time in order to seek the care that they need, find child care, or even transportation to make that journey.

All of those factors ultimately can become a barrier for many people to get the care that they need in order to make a difference. We know that postponing preventive care can really result in other unintended health complications or poor outcomes. We need to make it easy for our patients to be able to do the right thing and for us to do the right thing for our patients. The ability to leverage virtual care tools and digital experiences to bring care closer to home or even in the home can really become life-changing or life-saving for people who live in these communities.

Q: When you talk about the types of care that are really important to the populations you serve are we talking about primary care, managing chronic conditions, or acute care procedures? What is the most important gap or need now that someone in your role would be focused on?

Jared: To some extent, it’s all of the above. Starting with primary care, the basic preventative care needs and then, moving up the chain from episodic conditions and urgent emerging conditions to potentially elective procedures, it’s really about making sure that we’re delivering the right care in the right place at the right time and doing so in a manner that aligns with our patients and consumers’ needs in terms of when, where, and how they want to receive that care.

Some of the additional considerations we look at especially in the rural communities, is, what does digital equity look like? Digital equity in and of itself is considered a social determinant of health similar to food shortages, housing, transportation, or other determinants of health. It also looks at whether they have Internet access, reliable broadband, device availability—Do they have smartphones or tablets or computers with a camera at their disposal? Are they digitally literate? Are they comfortable downloading, registering, navigating a digital experience? Or is that potentially a barrier to entry for some of these people to be able to engage in a virtual care experience?

We’re looking across the board at all those different elements and really understanding what it is like in our community for these patients and how do we mitigate some of those barriers and points of friction so that we ultimately can deliver the right care at the right time for them.

Q: Can you give us an example of a digital enablement that you’ve launched and implemented that addresses one or more of the needs that you just described?

Jared: We’re very much in the process of evaluating some of our priorities. But as an example, we recently launched a virtual care initiative to really transform how people receive care across the upper Midwest. It was part of a $350 million initiative. Next week, we have a groundbreaking for our virtual care facility that will be our flagship building upon which this initiative will be foundational.

With that initiative, we’re looking at remote patient monitoring for example, and checking how we can ultimately get the right devices in order to be able to care for people in some of these remote communities upstream in a way that’s more proactive and where their care team can be engaged with them from a distance so they don’t have to come in to the doctor’s office in order to have their A1C checked or their blood pressure monitored.

We’re looking at different devices that potentially can connect just based off of a cellular signal without the need for broadband access. We’re looking at how to make the experience as plug-and-play as possible.

One example that we’re exploring is for patients who are in our hospitals who might be eligible for an early discharge with remote patient monitoring as an option for that post-acute care. We’re bringing the devices to the patient while they’re still in our facilities, showing them how to connect and use it. The attempt is to demystify the experience for them so that they feel comfortable and confident about being able to use it at home. Then, when we send them home with the device, we follow-up to make sure that they’re still able to use it. That mitigates the amount of time that they have to spend in our facilities and allows them to return home in the comfort of their own atmosphere and environment to heal.

Q: Can you talk to us about your payer mix? How you develop solutions that address the greatest common denominator across multiple populations with various needs?

Jared: We have a pretty balanced payer mix in terms of commercial, Medicaid, and Medicare across that spectrum. However, Sanford is very much on the journey that a lot of organizations are on in terms of the shift to more of a value-based care model.

With that shift, the value and ability for digital to potentially create value for both our patients and the organization becomes that much more important because we start to get upstream more from the traditional visit and encounter RVU model in terms of caring for patients. We think about patients a little bit more holistically and want to keep them out of the hospitals and away from expensive, costly venues of care. Ultimately, that’s where different digital technologies, potentially remote patient monitoring among other aspects really come into play creating considerable value for the organization and patients.

We’re very much on that journey where we have one foot in and one foot out in a traditional health care landscape. Like a lot of organizations, we’re trying to figure out the best way to accommodate our patients needs and meet the organization’s needs at the same time.

Q: How do you go about making your technology choices when it comes to implementing these solutions that you’re referring to?

Jared: Sanford is actually on a single instance of Epic, and that’s quite an accomplishment for an organization our size. That instance of the EMR was actually implemented in some of our locations over 12 years ago.

If you think about the population that we serve, a considerable part is fairly static. There aren’t many moving in or moving out from some of these areas. We have a really long history of clinical data and longitudinal data sets in terms of some of these patients, which is really, really valuable for us and them in order to help generate the right kinds of insights and help keep them all while managing their conditions.

But, like every organization, I think in order to determine what digital technology is the right fit for us, I always go back to making sure that we have articulated the right problem to solve. In health care, it’s easy to fall into the trap of starting with the solution, and being dazzled by the bells and whistles that you see in a demo and then, moving forward with a particular solution, and then, working backwards to try to figure out, what problem it can solve. That’s a trap I’ve seen a lot of organizations fall into.

One of the things that we’re very deliberate and intentional about is making sure that we understand what problems we’re trying to solve, how those problems align with our strategy and how they meet our patients’ underserved needs or jobs to be done. Ultimately, are they desirable for our patients? Are they viable for the business? Are they feasible from a technology and an operational standpoint? That allows us to ensure that we’re taking the right solution to solve the right problems and that we’re getting the greatest value out of it.

Q: The populations that you serve are fairly stable and don’t move a lot. You’ve gathered longitudinal data to understand this segment. How are you leveraging all of that?

Jared: We do have analytics, machine learning, and artificial intelligence function within our organization. It really is intended to take advantage of that really robust data set that we’ve been able to curate over the years and derive some machine learning in order to generate insights about our population. Ultimately, it’s intended to get the right nudges and next best actions either into the clinician workflow or directly to the patients so they can be proactive. The right actions will help people to stay well, look at different risk factors that ultimately may potentially help predict different conditions, and ensure going upstream from there so we can provide the right treatment proactively to keep people well. It’s a really exciting area and one that we’re in the process of looking to grow and expand at the same time.

Q: What is the need you’re trying to address? What is your advice for someone who is listening to this podcast, wants to approach you, and offer you a solution?

Jared: This is something that we deal with on a daily basis. One of the things that we’re really trying to do as an organization is be very intentional and deliberate about making sure that we’re aligning the right sorts of opportunities with the right challenges, or opportunities that we’re trying to solve for.

We have this concept of the 80-20 rule where 80% of the time we want to define the problem, then, go out and compare different solutions that might be in the marketplace. Then, narrow down the right vendors depending on which ones meet our needs the best and ultimately, go forward in that way. But then, 20% of the time, we want to be able to have that sort of outside-in inspiration. There may be something that a particular vendor has identified in terms of an opportunity or an underserved need that maybe just hasn’t hit our radar for whatever reason. We don’t want to close ourselves off to those opportunities either but we want to make sure that we are also bringing those in through a consistent process.

We have a dedicated team that is on point for managing some of that intake as well as the outreach in terms of our vendor evaluations and selections.

Q: Should innovators be considering some very specific attributes of your population as they develop their solution for your population? What is your advice here?

Jared: I think the challenge is that our population is still relatively diverse though we do have a lot of people in urban settings. We have the farmer that’s out on the field that may or may not have broadband access or may or may not be as digitally savvy. We also have the financial advisor sitting in downtown Sioux Falls that we’re serving as part of our population.

Recognizing not only the population but how a particular solution can meet some of their needs is key. From a technology integration standpoint, it’s really important that we’re removing friction regardless of the type of user or persona that we might be trying to serve.

Integration is one of the greatest opportunities that we have in health care. Everybody wants that sort of Amazon-like experience. When Amazon comes out with a new set of features or functionality or capabilities, they don’t create a new app for that. There’s that old saying back in the early 2000s, “There’s an app for that.” Nowadays, it’s just part of the experience.

What we want to create is the Sanford experience. We don’t want a proliferation of point solutions where we’re asking our patients to go out and download a new app for this and that. We want it to become integrated and seamless. We want that digital front door experience where it’s cohesive, intuitive, and matches the user’s mental model. We have the ability to integrate through APIs or software development kits, the right capabilities from our partners and vendors, as well as any capabilities that we build in-house into that cohesive and seamless experience to remove friction so that our patients can engage in a meaningful way.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

One of our goals with digital programs is to eliminate systemic racism in healthcare

Season 4: Episode #131

Podcast with Adam Landman, MD, Chief Information Officer, and Senior VP, Digital, Mass General Brigham

"One of our goals with digital programs is to eliminate systemic racism in healthcare"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Adam Landman, MD, Chief Information Officer of Mass General Brigham (MGB), formerly Partners Healthcare, talks about the four distinct user groups that Mass General’s digital engagement programs have identified and prioritized for improved experiences. In addition to fast and convenient patient experiences, Mass General’s digital programs focus on the needs of diverse population segments to improve access to care and eliminate systemic racism, which they consider a public health issue.

Dr. Landman also talks about their data and analytics capabilities, the need for robust technology infrastructure, and their experience and learnings from evaluating and engaging with young, innovative start-ups. Dr. Landman is also co-author of a paper in Nature Digital Medicine on deploying digital health tools within large, complex health systems. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

03:18 What are some of the top priorities and digital aspects that you’re currently working on as the CIO?
08:06Can you share the top priorities for improving the patient experience?
09:25 What are you hearing from your patients when it comes to the kind of digital experiences that they're looking for?
13:00 How do you design solutions for a population that is as diverse as yours especially with regard to technology-enabled solutions? How do you ensure maximum coverage?
15:48What kind of technology foundation or enablement do you need to have in place to be able to deliver on all these digital front doors solutions? How have you gone about setting up the foundational infrastructure for such enabling platforms?
18:13You stated that you start with the EHR first; however, do you have a strategy that involves other best in class tools, standalone point solutions, enterprise class platforms, or you build some things yourself? How do you approach these technology choices?
22:05What are the rubrics that you use when you start evaluating the digital health startup companies and how do you make sure all these solutions work well together?
28:45 What kind of data and analytics infrastructure are you building within MGB and what are those competencies focused on?
32:02 What’s your advice for your peers in the industry, and for innovative and young technology solution providers who want to be a part of your journey?

About our guest

Adam Landman, MD, MS, MIS, MHS is Chief Information Officer and Senior Vice President, Digital at Mass General Brigham. He is also Associate Professor of Emergency Medicine at Harvard Medical School, and an attending emergency physician at Brigham and Women’s Hospital. He is an expert in health information technology and digital health design, development, and implementation. In his current role, he is responsible for technology solution delivery and support across all Mass General Brigham hospitals and practices. He works collaboratively to design and implement the future digital strategy such that front-line needs for new digital capabilities are met and emerging technologies are considered while support is delivered highly effectively and efficiently.

Landman received his medical degree from Rutgers-Robert Wood Johnson Medical School and trained in Emergency Medicine at UCLA Medical Center. He was a Robert Wood Johnson Foundation Clinical Scholar at Yale University, where he also received his Master of Health Sciences. He completed graduate degrees in Information Systems and Health Care Policy and Management at Carnegie Mellon University.

Adam Landman, MD, MS, MIS, MHS is Chief Information Officer and Senior Vice President, Digital at Mass General Brigham. He is also Associate Professor of Emergency Medicine at Harvard Medical School, and an attending emergency physician at Brigham and Women’s Hospital. He is an expert in health information technology and digital health design, development, and implementation. In his current role, he is responsible for technology solution delivery and support across all Mass General Brigham hospitals and practices. He works collaboratively to design and implement the future digital strategy such that front-line needs for new digital capabilities are met and emerging technologies are considered while support is delivered highly effectively and efficiently.

Landman received his medical degree from Rutgers-Robert Wood Johnson Medical School and trained in Emergency Medicine at UCLA Medical Center. He was a Robert Wood Johnson Foundation Clinical Scholar at Yale University, where he also received his Master of Health Sciences. He completed graduate degrees in Information Systems and Health Care Policy and Management at Carnegie Mellon University.

Q. Adam, tell us a little about the populations you serve at Mass General Brigham.

Adam: First, I want to address our name. You may know us as Partners Health care but now, we are Mass General Brigham. This new name more closely reflects the world-renowned hospitals that make up our system—Mass General Hospital and Brigham and Women’s Hospital—which are really the foundation and heart of our healthcare system. At a high level, the Mass General Brigham vision is to build the integrated academic health care system of the future in which we have patients at the center transforming care, improving outcomes, and expanding our impact locally, nationally, and globally.

Currently, we see about 1.8 million patients per year. We have 80,000 employees. Our inpatient capacity is >3200 inpatient beds. What is also unique about our system is our research enterprise. We really focus on performing breakthrough innovations and translating those innovations to the world. We have about $2 billion in sponsored research, which includes over 2700 clinical trials across our five academic medical centers—MGB Rigor, McLean Psychiatric Hospital, Mass Pioneer and Spaulding Rehabilitation. All of them encompass our academic mission and focus.

Q. What are some of the top priorities and digital aspects that you’re currently working on as CIO?

Adam: I speak today on behalf of an incredible team of colleagues that really enables us to do what we’re doing not just in digital, but also in health care delivery, overall. I want to acknowledge that we’re led by a new Chief Information and Digital Officer, Jane Moran, my new boss who’s really helped us with our strategic planning and prioritization, some of which I’ll share with you now.

Our priorities now center around experiences of our user groups. While this is something we have not thought about this way, traditionally, and it is a little new for us, I really think it’s the right strategy going forward. The four groups that we’re prioritizing are patients, providers, researchers, and employees. We’re putting together a strategy for each of these groups that focuses on meeting their needs regarding digital technology. I’ll just share two examples of that.

First, for our researchers, like other academic medical centers, we are focused on increasingly enhancing their access to the wealth of clinical data that we have and using modern cloud technologies and platforms so that they can use that data for approved research projects.

For our providers or our care teams, we have a lot of work going on to improve their experiences. One of our key projects is working on the in-basket experiences for our providers and patients. One of the best things about COVID was that we, like other health care organizations, saw a tremendous increase in the use of our patient portal. In fact, during the last two years, we’ve seen a doubling of the number of patients signed up for our portal and more of them actually engage with it. We absolutely want to encourage that, but we recognize that the system, the actual technology, and our workflows were not necessarily designed for the increase in message volume that we’re seeing.

I am working with colleagues across the organization on approaches to improve the in-basket experiences. What’s nice about our chosen approach is that we recognize that we really need a multidisciplinary team—technology experts, members from our digital teams, and colleagues that can focus on policy as well as workflow and care redesign. We’ve brought these worker groups from across these areas to collaborate on how we can change levers and improve the in-basket experience.

At a high level, some of the things we’ve done is worked on removing non-value adds in basket messages. So, we’re turning off all duplicate notifications or acceptance notifications that aren’t needed. We’ve also worked on the policy side to set expectations for how our portal should be used with specific emphasis on results, review, and response by the clinical care teams. Gradually we’re working on making changes which we hope will improve the care team experience.

Q. Can you share one or two top priorities regarding improving the patient experience?

Adam: I want to emphasize that while I gave the example of providers, we are focused on enhancing the experience for the entire care team. Even on the in-basket side, while there is a focus on providers, we’re also thinking about how to improve the front desk workflows and make that as efficient as possible.

With regard to the patient experience, I think of one example which will be similar to many organizations that are working on this—the digital front door. How do we make it easier for patients to interact with us and get access to our services electronically? That’s one of our major priorities and one of my colleagues is leading our efforts in that space.

Q. What are you hearing from your patients when it comes to the kind of digital experiences that they’re looking for?

Adam: Many of our patients have a lot of expectations from us. I can share a couple of the key things they want. First, a fast and convenient experience. They don’t want to have to call us, wait on hold for long periods of time, and then, be transferred to multiple different people to accomplish what they want. They want to be able to interact with us quickly and easily. So, that includes being able to schedule appointments quickly, check their test results, correspond with their care teams, and do virtual visits. Those are all components of functions that we are trying to make as easy as possible as part of our digital front door work.

Second, our patients are appropriately concerned about security and privacy. So, I think it’s essential that for everything we do with our patients, particularly from a technology perspective, we must ensure that it is as secure as possible and that everything possible be done to protect their privacy.

Third, equity. This is something that our system has made a very significant commitment to. We’ve launched a United Against Racism campaign, which really acknowledges and calls out that our system believes that racism is a public health issue. It impacts our patients, our workforce, and the communities we serve. We are acting as a system to dismantle systemic racism, and this has important implications in our digital work.

Just to give you a couple of examples, when we’re talking about digital technologies, particularly for patients, we want to make sure that all patients have access to these services, especially these new digital tools. We’re increasing access to interpreter services through the virtual interpreter services. If patients doing virtual visits don’t speak English, we bring interpreters into that encounter to help with patient communication.

Another example concerns our team of digital access coordinators. These are additional resources to help our patients enroll in our patient portal. They speak multiple languages, take time out to answer patients’ questions and help them not just with enrollment but also how to use the portal’s services. That’s how we’re addressing equity in our patient experience.

Q. How do you design solutions for a population that is as diverse as yours especially with regard to technology-enabled solutions? How do you ensure maximum coverage?

Adam: I’d say that I personally learned a lot about this during COVID because we recognized then that we needed technology to help us solve problems and design solutions around how we could make testing available to all our patients? How could we extend vaccination to them?

We also recognized if we used very sophisticated technologies, that could prevent some of our patients from accessing those services. As we think about our approaches, we bring in our experts from different backgrounds, so our team represents diversity, equity, and inclusion. Those team members are part of our solution and ensure that we consider all our patients’ needs. As we design solutions, the attempt is to enable as many patients as possible to take advantage of those services. For instance, we used quite a bit of text messaging. We found many of our patients, even our most vulnerable patients, had access to and in fact, liked interacting with us over text messaging. So, we use a lot of text messaging and web based tools. We have found them to be very, very successful.

We also found that we had a rather sizable population that didn’t have cell phones and that we only had landline phones for them. So, we used IVR tools with some additional AI capability to enable those patients to interact with an agent and even schedule appointments for vaccination directly over a landline phone.

We’ve baked into our solution process the need to ensure that our base technology solutions reach as many patients as possible. Where there are gaps, we address those with other solutions—sometimes, technology-based, and other times, just additional outreach and greater focus in those areas.

Q. What kind of technology, foundation or enablement do you need to have in place to be able to deliver on all these digital front doors solutions? How have you gone about setting up the foundational infrastructure for such enabling platforms?

Adam: We absolutely think in terms of platforms, and this is something that Jane Moran has helped shape. In an ideal world, we want to leverage our existing platforms as much as possible to meet needs. But we also recognize there are limitations to those platforms which is why we need to consider other solutions.

As we think about patient experience, of course, our electronic health record forms the core there. We absolutely leverage our electronic health record. However, there are limitations to what that platform can do. So, we are also investing in a customer relationship management platform to help supplement our electronic health record.

We’ve also invested in additional tools—chat bots that sit on top of our electronic health record and have added some of these capabilities to help improve interactions with patients. We are in the early stages of using some of these technologies, particularly the chat bots, and so we’re really learning how well they work, for which use cases, and for which patients. We will continue to iterate and improve on those as we go.

Q. You started with the EHR and that’s what other health systems do as well, but they can’t do everything. Do you have a strategy that involves other best in class players, standalone point solutions, enterprise class platforms, or will you build some things yourself? How do you approach these choices?

Adam: Here’s how we are starting to think about this. We’re formalizing a process which we’re calling an Enterprise Architecture Review that we’ll go through when there is a new technology need to really consider and determine which solution, we’ll use to solve that need. First, we’re going to look at our existing enterprise platforms which may include our electronic health record. We’re building out a CRM system as well so that would be considered, too. Our HR and Finance systems are also platforms we’re looking to first, to solve requests that are coming in.

Then, if those major platforms don’t solve the issue, we might look to an existing product that might be in use across our enterprise because if we’re already using it, maybe we can extend that. If it’s already being used for this specific use case in another part of our organization so, we could look to sort of leverage that tool further.

If there really is not a tool that we have or an existing platform that would work, that’s when we’d look to another solution in the market. Ideally, there’s a solution out there that we could just purchase and use.

In some cases, we don’t find a solution that we can purchase and use. That’s where we’d love to find partners who want to co-develop and work with us to shape their tool to meet our needs. If it meets our needs, it probably meets needs from other healthcare systems out there.

Finally, if we cannot find a partner and if there’s nothing out there on the market, that’s when we would consider actually building the software ourselves. We do that from time to time, but we really want to have a rational approach to when we’re using those specialized resources.

I will put a plug in here. We did just write a paper on this, and I can share it with you. But for our listeners, we recently published a paper with a colleague, Jayson Marwaha, who was our first author on this paper. This was published in Nature Digital Medicine, and it really describes how we look at bringing new digital innovations into our organization. It summarizes what I was just talking about, more articulately—our process to look at innovations, where, which platform we’re going to use, and which technology leads.

Q. Adam, there is a lot of digital health innovation out there and billions in venture capital money. It can be quite confusing and can be quite risky to place your bets on one or more of these solutions. How do you go about at a very high level? How do you make sure all of these solutions work well together?

Adam: I feel fortunate that I have the opportunity to do some of this digital innovation. For many years, I oversaw the Brigham Digital Innovation Hub. Now, I oversee a small team across the enterprise. Our Digital Health Innovation team has been making some investments in collaborating with early-stage startups to improve health care delivery.

Perhaps the most important first step is identifying the problems that you want to solve and ensuring that there’s not already a robust solution to it. If there is a robust solution, that will meet the needs, you want to try to make sure you’ve looked at that solution first. Working with an early-stage startup can be really rewarding but has a lot of risks to it as well. So, before you’re looking at the new startups, check for established solutions that may exist.

There are so many new, exciting challenges in healthcare for which we don’t have solutions. There are exciting newer technologies that maybe doing things faster, better, and cheaper that we absolutely want to pay attention to in this space. But to your point, we want to have a rubric and a new way of approaching it.

So, while this may sound like an antithesis for people who like to innovate, we are actually going to add, as some of our strategic work in this space, more process to how we look at our investments in early-stage innovation. That’s because we want to be really systematic about it and increase our chances of success especially as we work with emerging technologies. We are going to try to proactively identify where the problems that we want to try to solve, are.

Second, the next step is to not be as opportunistic but have a process we go through to really look at the landscape of startups, critically, and evaluate them. In essence, what many of us are used to —doing RFPs or RFI—this really goes through that process with rigor. So, we’re looking at the startups, trying to select the best partner, and then, collaborating closely with them.

We want to understand what their experience is like, both on the technology side and in health care. What’s their leadership experience? How well do we work together? When you work in this area, what we’re really trying to do is work together to learn from each other and pivot, to try to find the right solution. So, both organizations need to be aligned on what are the problems that we’re trying to solve and how we are going to adjust over time to do that.

You need to get the right team that’s willing to make those changes, in place. Those are some of the things that I look for as we evaluate early-stage companies to work with and I continue to think that this is a really important area for us.

I will just add that we also have a $30 million AI Digital Innovation Fund, and we are specifically designed to be strategic investor, so this is reserved for early-stage companies that we are working with in some capacity. We will make moderate-sized investments at the series A and B levels in these partners.

Q. What specific capabilities or competencies do you think an organization like MGB needs to keep in-house and build out as you work with this ecosystem of technology partners? How do you bring it all together?

Adam: That’s a question that we’re trying to figure out, and I suspect many across the country are trying to identify as well. One context I’ll share is that the unique components of health care are that we work in a mission-critical organization. That’s 24*7*365. So, the technologies that we’re deploying have to work. We understand there will be some failures—some plans, some players—and when they happen, we have to be able to respond very, very quickly. Our traditional approach has been to in-source all of our expertise—our infrastructure expertise, our service desk, and our platforms really have been in-source.

We are like many organizations right now under significant cost pressures. So, we are starting to think about where we outsource. The questions that we’re trying to address, and I don’t have the answers yet, but I’ll welcome them from there, from you or from others that maybe listening is we can’t compromise on the quality and the service delivery aspect that we’re providing. But we’d love to be able to find ways of being more efficient in how we deliver those services. We’re still trying to identify if there are opportunities to outsource, where they are, or where they might be.

Q. What about the data and analytics infrastructure within Mass General? What kind of infrastructure are you building? What are those competencies focused on?

Adam: Like other organizations, we are also investing in our data infrastructure and more importantly, in moving our data infrastructure to the cloud. We have, for many years, had a very successful data lake and we’re now looking at what would it take to put that data lake into the cloud, to make sure all of our data is available, and ideally increase the amount of real-time data that are available. That’ll make it easier for internal users to access all of that data and use it to improve health care delivery. There’s infrastructure work going on to do that.

What I will share with you is, maybe a successful program that we’re leveraging the data from these environments via our Active Asset Management Program. This started at Brigham and Women’s Hospital a number of years ago. The concept around the program is how do we make efficient? For example, enabling efficient use of very high-cost fixed assets like operating rooms (OR). This program is really driven by operational leaders, but that requires data and data analytics to power it. So, our analytics team at the Brigham, led by Rob Horsford, pulled data from our electronic health record to start to show the utilization and you can imagine they broke that data down by day, time, service, and worked with the managerial leaders, including the provider leaders, to iteratively understand what data they needed to make management decisions. They got feedback on that and eventually created formal dashboards using Tableau and other tools to be able to display this data to the managers and hospital leaders, convene the right leadership stakeholders on a regular basis to review the data and more importantly, make management decisions based on this data so they could change staffing, reassign or blocks etc. timely.

Using the combination of the available data and management intervention, we were able to create more access for patients, which was great because they were waiting to have their procedures done.

There was also a revenue opportunity for the hospital. We’re now replicating this data and management system across Mass General Brigham and looking to use our new cloud-based data infrastructure as we scale this.

Q. What’s your advice or a best practice for your peers in the industry, especially smaller health systems that may not have the scale and the resources to do the kind of things that you’re doing? Likewise, what’s your advice for innovative and young technology solution providers that want to be a part of your journey?

Adam: I think the piece of advice that I will share for health systems and tech vendors is that we need to be agile. I really appreciated this during COVID, and I know there are a lot of definitions of agile out there, including that very specific technology initiative. But I think most health care organizations, including mine, when we approach technology, we want the technology solution to be perfect. So, we’d often spend months, if not years, planning projects, getting ready for the big implementation and then, implementing. Of course, because we’re talking about patient lives and patient safety, we absolutely still need to pay really close attention to the details and need to plan these initiatives carefully.

What I have found and what we proved during COVID is that we can work in a different way where we break projects down into smaller components. We roll these out more quickly, even on the order of days or weeks and follow that very closely. We check how that technology implementation is going and continue to tweak it over time, sometimes making changes every day in order to stabilize the system or correct issues that may have come up.

What I found during COVID is, we built phenomenal relationships with our operational partners. We were talking multiple times a day, working very closely with them, and delivering technology at an extraordinary pace. There were some unique aspects of COVID as well so, we focused all of our digital and operational resources on it and used a very different decision-making governance framework where we had incident command.

What I’m now seeing is that we’re going back to our old ways of working. I hope that I’m trying very hard to find somewhere in the middle, where we can be a little bit more agile and nimble and have these close relationships with our operational and technology colleagues and vendors so that we can move faster.

I think what we’re starting to see is that our health systems have a number of challenges. They are only coming faster. And technology is increasingly part of the solution for these, so we need to find ways of being responsive to all the demands coming toward us and continue to innovate. I think that this is kind of a huge opportunity for us as we think about how we work going forward.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

When you develop solutions for the most vulnerable, you make it work for everyone.

Season 4: Episode #130

Podcast with Anika Gardenhire, Chief Digital Officer, Centene Corporation

"When you develop solutions for the most vulnerable, you make it work for everyone."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

Anika Gardenhire is the Chief Digital Officer of Centene Corporation – the country’s largest managed Medicaid services organization. In this episode, she talks about why it is important that their most vulnerable populations “show up” in their digital transformation programs. She highlights the importance of innovation for underserved and vulnerable populations and urges the technology vendor community to focus on building solutions for the most vulnerable populations.

Anika discusses Centene’s digital priorities and how they cater to their population’s specific needs by addressing digital literacy, closing the gap of digital divide, and supporting them with digital tools and technologies. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

02:13 How do you drive your digital priorities being a predominantly Medicaid-focused organization?
05:30Give us a couple of examples of programs that you’ve launched for your population.
08:50 You're partnering with healthcare providers to deliver the care that these vulnerable populations need. Can you share some examples of what that collaboration looks like?
11:21 Your populations may be living in areas that are bandwidth deserts or transportation deserts, or food deserts. How do you successfully wrap all of that?
14:18 Can you elaborate on the innovation targeted specifically at your population that you’d like to see from the technology vendor community?
16:30What about data and analytics? How are you deploying these capabilities to serve your populations?
19:11 Do you agree that working under constraints makes you more innovative? What challenges do you face in your role as the CDO when meeting your objectives?
22:18 What’s your one piece of advice for your peers in the industry who are on similar journeys or operating in a resource-constrained environment?

About our guest

Anika Gardenhire, RN, BSN, MMCI serves as Chief Digital Officer for Centene Corporation, a diversified healthcare enterprise providing a portfolio of government-sponsored healthcare programs focusing on under-insured and uninsured individuals to more than 26 million Americans.

In this role, Ms. Gardenhire is responsible for leading the Digital Solutions and Products Organization, where she oversees business capabilities that are enabled by technology. At the same time, she focuses on servicing customers, while driving the highest possible value from the company’s comprehensive portfolio of digital solutions and products. Most recently, Ms. Gardenhire served as Regional Vice President, Digital and Clinical Systems for Centene. She held responsibility for leading teams that partner with clinical and business leaders to streamline how Centene allocates resources, achieves goals, and operates more efficiently.

Ms. Gardenhire initially joined Centene from Intermountain Healthcare, where she served as Assistant Vice President (AVP) of Digital Transformation. She led and served on several governance councils, including intelligent automation and data governance. Ms. Gardenhire also led several impactful initiatives such as unified communication and application rationalization.

A strategic thinker and avid learner, Ms. Gardenhire listens, understands, and communicates the impact of clinical and business workflow on proper use and optimization of technologies to enhance the delivery of patient and member care. Previously, she worked as a Principal with Leidos and Senior Manager with Deloitte, serving as an advisor to executives across many prestigious institutions, including The Mayo Clinic and members of the Ministry of Health in British Columbia, Canada. Ms. Gardenhire’s career has led her to hold various positions as an operations leader and implementer of clinical and IT programs. In addition, she holds significant experience working as a change agent regarding how clinicians, information technology professionals, and interdisciplinary care teams integrate and utilize information systems to augment patient care.

Ms. Gardenhire graduated from the University of South Carolina with a Bachelor of Arts degree in nursing and from Duke University with her Master’s degree in Management and Clinical Informatics. She, her husband, Aaron, and their 100-pound bull mastiff, Titan, reside in Weddington, NC right outside of Charlotte.

Anika Gardenhire, RN, BSN, MMCI serves as Chief Digital Officer for Centene Corporation, a diversified healthcare enterprise providing a portfolio of government-sponsored healthcare programs focusing on under-insured and uninsured individuals to more than 26 million Americans.

In this role, Ms. Gardenhire is responsible for leading the Digital Solutions and Products Organization, where she oversees business capabilities that are enabled by technology. At the same time, she focuses on servicing customers, while driving the highest possible value from the company’s comprehensive portfolio of digital solutions and products.

Most recently, Ms. Gardenhire served as Regional Vice President, Digital and Clinical Systems for Centene. She held responsibility for leading teams that partner with clinical and business leaders to streamline how Centene allocates resources, achieves goals, and operates more efficiently.

Ms. Gardenhire initially joined Centene from Intermountain Healthcare, where she served as Assistant Vice President (AVP) of Digital Transformation. She led and served on several governance councils, including intelligent automation and data governance. Ms. Gardenhire also led several impactful initiatives such as unified communication and application rationalization.

A strategic thinker and avid learner, Ms. Gardenhire listens, understands, and communicates the impact of clinical and business workflow on proper use and optimization of technologies to enhance the delivery of patient and member care. Previously, she worked as a Principal with Leidos and Senior Manager with Deloitte, serving as an advisor to executives across many prestigious institutions, including The Mayo Clinic and members of the Ministry of Health in British Columbia, Canada. Ms. Gardenhire’s career has led her to hold various positions as an operations leader and implementer of clinical and IT programs. In addition, she holds significant experience working as a change agent regarding how clinicians, information technology professionals, and interdisciplinary care teams integrate and utilize information systems to augment patient care.

Ms. Gardenhire graduated from the University of South Carolina with a Bachelor of Arts degree in nursing and from Duke University with her Master’s degree in Management and Clinical Informatics. She, her husband, Aaron, and their 100-pound bull mastiff, Titan, reside in Weddington, NC right outside of Charlotte.

Q. Anika, tell us a bit about your background. What does your role at Centene entail?

Anika: I’m a clinician by training—a registered nurse. I transitioned into Clinical Informatics several years ago and then moved into roles that are progressively more at the intersection of business and technology. I work in that function of being an intermediator, translator, and facilitator, and bring it together. I’ve been really fortunate to join Centene as the Chief Digital Officer responsible for our digital solutions and products, and really driving us toward an even more data-driven organization.

I’ve enjoyed working with the senior leadership team and helped them align around objectives and key results, and how to support the organization holistically by putting our collective efforts toward making the business more efficient and providing ongoing consistent value to our customers. It’s a fun job. It’s different every day and absolutely fulfilling and humbling to serve the membership that we serve.

Q. Centene is the largest managed Medicaid provider in the country. How does being a predominantly Medicaid-focused organization drive digital priorities?

Anika: There are a couple of things. One is really thinking about how we identify our customer segments as a large managed Medicaid organization. Also, we’re thinking about the fact that while we’re so positioned, we better product—a Medicare product—so, how are we supporting our customers?

Holistically, we serve the most vulnerable populations and typically, they have very specific needs from a digital perspective. We think about how to look at digital literacy given the endpoint devices that our applications might be on which might look different. How do we support and close the digital divide? What are the specific ways to support our membership and how can we provide digital tools and technologies from a rural health perspective?

A couple of things for us as we develop our personas to build digital tools which those of you in this space will know, concerns how much time you spend doing that. We think specifically about our Medicaid population and try to ensure that there are situations where they’re represented. Our representation really shows up in the personas that we’re building.

We also think differently about how we undertake customer research. We know that our membership, specifically, isn’t always those that you find responding to surveys. So, how do you build out competency around ethnography among other ways to really understand that membership becomes really important in the work that we’re doing?

One of the things that is really our team’s responsibility, and the responsibility specifically for Centene, is to ensure that our membership including, our very vulnerable populations, show up in digitally transformed health care. Often, we’re developing tools to be very transparent for middle America. It’s not that we shouldn’t necessarily do that, but this ensures that for all of us who really need those tools, we are thinking very specifically about how to also provide access to them in ways that meet people where they are.

Q. Can you give us a couple of examples of programs that you’ve launched based on all the research and the background of your populations?

Anika: A couple of things would be the work that we’ve done to support, for example, digital care management. When we think about digital care management and how we really support our population specifically, question arises of how do we think about what’s the minimum necessary to qualify for digital care management? How do you onboard that membership specifically? How do you, assess the level of digital literacy to ensure that you’re able to provide those services in a way that’s specific and unique to that population? How do you support vendors who might not have really thought about this membership first, and help adapt their products and solutions to provide the best, highest possible value to this membership, uniquely? That’s one of the things that we think about.

Then, you start thinking about – What are some of the things actually regulatory wise that we are doing, in order to really support our membership, that might look different? How does an organization like ours respond to the “no surprises, exit and transparency rules?” When we think about trying to specifically explain benefits or other types of tools and services to a membership that’s not been catered to historically, what does that need to look like?

When I talk about endpoint devices, it comes down to—How do I need to think about how heavy that application is to ensure that it will be valuable across all the endpoint devices that it might show up on for our membership?

These are two of the programs that I think we are laser focused on and that are really helping us ensure that we are accounting for the work we’re doing specifically for our membership. I also want to be honest that it’s part of the reason that I love what I get to do at Centene. Very specifically, the reality is that when you develop for the most vulnerable, you make it work for everyone. You really have the opportunity to devise simplicity and create consistency in the experience that will work for the whole because you’ve actually thought about those who have the most needs. It really creates opportunities for us to make an impact in a truly exponential way because we’ve designed solutions for those who have really specific needs or for the ways that they’re going to use them.

Q. When it comes to care management, you’re partnering with healthcare providers to deliver the care that these vulnerable populations need. What does that collaboration look like? Can you share some examples?

Anika: One of the things that if you’ve heard Sarah London our CEO talk, is that she’s been very specific about how we will partner with provider groups—FQHCs. How do you wrap services and support around the places that our members very specifically are going to receive care? There are a couple of things.

One, we think about those who are providing community services and how we can support them from a data and data integration perspective. How do we support our federal federally qualified health centers from a data perspective? How do we think about the future of risk? How do we support those value-based care models for our most vulnerable provider groups separately from FQs? How do we also support those who are really thinking about how to be comfortable taking risks? How do we support them in understanding contract arrangements?

We know that, when it comes to social determinants and the risks that we see in differences in care around race and ethnicity, if we can keep those providers providing care and support them in the communities that they serve to offer better outcomes for those populations, then, we must think in very specific ways about how to provide such a partnership.

It’s not only about how to provide digital solutions and products to them, but also how to support them in thinking about managing panels and taking on risk. Are we supporting them to supply the right data and digital tools at the point of care to help them continue to really impact outcomes for that membership?

The organization is doing a really good job of that. We are laser focused on continuing to build our capabilities that will explicitly support the very close relationship between the provider and the member/patient/consumer, however you want to title them moving forward.

Q. These populations have a bundle of needs, but they may be living in areas which are bandwidth deserts or transportation deserts or food deserts. How do you successfully wrap all of that?

Anika: We have an incredible number of value-added benefits around transportation and food services. I would call out, for example, programs in our North Carolina Health Plan where we have forums where we encourage members to offer input into what some of the most important things are and how we provide differentiated services to the community.

It’s also crucial that when we think about those types of services, we understand the member’s perspective about what’s really most important to them. This is so that they can really get it and leverage the opportunity to provide that type of input. So, there are a couple of things.

One, it’s really about understanding what’s available from a community services perspective. Is it something that we need to provide directly? Is there an opportunity to support a community-based service that’s already in existence but may actually just need some lift?

When it comes to how we provide some of those additional benefits around transportation, food, and/or partnerships with companies like Lyft, then, that’s a part of our entire benefit model. It may span, for instance, supporting transportation partnerships with being able to provide healthy food services or, being able to send out a food truck to a community event to provide for more gatherings and/or quite frankly, just combat loneliness. That’s really the value that we bring as a managed care organization where the care component is really the most important.

The work that we do and the relationships that we build with our members revolves around really understanding how we engage them and involve them in their care. That is the crux of what we’re trying to do. Our medical director team, our population health and clinical operations teams, and the role that we play from a digital perspective not only support our members and providers but all those that are involved in providing that care.

Our members are really important and that’s why when we think about our customer/consumer/provider, we also think of ensuring that we understand the care manager, the utilization management nurse, the pharmacist, and others that are supporting them. We work at how we are supporting those customers who surround them as well.

Q. The third leg of the stool concerns the technology vendor community that’s coming up with the innovation and the solutions. Can you elaborate on the innovation targeted specifically at your population that you’d like to see from the technology vendor community?

Anika: When we look at how we think about consumer research, innovating, and how we’re developing our tools and services, we try to ensure that we have a representative population. We also try to ensure that you are testing those solutions across the spectrum of healthcare and thinking about it from a wellness and care delivery perspective. It’s equally important that you test it in a rural setting, with an ethnically representative population for understanding youth and language changes among others. That’s incredibly important.

One of the greatest opportunities we have from a digital perspective, is to start to self-govern, for lack of a better term, and really think about the impact that we have on people. This is especially for those of us who are blessed to work in the health care space. When I think about the impact that we have on people, that’s as significant as perhaps big pharma and so, I think about the amount of rigor that it really takes to ensure that we are doing no harm.

We have a very specific responsibility to ensure that we are thinking about digital ethics, research, rigor, and the representative populations in the solutions that we’re developing. This ensures we’re able to provide access to care for digital health and to everyone who needs and should have it.

Q. What about data and analytics? Apixio is one of your portfolio companies now, so, how are you deploying all those capabilities to serve your populations?

Anika: When we think about data, Big Data, contextual data, Artificial Intelligence, and Machine Learning, it’s such an important part of the work that we do, today. It’s an incredible part of what we’ll continue to do. It will help us ensure that we’re doing our best to supply things like a next best action to a care manager and undertake interventions that are most highly aligned with the most important benefits to provide to a particular population. Now, that maybe by geography or perhaps a group which has another type of similarity. That’s where data helps our understanding.

I think there is a “know me” component around data that is so important. But when we think about consistency and how we supply the entirety of the team that is going to surround the individual at the center, we must make sure that they know the things that they need to know at the time that they need to know it. When I think about the data story, it’s really the ability of being able to provide the right data at the right time for the right appropriate action for the individual. The action component for the individual is most important whether we’re asking the consumer or a member to do it themselves or asking a member of their “care team” to provide. It’s understanding that action and the outcome that that action had for the member and then, being able to supply the right next suggestion, that’s really the most critical component of what we have to do.

Q. Do you agree that working under constraints makes you more innovative? What are the challenges you face in your role as CDO when meeting your objectives?

Anika: I am a genuine believer that innovation is born out of friction. So, necessity without question breeds innovation. There is absolute necessity to innovate in the face of scarcity for when you have scarce resources, you are always thinking about how to do more with less. How do you do your best with what you have? That is a constant focus. It creates what is a great responsibility not just around fiscal responsibilities but also in ensuring that we are helping get the right resources to those most in need. That is absolutely one of the wonderful opportunities that we have. To your point, one of the pretty significant challenges is really an opportunity to rise to the occasion. It’s an opportunity again to serve the entirety of our patient populations using those innovative solutions.

When I think about sort of what constraints it might put on me specifically, or the team that I have the great privilege of serving, it’s really about prioritization and focus. When you think about trying to innovate, there is often so much that you want to do and so many things that you could do.

I often say most Chief Digital Officers want to build flying cars. I want to build flying cars too. It’s a natural thing for many of us, but, even more importantly, I want to ensure that we have a tarmac to take-off from. We have solid footing, rules, and an understanding so that when we get to the air, everybody is safe and comfortable. It does the thing that that flying car is supposed to do—get us there faster, safer, and better.

Making sure that those foundational things are in place is important. It gives me an opportunity to really think about what those foundational things are and how important they are to have solidified in concrete. Then, we can think about the additional things we really want to provide and the impact and value they’re going to have on the health care continuum for that membership. Finally, we can create laser focus on executing in the best possible way for those very specific things and deliver that value.

Q. If there’s one thing that you’d like to leave behind for your peers in the industry who are on similar journeys or operating in a resource constrained environment, what’s your advice going to be?

Anika: I think my advice will be—make sure that your digital transformation strategy, your digital strategy, and your technology strategy are centered around people, especially for those of you in healthcare. This is a very, very human industry so, I think of digital transformation very specifically. We are doing something tomorrow that’s different than what we did today because we created a thing. It’s having real, fundamental, important impact and delivering real significant value to people. We are driving through the change that we need humans to make to take best advantage of it. So, again, staying laser focused on ensuring that you are bringing people along your journey is the piece of advice that I will give.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

We’re expanding our concept of access beyond just a face-to-face encounter to all the digital encounters that allow us to stay more connected with patients

Season 4: Episode #129

Podcast with Denise Basow, MD, SVP and Chief Digital Officer, Ochsner Health

"We’re expanding our concept of access beyond just a face-to-face encounter to all the digital encounters that allow us to stay more connected with patients"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

Dr. Denise Basow, a primary care physician by training, is the Chief Digital Officer of Ochsner Health – a health system that predominantly serves Medicaid populations in a risk-based payment model. She talks about how they’re using digital programs to drive improved healthcare outcomes and reduce care costs.

In this episode, Dr. Basow discusses their telemedicine capabilities, which include digital medicine technologies, remote patient management, digital tools to drive innovation and transformation, and digital coaching programs to drive patient engagement and outcomes. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

02:50 What kind of population do you serve, and how does that inform your digital priorities?
06:01What building blocks do you work with as you approach your population's digital needs?
08:14 What kind of programs have made an impact for Ochsner?
12:30 Are there any learnings you'd like to share with listeners working with similar populations? How do you get your patients to embrace the technology?
15:36 How do you make your technology selection choices – build versus buy? Do you start with the EHR first or best-in-class?
21:38 Can you share anything about access-related solutions where you're driving engagement through digital tools and technologies?
24:43 What does Ochsner’s governance model and strategy look like?
28:12 Can you share some of the best practices or learnings with your peers in the industry, especially those who are addressing similar populations and maybe in earlier stages of their digital journeys?

About our guest

Dr. Denise Basow joined the Ochsner Health Executive Team in January 2022 as the first Chief Digital Officer, with a mission to scale digital innovations that improve quality, engage patients, and enhance the healthcare provider experience. She is responsible for innovation Ochsner, a leader in digital healthcare solution development, virtual health and telemedicine, and the digital health business unit, which deploys remote patient management solutions focused on chronic diseases. These solutions are deployed within the Ochsner Health System and commercialized nationally.

Prior to joining Ochsner’s team, Dr. Basow had a 25-year career with global information, software and professional services leader Wolters Kluwer and healthcare start-up UpToDate, where she leveraged innovation and technology to improve the quality of healthcare. She joined UpToDate as a start-up in 1996 and served as CEO for 14 years, including the formation of a larger solutions business, Clinical Effectiveness, that expanded the mission beyond clinical decision support to include patient engagement solutions. At the time of her departure, Clinical Effectiveness served more than 2 million physicians globally and tens of millions of patients.

Dr. Basow received her undergraduate degree in Chemistry from Duke University and her medical degree from Baylor College of Medicine. She completed her residency at Johns Hopkins University and practiced internal medicine for several years before joining UpToDate.

Denise-Basow,-MD-profile-dektop

Dr. Denise Basow joined the Ochsner Health Executive Team in January 2022 as the first Chief Digital Officer, with a mission to scale digital innovations that improve quality, engage patients, and enhance the healthcare provider experience. She is responsible for innovation Ochsner, a leader in digital healthcare solution development, virtual health and telemedicine, and the digital health business unit, which deploys remote patient management solutions focused on chronic diseases. These solutions are deployed within the Ochsner Health System and commercialized nationally.

Prior to joining Ochsner’s team, Dr. Basow had a 25-year career with global information, software and professional services leader Wolters Kluwer and healthcare start-up UpToDate, where she leveraged innovation and technology to improve the quality of healthcare. She joined UpToDate as a start-up in 1996 and served as CEO for 14 years, including the formation of a larger solutions business, Clinical Effectiveness, that expanded the mission beyond clinical decision support to include patient engagement solutions. At the time of her departure, Clinical Effectiveness served more than 2 million physicians globally and tens of millions of patients.

Dr. Basow received her undergraduate degree in Chemistry from Duke University and her medical degree from Baylor College of Medicine. She completed her residency at Johns Hopkins University and practiced internal medicine for several years before joining UpToDate.


Q. Denise, tell us a little about your background. How did you get into this?

Denise: I am a primary care physician by training, but I got involved in a start-up called UpToDate, early in my career. For those who are not aware, think of it as kind of an evidence-based Google for doctors. Then, that startup grew, and we were acquired by a large corporation. I became CEO of that business and continued to build some others around clinical decision support as a general theme within that space. I ran that business for about 13 years and then, just decided to make the move to Ochsner in January this year as the Chief Digital Officer. 

It’s been a journey and I think, it’s a really interesting time to be in healthcare. Healthcare organizations and health systems have a big role to play in what the future of health care looks like, and I wanted to be a part of that. 

Q. What does the role of the Chief Digital Officer entail? 

Denise: We’re still figuring that out. Broadly, I have responsibility for all of our telemedicine, for what we call our digital medicine solutions, which is largely our digital tools around RPM program, remote patient management largely around chronic diseases, and other areas, as well. 

There’s also our innovation team, which we call Innovation Ochsner. So those are the three broad areas. More specifically, I wear a couple of hats, both using digital technologies to improve patient care within Ochsner. It’s all in the family, but entails taking a lot of the tools that we’ve built and looking for opportunities to commercialize them, externally. 

Q. Can you touch on the population you serve and your care mix? How does that inform your larger priorities? 

Denise: It’s huge. Ochsner is in a unique market with just a lot of opportunity. We generally fight it out with Mississippi for being ranked 49th or 50th in most health outcomes, which isn’t a great place to be, and we certainly want to improve that. Some of that is driven by just the prevalence of chronic disease in the state and some of it is driven by the payer mix. We have a lot of patients on Medicaid. I think it’s something like 20% of adults in Louisiana and 50% of children. A pretty high number are on Medicaid. 

We have a lot of patients who are on risk-based contracts so, we do a lot of value-based care. Probably more than 50% of our patients are on risk-based contract, which in many ways allows us to be more innovative. For us to not only survive but thrive as a health system, we have to do a lot of things really well. That’s driven a lot of the innovation that we have a history and are known for. It’s also driven a lot of the tools we’ve built, to be able to take care of that type of patient population and drive both, engagement and outcomes. 

So, that was honestly one of the things that really attracted me to Ochsner because that mix again allows us to potentially be a good or fertile ground for driving change and transformation, because we have to. There’s nothing that drives more innovation than the need to do that. Our location is really key in terms of driving our journey. 

Q. What are the building blocks you work with as you approach your population’s digital needs or preferences?

Denise: You hit the nail on the head, here. We talk all the time about how there’s technology for sure, but it’s the process and people that that really drive the technology to be successful. You really need a combination of all of those things. The technology is almost the easy part. 

Everybody talks about this one example—AI and healthcare and building AI models—but the key to making those successful is how you implement them and what happens to all that data. Where does it go? We can’t push everything back on the physicians like we’ve tended to do over time. So how do you deal with that? 

Even if I think about the remote patient management solutions that we’ve built and I intentionally use the name “management” and not “monitoring”, it’s easy to monitor people remotely. That’s truthfully the easiest part because while you have to do some things right to drive engagement and make sure patients can actually do what they need to do, truthfully, that’s the easy part. 

The hard part is, now that you’ve monitored them, what do you do? That’s where our programs focus. We’re very good technically and we take advantage of that but what do you need to build around that technology to drive outcomes? That is obviously what we all want to do. 

Q. Tell us a little about what kind of programs have made an impact for Ochsner. Can you share some numbers or metrics to help our listeners understand? 

Denise: We are at the highest level so we’ll talk about diabetes and hypertension because those are the programs that have been available the longest and for which we have the most data. With these programs, it’s pretty simple. 

We provide patients with devices to monitor blood pressure, blood glucose, weight, those sorts of things. We have a mechanism for getting all of those readings into MyChart and for that, we use Epic. Then, we surround that with a separate care team. So, it’s a really different model. This doesn’t go back to their primary care physicians, and we communicate with primary care, but we’ve built a separate care team that’s comprised of pharmacists or other APPs, as well as health coaches who absorb all of that data. In addition to health coaching, we also do medication management and that’s the RPM program. 

We have a way of not just monitoring patients at home, but also taking that information and doing something about it at the at the very highest level. And we found a few things. 

First, we’ve done some propensity match studies. For patients who are in our digital medicine programs compared with patients who are not in them for any variety of reasons, but matched them in a lot of ways so that we’re getting good data comparison we found that routinely those patients (in our digital medicine programs) get under control faster, stay under control longer, have reduced utilization of our emergency department, reduced utilization of hospital admissions, and overall save the health system somewhere between $100-200 per month each because of reduced utilization. 

That’s all in, including their medications. That’s why, for a value-based world, that’s really important. I think the interesting things are, one, patients really love it. So, our Net Promoter Scores are in the high 80s. 

Second, it’s worked in every population. We tested it. It works in our fee for service populations, managed care populations and maybe most surprising as it may be, it works in our Medicaid population. We’ve now got around 4000-4400 Medicaid patients in a pilot that we just started 18 months ago that was only supposed to be 1000 patients. And again, all of those outcomes that I just cited are actually greater in our Medicaid population than elsewhere, including Net Promoter Score. So, we’ve been able to digitally engage these patients and drive these sorts of outcomes. 

Q. Are there any learnings there that you’d like to share for the benefit of others who are working with similar populations? How do you get your patients to really embrace the technology? 

Denise: There are a couple of things. 

One, we work hard to make sure that patients can use the technology. So, we have a few different means to onboard patients, make sure they’re comfortable with the devices, and that everything is working well. That’s the technology piece of it. We’ve been doing it long enough that we have that down. Some of it can be done remotely, the rest in person. But there, again, we’ve kind of figured out how to how to do that part of it. 

The other thing, because people have asked me, is the degree of reduction in inpatient admission, as an example, which far exceeds what you would expect from, if we just looked at say, hypertension, and what kinds of inpatient admissions are related to hypertension or what kind of emergency department visits are related to hypertension. You think of coronary heart disease, stroke, those types of things and the reduction that we’re seeing in those high-cost areas of the health system are much greater than you would expect to be driven by, what you think of as complications of hypertension, diabetes. 

We don’t know this for certain, but my hypothesis and this is where it relates to your question, is that when you surround the technology with a care team that’s completely focused on that, and not distracted with trying to do 100 other things, is what really drives the engagement. So, they’re sending these readings in and that’s engagement. They are getting feedback on that. 

We’re experimenting with ways of doing digital coaching and those sorts of things. So, it doesn’t always have to be a person. Sometimes it’s a digital engagement, but they’re getting that feedback routinely. That’s causing a level of engagement that we’ve just not seen before in these populations. So again, it comes back to that—it’s not just the technology, it’s the process and people that surround it. 

Q. How do you go about making your technology selection choices better versus buy? If you have to buy, do you start with the EHR first, for best-in-class? Tell us a little about that process.

Denise: I wish I had a definitive answer for all of that because most of it depends on—as there’s a lot of health systems—do we tend to rely on ourselves, first? Epic is our backbone so; we always want to see what Epic can do. 

But then, we tend to build a lot of things ourselves. We’re starting to recognize that it’s not that we haven’t done partnerships before, but increasingly recognizing that we need to take advantage of more technology that already exists out there. The important thing is that while I don’t have a definitive answer, yet, in making those decisions, you have to have a clear sense of what you want to do and what outcomes you’re trying to drive. 

We get so much outreach from technology vendors these days and the signal to noise ratio is very low, which makes it really difficult. To the point where a lot of times we don’t engage because it just takes so many conversations to have anything that works. So, it’s far better to say, “Here’s a problem we’re trying to solve. Let’s go see if anybody else has solved it.” But again, have very specific outcomes that we have in mind because people have built all sorts of things that solve all sorts of problems but do they solve the problem we want to solve? 

It’s a simple calculus of what does it cost to do that versus building things ourselves in the time that’s required? So, I think increasingly we’re going to find that it’s more effective to partner than we have in the past. But what doesn’t work is to just take in a bunch of cool technology and then figure out what to do with it. 

Q. I imagine that in today’s context, the signals are getting even weaker because of the current funding environment and some of the uncertainties that many of these innovative startups have to live through. Is that a concern to you? 

Denise: That’s always a concern. We all know that the funding that ramped up in 2021 seems like it’s rationalizing a bit this year, which is good, not deep and well decreasing relative to last year, but more on par with the trajectory that happened before the crazy 2021. 

But given everything that’s happened in the last couple of years, there’s the concern of how we find those gems. Once we found them, you almost have to take the approach that if you’re going to start with early-stage companies, we’re going to invest with them to help them be successful. Else, you do run the risk of a bunch of these going under. Or you have to take the perspective that you’re going to work with them but be prepared by whatever means that they may not be successful. Then, what’s plan B? How do you work together to ensure success? And then, always have a plan B. Developing that ecosystem where you can be an innovative partner is going to be really important for health systems moving forward. 

Q. How do you measure the success of their programs? How do you keep score? Do you have a specific set of metrics you’re targeting? Can you talk to us about that? 

Denise: A lot of our internal metrics are around enrollment in the program. So, that’s obviously a big one for us. Then, there are the outcomes that we’re driving. One of the metrics that we use quite a bit for our chronic disease programs are test metrics. Are we continuing to drive those upwards and doing better than our usual care? Some quality metrics, some enrollment types of metrics are being used to the degree that we’re beginning to commercialize these externally. We obviously have financial goals around what all of that looks like. So, it’s a combination of all of those. 

Q. With regard to the investments that you’re making, not a lot of what you just talked about relate to care, especially remote care or chronic care management. These are the high impact, high value use cases and great stories. Can you share anything with regard to access related solutions where you’re driving engagement through digital tools and technologies?

Denise: Access is really critical. Probably one of the top two or three priorities that we have. Ochsner has a whole group that focuses on consumer engagement and then, we collaborate to think about what are our new ways that we can continue to make access easier and easier. 

Some of it is as basic as making sure that our providers have the capability to enable patients to do online scheduling. That sounds so easy, but it turns out that that’s not actually so easy to drive. But we’ve been pretty successful there. We have goals for our providers around access within a certain period of time. 

We are beginning to think about access a little differently. Access doesn’t have to be a face-to-face meeting. It can be a digital encounter. That can be the first access. Then, as we expand how we’re thinking about remote patient management, it doesn’t have to exclusively be around chronic diseases. It can be as simple as monitoring symptoms and a patient with chronic migraines. And then, doing that again digitally, not just in person. 

We’re beginning to expand our concept of access beyond just a face-to-face encounter to what are all the digital encounters that we can have with these patients that allow us to not only stay more connected, but also provide, good access when they need it. We’re also talking about things like e consults and e visits and just all of the asynchronous tools that we have to deliver virtual care. All these are components of the access equation. 

Q. What does Oschner’s governance model and strategy look like? Who’s involved in driving the program besides yourself? 

Denise: Like every health system, there are a lot of top priorities so, that’s always challenging. 

One, we went through a corporate strategy refresh last year, and one of the things that we really drove home is that even with all of our varied strategic priorities, digital transformation isn’t a separate priority. It may be separate but it really becomes a part of every strategic priority within the health system. That may sound like a very simple statement, but it’s an impactful one because it means that it becomes a priority when we’re thinking about solving virtually anything across the health system. I’m fortunate that it’s been set up for success from that perspective because it’s been recognized that it’s an important part of every piece of our strategy. 

This is an executive team level position and since we talk as an executive team about what we need to do, it becomes a part of every conversation. 

We probably spend more just on innovation than a lot of health systems do because it’s just been a commitment there. It doesn’t mean we obviously have endless funding for that but there isn’t a set amount where it’s got to be X percent of our operating income every year. However, that number grows every year. 

From an IS perspective, it’s very embedded in most of our strategic priorities so, it ends up not being quite as challenging as it may sound. What’s potentially more challenging is, for what we call outside the family or for separate businesses that we might want to drive, that’s where the level of investment involves some debates around how to fund all of that compared with how a lot of digital startups are being funded. That becomes a trickier proposition. But it’s been set up from an executive team perspective to drive what we need to drive. 

Q. If you had one best practice or learning from the last six or eight months that you’ve been in this role for your peers in the industry, especially those who are addressing similar populations and maybe in earlier stages of their digital journeys, what would it be?

Denise: It probably goes back to what we already talked about—that it’s not just about the technology. I think that’s my biggest learning. I do think that if you have an organization that either takes a lot of risk or is driving towards that, you can’t move fast enough. So, it has to become a system priority and it has to, again, go beyond what the technology is. Those are probably my key learnings to be able to drive success. 

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at   www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer : This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

We want to build a data set that connects life science and healthcare organizations into one learning community

Season 4: Episode #128

Podcast with Terry Myerson, Chief Executive Officer, Truveta

"We want to build a data set that connects life science and healthcare organizations into one learning community"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

Terry Myerson leads a very interesting organization – Truveta – that’s trying to aggregate healthcare data from health systems across the country in a de-identified form. They then combine this data with other sources to generate insights that drive clinical research and outcomes and develop new therapies and molecules.

In this episode, Terry discusses Truveta’s value proposition for health systems and life sciences organizations, their data sets to generate insights and the technological challenges in bringing the data sets together. We also touch on a variety of other topics, including the digital health startup landscape. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

00:29 What’s the market need that Truveta is trying to address?
05:48How many health systems are members of Truveta’s consortium? What do they get out of it?
07:10 What kind of data do you gather from the results? Is there any other data that you bring into the Truveta platform as part of your insights and analysis?
08:55 Can you talk about the types of insights you have given back to your members? Tell us about some of the use cases you've been able to generate using this data set.
11:53 How do you protect the privacy of the data? Are there any special precautions that you take to ensure this?
13:14 You're not selling the data, but you are selling insights generated from the analysis of the data --- is that correct?
15:10 What’s been challenging from a technology standpoint in bringing all these datasets together from across the world's healthcare organizations?
20:20 What do you see as the current moment in digital health funding landscape?
21:44 What's your advice to a startup founder who wants to get into digital health today?

About our guest

Terry Myerson is the Chief Executive Officer of Truveta. A leader for teams responsible for some of the world’s most popular technology platforms, Terry Myerson enjoyed a 21-year career at Microsoft. As Executive Vice President, Terry led the development of Windows, Surface, Xbox, and the early days of Office 365. Serving on the Senior Leadership Team, Terry played a pivotal role in developing the strategy for Microsoft alongside CEO Satya Nadella. Terry excelled at managing large teams at scale, tackling complex software challenges, and driving growth in partnership with the technology ecosystem.

After leaving Microsoft in 2018, Terry joined the Madrona Venture Group and the Carlyle Group as an advisor to their investment teams and portfolio companies. He enjoys learning about new technology, particularly at the intersection of data and life sciences, and helping new companies succeed. He continues with both firms today as an advisor.

An entrepreneur at heart, prior to Microsoft Terry cofounded Intersé, one of the earliest internet companies, which Microsoft acquired in 1997.

Terry is a graduate of Duke University and a current member of the Duke Engineering Board of Visitors. He also serves as a member of the Board of Trustees for the Seattle Foundation.

Terry Myerson is the Chief Executive Officer of Truveta. A leader for teams responsible for some of the world’s most popular technology platforms, Terry Myerson enjoyed a 21-year career at Microsoft. As Executive Vice President, Terry led the development of Windows, Surface, Xbox, and the early days of Office 365. Serving on the Senior Leadership Team, Terry played a pivotal role in developing the strategy for Microsoft alongside CEO Satya Nadella. Terry excelled at managing large teams at scale, tackling complex software challenges, and driving growth in partnership with the technology ecosystem.

After leaving Microsoft in 2018, Terry joined the Madrona Venture Group and the Carlyle Group as an advisor to their investment teams and portfolio companies. He enjoys learning about new technology, particularly at the intersection of data and life sciences, and helping new companies succeed. He continues with both firms today as an advisor.

An entrepreneur at heart, prior to Microsoft Terry cofounded Intersé, one of the earliest internet companies, which Microsoft acquired in 1997.

Terry is a graduate of Duke University and a current member of the Duke Engineering Board of Visitors. He also serves as a member of the Board of Trustees for the Seattle Foundation.

Q. Terry, how did Truveta come about? What’s the market need that you are trying to address?

Terry: Truveta is a company with a vision that we can save lives with data. Using data, we can help researchers find cures faster, empower every clinician to be an expert, and help families make the most informed decisions about their care. That’s our vision and mission.

What do we offer? At the end of the day, we’re raising for any medical product, the most complete, timely, and highest quality data to understand the benefits and the risks of how that product should be or how the procedure or device should be used in a health care environment. There’s always an origin story here about how the company came to be and this one, I think, is just so interesting and eventful.

B.J. Moore, who’s been on the podcast, and I were colleagues at Microsoft two years ago. Since then, he’s moved to Providence. I’d left to join a venture capital firm. I had also become fascinated with the intersection of data sciences and life sciences. B.J. and I stayed in touch and when the pandemic started, he introduced me to this project where, there’s this effort inside the health system to try and understand what’s going on with this pandemic. The health system didn’t have the tools in the early stages of the pandemic to ask and answer questions about whether they should treat symptomatic patients with Dexamethasone or Remdesivir. We’re hearing both work well, but which one should be used? Who should be intubated for how long? There were just no tools to ask or answer those questions.

Building on that, Providence, Northwell and Trinity Health Care, three organizations that didn’t know each other so well at that time, tried to collaborate, ask, and answer questions like that. But they had no regulatory or technical framework or legal frameworks to work together, share data, ask, and even answer questions. We could build, learn from each other, and compare results but there was no ability to do that. Then, we had a life science company, a pharmaceutical company, which was selling these drugs and trying to learn they had no ability to learn off of the same data.

So, this idea that we could build this unprecedented data set that would connect life science and health care organizations into one learning community, that would really drive learning, and help us find those cures faster, figure out the safety, and effectiveness of these various medical products or procedures happened to be one of those that felt like just this incredible opportunity for the health care systems to come together and build something new for the world.

Q. Can you tell us a bit about your background? You did spend a long time at Microsoft and B.J. was your friend. So, how did you get here?

Terry: I spent almost 22 years at Microsoft. For the last decade, I was leading Windows Surface and Xbox. B.J. and I left Microsoft in 2018 and it was the pandemic, in 2020, that reconnected us.

When I got connected to this project in Providence later, I realized that Truveta was an idea that actually started in 2018. It revolved around how health care systems could put their data together to create a data set which they could learn from. It was white papers and PowerPoints. It was a great idea but it took a pandemic for us to really galvanize that and turn it into a company. Without the pandemic, it was just my awareness of the issue or the lack of this.

When you first get exposed to Truveta as an idea, you go, “How could this not exist already? How could it be that we don’t have a data set representative the full diversity of our country? How’s it that we can study any drug disease or device? How could this not exist?”

I didn’t know it didn’t exist. When I got exposure to the fact that it didn’t exist and there was a coalition of willing health systems that wanted it to exist, it just felt like the most meaningful thing. I could spend the rest of my career working on it.

Q. With regard to the Truveta System, how many health systems are members of the consortium? What do they get out of it?

Terry: Truveta started with four health systems in September, 2020. We announced 14 in February, 2021, and now, there are more than 20 large, leading health systems across the United States. More will be announced soon.

I think it’s just amazing how they’ve come together. They’re motivated by participating in this learning community for health, so, they can ask and answer questions, get data representative of the United States, and share those studies with each other while building on each other’s work. That access they get is going to help them take better care of patients.

We’re taking their data as normalized, structured, and de-identified data. They get access to all this for use in their health care operations and we pay them. So, they make money when their data is used by others in their research and they are compensated.

Q. What kind of data do you gather from results? Is there any other data that you bring into the Truveta platform as part of your insights and analysis?

Terry: The healthcare organizations send us medical records which are fully de-identified and validated by a third-party. Those de-identified medical records are being made available for research. Today, we have a partnership with LexisNexis, which is giving us three other important data sets to bring into the corpus.

Before that, there was a token which allowed us to link medical records in the de-identified space across health systems. It’s all coming together into one longitudinal medical record.

They’re also giving us the fact of death. Only one-third of people die inside a health system and so, LexisNexis has its Death Registry up-to-date, daily. Through it, we’re actually seeing if people die on the date they die. Being able to assess death as an outcome for research is very important when without the state and health systems, one doesn’t know if you died.

The third thing is, they’re giving us the largest claims data set in the country. We think about it as we get these deep medical records from all of our 20 + health systems and then, we also get to link it with the medical bills or the claims records.

Last but not the least, we get from LexisNexis the socioeconomic data. This is incredibly vast and includes the social determinants of health. All of that’s coming together as are insights about it. You got the 20 + health systems, fact of that token socioeconomic and mortality data. I maybe forgetting something, but it’s also together in the group of longitudinal records they identified for research. It’s a lot of data.

Q. Can you talk about one or two types of insights that you’re getting back to your members? Tell us a bit about some of the use cases you’ve been able to generate using this data set.

Terry: We talked about COVID and in fact, one of the collaborations we’ve announced since then which we’re quite excited about is Pfizer using the Truveta data set to assess their vaccines and therapeutics in the United States. This company has led the innovation response to COVID globally, and no company responded like Pfizer, one might argue. The fact that they would be using our data, is exciting. It’s terrific and I’m honored.

The other research that has been published is on Colonoscopy screenings in response to Chadwick Boseman’s death. Being African-American and he died of Colon cancer so there was some research done on Colon cancer screenings in the African-American community.

Also, there was some work done in response to the baby formula shortage actually going on in the country trying to understand if there were infant hospitalizations or other infant health issues as a result of the baby formula shortage. This idea that we have this dataset representative of our country and the ability to ask and answer questions quickly is new.

We’re having interesting use cases popping up everywhere but at the end of the day, this is our customers’ research. There’s a research project going on in Savannah, but I’m not talking about what they’re using. But Providence is using our data, Pfizer is using our data or even unnamed customers– they’re using our platform for their investigations and we do expect them to publish quite a bit here in the next year. But it’s their research, not our research to talk about.

Q. How do you protect the privacy of the data? Are there any special precautions that you take to ensure this?

Terry: Security and privacy are just critical. They’re foundational to the company. For full details, we actually have white papers—-a white paper on Security and a white paper on Privacy—on our website, which I would encourage anyone who really wants a double click on these to go get them.

We have the HIPAA too, which is our healthcare privacy law in the United States which sets in place two standards for de-identification—one called Safe Harbor, where you lose geography and timestamp information and expert de-identification.

Truveta follows the expert de-identification model so, we have expert determiners that assess all of our systems. The white papers have some great information so, I would encourage anyone who wants to read more to go there.

Q. The monetization model for Truveta is derived from the use of the data, not necessarily the data itself. You’re not selling the data, but you are selling insights generated from the analysis of the data — is that correct?

Terry: I’m not sure. The health systems themselves have access to study the data for their own research. But life science firms that are engaged with it right now are subscribing to study a disease or set of diseases and so on. We tell them to come and analyze the data, look for safety effectiveness or health equity issues in COVID or Multiple Sclerosis or heart disease. You’re subscribing to a disease so, you can ask and answer as many questions as you want during the time of your subscription.

Q. Don’t they get to take a copy of the de-identified data stack into their environment and use it for other purposes such as marketing campaigns etc.? I assume there are permissible uses in there.

Terry: I think there’s two different questions that you might ask there. There’s the data which is to be used for health care research, and not for advertising. Using the data for advertising is explicitly not a permissible use.

But there are circumstances in which they will need to take data out if you’re making a regulatory filing. If you are, there are just some scenarios where we do allow them to extract patient cohorts. Therefore, the concept of the subscription.

Q. Let’s talk about the tech stack for Truveta. It is built on Microsoft Azure as a cloud platform. What are the other big components of the tech stack? What’s been challenging from a technology standpoint in bringing all these datasets together from across the world’s healthcare organizations?

Terry: We’ve talked about two of the biggest challenges—Security and Privacy.

The third biggest challenge is Normalization and it’s not even the fact that it comes from diverse health care systems. Different conditions record outcomes, side effects, recommendations in a different language, often in their vernacular — that’s probably influenced by where they were trained.

So, you have these vast amounts of clinical notes that have so much insight on patient care and that normalization of unstructured data into an ontology of structured terms that can be used for analysis that the AI which drives that process, which actually is another white paper on our website, is a data quality white paper, which goes through that whole process of how we take all that unstructured data and turn it into a high quality data stream for analytics.

So, security, privacy, and normalization are the challenges and then there’s scale. High volumes of data is one thing, and Providence is an incredible system but B.J.’s also got a number of scale challenges.

When you add Providence, Trinity, Northwell, Tenet and Baptiste you know it’s a large lot and that’s the Truveta data challenge— far larger than any one health system anywhere in the world.

Q. To get a sense of the scale and the magnitude of how large the data set is, are we talking about what percentage of the U.S. population it covers among these top 20?

Terry: When you include the LexisNexis claims data, which fills in the gaps and when you’re looking at 100% of adult Americans, then, you know, for Non adults I wouldn’t know the number.

Q. There’s a lot of similar efforts underway now – the Sequoia Project for one to tackle the interoperability issue, and then, you’ve got Graphite, which is kind of a spinoff. There’s also Intermountain and Providence. Are these complementary to each other? Or do you see them as competitive?

Terry: Everyone’s solving a similar but different problem. With Truveta, we’re not solving the exchange of identifiable medical records, we’re not solving being an API layer for applications inside the healthcare system like some of the organizations you just described. But at the core, we’re all looking at security, privacy, and normalization of healthcare data.

As this industry matures, the shape of the boundaries will evolve over time, partners will become competitors and competitors will become partners. But there’s this many different takes on this problem in terms of connecting health care and life sciences to create one shared truth which we can use to really study health.

Thanks for that though. It’s a very unique point of view and I love being part of it.

Q. Truveta’s a unique organization but it’s also a startup and you’ve raised venture capital money. What is going on in the digital health funding landscape? What does the slowing down in funding mean for digital health startups and their customers who make bets on companies that may now be at some kind of financial risk?

Terry: Truveta actually has not taken any venture capital money. Our approach is that the health systems are the biggest stakeholders in Truveta’s success, they contribute their data and so, they should be the owners. I think it’s a very unique approach so no, there’s no venture capital in the company.

I did spend two years in venture capital and it was interesting that the two years I was there, it was easy to invest in everything when the valuations were going up. Somehow high prices made it easier to invest. Now, we have all this uncertainty—war, inflation, layoffs — and somehow the low prices are making it harder for people to invest.

There’s tremendous irony in that. However, for the next decade, I think the companies that make it through the next couple of years will be some of the best investments in the world because it’s an opportunity. We just talked about, the big data on health and I think, those companies are being founded right now.

Q. What’s your advice to a startup founder who wants to get into digital health today?

Terry: My advice would be — Have a great idea. Have a great team. I think that if you have a great team and you’ve got a great idea, you’ll be able to attract capital. You have a bad idea and a bad team, then, that will be harder.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

The most important technology you can apply for digital health is human

Season 4: Episode #127

Podcast with Emily Kagan-Trenchard, SVP and Chief of Consumer Digital Solutions, Northwell Health

"The most important technology you can apply for digital health is human"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Emily Kagan-Trenchard, SVP and Chief of Consumer Digital Solutions at Northwell Health in New York, discusses a range of topics related to the new focus on consumers, patient data, technology, and analytics infrastructure required to drive consumer and patient engagement in this coming era of digital health.

Patient access is not just about capacity management and appointment scheduling but also about getting questions answered between different encounters with physicians, identity management for patients, and patient engagement. Emily suggests digital health startups take the time to do user experience research and strategic planning to understand the problem at the human level. Take a listen.  

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

00:30 Tell us about Northwell and your key priorities this year.
05:51Tell us about some of the successes you've had and what you consider as unfinished business or work in progress.
14:42In the context of healthcare, how is Northwell approaching this from a tech standpoint? How does the governance work to bring the tech and the program together?
20:06 How are the consumers responding to your recent cloud partnership? Where have you seen the impact of all your investments within your patient population?
23:14 You mentioned access as one of your priority areas. How do you tackle that and the enhanced digital abilities for consumers to take advantage of?
27:55 What do you think of the present moment for digital health technology companies in the context of all the pullback and risk funding?
31:20 What’s your advice for your peers in the industry who’re not as big as Northwell but equally interested in making the kind of progress that you've made?

About our guest

Emily Kagan Trenchard is a much-needed voice from within the American medical system: A spoken-word-poet-turned-healthcare-executive, she is on a mission to remix the human in healthcare, challenging entrenched assumptions about what it means to give and receive care in the digital age. As SVP, Chief of Consumer Digital Solutions for New York state’s largest health system, Northwell Health, Emily leads the digital patient experience teams that push the limits of how we use technology to make healthcare seamless and steeped in humanity, while keeping the company competitive at a time of radical change. The team's transformation efforts have given patients a single key to the digital front door - enabling online booking, bill pay, digital forms and consents, telehealth, test results and more, all from within an award-winning native app. Emily also launched Northwell’s first User Experience (UX) department to ensure that patient and staff perspectives drive the design of digital tools and systems.

Prior to joining Northwell Emily led web systems for New York City’s Lenox Hill Hospital where she led the development of many early consumer health tools, including the first-ever implementation of the ZocDoc scheduling platform for a hospital. Outlets ranging from The Wall Street Journal to TechRebublic and CMS Wire turn to her for a fresh perspective on emerging technologies and the future of healthcare. She is also a nationally recognized poet, essayist, and speaker; recent speaking engagements include the Cleveland Clinic’s Empathy and Innovation conference and WebSumit in Lisbon. Emily holds a master’s degree in science writing from MIT and a bachelor’s degree from the University of California at Berkeley.

Emily Kagan Trenchard is a much-needed voice from within the American medical system: A spoken-word-poet-turned-healthcare-executive, she is on a mission to remix the human in healthcare, challenging entrenched assumptions about what it means to give and receive care in the digital age. As SVP, Chief of Consumer Digital Solutions for New York state’s largest health system, Northwell Health, Emily leads the digital patient experience teams that push the limits of how we use technology to make healthcare seamless and steeped in humanity, while keeping the company competitive at a time of radical change.

The team’s transformation efforts have given patients a single key to the digital front door – enabling online booking, bill pay, digital forms and consents, telehealth, test results and more, all from within an award-winning native app. Emily also launched Northwell’s first User Experience (UX) department to ensure that patient and staff perspectives drive the design of digital tools and systems. 

Prior to joining Northwell Emily led web systems for New York City’s Lenox Hill Hospital where she led the development of many early consumer health tools, including the first-ever implementation of the ZocDoc scheduling platform for a hospital. Outlets ranging from The Wall Street Journal to TechRebublic and CMS Wire turn to her for a fresh perspective on emerging technologies and the future of healthcare. She is also a nationally recognized poet, essayist, and speaker; recent speaking engagements include the Cleveland Clinic’s Empathy and Innovation conference and WebSumit in Lisbon. Emily holds a master’s degree in science writing from MIT and a bachelor’s degree from the University of California at Berkeley.

Q. Emily, tell us a little about your role at Northwell and what are your key priorities this year?

Emily: I’ve been at Northwell for about 15 years. I started in the consumer-facing digital marketing division focused on websites, digital signage, and social media. About four years ago, the organization recognized that we needed to look at the consumer digital space with a little more focus and spun out a program that I ran. This was the Digital Patient Experience (DPX).

As it really gained legs, DPX and many other digital initiatives around the health system in other areas, not necessarily just consumer-facing, witnessed a growing recognition. What was happening in pockets previously for digital transformation needed to come together into something that was more consolidated so we could move to that next level of maturity. This past year, they created a division—Enterprise Digital Services—for which there are five functional leads: Clinical Digital Solutions, IT Operations, Business Analytics, Innovation, and then, Consumer.

My role at Northwell recently expanded and at Consumer Digital Solutions, we’re putting arms not only around the things I was doing for Digital Front Door as well as the consumer-facing websites and other digital touchpoints, but starting to say, “Where do we have initiatives where it’s critical that we start to think more holistically about how we’re connecting with patients and enabling care for them in a digital world?”

A good example of this is there are plenty of utilities out there for folk who want to gather information from our patients and some sort of patient-reported outcomes. We have a ton of different tools in the market that can do various versions of these questions. But how can we stop bombarding people with surveys and start being smarter about the utilities in which we gather this information so that we can truly exhibit a kind of institutional memory when someone tells us things?

When you start to think about those kinds of initiatives, they really broaden the perspective of the consumer’s role at the table. The real intention behind making a Consumer Digital Solutions title on par with a Clinical Digital Solutions title was so they could be equal partners in this conversation. Where do we have issues that we need to tackle together? The biggest challenge that we’re focusing on this year is, access. At its most base, it’s something around capacity management and making sure that people can get into the appointments when they need them with the providers that are best to see them in the right level of care for whatever’s going on. But access is about much more than that. It’s about getting questions answered, the back and forth in between encounters, getting prescriptions refilled, but asking a question about changing dosage. There are all the interim things that occur in the course of the space between an existing doctor’s visit which we can do so much better with different types of communication channels. Clearly, it’s a concerted effort on the operations and the consumers’ sides. That would be one example of something that has a number of projects that we’re now able to pull together into a more comprehensive program that we can run in this more agile and matrixed way.

This year, I have a really big focus on identity and identity management in order to form a real, truly master consumer index. When I say that, I do mean more than just patients. I mean caregivers, as well. We really need to have a centralized way of codifying information we know about people so that it can traverse more than just what’s in an EMR, across all sorts of engagement touchpoints. That’s a very big one for us.

The final piece that we’re spending a lot of time focusing on right now is where do we need to mature some of our channels. We’ve started with a lot of channels that are the standards— websites, apps, email, text messaging, etc.—but the chat functionality is huge. There’s so much you can do there with IVR and voice automation. It’s a lot of opportunity to not just have those types of channels in pockets for small bits of experimentation, but truly make them a part of core platform infrastructure—for the providers, staff, communications back to patients, and care givers. That’s a big rounding-out of our omnichannel portfolio, which we’re also focusing on this year.

Q. You’ve covered all the key elements that must come together seamlessly. Where are you in that journey? Tell us about your successes and what is work in progress.

Emily: There’s the notion of orchestration writ large. Then, there’s the notion of in-specific omnichannel orchestration. Let’s take the larger concept, first. When we’re talking about this type of orchestration, sometimes we do truly mean it in the “Do you send the text message before the email?” sense. If they open the email, do you even bother with the text message in that sort of a comms level orchestration? If a foundation wants to send something out asking about a donation, don’t send it to this person who just had a patient complaint. There’s that level of orchestration, which maybe is a level one of just understanding who’s trying to talk to the patient at any given time. Is it appropriate? Whose “go” is it?

The other type of orchestration we’re starting to see is the importance of trying to orchestrate—in-patient or in-person engagements with online engagements. Where do you have someone starting a task but not finishing it that you pick up now in an office? Where do you start a task in an office that now you complete online? Where do you have a customer service call that came in and then, follow-up with a billing question? When it hands off to billing and their rate, can the office know about that the next time they show up there? That’s an orchestration around engagement that really needs to traverse the online and offline worlds. I’d say that is the place where we know the work to be done. It’s truly about putting in the tools to enable that to occur and you can start in some places.

What we’ve really done then, is to say, “How can we do this at the customer service and call center levels, first?” I think that’s one of the easier places to start to go back and forth at. In health care, especially for those of us who have ambulatory networks, you can consider the front desk as a part of that, too. That truly becomes a customer service desk as well as a call center touchpoint. How do you at least get those folk to understand where someone last left off?

This gets into broader CRM strategy, now. This is obviously not just what happens in marketing. This is a larger CRM philosophy. That’s a really important concept and if we bounce off of that one, one click further out from what you would traditionally consider, you can start to do that with providers as well.

When you start to think about your referral management strategy and your network growth, how do you take this concept of consumer relationship management and think about your consumer as your providers? As people who you want to grow relationships with to find patterns of referral, improve capacity, and improve collaboration, can you take those utilities, use them on behalf of a provider network and take the connective threads you build there to unlock capacity, across network support for complex patient care?

I’d say the next generation of where our heads are at in terms of taking an incredible CRM strategy which we’ve really matured via our marketing department and expanding that concept out for that online offline transition as well as over into the provider space is really the bigger orchestration question. You can cascade that into a whole lot of other places.

Q. What are the basic enablers that you absolutely need to have in place before you can really make any of this a reality?

Emily: I would say patient identity is one of them. For instance, do not click $200 first steps, etc. Then, there’s nuance within that. When we start with patient identity, we ask—Do you even know who is your patient? Do you have an email address for them? Do you have a cell phone on file? Do you know if it’s working? Do you have the right consents and permissions to communicate? That’s even before you talk about preference. I prefer a text message over an email, so, that’s just on the individual patient level, but truly, where my focus and interest lie is actually not just for the patient but for the caregiver, too.

That’s where you start to get interesting because you will now want to have an identity that is not just for the people who have an MRM. You want to have an identity for anyone who comes and is responsible for someone’s care in your organization in order to communicate. Start with your identity and mature your concept so you can build a larger framework. Let’s say you’ve got the identity piece locked or you say, “You know what? I got it for patients.” Let me just start there.

Second, folk really need to be sure that they have some sort of communications backbone that’s going to allow you to do omnichannel. Let’s just start with email and text message. There’s a lot more channels you can talk about but let’s start there. When you’re talking about any CRM worth its salt, it’s going to have email and text messaging capabilities. The power is not whether or not you can send any one of those kinds of cards. The power is in deciding which one to send and when.

When you send an email, do you need to send a text? The name of the game here is really trying to find economies, scale, and cost efficiencies in that communication. If I send someone an email, ask them to confirm that appointment, and I don’t have to send that follow-up text message, I might have saved myself $0.04 a message. That’s not a big deal on an individual level, and way cheaper than getting a cancelation certainly to send that out. But I’d rather not spend anything if my email costs are already baked into my CRM contract. If I’m not responding with that automated text message, perhaps, I’m going to an IVR or sending them to a chase list where I have a human pick up the phone to call. If I can handle all that before a human pick it up, even better.

What you’re really looking for then, is something that’s going to have that sort of dynamic intelligence. Someone responded. Not only did I fire off a message, but here’s what happened to that message when it went out into the world. Here’s how I’m going to change my messaging behavior based on that input. That can be on a case-by-case basis for an individual or that can be an aggregate as you learn about what helps campaigns perform better. That can be on a cohort basis when you start to identify different groups of people who should have different messaging cadences.

But that is really where you can start to do level one multichannel communication customization and not just recognize the benefit of having any digital comms, but having those that can be intelligent, learn, and be dynamic with one another to truly optimize your spend in that area.

Q. In the context of healthcare, how is Northwell approaching this from a tech standpoint? How does the governance work to bring the tech and the program together?

Emily: Let’s talk about what tech pieces are there and then, we can ask, what this may mean for one of the heads to come in and be involved. When we talk about having that sort of backbone, who are we talking to? Where are the data elements coming from? Obviously, my partner who leads the Business Intel and Analytics Division is critical because we’re looking at all these different data sources.

From a marketing standpoint, at a healthcare institution, not only are you going to have sources such as, your EMR and reg systems, etc., but also, third-party data. When we look at our marketing utilities, that’s an important thing. We need a little bit of Church and State from first-party and third-party data. So, what marketing does is reach out to the addressable market which is different from those who might already have an MRM, be engaged or are caregivers. We need to find ways to have the right levels of not just governance but segmentation in the data domains.

Also, we need to make sure that when we’re thinking about what traverses where we understand the intended use of the data so that we’re using things in ways that are appropriate, aligned with people’s consent especially, with all of the new laws around like GDPR and Right to be forgotten, etc. There are certain types of information that can be forgotten and others that can’t because of regulations. Level one then, is all about—Do you know your sources? Do you know how to segregate your sources? Do you know how to clean them? Do you know how to map, match, and do them?

When you’ve got these data elements, you want to talk about doing fun things with that. How do you mix and match? How do you add additional data from different domains? How do you do the analyses that put segmentations on top? Or do predictive modeling on top of these things? That’s where you can take data to the next level. For that, what you want to do is keep things tight and clean in the beginning. Then, when you want to do the fun stuff, you want to be able to bring in as many different variants and flavors as possible.

Our philosophy and strategy are heading towards—and again, let me say that we have CRMs today, which do a really fantastic job and are pretty mature as things are considered—a Consumer Data Platform (CDP). This is really an omnivorous kind of platform where you don’t have to have structured data, necessarily. You don’t need to know what you’re going to put into it to put things in and then, crosswalk, and make it referenceable and available to a number of different end consumers. That’s where our roadmap is taking us. Getting to a CDP is a 2023-24 initiative for us.

When you talk about a CDP, you talk about infrastructure. Here, I would involve my partners from IT because we really do need this to be a backbone that different end consumers—our lab system, call center, marketing for example—can reference, put information back into, gain insights for the data science teams, and apply back out. That’s where we really need to ensure that they’ve got a hand in making this a truly functional utility inside the organization and it does become an engine for us.

Now you’ve got the clinical and innovation pieces, so, of course you want to do data science and interesting data products. You can stand it on the backbone, take the same types of layers of intelligence and say, “Okay, talk to me about someone, the social determinants of health. Overlay that with these risk factors coming out of the EMR and put together an engagement model that’s customized specifically for this person in this neighborhood.” For that true one-to-one, you’ll need to be able to overlay the data sets which can then talk and learn from one another, even though their governance as source data points might be in different areas. That’s why we talk about domains. It starts to get into some of these concepts around data mesh that a lot of us are starting to think about.

That would really be the evolution of where we’re thinking towards. How we really need all these different areas within an enterprise digital view to be sure that we’ve got the parts and pieces required to not just do the basics, but to make this one of the most transformative engines that we can have inside a health system.

Q. Data infrastructure is critical and Northwell just announced a cloud partnership to power some of this. How are the consumers responding to it? Where have you seen the impact of all of your investments within your patient population?

Emily: We’ve had a number of different areas where we’ve taken digital tools and made self-service capabilities that are the bread and butter of any first engagement. I’ll talk a little about where you see things that really end up feeling a little bit more game-changing.

The first is probably around online payments. We think about paying every other thing in our lives, online. Not only do we think about the ability to pay it because you don’t have to sit there, find the checkbook, and write something out but who even has a checkbook anymore? Write in the credit or get on the phone.

But the minute that you enable somebody to pay a bill online, you also have the ability to pull other bills in so that you can roll up charges. You have the ability for people to do it while they’re in a meeting at work or while they’re bored because it’s right there. And you have the ability to put in front of people different payment options. So, if they’re concerned or perhaps embarrassed about struggling to pay something and if you can enable right then in there an option to sign up for a payment plan, you’re using a degree of discretion with something that is deeply emotional, personal, and quite frankly, a huge pain points inside of healthcare, to help people meet their financial responsibilities.

We’ve already seen about 30% of all bill payment volumes offloaded from phones and mail on to digital. With that, we’ve seen a commiserate increase in the speed to pay. By about three weeks, there’s greater speed to pay through digital channels. We have seen a huge uptick in the number of people who are self-servicing on payment plans, which they used to have to call a Call Agent to get set up. We have about 85-87% patient satisfaction with the entire experience. If you think nobody’s happy to pay a bill rate for health care, especially when you have 87% patient satisfaction in something that used to be the primary complaint for the organization, it’s a huge success.

Q. You mentioned access as one of your priority areas. How do you tackle that with all the infrastructure created and the enhanced digital abilities for consumers to take advantage of?

Emily: When you talk about online scheduling, the very first thing to consider is, “Can you have those provider templates made available for online scheduling?” We’re in an effort right now where we are looking at a lot of providers and trying to make sure that just because they have it available doesn’t mean that there’s a spot for the next three weeks. What do we do in order to get that availability to be much sooner so that when you’re scheduling, you’re not clicking the forward button four, five, or six times before you find the next available date and time to see the provider you want to see, online? Of course, this presumes you can book online. But where do you go from there?

When we talk about freeing up capacity for providers, part of what we want to talk about is, what really needs to be an in-person visit versus what can be telehealth. This is the world after the pandemic where telehealth is a foundational part of how people are going to get care and we’re learning how best to use it. Where are the opportunities to actually say, “The provider doesn’t have an in-person visit, but you can do this one via telehealth?” We’re looking at opportunities where we can actually take telehealth volumes, roll it with in-person volumes, and see what kinds of questions you can ask ahead of time in that scheduling flow to identify patients who are good candidates for a telehealth visit instead. Again, we’re unlocking some of that capacity. We’re also taking advantage of telehealth by asking, “Where do you have patients who are coming in for certain things for which a telehealth consult is maybe most appropriate and it doesn’t need to be with their specific doctor?

We have two programs running right now. The first is called ED on Demand, essentially an after- hours program for our Emergency Departments. There’s a rotating call schedule of ED physicians who can take urgent matters in off-hours so you don’t actually have to go into an urgent care or into an ED, but you can talk with an emergency medicine professional via telehealth and really get that assessment before you go anywhere else. That is a great way to take what otherwise may be urgent calls into primary care, stops at the urgent care or into the emergency departments themselves, and take a first round pass of that, virtually. Patients love it, providers love it. It really is a win.

The variation on that is what we’re doing right now. We call it, Same Day Sick. If you’re sick and need to see a provider, today, is it because you actually need to see your provider and they’re only the ones who really deeply understand your case? Or is it a UTI and you just need to get a script? Is it a sinus infection? Is it just a cut? Do you need to know if you can put the antibiotics on? It’s the same concept of a virtual pool of providers who can take calls for Same Day Sick. This is rolling out in our primary care division and it’s fantastic because it’s taking this volume which otherwise would have gone into the pool for the patients who need to actually get in for maybe a true in-person same day visit or an annual well and whatever else is taking up our capacity for our primary care network. It’s offloading some of that volume into a care setting that is still appropriate for the need, but takes advantage of telemedicine in ways that are that next turn of the crank. We’ve got these tools all built and up and running since the pandemic.

Q. Great examples. Obviously, a lot of these solutions are enabled by technology providers that cover the whole spectrum—EHR vendors, enterprise class platforms, CRMs etc. How do you tap into innovation in the marketplace? What do you think of the present moment for digital health technology companies in the context of all the pull back and risk funding?

Emily: First, we have a new person starting on August 4 to lead our Innovations pillar. Rebecca Call will be joining us from M.D. Anderson, formerly at UPMC. We’re super excited to have an incredible innovator who, I think, will take our innovations approach to the next level. What does that mean? Where do we want to go? We definitely have a huge appetite for investing in new technologies. We have spun companies out of our own employee solutions. We do a lot of customer development here inside of Northwell, too, but I think that the name of the game right now is getting specific about what problem you’re trying to solve because everybody and their brother has gone through these consolidations. Everybody in the bubble is going to promise they do everything under the sun. Where do you see vendors that are going to add, quite frankly, as you said, niche, specific, enhanced capabilities that you can plug into existing platforms? The number of people who are going to be running health systems without some base platform infrastructure is shrinking by the day, so, if you’re there looking at these solutions and your answer is, “We’ll just rip and replace yours and put in mine, (whatever the product’s going to be),” it’s a non-starter.

If you’re talking instead about coming with products that have very mature SDK and APIs, logic engines which can be consumed by other delivery endpoints, and nestle well into other existing platform infrastructures, you’re going to see a whole lot of excitement to take those and really extend these platforms that we’ve all invested in way past the speed at which those vendors can actually move. We can move internally, especially in places where there are types of capabilities that are truly commodity in other industries. We can take best-of-breed and bring it back over into health care. That, to me, is a really exciting space. I think it’s really about a retooling of where these companies were headed in the past, which is, everybody wanted to be everyone’s everything. Everybody wanted to be your full engagement suite and solve every problem under the sun for you. But what’s your core workup? What is your core capability? Where is truly the thing that differentiates you? How do you make that as light, fast, and flexible so that you can go and play with these organizations in recognizing full well that they have platforms that you’re going to seek to accelerate?

Q. What’s your advice for your peers in the industry who’re not as big as Northwell but equally interested in making the kind of progress that you’ve made?

Emily: I think the most important technology you can apply is human. When you take the time to actually undertake user experience research and strategic planning to understand the problem at the human level, take that proverbial step back without getting excited just by what the technology is going to offer and not just get excited about what all of your peers are doing, but slow down and genuinely say, “What am I hearing from my staff? What am I hearing from my patients? Where can I make the biggest improvement?” then, nine times out of ten, you’re already going to have the tech in hand.

It’s just going to be about optimizing workflows, lighting something up that you hadn’t turned on before, and solving problems that might not be sexy. But they are the ones that are going to make the biggest impact. If you start there, you are going to gain the traction you need to then, go back and ask for the investments for the bigger, sexier things.

It all starts with human centered design. If you don’t have a human centered design practice, or one that involves that research and analysis into your strategic planning, and particularly the product planning for these sorts of MVP’s—your first crack at these things—do yourself a favor and get that baked in. Then, what you really start to do is evidence-based transformation. That’s what your senior leadership is going to want to hear and see when you’re proving the value of these efforts.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Incrementalism is not a bad thing in digital health

Season 4: Episode #126

Podcast with Tarun Kapoor, MD, SVP and Chief Digital Transformation Officer, Virtua Health

"Incrementalism is not a bad thing in digital health"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Tarun Kapoor, MD, SVP and Chief Digital Transformation Officer at Virtua Health talks about the diverse population segments they serve in Southern New Jersey and how they drive digital health priorities and investments. He also discusses how to drive digital health programs in an incremental fashion and gain stakeholder buy-in within the organization for digital health.

Tarun discusses the current state of the digital health startup environment, the longer-term technology solutions landscape, and how to make smart decisions with limited resources. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

00:36 Tell us about your background, how you got into this role, and the populations you serve at Virtua Health.
04:22What are your key priorities for the organization? How does the digital transformation function fit into those?
07:15As the Chief Digital Transformation Officer, how are you directing your investments? Also, how are you factoring in your populations’ expectations from a digital technology enablement standpoint?
16:29What challenges did you have to deal with when you implemented the tech, the data, or the infrastructure?
18:59 There are thousands of solutions to pick from once you’ve designed the experience. Right from the native EHR system, nimble young startups to enterprise-class tech firms and everything in between. How do you make that technology choice?
23:12 What's your advice to startups who are listening to this episode?
25:53 Is there a rubric that you use when it comes to building a case for a new solution where there isn't adequate data for you to say whether it's going to work or not, especially in a margin constrained landscape like health care providers?
28:05 Is there something you’d like to share with your peers?

About our guest

Tarun Kapoor, MD, MBA, is senior vice president and chief digital transformation officer at Virtua Health. In this role, he oversees Virtua’s Digital Transformation Office and orchestrates Virtua’s enterprise-wide master plan in support of an intuitive care journey for all consumers.

Previously, Dr. Kapoor was the president of VirtuaPhysicianPartners™ and the senior vice president and chief medical officer for Virtua Medical Group (VMG), a clinician multi-specialty medical practice. Dr. Kapoor joined VMG as a hospitalist in 2008, where he was the associate director of the Virtua Hospitalist Group, helping grow the practice from 12 physicians to its current size of more than 110 clinicians.

In addition, he joined Virtua’s Medical Informatics team in 2010, helping to develop and implement its inpatient electronic medical record, including full deployment of CPOE and electronic Medication Reconciliation. Prior to joining Virtua, Dr. Kapoor was regional director for EmCare’s Mid-Atlantic Hospitalist Division. During his tenure with EmCare, Dr. Kapoor developed 16 inpatient care programs for Clinical Staffing Solutions, which was subsequently acquired by EmCare. Dr. Kapoor trained in internal medicine at The George Washington University Hospital, where he stayed on an extra year to serve as chief resident and clinical instructor. He obtained his medical degree from Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson, his undergraduate degree in government and chemistry from Cornell University, and his executive Master of Business Administration from the Fox School of Business of Temple University.

Tarun Kapoor, MD, MBA, is senior vice president and chief digital transformation officer at Virtua Health. In this role, he oversees Virtua’s Digital Transformation Office and orchestrates Virtua’s enterprise-wide master plan in support of an intuitive care journey for all consumers.

Previously, Dr. Kapoor was the president of VirtuaPhysicianPartners™ and the senior vice president and chief medical officer for Virtua Medical Group (VMG), a clinician multi-specialty medical practice. Dr. Kapoor joined VMG as a hospitalist in 2008, where he was the associate director of the Virtua Hospitalist Group, helping grow the practice from 12 physicians to its current size of more than 110 clinicians.

In addition, he joined Virtua’s Medical Informatics team in 2010, helping to develop and implement its inpatient electronic medical record, including full deployment of CPOE and electronic Medication Reconciliation. Prior to joining Virtua, Dr. Kapoor was regional director for EmCare’s Mid-Atlantic Hospitalist Division. During his tenure with EmCare, Dr. Kapoor developed 16 inpatient care programs for Clinical Staffing Solutions, which was subsequently acquired by EmCare. Dr. Kapoor trained in internal medicine at The George Washington University Hospital, where he stayed on an extra year to serve as chief resident and clinical instructor. He obtained his medical degree from Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson, his undergraduate degree in government and chemistry from Cornell University, and his executive Master of Business Administration from the Fox School of Business of Temple University.


Q. Tarun, tell us about your background, how you got into this role, and the populations you serve at Virtua Health. 

Tarun: “Wherever you go, there you are,” I think, sums up my journey which wasn’t ever truly planned. I’m a physician by training — Internal Medicine Hospitalist — and I was actually going to be a Gastroenterologist. I had a Fellowship lined up and then, I came to profound realization that I just didn’t really like abdominal pain. So, I gave up the Fellowship before I started and was gainfully unemployed. I ended up joining a startup at a time when hospital medicine was just emerging. So, I was a Hospitalist. We grew a hospitalist company, a business, and then, I exited successfully. Transition points are recurring themes in my journey but from here, I got the opportunity to get connected with Virtua. 

I’ve been very fortunate at Virtua. I’ve had a number of different roles ranging from informatics, being part of the medical group, and population health. In 2019, I was asked to take on an assignment for digital. Since we had done only five ambulatory video visits in 2019, I set the goal for 500. Then, March 2020 came along. As the saying goes, better lucky than good , we were a little short of 200,000 but we did exceed our goal that year. 

That’s the role we created to hardwire into our organization some of those accelerations from digital transformation being produced by the pandemic. How did we do that so as to not revert to the original way of doing things? We created a digital transformation office. I’m so fortunate to be able to head that team.

Virtua created the integrated delivery network in the southern part of New Jersey, right along that Philadelphia latitude. In terms of a market, New Jersey is pretty dense. From the population density perspective, one of the things that’s really interesting is, there is a tremendous diversity in socioeconomics. 

We have some of the more affluent neighborhoods. One of them actually has two Apple stores within 10 minutes driving distance of each other. Seven miles away is Camden, one of New Jersey’s most disadvantaged communities. It’s just a startling fact that the life expectancy among those seven miles is 16 years. That’s important for us to think about and include in our digital transformation. We’ve got to make sure that what has continued to probably create inequities does not continue to accelerate forward. 

Q. What are your key priorities for the organization? How does the digital transformation function fit into those?

Tarun:  Some of the key priorities I’ll list are probably not that different from many of the other integrated delivery networks. There have been these remarkable swings since 2020, a tough year that saw many business operations shutting down resulting in essentially suppressed demand. 

2021, for us and a number of health systems, saw a dramatic rebound of that demand. It’s likely that that suppressed demand from 2020 was coming into 2021. Then came the Omicron surge which actually hit us—from a volume perspective—harder than the first surges did. What a tough first quarter for that from the perspective of economics and running the business! Now again, it’s rebounding. 

One of the things that is really an important for us here, is understanding market volatility. That is not classically something you would think about in healthcare. That was always the story about healthcare. People are always going to be sick and so, will always need healthcare. It’s a recession-proof business. It’s anything but, and is being impacted more than ever before. 

Going one step further, it’s critical to understand that the demand for healthcare is actually way more elastic than anything we realized or expected. We didn’t understand why it was so during COVID. We literally did not see strokes, for example, at nearly the same volume before. I mean, you have a stroke. You’d think people would come forward with these symptoms. It’s alarming. 

That prompted some deeper questions about what was truly happening with our consumers, our patients. That consumer focus and trying to understand their needs is what’s really and hopefully driving for us what we’re trying to take apart. 

Q. Given those priorities, how are you, as Chief Digital Transformation Officer, directing your investments? How are you factoring in these significant differences in your populations and their expectations from a digital technology enablement standpoint? 

Tarun: One hundred percent. Within the priorities in our Digital Transformation Office, I will quote a formula that we stole from someone who we know stole from somebody else. I’m not exactly sure where the true origins lie but that formula is: NT+OO=COO. Memorize that formula because it continues to keep our standards. 

What does that mean? New Technology + Old Organization = Costly Old Organization. 

We have a budget for digital transformation. If it was as easy as buying a technology, we would have all transformed at this point. But if you simply just buy technology and you wire it in to the existing organization, basically you’ll just be an expensive version of what you were, previously. 

And if we were previously good at what we were doing, then why are we doing the digital transformation? Yeah, we try to spend a lot of our time from our priorities on understanding the operations and where lies that mismatch between what the consumer is truly asking on one end and how we provide it today. Then, we see what are the ways we can transform. 

With regard to my title, Digital Transformation Officer, I would say the T in that title is the capital letter. What is the transformation that has to occur? Where does digital come into it? Where’s the operational change as a company? Sometimes it’s going to be a real problem and at others, the digital is ready while the operations is not, for the transformation. Sometimes the operations may be ready while the digital isn’t. That match is crucial. We spent a lot of time asking, “Is it ready?”, and that’s where we’ve been successful, so far. 

Q. Can you cite examples of how you’ve implemented this thinking in practice at Virtua? Where do you start – with a journey map or company research or something else — before you eventually land the technology? 

Tarun: I don’t think I have one very good answer. In fact, rarely is there a right answer. However, there are usually a few wrong ones to start with. If you must, try to avoid the ones that are pretty clearly wrong. That helps you call the field and then, you just have to pick something and go. 

In some cases, yes, you do your consumer research, get focus groups, and get data back. But don’t get paralyzed by saying, “Okay, I need more data.” Get it, make an educated guess, and get a prototype out there. Then, get feedback and do the five iterations into it. That’s when you actually start to realize that’s what the person’s after.

This concept of agile design in software has been around for 20 years. Agile design doesn’t happen in an integrated delivery network. If we, in health care, can specifically start thinking along these more rapid iterations, it’s very uncomfortable for us because as physicians by training, one part of the Hippocratic Oath in our statement agreement on the theory, says, do no harm. You’d never hear that in a software development company. They’re completely fine with it being, “No, that was a bad idea.” We, however, have to find a balancing act. To me, it was a bad idea. But it was safe. However, that just didn’t make the mark. One example would be online scheduling. 

We’ve had online scheduling technology but what we realized as we started digging deeper is that there was a complete mismatch between what the consumer was seeing and what the doctors and our medical groups had in their schedules. The analogy I’ll give you is if you called the office saying “Let’s use an airline,” and if you called say, American Airlines, the ticket agent would see all the seats on the plane if you were physically at the ticket counter. But if you went to the website, you’d only see rows three and four. 

How is that online scheduling? This could be described as one of those moments when “it was on, but the operational piece had not evolved.” So, what we went from is doing around 13,40,000 online scheduling appointments per year to doing 13,14,000 per month. That’s within about 12 months. Thousands of phone calls and people making their own appointments had a downstream impact both from a revenue and a cost perspective and it’s been enormous. 

Q. Online scheduling is a fantastic use case. What were the challenges you had to overcome? 

Tarun: An analogy I’d like to use is, the fear factor. Do people necessarily resist change because they don’t see the promise? No. Most people will say, “Yeah, I can see the promise.” But the question is, I can also tend to see and specifically, having worked with physicians it comes down to our residency training, it’s gladiatorial training. You do X, Y, Z, QW5. Patient survives. 

Now we’re saying, “Hey! Listen, skip a couple of things. Don’t go through this convoluted path. Just go from here to here. It’ll be fine.” I know if I do this every single time, I’ll get a good outcome. The question then, comes down to trust. 

For us, with our clinicians, we say, “Okay, help us understand what makes you worried about putting your schedule online?” The biggest fear over and over was, “I am worried that the wrong appointment is going to get booked.” What that means is, it’s a brand new patient who’s put into an established slot. With new patients, clinicians need half hour, 45 minutes longer. With established patients, perhaps it’s a 50 tweet I’m behind already. That happens first in morning. I’m catching up all day. 

That was something we could work towards. If you get in with it, you always want to have your early adopter folks. You just let them go. Your late adopters are going to be really hard, but you can get the momentum in between. That’s where it is and that’s just working. We say, “Let’s do a couple. Turn it on for a day. It’s not a big bang approach. Just turn it on for a day.” We ask “How’d it go?” and then, just turn it on for two more days. 

It sounds painful and iterative, but the reality is that’s how change happens. I just sit back now. It’s like an Atul Gawande article — slow ideas — everyone wants everything to go viral, and when they do, it’s wonderful. 

But some things don’t go viral and you’ve just got to work with people and meet them where they are. 

Q. Let’s touch upon the technology enablement aspects. What challenges did you have to deal with when you implemented the tech, the data, or the infrastructure? 

Tarun: I had put this in my LinkedIn profile. I don’t know if I came up with this de novo or sublimely, I stole it from somebody else. But I’d heard the statement “Culture eats strategy for breakfast.” If that’s the case, then, workload eats technology for lunch, dinner, and dessert right here. You ask someone to swivel between screens, and I already know the impact of what I want to get if I swivel to another screen, to another log in, even if it’s single, sign on. I already know the voltage drop is going to be enormous. 

The other question we try to ask is “So what?” Maybe there’s a nicer way to ask it, such as “If I do this technology, what am I going to get for it? What’s the proposed return?” 

One of the things our team uses — whether you use a balanced scorecard or you have smart goals — are OKRs (Objectives and Key Results). We ask, “What are my leading key results? What are my lagging key results?” 

If I put this in, one of these numbers has to move. The other thing we do from a technology perspective if it’s not moving, is, check “Are you prepared to rip it up?”

Yet another thing we also do is for every one thing we bring in is, we rip out at least one or two others because it just cannot be this. I think about this poster from the 1980s — He who has the most toys wins . That’s not a viable solution for us in this space. 

Q. There are literally thousands of solutions to pick from once you’ve designed the experience. Right from the native EHR system and nimble young startups to enterprise class tech firms and everything in between. How do you make that choice?

Tarun: Especially given that the frothiness of the investment market has normalized for now, I can certainly give you a framework. We look at different things that are important for us — not everything can be transformational — and incrementalism is not necessarily a bad thing. 

So, we go, “Hey! Listen, we just need to get a little bit better at this.” We need to constantly iterate and I would think of something like order sets. You have to make orders better. I’ve got to make some of my other functionality within my EMR better. That’s incremental and important. You can’t stop that. That’s not where our sharp focus is. We try to focus on five or six major transformational things and we have to stay so. 

One of the problems we had and one of the mistakes we made early on is we didn’t say “No” enough. I am trying to say “No” a lot. If you really want to do this as an operational owner, you have to prove to me what you’re prepared to do, to do this. I can’t make the change for you btu I will make the change with you. It’s how we think about it. 

When we look at technology, I think we look at it as “Is this a problem that one of our existing solutions can either solve today or in the next 18 months? Somewhere in that window?” It’s a little bit different depending on the problem. 

If it can be solved today with an existing solution, then, to go outside of that world, you really need to have a really good explanation for why someone would want to go with a tool outside of that. 

If it can be solved but not today; and if one of our existing tools has a good road map to get there in the next 18 months, then, it’s a decision around the severity of market need. What’s the market demand on that one? 

Then if you say no, we feel pretty confident it’s not on the roadmap or two years out. Then, we’re open to go looking with a startup or a partner. We’re trying to answer this question that states very transparently that we don’t sign ten-year contracts. 

You have to constantly keep proving yourself because the reality is, one of those native systems that we had on our native platforms eventually is going to catch up. It’s probably been on offer for a fraction of the cost of what the startup is. For example, video visits. We were paying hundreds of thousands of dollars for video visit solutions. Now we’re paying $0.28 for one video visit. Purely click as you go.

So as the commoditization happens, the startups have to continue to say, “What is the problem I am trying to solve?” You may have a good contract right now but you have to work out the assumption in three years. That’s a problem someone else may have solved for cheaper. It’s been commoditized. However, take the learnings you’ve had by partnering with the health system to say, “Okay, what are the problems? I’m going to help you solve that.” That’s an approach that I think of when we look to partner with folks. 

Q. What’s your advice to startups who are listening to this? 

Tarun: What is the reality of the world? I don’t think there’s anything I’m saying on the health care space that’s any different than any other space. Everything in health care is side-aligned — you got the big five in their respective areas. 

When talking to startups, I ask, “What’s your exit strategy? Between being lean and being acquired by Optum.” That is literally when half of the store doctors go, “Yeah, that’s our only choice.” 

With some of the startups that I’ve seen and worked with, once you get acquired by Optum, you get pitched and pulled into that space. It changes the dynamic of the original relationship because in some cases we want to work with people who are independent and outside of the ecosystem. 

In some places, it just makes sense for it to be part of the ecosystem. It’s important to be mindful of and check, “Am I sitting in a space that benefits me being somewhat separate from the big ones or complementary or eventually tied in?” That’s because I think there’s a big misnomer in health care I.T. that the health systems are flush with cash. 

If you think that’s the case, you can look at our P&L record. They’re all wrong and almost all not-for-profit. We’re talking low single digit operating margins. So, it was a bloodbath – though that may be a strong word. It was very difficult and tight. 

Each day you have 10,000 people leading the commercial insurance world where that pays better compared to the Medicare world. So, it comes back to that value proposition of what you’re truly bringing. 

Q. So that obviously begs the ROI question Are you making a lot of digital health investments? Is there a rubric that you use when it comes to building a case for a new solution where there isn’t adequate data for you to say whether it’s going to work or not, especially in a margin constrained landscape like health care providers?

Tarun: I wish I could say, we put data into an Excel spreadsheet and a formula comes out and scores 99. We go with it and it comes out with a six. We don’t. I will tell you though that, there are some gut calls you’ll get at times. We won’t leverage the house on a gut call. But I think one of the things we’ve stated, though, is our investment in digital and our thesis is very clear. Any incremental investment has to help us gain consumers who want to be part of our health system, retain consumers who, if we don’t offer this, are going to find another solution that meets their value proposition. And then, it has to be real, tangible savings. 

You can’t be this soft. Sometimes I look at some of the valuations and the ROI calculations people come up with. It’s like, “We’ll save you half a day in the hospital, which will then, lead to $10,000 of savings.” I think “Yeah, maybe you’re off by like two decimals there.” It has to be hard. Tangible.

Q. You’ve been in this role now for two or three years. If there’s something you’d like to share with your peers listening in, what would those be? 

Tarun: I’ll give two. I think they’re probably the same thing, but maybe slightly different way of saying it. 

I mentioned I was in a startup, and when I first came out of training, one of my mentors gave a statement that one of his mentors gave him, and that is, “no one ever went out of business because they focused too much.” Now, you may not be the biggest business. You may not be getting on the speaking stages, and you may not be on the cover of X, Y, Z magazine, but you’ll still be in business. 

A corollary to that is a term we use in our organization. Specifically, my team is called Coldblooded Execution — There’s a lot of cool, a lot of talk, but at the end, those who execute will win and there will be winners and losers in this space. We’ve seen it over the last couple of years and it will only continue to accelerate. That is relatively new for integrated delivery networks. There are integrated delivery networks who are essentially either are going to get acquired or in some cases shut down because they did not thrive in this business. But cold, hard execution ideas are wonderful. Execution wins. 

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

We are building an intelligent automation platform that seeks to transform how patients access care

Season 4: Episode #125

Podcast with Pranay Kapadia, CEO and
Co-founder, Notable

"We are building an intelligent automation platform that seeks to transform how patients access care"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Pranay Kapadia, CEO and Co-founder of Notable Health, discusses Notable’s value proposition in the automation space for easier patient access and reducing friction in patient access processes. He also talks about the trends driving digital health investments, what clients are looking for, and the opportunity landscape for automation and digital health startups.

Most health systems think of automation as a cost-cutting endeavor and not as how they can tackle the change in how patients engage with their healthcare provider. According to Pranay, automation is about marrying patient experience that is ADA compliant, in any language, and that works on any device for any human on the planet, with the best workflow integration.

Pranay also talks about how at Notable they are working to navigate the uncertain economic environment and shares his thoughts on the current digital health startup and environment. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

00:31 Tell us about your background, how did you start Notable Health and what does it do.
02:56Where do you see automation gaining the most traction and where is a health system looking to deploy it the most, today? Can you share your own client examples?
08:45Are you a robotic process automation (RPA) company? How do you categorize yourself when you look at automation technologies at large?
12:33 What does your competitive landscape look like? There’s the startup ecosystem vs. the traditional EHR companies vs. the enterprise class companies that are non-EHR but have a powerful enterprise class workflow platform.
19:06How are you seeing your clients? Do the trade-offs matter when they have to choose between a truly innovative solution from you vs. one that may not be best-in-class yet easier to deploy, integrate, work with and have lower overheads?
23:31 There is an emergence of a mindset around treating digital health as a product management function. How do you create value for the end customer? How do you back into what you need to do to build it out?
26:19 Its an uncertain time for digital health funding now. What does that mean for a digital health startup and what’s your advice to them? How are you preparing your own company to work through the next four months or longer?

About our guest

Pranay Kapadia is Co-founder and CEO at Notable. After years of hearing his family of physicians objecting to the state of technology in healthcare, Pranay founded Notable to enrich every patient-provider interaction and eliminate manual burdens for staff and providers.

Pranay has focused his career on tackling problems at the synapse of data, finance, and user experience — defining and building products that simplify ease-of-use while reducing financial paperwork within highly regulated industries. Prior to Notable, Pranay and his co-founding team worked to revolutionize how millions of people file for mortgages. As Vice President of Product Management at Blend, a technology company reconstructing the mortgage and lending industry Pranay worked with customers like Wells Fargo, US Bank, and Fannie Mae to bring simplicity and transparency to consumer banking. He also held multiple roles at Intuit, leading Mint.com, Quicken and QuickBooks.

Pranay Kapadia is Co-founder and CEO at Notable. After years of hearing his family of physicians objecting to the state of technology in healthcare, Pranay founded Notable to enrich every patient-provider interaction and eliminate manual burdens for staff and providers.

Pranay has focused his career on tackling problems at the synapse of data, finance, and user experience — defining and building products that simplify ease-of-use while reducing financial paperwork within highly regulated industries. Prior to Notable, Pranay and his co-founding team worked to revolutionize how millions of people file for mortgages.

As Vice President of Product Management at Blend, a technology company reconstructing the mortgage and lending industry Pranay worked with customers like Wells Fargo, US Bank, and Fannie Mae to bring simplicity and transparency to consumer banking. He also held multiple roles at Intuit, leading Mint.com, Quicken and QuickBooks.

Q: Pranay, tell us a bit about your background. How did you start Notable Health? What does it do?

Pranay: At Notable Health, we’re building the intelligent automation platform for healthcare; one that fundamentally seeks to transform how patients access care and how health systems get paid for providing that care. Very early on, when we studied healthcare, what we actually found was from the time that a patient, a mere mortal like myself, actually seeks care to the time that that care is built, it takes anywhere between 22 to 35 sets of hands that are touching data in some way. It’s old, archaic, and manual.

It turns out EHRs digitize the health records but not the workflow around those at all. At Notable, we believe that healthcare workflow automation is going to be just as important over the next 5 to 10 years as ours have been over the last 30 years. That’s what Notable does.

A big part of the thesis was actually bringing our experience from our scars, skills, and priors from fintech. We spent 15 years transforming what it looks like to actually do your taxes, to use Mint — and quicken on the personal finance side — the check scanning capabilities that you may have used way back when, all the way to powering a large portion of this country’s mortgages and transforming that to a seven-minutes’ experience in the palm of your hand.

We’re bringing a lot of that experience in healthcare. It’s just been an incredible five-and-a-half years of growth for us.

Q: Automation is a hot topic. Can you share your take on where you see automation gaining the most traction? Where’s a health system looking to deploy it the most, today? Can you share your own client examples, to illustrate the point?

Pranay: The insight that we’ve had in working with health systems across the industry is kind of like with AI. Automation is another one of those buzzwords that people want to embrace but have no idea of how to start or from where. We’ve seen health systems that have created Centers of Excellence and people that are trying to figure out what use cases to actually support! But what we found is, it falls into one of three camps.

There’s a camp where it is about – “I want to build it all internally and hope that I can learn from others.” What they tend to actually avoid or ignore is the total cost of ownership. How do you actually maintain that?

There’s a second that is around – “How do I automate the mundane to reduce costs?” It usually turns out to be garbage-in-garbage-out. I’m starting on the backend and it’s low value. Perhaps it’s easy to automate but it probably shouldn’t be needed in the future with where the puck is going.

There’s a third which looks at what the market trends are, strategically, and how automation may be used for growth. Truth be told, most systems aren’t actually thinking about it that way. They’re thinking about it more as a cost-cutting endeavor and less as how to actually tackle a change in how patients are engaging with our health system. Nobody wants to call anymore. We fundamentally believe we want to eliminate the call center from the US healthcare system. That has to happen. It’s inevitable and maybe, it’ll be 1-3% of phone calls, but you don’t need the vast majority that exists today.

The second part of the growth story is, how do you actually start on the patient access side? So much of healthcare data and workflow starts with — Who is the patient? Why are they coming in? Who’s going to pay for this? With that in mind, we’ve started thinking through that strategy with our partners across different EHRs – Epic, Cerner, Athena etc. But really, we’re looking at what the patient flow looks like. So, how do you engage with the right patient at the right time? How do you collect their insurance information in a delightful way just like we’ve been used to doing in other industries?

What we’ve seen with starting on the frontend and with the access side is, if you do that right, you can engage 80-85-90% of your patients in a digital manner. That is what upstarts around are trying to do. There’s no new health tech startup that provides care that starts with a call center and yet, that’s how healthcare does it.

For us, the places where we can educate our health system partners so as to partner with them truly lies in answering, how do you start on the frontend? We tend to actually partner with operations, red cycle population, and health leaders on — how do you digitize your patient experience to delight them and your staff?

The examples that I share with our partners — be it a large health system in Utah, one in Austin, or here in California — is we’re actually seeing upwards of 80% of patients engaging with health systems digitally. We get feedback from health system staff where their workload is actually reduced by 50% on a Monday, on things that they didn’t have to do — either outbound phone calls to collect registration data, or clinical information from patients, or even have themselves scheduled or rescheduled.

Most importantly, we actually see just elimination of backend workloads — What if you had no follow-up queue? What if you didn’t have a slew of calls that needed to be made to reschedule a patient? All of that starts getting eliminated when you start out on the frontend. We see our role today, in healthcare, as actually helping educate.

One of the things that we’ve done therefore, is codify all of this into something new that we’ve actually rolled out with our partners. We call it the Notable Health Check. I’m really excited about this because what it allows us to do is understand and assess where our partners are on their digitization journey. We understand what their tools and landscape look like and make recommendations of where they would actually get value if they thought about automation and digitizing the patient experience the right way and not just for randomness, like Robotic Process Automation (RPA).

Q: RPA specifically connotes automation of tasks and workflows in ways that essentially replace a human worker with a digital worker. It’s a subcategory within the automation landscape. Are you an RPA company? How do you categorize yourself when you look at automation technologies at large?

Pranay: We actually think RPA is fairly brittle. We don’t consider ourselves an RPA company. We use a lot of different capabilities to integrate. It turns out in certain cases, using APIs are great.

I want to access clinical data using APIs with Fire, App Orchard, or what Cerner has with their code program etc. We want to utilize all of those and we do. We augment that with machine vision capabilities to actually integrate where there aren’t APIs.

We also use a variety of other mechanisms to actually integrate because what we found very early on is, what’s critical in healthcare — the road to purgatory in health tech — is driven by integration. It takes too long to deploy something and then know if it is of value or not. From the time that you actually can get that feedback loop closed, there’s a reorg that’s happened. There’s a change in priority. More importantly, the market has moved on.

What we found is, it’s important to marry — when we talk about automation — a beautiful patient experience that is ADA-compliant in any language that works on any device, for any human on the planet. We spend a significant amount of time on design and how to think about that. To anyone that says the elderly cannot use technology, I like to say they haven’t seen the 60-70-80% conversion rates that we actually see in the 65 + cohort at Notable.

That’s because you sweat the details on who’s engaging, when they engage, and how to engage with them. You marry that with the best workflow integration. It’s not just swivel chair RPA. It’s actually rethinking the workflow in how you collect better data from patients to power clinical and administrative workflows. That’s the industry that we are in. We’re not in just the RPA. If anything, that needs to be commoditized and useless.

Q: What does your competitive landscape look like? There’s the startup ecosystem vs. the traditional EHR companies vs. the enterprise class companies that are non-EHR but have a powerful enterprise class workflow platform.

Pranay: I’d say healthcare is a really noisy landscape of every industry that I’ve been at. There’s a point solution for absolutely everything. The reality is, it turns out nobody wants a solution. They’ve already got so many in their ecosystem that they’re trying to get to work together. The patients and staff see that at the seams they don’t interoperate and they aren’t as seamless as we would want them to be.

For us, there are two parts that I like to think about.

One, how do we set the bar with our partners in digitizing every experience? The way that we actually go about it, on the access side, entails running our health check process to understand how many patients are digital, today. What does your website look like? How are patients calling? What does the call center volume look like? How many payments are being collected? How many denials are occurring on the backend?

By collecting that information, we’re able to share a very strategic solution. That isn’t about how do I bolt on here? How do I bolt on there? It’s really one that’s focused on outcomes for our partners and often, that leads to sunsetting a lot of the points solution. You don’t need an appointment reminder vendor if you also use Notable. You don’t need a denials dashboard because we actually provide that capability. We start with the outcome and then, align strategically with our partners to actually set that up.

Now, there are certain systems of record. It could be the EHR vendor, CRM, or others that you actually want a deep integration with the power workflow or to collect data from because those are the single sources of truth. Those are the ones that we actually embed ourselves in deeply with. So, working with the EHR or the CRM vendors in many different ways resonates because if you approach a health system with this as the only way to deploy, it’s not going to work. Often, they don’t even know how to deploy something to get to success.

I’ll give you one example. We actually studied a part of our health check assessment – scheduling — and looked at this with a partner of ours in Kansas. What we found was, about 12% of their website traffic was coming from Google and then, just bouncing because they couldn’t find how to schedule. Fifty-five percent of their phone call volumes was actually tied to scheduling, of which 35 was inbound and then, 20 or so, was outbound because they had about 10 to 12% of their orders at any given point in time that were unfulfilled. They were trying to follow-up with patients to try to get them back in.

Now, once you have that data, you have strategies on how to deploy software and a platform that can actually tackle those. We gave them personalized links that they could embed onto the website for self-scheduling so that it integrates deeply with Google. We set up ways to actually engage with patients automatically based on their prior visits or when they were actually leaving the clinic. We were monitoring the orders that were placed in, checking to see when and if the patient had scheduled something in the future, texting them, and having them scheduled within a certain window as required.

It’s what the call center agent would do. But all of that is actually built on our no-code platform where you don’t need to write code for any of this. This is all point-and-click to set up that end-vision journey. What we saw, was tens of thousands of phone calls actually being avoided. You don’t actually create a faster call center, if you can read this. You completely avoid the call. We actually saw a patient satisfaction score of 98 and up to 40% of all of these health systems’ appointments actually being scheduled in a digital-first way. That was up from 5%. I share that because they could actually angle in 16 different point solutions.

In trying to pull that all together into EHR and CRM, to us, these are all the tools that bring these solutions to life. But you really have to think about how can you do this end-to-end and then, iterate really quickly. The time to actually deploying that value is key. We deploy that in six weeks. That allows us to learn and iterate. If you don’t have that kind of speed, it’s an 18-months’ journey to get your first piece of data and then, it’s not worth it.

Q: There are a number of new initiatives being launched by the big technology vendors, for instance, Epic’s Cheers CRM platform. You’re a big technology firm, too. How are you seeing your clients? Do the trade-offs matter when they have to choose between a truly innovative solution from you vs. one that may not be best-in-class yet easier to deploy, integrate, work with and have lower overheads?

Pranay: I would challenge that belief. But one fascinating point about healthcare in every sense is, every vertical has its system of record. I think healthcare is the only vertical where the system of record is actually, in certain cases, dictating what you can and can’t do.

That’s flawed in how people actually think about running their health system. I’d challenge the assumption that it might be easier or cheaper to actually deploy because what we’ve seen is, the only path to success is iteration. When we partner a part of that health check process that we go through, we actually assess how well an organization adopts Agile. We ask — Do you know what a product owner is? Are we going to get stuck in committees before we can actually make decisions? If that’s the case, you might have all the willpower in the world but you don’t have the ability yet. We need to actually help you understand what iteration look looks like. What does a two week deploy look like?

There was a CIO recently that asked me, “What does your release cadence look like?” It was 11 a.m. in the morning and I just went on Slack. We have a channel called the Dev Deploys and I was counting quietly. The response was, “Well, it’s 11 a.m. We’ve done 56. It deploys this morning, and that’s just how we work.” And he asked, “Oh, you do? No downtime deploys.” I guess that’s how you build a true technology iterative cycle such that you can actually learn through this.

The reason that I share those stories is, when we sit down with CIOs and technology leaders, we try to decipher, are you a technology leader that wants to play it safe and do the least amount of change possible because that’s actually how you see yourself succeeding? If yes, that’s okay. I would rather know that up-front and not waste each other’s time. Or, are you the technology leader that aligns with the business to drive change? We tend to work best with the latter, not the former.

With the latter, we tend to actually set the bar on — How can you actually reduce the total cost of ownership? How can you actually set up? We always think about it as the EHR should exist; it’s the system of record, so, it will always be there. The system of automation that actually sits on top of that and transforms patient to payer or booking the bill, that’s who we are. That’s the role that we play.

Then, there’s a number of different workflows — everything from outbound scheduling to prior off, checking your prior status and texting the patient on their status or having them reschedule – all of those are intertwined flows. They should not be point solutions across the board. When you start to think about it that way, you get a lower total cost of ownership and higher value much faster than when the legacy systems might actually try to try to mimic what it is that we’re doing.

Fun fact — there may or may not be a legacy system that is a monthly meeting on trying to copy Notable’s features. We love that because we’re actually helping move the industry forward, and that’s the role that we have to play.

Q: There is an emergence of a mindset around treating digital health as a product management function. How do you create value for the end customer? How do you back into what you need to do to build it out?

Pranay: Can I just add to that with an anecdotal example? We’ve actually seen partners start out wanting to build themselves and then, very quickly realize that they’re not an R&D shop and they won’t have the resources. There’s only one master that you can have. Still, we have to share and educate. Sometimes we tend to think that everything is a form and it’s just a text message and a dropdown. Patients can do X, Y, Z, and I have the tools to do that.

But where we actually lack is in that product function of thinking through deeply. How do you productize intelligence at scale? With the world that we’re in, the example that I share is, we started early on with just scanning insurance cards. What we found was, we could actually do it at 95, 97% accuracy versus a human that would transpose zeros and ones.

But the bigger challenge actually came in matching it to a payer plan. It’s that that denial on the backend doesn’t happen. Two years ago, when we first started to look at this, health systems would come to us and say, “Hey, here’s the rule.” We’d look for this PO box number and contort our bodies, do the rain dance, and hopefully, take the right payer plan up.

To productize that in scale, we determined that it was not something that we should just ask every customer. We actually needed to think about how to instrument the platform to learn from what their staff was doing and automatically create a feedback loop that could actually scale such that we could reduce and eliminate their eligibility-based denials on the backend. Those are some of the places where productizing AI and automation is hard. It isn’t just like the swivel chair RPA or, you know, that my portal can do this.

Q: You’re in the middle of the entire startup ecosystem and have raised a lot of funding for your company. But, it’s uncertain times for digital health funding at large. What does that mean for a digital health startup and what’s your advice to them? How are you preparing your own company to work through the next four months or longer?

Pranay: We talk about this as a team. Our focus is on building a company that outlives us. There’s so much to be done in an industry that has been severely underserved and in really building something that we are proud of.

On the external side, the cost of capital is changing and that just pushes for sustainable growth in a reliable fashion. Internally, our focus is always the same. We’re fortunate enough where people ask me about runway and things of that sort. We are not cash strapped in any way in terms of the revenue that we’re making and the growth that we see in the tailwinds that we have with the industry needing what we provide is great.

However, our focus is just maniacally on what that patient feedback looks like. Every patient that actually uses the Notable interface has their feedback streaming into Slack for the entire company to see. That’s what drives us. When you see somebody that gives you positive feedback and says, “I’m a blind man that did this using voiceover”, that’s compelling. That’s reason to exist.

On the flip side, when you actually see our class report with 100% of our customers recommending us, that’s not to say every deploy is swimmingly smooth, but you can go in with your scars and what you’ve learned. Talk to any one of these customers and they would still recommend working with us. At the end of the day, that’s where value is created. For us, that is our focus.

For anyone listening to this and building a business in healthcare, I’ll say, you got to focus on your customers. At the end of the day, I think that drives you. That is our maniacal focus across the board.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

We are building a consumer identity and engagement platform as the cornerstone of our digital strategy

Season 4: Episode #124

Podcast with Sara Vaezy, Chief Digital Officer, Providence

"We are building a consumer identity and engagement platform as the cornerstone of our digital strategy"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Sara Vaezy, Chief Digital Officer of Providence talks about her new priorities, the increased focus on patient acquisition through marketing and patient engagement tools, and the role of identity-based marketing programs that get tied with the returns on investment. Sara also discusses the digital health innovation ecosystem, the startup funding environment, and all the tough choices that health systems make in the context of an economic slowdown.

Sara talks about unlocking new business models and operationalizing digital in a multi-modal context to solve both consumer and health system problems that go beyond substituting a physical visit for a virtual visit. She also states that health systems are now going through a much-needed re-evaluation of the value generated by digital business models and partnerships. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

00:41 About your new role and immediate priorities.
05:18Why do you think health systems today are choosing to define the digital function in product management terms?
07:41Can you describe some of the trends you're seeing in healthcare today?
12:44 Compared to other industries, healthcare is certainly catching up. But historical factors determine how quickly you can transform the siloed nature of data – medical information, demographics, social profiles, and privacy concerns. What makes healthcare a little more challenging?
18:22With the hybrid care delivery model, patients receive some care at home and clinics too. How much of this have you implemented at Providence and how do you ensure a seamless experience?
22:48 There are plenty of digital health startups with thousands of good solutions, smart people, and some VC money. But the change in the funding environment could mean trouble for a few of them. What are your thoughts on this?
28:05 What do you see as a macro-outlook for the next 12 months? What kind of scenarios are you playing out in the context of digital health investments or even your own innovation programs?

About our guest

Sara Vaezy is the Chief Digital Officer for Providence where she is responsible for digital strategy, product innovation, marketing, digital experience, and commercialization for the integrated delivery network (IDN) which includes 52 hospitals and 1,085 clinics and serves over 5 million unique patients.

Sara is the architect of the Providence digital innovation model upon with the Digital Innovation Group (DIG) was founded, resulting in company partnerships and incubation of technologies that deliver value for Providence as well as other health system. The model has resulted in the commercialization of three incubated technologies into independent companies from within DIG— all of which are supporting Providence in delivering on its mission and vision of health for a better world.

Sara_Vaezy_profile-pic-tablet

Sara Vaezy is the Chief Digital Officer for Providence where she is responsible for digital strategy, product innovation, marketing, digital experience, and commercialization for the integrated delivery network (IDN) which includes 52 hospitals and 1,085 clinics and serves over 5 million unique patients.

Sara is the architect of the Providence digital innovation model upon with the Digital Innovation Group (DIG) was founded, resulting in company partnerships and incubation of technologies that deliver value for Providence as well as other health system. The model has resulted in the commercialization of three incubated technologies into independent companies from within DIG— all of which are supporting Providence in delivering on its mission and vision of health for a better world.

Sara is active in the broader healthcare industry serving as an NCQA Board Director, as a member of inaugural class of the Frist Cressey Ventures Collective, a Health Evolution Forum Fellow, World 50 Digital 50 member, and a Forbes Business Council Member. She has won numerous awards and has been recognized as a Business Insider 30 under 40 Transforming the Future of Healthcare (2019), Catholic Health Association Tomorrow’s Leader (2019), a Becker’s Rising Star in Health IT (2020), and a Becker’s Women to Watch in Health IT (2020 & 2022). 

She holds an MHA and an MPH in Health Policy from the University of Washington School of Public Health and BAs in Physics and Philosophy from the University of California, Berkeley.  

Q. Sara, tell us a little about your new role and your immediate priorities.

Sara: My role actually has three parts. The first, that of a Chief Digital Officer, is a bit of a misnomer because the first big part of the organization is the marketing and digital experience. This isn’t just digital marketing or just marketing of digital products but all organizational marketing and really like customer-facing, top-of-the-funnel customer acquisition all the way through in terms of getting our users to convert and acquire services from us. So, the organizational marketing and digital experience spans our marketing platforms, analytics, regional strategy, planning around marketing, website search, performance marketing, and our e-commerce activities both, on our own digital properties as well as on partner properties. Take for instance our payer partners and how we syndicate content and appointments and things like that to them. That constitutes the first big part.

The second part is product development. We have a product development shop with about 80 people that are building enterprise software primarily for health systems. Our core thesis is in terms of where they’re pointed at. We build customer-facing platforms that do not exist in the market today, and we build what we think are essential in terms of health systems having a role in driving the development of those platforms.

The third piece is, once we build, we commercialize. The last part of that is strategy that concerns not just where we build and what goes to our product development team but also spans taking these solutions to market, spinning them out into new companies and then, doing quite a bit of actual market development. In many cases then, we’re building platforms that don’t exist or which are new categories. We just need to educate the broader market out there as to what it is, why it’s important, and what we’re doing among other things.

To your question around priorities, we’ve done all sorts of things in the past — looked at a pretty broad scope of customers, studied consumer-facing solutions, whether they were more growth, mar-tech types of solutions, or even looked at access and convenience things that are behavioral health. We’ve also done work in health equity and in the last six months and in particular, this past quarter, we’ve really doubled down on just focusing all our efforts on driving the growth value proposition and the growth imperative for the organization.

In most industries, and I’m not talking about modernizing infrastructure here, but about digital transformation from a customer-facing perspective. The primary place where digital has a real role is in generating demand, aggregating demand, and capturing demand. That’s what we’re doing. We’re driving growth for the system through customer acquisition, customer retention through engagement, and capturing LTV. We’re changing the LTV equation for our health system and since it’s difficult to do, we’re focusing on that for we want growth, profitable growth all day, every day.

Q. Why do you think health systems are choosing to define the digital function in product management terms, today?

Sara: There are a lot of different answers to this. But here’s one which is that infrastructure and enablement only go so far. You really have to think about the problem that you’re solving for your user all up; in fact, the whole end-to-end experience. That’s what product managers do. They think about the entire problem and start from the customer backwards, hopefully. So, that’s one thing.

The other piece is in healthcare. I’d say that in any other industry, digital unlocks new business models. You must take that product management approach to ensure this else, you’re just enabling the same kind of core business. We have a lot of that, too, in healthcare.

However, unlocking the new business models or operationalizing digital in the context of new forms of access, for instance, is something we’ll get to in a little bit, but multi-modal care is not just about substituting a physical visit for a virtual visit. There’s a lot more to it than that if you really want to solve both, the consumer and the health system’s problems. That’s why it’s becoming increasingly prevalent. You need to think beyond infrastructure and really start thinking about new business models, new customer use cases, and that more transformative aspect of it.

Q. How are your patients and your target audiences driving some of your thinking? Can you describe some of the trends you’re seeing that may be of interest to our listeners?

Sara: There are a lot of different things that have especially happened or accelerated over the course of the last couple of years given both, COVID and greater familiarity with technology, in the context of our healthcare. I’ll just talk about a couple.

The first, is what I just mentioned earlier, multimodal. It’s just the notion of patients and users getting comfortable with both, the physical and the virtual and how these exist in a hybrid environment, together. But there are expectations that go along with this, for instance, the continuity of your data or your authenticated state as a given individual, and an identity that goes along with you as opposed to just these one-off transactional things that may or may not persist across the different mechanisms by which you encounter a system. This concept of “hybrid” is something we’ve seen over the last couple of years and read quite a bit about but, I think, there’s going to be increasingly more of that in different patient segments and use cases. I don’t anticipate that trend to go away.

Another piece of that is that’s tangentially related to the concept of identity. Identity-driven engagement and personalization drives engagement. What I mean by that is if you take the classic example of Pinterest, or any e-commerce platform, say, your home page on Amazon.com. That is going to look very different from my home page there because we are different people with different purchasing patterns, plus we live in different parts of the country. So, based on everything that Amazon knows about us, they are able to drive a completely different personalized experience for you versus for me. That is coming to health care. That’s coming in the context of how specific transactions may or may not be relevant to you. It may be a virtual one or a physical one, but it’ll become relevant to the context of outbound marketing. For instance, we’ve got good at being able to recognize, through some of our marketing platforms’ work, who is in the market for a specific service with us. That helps us undertake targeted outreach. So, we can say to them, “We’ve noticed that you’ve been engaging with us around content for knee pain or you’re being searching for orthopedic surgeons. How can we help you?” That there is personalized targeted marketing, outreach, and outbound marketing.

The third area is just around this as it relates to personalization. It’s just about engagement experiences, in general, that encompass knowing who you are and being persistent. There is a single place for all your information and it’s not just health system-centric, it’s marketplace-centric. We are building, for instance, what we call a consumer identity and engagement platform based on this general trend.

Identity is the cornerstone. It knows that I am who I am. It undertakes identity resolution, management, and identity verification, and then that identity powers a profile of me as an individual and in a single access channel, personalizes my transactions, my billing experiences, my third-party apps, and the services that are relevant to me. This happens on an ongoing basis, not just around an episode of care, but like between episodes of care. We’ve talked about this in healthcare for some time but as we solve the identity and the data problems, it begins to actually become real.

Q. While industries such as, ecommerce, personal banking, securities, travel, and hospitality are further ahead, healthcare is certainly catching up. However, some historical factors determine how quickly you can transform the siloed nature of data – medical information, demographics, social profiles and privacy concerns — related to this. Tell us, what makes healthcare difficult and maybe just a little more challenging?

Sara: Stitching together the data at an individual level and not just clinical data, is one of the key challenges. However, you must solve the problems around data before addressing the fragmentation problem. Stitching that together is difficult because all of the data elements exist in different places.

That example of marketing outreach that I gave earlier, required our team to stitch together Epic and web traffic data. So, it’s not just clinical stuff. It’s all about — how are they performing on our online properties? What are people searching for? How are they navigating their way around financial data? We can purchase data from other sources, integrate them, and then, layer on top of not just the data itself. It’s the models that actually tell you — Is this person in market or out of market for specific services? Stitching together the data or even getting the data out of these different siloes can be very difficult.

Our infrastructure is no secret. Healthcare, for example, is relatively antiquated in terms of the core infrastructure that it has, so, that’s a big problem. You mentioned security so I’ll say, we have an incredible cybersecurity team with folk from across the industry, ecommerce, and other places that have done this kind of work in the past. We’re very fortunate that we’re ahead but in many cases, that is a big barrier especially where security issues can actually hamper the ability to make progress around these kinds of things.

Second, it’s not just the fragmentation on the technology side of things but how it translates into the operationalized channels where care is delivered. That’s still a challenge for us especially nowadays with the worsening workforce crisis and increased burden on caregivers. It’s tough to actually operationalize some of these things in the context of where care is delivered.

However, that is not really a digital problem to solve though some exceptions remain. For instance, we are working on a decision support, similar to a customer service or self-service use case for something that we’re building and calling a conversational and navigation platform which is in one place. It surfaces up as our chat bot. In some places, the chat bot can be focused on all sorts of different problems – something complex as symptom-checking the differential diagnoses or even something very basic like resetting my password and administrative use cases.

What we’re working on is the inbox management problem for our caregivers. Out there, you can tackle it across different pain points. There’s a lot of work being dedicated to this once a message is generated. From triaging it and having different roles on a carrier team tackle different problems or different types of messages, what we’re working on is way upstream of that.

That begs the question, why are those messages being generated in the first place? How can we provide our customers, our users with tools and content to prevent those messages or some proportion of them, from being generated in the first place? There are ways to tackle that sort of in-person experience or even the stuff that gets generated around a specific encounter as well. But there’s a tremendous amount of data that’s required in order to be able to do that. So then, we get to come full-circle to the data problem.

Q. Let’s talk about care delivery. With the hybrid model, patients receive some care at home and then, come into the clinic, too. The communication process then, becomes critical so you don’t need to ask them for the same things, repeatedly. There may be an analogy in Retail – BOPIS (Buy Online Pay In-Store). How much of this was at Providence? How much of this have you implemented? How do you ensure a seamless experience? Have you had any successes that our audience could learn from?

Sara: We’re only at the very beginning stages of this journey but I’ll say that identity is the cornerstone here. You have to have identity that transcends beyond the clinical system of records, because not all of this sits within it. If you’re ceding your identity to just the EMR, then, that’s the first challenge that needs to be overcome. There’s that piece.

We built a simple patient identity platform which has over 4 million accounts now and it resolves all these for us in terms of pulling the identity out and doing everything we talked about. It also undertakes identity federation to third parties and services outside the system of record. That’s one very core element in terms of being able to do this more broadly. I think that’s key. That’s the first key.

The second is, starting to then think about how customers across both, the physical and the virtual actually go through a funnel and convert into buying a service. We, through a combination of our product development as well as our digital experience teams, incubated a technology called DexCare, which we spun out last year. That does three things with identity at its root. They’ve got their own SSL platform, which is around that whole demand aggregation piece. This ensures that your services are discoverable by users. Those services could be physical or virtual but you don’t want to artificially silo them and put people down one specific path without giving them the options that are most relevant to them. Equally important is navigating folk to what is most appropriate based on their intent, motivation, clinical appropriateness, and how the delivery system is structured, operationally.

The third piece matches the supply to the demand. This becomes very interesting in a hybrid environment because there, it’s either available or not. There are different types of services and when you start going into virtual modalities, these could be synchronous or asynchronous videos or chat-based, so, the complexity really increases from there.

So, we work with identity first to understand who the user is, to enable navigation to the options that are relevant to them, and then, to convert them to buy into a service by matching supply to demand. That’s another way by which we’ve actually operationalized it.

I’ve seen really tremendous results. Around 30% of the patients that come through our digitally enabled channel are new to the system, while around 80% of them are commercially insured and stay with us. We have relationships with them and that generates downstream revenue for us as well, so, it’s not just a one-off.

Q. Let’s talk about technology enablement. There are plenty of digital health startups with thousands of good solutions, smart people and some VC money. But, the change in the funding environment could mean trouble for a few of them. You’ve harnessed innovation from the marketplace, so what are your thoughts on what’s going on?

Sara: It’s definitely going to mean trouble for some and potentially, many. We’ve gone through an exciting but relatively undisciplined period and now that the financial tides are turning, we are going to have to become disciplined out of necessity.

The financial state and financial health of buyers and that of the health systems is not good right now. So, as we think about solutions to engage with getting value for those solutions, demonstrated value — demonstrated ROI and not vague, fancy hand-waving and lots of unjustifiable multiples — is going to be absolutely top priority. It’s all going to be about demonstrating value. So, we’re doing quite a bit of work to enhance what we do. We have operational metrics, for instance, that we’re on the hook for, but we’re getting crisper about our returns on digital investment as a system. That will be the number one change — Can you actually return something to the buyers in the form of some sort of demonstrated value?

The other thing is, often, in these types of environments and this happened in multiple cycles — the Great Recession, in 2008-09, or even during the dotcom boom — cash is always king. Hopefully, cash is a proxy for value and it’s presumably if you have cash, that you will probably have something good to sell to the market. I hope that that’s the case and that ultimately with this calling that happens, we’ll end up with solutions that are really meaningfully moving the needle for us.

Q. Cash is king, and it’s even better if the cash is internally accrued through a business as opposed to investor funding. But, how long can you make it stretch? Have you had to make difficult decisions with your portfolio of startups?

Sara: In our system, we are actively going through those discussions right now. I suspect every single health system in the country is going through that, too. Even for our internally-led efforts, we’re actually thinking — Do we really need to do this or not? Is this that important? Is it that foundational? The answer, generally speaking, is yes.

That’s because we’ve done the homework to say that this platform does not exist and so, it’s important enough from a differentiation perspective that we absolutely need to build it. However, we’re going to have to keep coming back to that. It’s like coming back to that and ensuring that our efforts are well-aligned and well-coordinated across the system. We are just in a position where we have to be extremely good stewards of our resources and any “messing around” is just unforgivable at this point.

Q. Does this mean that there’s a “flight towards safety”? Will you approach your EHR areas or your enterprise class technology vendors with deep pockets to ride out any cycle because they’ve got all this cash that they’re sitting on?

Sara: There’s always that. Now it continues to be a theme. That’s why we’re just going back to first principles and really saying it where it’s only absolutely essential. The definition of “absolutely essential” may change. But it’s not a foregone conclusion that these things are absolutely essential at this stage. Depending on how performance improves over the coming quarters, that definition may change and we’re prepared for that.

Q. What do you see as a macro-outlook for the next 12 months? What kind of scenarios are you playing out in the context of digital health investments, continued investment in digital health strategy programs or digital health start-ups, or even your own innovation programs?

Sara: Similar to what we’re seeing in the venture-backed market, it will be all on focus. I suspect that the focus is going to be on a lot of dabbling in digital health and tech-enabled services. There’s a lot of dabbling going on everywhere.

I also think those days are over so, everyone is going to be forced to get more disciplined. The expectations, I think, are going to increase around the value that’s generated by new business models or digital models. So, there will be a lot of innovation efforts going away because they’ll be more “nice to have” than “essential” or maybe because they just aren’t able to articulate their value prop. They may have been extremely valuable but they may not have been able to communicate it or quantify it.

It is not to say I’m pessimistic, but I think, this will be a really tough time. Health systems are going through a turning point and it’s a much needed turning point. In how we do our business, how we serve our customers, and how we’re structured to do so, we’re all going to get leaner and meaner. That’s good; good for affordability and from a macro-perspective. It’s good but it’s just going to be a tough time. We will live to fight another day.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

We are going to settle into a significant amount of our healthcare interactions being digital in future

Season 4: Episode #123

Podcast with Susan Lucas Collins, Global Head of Healthcare, Twilio

"We are going to settle into a significant amount of our healthcare interactions being digital in the future"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Susan Collins, Global Head of Healthcare at Twilio, discusses how they are making a difference in the healthcare space through their platform using a combination of intelligent communication tools and real-time data on patients. Susan talks about how messaging tools can improve patient engagement and healthcare outcomes using behavioral economics such as nudge principles.

Susan talks about the need to transform digital experiences from merely being replacements for poor in-person experiences, the need to address underserved populations, and the use of communications and messaging platforms to address health inequities. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

01:57 What was the specific need that led Twilio to get into the healthcare market?
05:39Can you talk to us about a use case from your work to understand what Twilio product does?
10:37What kind of competitive space do you think you would like to put yourself in?
13:04 Do healthcare organizations and technology firms go with EHR first, or they go with best-in-class solution? How do you help your clients sort through these questions?
16:27We're seeing telehealth volumes level off a little bit as patients start coming back to the clinic. What are you seeing in your own volumes now and what does it tell you about how patient and provider preferences are changing?
21:08 Do you think the new technologies are really serving underserved populations? What are you seeing through the usage of your own tools and platforms?
25:00 What do you make of the current digital health startup environment? What should an innovative startup founder, who knew Twilio ten years ago, should be thinking about now?

About our guest

Susan Lucas Collins serves as Global Head of Healthcare for Twilio, a publicly traded cloud communications platform. Susan designed and established the company’s healthcare vertical, doubling Twilio’s healthcare business since her appointment. In her current role, Collins has established Twilio as the leading provider of CPaaS technology to iconic brands such as Epic, ZocDoc, Doximity, Doctor On Demand and MDLive as well as numerous health systems, public health agencies and health tech firms.

Previously, Susan served as EVP Global Field Operations & Strategy for startup Jawbone Health (now all.health), and led the healthcare business at Salesforce as General Manager, advising the firm’s largest customers on digital transformation and negotiating partnership agreements with leading health tech firms.

Susan Lucas Collins serves as Global Head of Healthcare for Twilio, a publicly traded cloud communications platform. Susan designed and established the company’s healthcare vertical, doubling Twilio’s healthcare business since her appointment. In her current role, Collins has established Twilio as the leading provider of CPaaS technology to iconic brands such as Epic, ZocDoc, Doximity, Doctor On Demand and MDLive as well as numerous health systems, public health agencies and health tech firms.

Previously, Susan served as EVP Global Field Operations & Strategy for startup Jawbone Health (now all.health), and led the healthcare business at Salesforce as General Manager, advising the firm’s largest customers on digital transformation and negotiating partnership agreements with leading health tech firms.

Q. Tell us about Twilio, your role and how you got into this.

Susan: Twilio is a specialist in communications and engagement. Historically, we have been way up high and to the right in all the magic quadrants for communications as a service. So, we’re a cloud platform that enables our customers, typically, to focus on where they bring value and let us handle the communications.

Recently, we’ve invested greatly in CDP (Customer Data Platform) technology. The idea is to not just have communications channels but make that a communication, engagement, and intelligence type of exercise where you really deeply understand somebody as an individual and personalize those communications in a way that is meaningful to that particular person. More importantly, be able to do that at scale and in an economical fashion.

Q. What was the specific need or gap that you saw in the market that led Twilio to get into this in the context of healthcare?

Susan: I would perhaps argue that there are different components of the equation when you talk about engagement. There’s always the data and the companies that are essentially repositories of that data. There are the medical reference systems in our space and CRM which is almost ubiquitous and certainly a critical component across many different industries. But being able to understand first-party data in a practical way and apply that specifically to communications around healthcare issues is the next frontier.

When I think about the strides that we’ve made, particularly during COVID – and you could argue that that was of necessity because we couldn’t see patients necessarily in person as we had historically done — you almost get to a really interesting place where we have digitally enabled the relationship that we used to have way back in the day when the doctor came to your home. They knew your family and your history. They probably brought you into the world and they might take you out of it at the end of the game. So, the notion of really understanding where people are in a more dynamic way is really interesting for health care.

You think about any of the chronic conditions that plague so many of us, and the way we really kind of snap at Chalk Line in a way and say, “This is Susan Collins. Perhaps she’s a compliant diabetic or maybe a pre-diabetic person.” You put Susan Collins on a little box and maybe enroll her in some sort of program. Perhaps, there’s even some care navigation and then, unbeknownst to you, three months, six months or a year later, something else happens in her life that you have no visibility into. Maybe her spouse is diagnosed with something serious, or they get COVID, or Alzheimer’s. All of a sudden, even though you don’t know it yet, she has become a rising risk patient because all of a sudden that spouse’s issue is taking up all the oxygen in the room. She’s not focused on her own health the way she used to be. Under our current approach, that’d be really difficult for our health system to have visibility into.

Technologies like CDP that use first-party data that understand what your activity is, today, as opposed to a questionnaire or survey you might have filled out a year ago, can really give you a lot of insight into the nature of that person’s reality. Now, that can change from day-to-day. I think that’s a really powerful concept but they’re only just beginning to scratch the surface.

Q. Let’s now turn to the core platforms and the products. For the benefit of our listeners, do give us an example, a use case, or a client case study from your work that helps us understand what your product does.

Susan: We think of the product as a communications platform as I mentioned, and that can look different in different environments. One of the nice things about taking a platform-approach to solving communications, engagement, and challenges in healthcare is that you don’t actually need to be able to look around a corner and know what’s coming.

If we think back to what seems like a really long time ago, but was only a little over two years ago before COVID, we had appointment reminder solutions and automated phone services that would tell you to not forget to pick up your prescription, for example. Chemically, somewhat generic in nature, but maybe some EHR would fire off a little notification that would send you an email about your appointment with a Dr. Smith on Wednesday at ten.

Now, we have had so much more experience in extending these systems in a more meaningful way to create dialog with patients and between patients and their providers — certainly of necessity through COVID — where there are basic things you couldn’t do before. Today, I can send you a text message before that appointment that says, “Hey! When you get here, don’t come in, stay in your car. Text “arrived” to this number and we’ll you know exactly where to go. You don’t come into the lobby. Don’t hang out in the waiting room. We’re going to put you right in a treatment room.” It’s a very basic use case now and used by hundreds of health systems.

All of the communications around vaccine availability, handling education around vaccines as well just indicates that we’ve come such a long way and maybe, I guess, better late than never. We’re starting to address some of the disparities in access and in understanding, and in trust in our health infrastructure, by giving people trusted sources of information about issues that were of concern to them.

For example, we work a lot with Penn Medicine and their Nudge Unit. They’ve done tremendous work in this space and recently through a mega trial run just before COVID — actually around flu vaccinations. They found that changing a single word in a text message, for example, “A vaccine is reserved/waiting for you” as opposed to “A vaccine is available for you” could change the uptake of that vaccine by 11%, which is really a staggering number of people when you start multiplying that across large populations.

We’ve become very sophisticated now around those kinds of use cases where you really deeply understand the audience you want to engage with. We’ve learned a lot about what the content needs to be, the delivery channel, how to accommodate people’s preferences, and how to reach people who are in communities that are historically underserved or have limited access to health care. It’s so heartening to see that progress after all these years in this industry.

You think of what SameSky Health is doing, for example, with a partnership to end addiction and see the tremendous strides they’ve made in communication with patients and how it’s an effective way to reach people where they are.

Q. You’re a communications platform and working at the intersection of technology and behavioral economics. In your space, who do you consider your competitors?

Susan: There are innumerable point solutions, out there and that’s been the approach that traditionally, health care has leaned into. There’s the text message solution for appointment reminders and such kinds of things. However, we think of ourselves much more holistically as a platform especially now, with the addition of Segment, an intelligent engine powering a platform that has a lot of omni channel communication capability.

At the risk of sounding a little arrogant, I don’t know that there are other true platform communications solutions that are cloud-based that we would consider competitors. Sometimes, it comes down to a little bit more of the customer use case and how broadly they think about communications. Is that a kind of a strategic thing that they’re thinking about across the health system or maybe a payer environment? Or, are they just trying to solve for prescription reminders? That must be considered.

Q. Twilio works with directly with clients like Penn Medicine and a lot of technology firms that embed your tool or solution within their own platforms. How does this landscape look to you from a competitive standpoint? How do you help your clients sort through going with EHR first or with the best-in-class?

Susan: We have solutions that work well for the health tech community. For example, EPIC, our vendor is an £800 gorilla in the space and they leverage our programable video product to create the embedded telehealth experience within their product. That was very widely adopted during COVID for obvious reasons. Likewise, we power every other brand that you’ve heard of in telehealth — over a billion minutes a month. That’s on the intelligence side.

For organizations that want an out-of-the box solution but who may not have the development resources or the bandwidth to stand those solutions up in the way that they prefer, those are wonderful options and we’re very proud to support them.

Then, there are other organizations that feel that they do not want to delegate the patient experience to someone else’s roadmap. They feel that often it may be a differentiator, a kind of bespoke patient experience that they want to create. It’s something that they feel strongly about owning a roadmap for. In those cases, they can likewise leverage our technology to build a very unique experience for their patients and providers.

Sometimes, there are workflow considerations and it’s a mistake to leave that to an afterthought. You really want to build something that’s efficient, particularly today, when providers are so challenged and burned out. They’ve worked so hard for so long looking for ways to make it easier and more efficient for them so, this is a meaningful exercise in lots of different organizations.

That said, I think, you can have your cake and eat it, too. In that respect many organizations try to start with an out-of-the-box solution. A World Health would be a great example of that. Powered by Twilio and highly configurable, but it does work out-of-the-box. Sometimes, they get a little bit of experience with that platform and decide they want to take it to another level, so, they might then build something of their own on Twilio directly. And that’s fine too.

Q. Let’s talk about patients. In the last couple of years, with the pandemic on, everything went virtual. Your own messaging volumes went through the roof. But, of late, there’s been a pullback. What are you seeing in your own volumes? What does it tell you about how patient preferences or even provider preferences are changing?

Susan: Some providers were quite surprised, to be honest because we’ve thrown so much technology at providers over even the last decade that meaningful use and the implementation of all the EHR at scale was a big lift for them.

You can argue, on the one hand, for standardization and best practice. You can also argue, on the other hand, that there’s an art to practicing medicine as well. Sometimes, providers may feel that that technology is dictating a particular approach. It was difficult for many organizations to navigate.

There was some technology fatigue as well. Then along comes COVID and the huge burden that that presented. So, we said, “Yeah, this solution is going to be more technology.” I’ve spoken with many physicians who are friends and who just went, “Susan, I just can’t take more technology. It’s really like my head is going to explode.” They then came back pleasantly surprised to say, “Turns out seeing my patient in the context of their home environment, maybe sitting in their living room, maybe with a spouse who hasn’t previously joined an appointment or an adult child who can dial in to a virtual visit has added a dimension to that experience that was not possible in our traditional model where I would just get in my car and drive to the clinic and have my appointment by myself.”

We’ve now had enough experience that we’re not treating digital as just a poor replacement for an in-person encounter. There will always be a need for face-to-face encounters in health care, but there are so many times when the convenience and the access that digital health provides, has added to the experience. We can certainly bring other resources to the conversation. We can share documents, visuals, change the waiting room experience and make it more engaging. You do see some really innovative solutions being developed.

Sometimes, they’re just around the administrative function in health care, which we know can be substantial, and concern, for instance an easy way to pay your copay in a cashless environment. It happens everywhere else, in every other industry that you can think of. Now, we’ve brought that kind of ease and simplification to health care, as well.

It’s a very interesting time and while I don’t think we’re finished evolving in that way yet, I think we are going to settle into a pretty significant amount of our interactions being digital. It’ll be interesting to see what happens with reimbursement and workflow discipline among other things but we’re not going to go back to a time when even a simple question like “My kid’s skin in the ear has a rash” that can be handled easily over video will go away.

Q. Switching to underserved populations, I want to ask, are these new technologies really serving them? Your broad comments on that, specifically in terms of what you’re seeing through the usage of your own tools and platforms.

Susan: That’s definitely a huge problem to wrestle to the ground. It’s one that’s so important and honestly, a bit of a passion of mine to work on. We’re interested in and invested in the space along with others.

I do think we’ve started to think a bit more out-of-the-box, which is great and again, not treating digital as just a poor substitute for face-to-face, I’ll give you an example. We were talking about that Nudge unit from Penn Medicine. There is a great study on their website that they ran around handling hypertension and pre-eclampsia in pregnant women.

As you probably know, this very disproportionately affects women of color and can be an extremely serious problem. It often happens in the context of a busy young mom who might have other kids and a job she can’t get time off from. She feels okay so, getting her to come into the OB-GYNs office to get that blood pressure monitor can be a real challenge. The rates of compliance with those programs can be quite low, and you have all of the usual impediments to transportation, time-off, childcare etc.

It turns out that you can send to these women’s homes a very inexpensive blood pressure cuff that possibly costs 20 bucks at your local Rite Aid. You can send a text message that says, “Hey, you get us a reading.” It’s a simple thing and not particularly intrusive. It doesn’t really interrupt the course of her other activities during the day, and the compliance is sky high. The patient’s satisfaction in such cases is off the charts. It’s extremely cost effective and a text message is a fraction of a penny.

Solutions like that think a little about solving the problem in a way that’s very patient-centric. They get us the information and insight we need to serve that patient well. It really provides a lot of hope for the future. We’re just, again, scratching the surface in these kinds of programs but that’s an example of how you can really leverage technology effectively to serve folk who are historically maybe underserved or lack access to health care resources.

Q. You’re no longer a startup but there’s a vast ecosystem of startups that are just as innovative as you. However, they’re very early on in their journeys. Many are reliant on VC money to pull through but the VC environment has changed over the past few months. What do you make of this current environment? What should a startup founder in an innovative startup think about now?

Susan: There’s so much incredible innovation today, that it’s hard to keep track of it all. Actually, we do our best and we have programs at Twilio, such as a venture program and an incubator, for instance. So, sometimes, we have a little bit of a front row seat to some of these startups. One of the best parts of my job is actually seeing how people are thinking about change and improvements.

I think focusing on real problems is key. I have a very practical bent, so the theoretical is sometimes a little lost on me. When you can show, even in maybe a limited way based on resources and ability, how you can impact other humans’ experience of care, it’s likely that you will have a pretty receptive audience in the venture world. Certainly, there has been incredible growth in digital health investment and we’ll probably see a little bit of a pullback given the current economic realities.

However, I don’t think digital health is going away anytime soon. I don’t think the funding for digital health is going away either and we’re talking about 20% of our economy. It’s a massive market that everyone can relate to. All of us have had health care and we’re going to continue to need health care. So, it’s a simple thing to explain.

However, when we talk to founders, where we see sometimes a bit of a gap is that practical application proof points to a real good grasp of an MVP from a solution perspective and the ability to articulate that in a clear and concise way. That is always compelling. I’m not trying to take on the entire world at the outset, so my advice would be to have a very straightforward path to where you want to get to. Wherever you are on that path is where you are and I think, that’s okay. One bite at a time, right? It’s hard to think about and I’m just being really practical that it is wonderful.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at [email protected] 

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity 

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

By and large, public health IT infrastructure is glaringly 20th century.

Season 4: Episode #122

Podcast with Tom Leary, SVP and Head of Government Relations, HIMSS

"By and large, public health IT infrastructure is glaringly 20th century."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Tom Leary discusses the recently published report by HIMSS titled “Public Health Information and Technology Infrastructure Modernization Funding” which recommends over $36 billion worth of investments over the next ten years in public health technology and infrastructure modernization. Tom unpacks the report to discuss why they have published the report now, what it means, and what the opportunities are from a public-private collaboration and partnership standpoint.

Tom also discusses the challenges of implementing the modernization, including interoperability and the siloed nature of data in our public health infrastructure, workforce training, and more. He shares his thoughts on how this modernization program can present new opportunities for health systems and technology providers. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

00:49 HIMSS published a report recommending $36.7 billion in public health technology. Why have you published the report now?
06:11When you say public health, what do you include in that - state, local, federal?
07:45Can you help break down the $36.7 billion between the different components? What’s the time frame you’re recommending in the report, and what are your immediate priorities?
09:35 You've highlighted glaring gaps in our current public health infrastructure. How does the United States compare with other OEC countries in this regard?
13:37This is a massive modernization effort going on and there will be the challenges from the implementation standpoint. What’s the big lift when the government decides to find the funding and launch the program?
18:28 You mentioned the workforce challenges and their enablement. How much can a government really staff up on its own, given the scale and scope of what we're trying to accomplish here? Is there a role for a meaningful public-private partnership here?
20:58 What about the information and data security aspects of our current fragmented infrastructure? How does your report's recommendation address that aspect?
24:28 What is the big takeaway from this report for health systems and technology executives?

About our guest

Tom Leary is Senior Vice President and Head of Government Relations for HIMSS (Healthcare Information and Management Systems Society), where he leads the organization’s digital health policy development to achieve One HIMSS voice that transforms healthcare delivery around the globe. He guides HIMSS strategic engagement with government and membership through policy analysis and outreach to establish and support priority engagements and strategies to achieve the HIMSS vision to realize the full health potential of every human, everywhere.

Tom Leary is Senior Vice President and Head of Government Relations for HIMSS (Healthcare Information and Management Systems Society), where he leads the organization’s digital health policy development to achieve One HIMSS voice that transforms healthcare delivery around the globe. He guides HIMSS strategic engagement with government and membership through policy analysis and outreach to establish and support priority engagements and strategies to achieve the HIMSS vision to realize the full health potential of every human, everywhere.

Tom also serves as the executive director of the HIMSS Foundation, the philanthropic arm of HIMSS, which enriches the public discourse on public policy; advances clinical informatics and data science education; presents undergraduate and graduate scholarships; and fosters partnerships to advance equity, access, and inclusion in the healthcare information and data science workforce.

Tom is a proud member of the Leary Bunch from Wanaque, NJ.  He lives in Falls Church, VA with his awesome educator wife, Day, and sons, Jackson Thomas and Marcus Paul, who are his current and future heroes!

Q. My guest today is Tom Leary, Senior Vice President, Government Relations at the Healthcare Information and Management Systems Society (HIMSS). HIMSS recently published a report you co-authored, which recommends $36.7 billion to be invested in public health technology infrastructure modernization. My question is why now?

Tom: We started our journey in 2018 and some of our staff had said that public health was supposed to be phase 2 of high tech back in 2010. But we were heading into 2019 with no real, specific investment in public health infrastructure. We had gotten into a problem where CDC had 159 different systems that all talked to themselves rather than with each other organization-wide. This was a real problem that HIMSS needed to be lead on. We started that journey by launching ‘Data: Elemental to Health’ campaign in 2019 even as the measles outbreaks commenced across Washington State, New York and Kentucky and others. At that time, the CDC director, Dr. Redfield said, “I’ve got a real problem. I can’t respond to this information, because I’ve got 2015 data in early 2019. And only one specific staff member who can help me analyze this.” That’s how the conversation started a full year ahead of the pandemic.

If you look at the data campaign and this report, the specific focus is on some key areas that this report takes to a different level. What we’ve learned through the pandemic and why this report is so important right now, is that as we set up our clinical response in hospitals and clinics country-wide, they were able to respond pretty rapidly by adding telehealth, remote patient monitoring and other capabilities. That’s because we invested in the EHRs and other health IT solutions through the meaningful use program.

However, the public health community couldn’t keep up for it didn’t have access to the data of report-after-report or anecdotal representation of the COVID testing clinics that were set up in parking lots, of staff taking down vital information, case reporting, important data being put in the EHRs for the hospitals and clinics to use. In order to report it to public health, they had to write down the information and then, fax it to the public health department time-after-time. That’s really what the anecdotal evidence pointed to.

Now, some communities were further ahead than others. While public health IT infrastructure was glaringly 20th century or even late 19th century information gathering, the clinical setting was well into 21st century solutions. In terms of response times, or being able to revert to the patients on a positive test, and what public health could or could not do to help them, everything was dramatically slowed down by their inability to have great technology available to them — technology that was absolutely available in the marketplace but not available to the public health setting.

That’s really what prompted us to write the report. We’d made the investment at the clinical side ten years ago but what did the public health community need? It took us longer than we had anticipated but the results of the four-month review in multiple interviews across the United States afforded us the opportunity to gather the information that’s needed, the $36.7 billion that we’re recommending.

Q. When you say public health, are you including the state, local, federal in that definition?

Tom: For this report, we’re primarily focusing on the state, territorial, local, and tribal requirements as part of the data campaign initiative. We’ve been pushing for funding for the CDC to help to modernize their systems, as well as have them work with their partners at the state and local levels.

But this report takes the conversation one step further and answers the question that we’ve heard from appropriators and policymakers across the country. What are we really talking about? When we were asking for $1 billion over ten years as compared to IT systems already implemented – federally, at the DOD or VA and EHR modernization or some of the efforts that are underway in health systems across the country — that was really just scratching the surface. The question became, what do we really need to invest at the state, territorial, local, and tribal levels? That’s where this report came from.

Q. Can you help break down the $36.7 billion between the different components? What’s the time frame you’re recommending in the report? What are your immediate priorities?

Tom: We break down the report into two phases — the first five years address key areas such as, electronic case reporting, electronic lab reporting, immunization registry, immunization information sharing, and modernization of vital records and the second phase is for workforce development for which there’s an investment of over $25 billion at the state, territorial, local, and tribal levels in order to get them up to speed and really be equal partners with the clinical with the traditional clinical side of healthcare delivery here in the U.S. Then, we look at the EUR 6 through 10 establishing a true learning health system within healthcare to include public health as well as other key, long-range Investments that result in the remaining $10 billion investment.

Q. These are big numbers and you’ve highlighted pretty glaring gaps in our current public health infrastructure. How does the United States compare with other OEC countries in this regard?

Tom: Our sense is, it’s because the care delivery models are a little different. From a population and public health perspective, other countries go at it with much more of a coordinated effort. I’d say some of the population health investments that we’re hoping to make in the prevention aspects in the U.S. is just part of the fabric of healthcare delivery in other countries.

On the flip side, as seen in some recent reports, recent work that HIMSS has done in Europe and Asia and a little in Latin America, the United States has made the investment, particularly on the clinical side, through the high-tech acts in 2010 through 2020 timeframe, and that’s given us a great foundation to be able to respond.

What we’re seeing in the EU for instance is, they’ve created a European Recovery and Resilience Fund to help countries begin or improve their digital health transformation, so that they have the foundation to then be able to build on the pandemic response.

In the United States, the investment in the meaningful use program, particularly the hospital, clinic, and provider setting enabled us to layer on top of all that technology, the telehealth and remote patient monitoring services that improved access or kept access high. It also kept people safe from being unnecessarily exposed to the COVID 19. The same cannot be said for all places around the world. They’re therefore suggesting that similar foundational investments need to be made.

Q. Even a country like in India, for instance, has a massive effort underway right now to build this common infrastructure via the National Patient Registry among other initiatives.

Tom: Lav Agarwal was the Secretary, the Global Digital Health Partnership (GDHP), established, about four years ago. He and the Indian government really made some great strides and we’re thankful for all the work that they’re doing in India, being able to compare and contrast what’s happening globally.

Q. This is a massive modernization effort but what will be the challenges to implementation? What’s the big lift when the government decides to find the funding and launch the program?

Tom: It will be twofold, really. I’d say, we’ve got the executive order from the President and that’s required the Office of National Coordinator and the CDC to work basically attached at the hip over the last year and a half. They’ve selected two great leaders — Mickey Tripathy, a longtime HIMSS member and an advocate for interoperability from his days in Massachusetts. Then, there’s Daniel Jernigan, who is no stranger to the technology advancement needs of the broader public health community. He has a lot of the experience having worked in HL7 workgroups etc. That’s the first step of making sure that the two agencies are working very closely together and in partnership with the public health community. I think it’s a dramatic improvement over what we saw in 2020 with respect to the initial response to the pandemic in what seemed to be a very fragmented approach. The second issue that’s going to be really a challenge, particularly at the public health, at the state, territorial, local and tribal levels is workforce development. You can have an influx of technology capabilities, but if you don’t have the data analytics capabilities, whether it’s on staff or a hub and spoke approach between the state and the local public health departments, you really need to make sure that the funding and the workforce are available.

With respect to where it’s headed, there’s been a lot of conversation at the CDC consortium about what the infrastructure looks like and equally importantly that a career in data analytics, in health care is something worth pursuing. It’s also critical to understand that a data analytics career in the public health setting is just as rewarding part of what the administration and Congress have done over the last year and a half. I’d say that the tail end of the Trump administration is looking at those workforce issues and so, the development and release of funding for this new center within CDC on pandemic and natural disaster health forecasting implies emphasizing and ensuring that the data can be shared between CDC and the local and state communities. That is a great new investment that came in with the Biden administration and Congress’s funding.

Secondly, this new omnibus with the ARPA-H, modeled on the Defense Advanced Research Program Agency is a new one for health care which will have tremendous impact not only on the NIH community — we would anticipate this as we saw Francis Collins in the tail end of his career with his tenure at NIH – but also, for the CDC and the public health community.

Q. You mentioned the workforce challenges and their enablement. Without making this a political question, how much can a government really staff-up on its own, given the scale and scope of what we’re trying to accomplish here? Is meaningful public-private partnership possible?

Tom: You’re right and again the answer’s twofold really. It’s got to be a public-private partnership. We learned a lot from the meaningful use program and I go back to it for the historian in me wants to look at the programs and what we learned from them to ensure the next set of programs works great.

What we’ve learned is, it’s got to be a public private partnership. There’s an opportunity, whether it’s cloud providers who have been right in there or the CDC consortium conversations with the ONC. The question is how can we help public health leapfrog into the 21st century using the right technology? It’s the systems integrators who have years of experience working with the states and the CDC. It’s got to be a public-private partnership because the government can’t do it by itself and the overall high-tech program that we should be taking into this new phase is not familiar to the public health departments. They have neither expertise to purchase the right equipment nor to hire the right staff. If they can work in partnership with the experienced private sector, whether it’s similar to the old regional extension center program or a collaboration of sorts, it will decrease the time to decision-making, lower the costs and sidestep the unnecessary challenges.

Q. What about the information and data security aspects of our current fragmented infrastructure? How does your report’s recommendation address that aspect?

Tom: From the security aspects, if it’s not highlighted in the report, then, shame on us. What HIMSS has been saying for the last five or six years is that we’ve learned a lot of lessons by reiterating that information sharing is a key, and provider and patient need access to such data but you need to make sure that its transmitted in a secure way.

HIMSS was a big, first voice in the health care community calling for what is now the 405 C and D report components of the Cyber and Infrastructure Security Act of 2015. We made sure health care was involved. There’s now a great collaboration between large organizations and less funded or less-resourced organizations on information sharing, cyber, and the health sector. The Coordinating Council Cybersecurity Task Force that we helped advance is a great example of what the public health community needs to be thinking about with respect to cybersecurity. Healthcare must be a focus for tech development because state-sponsored and independent bad actors are targeting it and we’d be absolutely remiss if we didn’t make sure that security was front and center in the discussion.

Giving credit to our friends at the council, state, and territorial epidemiologists, the American public health labs, and the CDC, I’d say, they have been banging the drums over the last 12 months making sure that cyber is part of the discussion, in the very beginning of the framework, so, HIMSS and our partners believe and drive that. I’ll say, just before we go off of that, that’s if it’s not there, that’s a great reason for version three of the report to be put out in the next six months. Hopefully, the number will continue to rise.

Q. What is the big takeaway for our listeners from this report?

Tom: The big takeaway is that it’s time for public health to be an equal partner with the clinical setting. It’s going to take a public-private partnership in order for us to make that investment to level the playing field between clinical, traditional and the public health settings.

If we’ve learned anything from the pandemic, the measles outbreak and the e-cigarette challenges of 2019, it’s that siloed approach to public health, a reactionary approach, is not going to get us the kind of success we’re looking for in the US. This report really calls on the investment not only at the federal level, but truly at the state, territorial, local, and tribal levels, so that everyone has the technology, and the people they serve have equal access to the best available care and the best response times. That’s the big takeaway.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Machine learning paired with data interoperability can help uncover ways to enhance patient care, improve outcomes, and ultimately save lives.

Season 4: Episode #121

Podcast with Dr. Taha Kass-Hout, Director of Machine Learning and Chief Medical Officer, Amazon Web Services

"Machine learning paired with data interoperability can help uncover ways to enhance patient care, improve outcomes, and ultimately save lives."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Dr. Taha Kass-Hout discusses Amazon’s investments in AI and ML for the healthcare space. He also talks about their work with healthcare organizations across the globe in empowering healthcare and life science organizations to make sense of their health data with a purpose-built machine learning platform.

Taha talks at length about Amazon’s work with leading healthcare organizations and how the Amazon HealthLake platform enables the aggregation and analysis of large data sets. He also talks about the current state of AI and ML, the opportunity to analyze unstructured data, and the big gap in the acceptance of AI/ML due to issues such as algorithmic bias that must be addressed in applying AI/ML to healthcare. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

01:58Tell us about your role as the Director of Machine Learning and Chief Medical Officer at AWS
05:40What is the current state of AI and ML in healthcare?
11:02Tell us about your machine learning use cases.
15:16 From the Amazon HealthLake perspective, what is the state of the union of data landscape?
20:37Where do you think is a big gap in the acceptance of AL/ML and issues we need to consider as we start applying these tools in the healthcare context?
26:41 How do you support all the different healthcare bets Amazon is making - Amazon Care, Alexa Voice Service, HealthLake – through your machine learning capabilities?

About our guest

Taha Kass-Hout, MD, MS is Director of Machine Learning and Chief Medical Officer at Amazon Web Services, and leads our Health AI strategy and efforts, including Amazon Comprehend Medical and Amazon HealthLake. He works with teams at Amazon responsible for developing the science, technology, and scale for COVID-19 lab testing, including Amazon’s first FDA authorization for testing our associates—now offered to the public for at-home testing.

A physician and bioinformatician, Taha served two terms under President Obama, including the first Chief Health Informatics officer at the FDA. During this time as a public servant, he pioneered the use of emerging technologies and the cloud (the CDC’s electronic disease surveillance) and established widely accessible global data sharing platforms: the openFDA, which enabled researchers and the public to search and analyze adverse event data, and precisionFDA (part of the Presidential Precision Medicine initiative). Taha holds Doctor of Medicine and Master of Science in biostatistics degrees from the University of Texas and completed clinical training at Harvard Medical School’s Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center.

Q. Taha, you’ve got an interesting background across the government, private sector, and health systems. Tell us about your role and responsibilities.

Taha: My role at Amazon spans bridging tech, science, and medicine to help develop the right technology services and enable customers to solve their problems. In my current role, I really enjoy working with scientists, engineers, and product managers even as I interface very directly with customers across health care, life sciences, and genomics of all sizes, from startups to academia to large Fortune 500 companies. All of them are trying to help solve concrete problems for patients, consumers, and health systems, or introduce better ways about how they can operate more efficiently or design better systems.  

Q. Tell us about your time with the government. 

Taha: Before coming to Amazon, I was at the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) during Obama’s second term. As the first Chief Health Information officer, my role revolved around how to get innovation, big data, the cloud, and machine learning to spur innovation in industry. 

I also looked at how the FDA could ensure product safety and efficacy on the market in a way as to enable advancements in technologies and the cloud to help medical reviewers even as I worked with industry, medical device companies, pharmaceutical companies, and regional health companies. Not only would this help them innovate, but also ensure safe and effective medical products.  

The last couple of years at the FDA, I was part of the core team collaborating with the NIH and on President Obama’s Precision Medicine Initiative. A part of that was all about how we should introduce something called precision to help industry better benchmark next-generation, emergent sequencing, machine learning and AI algorithms coming to market in ways that use a standard based approach. How can you ensure accuracy and reproducibility in a way that also advances regulatory science?  

I have a unique background, being both, a clinician – an Interventional Cardiologist by training — as well as a statistician with a lot of depth in applications, population surveillance, clinical trials, and bringing innovation in big data whether for disease surveillance, post-market analysis, or monitoring.  

I’ve done the whole lifecycle then, from dreaming up something to bringing it to reality, and advancing those therapeutics. It’s really great to be at Amazon because we like to think of big problems and how we can solve them for these customers. I bring that perspective and the level of depth with these customers into working with the engineers and scientists to craft the right strategy and understand how we can go deep into solving those problems.   

Q. Tell us a little about how Amazon is really helping your customers specifically in the healthcare space. Also, what are your thoughts, at a very high level on the current state of AI, ML, and healthcare? Where are we seeing the big wins? 

Taha: Machine Learning is transformative, perhaps one of the most transformative technologies we’ve seen. It’s a technology that can use data to build algorithms that allow computer-based systems to generate models for meaningful interpretation and for health. That’s also a potential clinical use. And the dust has settled on a number of areas in Machine Learning, for example, with Natural Language Processing, the better algorithms are really about high accuracy. So, you can imagine how important this is for predictions, tasks, and pattern recognition.  

If you look at health data, for the major part that’s unstructured, data comes in the form of images, notes, and signals. So, ML is really amazing for sequential and unstructured data encountered in the health space where, today, we see demonstrations across science organizations from the largest healthcare providers to payers and IQ vendors to the smallest system integrators and entities across the globe, who are applying massive machine learning services to improve patient outcomes and accelerate decision making. 

You saw the digitization of medical records over the last decade. Now that we’ve gone from something like 15% maybe five or six years ago, some of your data may still be in paper charts today, but about 98% of all systems are captioned in digital form. With that comes a really amazing business opportunity in value-based care. When the health system is really moving more towards the quality of care and measurable outcomes, you have more data to be able to drive decisions. This is where ML paired with data interoperability can help uncover ways to enhance patient care, improve outcomes, and ultimately, save lives while simultaneously, driving operational efficiencies to lower the overall cost of care by enabling secure access to health data and supporting health care providers with predictive machine learning models.  

Life science companies, pharma, and biotech, enable an understanding of how to seamlessly forecast future events like stroke, cancer, and heart attacks and conduct early interventions with personalized care and superior patient experience. They’re designing better therapeutics, fast-tracking the drug discovery cycle so it’s not something that takes ten years for what could be done in a matter of weeks or months.  

It’s similar with vaccines, Cancer therapeutics, medical devices and what we work on with Amazon Web Services. The cloud was invented by Amazon, and we provide our customers, healthcare, and life science organizations with absolutely the broadest and deepest set of purpose-built AI, ML services on top of the most comprehensive cloud. That includes data storage, security, analytics, compute services and beyond. And as you’ve seen with our health AI services, now there are purpose-built services for the health industry such as, Amazon Comprehend Medical that can help analyze and detect information, extract and structure this from medical notes, Radiology reports, or medications and conditions and then, map it to the right Ontology, to offer with full transparency and high accuracy insights into how we’re doing.  

The Amazon HealthLake is how you can store, index, and analyze this massive amount of information at-scale and in a matter of minutes. We have a number of other services as well which offer consistent data transparency and controls to protect patient privacy. We want these customers to be able to make sense of their vast troves of health data and simultaneously, support their machine learning workflows to make sense of this data. We are committed to developing fair and accurate AI ML services and providing the tools and guidance needed for these customers to build responsible AI and ML applications.  

Q. A lot of health care organizations are moving to the cloud for a variety of reasons, such as Analytics, for one. Can you share one or two examples of how your machine learning capabilities and tools have made a difference? Do tell us about one or two use cases as well. 

Taha: We’re talking about maybe two use cases – one, on operational efficiency, in which we see a lot of traction; ML’s there, and one on the analytics.   

With regard to operational efficiency, for example, the Harvard Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center uses deep learning models built on Amazon SageMaker. Our end-to-end product is for developers and scientists to build, train, and deploy ML models, and detect bias in the process or be able to monitor those in a way that they were able to optimize the schedule of its 41 operating rooms and align those to improve patient flow and the inpatient settings. But they also use Amazon Comprehend Medical because as you can imagine, for a regional hospital, they receive a lot of patients that are referred to their hospital, for operations and beyond. They come with documentations and to be able to sift through all that and extract key medical terms from co-morbidity, broad prior procedures, to even their blood type and more is where the Amazon company medical purpose-built service HIPAA eligible for understanding the context of the medical text, extract the meanings, and use them to identify history and physical information that’s really needed before the procedure. That’s one example where our health system was able to realize operational efficiency in those settings, translate it into dollars savings, align schedules between surgeons and patients, and benefit the patients via better experiences.   

The service also enabled surgeons to have more meaningful schedules on the healthcare side with analytics. We’re really excited about the use case with Rush University Medical Center. We work with them to create an cloud-based analytics hub using the Amazon HealthLake I just mentioned. This hub allows them to securely analyze patient admissions, discharges, and hospital capacity in real-time to provide care to the most critically-ill patients.  

They use predictive models around social determinants of health across Chicago to help identify gaps in care before they happen. This is really a great example about how they’re able to bring all that information, organize induction via HealthLake and then, start layering all these analytics to be able to identify those at risk. Outside the health system, there are additional data sources and blood pressure monitors which really offer more of a complete picture around care for all the Chicago Metropolitan that population.  

Q. That’s a great example. However, healthcare has a fragmented data landscape. What’s your approach to sorting through the plethora of data sources? 

Taha: While healthcare organizations are capturing huge volumes of patient information in medical records every day, however, this data is really not easy to use or analyze. As a matter of fact, 97% of this information, today, is not being used at the point-of-care as data since it’s unstructured in nature and trapped in lab reports, insurance claims, clinical studies, recorded conversations, X-rays, doctor notes and more. The process to extract this information has been fairly labor-intensive and error-prone not to mention the cost of operational complexity which is challenging for most organizations.   

We’re finding that every health care provider, payer, or life science company, is trying to solve this obstruction to data, because doing so can enhance patient-support decisions, improve clinical trials, ensure operational efficiency, and even identify population health trends and get ahead. The majority of this medical data today is also stored in various forms, formats, and systems that are not exposed through application programing, interfaces, APIs, or microservices. You’re really still trying to deal with that, but the impact is palpable. I mentioned a couple examples, one on a population level and how Rush University Medical Center is trying to really accomplish better insights into their population.   

There’s also Harvard General Hospital which is realizing better operational efficiencies through machine learning but even at the point-of-care, today, the most widely used clinical models like predicting say one’s heart risk, are built from commonly available variables with very simple features that are about 10 to 30 data points. We must get to the level of truly offering what the patients really need, to them. Even the most common conditions like diabetes or depression or for example, of diabetic patients, only 10% of those are similar. Thinking through the therapeutic options and what’s best for the patient, oftentimes takes a while just to understand from a data driven approach, what really might work for them rather than this broad stroke approach. If you look at patients, medical records have at least 200 to 300,000 data points, including your medical notes for sure. None of that is used to manage patients and predict their outcomes. Why you want all this data to come together and organize a way out of the point of care is to build better and more accurate predictions. This is really why we introduced Amazon Health — to start helping these customers address these challenges by storing information in this structure and organizing it in a way that enables better analytics to be built by using more information on that patient. For the last five to six years, there have been standards being developed by the community around healthcare, interoperability, resources, or FHIR. It is amazing for exchanging data in a structured way or it’s a great lexicon and standard for healthcare data.  

However, if the majority of the data are still unstructured, you need to be able to index that information and this is where Amazon Health really comes in. We have a machine learning model trained to support these organizations to automatically normalize an index and structure this data and bring this information in a way that creates a complete view of a patient’s entire medical history. This makes it easier for the providers to understand relationships, the progression and make comparisons with the rest of the population to drive better patient outcomes and increase operational efficiencies. This also helps leverage the power of machine learning capabilities for this kind of a problem and enables the designing of better cohorts, better dashboards to monitor and compare these patients, and start personalizing at the individual level, predicting disease onset and beyond.  

When we bring this massive amount of unstructured information, we use machine learning capabilities integrated within HealthLake to understand the medical context, extract this information, and augment the records. Then, every data point on the timeline is mapped into the FHIR standard which is helpful when you’re trying to store and exchange this information.  

Q. From all indications, now there’s great acceptance of AI algorithms in enabling clinical care. You mentioned Rush and Beth Israel but there may be others too. Where do you think is a big gap in the acceptance? What are some of the issues we need to be thinking about as we start applying ML in a health care context?

Taha: You mentioned data quality. Of course, there’s bias that comes with it. We’re over the hyperbole of what ML is with applications around Natural Language Processing and pattern recognition enabling better predictions. We’re seeing that across life sciences and healthcare, customers are really benefiting from this. The power of machine learning is not just to apply it across the entire end-to-end data strategy from data annotation to understanding any biases in information but also undertaking data wrangling by putting all this information together and leaning on machine learning. For example, in health care this would be undertaken with the large majority of unstructured data. This is why we have Amazon Comprehend Medical national banks. They help us to understand the medical context and extract medical entities and then, map those data and healthcare — not only multimodal but also highly contextual.  

There are codes, for instance, diseases have certain standards like ICDs, drugs, whether that’s generic or branded and all the formulary around them. It’s enormous. How is machine learning training purpose-built? How is it pre-trained to understand this information? How does it know that this is a family history, this is negation, there’s anatomy structure, and that information can be extracted with full transparency and a relationship between this condition and this medication be derived? How does it know medication structures, dosage, and more?   

We’re really removing the obstruction to enable customers to structure this information in the first place with outcomes and that’s what you really need to look at when you talk about machine learning. I look at it as an end-to-end data strategy from the data prep to when you build those models to when you deploy those models. Then, when you monitor those models in the wild, there’s no one model that you can put out there and expect it to work forever. Do these models aggregate this?  

Take one machine learning model, let’s say being worked on by an Assistant Radiologist in one hospital. They train on one data and then take the same model across the street to another hospital acquired by a health system. You’ve acquired one hospital that is using the same old coding system of ICD nine instead of ICD ten and so on. Your sepsis model no longer works so, these are technical biases that come into the data.   

If I’m just to take it from the top three and eight of us are committed to developing fair and accurate machine learning services and providing the tools and guidance needed so that when these applications are done responsibly in the first place, this is really where we’re making a lot of mature investment processes. A part of that journey in democratizing machine learning to the masses at scale is also about ensuring the privacy, and detecting bias. it’s not just, you know, referred to as data-driven for it creates imbalances in data or disparities in the performance of these models across different demographics.  

This is also an area where machine learning really is of tremendous help in mitigating the bias by detecting potential bias during data preparation and then wrangling the data in your deployed model. As you examine specific attributes, you’ll be able to understand bring the black box. These are the features influencing the output and they could be potential of the output, but we haven’t looked at them because not every feature that goes in the model is, is a predictor. There’s contamination as well and these can be where it starts having different kinds of biases in the output.   

Then, of course, the monitoring aspect via a human review becomes so important. It helps understand model behavior once you develop a subset of migration. Today, if you come up with a new drug, you design a clinical trial, but you won’t design it for the entire population in the world. You design a clinical trial for the population you control for every variation and variable. Then, you put it out in the world. That’s when your post-market surveillance is going to monitor for adverse events. Imagine now you have all the tools necessary working for you, and that is really what we package.  

With machine learning you don’t design one or two models, typically, you build hundreds or thousands of these until you get to the best performing one. But you’ll have to continuously monitor your leaderboard because the data is going to drift, the model is going to drift as you apply it to heart failure predictions and one population or the other tracks a particular region, a different kind of construct of the population in order to constantly iterate and develop an agile way to do that.  

Q. What are the different healthcare bets that Amazon is making? You’ve got Amazon Care, Alexa Voice Service, HealthLake, SageMaker, Comprehend Medical — How do you support all of these? Tell us about that. 

Taha: I can only speak about my role within it. We build the technologies and the services to help solve a lot of these problems for health care providers, payers like finance companies and biotech and entities of all sizes and levels of complexity. That’s our goal and the material investment we’re making. ML is such that anyone should be able to pick it up, but then, it’s important to really try to break the black box, remove the complexity, and do the heavy lift for a lot of these customers.  

No matter who is building what for whom, with machine learning, AI and other transformational technologies, we want to be able to give right guidance and build these the right way, the responsible way. That’s our approach to it. That’s on the AWS side. We partner with a lot of health care providers and customers, too, because we see a lot of repeated use cases across the board, which is enough for us to really understand the heavy lifting and why we started making those services in the first place.  

Q. Would it be fair to say that even an Amazon Care is an internal customer for some of your services, just like a Beth Israel or a Rush or any of those health care providers are?

Taha: I can’t talk about Amazon care. We have to think about Amazon Web Services as a cloud provider, first. Whether that’s an internal customer who is going to use a cloud or an external customer is how we will look at it later. Then they’re going to have a lot of common problems and that’s exciting for us because we can really think hard about the heavy lifts that they observe to be able to start pulling up on those. The last few years have been exciting on the other side of building those purpose-built services.  

Pre-trained on the medical context, whether that’s Amazon Comprehend Medical, Amazon Transcribe Medical to understand medical transcriptions, Amazon HealthLake to really provide you that scale with indexing and information on patients and be able to really kind of build these dashboards and cohorts and do these wonderful prediction models, whether that’s for operational efficiencies, improving outcomes, or reducing biases, and closing gaps in care.  

Today, over 4 billion people don’t have access to care. Forget about high quality care. I do believe that AI and technology have to be part of the future that can close such gaps in care, enable access to care, and provide more equitable solutions. Innovations in precision medicine, APIs for data interoperability, and system interoperability, intelligent scribes and others are components that can really be part of that solution to being more accountable in offering care to the world.  

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.comand write to us at[email protected] 

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity  

 

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

We want to define what ‘good’ looks like and prioritize our digital health investments accordingly.

Season 4: Episode #120

Podcast with Tim Skeen, SVP & CIO, Sentara Healthcare

"We want to define what ‘good’ looks like and prioritize our digital health investments accordingly.."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Tim Skeen, SVP and CIO of Sentara Healthcare, discusses how he determines his technology priorities and initiatives for driving digital transformation. Norfolk, VA-based is an integrated, not-for-profit healthcare system comprising 12 hospitals. As CIO for Sentara and its affiliated health plan (Optima Health), Tim focuses on driving synergies through technology to improve member/patient experiences, manage population health, and drive efficiencies.

Tim explains how data is the foundation to drive better healthcare outcomes and how the right data sets can identify care gaps, lower the cost of care, and improve overall healthcare outcomes. He discusses their strategic partnerships for cloud-enabled data and analytics with Microsoft, including their investments in industry consortium Truveta. He also talks about their cloud transformation journey and the IP they have developed for cloud migration that they intend to monetize through a commercial venture. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

00:54Tell us a little about Sentara Healthcare, the populations you serve, and your role.
04:39Many would refer to Sentara as ‘payvider,’ a payer and a provider. How do these drive technology priorities as a CIO? Can you share some of the unique needs of an entity like Sentara?
08:08What's the best outcome for the patient population and consequently for the organization? From a technology standpoint, is data a common use of platforms?
17:54 Where are you in your cloud transformation and CRM journeys? Where does your core transaction platform for the health system – Epic – fit in?
22:09Several progressive health systems are also patenting their cloud migration process. What's the big driving force behind taking internally developed IP and then spinning it off as a separate entity?
26:51 How are you approaching the digital health solutions landscape as you transform your organization?
34:06 How are you managing the governance for all your digital initiatives?
37:30How do you see the role of the CIO today and what has changed in the last couple of years?

About our guest

Tim-Skeen-profile

Tim Skeen, SVP & CIO for Sentara Healthcare, has overall responsibility for leading the enterprise technology organization supporting all aspects of the Integrated Delivery Network (IDN), Optima Health Plan, and Corporate Services.

He is an accomplished executive with more than 30 years of experience both inside and outside of health care. Tim has always been focused on ensuring technology plays a key role in every aspect of the business to enable associates to serve consumers efficiently today while building a foundation for tomorrow. He empowers teams to bring creativity and forward-thinking to their roles daily and understands the vast opportunities technology, advanced analytics, and digitization are bringing to the health care industry.

Tim-Skeen-profile

Tim Skeen, SVP & CIO for Sentara Healthcare, has overall responsibility for leading the enterprise technology organization supporting all aspects of the Integrated Delivery Network (IDN), Optima Health Plan, and Corporate Services.

He is an accomplished executive with more than 30 years of experience both inside and outside of health care. Tim has always been focused on ensuring technology plays a key role in every aspect of the business to enable associates to serve consumers efficiently today while building a foundation for tomorrow.

He empowers teams to bring creativity and forward-thinking to their roles daily and understands the vast opportunities technology, advanced analytics, and digitization are bringing to the health care industry.

Prior to Tim’s role at Sentara, he served as Anthem’s COO of the Government Business Division and as Anthem’s CIO responsible for enterprise architecture, data and analytics, SOA platforms, cloud operations, infrastructure, information security, network operations, and business and corporate applications. Tim also served as chief information officer at Amerigroup, chief technology officer at Molina Healthcare, and chief information officer at Unisys for the Health Information Management Division.

Q: Tell us a little about Sentara, what populations you serve, and your background. You’re relatively new to the provider space, but not to healthcare. How did you get into this role?

Timothy: Sentara’s been around for over 130 years as a nonprofit mission delivering care to the community. Over 20-25 years ago, it started supporting health plan and insurance products across multiple lines of businesses.

Sentara’s made up of 12 hospitals that cover almost a million health plan lives across Medicaid, Medicare, the individual, large, and small groups. The bulk of that — 60% plus — are in the Medicaid space and from a regional standpoint, across Virginia. It was originally founded in the Hampton Roads area, but now caters to Northeastern and North Carolina, as well. We have a College of Health Sciences, nine Magnet Nursing Hospitals, over 300 sites of care, more than 900 physicians, over 470 advanced practice providers and 1,370 medical providers. So, we are a large organization both, on the care delivery and the health plan insurance sides.

This year, for the first time, we’ll be about 50-50 in terms of overall revenues between the health system and the health plan. That balance, as we continue to grow both aspects, really allows us to do some interesting things — in terms of providing access and proper care — as an integrated delivery network that’s also linked to a large membership health plan, especially for an underserved population like Medicaid. That’s important and particularly, meaningful to me because I started my career on the payer side about 25 years ago when I first jumped from finance into the health care world.

On the health plan side, initially, I worked in the Medicaid fee-for-service domain. That was my first experience with health care and delivering services to a needy population country wide. That imparted a different level to the mission of what you needed to do to provide these services that they so critically relied on. Through that process, I progressed through several different large payers and other lines of business where I involved myself with all types of membership – uncommercial, commercial, and the government-side. Recently, I left Anthem Blue Cross Blue Shield and came over to Sentara, the provider nonprofit side of the world.

It’s been a great journey and I’ve got involved with an even more mission-driven organization that is doing, and not just helping, from a health insurance standpoint. Engagement in direct care has also been really rewarding. It’s interesting to learn that process and be part of this organization.

Q: You bring a unique perspective to your role as the CIO. Can you share some of the unique needs of an entity like Sentara? Many would refer to it as a payvider network, a payer and a provider). And from your perspective, how do these drive your technology priorities as a CIO?

Timothy: I experienced this concept — of trying to create value-based contracting and care and building incentives to drive that collaboration where there’s the same incentive for the insurer and the care deliverer to provide the best outcome and the most affordable, accessible care for the end consumer — on the payer side. It shouldn’t be different — a different incentive or a different goal — just because I’m a payer versus I’m a provider.

What we found was that — when we were just in the payer space and trying to get providers to focus on that value-based care and sign-up to some level of risk, which health insurance companies have been doing all their life – it was a very difficult and new concept to grab hold of, as a physician and a care provider on the other side.

There’s a trust-based partnership that must work towards getting the best outcomes. You’re not trying to win on either side, but provide what is the best, most affordable, accessible services that benefit both sides of that equation. Even though I was part of a large payer, trying to get providers to be engaged or forced into that was difficult because trust levels weren’t too high. I thought, “OK, I’ll come here, and we’ll own our providers and the health plan. It’s natural that they’re doing this value-based and trust and that’s happening.”

But there are a couple of different things, such as, being fair, adhering to compliance and regulatory norms that prevent some of that interaction from achieving the depths, they could otherwise have. A lot of it is, once again, their incentive, in their own kind of tower around certain goals to deliver for the organization, as opposed to bringing this in and looking at the overall goal and how that coordination can work better in our microcosm.

Theoretically, I’m supporting all the technology, data, and analytics needs across sides, so, I should have that visibility and unite that. That’s part of the goal and how we measure success, here. To see that come together better and then, take that beyond to say, “How do our hospitals and providers also interact in that value-based way with payers that we don’t own?” We’re not part of these other broader systems’ drive because in our regions, there are plenty of other payers that have many more members. We serve for our care delivery than our own health plans, so, we want to be able to do that, take those lessons and scale those across our entire ecosystem of external payers, as well.

Q: From a technology standpoint, data is in common use of some of these platforms. Can you touch on one or two opportunity areas in this regard, as you look at it holistically?

Timothy: It’s about building a foundation and continuously adding layers to that to allow easier interaction and connectivity. Data has got to be that foundation, so it must flow ubiquitously under the right security and usage rights so that it can be shared to get the best outcome for the care. It must also enable understanding of where the care gaps and other activities lie. We can be proactive to both benefit and create a lower cost of care, while also providing the right services at the right side of service, irrespective of location — in a hospital or at home – to make that outcome the most affordable and the right best outcome for overall health. So, clean, linked, uniquely identified data is critical to that for it helps us know that the consumer and patient entity is the right one.

Once we have the right data set, we roll it up for insights into how we’re performing from a population health standpoint, a practice and cost of care, and the insurance side right down to the way we’re delivering care to that population. What can we do to improve that and be more proactive on some of the care that helps prevent a higher cost of care down the road?

That is interesting and challenging because from a payer standpoint, you have a membership for one year, when you’re enrolled in the plan. You can leave the next year, but you don’t get the benefits, then. But if you think about the solicitor, you care about the health for the next 50-60 years of that population. You have to look at that more holistically.

On top of that data, then, I think about an engagement or a visualization layer that has to be digitized. How do you ensure digital engagement for members and patients to ensure they’re engaged in the best outcome for their own health and take some responsibility for that engagement? We also have our care deliverers, care managers, disease management managers, caseworkers, home health workers etc. so, how do they have that digital interaction with and visibility into that data to also optimize that care overall?

And then, there are pieces that go beyond just the technology to deal with how you get those operational workflows to work. These did create some great dashboards of data that theoretically could lead the providers to the right areas to do the work. But it was a standalone dashboard that was created, and it wasn’t embedded in the workflow of the EMR. So, whatever be the workflow EMR, it’s important to think of how we can transact and deliver care. We’ve got to move to that next level, above the data, go digital to figure out how to embed that in the workflow to promote engagement.

It’s not them having to get out of their normal workflow and look at other things. Part of that workflow, besides engaging their EMR, is also doing other things that allow them to engage more of their time more effectively, so, we can start getting into Natural Language Processing, natural language understanding, Machine Learning, AI, voice, etc., things that can help with the fatigue and burnout yet get the documentation that’s needed, out. We need good programs across the board to measure this from a payer and provider standpoint.

Q: You came from a large health plan, and in general, they’ve been slightly ahead in their use of technology and data-enabled strategies. Tell us about your initial impressions as you came into this organization and do share your priority areas, as you try to bring these two organizations together to drive synergies.

Timothy: There are a couple of things. I came into this with a viewpoint of “How do we build up the conferencing capability of our technology platform or infrastructure?”

First off, I wondered “How simplified is our environment? Can we simplify further?” We were in a good place from a simplification standpoint. But were equally good from a security standpoint? Did we have a good security posture? These are all like Maslow’s — you’re going up the spectrum of what things you have to have in terms of food and shelter. This is the same thing. Then, I thought of resiliency. “Do we have a level of resiliency for disaster recovery and business continuity?” We didn’t have that, but we were trying to do the most advanced digital care, remote patient monitoring activities. This was going to be difficult and problematic without a robust foundation.

I looked at that and then, at scale because if that’s absent, then, growth, affordability to do this on a broader impact is tough. You have to change what you’re trying to tackle your goal. If you don’t have a platform that can scale and support that growth, that’s another missing foundational piece.

Those are areas attacked early-on in the process. Fortunately, the previous CIO had done a great job for the previous three or four years. They’d undertaken Cloud transformation and as a foundational infrastructure, got 80% of our platform stack — on the health plan and the health system — into a single Cloud structure and a segmented, secure environment for that data and that compute. What this enabled us to do was scale because cloud translates to your agility to be able to scale-out, scale-down and be secure within that compute environment. So, security was another piece of that.

I also undertook additional security adversary simulations to see how good we were both, physically and digitally. I checked our disaster recovery to change our recovery time on our core Tier one systems from what was almost 20 days with tape and off-site recovery to an actual real time instance between Cloud to Cloud that we could replicate and get our DVR system up in four minutes. That was a massive change.

What we’re putting on top of that now, are expanded data layers where we’re engaging more with external and broader types of data, including partnerships with companies that have Deep Learning and products in AI and Machine Learning and use NLP. We’re engaging in a digital transformation that takes us beyond just a portal to really something that can be a framework for all types of digital interactions and provide broader virtual care platforms.

If COVID showed us anything else, it was momentum around what we can do from anywhere in terms of meeting patients where they need to be and providing that care in a more virtual world. So now our platform can scan across the entire way from hospital all the way down to home and spans wearables from an on-the-move standpoint, that enable interaction. That kind of platform means we’re really stepping up.

When you think about all this capability and connectivity, you’ve also got to step-up on how you think about CRM or customer service support. When you think about a contact center in environments, it’s not just about calling a phone and being told “I’ll call you back with an answer.” Interactions now have to happen through all sorts of omni-channel connections, we need folk that are engaging at a higher level of competency and knowledge to really provide true omni-channel interaction experience where people feel like they know them. It’s personalized and encourages engagement because we need that engagement every day across our system.

If you think about it from a provider standpoint, we average more about 2.7 interactions a year with our patients. This isn’t enough to get engagement, trust, or even the full breadth of health and wellness that we have to bring to that population. We want to increase the interactions and it doesn’t have to be every day because I think they don’t want to interact with us more than 2.7 but because they’re interacting with us from a sick care experience. We want to think about health and wellness in their interactions, whether they’re doing really well or they’re doing really poorly. They’re interacting — not necessarily paying anything — because we are now their trusted ecosystem where they want to manage their health and wellbeing and that of their family and extended family.

Q: You referred to Cloud and CRM. Can you tell us where you are in your Cloud transformation, migration and CRM journeys? In that context, where does your core transaction platform for the health system, Epic, fit in?

Timothy: Great question! We’ve focused on getting those Tier-one platforms and EMR such as, Epic, on the provider side, along with the core claims processing, financial billing, payment systems on claims systems to support the health plan side. We’ve migrated both into Microsoft’s Azure Cloud. We have multiple segmented instances where we control who accesses what systems across that.

We also have regional instance as a direct primary to support that and so, the bulk of our compute, as well as all of the data and reporting, is up in that cloud. We spent time on this and have a provisional patent that’s tied to what we did with our cloud transformation. That patented solution will be leveraged with our lessons learned over the past three or four years, which are more than just how to get something in the cloud, such as, how do you change from CAPEX to OPEX? How do you convince the board in ELT about the value of cloud beyond just saving dollars?

It’s about agility, how fast you can move, spin-up and spin-down, how easily you can interact with other cloud-based systems and technologies like Salesforce and CRM. That’s one of the tools we rolled out — Workday on April 1.

These are all Cloud-based systems that can interact better in a Cloud environment. One of the things we pushed hard over the past months, and which will emerge soon, is a spin-off, a for-profit Cloud IT services organization built-up in terms of capability. The aim was to get talent to keep growing and do what they want to do in a for-profit world within a new company, a joint venture, where those folk can grow while we retain and get the best technology folk that will work for an environment like that without thinking of their primary IT job being working for a not-for-profit health system.

That’s a tremendous story in terms of what we did, how we learned how to do that effectively, and how we ate our own dogfood. Now, we have a framework in a construct that is licensable and driven towards a pattern that is real IP. Thus, we can help other health systems or payviders on their foundational journeys to the cloud while helping them realize the benefits of all these other areas and components.

I’ll briefly also answer the CRM component. There are number of CRMs today and the most recent one that we rolled out leveraged Salesforce inside our health plan. But I would like to think of it more as a CRM or a contact ecosystem of all those omni-channels – something that’s more than just your standard, old school CRM. Even if people don’t think Salesforce is old school, the old school deployment of a CRM or a call center is very different than where it needs to be in terms of a true contact center or contact ecosystem.

Q: I see some other progressive health systems doing the same thing – Providence and Intermountain come to mind — Is it just being opportunistic? What is driving it – talent?

Timothy: Great question! It’s really a mind-shift from coming from a for-profit payer world and what we would have been driving towards, which was generally around profit, spending, valuations, and spinning-out overall dollar values.

First, it’s a belief in doing this and being really focused on a couple of different problems. It’s reflecting to our community and the outside world that, “Hey! We are progressive, we’re innovators.” We’re trying to drive for those best solutions — not just clinical solutions — that can really fuel the best outcome for our communities, patients, residents that we cover. So, part of it is about being progressive, innovative and showing our commitment to that as a 130-year-old Sentara.

Second, it’s around our talent and commitment to members of our team, who are the most important aspect of our company. They’re the fuel and everything to what we deliver to our customers as value. Being able to create an environment where I don’t have to outsource to lots of different technology-only vendors, all my expertise and my jobs for my region, enables those folks to develop, grow that technology world and not feel like they have to go to a Google, eBay or Microsoft. That helps them connect closely with the mission of making our environment better.

We care about other health systems — Intermountain or Geisinger etc. – and we want to be a part of that. That’s an important piece of the value. It allows us to take other technology compensation capabilities and have a place for them to land so as to retain, attract, be able to get that talent into that environment.

Since you mentioned Providence and Intermountain, we’ve worked with the former and that was the first system I was introduced to when I first started here a year and a half ago. One of the companies that was spun-out of Providence right through that — an AI, machine learning, digital data company that’s for-profit — as part of that Series A and with another 20 other health systems with the same mission. That’s a great story.

Intermountain was involved in Graphite — a not-for-profit as opposed to a for-profit. But the previous year I spent time with Ryan who’s just announced he’s moving over as the CEO for Graphite Health. It’s really an environment to allow all the talent to help build more competency and capability on our own whereas probably historically, we were held hostage to all the technology and vendors out there that were doing these things to us. Now we’re becoming more mature and our ability to do some of that for ourselves is critical change in the mindset of historically a not-for-profit health system.

Q: Now you have an EHR vendor, Epic, and the opportunity to work with enterprise class technology companies, Microsoft, ServiceNow, Salesforce etc. There’s also this growing ecosystem of digital health startups that are bringing a lot of innovation to the table. How do you parse through this landscape as a CIO, managing the risks yet driving innovation as you transform your organization?

Timothy: Another great question. It’s a tough thing to solve, no matter where you are, how big you are, for-profit, or not-for-profit. Knowing every startup, every technology and where it’s progressing, what’s real and what’s not makes for a very confusing, chaotic environment out there. That’s a difficult thing to attack.

What it leads to is what I inherited when I first came in here, and started looking at our digital transformation program, enterprise wide. I inventoried almost 150 different digital pilots or proof of concepts going on all over the place with IT’s involvement. Now, you want some of this innovation to happen, but you don’t want to happen in chaos. In that way, where you have six solutions for the same problem, there emerge duplications, so, I brought in a digital officer and started making an inventory. Then, we collapsed that back down so as to clean up and evaluate the environment before adding more things to the pile.

I would also recommend having some good, trusted partners to help you in that journey of assessment because they can focus greatly on that marketplace while you focus on your full-time day job. After inventory and collapsing, you need to get control over what’s happening, herd the cats and ensure governance in that model to figure out what you’re trying to solve and the solutions for it. I found that we were bringing in lots of solutions looking for a problem, but we weren’t doing well. It’s important to define what the problem is, what good looks like, what the outcome that we want to achieve is and what the value, if we were to achieve that, is, and then prioritize those things that bring the highest value. Then, go, attack in a structured way.

The best solutions — either things you already have in-house or integrate or new solutions externally that you bring in to help solve that problem — enable a constructive way forward that isn’t about “Here’s a great cool technology, let’s figure out where we can use this.” It’s about understanding our big problems and our big value creation across the system, and focusing on those two things. The beauty of that is, once I have that construct now, I stay focused on what I really need to solve. When I get 20 emails a day from various vendors and both, internally and externally, I can put it against that lens and say, “Hey, that doesn’t fit in my top priority things that I’m worried about. I’m not getting 120 for another 18 months. So, come back and talk to me then.”

Q: As you go through the rationalization process, are you leaning more towards an EHR-first approach towards your digital engagement solutions and opportunities, OR are you looking at each individual opportunity on its merit and evaluating all the best-in-class solutions out there, regardless of whether they come from your EHR or not?

Timothy: It’s a good question. Before I joined the health system, they created the Sentara app focused around Epic, and the approach taken was to leverage Epic’s API. So, we integrated our own solutions with the API framework, to create a very customized environment.

What happens with Epic is, they’re investing a ton into moving certain things forward, especially in MyChart and that environment continues to improve. When you’re always a couple of releases behind the API, they aren’t keeping up with the capabilities. So, Epic’s ability is not to do a generic MyChart, but the MyChart extended framework allows us to operate — I don’t love the term Digital Front Door, but — a digital environment that not only supports but enables seamless interaction with its capabilities and functionality. It also allows me to bring in other types of solutions and connect other product sets within that framework.

So, we are moving more and more to that framework to create a cohesive application or digital environment that includes the help. So, if I’m a patient and an optimum health plan member, I want that digital engagement to be seamless in terms of me seeing my care, what I need from each exploration of benefits, what I need to pay from a building standpoint, my premiums, and everything for all of my family across all those spectrums. It’s not just about “Can I be Epic-first?” only. There’s no way because I have to cover all those other solutions as well.

That being said, though, what I need to go out and figure is if I’m going to use a solution, I need a certain solution — a certain hammer for a certain nail. So, I go to my key partner and core vendor like Apple and say, “Hey, listen, this is what I need. Do you have it or will you have it soon?” Or, “It may not be the best solution in the marketplace but is it the second or third best? Is it 80% or 90% of what I need and good enough?”

If it is, then, I’m going to leverage that framework because I need that discipline around creating a simplified environment. I’m not letting my environment go back to a bunch of cats running everywhere. So, the framework keeps it disciplined and herded. If the answer is not always going to be Apple, it needs to be our first place to validate that across.

Then, a second place would be the rest of our solution portfolio right in our CMDB to see the assets in there. If it’s not, then, we need to tap the right solution and define what we’re looking for and how to score for those solutions in a fact-based way that allows us to make the right decision, not because somebody has a brother-in-law or their next-door neighbor or they know somebody who knows somebody, which tends to happen. At least, that’s what I’ve observed can happen in these environments.

Q: Can you talk to us about how you’re managing the governance for all of your digital initiatives? What’s your org. structure? How do you go about making the investment? Is there a pool of funds that you know that’s signed-off of the border?

Timothy: That’s probably a full hour topic on that front! I spent a lot of time on that early in the process, because governance, especially across our digital properties, was a little all over the map and there wasn’t good correlation between the financial investments and the results and whether those results were achieved without financial investment and how that investment got added, was ad hoc.

So, we came up with a good idea. I spent a lot of time besides inventorying and consolidated rationalizing to figure out what the right governance teams were and finding the right senior leaders that should be part of what we call the G9 — the top nine leaders that are engaged in approving both, funds and prioritization. It’s an interactive model where they’re engaged. They’re the Steering Committees you find historically which are here, but the people on it aren’t showing up to the meeting. They weren’t engaged and they didn’t know that they needed to be actually rolling-up their sleeves and being embedded in this. They actually got to put in that energy and engage in it. If they did not engage, they’d be replaced with another who wanted to engage irrespective of seniority.

It wasn’t enough to engage, they also had to be empowered to make decisions. If we needed to make a decision on something, we didn’t need to go to somebody outside of the G9 to ask, “Mother, may I?” That was a top governance piece.

Below that, my Chief Digital Officer created a Chief Digital Steering or Execution Team that comprised people from IT, the digital team, and every operational area that’s out there. Part of this also was about going to the senior leaders on the G9 and saying, “Hey! Listen, I need a strategic person, an operational person that knows your business in and out. They have to be empowered to be able to engage anywhere and help shape the things that have to be done in that area, whether it’s around their strategies or where they’re heading, or whether it’s operational re-engineering that needs to occur.” So, we created that broader core team that is doing that day-to-day work.

We executed on creating that prioritized portfolio. Now, we have sponsored an Initiative Owner for every initiative in that digital portfolio, which we didn’t have before. There were no sponsors that were engaged or held accountable for being engaged. So now, we have initiative. Now we say, “This is a great idea. If you want the initiative, you must also have a sponsor. Do you have one? Do you have an owner? Here’s the definition of an Initiative Owner. If you don’t have one, we’re not going to approve that.”

So, it’s not just about saying this is the right list; it’s also about checking if we have the right skin in the game to make it successful because you can’t do digital transformation off the side of your desk. It’s a core component that’s all encompassing of people’s time.

Q: How do you see the role of the C.I.O. today and what has changed in the last couple of years?

Timothy: Great question! There needs to be a certain amount of technology background and engineering discipline involved because this is a complex world where technology gets bigger and bigger in the forefront of enabling business and a lever in the business.

Historically, where the technology and technology leaders were thought to perhaps be the necessary evil to keeping the lights on, things running, and my computer working, it must be a strategic lever to our overall enterprise, special business and operations strategy.

In some of my roles, I’ve always been an engineer and a technologist by heart, driving architecture environments both, as C.T.O. and C.I.O. In my last role, I held Chief (Operations) and I.C.O. responsibilities in Governance. So, understanding the business and the full value chain from beginning to end is a critical part to being successful as a technologist and especially, a critical part to be a successful C.I.O.

If Sentara wanted me to join as a C.I.O. to just run technology thinking that I’m a technology guy, I probably wouldn’t have come here. I would only want to come here if they saw me as an equal business partner at the table, figuring out what we want to do with this growth strategy, what lines of business we want to grow, the additional care services we want to expand, the M&A work we want to do etc. If I don’t have an equal play and an equal seat at the table and if I can’t say, “This matters and I have an opinion on things more than just technology,” I wouldn’t have come here and I don’t think you’d get as much out of the C.I.O. role.

The more you can find that, the better. You’re not necessarily going to find it all in one package. The fact that I’ve been in health care for 25 years is a tremendous benefit that you may not be able to find. In some areas, maybe your Chief Digital Officer coming from the retail world without any health care experience helps because they’re not jaded to the environment. For my opinion as the core head technology leader, having that experience, knowing that business and being able to think like an operator as well and then, that put with the balance of funding with value, balancing around operations – giving and taking what matters, becomes important.

I could say, “Give me a hundred million dollars for security. I’ll make you more secure.” So, are you going to be – “Is that really going to pay off? Is making you secure enough to justify 100 million? What is the balance of that pragmatic approach to leveraging tech?” The analogy in a business, and I think, that’s what a C.I.O. needs to be in the environment and stay as effective as they can.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

The healthcare industry is moving away from point solutions

Season 4: Episode #119

Podcast with Kristin Myers, Chief Information Officer, Mount Sinai Health System

"The healthcare industry is moving away from point solutions"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Kristin Myers, CIO of Mount Sinai Health System, discusses topics related to the digital transformation journey at Mount Sinai – telehealth and access, digital patient experiences, remote care, home health, and more. Kristin also talks about the multi-year cloud transformation journey at Mount Sinai with Microsoft and the key themes that her team is focused on this year.

Kristin discusses why telehealth and virtual health are critical components of healthcare in the future and provides insights into how she makes technology choices in a rapidly changing landscape. She reflects on the changing role of the CIO in healthcare and why she decided to rename the IT organization. She concludes with advice for startups looking to partner in Mount Sinai’s digital transformation journey. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

01:51What does your digital strategy at Mount Sinai look like? Can you share your top priorities for enterprise digital transformation?
05:21Please tell us a little bit about your recent announcement about a multi-year cloud transformation journey. What led you to do it and how is that going to enable you to accomplish all the goals that you just talked about?
08:24A large part of your application's estate is going to the cloud. Are you moving your EHR, for instance? Can you talk a little bit about what all that means?
09:46 What does it feels like to be one of the pioneers at the front end of this cloud migration wave from the point of view of health systems and health care providers? Are we in very early stages of cloud migration as a sector, as providers?
12:07Tell us about your experience in the investments you've made in your telehealth program. Where do you see yourself today with regards to your patient population and provider community adopting it?
14:32 What are the challenges you've had to overcome and what are your immediate priorities as it relates to the next stage of evolution of this hybrid model of care?
15:54 Can you talk to us about how you approach the platform choices to create this seamless consumer experience?
23:14Tell us about your high-level approach to data and analytics.
26:35What are your thoughts on automation technologies and where you see them being applied in your context?
30:47What's your advice to the startups if they want to approach Mount Sinai to be a partner in your journey?
32:53Why is the industry moving away from point solutions?

About our guest

Kristin Myers is a visionary leader who is steering IT transformation efforts to align and support the strategic goals of Mount Sinai Health System. As Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer and Dean for Information Technology, her main objectives are to drive agility in the department to support the health system’s mission of clinical care, research, and education; optimize the department’s operations; and enable the Health System for digital change.

Ms. Myers joined the Health System as a Director of IT in 2004. Her many key accomplishments include leadership of the Epic clinical and revenue cycle implementations and the organization’s transition to ICD10 coding, and establishment of the IT Program Management Office and Change Management as a discipline within IT in 2009.

Ms. Myers is a nationally acclaimed healthcare leader. She was chosen as one of Crain New York’s Notable in Health Care list in 2021, selected to join the 2021 HIMSS Future50 Community, awarded the Modern Healthcare 2021 Top 25 Women in Healthcare honoree, and listed as 102 Women to Watch in Health IT in 2020. Under Ms. Myers’ leadership, Mount Sinai was awarded the prestigious Health Information and Management System Society (HIMSS) 2012 Enterprise Davies Award of Excellence for its electronic record implementation to improve quality of care and patient safety. Most recently, Mount Sinai Morningside and Mount Sinai West received HIMSS Stage 7, the highest level of technology adoption.

Before joining Mount Sinai, Ms. Myers worked at Cap Gemini, Ernst and Young, and the Cerner Corporation in Australia. She holds an Executive Master of Public Health from Columbia University and an Executive Chief Information Security Officer certification from Carnegie Mellon. She has been designated a Fellow of HIMSS; has received certifications in Program Management (PgMP), Project Management (PMP, Prince 2), and AIM Change Management; and is a Certified Professional in Health Information and Management Systems.

Q. Kristin, thank you so much for joining us, today, and welcome to the show! Please tell us a little about Mount Sinai.

Kristin: The Mount Sinai Health System was created in 2013 when the Mount Sinai Medical Center merged with Continuum Health Partners. We have eight hospital campuses in New York, and the Icahn School of Medicine. The Mount Sinai Medical Center has had a very long history. We started out in 1820 with the New York Eye and Ear Infirmary, and over time have accumulated hospitals. Our main hospital was founded in 1852. We have around $9.3 bn in revenues, 43,000 employees, and over 7,000 physicians — a very large academic health system in New York.

Q. What does your digital strategy at Mount Sinai look like? Can you share your top priorities for enterprise digital transformation?

Kristin: Everyone is aware of the pace at which technology and digital is transforming health care. It’s just accelerated exponentially, especially with COVID. Given the number of ways of doing business, today, we have to shift to digital workforce, embrace new digital channels in which we can engage our patients and, adopt innovative ways to provide care. My goal has been to reinvent and transform technology and digital as an organization and drive real change in culture so that its innovative and resilient within the department. For me, then, there are three key themes I’m really focused on: first, is customer service, and being able to serve and support and enable our stakeholders. The second is innovation, that must be done at-scale, at the enterprise-level with focus on differentiation, new ways of working, and new business models after which we must examine new opportunities to drive change and transformation.

The third is around digital, where we think about our patient and employee experiences within an overall digital strategy and roadmap. The focus, then, is around digitally enabling Mt. Sinai as the preferred destination for our community. It’s important to anticipate needs so that we can provide that equitable and seamless experience to everyone we interact with.

Also, when I think about digital, I go back to a framework with three key components: digital business models to reimagine the way we do business with digital and technology capabilities; digital experiences that focus on the experiences that our patient and employees are having; digital core, which is around our operating model that revolves around people, process, and technology.

We’ve really taken a step back to think about how we can devise a more experience-led, integrated approach so that we’ve got a digital roadmap that prioritizes the identified key opportunities, understand what the technology implications and changes are that need to be made to support that, and then, incorporate other considerations like program governance, change management before activating it as a whole enterprise-wide.

Q. Mount Sinai has made a recent announcement regarding a multi-year cloud transformation journey. What is its scope and scale? How is that going to enable you to accomplish all of these goals you’ve mentioned?

Kristin: I’ve looked at each functional area in the technology organization — the data centers, our business continuity, and disaster recovery plans etc. Question is, how do we transform that? When I see our target operating model over the next five years, it means that we have to have a Cloud transformation, need to mature our capabilities around business continuity and disaster recovery and then, provide that modern and scalable platform in which we can grow with the Health System.

We’ve partnered Microsoft, our cloud provider and Accenture, our system integrator to really execute on that Cloud and data center transformation and support innovation efforts to enable new business and growth models that can drive research and A.I. efforts. These measures will support an academic medical center with more modern technology infrastructure and increased security, that will improve our uptime recovery and enhance agility while avoiding significant costs to complete facilities, remediation and hiring of additional data center and facility staff.

Just to give you a sense, we have 13 data center and server rooms across the Health System. That’s significant and being able to reduce that to at least one on-prem, eventually, would be good. It’d be great to have none, but one at least will significantly reduce our costs and improve our ability to recover from outages that would impact revenue, patient care and operations. We get to have that geographic diversity and failover capabilities that are in the Cloud, too. This, then, was a large step forward that was necessary for us to do as an organization.

Q. Are you moving your EHR, for example? Can you talk a little about what that means?

Kristin: We’ve gone through our application portfolio and reviewed which applications would be a light lift to move to the Cloud versus a heavy lift. Now, there are some applications that, today, are not ready to be moved to the Cloud, so, we’ll have to work with those vendors over a period of the next few years.

As it relates to the EHR, our intent is to move Epic to the Cloud. We’ll start with the training and testing environments, and disaster recovery before we even move to some of our larger environments, and ultimately, production. But, we’re working very closely with Epic as well as Microsoft and Accenture to make sure that that transition will be successful over the coming years.

Q. You would be one of the pioneers, you know, and at the front end of this cloud migration wave from the point of view of health systems and health care providers. What does that feel like?

Kristin: We’ve seen the financial services and other sectors that have already made this transition. When I speak with other CIOs it’s clear that everyone’s looking at Cloud and Software as a Service. Many applications that are already in the portfolio are SaaS. So, CIOs are taking a gradual approach.

But it also depends on the investments that have been made historically, in data centers. Some CIOs have built their data centers from the ground-up and invested significant amounts of money in doing that. For us, it was a very different picture when we started looking at our investments and how many data centers we had. Overall, the business case for us to move to the Cloud really made sense. For other organizations it may not make sense at this time. But, taking that gradual approach might.

Q. Going back to some of your digital transformation themes, one of the big one of the big shifts in the last couple of years has been towards telehealth models. Do share your experience with this. Where do you see yourself, today, with regard to your patient population at Optum and your own provider community?

Kristin: We’d developed the infrastructure prior to Covid and had a number of physicians experimenting with telehealth. But it was not necessarily part of the model of care, across the Health System. When COVID hit, we were able to scale very quickly and we saw large volumes with telehealth, too. Today, as we see with the trends of other health systems, it’s dropped, but it’s been very steady — around 15 to 20% of overall ambulatory volume, which is significant. Investments will continue in this.

We’ve made a lot of investments around tele consultations in the in-patient setting, too. And this has resulted in savings in the cost of care leading to alleviation of clinical capacity constraints by diverting patients from higher acuity sites of care. That will also continue to be an area that we invest in. For us, access is really the center of our digital roadmap and a core priority, so, ensuring that we have virtual health as a key pillar that we continue to invest in, will always be important.

Q. We’re now settling towards a hybrid model of care — a mix of in-person visits complemented by virtual visits. Here, the quality of the experience becomes very important. Can you talk about the seamlessness this entails? Also, what are the challenges you’ve had to overcome to get to the next stage of evolution of this hybrid care model?

Kristin: It’s important to make sure that the platforms that we’re utilizing are ones that integrate very well with the EHR. We’ve used a variety of tools that have integrated well with Epic. We’re currently looking at Zoom as part of our overall unified communication strategy. They have been integrated with Epic and may be a good vendor long-term for us to work with. Considering that, we’re looking at them more broadly across the organization.

Q. When you look at your tool and platform choices, there is a plethora of options out there. How you approach these platform choices to create a seamless patient experience? Do you have an Epic-first policy to go with or do you evaluate tools on a case-by-case basis?

Kristin: I always think about the overall Epic roadmap because it is one about foundational platforms similar to maybe ServiceNow, Salesforce and ERP. It’s important for you to understand what the roadmap is and what functionality is coming in the next 2-3 years. There are so many gaps with any of these foundational tools that you always need to be looking at other solutions to complement them.

My approach is looking at the solution in the context of experience, specifically, for our patients and employees. That’s key. How does the platform integrate with some of the foundational products like an Epic is important, too. It’s equally crucial to be really intentional about what the roadmap looks like — Are we implementing a product or point solutions for 2-3 years before it becomes part of the roadmap of Epic? Will we decommission it when Epic releases this function and adopt that? It’s methodical but Epic tools need to be able to have the functionality of these point solutions, and that’s some of the challenges over time.

Q. I think that’s a very valuable and interesting input for, especially for startup founders listening to this podcast Let’s now talk about the remote care and home health part of digital transformation. Can you tell us about your own experience and some of the programs that you’ve got going in remote monitoring and home health spaces?

Kristin: This is a space our teams are working on, specifically with Mount Sinai Health Partners, in population health. Currently, we have approximately 2,000 patients enrolled in remote patient monitoring, specifically around, an area like blood pressure. It’s a priority for us and we need to be able to expand these programs. In the meantime, we’re looking at possible foundational partners overall, for remote patient monitoring. There are a number of vendors since it’s a crowded marketplace! But to have one vendor for many of the capabilities while that’s ideal, I don’t think we’ll get to a 100% of the capabilities with one. However, if we can get a vast majority with one, that would be helpful. I’m interested to hear what your thoughts are about this space.

Q. I see that home health is definitely going to be the default mode of care in the next 5-10 years for a large part of one’s routine and chronic care needs. When one needs to come into the hospital, one comes to the hospital. The big investments will come in from companies like Amazon who will define the space in some way going forward because they’re approaching the market from a different standpoint. The technologies that are emerging can make it a viable reality. So, whether it is remote monitoring, where you can use the sensors and monitors and devices to pull the data and intervene appropriately or whether it is voice recognition technologies, each one will enable the shift towards more of a home health model.

Kristin: What are you seeing with the vendor marketplace? From our perspective, it just seems very crowded. There are also many of the vendors who do not want to integrate with the foundational system.

Q. There is a lot of tension between a foundational system, Epic in particular, I’d say, and the vendor community out there at large, and that’s got to do with the source of the data. How do you get the data to drive the experiences? While the vendor landscape is thriving, it’s also very fragmented so it’s very hard to see who’s going to make it and who is not. There’re a number of things in play there — Integration with Epic HER, EHR and transaction systems, the workflows, how do you really take care of people at home? How do you create a seamless model where they can come into the hospital, go back, do a tele-visit, be taken care of at home etc. There’re al these that need to come together, seamlessly. I think, we’re still some distance away from creating that seamlessness.

Q. Mt Sinai’s got the Hasso Plattner Institute for Digital Health. You have significant research-related data and an analytics program. Tell us about your high-level approach to data and the analytics program.

Kristin: About two years ago, we took a step back and looked at all of our data assets across the Health System. Being a research organization, we have a number of them. But while we have a lot of data assets, we needed to create an enterprise data hub. We’ve been making a lot of investments, looking at data governance and data stewardship, making sure that when we’re providing data to either our researchers, educators or faculty, that it is of high quality. That’s been an area of focus.

We’ve been ensuring that our data is accessible and can be sent to our payers. There are significant incentives that we get owing to this like any health care organization, so, being able to create that real-time data feeds to the payers has also been an area of focus.

Predictive modeling has also been critical for us. We have an amazing clinical data science team that develops predictive models and integrates them with Epic. We’re looking at ways in which, potentially, we could spin-off some of the work that is being done for it has a very large outline and tremendous operational impact in really improving quality and outcomes. So, there’s a lot of exciting stuff going on here, but, predictive modeling is probably one area that stands out to me.

Q. You mention data quality. I often hear about the fragmentation of data sources, devices and absence of a standard data model. Is it fair to say getting data in a standardized format that can be wrangled into a usable dataset is a significant challenge?

Kristin: It is a challenge and something that we’re working through as part of our overall enterprise data hub strategy.

Q. Let’s talk about the acute labor shortage economy-wide that we’re experiencing and the automation technologies that are stepping into the breach in some way. Can you share your thoughts on automation technologies and where you see them being applied in your context?

Kristin: Automating administrative tasks through Robotic Process Automation can reduce human workload and realize cost savings. It can increase employee satisfaction and retention rates because it takes some of the very simple and basic work and automates that so employees can focus on the more complex work. We have an RPA team that works with the business and looks to identify, evaluate, and execute some process automation opportunities.

We’re also investing in some conversational AI to free-up capacity, there.

The IVR is also a tool to automate administrative tasks, improve employee experience and prevent burnout. That’s a real problem that we’re seeing across the board, whether it’s the clinical teams — our physicians and nurses – or frankly, everyone in health care.

Q. You’re the CIO of one of the largest health systems in the country with a long career in technology. How has the role of a CIO changed over the last few years? What are the big leadership qualities expected of CIOs, today? How is this different from what it might have been before?

Kristin: It’s so different. If you asked people what the role of the CIO was pre-COVID, you probably got different responses. So, it goes back to how technology and digital innovation has just accelerated. It’s no longer about managing IT anymore. It’s about leveraging technology and the digital to enable business, drive growth and create value. Being a partner at the executive leadership table means I can influence and help formulate and enable the business strategy of the health system and then, execute on those priorities to really achieve the business outcomes.

So, it’s a huge change in mindset and how people view the IT function, which is why I renamed our function — Digital and Technology Partners. This represents our vision, value, culture, and contributions to the health system.

If we say IT, it doesn’t necessarily appeal to a new digital generation either, right? We want to be able to try and retain and recruit technology talent. This will continue to be an ongoing challenge. Everyone’s aware of the great resignations, so, being able to attract talent is really important. So, it’s a very different role.

Q. There’s a lot of folks listening to this podcast who are from the technology startup ecosystem. What’s your advice to them if they want to approach Mt. Sinai to be a partner in your journey?

Kristin: Be clear on the value proposition and the business model. We’re a large, mission-driven organization and our operating margins are pretty tight. So, we’re always looking for sustainable business models with measurable impact. Some companies will offer a “free pilot before you scale,” but, nothing is free because it means that resources and teams are being redirected and all of this comes at a cost to the organization. Understand that, even if that offer is made, it still requires a comprehensive review.

I’d encourage these startup organizations to think about how the industry’s moving away from point solutions. So, if you’re going to pitch that, you need to ensure that you’re articulating how to address capability and experience gaps and how that could integrate into our foundational products, such as, Epic, the ERP, etc. Health care organizations are going to start focusing more on the patient and employee experiences, so, having so many digital health vendors that don’t integrate with one another, only dissatisfies our patients and employees.

Q. This may be a topic for a much deeper conversation but I’d like your thoughts on is this lack of integration causing the friction that you’re alluding to and is that why the industry is moving away from point solutions?

Kristin: I believe so, because we have frictionless experiences in our everyday life with other industries. With health care, there’s a lot of friction. Some of this is really down to the lack of a focus on that experience. If there are so many vendors that aren’t interoperable and providing that seamless experience to patients, it is dissatisfying, right?

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.comand write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

We are unlikely to see digital health investments doubling again this year

Season 4: Episode #118

Podcast with Justin Norden, MD, Partner, GSR Ventures

“We are unlikely to see digital health investments doubling again this year”

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Justin Norden, Partner at GSR Ventures, shares his personal story to inform the investment thesis behind GSR Ventures’ health tech-focused venture fund. Justin is both a physician and a computer scientist by training and has a real passion for the Medicaid sector. He discusses the many challenges in healthcare for startups and points to the potential that lies with the Medicaid population and how technology can help turn it into an opportunity. GSR Ventures specializes in funding early-stage digital health companies.

Justin talks about the digital health funding environment and why he thinks that in 2022 we won’t see the same levels of investment as in previous years. He shares his advice for founders looking to launch digital health companies and what it takes to successfully sell to and partner with health systems. He also offers thoughts on how the entry of big tech in healthcare will open new opportunities for startups. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

05:41Last year, USD 30 billion was pumped as venture capital into digital health startups. What's your outlook for 2022?
09:25There's a lot of risk for health systems betting on a startup that is unproven or surviving from one funding cycle to the next. How do you square this influx of capital here with growth in the number of startups?
11:21The big techs are making big investments. What does it mean for your portfolio companies and the competitive landscape they are operating in now?
13:57 When you talk to your portfolio company founders and teams, what do you see as significant challenges they grapple with on an ongoing basis?
16:59There is a criticism that technology startups tend to look at everything through a technology lens. How would you respond to that on behalf of your founders in your portfolio?
18:52 What is your piece on the Medicaid space? Where do you see an opportunity to serve the population and make money?
22:32 There’s an acute talent crisis in the tech sector. How does that factor into your investment decisions? How are your startups working through this challenge?
24:45If I were a startup founder with a great team of engineers, a great idea to serve the Medicaid population, and listening to this podcast, how would I be able to appeal to you?
25:34What is your advice to founders listening to this podcast, wanting to build a digital health startup and make a difference?

About our guest

Justin Norden is a Partner at GSR Ventures, where he focuses on early-stage investments in digital health. Prior to GSR Ventures, he was the CEO and co-founder of Trustworthy AI which was acquired by Waymo (Google self-driving). He worked on the healthcare team at Apple, co-founded Indicator (an NLP based platform for biopharma decision making) and helped start the Stanford Center for Digital Health.

As an academic he is an award-winning machine learning and bioinformatics researcher with 20+ publications. Finally, Justin is a former professional athlete and 3x world champion in ultimate frisbee.

Justin received his MD from Stanford University School of Medicine, MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business, M.Phil in Computational Biology from the University of Cambridge, and BA in Computer Science from Carleton College.

Q. Justin, welcome to the show and tell us a little about the fund and how you got into launching it.

Justin: GSR Ventures is a health-tech focused venture fund based in the U.S. My partners and I share a common vision to transform healthcare through new technologies that really have yet, in our opinion, to disrupt the healthcare ecosystem. So, I can walk you through my own personal journey and we’ll see how that informs our investment thesis with the fund.

I started out as a computer scientist — my undergrad and master’s are in computer science and computational biology, where I focused on machine learning and genomics. The plan was always to be a physician coming from a family of physicians, and this was something that I always felt was such an amazing thing — getting to care for patients.

Through my journey, I ended up coming to Stanford for medical school, where armed with this computer science and tech background, I felt like I kept banging my head against the wall of “why are we not able to do things better with technology? Why don’t we augment what we’re able to do, augment the repetition, automate some of these processes and really spend more time with patients and deliver that better care?” Ultimately, I took some clinical detours, which ended in launching our Stanford Center for Digital Health. We’re doing some of the first telemedicine visits out of Epic, taking care of our ACO population.

From there, I left to join the team at Apple, where we were doing some amazing things at-scale. I want to talk a little bit more about what big tech companies are doing, today. You can’t spend this long in Silicon Valley without getting the startup edge, so I tried my hand a few times, as a founder of one of the companies focused on algorithm safety and trust. “How do we know what client is doing, what it’s meant to do?” Ultimately, I ended up selling that company to Waymo, Google’s self-driving car company, and then came to GSR Ventures where we just shared this common vision to change healthcare through technology.

Some of my partners here have similar backgrounds as physicians, former entrepreneurs or former technologists. And fundamentally, we saw this opportunity to take that technology into health care and make it happen. Now, it’s not easy, we know. Many of us have tried to do this for years but in the recent past, we’ve really seen transformational changes — with COVID, with adoption, with physicians finally buying in that this will be the future. We think that is really only going to accelerate.

So, for us at GSR Ventures today, we’re focused on companies that don’t offer incremental improvements, but focus on 2, 3, 10, if not 100x X improvements through the use of new technologies, such as, asynchronous telemedicine, digital therapeutics, and companies working in Medicaid, which have previously been ignored. These are things that really get us excited.

Q. Let’s now talk about the big picture. Last year, USD 30 billion or so was pumped as venture capital into digital health companies. The corporate sector and many health systems — Providence, UPMC, Kaiser, Unity Point — launched their own funds. So, what’s the outlook for 2022?

Justin: I just spoke with Matthew from Unity Point and Craig from Cigna Ventures at a conference in Chicago and I think, it’s really accelerated — more than doubled for the past few years — so, I don’t think we’re going to see that doubling again this year.

You mentioned a few of the parties who’ve come to the table in the past few years — health systems, payers who’ve jumped in but the other group that’s really jumped in from the investment standpoint is people who traditionally work outside of health care. There’s a lot of former technology investors, very big inventors, hedge funds and venture capital firms who previously had been on the sidelines for health care, but who during COVID said, “Hey, this is a market we should jump into.” It’s really all of these parties who’ve created this rapid acceleration in funding.

Is that going to double this year? No. It’ll be fairly close to where we were in 2020 to probably 2021 from a venture capital dollars standpoint, because there are many great companies and amazing opportunities, as companies have really good fundamentals, are growing and again, have the four trillion dollar health care market to go after.

What’s going to be different, though, is there were some companies that — especially of investors, who maybe weren’t as familiar with how health care works and had little idea how long it takes to sell into some health systems and payers — saw some overhype in certain categories and valuations and which looked more like software companies, when really some of these that were recently funded, were more traditional health care services with software on the fringes.

There’s just really going to be an awakening. It’s been seen on the public market-side of these companies that were valued like true tech companies, when in reality, underneath the hood they’re really more health care services companies that trade at very different multiples. That has already corrected some on the public market-side. Many of the companies that went IPO over the past few years went through SPAC mergers, however, have come down significantly as people realize, “Hey, health care is hard.” And fundamentally, these businesses look a little bit different than we expect. So, we’ll see that traction in valuations in the private market side, but there’s a lot of room for growth here, so we remain incredibly optimistic for our companies going forward.

Q. Companies that have gone IPO have seen a drop in their overall market cap. No one’s making money. Privately held companies that are VC funded are operating perhaps at subscale, individually, and fragmenting the market. There’s a lot of risk for health systems betting on a startup that is unproven or surviving from one funding cycle to the next. For the startup, too, long sales cycles are fatal. How do you square this influx of capital here with growth in the number of startups?

Justin: You offer a fair assessment. A lot of money has gone into startups, ideas and some early traction but what’s really needed for them to successfully sell and partner with health systems is, proven ROI clinical validation of the solution. That’s something I’m hoping to see more of as we progress.

Take mental health, for example, one of the leading areas for investment the past few years. There’re so many solutions on the market, most of which have never published results that their methods are working, or that their patients are really getting better and instead, rely on some very soft ROI metrics. I think this is an area, in particular, that we’re going to see consolidation and companies moving around.

Have you really proven your results? Does your technology solution actually work to make patients better? Are people really seeing ROI from a health system repair result after implementing these solutions? We’re starting to see that. In crowded areas, this is a way that startups will break-out and the health systems will say, “Oh yeah, this startup has clinical evidence to prove this. This other one, doesn’t.” So, we’re going to go with that and I expect to see more of both this year and in the future — just how people pick and sift through the many options for certain conditions.

Q. Consolidation is definitely one path for many of these startups showing some potential and promise. Let’s talk about the big tech companies. They’re making big investments as well. What does it mean for your portfolio companies and the competitive landscape that they’re operating in now that Amazon, for instance, is getting directly into the business of healthcare services?

Justin: It’s exciting to have so much interest in the market. Fundamentally, we all chose health care, not because we were hoping to make a quick buck but because we wanted to make this better. It’s fantastic that we’re getting all of the big tech companies and people interested in doing that.

In terms of what it means for our startups, we need to figure out how to work with them. Take for example, CVS announced a large partnership with one of our companies, Marable, around making clinical trials better, creating an access point for those patients. As start-ups are really able to prove that they’re delivering their solution, these Big Tech companies become a wonderful partner to take that distribution channel and really scale it across the country. So, that’s the first example we’re really excited about as our startups really begin to prove that they’re winners in their field. These tech companies become a fantastic partner to really grow and continue to build that relationship.

In other areas, it’s always a joke. It’s the easiest thing to say, “What if Google or Amazon, you know, does this?” It’s real now, in this space. Know that if you’re trying to deliver medications to someone home, you are now competing directly with Amazon. It’s exciting and interesting to see that growth there.

Fundamentally, some things we think about as early-stage investors are — What is going to beat them up? How are you going to build a network proprietary distribution IP around what you’re doing? As long as you do a good job of those things, you’ll be able to compete against some of the big tech companies as you are growing able to be successful. It’s interesting partnership opportunities for if things go sideways, I’m assuming we’re going to see more acquisitions from some of these big tech companies. But fundamentally, it doesn’t change if you’re taking an interesting idea, figuring out a way we can really find this position in the market and grow from a position of strength, then, startups will just be fine. Health care is so big it’s going to take many, many hands to make this better.

Q. When you talk to your portfolio company founders and teams, what do you see as a one or two big challenges that they grapple with on an ongoing basis? How do you help them think through it?

Justin: So many challenges! It depends on the day of the week for what things are coming up but, one of the most important ones within health care is — How do you build real fundamental partnerships that are win-win?

As an early-stage company, this is one of those big challenges — Do you take strategic capital from a potential big player? Does that hurt your financing options, later? Do they have too much control so you can’t partner with one of their competitors? How do you structure a contract such that there’s real buy-in that they’re not just buying your IP, buying the option value with no kind of real guarantee that they’re going to deliver on their app?

These are fundamental things — How do you contract a partner with some of these bigger players so that, if it goes well, it can be a huge boon to your business but, if it goes badly, it could really hinder you from other potential partners without any kind of real upside. Navigating a few simple things like that whether it’s pharma payers or health systems, quickly, is something that comes up again and again, especially for early-stage founders.

Q. Are you saying that taking on more risk is something that start-ups should be prepared for when contracting?

Justin: Not necessarily; it’s just being really smart about how you’re thinking about a distribution channel. So, it’s about ensuring that there’s real skin in the game and that they’re excited that you’re going to move through a procurement process, quickly, and not going to get stuck in a two-year cycle.

This future version that you’re talking about around value, is every digital health company’s dream of saying, “yes, we’re going to work with a payer and take on value when ensuring the cost savings.” But, in reality, it’ll take you multiple years to get there.

We work and talk with our advisors at many of the big payers and often, find that you’re going to have to start in a fee-for-service world. But, make sure you have those conversations upfront so, in the next 12 months, you’re going to move from fee-for-service to a bundled payment and then, ultimately try to move towards capitation or something else, if you can do that with your patient population.

There’re many versions and ways to do this. One of the things that’s just so important is ensuring we set expectations correctly with our founders. When we connect them with someone on the other side, we’re making sure everyone’s ready and prepped for the conversation and not just talking past each other, which happens just too frequently when Silicon Valley tries to interact with some of the legacy health care players.

Q. Fairly or unfairly, I hear the criticism that technology startups tend to look at everything through a technology lens. You’re both, a technologist and a physician and healthcare is a people business workflow. So, how would you respond to that on behalf of your founders in your portfolio?

Justin: I would say, at large, as a field, I mostly agree with that criticism. And that’s part of our job, especially, when we have founders who don’t come from the healthcare industry. To coach with them and work with them, get them to understand that health care is a people business, that health care is more risk-averse — it is going to take longer to build that trust because that’s how health care works.

I teach at Stanford — for medical school – and work with early students. So, sometimes, we tell them, often physicians are the last players to build trust and move towards a new solution. That’s something we work with our founders on, on a daily basis to make sure they know that and understand what’s happening.

Yes, technology does have this potential to absolutely transform what we’re doing. But I thought myself, both, going through school as a clinician and then, again as a technologist, understanding it is a different world sitting in the hospital, taking care of a patient and, writing lines of code on your computer. We need to bring people closer together if we’re ever going to make it work.

Q. Let’s talk a little bit about Medicaid. There’s a lot to be done there and some real challenges as well — Medicaid members rely on their caregivers and their hospitals to actually offer rideshare because they can’t afford Gas to drive themselves to their appointments, can’t afford the bandwidth or data plans for their mobile devices. Plus, this being a government-run program, there’s a whole reimbursement component to it. What is your piece on the Medicaid space? Where do you see an opportunity to serve the population but also make money?

Justin: Absolutely. Every complaint you just mentioned is a challenge in Medicaid, today. But I would argue almost in each of those categories, that things have got better and the opportunity has got closer for the past few years.

So, why is there an opportunity here? Historically, Medicaid has been mostly ignored by every player in the health care system. For the payers, hospital systems are losing money. It’s just a question of how much. So, they need to think of how few Medicaid members can be served, but making sure they keep their nonprofit status. None of the digital health companies has, for the most part, save a few exceptions, targeted Medicaid early because why would I take a third 20% of the reimbursement I could get elsewhere? It just doesn’t work. That’s where technology has come into play and there’re a few trends I’ll point to. I’ll speak to why it’s so exciting.

So first, from a mobile standpoint, for over the past five years, the amount of Medicaid members and just even the US population as a whole that is connected now to High-Speed Internet and has a smartphone, has gone up considerably to the point where it can be more of an expectation rather than a reality. From a mobile connectivity standpoint, things are fundamentally different than they were five years ago.

Two, from a technology standpoint, this is where technology can make a difference in health care. When if you’re traditionally giving services or even just a pure telemedicine visit, yes, the economics don’t work. If I’m a psychiatrist doing a telemedicine visit, I fundamentally just don’t make the same money per hour seeing a different patient. That’s where technology solutions can come in. All of a sudden, when I can deliver an application, an FDA-approved digital therapeutic for a treatment, it can be done at a fraction of the cost and I can treat these patients at-scale. This is where software has the potential to deploy things across millions or billions of phones; an opportunity to deliver asynchronous telemedicine. That’s a tenth, if not a hundredth, of the cost to reach these patients. Fundamentally, the technology tools are now available to treat these patients for a fraction of the cost.

That last part you mentioned, yes, now, we’re working with government and the states. It’s even worse than Medicare Advantage, where we have to work with one plan. We have to figure out how we’re going to contract with 50 states and the MCOs that work with those states. But more and more dollars have gone from state-funding to MCOs, which really allows for more creative options. So, when I’m responsible for the total cost of care, I can do the rideshare, the food delivery, and other things for those highest cost Medicaid patients.

All these things have really pointed to an area with less than a total of a billion and a half dollars flowing into Medicaid startups. Contrast that with almost $20 billion in Medicare Advantage. I focus on that market, whereas Medicaid’s almost twice the size of an annual spend. This has been an ignored area, but the tools are coming together as is the climate and there’ll be some huge winners that we’re going to see over the next few years.

Q. Let’s talk about your startups and your own business. You’re investing in all these startups where a big factor is talent. There’s an acute talent crisis in the tech sector, so how does that factor into your investment decisions? How are your startups working through this challenge?

Justin: I absolutely agree that is such a challenge to hire the best right now in terms of how it factors into our investment decision. The most important thing from our investment decision at any stage is the team — Is this a founding team? Is the management team one that can succeed in the market? Are they on top of their game?

And such an important part of that is, are they going to be able to recruit those most talented employees at cheaper than they’re going?

Every one of our startups, the top engineers, could make double or triple their salaries by jumping over to Big Tech. So, question is, do they believe in the mission of the company that they’re going to help people? Do they believe in the trajectory of the company that has become a unicorn or decacorn and from a financial side, give them upside as well?

That’s the most important thing. A key component of that is how they, as leaders, managers and recruiters, are able to attract talent. That’s what we think about from an investment decision. That has always been one of the most important criteria, if not the most important criteria, as we think about investments and that really just carries over to the tough hiring landscape, today.

In terms of what we say to our startups and how we work with them, we tell them — talent is important and if they need to make a hire, they need to go above what they have to do to attract and get those people. Talent drives everything and so they have to compete in whatever way to get them.

What we’ve seen with most companies, today, is that people maybe have a historically geographic constraint but that’s loosened across almost all our startups so that, that best engineers with us even if they don’t want to come into office, even if they aren’t in the city where the majority of employees are. That’s something we’ve seen just very tactically across the board.

Q. If I were a startup founder with a great team of engineers, a great idea to serve the Medicaid population and listening to this podcast, how would I be able to appeal to you?

Justin: If they said those things, sent me a cold email, I’d definitely be inclined to respond. In that meeting, when I’d be speaking to them – through a recorded pitch or a 10–20-minute practice pitch — the real key would lie in how they’d respond to questions when you started digging in — Why are you doing it this way? How does this happen?

That’s when the real magic would happen. In terms of, at least for me, I’d pitch in evaluating the founder of the team to kind of see if they’re ready for it.

Q. We’re coming up almost to the end of our time here. What is your advice to founders listening to this podcast, wanting to build a digital health startup and make a difference?

Justin: There’s never been a better time to jump into digital health. For many years personally, I found myself banging my head against the wall. We have to use technology. It’s got to be this way. But I felt mostly ignored by my peers within medicine, who didn’t believe that technology would ever make a change.

Fundamentally, that has shifted across all stages of a company with more people saying, “I want to work on something meaningful. I want to work on something that can really change the world and make a mark.” Digital health is the perfect place. So, in terms of advice, I’d say, if people are thinking about this, this is the perfect time to jump in. There’s so much room for growth. It might be not as frothy or as high a market as it was for the past few months. That doesn’t matter. There’s so much room and capital available to fund good ideas and good teams, so, I’d love to work with you.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Even in a small market, we’re looking to utilize technology to expand access to care while improving outcomes and quality.

Season 4: Episode #117

Podcast with Brian Davis, CHCIO, Chief Information Officer, Magnolia Regional Health Center

"Even in a small market, we’re looking to utilize technology to expand access to care while improving outcomes and quality."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Brian Davis discusses the perfect storm of competition for patients, labor, and medical supplies that even a small hospital in remote Mississippi, such as Magnolia Regional Medical Center now faces. Brian describes Magnolia as a large ambulatory facility that happens to own a hospital. He explains how he uses federal grants and state programs for rural broadband access to drive telehealth and improve technology adoption among patients and caregivers.

As a long-time user of Meditech EHR, Brian talks about their deep commitment to Meditech and their efforts to build mobile experiences for patients and caregivers. He also shares his thoughts on the recent Meditech partnership with Google Health. Brian shares his excitement on the emerging technologies such as voice in making care accessible and convenient for consumers. He also muses on how emerging entrants, less limited by geographic boundaries, could be extremely disruptive to their primary care services and, ultimately their referral path into their specialty services. Take a listen.  

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

00:27Tell us a little about the Magnolia Regional Health Center and the populations that you serve.
03:42Tell us how you make technology choices and what makes your challenges unique?
06:03What does digital transformation mean in your context?
09:15 When you talk about telehealth, can you give us an example of what you've implemented that benefits your patient population and your providers?
10:57You’re a Meditech shop and they recently signed a partnership with Google. What do you make of that and how will that impact your roadmap with Meditech?
16:03 What are the competitive forces you see emerging for a somewhat insulated regional health system like yours and how do you prepare to meet them?
19:57 You talked about several technologies that you use to transform the patient experience. What about things like automation? Have you deployed those to address the labor shortage in particular?
23:31 What are the challenges that you have to overcome to make sure that the investments are well thought-through, and well deployed while delivering results in the shortest possible time?
24:41What are your big priorities for 2022?

About our guest

Brian Davis is Chief Information Officer of Magnolia Regional Health Center in Corinth, MS, where he oversees all the information systems for the 200-bed medical center and 21 medical offices. He is a CHIME Certified Health CIO with over 15 years of healthcare IT experience. Brian has been instrumental in leveraging technology at Magnolia in innovative ways to consistently deliver business value, whether by creating competitive advantage, optimizing business processes, enabling growth or improving relationships with customers.

Magnolia Regional Health Center earned a 2021 Most Wired designation for both acute and ambulatory services. He holds a Master of Science degree in Information Technology Management focused in Computer/Information Technology Administration and Management from Western Governors University.

Q. Tell us a little about the Magnolia Regional Health Center and the populations that you serve.

Brian: Magnolia Regional Health Center is a 200-bed acute hospital located in the North-east corner of Mississippi and jointly owned by the City of Corinth and Alcorn County. Our mission here is to improve the health of the communities we serve; one patient at a time. We are a fully accredited joint commission facility servicing a seven-county region including four counties in North-east Mississippi and three in South-west Tennessee.

We supply over 20 service lines to the community, including a level-three trauma ED. Also, we operate around 20 ambulatory clinics that are comprised of primary and specialty care and have a residential-based home health and hospice facility.

Our primary service area has a population of around 37,000 while our secondary service area has a population of around 141,000. We do have a higher the national average or higher than national average median age, and about 18% of our families do fall below the poverty level. So, we do have a higher percentage of governmental payers within our payer mix. We also have a higher average of individuals without health insurance that are under the age of 65. And within those populations, we see about 30,000 patients annually through our ED. We have about 90,000 annual outpatient visits, 10,000 inpatient visits and about 33,000 ambulatory visits. So as my CEO likes to say, we’re really an outpatient organization that happens to own a hospital.

Q. You mentioned several interesting facts about your unique health system. You’re in a unique place, geographically and very uniquely defined by your population. Tell us how you make technology choices? What makes your challenges unique?

Brian: Ultimately, I don’t think this is unique to our organization, but we do like to align our technology choices with our organizational strategic plans so that we’re all driving in tandem with the rest of the organization towards the same goals.

At a high level for us, those goals are to engage our teams, provide our patients with high-quality, personalized care, strengthen our financial position, and create a stable future for our staff so that we can continue to deliver our mission to our patients and the community. We are also looking to expand our care by connecting patients with the right care at the right time, delivered by the right caregiver. These are what ultimately drive our technology decisions.

However, being a smaller regional hospital with finite resources, we have to be mindful of the operational impacts of technology and modernization — the costs of both, the short-term, long-term resource commitments to the technology and the associated cyber security implications. We want to provide our staff and consumers with the latest and greatest in technology that helps drive improvements in quality and safety but, we also want to minimize the risks to the organization.

So, we’re constantly asking questions like — Can this technology address multiple challenges intra-organization? Can we leverage existing technology to drive additional product value? Does the technology drive efficiency within our workflow processes? How would the technology complement our existing technology stack? Can we support the solution within the current framework? Do we have the right skill mix in place to support the technology? If not, how much effort will be involved in training the staff to support this? Is there a staff pool available out there for such support? What are the educational requirements for our users? Now, we don’t have a large staff base, but we have to be mindful about it when we’re choosing technology.

Q. What does digital transformation mean in your context?

Brian: I say this year-over-year that, it’s just an exciting time to be in healthcare IT and I may be starting to sound like a broken record to this point, but the level of innovation keeps progressing at a rapid rate, and the insights that are being gleaned from analytics continues to improve and keep pushing the boundaries of what is possible in health care. The pandemic has escalated the adoption of digital technologies.

Despite being in a smaller organization and a smaller market, I’m not sure my answer’s very different from other counterparts or the larger organizations. If you look at our technology roadmap, you’ll see the digital transformation for Magnolia lies in the use of digital technologies to create or transform our processes, culture and experiences from both, our consumers, and staff to enable improved care delivery and potentially, even in a small market, create a competitive advantage.

As far as what we’re investing in right now, if you go back to what drives our technology decisions, we’re looking to utilize technology to expand access to care while improving outcomes and quality. We recently submitted for and received funding as part of the FCC Telehealth Grant to expand access to telehealth services within our region. The state of Mississippi is also investing heavily to make broadband more readily available to residents in rural areas throughout the state. We’re looking to leverage these funds in bringing free methods, provide acute-based telehealth consults for those scarce regional provider resources like infectious disease intensivist and behavioral health sources. We’re also looking to build an urgent care telehealth platform that provides immediate access to provider resources for those non-emergency issues, because, being a smaller hospital, it isn’t easy to get through health care resources within the area as it might be in some or other metropolitan areas.

We’re looking to create a remote patient monitoring platform to help improve outcomes for our patients, post-discharge. We’re also working to develop a richer online mobile experience for consumers with access to self-service tools that deeply integrate with the EHR. Such tools not only provide a better experience for our consumers, but they also provide improve staff efficiencies. However, staffing has become a real challenge within the organization.

Q. When you talk about telehealth, can you give us an example of what you’ve implemented that benefits your patient population, but also your providers?

Brian: We’re using video-based parts with Amwell to provide resources to our clinicians and patients. We had an infectious disease provider on staff but during the pandemic, they moved to a larger area to provide services. That left us with no resources available for our patients. When we investigated if it made sense to continue that to provide those resources locally, we decided instead to utilize telehealth platforms to provide those services. We have expanded on that using the intensivist within our medical intensive care unit and behavioral health. We have an inpatient behavioral health and we’re using telehealth services across parts within the organization to provide those video-based consults for those patients.

Q. You’re a Meditech shop and they recently signed a partnership with Google. What do you make of that? How is that likely to impact/influence your roadmap with Meditech?

Brian: We are a smaller hospital, our EHR is one of the largest financial investments, both from a capital and operational funding standpoint. Here, at Magnolia, we’ve been a Meditech client for over 25 years now, and so, we have a significant investment in the Meditech technology stack.

Within the state of Mississippi, we have eight hospitals that form a CIO collaborative that are Meditech users, and this is kind of a routine topic of discussion for us. If you look at these eight hospitals, it is eerie how similar these organizations are from a technology portfolio standpoint. And I think that’s because there tends to be a smaller vendor pool developing within the Meditech space and Meditech really has a limited number of preferred relationships that they really built deep integration again, into the EHR. So historically, we’ve tried to leverage the EHR or as much as we possibly could, even if it did not provide the exact experiences or outcomes that we were looking to achieve because of that deep integration, keeping our users working within the workflow and the context of the EHR.

Meditech’s been a great partner to us over the years, and it’s really developed some great digital tools and we’re very excited to hear about this next generation of collaboration with Google.

But today we’re taking a little different approach to our selection process. We’re taking a more focused approach to discover what solutions work best for us and our organization, our long-term goals, users, and consumer experiences. There’s been some debate as recent as to whether the EHR should remain at the center of the healthcare digital ecosystem and for Magnolia, the EHR still is our core source for clinical and demographic information. However, we are looking at how we can use APIs, new HL7 capabilities, contextual efforts and launches, and other interoperability standards to create sustainable and scalable solutions around the EHR that continue to deliver on our goals to drive efficiency, quality, and experience.

One example is that we currently are working with Meditech and a vendor of ours to develop a Magnolia-branded app out that will wrap the Meditech-branded portal with necessary integration. If you’re familiar with Meditech, there is a mobile app that has been developed by Meditech that all Meditech hospitals use to provide access to care for patients for functionality. Since it’s a single app for all that, the app really provides no site-specific customization outside of branding. So, this branded experience that we are currently developing in unison with Meditech will be the first of its kind for the Meditech site and give our consumers access not only to their medical records and patient portal functionality, but also, all the other digital tools that we’re looking to offer and provide. So, we’re really looking to balance the digital roadmap to help us achieve our goals.

Q. It’s so interesting to hear that. Now, when we talk about the broader context of the competitive landscape, what are these competitive forces you see emerging for a somewhat insulated regional health system like yours? How do you prepare to meet them?

Brian: The competition for patients is going to be greater and greater. Now, we not only have to continue to contend with the larger health systems around us — the largest health care system in the United States is actually just 50 miles south of us – but we have to continue to contend with those encroaching upon our service areas.

You’re also seeing a growing digital health market with emerging entrants that tend to be less limited by geographic borders. Growth within the telehealth space and offerings like the integrated access to Alexa connected devices make accessing care extremely convenient for consumers.

Services like these could be extremely disruptive to our primary care services and ultimately, our referral path into our specialty services. So, we have to continue to innovate and come up with new and creative ways to set ourselves apart, build upon our foundational relationships with our patients to set ourselves apart from those competitors.

Also, another competitive force is the competition for labor resources in our market. That’s increased drastically over the pandemic, which has driven an increasing number of workforce out of health care industry. Remote workforce capabilities are extending the traditional geographic boundaries of labor pools, and we now find ourselves competing with other industries and non-local organizations for labor resources. This is a big challenge and a big change for an organization like ours who is the largest employer within the region. We’ve historically had an abundance of applicants to choose from and filling our labor opportunities. We’re just not seeing that any longer. So we have to continue to design our talent strategies to create the right culture within the organization that creates employee experience advantages, keeps our employees engaged, and attracts the right potential candidates to the organization.

Lastly, kind of a new entrant into the competition is the competition for suppliers – that has become more fiercely intense due to the limited availability and general disruption supply chain. As a small organization, we have struggled to procure everything from electronics to specimen collection cups and crutches — just things you would have never even given a second thought to about availability. Items that we have historically ordered and had onsite within 14 days are now taking months to deliver.

On top of that, our supply cost is increasing in an alarming rate. So, for an organization that doesn’t have large margins to deal with, we’ve really got to think and rethink some of our operational processes as we continue to move forward. Bargaining power for supply purchases will play a pivotal role in hospital operations over the foreseeable futures.

Q. So you’ve got a perfect storm there. Now, you talked about a number of technologies that you use to transform the patient experience. What about things like automation? Are you seriously considering those or have you deployed those to address the labor shortage in particular?

Brian: Labor shortage has been a real challenge for our organization as it has for a lot of health care organizations out there that are being challenged by shrinking labor pool, increasing operational costs associated with staffing due to higher wage rates and overtime associated with store shortages.

You know, this has affected our organization on multiple levels — from our entry-level positions all the way through our skilled labor force. It really doesn’t seem to be slowing down anytime soon, so, we are looking at multiple avenues to counteract these challenges.

One of the avenues is to leverage technology to drive efficiency and effectiveness in workflow automation and repetitive task production and keep our staff members working at the top of their skill set. So, we’re leveraging Microbots and Robotics to perform processing of repetitive tasks.

We’ve also invested in new bedside monitoring platform and nurse cost solutions to integrate with the EHR and eliminate manual tasks and automate workflows within the care environment.

Another area that we’re focused on, is improvements in mobility and communication platforms to complement workflows by providing our clinicians with access to information when, where, and how they really need it.

The goal of these technologies is to remove those friction points and improve satisfaction by keeping our staff doing what they enter the workforce to do in the first place – serve people.

And I touched on it a little bit earlier, but another area that we are leveraging technology in is, within our patient self-service tools. We’ve already begun giving patients access to tools to schedule appointment, complete paperwork online prior to arrival, and for which we’ve received really positive feedback in our satisfaction surveys. But we’re now evaluating giving our patients access to additional tools, unify that experience between prior-to-arrival and point-of-service. This strategy helps streamline that registration process that satisfies patients and aligns the process for our registration staff while eliminating some of that staff burden there as well.

Outside of technology, we’re reevaluating the way we operate by centralizing access to resources and eliminating shallow pools of resources to help drive additional efficiency within our labor force. We are creating some flexible staffing positions and implementing safe scheduling opportunities to give workforce more control over their schedule.

We’re also looking for opportunities to expand our remote workforce capabilities in order to potentially expand our labor pool outside of our normal geographic footprint. But we want to do that in a manner that keeps that workforce healthy and engaged in the organization.

Q. What are the challenges that you have to overcome to make sure that the investments are well thought-through, and well deployed while delivering results in the shortest possible time?

Brian: One of the biggest things is to keep the technology engaged with our organization. We’re working with our leadership, end users, frontline staff members to understand their challenges and making sure that we’re deploying technology that fits their needs and is the best fit for the organization.

Keeping those conversations going is probably the top priority there and probably also one of the biggest challenges because of the reduced staffing across the environment. We’ve got a lot of our leaders pulling frontline shifts just to keep the organization rolling. So, not only is it probably the biggest need is probably also one of the biggest challenges to ensure that we’re deploying technology in the right manner.

Q. What are your big priorities for 2022?

Brian: It’s kind of a loaded question because we have so many priorities right now that when everything’s a priority, nothing’s a priority. So, if I was to break it down into a few areas, I would say that talent recruitment and retention is a big priority for us. You know, we’re seeing people leave the workforce and the industry like never before, and the competition for people and labor has increased dramatically.

So, some of the questions that we’ll continue to evaluate over the near future is how can we increase workforce support and decrease burnout? How do we utilize our digital technologies to improve productivity, automation and collaboration? How can we leverage hybrid remote workforce as a recruitment tool? What can we do to create a more meaningful employee experience that really reinforces the individual’s connection back to the organization and our mission?

Secondly, I would say that we’re doing a lot to upgrade and improve our digital infrastructure in a manner that positions ourselves to be more nimble and better prepared to react to the changes in the marketplace and is really a primary priority for us. This allows us to continue to evaluate moves to digital automated processes and away from those manual processes.

We also continue to evaluate opportunities to leverage cloud infrastructure for scale and within this area, it helps that there’s intense focus on improving our customer experience.

And last, but not the least, I would say cyber security remains a top priority. The attack surfaces for health care continues to expand. So, be proactive with our security measures to protect our systems, and our patient data is probably one of the biggest challenges for our organization and one I’m sure that keeps a lot of CIOs across the country, up at night. So, you know, how can we better leverage our technology to identify risks and better position our users to make good sound decisions? It’s going to continue to be a focus area for us.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Digital health startups must ensure that they have a good business case based on reality

Season 4: Episode #116

Podcast with Paula Turicchi, Chief Strategy Officer, Parkland Community Health Plan

"Digital health startups must ensure that they have a good business case based on reality"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Paula Turicchi, Chief Strategy Officer, Parkland Community Health Plan (PCHP), talks about how the organization went from a completely outsourced service model to taking more control over their operations. PCHP primarily serves a Medicaid population of pregnant women and children in North Texas. Paula discusses how they use digital engagement tools and technologies with their members to improve the quality of care and health outcomes. She outlines how economic factors such as rising gas prices impact their members and their ability to afford access to healthcare.

Paula also discusses their data and analytics programs in partnership with their sister organization PCCI, and how they have repurposed existing applications to serve emerging healthcare needs over the past couple of years (listen to our podcast episode with Steve Miff, CEO of PCCI). 

Paula advises startup founders to have a good business case before they approach them with a solution for their target audience. She discusses at length the various considerations for digital engagement for their member population and the risks/trade-offs that they must address while making investment choices. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

00:42About Parkland Community Health Plan.
07:06In the last couple of years how have the needs for the Medicaid, low-income population changed and how has that impacted your own strategic direction and priorities?
09:58What kind of digital enablement have you invested for your patients?
16:26 Can you share a few nuggets that you've learned in the work that you've done with PCCI, and the analytics work that you have invested in?
17:54You're investing a lot in technology, data, and analytics. Can you talk to us about the economics of it all?
20:10 What's your advice to the startup founders who want to approach you with an interesting solution and offering that you could apply to the population?
22:23 Are all these cool tools and digital health solutions serving the needs of your low-income population? How do you make it easy for them to adopt this solution?
24:09 Do you end up subsidizing some of the costs as well to your patients?

About our guest

Paula Turicchi is the Chief Strategy Officer of Parkland Community Health Plan (PCHP). In her role, Paula strives to make a difference for patients and their families by strengthening the business of the organization through processes, systems, partnerships, and new ventures.

She has more than 30 years of experience in the healthcare industry and previously served as the vice president of hospital operations and administrator of Women and Infant’s Specialty Health (WISH) at Parkland Health & Hospital System, where she oversaw operations for one of the largest maternity services in the United States.

In addition, Paula was instrumental in the design and construction of the new Parkland Hospital facility and the Moody Center for Breast Health. She is board certified in healthcare administration by the American College of Healthcare Executives and holds a Master of Healthcare Administration from Trinity University and a Bachelor of Business Administration from the University of Arkansas.

Q. Can you tell us about Parkland Community Health Plan and your role as the Chief Strategy Officer?

Paula: We are a very large system. Most people know Parkland because it is the hospital where JFK was brought in way back in 1963 and since that time Parkland has grown tremendously. We have the main hospital, plus many community clinics, school-based clinics, lots of really great specialty programs, one of the largest maternity services in the country, a very large burn center, trauma center. So, it’s just a really sophisticated care institution.

A part of the system includes the Parkland Community Health Plan, which has been in service to our community since the late 1990s. We have a contract with the state of Texas to administer Medicaid benefits through the STAR CHIP and CHIP perinatal programs. And so, unlike Parkland Hospital, which serves Dallas County, we serve a seven-county area in the North Texas community. We partnered with about 35 hospital systems, plus 6000 providers in our network to take care of our 220,000 members in the North Texas area. We provide them benefits, ensure that they get access to care. We partner with many community organizations to make sure that we’re meeting social determinants of health and really serving the community through our health plan, as well as through the system.

As the Chief Strategy Officer, I’ve been helping design our path for the future. We started out as a very small plan when I joined about two-and-a-half-years ago. We were really more of a vendor management type of health plan. We had outsourced all of our activities, primarily, and really only had about 15 employees in our health plan. When our new CEO John Wendling, came on board in 2019, he said, “You know, I really want to be in charge of the service we provide. I really want to be connected to the members. I want to be connected to and provider network. And I really want to be the plan of choice.” The best way for us to do that was to take on responsibility for that service, directly. So, we’ve spent the last year transitioning away from our third-party administrator, bringing many of those services in-house and being responsible for that administration of the benefits ourselves. My role has been trying to create that path forward, taking John’s vision and creating strategic documents, work plans and action plans, along with the leaders throughout the organization to really fulfill on our mission, vision and values and our goals to be the party of choice.

Q. You mentioned running such a large enterprise with just 15 full-time employees while outsourcing other functions. Is it fair to say that you are now trying to reverse that, bring more of it in-house for greater control over resources and directly influence the quality of the services that you provide?

Paula: Yes, especially for the health plan, specifically so Parkland, the system, has about 16,000 employees and a huge service. But the health plan was almost a department of the hospital and really not even considered a separate organization. We’ve tried to mature the health plan as a related but a different organization with a different set of priorities and a different set of stakeholders because certainly, if you’re at the hospital, at the center is the patient. Our focus as a health plan, is the member, the provider and then, also our state agencies. Since our contract is with the state of Texas, we want to make sure that we are following the state’s priorities and their strategic mission for the Medicaid programs, STAR CHIP, CHIP Perinate programs. It’s really kind of aligning our priorities with their priorities and we thought the best way to do that was to really become more responsible and more responsive directly as opposed to indirectly. And so, look at all of the services that we are responsible for in our contract and determine the best way to do that in the most responsible way.

Q. You’re serving largely a Medicaid, low-income population. In the last couple of years how have the needs for this population changed and how has that in turn impacted your own strategic direction and your priorities?

Paula: The changes that have taken place over the last two years during the global pandemic have been very dramatic. We have seen an immediate shift to digital options, whereas we were very reliant on in-person healthcare and our members were very used to going to the doctor. Our physicians were very used to having patients in their offices. So, this dramatic shift to digital options has been rapid and I think, very exciting. I think that everybody’s been surprised at the way folks have embraced it, as well. There was always some trepidation – “I don’t think our members will use it. I don’t think our patients will use them.” But we really have seen this dramatic acceptance of the digital options.

We’ve also seen a lot of social determinants of health — needs for housing, food, different sorts of social services — as the pandemic kind of morphed and changed how people were working, whether they were working or not, whether they had transportation. Now we’re seeing a lot of requests for rides because gas prices are so high. A lot of folks are calling and saying that they can’t afford the gas that it takes to get to the doctor or to get to an appointment that they have to fill out their applications or that type of thing. So, they’re requesting help with transportation a lot more these days. So, we’re seeing these shifts in the different types of social needs that our members have and then, we’re trying to very quickly respond to those to meet their needs and to make it easy for them to access those services.

Q. One thing I must comment on is how remarkable that you say you made some assumptions about your population and that those assumptions need to be reviewed because they may be wrong. You talked about rideshares and enabling these through mobile apps. What kind of digital enablement have you invested in response to this in the last couple of years and the emerging demand from your patient?

Paula: One that has been a great success is an app called – Pyx. It was originally developed to combat loneliness in an older population and when we were approached by Pyx, we said, “Well, is it possible to change the focus of the app for our pregnant women and children’s members?” My history and career have been spent mostly in the women’s and children’s arena and I’ve felt that oftentimes just after delivery, women are somewhat isolated. They may not have the opportunity to interact with friends and family as much as they normally would or during their prenatal period. So, is it possible that this app could be used to combat loneliness in the postpartum period for women? It turned out to be a really great tool.

What we’ve found is that women will engage with the app in the wee hours — between, say, midnight and 2 am — maybe they’re up for a feeding in the middle of the night and they just open their phone, and they engage with the app. It’s designed to really almost be an engagement tool to offer information, resources, tell a few jokes, create a little humor and lightness and so we realized from our members that are using the app that it really was addressing a need. Some of those needs that have come up even include say, for example, women who have experienced a pregnancy loss – and this is often an overlooked group of women who need assistance. So, connecting them with behavioral health services or counseling for their grief has been addressed.

The other thing that we found is that women will engage with the app to find things like food or rides to the doctor. And we have also incorporated our value-added services into that app and often ask — “Did you know that we offer home-delivered meals for women in our health plans? Have you taken advantage of that value-added services? If not, this is how you get it. Did you know that we have rides? Did you know that we could connect you to a resource that can help with your rent?”

It really has been a great tool that folks can use on their own time — it meets them where they are and addresses their needs in a unique way. And it’s been highly successful. We’re really proud of that.

Q. It’s a very targeted need for a very targeted population segment. I’ve had the CEO of the Parkland Center for Clinical Innovation, Dr. Steve Miff, talk about some very interesting work that he and his team do in the context of looking at risk factors for things like preterm births, etc. Can you talk a little about that? I’m assuming part of that work relates to your work as well.

Paula: Indeed, it does. We work quite closely with PCCI, and they have pioneered some programs with the health plan to address kids with asthma as well as preterm birth. And so, some of the things that they are doing with us is to identify those members who are in need of additional help with their disease state or maybe, to take a look at how do we predict, for example, preterm birth? Are there indicators that will help us to prevent, say, a second preterm birth? We have refined preterm birth to over time to ask — What have we learned from this iteration? How can we change the algorithm to identify more women who may be at risk? Is there another factor that we can insert into that algorithm to improve our results even more with the pediatric asthma program?

They’ve really helped us to take a look at what are those factors that can contribute to exacerbation of their asthma. Are there things that we can do either in an interaction with the member or the patient or the family to enhance their knowledge of their medication utilization? Or, are there environmental factors, say, in their neighborhood or in their apartment complex or in the house that they live in? How can we partner the PCCI data with our disease management vendor to identify who we need to actually go out and visit in the home? And is there something that we can do, for example, partner with the Dallas Housing Authority to or the city to say, perhaps there’s a code violation in the location where they live, that needs mold remediation or perhaps they need some type of environmental change, pest control, things like that so that we can remove that environmental trigger or their exacerbated asthma. So, it really is a unique way to use the data to then create an action to improve the outcomes.

Q. And I couldn’t help but notice that most of the data that you refer to is as more in the nature of social determinants than clinical or medical. In the work that you’ve done with PCCI and the analytics work that you have invested in, can you share a few nuggets that you’ve learned that otherwise you might not have?

Paula: I think that one of the things we have learned is that all of these factors go together. You can eliminate or at least minimize one factor, but then, another pops up. So, you really do have this iterative process of addressing one need or one factor, and then, the next will appear. The data helps you identify the next factor that you need to address. So, I think that it is a continuous learning and improvement process. And just by using that data, refining it and looking at the next option to address it is just a continuous learning process in a highly collaborative way — What data do we have, how can we use it, how can we develop conclusions from this data and how can we incorporate it into our day-to-day work?

Q. All this also raises questions around who pays for all this. You’re investing a lot in technology, data and analytics. Can you talk to us about the economics of it all?

Paula: That is one of the things that we struggle with. We’re always on the receiving end of, “Hey, I’ve got a great idea for you, or, have I got a great product for you?” So, one of the things that the strategy department does is helps the rest of the organization really value whether something is a good deal for us or not by asking — Is there an ROI, an actual dollar amount that we can quantify, a clinical benefit to this program?

One of the things that we were presented with recently was an opportunity to look at a maternal intervention, sort of a disease management strategy, and the proposal looked like it could save us millions and millions of dollars, but it’d also cost us millions of dollars! We dug into our own data to see if we had that many women in our health plan with that particular type of issue. Going in and fact-checking that proposal made us decide that probably wasn’t our best expenditure to make.

We’ve tried to refine that process over time to really look at the offerings that we get with a critical eye to see if it really is a good expense because our funds are limited and we really do have to be very thoughtful about where we put our funds and so that we’re not just sort of taking a chance, risk or gamble. But we really do want to assess those opportunities to see if they make good business sense.

Q. So if a startup founder with an interesting solution that could apply to the population, wants to reach out and share their story and their offering, with you, what’s your advice to them before they even approach you?

Paula: I would say — make a good business case and make sure that it is based in reality because some of the things that I’m going to ask, if you tell me you’re going to save me 10 million dollars, is — How did you come up with that amount? Which members are you going to affect? What types of interventions would this take? Who’s going to make those interventions? How is this going to work?

It’s always like, you’re going to have to prove it to me. You’re going to have some solid details behind it, and there must be some homework to it. How is it that you can do this for me that I can’t do myself, because in some cases I often wonder, could I just take that and do that internally because it’s essentially a make-by decision, right?

So, you’re going to have to convince me that I need to buy it versus make it. And is there some special sauce that you have that I don’t have? So, I think those are the kinds of questions that I would ask, and I think that it behooves someone who is trying to really convince someone else to buy their product. You know, “What’s in it for me? How am I going to benefit from this? And how can you show me that that cost is going to pay off?”

Q. Where does your patient figure in all this? You’ve got a low-income population, there’s the emerging digital divide so, are all these cool tools and digital health solutions serving the needs of those that they’re meant for? Or are they just exacerbating the gap? How do you factor that question into your decision-making and how do you make it easy for your population to adopt this solution knowing that they are looking for these?

Paula: One of the things that we have always asked is – “Is this tool or digital intervention going to cost our member money? Will it require more data or bandwidth? Will members have to pay for a service in some way? Certainly, during the pandemic, we heard a lot about digital deserts and whether low-income pockets of communities had access to the internet or to data. So, that was one of the questions that we asked — Can anyone with any model of phone use this? Are there barriers to engaging with this digital option?

What we found, especially with that one, is that there were very few barriers and it was very easy to use. It was open to lots of different types of phones — old or new. So, there were just very few barriers and that led us to really engage with them because removal of those barriers is key.

Q. Do you end up subsidizing some of the costs as well to your patients?

Paula: One of the things that we do offer as one of our value-added services is the Lifeline Program. We try to encourage our members to take advantage of these federal programs that are available to get access to data phones to enable better engagement. We also look, for example, across our provider networks, and some of our pediatric providers already have a digital option. So, working with them to make sure that we connect our members to that information is something we do.

Parkland as a system uses Epic and we have care everywhere. There are digital ways to engage with our providers who offer telehealth services. We want to make sure that we communicate that to our members to ensure they understand what’s available to them.

How do we get them the tools? Certainly, with our health system, one of the things that we have talked with them about is how to bring telehealth services out to the community in a location where the community gathers. So, rec centers, community centers, FQHCs and different locations out in the community, if they have space and equipment, we can assist them with setting up those digital hubs so that is one way that I would say, is not a direct subsidy, but it is a creation of that access point. So, trying to think innovatively and trying to identify those locations where the community gathers so that they have sort of automatic and inherent access to it – that’s how we do it.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Digital health startups must pick a lane and stay with it

Season 4: Episode #115

Podcast with Matthew Warrens, Managing Director, UnityPoint Health Ventures

"Digital health startups must pick a lane and stay with it"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Matthew Warrens, Managing Director at UnityPoint Health Ventures, shares some of the learnings from their portfolio companies, and how UnityPoint Ventures approaches digital health investments.

UnityPoint Ventures invests in startups at various stages of their growth. Matt discusses their investment themes, what they look for in startups, and how they leverage the UnityPoint Health ecosystem to help their portfolio companies scale and grow – while clarifying that portfolio companies are not guaranteed a commercial contract with the health system.

Matt discusses the ongoing labor shortage and how that is reshaping priorities, the emerging competitive landscape for health systems, and the overall VC funding environment for digital health. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

00:42About UnityPoint Health and where UnityPoint Ventures sits within the overall organization?
02:12So what led UnityPoint Health to start a venture arm? What's your mandate and focus of the Venture?
05:33When you started out with the Venture, what kind of themes did you decide to focus on?
07:14 Do your portfolio companies automatically become enterprise technology partners to UnityPoint Health?
10:52Can you talk about a couple of the investments?
14:29 What themes excite you today when you look at the digital health startups landscape?
17:14 Do you think automation is what you're referring to when you mention some solutions to overcome the labor shortage issue?
18:55 What are you hearing from the digital health startups about their challenges? When you track their progress, what are the things that you see them struggling with the most?
22:36What’s your advice to new digital health startup founders who approach you?

About our guest

Matthew_Warrens-profile-pic1

Matt Warrens has over twenty years of experience in the health care industry. Currently, he is the Managing Director of Innovation for UnityPoint Health Ventures . An experienced innovation leader, he is driven to transform health care into a science of prevention culture to improve the quality of life. Matt has strong operations experience focusing on identifying, developing, and implementing new products and services for health systems. His ability to identify clinical and operational technologies will accelerate the transition to value-based care.

Prior to joining UnityPoint Health, Matt served OSF HealthCare System for nearly twenty years in various roles including its Vice President of Innovation Partnerships and Executive Director of Jump Trading Simulation and Education Center. He is a graduate of Bradley University’s Executive MBA program and Southern Illinois University’s Healthcare Administration Degree. 

Q. Could share a little bit about UnityPoint Health and where UnityPoint Ventures sits within the overall organization?  

Matt: UnityPoint Health is a health system primarily based in Iowa with regions across the state. We also have small footprints in Illinois and Wisconsin. It’s a 20+ hospital system, and while hospitals aren’t a great measuring stick for systems in the Midwest, typically because there are large quantum tertiary care centers with 700 beds and one can have critical access hospitals like we do with 20-some beds, we have over 1100 primary care providers in our network. We are very much a value-based care organization and have almost 40 percent of our patient population in some type of ACO or value-based model. We’re continuing to trend in that direction of adding even more.  

I joined the organization a little over three and a half years ago. Innovation was a complete white slate here and so it was somewhat attractive and somewhat challenging. Innovation and the venture fund itself report up through the Chief Strategy Officer which I think is similar across organizations. But I would tell you that the entire C-suite is involved with our investment decisions and our innovation program.  

Q. What led UnityPoint Health to start a venture arm? What’s your mandate and focus of the venture?  

Matt: In the organization I worked with previously for over 20 years, I’d been in a lot of operational roles. Later in my career, I was working with the C-suite on special projects and had the opportunity to help build a commercialization arm. Shortly after, there was an idea there, probably in 2015, around starting a venture fund.  

I worked with some individuals managing venture funds outside of healthcare and that was an interesting kind of a learning curve. I recruited a team there and ultimately ended up managing the pipeline for that fund. I spent a lot of time traveling the country, looking for these startup companies and having been an operator in healthcare for so long, I think I somewhat looked at things through the lens of understanding how hospital operations really worked. I was thus able to quickly sift through where the real value opportunity was going to be. When I started learning about the venture aspect, I decided that this was something I wanted to do full-time. I had a lot of other responsibilities in my former role. So, when this opportunity came up, I was really attracted. I talked to the leadership team.  

I get plenty of calls from health system leaders or CEOs who want to start a venture fund. To be quite honest, the first thing I tell them is “You shouldn’t start a fund. Here’s a list of three or four great institutional investors that have a great track record of returning great financial returns.” I tell them that because unless they recruit a team with experience in doing this and really understand how to evaluate opportunities and underwrite specific financial returns versus more like the scatter approach that one sees not just health systems, but across for-profit and not-for-profit organizations who have venture arms doing this sometimes, it’s hard.  

That scatter approach makes it tough to tell how you’re performing. What are you benchmarking against? When you have an actual fund with an actual financial thesis, you can benchmark it in time with other funds during that same time period and show success or failure. That’s why you see kind of a constant reevaluation of systems that may or may not be investing like this. I think that was what attracted me to coming here to UnityPoint. They understood that we needed to take that approach of sticking to a financial thesis, having a dedicated team, and really leveraging the strategic value that having a fund could bring.  

Q. While this is a relatively new initiative for UnityPoint Health, larger health systems have had innovation in venture funds for an extended period of time — UPMC Providence, Kaiser are a few of the names that come to mind — when you talk about those, what kind of themes did you decide to focus on? Was there a difference in your approach?  

Matt: I would say that early on in our approach or if you looked at the companies that were in our portfolio first or early on, they were primarily a lot of point solutions. That was really just bringing my experience from where I had been previously and recognizing that UnityPoint was somewhat behind in what I would call “digital table stakes.” We didn’t have remote monitoring or digital behavioral health. We weren’t doing shared decision-making, asynchronous visits, and there were some intriguing financial opportunities during that time to invest in those spaces, also knowing that strategically, we could then adopt and bring those solutions inside of UnityPoint.  

To your question — then, compared to now, where are we going? – I’d say, if you look at the last three or four investments in the portfolio that are much more enterprise type solutions, we have married our innovation strategy with the organization’s overall strategy, and that’s really allowing us to bring forward what we think are more impactful solutions that will impact the enterprise. You can imagine these are hot topics, especially the current one — recruiting retention. We’ve made some interesting investments in that space just recently.  

Q. How about some of your portfolio companies — do these companies automatically get to become enterprise technology partners to UnityPoint Health? Is that part of the attraction for these companies? Is that part of the intent of even investing in these companies?  

Matt: It’s a delicate balance and that’s the answer there. We’re primarily making our investments financial, first, so we’re looking to underwrite certain financial returns. That’s how we’re making our decision on investing in those companies. We don’t guarantee any commercial contract for any company that we invest in financially. However, we have a dedicated team in parallel to our venture team which starts work once we’ve made those investments. That organization and our leaders inside of UnityPoint do everything possible to see if we can help them get that commercial contract. So that starts with leadership alignment. One of the things that we often tell or ask leaders is, “Hey! What are you not doing today that you want to be doing? What do you think you’re going to be doing/You need to be doing tomorrow or the next day?”  

I often reference this industry agnostic concept, in my opinion of any highly functioning organization, of spinning a flywheel of innovate, operate, grow. So, whatever we’re innovating on today, we put into operations tomorrow to drive strategic growth.  

We’re looking to identify companies that we believe can help UnityPoint do that when we bring these opportunities and platforms forward to our leaders. We know that oftentimes these are early-stage companies and so, may be somewhat of a risk, especially when I describe going from originally point type solutions to now more enterprise type solutions. All we’re asking to do, is just give a fair comparison to anything else they’re looking in the market that might be doing similar things. If there are specific platform advantages, financial advantages, etc., that these long-standing organizations can do, we understand why you wouldn’t use the portfolio company that we brought in. But if you can’t find those differences, we have the support of the C-suite to take the risk on these early-stage companies.  

In addition, once we get to a commercial agreement with those companies, we also have a separate team — our internal accelerator team that doesn’t report to IT or marketing and doesn’t get sucked up into M&A activities or Epic upgrades. They come to work every day implementing those solutions and comprise Nurse Informatics, Product Managers, etc., and they really help accelerate the adoption of these things. There’s also some annual operating cash in those budgets to pay early-on SaaS-based software fees. Every startup has heard this story from a health system that says, “Oh hey! I love your solution. It’s February. We are two months into our fiscal year. We run on a 12 month budget cycle, so let’s talk next Spring.” What having that kind of a bucket of money does, is help us accelerate those things. So, I’m proud to say that of the 13 companies we have in our portfolio today, 12 of them have a commercial contract with UnityPoint.  

Q. You mentioned that you sometimes have to sell within the organization about making bets on these early-stage companies. How early is early? Can you talk about a couple of the investments — at what stage did you get in and how far have they come since?  

Matt: When you have these financial returns first alongside a strategic opportunity, you do have to be somewhat opportunistic. So, if you really buy it at our portfolio, you will see investments everywhere from Seed Stage to Series B and some things in between. You can kind of imagine what the revenue path of those companies are. A couple of great examples of companies in our portfolio are our CEOs that you’ve interviewed in your previous podcasts. 

The very first investment that we ever made was in a company called RxRevu, which is doing real-time benefits check. Our group has a motto of looking for solutions that make healthcare frictionless for consumers and make Providers’ jobs easier. And so RxRevu, when you think of it through the lens of those two things, every time a physician orders a new medication for a patient, he is automatically pinging the PBM and the insurance company and getting back in real-time what the co-pay for that patient is.  

You know, if you ask patients what the number one question they ask their provider, it is when they undertake an office visit, it is — how much is this medication going to cost? And prior to having a solution like RxReve, if a patient asked that, a physician would either say, “I don’t know,” or they would have to get up and leave the room and call an 1800 number, and it would be super painful, right? So, that really meets the standard there. And I would say that was more of a later stage company when we got involved from the investment side.  

An earlier stage company, one of our more recent investments, is TailorMed, which is helping payers. I know you recently interviewed the CEO from there. They’re helping patients with financial navigation. So, any health system of our size has what you call financial navigators who come to work every day and they’re working a list out of Epic of all the patients from that night, the day before that etc., who have been ordered to get these high-cost drugs, quite likely infusion drugs or Oncology drugs and whose insurance is not going to cover this. But the good news is there are Pharmacy Manufacturer Rebate programs out there, obviously federal and state programs and independent foundation programs, but those financial navigators must apply to all those different places where they might be able to find coverage for that drug for those patients. The TailorMed solution automates all that for those financial navigators. We’re back again then, to that mantra of frictionless experience for a consumer. So, I’m finding a way to pay for these medications

But, for us, we’re expecting on the financial navigation side that we’re going to increase our productivity from anywhere from 5-10X. And we’re not going to use that to get rid of FTEs. We’re going to use that to expand these programs to help more patients get this type of coverage.  

Q. USD 30 billion in VC money went into these digital health startups last year. The money’s going into various themes — there’s this whole patient engagement theme and it’s become like a catch-all term in many ways, there’s AI and clinical trials along with a variety of other themes. What themes excite you today when you look at the landscape?  

Matt: I mentioned recruiting and retention earlier, and this is a problem the pandemic has created with not just nursing travelers, but really all of the healthcare professionals that are doing traveling, or locums. It’s creating huge expense to the health systems. And it’s not going to just end when the pandemic ends, because we’ve created now somewhat of a bubble that’s going to go out for years. We’re going to be dealing with this and so, anything that we can bring to bear in that space is of high interest to us.  

You mentioned the AI space, and I’d say that personally I still don’t think we’re there. It’s still just a lot of machine learning. I would also tell you that every health system of our size has a team — ours is fairly small — but of people who are creating machine learning processes inside of the platforms that we already use. So, often, when we show that team and the stakeholders some of the start-up solutions in that space, they’re like “We’re already doing this; we’ve been doing this for a while.” So, we’re not really seeing anything that’s, you know, mind blowing in that space.  

To come back to your question about what else are we interested in? We’re no longer competing with the hospital across the street. I mean, watch the quarterly report of any for-profit health plan today, and the CEOs don’t even refer to themselves as Health Plans. They refer to themselves as Health Providers. These organizations are very well financially backed and we’re trying to bring to bear for the organization the types of tools and platforms that we believe we need to compete with them.  

Q. You alluded to the labor shortage a couple of different times. This is by far the number one issue on the minds of healthcare CEOs today, or for that matter for CEOs. There’s this statistic from Mercer, I think, a report last year which said some six million health care workers at the frontline — people who do the real work in many ways – will retire or leave the workforce, and only about a third of them will be back through organic processes. One of the terms I hear constantly is the role of automation in this. Do you think automation is what you’re referring to when you mention some of the solutions you’re looking at?  

Matt: So, this labor crisis is so big that it’s not going to be one single solution. And if there was, I’d tell you we should find that and put all our money there. So, it’s going to take several different approaches.  

One thing that I feel we must do is when we talk about the amount of people who are leaving the workforce is, we have one opportunity to create ways to bring those into a different environment, a more centralized environment, maybe not as high-paced or high-stress as what they have been working in and which is causing a lot of the reasons that they are leaving. On top of that, what technology can we bring to bear that enables those clinicians to provide value, valuable-based care and be a valuable-based portion of this care team that’s on the front lines? 

Q. You mentioned that some of your portfolio companies have been on the show. We invite a lot of innovative startup founders to talk about how they’re approaching health care and they have innovative, different ways of looking at problems. I always ask them about their single-biggest struggle when trying to make it in healthcare – a notoriously slow and conservative domain. What are you hearing from them about their challenges or when you track their progress? What are the one or two things that you see them struggling with the most? 

Matt: One of the things that we look for in our partners, our portfolio companies, is really strong CEOs and really strong founders. I’d say, even more than the financial or the market-size or the product because this is hard and you’re really, in a way, betting on them — Do you truly believe they can do this? Until our benchmarks review, you’ve got to meet two of probably the best CEOs that we have in the portfolio.  

Then, more specific to your question. Now, we take an active governance role with every company that we invest in, and sometimes it’s in our voting role, sometimes it’s just an advisory role. So, we’re listening to them on a quarterly basis of what those challenges are and then, weighing-in from a health system perspective. How can we be of help to them? So, if it’s a matter of understanding, just take market, for example. If they’ve got an understanding what they think the total market is, we can quickly figure out the market just for our system. And we can help with some math around that.  

When you think about product placement and how to pitch it and talk about it, we get into the board room with our leaders. We understand how they think, what’s motivating them and what will resonate with them. So, we can really do a lot to help and work with our portfolio CEOs on that pitch.  

The world does get really small relatively quickly when you bring together innovation leaders from across health systems and they tell you — we’re talking all the time with eight or nine other executives that are doing what I’m doing — “Hey, how are you doing this? Have you heard of this?” And there is a lot of inside baseball there.  

Lastly, I’d say about our portfolio CEOs that they do a lot for us too. They’re also a small world. You quickly know who the really good CEOs are, and they all talk to each other too. So, they’re saying, “Hey! We’re having great success with this health system here and this is why.” And they’re making intros as well. So, this network effect is really important.  

Q. The answer that I get from the CEOs, and founders I’ve spoken to has been that their biggest challenge is the sales cycle where the healthcare organizations, because eventually, it’s about surviving with the funding that you have on hand and marketplace traction on hand. The differential must be made up within the normal sales cycle because if you don’t make it then and you run out of money, you may not get another round of funding and you may have to either do a distress sale or go out of business or face any number of other undesirable outcomes. So, what’s your advice to new startup founders who approach you and say – Matt, I’ve got this great idea. I’ve got some early traction.  

Matt: I’d say the first thing is, it’s important that you somewhat pick a lane and I mean that in a couple of different aspects. There’re a lot of great startup companies out there that could sell into health systems, into payers and directly, into large employers. So, you must ask yourself — Should you?  

There’s also a lot of great startups out there that can do many different things based-off of the platform they built. But you really need to ask — should you? Maybe to get more specific, yes. If you have a great narrow product, maybe you can and should sell to all three of those markets that I described. But if you have a broader product trying to sell that to all three of those markets, I think, that becomes a big challenge early on. I’m not saying you can’t expand later, but trying to do that early to your point, could really break you because of the timing of things.  

You talked about the health system sales cycle, and that is a huge barrier. One way that we’re trying to break that is by having this annual operating budget to help with it. However, one thing I want to point out is, we don’t bend the security or the contracting processes. The only special treatment that our portfolio gets in those two buckets is, “Hey, will you please put our things on the top of the pile to be reviewed?” But other than that, they must pass and go through that same standard.  

I would tell you that I think I’m not an expert on the work on the payer side, but I think the some of the challenges that the startups see there is, whoever they’re working with initially in that industry, those people don’t stay in roles very long. They may be getting promoted or moving on to other things or typically, plans are growing fast, so, people are moving up. And they end up working with different stakeholders which is a barrier on that side. So, both present interesting challenges.  

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at  [email protected] 

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

As an industry we should be implementing basic security controls a lot more

Season 4: Episode #114

Podcast with Lee Kim, Senior Principal, Cyber Security and Privacy, HIMSS

"As an industry we should be implementing basic security controls a lot more"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Lee Kim, Senior Principal, Cyber Security and Privacy at HIMSS, discusses the findings of their annual survey of cybersecurity. She talks about the emerging landscape of cyberthreats, the current state of security controls, and the heightened risks due to the interconnectedness of healthcare with other sectors. She also shares her thoughts and observations on the new threat that has emerged in the wake of the Ukraine crisis and what she is hearing from HIMSS members.

Lee discusses the onslaught of ransomware and phishing attacks from expanded networks of the nation-state and non-state actors and how a greater dependence on electronic information, forced by the circumstances of the pandemic has created a positive inflection point for improving our preparedness and responses to cyberthreats.

Lee talks about how HIMSS enables information sharing among “trusted circles” that include agencies and other non-provider organizations to help healthcare enterprises achieve greater maturity levels. Take a listen.

You can download the HIMSS healthcare cybersecurity survey report here.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

00:48The AHA recently issued an advisory for hospitals to be on high alert for possible cybersecurity incidents, including ransomware. What are you hearing from your membership at HHIMSS and what have you what have you learned so far?
03:39Is HIMSS planning to issue or has issued any kind of an advisory within its own membership?
04:56HIMSS recently published an annual report, based on your survey of the state of cyber security in healthcare. Can you walk us through the big highlights of the report?
07:11 Were there any big changes from the previous year's survey?
10:04Investment levels are going up in cybersecurity. Is it because cyber criminals are getting smarter and are becoming more sophisticated, and therefore you need to throw more money at the problem to stay one step ahead of them? Or is it because you are underinvested to begin with?
15:00 What are the cyber criminals fishing for?
19:36 Is there a pecking order in terms of where cyber cybercriminals like to target the attention? Is healthcare a preferred target for them?
22:32 What is the risk healthcare organizations are taking by choosing to partner with an increasing number of innovative startups? Is there something that we should be concerned about from a robustness of security protections and data productions in particular?
27:14 Is there a bigger shortage in cyber security workers relative to other parts of the tech sector? Or is it the same as everywhere else? If so, what's the solution here? What are what are organizations doing to overcome this?

About our guest

Lee Kim is the Senior Principal, Cybersecurity and Privacy at the Healthcare Information and Management Systems Society (HIMSS). Lee’s expertise includes cybersecurity, privacy, information technology, and law. Lee is a published author with numerous articles on data privacy, cybersecurity, and intellectual property. Lee’s publication credits include GCN, the American Bar Association, Digital Health Legal, Nursing Management, and the California Continuing Education of the Bar. Lee presents before a variety of audiences—technical, non-technical and legal for entities across the private and public sectors—and domestic as well as global.

Lee has served as a team leader of the US Department of Homeland Security Analytic Exchange Program and as a member of the National Cybersecurity Training and Education Center National Visiting Committee. Lee has also served with the (ISC)2 Government Advisory Council Executive Writers Bureau, National Cyber Incident Response Plan & NIST Cybersecurity Baldrige Excellence Builder working groups, and as a Vice Chair of the American Bar Association Health Law Section eHealth Privacy and Security Interest Group, eSource, and Emerging Issues in Healthcare Law.

Additionally, Lee is an AV Preeminent peer review rated attorney. Lee’s work experience includes incident response, system, database, and web administration, programming, and legal matters involving intellectual property, information technology, privacy, cybersecurity, healthcare, and EU GDPR.

Q. The AHA has recently issued an advisory for hospitals to be on high alert for possible cybersecurity incidents, including ransomware. What are you hearing from your membership at HIMSS and what have you learned so far in this context?

Lee: Our membership is obviously very concerned about what’s happening with the current geopolitical conflict. It’s safe to say that on any given day, there’s literally an onslaught of ransomware attempts and phishing attacks but what troubles our stakeholders is the great degree of sophistication seen when you’re dealing with the nation state actor or in some context, non-state actors as well. The time horizon in such cases, is much more compressed than regular actors, and there’s much more obfuscation in terms of detecting that intrusion into systems and networks. So, that’s a concern.

Many healthcare organizations and their IT Security departments run fairly lean. Consequently, they’re able to prioritize better and know what to focus on. For example, the Health Sector Cybersecurity Coordination Center (HC3) at the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, the HSC and others share threat information, which may be of interest, especially regarding destructive malware and otherwise. Those indicators are good to have, however, there are so many threats and vulnerabilities that healthcare organizations have in terms of their IT systems and applications that, frankly, the best and most direct way for all healthcare organizations to be prepared is to prioritize and tackle their biggest weaknesses, first. Then address other things based upon priority. We always say the best kind of intelligence is direct intelligence-sharing with your peers and within your organization regarding cyber threat indicators and phishing.

Q. Is HIMSS planning to issue any kind of an advisory within its own membership?

Lee: Our efforts are not limited to information-sharing within trusted circles of stakeholders, which include providers. So, there are different units of HIMSS that are engaged in getting the word out, including a DHS, CSA and also the HHS and others. The key is to be a convener and be part of that pipeline in terms of information-sharing as it were, within our trusted circles of membership.

Q. HIMSS has just recently published your annual report, based on your survey of the state of cybersecurity in healthcare. Can you walk us through the big highlights of the report?

Lee: Absolutely. Some of the highlights of the survey include things that are already known, such as, the state of cybersecurity across healthcare organizations. We know from the headlines that phishing and ransomware are king in terms of incidents and intrusions that actually happen. But one of the ways in which our report takes it a little bit deeper, is that we test assumptions. We can glean from the report that there are some kinds of systemic weaknesses across healthcare organizations, and that the security controls perhaps, aren’t as robust. However, one of the key questions that emerged when we were developing the survey was — Is that true? If yes, how true? It’s one way to perpetuate assumptions without actual evidence but, in this case, we have actual evidence as to what Providers are doing at a granular level, such as, not including security controls. Working on the technical side for healthcare organizations, I’ve certainly seen many that are slow to patch, but we actually have discrete specific information in terms of how much time it takes to patch given certain perceived levels of vulnerabilities that healthcare organizations may have. So, I’d say that direct intelligence — the more specific and actionable it is, the better the steps healthcare organizations can take to reach higher levels of maturity in terms of their action plan or maturing their programs.

Q. Were there any big surprises from the previous year’s survey that caught your eye?

Lee: Yes, I’d say, the increased funding in terms of cybersecurity, especially during COVID-19, was definitely unexpected given various revenue sources were experiencing a shortfall. Now, COVID-19 isn’t yet over and just last year many healthcare organizations unfortunately had to cancel elective surgeries and turn patients away because of how severe the pandemic was. So yes, it was surprising and to be totally frank, that was very good news. That signaled, at least to me, that cybersecurity programs have become more of a business priority for many organizations.

In fact, if we look at what’s happening, globally, and not just with the U.S., cybersecurity is critical. Whether it’s smaller healthcare organizations in the U.S. or those in countries that perhaps don’t have the electronic health IT. infrastructure like we have, or countries that are less developed in terms of technology, they’ve been forced to adopt electronic health IT to track what’s happening in terms of COVID, healthcare, and treatments. So, it’s safe to say that cybersecurity has raised its profile as a result of a greater dependance on electronic information, which is forced by the circumstances of our pandemic. That’s certainly a positive inflection point for us in the industry.

Q. It’s certainly good news that investment levels are going up in cybersecurity. Is it because cyber criminals are getting smarter and therefore, you need to throw more money at the problem to stay one step ahead of them of is it because you are underinvested to begin with and this is just catch up?

Lee: I’d say both. Let’s look at your second point which is very well-informed and a great observation — the health IT sector. Our first publicized nation-state cyberattack was in 2013, almost 10 years ago, and now, it’s 2022. We’ve certainly had a “catch up” period for that time-period in the past decade. Whereas, if we look at the more mature sectors, as they’re perceived, such as, the chemical industry, critical manufacturing, electrical etc., they’ve had decades to bolster their security practices, turn to more electronic information, follow mature security protocols – In short, they’ve already had a playbook of sorts that’s been tested. They have disaster preparedness against natural and manmade disasters whereas we, have been playing catch-up in the last decade.

But, it’s safe to say that the pandemic among other things, has certainly accelerated our progress. Cyber-criminal activity absolutely cannot be ignored by any organization. We see the rising costs of cybercrime, and other things related to that, such as the cost of dealing with mitigation if you are breached and I’m sure many organizations have concluded that regardless of whether they’ve experienced an attack or feel one’s imminent, we must understand that it is inevitable. No one wants to be in the headlines anew so the focus will be a lot on proactive measures.

However, looking at the questions in-depth, for example, surrounding the degree to which basic security controls are implemented, we really should, as an industry, be implementing the most basic security controls a lot more, whether it’s encryption, identity and access management, or even the firewalls and antivirus. The internet has been booming for over 25 years, so shouldn’t we be on-board in terms of at least antivirus and firewalls if that technology has been around? And if the price point for that in the precedent for encryption solutions has lowered as a result of such innovation, development, and the multiplication of offerings out there, I think, the answer is, yes.

We are really reaching the point where we can’t afford to be unprotected because regardless of whether our sector is specifically targeted or there is a side-channel attack on another sector – water, electrical, manufacturing, telecom –on which we are dependent, we stand incredibly vulnerable in terms of critical infrastructure dependencies. Look at the National Infrastructure Protection Plan, the NIP, that clearly spells out all the sectors upon which we depend. I think, if people aren’t paying attention now, they will unfortunately experience the bite of a cyberattack and will have to unfortunately rethink their strategy.

Q. You make a really good point about the interconnectedness of infrastructure between healthcare and other parts of the economy. But I want to go back to one of the headlines of the report, which is that “phishing is still king.” What they are phishing for? Has anything changed about in terms of what they’re looking for or is it the same kind of data that remains vulnerable?

Lee: What needs to be traced is the motivation for the attack. For example, if I were a healthcare organization with a military base close by or some kind of defense operation in the vicinity, I may be, hypothetically, targeting people that have access to that information. That would be different from, for example, if a diplomat or someone of similar high status were treated at a hospital. Then their information would be targeted based on that. So, it truly depends upon the purpose of the attack. So often it’s assumed that the endgame for an attack is always the same, but we have to look at who’s attacking which entity and for what purpose, before we can make that determination and whether it’s because of the different geopolitical tensions currently happening or it’s because of who is being treated at your healthcare organization currently. It’s safe to say that organizations that are in those special situations are smart and layer their defenses and the strategy to account for that.

On the other hand, as we saw from the survey that money unfortunately tends to be the number one goal of attackers across nation state, non-state actors, cyber criminals, or the “kid next door.” Often, the purse strings that the accounts payable person may have is attacked or a highly compensated employee may be targeted through phishing websites that resemble a payment portal. Unwittingly, if they fall for such phishing attempts, their paycheck may be diverted. We’ve seen those attacks on providers in the past, and the way attackers work. Attackers employ efficient tactics that have worked before, whether for healthcare or another sector. They know time is money. So, the idea is highest efficiency for highest impact. That will achieve whatever their endgame is – money, stealing credentials, sensitive information – patient data, treatments, research on COVID-19, vaccines, or something more nefarious such as, disrupting business operations or even clinical operations etc. That attack is given that kind of purpose so phishing does carry with it many other things. 

Q. Is healthcare a preferred target simply because of the ease of attack and the potentially quick and high returns?

Lee: Well, certainly healthcare itself will be under attack if specific patients’ information is targeted. However, in terms of the sectors and the ease of attack, I think, it’s a bit of a myth that healthcare is easier to compromise than other sectors. Whether one is targeting government entities, other industries or critical infrastructure sectors, there are sectors that are easy to attack, such as, the financial sector. There are entities that do not fully share information within their organization, do not deploy security awareness across all personnel, so naturally, their rates for successful phishing attacks may be quite high.

I’ve heard that phrase before, and to some extent, it’s true, because many healthcare organizations have just hired their CISOs in the past five or 10 years. There are some cybersecurity professionals with really skilled backgrounds within healthcare that have been working at the helm of their organizations for 25 years. So, I can assure you that some of those organizations are very tough to break-in. But if you look at the symmetry of it all, the defense people or defenders on the provider’s side need to be right 100% the time; Someone on the offensive side needs to be right just once.

Q. We’re in an era of digital transformation. But what is the risk now that healthcare organizations are taking by choosing to partner with an increasing number of innovative startups? Is there something that we should be concerned about from the perspective of robustness of security protection and data protection, in particular?

Lee: That’s an interesting perspective. To give some context here, ever since at least January 2014 we’ve seen that the supply-chain style of attacks — whereby a vendor or a business associate has been compromised to essentially compromise the target whether it’s a big hospital or whomever is at the other end that’s receiving those services – are rampant. So, with that in mind, it’s fair to say that as a general rule, the small and medium companies and the startups may be weaker in terms of their security defenses compared with the larger organizations but that’s not always so given. You’re well aware, the asymmetric difference between the attacker’s perspective versus the person on the defense and how the person of the defense needs to always be right. Notwithstanding that, start-ups from what I’ve seen having worked with them over the years, I think, just like many other smaller organizations, they tend to outsource various tasks themselves — whether it’s development or cloud services or others.

If there’s one weakness that I’ve seen — and again, not all start-ups are the same – it’s that, often, smaller companies just assume that by partnering with another entity or individual that it’s the other person’s responsibility. So, they’re less vigilant. What’s more, the degree of vetting from a due diligence perspective isn’t given due weightage. As an attorney I always tell people to be careful about who they deal with from a business and technical perspective, otherwise, how does one know how secure an entity is, whether they’ll be around, or how robust their solution is? Being new, very innovative and perhaps very cutting-edge, doesn’t cut short the need for undertaking due diligence. One needs to see who their partners are, what information they’ll get access to – accounts, machines, systems — who else may be involved because there are various factors, including insider threat, that must be taken seriously.

Q. We’re right now in the midst of a big shortage of workers at all levels, including tech workers. On the one hand companies can spend enough money to get the talent but that talent may not be available. One Wall Street Journal article indicated around 300,000 tech jobs that are open as of January! And healthcare organizations, technology vendors or vendors to a vendor are all facing this same problem. The issue can’t be outsourced and is a bigger concern than cybersecurity. So, is there a bigger shortage in cybersecurity workers relative to other parts of the tech sector? What’s the solution — more automation? What are organizations doing to overcome this?

Lee: In terms of workforce development and having that pipeline, it’s safe to say that many healthcare organizations prefer hiring cybersecurity professionals with previous healthcare experience. Because, you can’t simply ping a medical device, for example, and expect for everything to be okay. If you see malware going into a H-back device or otherwise or some kind of potential trouble, for instance, you can’t necessarily close-off the ports to live devices that directly impact patient care. You need to be careful with that, especially where patient safety and the care of patients is directly connected. So, those are special reasons actually why healthcare cybersecurity pros do have interestingly, a specific body of knowledge that people from other sectors, such as, finance, manufacturing, chemical or even the government may not have. That’s because, if their emphasis is on confidentiality, locking up secrets so to speak, our emphasis above anything is ensuring that information is made available and has integrity so that we could rely upon that data. So that reality is quite different.

But in terms of some proactive measures being undertaken by some healthcare organizations there are things that are quite innovative. For example, some people in informatics may be trained up to assist with IT security duties. So, training from within is definitely a great thing because they’re familiar with the organization and committed to it. So, they find value in terms of what they’re doing.

Even with new individuals that are coming up from colleges and high schools and those that have certified cybersecurity credentials such as, certifications that we all know about or those that may graduate from a 2-4 year college with, you know, accreditation in terms of their cybersecurity degree — we know of some of these programs. I think that those things are prized. And once, a student with that potential, interns at a healthcare organization and is recognized by them to train, they are nurtured so they become familiar with the healthcare environment and continue to grow that way.

We may not be able to afford the salaries offered by more mature sectors in terms of cyber in healthcare but one way to combat that would be in terms of hiring students or people with less experience or training people from within, because, I think, there’s a renewed interest in terms of cyber. People are considering expanding their roles, responsibilities and wanting to delve into tech. Cyber is such a great field to be involved in. You’re always learning. We’re trained to think in ways that people generally don’t. We look at things from the reverse — how can something be attacked or breached? – And that’s like taking the glass half-full approach. We ask, “what’s not fine?” So, you know, it’s an interesting dynamic, but those are a few of the promising trends.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Our mission with digital health is to provide guidance and choice to consumers in an easy, frictionless way.

Season 4: Episode #113

Podcast with Ashis Barad, MD, Clinical Lead, Digital Health, Baylor Scott & White Health

"Our mission with digital health is to provide guidance and choice to consumers in an easy, frictionless way."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Dr. Ashis Barad, Clinical Lead, Digital Health at Baylor Scott & White Health, discusses their digital patient engagement journey, their highly rated best-in-class homegrown patient mobile app, and how they are creating a seamless digital experience for patients and consumers.

BS&W is the largest not-for-profit health system in Texas and is a pioneer in digital patient engagement. Dr. Barad discusses their focus on consumer expectations and consumer research at length and how that drives their digital investments. He discusses the challenges involved in gaining acceptance from clinicians for launching and implementing digital health, and the need to invest in ongoing research to understand consumer needs.

Dr. Barad talks about their digital investment priorities for 2022, their data and analytics partnership with the Truveta consortium, challenges with harnessing technology innovation, and how the talent shortage is impacting the pace of digital transformation. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

00:48The American Hospital Association has recently issued an advisory for hospitals to be on high alert for possible cybersecurity incidents, including ransomware. What are you hearing from your membership at HHIMSS and what have you what have you learned so far?
02:01Can you give us a broad overview of the digital health capabilities that you've implemented at Baylor Scott & White over the last couple of years?
06:46Tell us about the genesis of your mobile app and what does it do for your consumers?
10:40 What can you tell us about how consumer preferences have changed? What did the pandemic tell you and what changes have you made since then?
12:17 What are your big investment priorities and focus areas in 2022?
10:29 How long did it take you to figure out that providers are not going to be thrilled about this?
15:26 What are the tech, data, or integration challenges you've had to work through in the last couple of years?
18:45 How do you create a seamless experience for your clients?
22:05 Can you tell us about the data and analytics program being escorted at BS&W. You recently became members of the Truveta consortium. Can you talk about that too?
26:46 How have you gone about identifying digital health startups to work with? What is the message you have for startup founders listening to this podcast?
31:44 How do you keep score of how well you're doing with digital health? What are the one or two metrics that you track?
33:40 Can you share best practices / learnings for your peers?

About our guest

Dr. Ashis Barad is the Clinical Lead of Digital Health at Baylor Scott & White Health. He is a galvanizing physician leader with 16+ years’ experience in clinical medicine, informatics, digital health, and health equities. He is a proven leader that can communicate effectively with executives, data analysts, and clinicians and bring data insights into clinical workflow.

Dr. Barad leads one of the highest performing physician departments with great energy, attitude, and passion about data and advancing healthcare.

Dr. Barad graduated from the Texas Tech University Health Science Center School of Medicine in 2003.

Q. Ashis, can you tell us about BS&W and your role there? 

Ashis: We’re the largest not-for-profit healthcare system there, servicing 46 counties with 52 hospitals and a completely integrated delivery network — inpatient, outpatient, and all types of physicians. We have roughly 7300 physicians in our system and 49,000 employees. I have been with BS&W for 11 years now. I came in as and still practice as a Pediatric Gastroenterologist. I’ve had this role — Clinical Lead of Digital Health — for the last two years. 

Q. You’ve been with and seen the digital health program evolve over time, so, give us an overview of the digital health capabilities that you’ve implemented at BS&W over the last couple of years? 

Ashis: Baylor Scott & White Health were early in the digital health game for incumbents and so, we’ve had a digital front door – it’s an overused term today – since 2016-17. That’s separate from the one on MyChart and we are an Epic shop. Our digital studio envisions becoming the most desired consumer-centric partner for people’s well-being. So, that’s a critical vision we base our decisions and the products we roll-out, on. We want to think of ourselves as a very consumer-centric organization. The digital health office then, obviously plays a major role in that vision. Its features and capabilities are really focused on five strategies revolving around our digital front door to accord us unprecedented convenience, personalization, and accessibility. 

This also involves a big CRM tech stack that drives consumer engagement with the right message at the right time. 

We also look at innovative products that can get us closer to the consumer. We incumbents probably have something that the disruptors don’t necessarily do and that is brand permission that enables proximity with our consumers as of now. We need to capitalize on that. One line that we like to say internally, in that context is — we want to build Netflix here and don’t want to just make blockbuster lines faster. So, the key lies in not being iterative in what we’re building, but really thinking differently in our products. 

I’ll rattle off a few others here – creating systems of intelligence. We look at data and engagement and Epic, which is our EHR, a system of record. We look at other products and partners that can really envelop the EMR to enable us to get closer to the consumer automation. Lastly, we’ll call it a digital practice, which is building a platform to orchestrate care. We’re certainly providing care but in the new normal, because of all the partners in the ecosystem, the disruptors and, as seen in big tech, we are turning from providing everything to everyone to really orchestrating the journey. We want to put that together as a trusted partner. 

Q. Healthcare is not necessarily known as a consumer-focused industry so it’s refreshing to hear this. Now, you’re at the forefront also because your mobile app is rated very highly. Tell us about the genesis of the app and what it does for your consumers, today? 

Ashis: Thank you for calling that out since it’s really important to who we are. The consumerism aspect of things — and as a physician especially, I will just say — when I speak to physicians and we say “consumer,” there’s a little cringe or some kind of negativity. I just remind them that consumer or the definition I have around it, is actually the “patient,” plus the context of who that individual is outside of their healthcare. Once you really kind of level-set this, it seems to resonate. 

We’re very proud of our mobile app, which is very highly rated. Its genesis can be traced to another terms not usually seen in healthcare – Agile. We came together and made a decision to be more agile so, our app was based on a kind of agile methodology. It’s taken five versions, 40 sub-versions and considerable stakeholder involvement to really get to where it is, today. It was certainly a platform before platforms were cool. 

I’ll give credit to our Chief Digital Officer, Nick Reddy, who had this idea that, our brand is important, and we must unload our digital front door from our EMR. He had a bigger vision of being able to truly have a platform that could be customized to ensure a personal experience for all of our members. This was something we could use for our whole integrated delivery network, which includes a lot of joint ventures, specialists and hospitals that aren’t in our medical posse. So, they don’t have an Epic MyChart. Then, how could we take in full, consumer experiences, have every part of their journey — whether they’re in or out of our medical group — and really create an app while integrating it with the EMR? MyChart was really the only way to do that. So, it’s a fantastic app because it does let you sign-up without having ever walked into any of our clinics and to consume care. 

Q. Based on your experience with the app, what can you tell us about how consumer preferences have changed and how BS&W responded? What did the pandemic tell you and what changes have you made since? 

Ashis: That’s a great question. A couple of words come to mind. One, is guidance. Our users want to know if they need a doctor, when do they need them, where should they go and who should they see. These simple questions lead them to Google and other websites rather than their healthcare system. When we learned that consumers want their doctors and systems they know and trust to answer these, they’re looking for guidance, we saw it as our mission to provide that in a very easy, frictionless way. 

Once we’ve guided them, they’d also want choice, right? With price transparency and a lot more cost-sharing. This is a big reason why healthcare is beginning to look a little more like retail. So, our consumers get a choice same as they’re expecting in retail for where to go to consume care. 

Q. You have created a best-in-class mobile application and set the benchmark within healthcare enterprises. In 2022, what are your big investment priorities and where does your focus lie?

Ashis: I think that when moving into the orchestration of care space, scale matters. So, growth and using our digital and virtual tools to really grow as a system and move to markets that we may not have a physical footprint in, will be big priorities for us. You’re seeing that with a lot of large health care systems, today. 

Q. What would be an example of that — going beyond your current footprint, using your virtual means? Give us an example. 

Ashis: So, we see a lot of people moving into virtual primary care and so our virtual-first primary care product allows us to get into many markets and geographies that are not necessarily where we have a physical footprint. So that’s an example. 

I think other examples are around a lot of talk about home. We’re really leaning this year into home and hospital-at-home care. Home convenience, like vaccines-at-home labs, and some other home convenience products are what we will roll-out. 

The other thing is really creating a retail-like experience for all of our consumers, whether you’re in our physical geography or not, much like an ecosystem connector, right? So, if you’ve done genetics through 23andMe and if you are an avid Peloton rider, you know where you have these other retail-grade experiences that are part of your health or your wellness that we want to know about. People expect their health systems, their doctors to know them for who they are and again, other things that they’re doing regarding wellness. So, we’re working to connect to their whole world if they allow permission for us to do that. 

Q. What kind of challenges have you addressed along the way – tech, data, integration, internal culture-related? Talk to us about a couple of the big ones you’ve worked through in the last couple of years. 

Ashis: I’ve heard you say many times that, it’s 10% tech, 90% people, right? You’re absolutely right when you say that. The tech isn’t terribly hard now. The caveat to that is we’re short-staffed — on the nurses, tech, data people, engineers, designers’ sides – and talent is hard to find to really create this wonderful team. So that is a challenge today that we didn’t have as much, a few years ago. 

That being said, I’m a physician, so, we doctors don’t really move at speed with new technology. Working on the physician side of the house and getting things to really move at scale is why my position exists. I do think it’s important to find a physician champion that really understands both sides of the equation and moves a lot of these digital tools to help health systems become scalable and operationalized. 

Then, the other thing I’ll say is that a major challenge is, legacy healthcare systems have had this culture of a vote by veto. Typically, here, you have one stakeholder that just says “no, we can’t do that” and the whole thing falls through. That’s another challenge. We’re really working hard to change the culture as such to say “yes” versus “no” and then, really letting something fail. 

Q. In an abundant yet fragmented technology landscape you have to take a lot of different technology — Epic, which is your core system — and layer on other stuff including your homegrown mobile app. How do you make all that work together to create a seamless experience for your clients? 

Ashis: It’s what we wrestle with every day. It takes a large team and a lot of resources to really do it, especially since our app and video visits platform are homegrown. We’re quite blessed to have a very talented team — engineers and designers — as dedicated resources for digital health at Baylor Scott & White Health. They’re very passionate about healthcare.

I don’t think that in healthcare we always sell ourselves really well to the outside world as far as our mission is concerned. But if I talk to these teams every day, they have the same passion for healthcare that I do as a doctor taking care of my patients. Once they’re invested and in, we realize that the work they are doing is improving health care and health outcomes. They find a lot of value in being in health care versus other industries, so, the other aspect of that is that we really try to spend a lot of time on that internal culture within the digital health office to really be able to see the outcomes of other products. 

Q. You made such an important point – it isn’t the money but the sense of mission and purpose – that’s something I’ve observed across every health care organization I’ve worked with. You mentioned data and how you’re using it to drive experiences, understand your consumers etc. Talk to us about data and analytics and in that context, about you, as a member of the Truveta Consortium – a group of health systems coming together to pool data assets to drive insights that can collectively improve healthcare outcomes.

Ashis: Thank you for bringing up the Truveta Consortium. They’re adding health systems every month now, which has been wonderful because there’s a lot of data and there’s big data. They’re up to 16 percent of all U.S. healthcare data, which is certainly a large percentage. 

Talking about data, one term that gets thrown around a lot is personalized care. But to get to that end of the spectrum where we can predict people’s outcomes and be prescriptive in their care, we need data. I love to give the example of a particular patient I meet in office to who I say, “It looks like in a year’s time, you have a 40% chance of developing diabetes.” Now, if I left the conversation there, the person walking out of that door wouldn’t be happy. So, if I can then, take it a step further and say, “If you do these three things, then you can reduce that risk by 50%.” How do we get to that place in healthcare? 

I certainly don’t think Truveta alone will solve for everything but having that big data and being able to utilize 16% percent of the U.S. healthcare and leveraging the diversity of data that Truveta brings – that is important. 

We talk a lot about big data but data also needs to be diverse. One stat that appalled me when I saw it was — only less than three percent of research data is comprised of Hispanic and African American patients. We make so many decisions on incomplete data that does not represent the patient that’s sitting in front of us. To get to a point where you can actually personalize care to then say, for example to a Filipino, 50-year-old lady with breast cancer, “A thousand patients just like you underwent this therapy and had the best success and are now in remission.” I think that’s a lot more powerful than what any study that maybe had 95% Caucasian women in it. Truvada really does allow us to get to that level of care because of that diverse data. 

Q. It’s interesting you mention that. Two of my recent guests were the folk from Epic who’re on the Cosmos dataset which is similar to what Truveta is trying to build. But what’s always bothered me is the Balkanization of the data landscape in this country. The data’s sitting with different people, they’re all trying to do the same thing, but they’re not doing it at scale. For me, one vision of utopia, is where all this data gets consolidated with access granted in some way that allows everybody to do the kind of things that you talked about, because quite frankly, it’s not happening and it’s hurting caregivers, healthcare economy, and healthcare consumers. However, these initiatives are underway, involve innovative solutions that have been put together by startups. While the perspective is fresh, there are risks. How have you gone about identifying digital health startups to work with and what is the process you follow? What’s your message for startup founders listening in? 

Ashis: I get pinged a lot by start-ups looking for a door in and so, this is a wonderful call-out. I’ve heard this on your podcast as well that our systems are slow and the cycle at which we do things is slower. So, I’d imagine that’s very frustrating. 

One thing I was speaking about with a start-up CEO, recently, was, “How or what can we do better for you?” What he said was really enlightening for me. He said, “We spend a lot of time guessing what it is you want us to solve for. We spend money, resources and time but want more transparency to solve the pain point identified. Let us know we’re putting our time and resources in the right place.” If anyone’s listening on the incumbent healthcare side of this, I think that was a learning lesson for me. I’ve used that and it’s worked out quite well to make sure that end product we iterate and come together for, really solves the problem that we’ve both agreed upon. 

That being said, it is a tough atmosphere for start-ups because different healthcare systems of different countries have their own culture and things just run very differently. I don’t think anyone startup can go to Intermountain and say, “I’m going to use the same technique and same product to solve the same pain point for BS&W, and it’ll scale just the same as it may have done at say, Intermountain.” 

Taking some time to learn the strategy, the system KPIs of that particular health care system, looking at the ecosystem in which it lives — is it living a value-based care, is it living still in the fee-for-service role, is crucial. And because what we’re solving for is sometimes different as we really learn, so I’d say take the time to just learn and understand what the ecosystem of that system is, and go from there. 

Q. I had a startup founder who recently told me that the biggest challenge for them is surviving the sales cycles in healthcare. If a start-up has limited funding from venture capitalists, and run out of money pretty quickly, its shut down. In which case, where does that leave the health system that signed-up this innovative start-up? 

Ashis: I’m right there with you. And I think that for the startup, I would also suggest one tip — identify a business owner so when going into the healthcare system, you have an individual that you’re really talking to about trying the use case, doing a point solution. To scale, you need a business owner that’s truly passionate about the problem that you are solving for, because there is nothing more powerful in the health system than someone who’s going to take that, run with that torch, and really sell it for you. It’s such a large system that if you try to be that person within the system, often, it just doesn’t get the message across. 

Q. That is really valuable advice. How do you keep score of how well you’re doing with digital? What are the one or two metrics that you track? 

Ashis: Sure. We really believe the future is digital and we know where consumers are going. We certainly know that the digitally native consumers are going to be the largest part of the workforce going forward. And so, one metric, for example, is we’re tracking how many consumers are into interacting with us — more digitally than even in person — through phone calls or coming in, in person. So, virtual video visits, care journeys, and care navigation tools are what we use to track that.

I mentioned before, growth through digital channels is what we call digital-first growth. We ask, “did you actually interact with BS&W through a digital mechanism, first?” And then, on the back end, it’s our job to engage you in a personalized way, navigate you to the right care. We’re not just visually engaging with you once, but actually turning that into a sustained relationship.

Q. That’s good to hear. Are there one or two best practices or learnings that you would like to share with your peers who may be listening to this podcast? 

Ashis: At Baylor & Scott and White, one of the books that we have to read — this is our Chief Digital Officer who asks us to do so — before we sign on, is “Who says elephants can’t dance?” The IBM story, right? And so, yeah, Lou Gerstner. 

Q. Yeah, that’s right. I know Gerstner turned around IBM in the 90s. 

Ashis: Being agile and taking it the right way is important. We know that agile can be masquerading. But we’ve really changed our culture internally at all levels — all stakeholders — to really take on agile. 

My other advice would be to go from being a supply-driven company to demand-driven one. We need to spend time and resources on the voice of the consumer to learn what the demand is, where it lies and what consumers need and want. We think we know the pain points and that’s probably part of the paternalism in health care. So, that is not true. 

We have learned that as we go out, spend time and resources on the voice of the consumers, that often, what they want, need their pain points are very different from what we assume. 

So, my advice would be — really spend those resources, that time to truly learn the voice of the consumer because we’re never going to get to the retail level of care and experiences if we don’t spend that energy and time there. 

Q. That is so refreshing to hear again. Ashish, it’s been fantastic having you on this podcast. Thank you so much for setting aside a time when we look forward to following your progress and all the very best to you. 

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Our goal is to have clinicians be able to use tools that help get individualized medicine to the point of care

Season 4: Episode #112

Podcast with Jackie Gerhart, MD, VP of Clinical Informatics and Phil Lindemann, VP of Data and Analytics, Epic

"Our goal is to have clinicians be able to use tools that help get individualized medicine to the point of care"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Jackie and Phil discuss Epic’s Cosmos research database that covers over 130 million patients across 800 health systems in 50 states – the largest single healthcare dataset of its kind. They discuss the role of database in driving the Epic Research initiative, specifically in public health, and explain how they ensure privacy protections and safeguards for the data.

Jackie and Phil also discuss Epic’s recent expansion into newer market segments such as retail healthcare and health insurance, and Epic’s new CRM product, titled Cheers.

Epic is one of the largest healthcare IT companies today and has a significant influence in healthcare operations across the country. Jackie and Phil discuss how the Cosmos dataset could power new innovations and research, and also highlight advocacy efforts with regulatory agencies to reduce coding and documentation burdens on clinicians, at a time when the healthcare industry is facing a shortage of workers.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

01:38Can you walk us through a high-level overview of the Cosmos platform?
04:37Tell us a little bit about what you know from the COVID surveillance standpoint? What was the platform able to accomplish for you and how you've used this massive dataset?
08:17How do you make sure the privacy and security aspect of it?
12:23 There are other health systems doing their own rollout. They've got their own data, they're going to use it, and mine the data for insights they can get and they're going to serve their own patient populations. How is Cosmos data different from others?
17:29 Who gets access to the data sets? What about the private sector? Do developers get access to private or academic researchers?
19:34 So, for digital health startups, the pathway to get access to the data is to either build a product or a final product with one of your customers, which would be a health system or an innovation group. Is that the way it is that?
20:43 Tell us about your new CRM platform – Cheers. How does Cosmos fit into that story?
23:42 Epic, which traditionally has been seen as a health system focused software company, is now branching out. You talked about the work with retailers like CVS, you've announced a partnership with Anthem. How does Cosmos fits in all of this?
28:37 What is your view on how your platform can help alleviate the acute shortage of workers, which has been identified as the number one issue for healthcare CEOs in a recent report by the American College of Healthcare Executives?

About our guest

Jackie Gerhart, MD is the VP of Clinical Informatics at Epic where she works with healthcare executives to advance clinical care and improve clinician well-being. Her current work focuses on the value patients can get from their data and how that information can advance evidence-based medicine and improve outcomes. She leads the clinical team that works on Epic Research studies. She also works on healthcare policy at the local, state, and national levels. Jackie also has an appointment as an Associate Professor of Family Medicine at UW School of Medicine and Public Health and still practices medicine at UWHealth. Jackie earned her MD at Mayo Clinic School of Medicine.


Phil Lindemann is the VP of Data and Analytics at Epic, where over the last 18 years he has worked with various products to define their development roadmap and strategy. He leads the team that works on Cosmos. He has worked on health tech solutions spanning machine learning, data visualization, data quality standards, and real-world evidence generation during his time at Epic.

Q. I am here today with Jackie Gerhart and Phil Lindemann, Senior Executives at Epic. It’s a pleasure to have you on the show. In your roles, your core areas of focus are Cosmos and Epic Research. Can you tell us more about this?

Jackie: I’m Jackie Gerhart. I am a Family Medicine Physician by background, and I’m one of the multiple clinicians at Epic that help make sure that their software is a joy to use. I work with other clinician executives at organizations that provide health care to ensure their workflows are going well and that their clinicians are satisfied.

Phil: I’m Phil Lindemann and I work with our data and analytics teams. What that’s all about is figuring out how to take, at this point, 170,000 different items created by Epic or other systems we work with, make sense of that and serve that back up to users within Epic. So, whether that’s Artificial Intelligence, Seth’s team from your previous conversations, or doing dashboards or even what we’ve been spending a lot of time on — Cosmos.

Q. Who or what is Cosmos? There’s an Epic Research program that is also associated with the Cosmos dataset. Why don’t you walk us through a high level overview of the platform?

Phil: What we’ll do is, I’ll give a little foundational information on Cosmos, and then, Jackiewill tell you what we’re doing with it. So, Cosmos really started as a collaboration with the Epic community a few years ago, where we tried to bring together the information from all of these health systems. The question was –What kind of insights or discovery could we do? So, fast forward a few years and we’re now over 130 million patients across 50 states with over 800 hospitals and 10,000 clinics. All of that data feeds into a central location to be available to researchers and ultimately, come back into the Epic system. When you’ve got that much data together, can you imagine what you could do with it? Jacqui, would you like to talk about Epic research here?

Jackie: Absolutely. Epic Research started right around the same time as the pandemic. It was actually something we had planned beforehand and serendipitously, it came at the same time when we were able to get good information out, quickly. That’s really the goal of Epic Research — to help search the Cosmos to find information or insights that might have taken years to find if following a traditional research process. So that data could have been in a medical journal and maybe, less out in the public eye as the Epic Research platform is. Our goal was to make a website that would enable the generation and pushing out of good insights quickly among the public and in the hands of those that can actually make change and take action from it. We’ve worked with the COVID 19 task forces throughout different government agencies, and our customers to try and ensure that anytime we see something new, we try and extract that data.

Q. Can you tell us, from the COVID surveillance standpoint, what was the platform able to accomplish for you? Do talk about some of the use cases so we understand how you used this massive dataset.

Jackie: Our goal is to get good information out quickly, but we really span the spectrum of trying to write anything that will help the news articles, peer-reviewed journal research etc. out within a day or two. So, I’ll start at the academic end with the peer-reviewed research. We worked with customers like Penn and Yale on an article that was later peer-reviewed and published in the Green Journal, the Journal for Obstetrics and Gynaecology. This was specifically looking at mothers that had had COVID and during what trimester they got COVID and whether changed the outcomes of their babies in terms of low birth weight, preterm birth, etc. That was one of the first studies that was published on pregnancy including a COVID infection and it was able to get out much more quickly than maybe what we would have been able to do and impact those that had COVID, were pregnant and wondering what was next.

At the other end of the spectrum, from a COVID perspective, we also worked with the government. Early on, we first looked at surges, but now, we’ve also been doing that with the CDC for the vaccinations. The goal is to get a vaccine approved and there is a process in which safety is paramount. You’re also looking where the bang for the buck is and whether the benefit is better than the risk that you would take as a patient. We’ve been able to provide a lot of information about patients that have got vaccinated, highlighted the safety implications and the risks to help impact legislative findings. Specifically, we worked on the 5–11-year-olds, and the passing of the EUA for them to get vaccinated. Then, there was the passing of the EUA to get booster shots for Moderna and Pfizer. So those were the COVID examples.

For me, the ones that were most impactful were those that helped drive change — One was in the middle of COVID and the other was related to Cancer screenings. During the pandemic, a somewhat unwelcome side effect was that multiple different clinics were closed so patients couldn’t get their Mammograms or Colonoscopy done. We noticed the screenings plummeted. So, the question was — how would the decreased screening rates of Cancer impact the likelihood that somebody had a missed Cancer or that it was going to be diagnosed at a later stage? We found in our most recently published article, and we’ve been following this over time, that the rates haven’t really caught up, yet. One would think with the clinics opening, perhaps people would be back to get their screenings. But it’s not happened, yet so that leaves some room for improvement.

Q. With such massive datasets, how do you make sure patient privacy is secure? With 130 million patients, you’ve got to have at least one or two of them asking this question.

Phil: Absolutely. When you look at something the size of 130 million — we’re unaware of any other EHR-based data source that’s this big in the US or the world – so, that’s a big undertaking. Talking of privacy and security, the first thing we ensure is no free text, no unstructured data for there’s a chance it could have information. It’s a very simple rule then, that any information that’s brought into Cosmos must have a structured location at an Epic site. This goes way back into our ability to build these integrated medical records such that no matter where you go in the world, Epic is the same code base, even though it might be configured slightly differently in some places, in different scenarios. But the meds are stored in the same location, as are the doctors, so that it made it easy for us to bring all the data together. Still, this is a very hard task, but it was much, much easier than trying to deal with different databases in different ways that things had grown up over the years.

The most important thing from a privacy and security point is, before data even leaves the healthcare organization, 16 direct identifiers are removed from the record, and this is before it arrives in the Cosmos database. Any users interacting with the data are only ever seeing de-identified data through aggregate controls or if the results are few, then, the platform says “there’s fewer than 10 results” rather than show the exact number. There’s certainly a lot of things that we do with the software to protect it.

But another special sauce when you have so many health care organizations and shared trust is the “rules of the road” that they’ve all agreed to. That contains things like — the data can’t be sold, access to the data can’t be sold, the data can’t leave the secure portal etc. These contribute to the shared trust because we’re operating under this general rule of the road and those are governed by the health care systems, themselves. So, they elect a Board that grows more organizations that join Cosmos. They help maintain that the rules of the road will evolve and stay within the spirit and goals of what Cosmos was intended for.

Q. That’s a very important clarification about no free text. I certainly wasn’t aware of that. Now you’ve mentioned this is the largest dataset of its kind in the world, but there are also other similar initiatives, like Truvada or even Mayo Clinic that’s rolling-out their own data for their patient communities. In all cases, the data comes from EHR systems – some of it yours, some, not. Other than the fact that Cosmos is Epic data, and I’m assuming only Epic data, how else is it different?

Phil: The only Epic data is, when you think about what we know and what we’ve learned about healthcare, by making the actual data creation systems. We’ve created the medical record in the models. We know what those screens look like, the interactions occurring there, and we understand how data is created. Knowing the origin of data is really important for a researcher who’s making sense of it once it arrives. So, from a quality standpoint, that’s one of the things that we see as magical.

What Cosmos is — All the data comes from a uniform source where we actually understand how it was created. We go back to the source to see what’s happening in that workflow. From a data quality perspective, one of the things we do when an organization on-boards the Cosmos is run all of their data, even an individual lab result, through a series of data quality checks. And it’ll be fascinating because we’ll find out that they’ve had a particular lab value which doesn’t look anything like that same lab value in Cosmos which we’ve worked with. We may think it was mapped incorrectly but what that means is that same mapping is what’s used to interoperate that chart across wherever that patient goes. So by joining Cosmos, these groups actually raise the overall ability to interoperate data and health care in an identifiable state. So, it’s exciting that there’s some pleasant side-effects when they do join Cosmos from a data quality perspective. That’s just a mild differentiator yet it’s important.

But you know, there’s a lot of these groups that are doing irrigation-type things – some, our own customer and that’s great – but many, have unique models out there of what they’re trying to achieve. Lots of people can do analyses, research but we have some of the highest quality data that can drive high quality research. The real sort of North Star for us is, how do we bring that information back to the fingertips of the clinicians and building tools that are directly within Epic? And actually, Jackie you may want to talk about some of the things we do.

Jackie: I’ll back up and add to your initial question about, what’s our differentiator — why use Cosmos? For me, having used it in research, it’s really the size and the representativeness as well as the speed at which you can get those insights into the hands of those that can act on them. A couple of instances specifically in working with the CDC is that, for example, we’ll be sharing data about hospitalizations for kids. They get information from their public health registries and multiple different areas but that will be delayed at times and getting that relayed to those that can use it consequently also gets delayed. But that delay is greater than the delay we have with Cosmos. As soon as a clinician or a patient enters information into the record and it goes into Cosmos, it can be surfaced to have decisions made on it. One example concern using MIS-C, which is an inflammatory syndrome in kids. We were told by folk at the CDC that we had data that was a good month ahead of some of the sources that they had. And this made a difference especially when we were dealing with something like the Omicron. So, speed and size matters.

It is really hard to do research on a representative dataset, especially one that represents the US population. So you can imagine that why Epic customers and Mayo Clinic etc., have their own data sets. Often, when you’re using one organization’s data, there’s a certain type of patients that might go there. That might be the population that happens to be in Minnesota, or the population that happens, to your point, to seek Cancer care. And so they might have a sort of larger representativeness of a certain specific type of question that they’re looking to get answered. But overall, when researching general broad questions, really having the scale, age, sex, race, and ethnicity and as that social vulnerability index breakdown that really matches the US population, it’s really a huge step from our research perspective.

Q. Let’s look at the other end of the spectrum — Who gets access to the dataset — private sector, developers, academic researchers?

Jackie: I wanted to follow up on what Phil was mentioning about how he put it in front of the physicians/clinicians. Who gets access, you ask? One of the main goals here, in addition to research, is to put the data and insights in front of a clinician at the point of care so clinicians that are using Epic software, can use tools that help them to really get individualized medicine to the point of care. So Epic users will be able to use the Cosmos dataset. And one of the main intentions is to bring evidence-based medicine directly to the exam room. Phil, do you want to talk about the other users that use it for research purposes?

Phil: Just so there’s a general understanding — the health care organizations that participate in Cosmos are the ones that actually get to touch the data. That’s about 1,000 users across all the different organizations, today. Now the nice thing about it is, they can work on sponsored work for other industry partners. So we really see it as a way to drive research to some of those groups that are participating in Cosmos. They work with an organization, derive some insights whether that’s a paper or an algorithm, but we really do see this being an ability to create lots of different things off of the Cosmos dataset. While its ok for insights to leave Cosmos, that raw underlying data is only touched by the Cosmos researchers in the Cosmos system.

Q. So, how does one get access – does a digital health start-up listening to this podcast for example, either build a product or partner with one of your customers, a health system or an innovation group, and thus, potentially get access. Is that the way it is?

Phil: We should preface it by saying it’s early days for us. We’re still figuring out how these models will work but when we thought this through, we felt Epic certainly can work and do many of these things. When you unleash this on the research community and have them interrogate the data and do the queries, they’re the ones that can work with the digital health start-up, ask the questions and derive the insights to inform their product and then, build them.

Q. Awesome. Now that you are taking Cosmos out into the market and you’re looking at newer users, tell me, how does Cosmos fit into the Epic and the CRM platform, Cheers, story?

Jackie: So, Epic has many health care organizations that we work with and in the concept of bringing in more patients the right care, in the right way, at their timeframe, we’ve really been looking at ways to try to open it up to health care organizations to have that ability to give patients what they need, when they need it. The differentiator for us is that we are deeply embedded in health care so, we’ve worked many times on things such as, MyChart in the patient portal and so forth, but it really goes beyond that. That was the impetus for Cheers as a CRM application.

It’s really the CRM that is specifically tailored for health care so that we get advice from our current customers who are looking to implement something like that, apply that directly into the research and development of the product before they take it. Phil, I think there are a couple of other things you wanted to add for that.

Phil: It’s funny we finally did name our CRM, but it’s something that we have had for over a decade that we’ve been using and learning. It’s something that our health plan customers do and our diagnostic laboratories use it. We’ve had a lot of experience building and integrating it into the various facets of the organization to understand our patients better. But one of the real insights for us as we started working with customers that were more in the retail space — So CVS, Walmart — was that it really helped inform our roadmap of where it needed to go. A few years ago, we added a Campaign Module to that. But you know how the naming process is always an art any time you’re naming a product. This year, finally, we concluded that Cheers would be it. So, a great announcement came with that.

Q. The name is only one part of it. You have a CRM product now and that in itself is a big deal. You’re working with retailers like CVS, have a partnership with Anthem, something going on with Humana, too. So, where does Cosmos fit into all this?

Phil: Just to drill down a little bit more on the on the payer relationship, we’ve always had teams and customers that have been working in this larger ecosystem, and we’re starting to expand, to build solutions, to reduce some of that friction. The payer space was a big one where we were seeing groups move to value, which was good. They were asking for more information so there was a lot of back and forth with the payer than we’d done, before. This wasn’t just simply “submit the claim and get paid”. It became much less transactional and back and forth. So we thought of working on something that would have a shared benefit for the payer and the health care system to really reduce some of that friction. And developed a payer platform and a series of things like the pre-op you mentioned. At this point, we have five of the six largest payers participating on that platform, and it’s about a hundred million patients that those represent.

So it’s really taken off, continues to grow and has another roadmap. That’s probably another podcast worth of discussion for you to have that team come and talk. Nevertheless, it’s a big part of what we’re doing to help ease the movement of that information — just the right information — because obviously, it’s got different viewpoints from the payer and the health care system

Q. Epic Research, Jacqui, there’s also been some interesting work done on public health and safety by helping identify practices like human trafficking. Want to touch on that briefly?

Jackie: Sure. So, we have a few different websites at Epic. One is Epicresearch.org which shows all the studies that we do on Cosmos. Then, the Epicshare.org. And then, just overall Epic.com. When you’re looking at different studies and outcomes that our customers have or if they’ve piloted something and then, worked on that initiative, you can access those websites and read the success stories.

The one that you’re specifically referring to was where one of our customers — Henry Ford Health System — did a training and used the software to actually ask the right questions at the right time and help identify more of the human trafficking victims. Their exact program involved three things – a. increasing the screening so that the folks that were seeing people come through the emergency room were able to identify certain behaviours or cues, b. having those people be trained so that when those cues were identified, they knew how to act and c. ensuring that they were getting support to those patients, as well. We have these things that, I call, clinical programs, where when a customer does something really amazing and it could be scalable or put across the rest of the app community, we package it up and put it on one of our websites and have it made available to anyone that wants to try to do it in another hospital.

Q. That’s so great. I want to touch on just one other topic. Today, we’re in the midst of a brand new crisis that we didn’t expect — an acute shortage of health care workers. Technology is one of many solutions to alleviate that and you’re one of the biggest technology providers in the health care/health system space. What is your view on how your platform can help alleviate the crisis identified as the number one issue for health care CEOs in a recent report by the American College of Healthcare Executives?

Jackie: I love how you started with there’s so many pieces to that puzzle because that is the issue. There’s just so many reasons that healthcare professionals and clinicians, especially amidst a pandemic, are struggling to determine what their path and calling is to be able to provide health care. On the non-technology spectrum, we’ve really been encouraging and working with outside groups, whether that be CMS regarding ENM coding to try to decrease the number of things that people need to document, either in flow sheets for nurses notes or in billing types of situations for physicians.

We’ve done a lot of things with partnerships — we have is that 25 by 5 initiative, which is Vanderbilt, Columbia; I believe now even the AIMIA (the American Medical Informatics Society or Association); and then, the National Library of Medicine — are all going together to reduce documentation burden by 25% by 2025. So, it’s all about really leaning-on and collaborating with others in that community to learn their success stories.

Beyond that, in the software there are a couple of different things. I did mention how we have websites where we share customer success stories. One of the most recent ones that was published from UC Health describes how their project saved 64,800 hours of nurse-time annually, thanks to the processes within EHR and documentation changes. This also reduced clicks by 50%, lowered the number of flow sheets that the nurses need to fill out, and the length of those flow sheets was shortened by about 65%.

Those are some direct examples, but we’re really thinking of it on a broader innovation scale as well. One of the key areas we’re innovating in, is Voice. So, like how you might use Siri or Alexa, for clinicians we have the Haptic where you literally ask your phone a query. The application on your phone, Haiku, curates what you’re looking for, so you don’t need to spend time looking for it in the chart. So “show me my next appointment” “Show me Janet …. ABC,” or the different pieces that may take time looking up –We’re reducing that piece.

The other promise of Voice is, if it’s intelligent enough to be able to listen to a clinician’s conversation with a patient, is it possible to get it to document it too? How can action be taken so that clinicians don’t have to sit at the computer? The computer will never replace the empathy and the social cues that a clinician can pick-up on during a patient-visit. So, it should be used to enhance and elevate the time that you’re able to see those. Voice technology is one of the ways that can happen.

Q. These are great examples. And you know, the irony of technology is that sometimes technology can actually increase the burden on users. I’m sure it comes as no new news to you that, you know, that the EHR has been, fairly or unfairly accused of increasing burdens. But it’s so encouraging to hear that you’re working on reducing coding requirement, improving documentation and workflow. That’s a story that needs to be told a little bit more; perhaps on another podcast because it is such a hot button issue today in the context of the shortage of workers and the burdens on them. I’m afraid we’re going to have to leave it there today. It was fantastic talking to both of you and wish you all the best with Cosmos and cheers and all the other work that you’re doing. Thank you once again for coming on my podcast!

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Besides the act of healing, everything else should be automated away in healthcare.

Season 4: Episode #111

Podcast with Andrew Le, MD, Chief Executive Officer, Buoy Health

"Besides the act of healing, everything else should be automated away in healthcare."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

Andrew Le started Buoy Health after he realized healthcare consumers were relying on Google search and other sources to make decisions about their care. After seeing bad outcomes from consumers relying on inaccurate information or failing to seek timely care, he decided to build an AI-powered service that helps consumers manage their health in a more informed way.

Andrew believes that everything, besides the act of healing, can be automated away. He takes pains to clarify they are not trying to replace a doctor but replacing what today is a very rudimentary system with a search engine that narrows things down for a whole host of different things.

In the conversation, Andrew and Paddy discuss a range of topics from the long sales cycles for digital health startups, their expansion plans for their core product, the trust deficit with big tech firms and consumer data, interoperability challenges, and much more. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

00:22Tell us about yourself and how you started Buoy Health.
03:44You're in the AI-enabled digital healthcare space. What’s your definition of AI and how did you apply that to starting and running your business?
05:54Is your AI application directly used by consumers?
07:48 As a consumer, I’d need to download the app and pay to use it. Are these sources of revenue for the company?
08:41 You didn't mention providers. Any particular reason why providers are not a target market for you?
10:29 How long did it take you to figure out that providers are not going to be thrilled about this?
15:42 Do you think that the acute shortage of labor in healthcare is the next forcing function for your business or any AI-enabled business that reduces the workload on caregivers, clinicians and, consumers and expedites in getting to the right decisions and treatments?
20:11 What are the biggest challenges that you have encountered as an entrepreneur in building this business from data aggregation, management, quality, and analysis standpoint?
23:19 While data, AI and advanced analytics can make a difference in care. How does your company, who is into the data aggregation and analysis business, address it?
27:51 Can you share some learnings from your entrepreneurial journey for all your friends and colleagues in the digital health world, especially those who are looking to start a company now?

About our guest

Andrew Le, MD is the Chief Executive Officer of Buoy Health. Since founding Buoy out of Harvard Innovation Labs in 2014, Andrew has led the company through two successful funding rounds, raising over $67 million, with prominent healthcare investors including Optum, Cigna, Humana, WR Hambrecht + Co., and F-Prime. In 2020, Andrew was named by Business Insider as one of 30 healthcare leaders under 40 to watch, a Digital Innovator by Employee BenefitsNews, one of Boston Business Journal's Top 40 Under 40 leaders and recognized as a TEDMED Hive Innovator. Andrew holds a Doctorate of Medicine from Harvard Medical School and graduated magna cum laude from Harvard College.

Q. Tell us a little about yourself and how you started Buoy Health.

Andrew: I am a doctor by training, and I started Buoy back when I was in medical school at Harvard. I was going to be a Neurosurgeon. Then, on my last rotation in the ER at MGH in Boston, I saw these patients who were Google-ing their symptoms or reading something online and just making a bad guess as to what kind of care they should be seeking. That led to a lot of bad outcomes. Here’s a real story — I saw a woman with a jammed finger, followed by a man who had ulcer in his foot from a history of poorly controlled diabetes that’d also become infected. We had to amputate it that night. When I told the lady she was fine to go home, she pulled out these printouts from the internet telling me why she thought the finger was broken and why she’d been waiting in the E.R. for six hours! I told the next patient, had he come earlier to the hospital, we could have saved his leg. He pulled out sheets of information from WebMD telling me why he had waited and didn’t think we should amputate.

Unfortunately, my dad got sick; he had a mini stroke but didn’t go the doctor. I have two younger sisters who are both doctors, and when I asked him why he didn’t call any of us for help especially since he had access to unlimited free telemedicine and he had in fact, paid for all this, albeit in a different way, he said – “you guys are working” and so, he Google-ed it. I don’t trust what I find at Google, so, for me that was just kind of this emotional tipping point.

Three months after graduating, I took a sabbatical from school and became obsessed with this idea that consumer-driven healthcare, shopping, and healthcare wasn’t real. It wasn’t possible because it’s predicated on this idea that a consumer or a patient or a member had to be clinically trained to figure out what the ailment was, what kind of treatment they’d have to pick, what doctor they should see to get the treatment, and where to get the outcome that they’re looking for. That is not part of our educational system.

So, we decided to build a product that could solve that knowledge gap, help people figure out what’s going on with their bodies, understand what treatment will lead to the right outcome for them. So, that’s the journey we’ve been on.

Q. You’re known as a company that is in the AI-enabled digital healthcare space. What’s your definition of AI and how did you apply that to starting Buoy Health and running it?

Andrew: AI in the most basic sense to me is the ability for a non-human entity — in this case, obviously a computer — to deduce something as if they were a sentient, intelligent being. So, all the definitions you threw out there that fall under that very broad umbrella. I think it’s an often-used buzzword today for statistics, data science, and the ability to turn data into insights. It’s as simple as that and an over-hyped, over-used term.

Our application of AI is as simple as communicating with a computer program that communicated back to you in a way that a clinician would. The net result of that communication which is like texting someone is that Buoy actually tells you what’s most likely going on. As I mentioned before, it shares what the best possible treatment is for what’s going on, helps you make a really educated self-diagnosis, enables self-triage, and self-navigation into the right care at the right time.

Q. So you use it primarily for triaging based on inputs that patients or consumers may put into the tool and match it up with data on the back end that throws up a set of potential recommendations or as used by a physician? I imagine it’s not used directly by a consumer.

Andrew: No, it’s used by the consumer. I very purposely did not say that we diagnose. We’re not trying to replace a doctor but we’re really replacing what today, is a very rudimentary system for narrowing down what’s going on with you. So, we have a search engine that narrows it down for a whole host of different things.

So, in this situation, you’re answering questions thrown at you by a computer program in real-time. The entire engagement takes 2-4 minutes at the end of which thousands of possible questions are getting re-ranked. Then, we show people three possible matches. They get to see the reasons for and against each match, which then helps them conclude and decide on the most logical match for them. Based on that their clinical situation, benefit design, insurance information, and if we’re working with that, then, their particular employer or payer – all these helps us show them the services that are in-network for them or subsidized by their payer or employer. And thus, we get them into that.

Q. That brings us to the fundamentals of the economic model of the business. The payer could be either the employer or a commercial or a Blue Cross-kind-of-a-payer, or a consumer. As a consumer, I’d need to download the app and pay to use it. Are these sources of revenue for the company?

Andrew: The main source of revenue from the company is from the self-insured employer and the payer. We don’t charge consumers for accessing Buoy. You can go on buoy.com right now and it’s totally free for you to use. If you get it through your employer or your payer also, it’s free to use. The employer or the payer is paying us to essentially configure Buoy to their particular network design, their set of point solutions or particular services that are in-network for them to then, drive them into that right care at the right time.

Q. I noticed that you didn’t mention providers; you’re going to the employers and the payers. Any particular reason why providers are not a target market for you?

Andrew: It’s a really good question, because that’s where we’re headed next. From an original kind of company perspective, we started out working with some health systems and when we saw the data coming from our deployments, the use case directed us toward helping consumers navigate a complex health system.

What we found was that when we’d ask people upfront what kind of care they were looking for and then we saw where they ended up going, we noticed we were de-escalating 50% of ER visits, 48% of urgent care and 42% of primary care. It was astounding how, if you removed uncertainty and fear from the equation, it often de-escalated peoples’ care. Health systems, in no fault of their own, are in a transition right now from fee-for-service to value-based care. They’re somewhere along that spectrum, let’s call it 80:20, so when you show someone that data of us actually potentially reducing the number of people that come in that 80:20 equation, the math starts to play out right.

Q. This is a classic conundrum for digital health solutions, and I’m curious — how long did it take you to figure out that providers are not going to be thrilled about this?

Andrew: I would say about a quarter. We had the benefit of having some investors on the payer side, who helped us know that that would be the eventual landing spot of where we would be very valuable if we were able to change behaviour and move people into the right care. So, it was one of those things where we were de-escalating care and a couple of potential prospects told us that that wasn’t interesting. So, it was an immediate shift for us — moving to self-insured employers and payers.

However, going into this year, as a business, we have 30 million consumers that come on to Buoy.com every year. We work with three of the largest payers and hundreds of self-insured employers and so, the next opportunity for us is to drive consumer-driven healthcare, make healthcare shoppable with our technology where the shopping decision is taken out of your hands or out of the domain of a doctor who shops on your behalf or a doctor who guides your shopping decision. It’s our chance to actually bring services directly onto providers, onto Buoy so as to enable this three-sided marketplace where the marketplace’s core function is to do a really complex match between that consumer and exactly what service they should be going to. The focus then, is less on health systems, more on digital health solutions.

The next stage of the business for us entails talking to, partnering with many of the companies from among 1900 digital health companies founded in the last two years, bringing them onto Buoy, and helping them find the right patient.

Q. Even though you’ve decided to move on from providers, you’ve said it’s 80:20. So, only 20% of healthcare is on some kind of a value-based model but that percentage is expected to grow. Do you think that ratio will change enough for you to approach health systems, again? If yes, is that a year or a quarter of a year or five years away?

Andrew: I think that with the success of digital health on the value-based side over the last couple of years, it’s a forcing function for the rest of healthcare to move in that direction. So, I don’t think that we are a decade away. But I will caveat and say we’re not a year away either. Healthcare moves at the pace that it moves but COVID was a massive accelerant for its digital version. There will be continued momentum in the direction of value-based care, but legacy, or let’s call it ways of making money, are hard to unwind.

Q. That’s a great segue to my next question. You mentioned forcing functions – so, one was the pandemic and now there’s an acute shortage of labour in healthcare. A report in this month’s American College of Healthcare Executives publication states this as the number one priority challenge for healthcare CEOs today. Is it the next forcing function for your business or any AI-enabled business that reduces the workload on caregivers, clinicians and, consumers and expedites the right decisions and treatments?

Andrew: Absolutely. It’s been an underlying and an unstated problem for many years but it’s quite acute now – this access to care for an average person is very hard. If you have a family member living in Boston, you’ll know the average wait time there is 49 days to see your primary care doctor. It was like this 5 years ago but I don’t know nor do I want to look up the number today. Access then, has always been a problem, and now is bigger due to this massive burnout of healthcare workers across the entire spectrum of different types of clinicians and workers. I mentioned my siblings in the healthcare field and many friends and former classmates of mine are here too and they feel a massive amount of strain which explains that shortage.

When I think about the future of our company and that of digital health, we must focus on the labor that exists out there today and what will emerge in the future. How do we make sure that they’re doing what they’re cut out to do – heal people? The catchphrase is “practice at the top of their license,” but the way I think about it is clinicians and humans specifically, are good at healing. So that pat on the back, the treatment rendered in a kind, compassionate way, is a job that’s tough to replace by anything automated. So, everything besides the act of healing should be automated away.

When I think about this, I like the fact that when we visit the doctor, they’re not just healers, they’re also our shopper. They offer us options – “A, B or C. What do you want to do?” If we can allow the clinician to be the healer to do what they do best the moment they actually need it and automate the amount of other work that fills their day — from the documentation, billing, post-care rundown perspectives — there’s a treasure trove of what should be automated by technology.

Q. There is a considerable interest in automation technologies – RPA, voice recognition etc. – and it will only increase. What are the biggest challenges that you have encountered as an entrepreneur in building this business from data aggregation, management, quality and analysis standpoints?

Andrew: I would say the biggest problem is around the silos of healthcare data. I don’t think my insight here will be unique or interesting but it’s real. Everyone sees the data that is really owned by the patient, as being theirs. And there’s a lunge to not want to share that in any form or fashion, in the guise of HIPAA and patient privacy. That is a real challenge.

Patient privacy and data ownership from a compliance perspective, makes a ton of sense and that’s correct. But, if a patient who owns their data consents to having their data moved across places for better care and an enhanced healthcare experience then, that should be made easy. It isn’t the case, today. Obviously, considerable digital health investment has gone into businesses to make healthcare more interoperable, liberate that data — clean it, make it more actionable, and drive more insights — so, I’m hopeful, over time, it gets easier for consumers to tangibly hold their data.

Q. Let’s talk about the flip side of that, too. Consumers must have access to their data but if it falls into the wrong hands, there can be all kinds of unintended consequences ranging from the mild to the severe. While data, AI and advanced analytics can make a difference in care, how does your company, undertaking data aggregation and analysis, address it?

Andrew: Our view — and I’ll come back to your point, because it’s an interesting counter to what I said — is that, at the end of the day it is the trust with the patient that matters. If we’re a company trying to drive better decision-making at a consumer level, empowering people to get the right care at the right time, making healthcare more efficient, and if the consumer doesn’t trust us with their decision, then, we must ask why do we exist? So, when it comes to how we treat their data, protect it, regulate access — any action, whether real, intended, or not — it’s that trust that’s crucial for us.

When it comes to secondary consequences – here’s the segue to your earlier point – we ask “what if the consumer doesn’t know how their data is being used?” And this is controversial. I’ll say, it’s been proven to be true across tech and industry where the products themselves are addictive and a means of gathering data and then, monetizing it in a way that may not be best for that person.

However, healthcare is different. People don’t use healthcare for purposes of selling vanity. The intent is to use it to go back to their baseline and get healthy, again. If it turns out that this company is not using their data correctly, then, there’s no way that that company will be able to exist for very much longer. There’s going to be a flight to quality. People won’t access the site that’s selling their data. So, it’s important to have a bit more trust in the consumer to not let that happen. The intent in the healthcare context is just different from other contexts where unfortunately, consumer data has been misused. So, that’s my optimistic hope.

Q. You do make an important comment about healthcare data being a little different. The bar is higher and there are serious consequences for misuse of the data and the breach of trust. So, as a start-up in digital health, what’s your advice as an entrepreneur for those who want to start their own companies here?

Andrew: There’s so much to learn when starting a company that can be applied from other industries. The piece of advice I’d give most often to people going into healthcare — into digital healthcare, specifically — is what’s different about healthcare, is that outside of direct-to-consumer services where someone is paying, these sales cycles here are so long, regardless of whether you’re selling to pharma, employers, payers, health systems etc. So, the learning is slow because by the time you get someone to say no — which in and of itself is a learning — it takes 12-18 months.

When you are raising capital and trying to prove something, it’s crazy how much you have to guess correctly in order to make it to the next stage. That is a reality which entrepreneurs have to embrace. In other words, the questions to be asked are — How can I speed up my learning in some innovative way? Do I have to raise enough money to last through 2-3 sales cycles? — It’s just a stark reality that I think is not talked about when trying to apply tech, how it works and how to start a tech company relative to healthcare in the digital health landscape.

I hope that doesn’t discourage anyone from getting into healthcare for we need the innovators, people who can dig in for the long haul and investors who will have the faith that eventually, it’s all going to work out. Andrew, it’s been a pleasure speaking with you. I wish you and your company the best and thank you again for being on the show.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Virtual maternity care can help address access to care and health equity

Season 4: Episode #110

Podcast with Anish Sebastian, Co-Founder and CEO, Babyscripts

“Virtual maternity care can help address access to care and health equity”

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this podcast, Anish Sebastian, Co-Founder and CEO of Babyscripts, shares how they are reinventing the standard of prenatal and postpartum care by enabling improved virtual and remote maternity care. Babyscripts focuses on the delivery of pregnancy care through the power of technology and remote patient monitoring and addresses the critical shortage of obstetrical providers in the U.S. 

Anish calls the pandemic ‘a watershed moment’ for telemedicine and digital health adoption. He highlights how technology presents an interesting dynamic for pregnancy, and how connected devices can improve access to care at a central level, thereby impacting maternity care in the country.  

The digital health landscape is a chaotic marketplace today. Anish concludes with advice for digital health start-ups who want to make a mark in the industry. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

00:36Tell us about yourself and how you came to start Babyscripts?
02:59What you consider as some of the milestones you've had as a company? Also, tell us how the pandemic impacted your business?
06:24You and your co-founder are both men in a women's health business. Does anyone ever ask you about that?
08:42 What kind of demographic do you mainly serve? Who’s paying for your customers – plans, providers, or employers?
11:54What are the big elements of your platform that go towards providing this comprehensive care?
14:12 What are some of the big challenges you encounter when you're aggregating the data from a large population and trying to make sense of it?
16:06 Is your product or solution embedded in a clinical workflow or is it a separate standalone app?
17:23 Interoperability is an unfinished business. Is it getting better?
19:46 What is the hardest part for you as a start-up with an innovative solution, but also one that is not a part of the core technology and applications infrastructure for health systems today?
22:59 What has been your experience in the last several years and what would you advise to someone who's looking at starting a digital health company today?
26:47 For your peers and other digital health founders, can you share few things that you've learned?

About our guest

anishsebastian-profile

Anish Sebastian co-founded Babyscripts in 2013 with the vision that internet enabled medical devices and big data would transform the delivery of pregnancy care. Since the company’s inception, they have raised over $37M.

As the CEO of BabyScripts, Anish has focused his efforts on product and software development, as well as research validation of their product.


Q. Tell us a little about yourself and how you came to start Babyscripts?

Anish: Babyscripts is about 6-7 years old now, so, we aren’t exactly the newest kids on the block. However, our goal from day one was to improve the provider-patient connection — that was critical to us. A lot of this was driven by some of our own stories – I have a twin and while twins can be fun, they’re also high-risk pregnancies. I was born in India not the U.S. and when talking to my family about my birth story, I realized that with such pregnancies, your probability of having a bad outcome is higher in some countries than in others that may not be as advanced. That started this whole confluence and possibly contributed to the formation of Babyscripts. As a company, we have one mission statement, vision and focus — better pregnancies. We want to try and improve the status quo of pregnancy care in the United States.

Births are like lotteries – you can’t control where you’re born, to whom or in what situation. In addressing pre-term pregnancies and maternal health, what are some of the important milestones you’ve had? How has the pandemic impacted your business?

Anish: What you just said about birth being a lottery, struck me. I totally agree. One of the variables that goes into it, unfortunately, is the zip code. We started Baby Scripts in Washington, D.C. and one could be literally a few miles apart, in a slightly different zip code, and their probability of having a good outcome versus a bad one could be dramatic. There are all kinds of issues with access to care, health equity etc. that play into it. At this most central level, we try and improve access to care through mobile, digital tools and internet-connected devices but it takes different shapes and forms with modules for low-risk pregnancies, high risk pregnancies, specific disease states — hypertension management and postpartum care management, mental health management. We make care as readily accessible by as many moms as possible and if this aspect is attended to, a lot of other things fall in place.

Technology can be a component around the pandemic, and it presents an interesting dynamic since it’s improved telemedicine digital health across health care. Interestingly, pregnancy is very unique in that it’s not an elective procedure, so, you can’t push it all back. There will be an outcome one way or another.

We’re driven by our users who are moms between the ages of 18 and 35 – a young, technology-friendly, digital-native population — that is the alchemy that just fuels prenatal and postpartum digital health adoption.

Our growth was as dramatic as that of our peers (digital health companies) and we went digital with our practices and customers very quickly, within weeks. It was a watershed moment for such innovation normally takes 10 years! It’s continued till today and we still see a lot of demand for it in the new normal.

 Q. You and your co-founder are both men in a women’s health business. Does anyone ever ask you about that?

Anish: That’s a running joke! Ours was a two bachelors’ start-up and when we formed Babyscripts, pregnancy was an area that was just not getting the attention it deserved. I like to point out, if you compare the statistics of what’s happening and the outcomes in maternity and strip the maternity element off it, it will become a national crisis because it’s very similar to what we’re seeing with mental health, diabetes or other chronic care management stuff. So, from a business standpoint, while it was an incredible opportunity, it goes beyond that.

I shared some of my background earlier, but my co-founder’s mother went through several miscarriages, so, there’s all kinds of kind of history there and all of that came a full circle with the company. Last year, my wife and I had a baby. And going through the pregnancy during COVID just added another layer to what we’re doing.

Q. So, what kind of demographic do you mainly serve? Who’s paying for your customers – plans, providers, or employers?

Anish: As far as our users go, the first level of segmentation is pregnant mothers or postpartum mothers. Our product goes to them the entire first year after the mom delivers the baby for that’s an important time. That’s the user there. We focus on the moms that have Medicaid and in the U.S. it’s a significant portion. Between 45-50% of pregnancies are Medicaid pregnancies and that’s a big number so a huge focus area with its own intricacies and challenges. That’s what we hone-in on. We have the benefit or luxury of knowing exactly who our user base is, in that sense.

About who’s our customer, we’re not a direct-to-consumer company. We knew that from Day One, so, we started working with providers, partnering and selling into health care and hospital systems which are, to this day, our major customer and partner bases. Over the last year or two, we have expanded and started working with managed Medicaid plans because I think there’s a lot of intricacy in how we’ve done our deployments to enable payers. Ultimately, the value of our work has been compounded by reimbursement policies, changing rules and regulations etc. which have opened more business models for us.

Q. In healthcare, you always must follow the money. But, in the world of data-enabled approaches to care, how critical is analytics to your platform or product? How do you approach comprehensive care?

Anish: That’s a good question! It’s a layered approach, right from the starting point at a very basic level for our platform enables remote or virtual maternity care. What that involves is, engaging and educating moms as they’re going to their pregnancy journey.

Our mobile app is a great place for moms to learn about their pregnancy – from how much coffee can I drink and till when can I travel to what floor is the labor and delivery in a particular hospital? We have a very specific provider base, and we customize their training and education.

Then, there’s all the remote monitoring of blood pressure, for instance. Collation of important data points as the moms go through a pregnancy is critical because it helps identify high blood pressure parameters and associated symptoms recorded, for example, with higher risks for pre-eclampsia after a certain gestational age. It helps us direct a doctor or nurse to attend to the mom-to-be and so, this is ultimately what makes us unique. It gives us a lot of leverage. It starts with the mobile engagement layer and then, we build intelligence layers on top of that by leveraging data, analytics, and insights thereby, helping providers stay efficient.

 Q.  What are the challenges you face when you’re gathering the data from a large population and a plethora of remote devices from different manufacturers – no two blood pressure cuffs are the same, no two glucometers are the same – and aggregating that to make sense of it?

Anish: One of the benefits we have here is we look at the positive of pregnancy, which allows us to limit data points and devices we use. So, since blood pressure is a critical data point, we did a clinical validation study around how such devices could be valid and okay. We do that kind of data gathering and validate it thereby, narrowing the scope of what we can work with because helps the process. That’s one aspect.

 Q. The second aspect is understanding which insights are valuable and which, actionable. That’s a whole other game. Just because someone within the app clicked on a resource relating to prenatal genetic testing might not necessarily correlate to some higher risk, so that gets a little trickier. There’s a lot more work involved there and it’s a slower sort of a haul. It’s way easier to just follow clinically established guidelines around triggers as opposed to de novo. While that’s not new, it’s giving us things to think about as we develop our product.

 And the final mile, if you will, is actually inserting it back into the clinical workflow, which means EHR systems or whatever app, device or interface a clinician is using. How do you accomplish that? Is your product or solution embedded in a clinical workflow? Or is it a separate standalone app?

Anish: This is super important for at the end of the day, we’ve just come to the conclusion that our ability to scale is almost entirely reliant on our ability to embed ourselves into clinical workflows — technical and non-technical – so, that leads us to think about integration first, as we develop the product.

We do a lot of integrations with all the big EMRs, third-party vendors, and other systems, through APIs or other modalities. We shall continue to invest pretty heavily on integrations as a core sort of our foundational product pillar. The general sort of digital health ecosystem seems to be maturing when it comes to this because we now see all kinds of toolkits, toolboxes, third-party marketplaces, etc., so it’s a kitchen-sink strategy at the end of day and minimally workflow-intrusive for us to scale. That’s a significant portion of what we do.

 Q. And interoperability is unfinished business. Is it getting better, though, is my question?

 Anish: I think so. It’s getting better for a couple of reasons. Number one, standards are forming and that’s a good thing. Fire and Smart About, are good examples.

Second, I think CIOs and hospital systems are recognizing that they need to find the enterprise architecture that’s been optimized for patient quality, safety experience, cost outcomes, and all the tasks, so they’re investing in such middleware.

Third, the post-COVID new normal is forcing health systems to make an appropriate decision – it’s slow but getting better.

  Q. I agree. We have a four-stage maturity model we use in our company when we look at digital maturity of health systems. We see how our health systems are getting out of the EHR mindset and taking an approach that evaluates best-in-class tools and solutions, embedding them into digital strategies, undertaking out-of-the-box integration etc. What is the hardest part for you as a start-up — with an innovative solution — yet one that is not a part of the core technology and applications infrastructure of our health systems, today?

Anish: We decided early on to take the road less travelled. We got a lot of questions and criticism, particularly from venture capitalists and investors to the tune of “You’re selling to Providers? I’m out.”  So, we had to stay focused and convince them that we’d have to be patient since we were in for the long haul. The reason for this, again, is we started with the premise of number one better pregnancies, and very much related to that is the provider-patient relationship. If we broke that to go independent, we could lose our ability to make the impact we wanted. That was a very helpful distinction.

The second is, in the early days we had to go and find the innovative CIO, CTO and leaders that were thinking about where the puck was going to be and not where the puck was. That meant being shrewd about who we wanted to work with. That was also helpful for us to understand what we needed to do to move to the next goal post or milestone. We talked about immigration, clinical, and CFO buy-ins, so we wanted to work that into the contract very early on. So yes, it was all about the methods, protocols, processes that would allow us to scale.

 Q. Let’s talk about the competitive landscape for digital health, today. There are EHR vendors and big tech firms, like Amazon, moving into the digital health space. What’s your take and experience here? What advice would you give a start-up digital health company, today?

Anish: Sure, it’s definitely very confusing and an extremely chaotic marketplace. You can get lost in the crowd up there. Every other day I see a new digital health vendor or a product or platform, so I’ll say you have to know what your message is. For us, it’s to be the world’s best when it comes to virtual and maternity care. That is the towering confidence that we put all of our eggs in. Our hope is to convince decision-makers out there that we’ll play a valuable role in bringing about the digital transformation of their organizations. We do one thing and do it well with demonstratable results. So we look for megaphones to amplify our message.

Second, from a contracting and risk management standpoint, trying to do one-off enterprise contracts with the health system, can get a little bit off. There’s no real solution out there yet. But what I’m seeing is a natural evolution of digital channels. What are channels that are going to come up? As they mature, we would definitely want to kind of plug-and-play into those. One of these will be the marketplaces. That’s a channel we’re looking at pretty seriously.

  Q. We’re not yet in a place where we have the GPOs or the equivalent for digital health, but there are companies out there that are trying to aggregate digital health solutions and create digital formularies. The market is quite fragmented but can be a two-sided coin for start-ups – One, it can be very challenging to stand out in a crowd here and get the attention of your buyer. Two, it can be an opportunity to leverage infinite channels and approaches to be different. What have your learnings been as an entrepreneur over the last six or seven years?

Anish: It’s a good question and I certainly don’t have all the answers here, but a couple of things that I will point to are –

Focus, because it’s super important. It’s easy to go after the big hairy – the trillion dollar and think, that you’ll do everything for everyone. But look at Google, Microsoft, Amazon — all companies that are literally trillion dollars in market caps or close to it who’ve tried to do it yet haven’t been able to figure out their chances to get it right. What are the chances then for a small group of people? So, have a focus.

Have empathy because health care is like a messy, complicated, slow-moving human. When I talk to our clients or customers, nurses, doctors, professionals in health care, we accept that it’s tough and change management in health care can be tricky. So, you need to lock arms with your clients and not just sell them something and walk out of it. This is equally important.

Third, with investors and funding, you must know how to pick and choose them. There are certain profiles and investors that look for a kind of pattern and it’s unlikely to see these patterns in health care such as, unbelievable sort of unicorn-like growth with the margins where you want it to be. So, be cautious as to who you put on your Board and the investors you pick. Fortunately, we have an incredible group of supportive investors driving us down the road less travelled and we’re in it for the long haul. That’s our calling card.

 Q. Well said. Before we close, what do you do in your spare time?

Anish: I’m a new dad, so that takes up a lot of my time. But in what little spare time I have, I read. My New Year’s resolution is to read on average, a book a week – so, I have to get to 50. I’m on track for February, so we’ll see how it lands. Reading is like listening at 2x the speed. I love reading — it gives me a lot of joy.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

 

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Behavior change is where value is derived in digital health

Season 4: Episode #109

Podcast with Kyle Kiser, Chief Executive Officer, RxRevu

“Behavior change is where value is derived in digital health”

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this podcast, Kyle Kiser, CEO of RxRevu, discusses how they have built a data network to provide real-time patient-specific prescription pricing information to providers at the point of care.

Pharmacy Benefits Management is a concentrated space with a handful of players. The PBM model is changing into something more holistic and more focused on managing patients, not just around pharmacy benefits specifically, but managing the total cost of care, using pharmacy benefits as a tool to achieve the goals. RxRevu has focused on building trust in their tool to drive prescription behavior change among providers. Kyle also emphasizes the need to have the tools in the hands of the right users to drive impact.

Kyle advises digital health startups to spend time on understanding where the value accrues in terms of finding customers. While it may look chaotic from the outside, the incentives in the healthcare value chain drive rational decisions for each entity. He urges startups to understand incentives and builds business models within them. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:

Show Notes

00:35Tell us how you came about starting RxRevu and what’s your journey been like over the last few years?
02:07What is the main value proposition here? Who are your main customers -- health plans providers, employers?
04:38What's the differentiator from your perspective for your company? 
06:56 If PBMs and health plans are your customers, do they feel a threat of disintermediation in any way? Do help us understand.
09:16 Give us an example of how you make an impact. What is the kind of savings we’re talking about using the tool delivering real-time information?
13:56 What's the biggest challenge you encounter while trying to do this real-time dynamic integration of the data?
17:02 What’d be your advice to the digital health startups like yours?
20:30 How important are the clinical workflows for you? Is yours a standalone solution that can be launched from inside of the EHRs?
22:46 What would be your advice for digital health startups or their VC firms who are coming up with an innovative solution and want to enter the market today? What are the one or two big themes that you think are important for 2022?

About our guest

Kyle_Kiser_Profile

Kyle Kiser is Chief Executive Officer at RxRevu, the industry leader in Real-Time Prescription Benefit services. In this role, he focuses on creating more seamless, cost-effective prescribing experiences for patients and providers. Since 2013, Kyle has helped develop innovative Prescription Decision Support solutions, which allow providers to select appropriate medication options for their patients. By partnering with physicians, health plans, IT vendors, and health systems, RxRevu is driving data transparency and better patient care nationwide.

Kyle has helped grow RxRevu from a vision to a reality and has been at the forefront of some of the most transformational initiatives in the healthcare industry. In particular, he has focused on projects that lower the cost of care, improve health outcomes, and enable informed decision making at the point of care. His focus on interoperability has allowed partners to improve prescription workflows and millions of patients’ lives. Kyle has helped develop incentive strategies for the country’s most innovative employers and led product launches with the nation’s largest payers. Prior to joining RxRevu, he was a senior leader at Welltok, Catapult Health, and Principal Wellness Company.

Q: Let’s start with a short background – tell us how you came about starting RxRevu. What’s your journey been like over the last few years? 

Kyle: I come from an employee benefits background and my family was into brokerage consultancy. As a kid, when I got into trouble, I’d come home from school and must stuff enrolment packets. It was that sort of a beginning. I was always in the payor-oriented side of the business and over time, when I looked at that world, I didn’t really necessarily see the opportunities to impact the system in the ways that I wanted to. You think about the options available to brokers and consultants to solve some problems for employers but ultimately, it’s just passing the cost along with the patient. You can try and distribute the out-of-control spending as best you can. So, I wanted to impact the cost curve by finding a different way to work within the existing system. 

Q: RxRevu focuses specifically on the pharmacy-benefits side of employee-benefits, as you mentioned. So, what is the main value proposition here? Who are your main customers — health plans, providers, employers? 

Kyle: We’ve built a data network that connects to the point of decisions. So, when providers order care, it could be in the form of prescriptions or something else. We connect to the systems they use to make those orders and bring into their consideration real-time, patient-specific, pricing information. We also connect to a network of payers, provider organizations, and PBMs for the data, and to the EHR systems to form that decision with that new cost value. 

Q: Let’s start with a short background – tell us how you came about starting RxRevu. What’s your journey been like over the last few years? 

Kyle: I come from an employee benefits background and my family was into brokerage consultancy. As a kid, when I got into trouble, I’d come home from school and must stuff enrolment packets. It was that sort of a beginning. I was always in the payor-oriented side of the business and over time, when I looked at that world, I didn’t really necessarily see the opportunities to impact the system in the ways that I wanted to. You think about the options available to brokers and consultants to solve some problems for employers but ultimately, it’s just passing the cost along with the patient. You can try and distribute the out-of-control spending as best you can. So, I wanted to impact the cost curve by finding a different way to work within the existing system. 

Q: RxRevu focuses specifically on the pharmacy-benefits side of employee-benefits, as you mentioned. So, what is the main value proposition here? Who are your main customers — health plans, providers, employers? 

Kyle: We’ve built a data network that connects to the point of decisions. So, when providers order care, it could be in the form of prescriptions or something else. We connect to the systems they use to make those orders and bring into their consideration real-time, patient-specific, pricing information. We also connect to a network of payers, provider organizations, and PBMs for the data, and to the EHR systems to form that decision with that new cost value. 

Q: You’re in a technology-heavy, data-intensive business, making these real-time connections between different data sources and potentially surfacing opportunities for reduced costs and perhaps, alternates to medications etc. Am I right? 

Kyle: Yes, that’s right. What we bring to the workflow is price information and any formulary restrictions that may exist — prior authorization, the quantity limit, a step therapy, alternative choices or lower cost options etc. These come in two forms – a different drug or a different pharmacy. The goal there is to help a prescriber. For instance, when they make a prescribing decision, we enable them to consider some other options that might have lower out-of-pocket costs for the patient either by switching drugs to something that’s more in relationship with the rules on the patient’s formulary or to a different pharmacy that would have a lower price-point compared to the patient’s preferred pharmacy. 

Q: Let’s talk about the concentrated PBM space. There’s a handful of players now and the number is shrinking. However, we’re noticing the emergence of a new category of startups like yours for instance, who are trying to approach this differently. What’s changed? What’s the differentiator from your perspective for your company? 

Kyle: PBMs are our customers, so, regardless of who’s managing the pharmacy benefit, we want to make sure we’re working on behalf of the risk-bearing entity and connecting them with whoever’s making their decisions. That’s the focus and the difference about what we’re trying to accomplish broadly around PBM consolidation and the model itself though there are changes ahead. The fact that many of them are being absorbed into the bigger healthcare conglomerates suggests that the PBM model is becoming more holistic and focused on managing patients; not just around pharmacy benefit specifically but managing the total cost of care with pharmacy benefits as a tool to do that. Bending the cost curve in general is going to require a lot of tools around care management, benefit management and really drive different behaviors on the front- and back-end of that. Pharmacy benefits are a component of that, but not necessarily the whole story and in that context, the consolidation of the markets evidenced is true.

Q: If PBMs and health plans are your customers, do they feel a threat of disintermediation in any way? Do help us understand.

Kyle: That’s true. We work with PBMs and health plans and in many cases, those are the same entity. It’s true that we’ve built a network that has different functionalities based on what problem we’re trying to solve. In some cases, it’s about simply specifying the cost and offering some lower cost choices. In some cases, it’s based on what we know about the patient. So, we put forth some sites or pharmacies that might be better options for them. One example for this is we work with health systems to ensure that we maximize the opportunities for them to fill those medications because we know that more integrated care is going to drive a better outcome especially, if we can send a patient downstairs to fill the prescription. We can make them more adherent and consequently, empower the provider encounter in a different way. That’s valuable. 

We’re in the position to do so since we’re focused intensely on provider-ordering as the point of intervention and a lot of those conflicts resolve there. The health plans and PBMs are rarely in conflict with regard to preferences, because, PBMs work on behalf of the health plans to manage risk, and both are incentivized to enforce the formulary, find the lowest-cost pharmacy, maintain interest in adherence and manage a better patient experience. We look for such opportunities where stakeholders align well enough for us to try and drive a different outcome because ultimately, finding that path of least resistance is how we make a bigger impact on the system. 

Q: Give us an example of how you make an impact – either by picking a therapeutic category, a client of some kind or what is the kind of savings we’re talking about using the tool delivering real-time information? 

Kyle: Let’s talk about behavior change, specifically since that’s ultimately where value is derived. We’re approaching five million transactions a month now through the tool that represents about $3 billion in annual prescription spent on the pharmacy-side of the world. Those are exciting numbers but what it really comes down to is how do you convert that into a different behavior at the point of prescribing those results at a lower cost option for the patient? 

We did a side-by-side comparison for the business in Florida and when competing with this other company we realized that we were delivering six times the behavior changes as the sort of standard solution. That really comes down to a few things – one, where we’re returning transactions at a rate of about 95%; that means out of all the opportunities we have had to price medications, we’re pricing successfully in returning value that’s relevant. So, 95% of that is 15% higher than the rest of the industry. In that, 15% are the complex things. 

It’s not that hard to price the medications of the capsules. However, what’s challenging is pricing the sort of non-standard forms – creams, inhalers, self-injectables, and things that don’t fit neatly into the other types of drug forms. What I can attribute the behavior change to is we’re working really hard to make sure that the most valuable encounters are successful pricing to service the lower cost alternatives because those are relevant opportunities to impact the patient’s outcome. They’re relevant to the provider, positive experiences and valuable to the users, our paying customers, the payers PBMs. 

Our goal is to create a relevant value for every provider that uses the tool. Technology providers love the data and incorporating it into their decision-making process. Initially, it wasn’t working very consistently because there were only so many payers of the PBMs that were capable of doing this but that’s changed over time. We’ve added the intelligence layers to ensure that it works at an even higher rate and ultimately, it’s the trust in the tool that’s driving more behavior change. So, that’s how we think about success — how do we ultimately convert these things into different behaviors at the point of care and a different outcome? 

Q: This entire platform is built on the premise of real-time data aggregation and intelligence on top of it to deliver recommendations at the point of care. Is that right? 

Kyle: Yes. The only change is less aggregation and more connectivity. Health insurance and health care pricing is quite dynamic, and variable based on location and the insurance coverage phase. So, all the aggregation opportunities become less valuable than the real-time connectivity opportunities. What’s important is our ability to transact in real-time based on what’s happening this second — the price at a pharmacy or at a health system or at this clinic today, based on what one knows, where one is, and one’s insurance plan. That’s the type of insight we must deliver and why this tool will be valuable. 

Q: What’s the biggest challenge you encounter while you’re trying to do this real-time dynamic integration of the data — Is it the technology? Is that resistance from those who have the data? 

Kyle: One of the biggest challenges is convincing providers that it’s real. The providers have, for so long, been at the receiving end of some unmet expectations with these types of tools for two reasons– one, because the data exchange was not happening in real-time so, it was inaccurate, outdated, and providers just stopped paying attention, looking at it or trusting it. Second, to capture the market before the technology arrived a lot of things were misrepresented as real-time, patient-specific, moment in time-specific pricing to indicate price transparency via tools that weren’t so. 

Both cases eroded provider trust in tools so they began to ignore them and one of our biggest hurdles to climb early on was just around convincing the providers that our tool was different, reliable and they could have a different expectation around this. We’ve overcome those hurdles today, because we partnered really closely with provider organizations like the U.S. Health Presbyterian in Mexico, Providence in the Northwest etc., to listen to providers and understand their side of the story. It helped us evolve our pipeline and communicate the value of the tools that we had better. 

Q: Let’s talk about the overall digital health landscape. You’re one of the emerging digital health companies, recently raised a Series B round and demonstrated some success. But there’re digital health companies developing innovative solutions and making a difference, but the flip side is, they’re confused about how to really evaluate partnerships. What’d be your advice to these startups? 

Kyle: I feel that the answer will be variable based on the type of company. As a sort of general, broad swath, scale matters. We experienced that early on and overcame that issue because in a lot of cases, the functionality only mattered if the right end user was engaging with it and only that could drive impact. 

Now, that’s hard to do in healthcare, especially when you’re talking about provider tools, point of care tools, coaching tools etc., because it’s a challenging B2B sales cycle to overcome if it doesn’t have scale which is, engaging with the users that matter most. Without scale, there may not be a great outcome. So, I’ll talk about how we’re reaching 300,000 providers and five million transactions a month because that’s an opportunity for us to drive value at a much larger scale compared to the early days. That’s the first point. 

I don’t think that necessarily correlates with venture capital, though. We’ve tried to be judicious about how much, when, and from who we pursue those investments and have ultimately decided that finding strategic partners that could help us drive value through who they are, what they do or what they know what was most important. That led us to on a health system path. We focused on provider systems, healthcare systems as strategic investors with a couple of notable exceptions and found a lot of value from those we brought to the table. Ultimately, for us, being very provider-centric and understanding the challenges they faced, how we could help them overcome those challenges was important. Having a web app where we could sort of test and iterate on those things was critical, too. So, the venture capital dollars are the lifeblood for many in this industry. Our perspective was just to ensure we were providing the right types of investors that could add specific and tactical value to our approach. 

Q: What about the EHR vendors? Our healthcare clients like to see single interfaces for all the technology tools. So, how important are the clinical workflows for you? Is yours a standalone solution that can be launched from inside of the EHRs? 

Kyle: Yes, we’re an embedded component of the EMRs where the data network that powers the price transparency features in Epic. We see a lot of value in such partnerships since they’ve helped us drive scale in a significant way. Frankly, these partnerships have considerable important inputs on the right ways to design such solutions because they’ve been serving those users for a long time. Like it or not, they’re some of the best chances we have in platform companies and health care. So, we want to be in those workflows ultimately, because that’s how you drive provider adoption and engagement. However, the minute you ask providers to do anything but their standard, it’s less likely that you are to actually be able to deliver something of value. 

Q: Scale is very important and though it’s still early days for digital health, and there are mergers and acquisitions, many companies will undergo some kind of an evolution. Do you think there’s also the prospect of a shakeout when some of these companies don’t reach scale? 

Kyle: Absolutely. I agree with that entirely. That’s part of the thrill and risk associated with entrepreneurship, right? Not everyone’s going to succeed and that’s the reality of any market you enter. 

Q: Can you share some advice for digital health startups or their VC firms who are coming up with an innovative solution and want to enter the market today? Specifically for those already in the game, what are the one or two big themes that you think are important for 2022? 

Kyle: If we were starting today, I would do a lot of the same things we’ve done, which is be entirely obsessive about the incentives that exist and understand where value accrues. Once you understand where value accrues, you know where your customer is. In our case, that was initially prescribing behavior. But because of the value we accrued for the payers, the PBMs, since they were looking to reduce their cost of goods by driving lower cost choices, we became naturally inclined to selling directly to providers. We wanted to engage those providers, users and monetize that effort. In our case, it was a multi-sided network opportunity because the incentives were not aligned necessarily, or the providers’ risk wasn’t to a significant enough scale or didn’t include pharmacy benefits. So, I think it’d be — be obsessed with the incentives in the healthcare value chain because while they look chaotic from the outside, at times, these are very rational decisions being made based on the incentives that are in front of one entity or another. And if you can understand those well enough, you can build a business model within it. 

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Digital health must leverage AI, chatbot, and data analytics technologies to understand patient propensities.

Season 4: Episode #108

Podcast with Ryan Younger, VP of Marketing, Virtua Health

"Digital health must leverage AI, chatbot, and data analytics technologies to understand patient propensities."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this podcast, Ryan Younger, VP of Marketing at Virtua Health, discusses the consumer-driven era of healthcare, emerging digital health technologies, and why active listening to the consumers at every phase is crucial. Virtua is a leading New Jersey-based not-for-profit healthcare system that operates a network of hospitals, surgery centers, and physician practices.

Digital health tools like AI, chatbots, and leveraging data and analytics capabilities assist clinical leaders in understanding patients’ propensity. Ryan identifies insights in business, identifies channels for growth, and indicates why marketing will always be a critical organizational function that binds people and drives digital engagement. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:  

Show Notes

01:13Tell us about Virtua Health, your role, and the digital transformation journey.
02:26How has your role evolved since the pandemic, and what are your priorities for 2022?
03:57How is Virtua Health addressing the changing expectations in a consumer-driven era of healthcare?
05:57 How do you research these preferences? Can you talk about some of the things you’ve done to look at what your patient populations are specifically looking for?
09:37 Can you share one or two nuggets of insights that you've gained over the last year, which is driving your marketing programs?
13:16 How are you deploying CRM and where does it fit in your digital engagement goals?
14:52 How do you leverage the data? How do you make the connection from an infrastructure and data analytics standpoint to drive this service line strategy?
16:30 What are the two to three things you see across healthcare that they're all focused on? What will be the big themes in 2022?
18:16 There are so many non-traditional players in the health care services space now. What do you think really differentiates a traditional health system like yours in the eyes of your target population?
19:50 How can your peers raise their profile or visibility and highlight its importance in the digital era?
21:19 What are the important technologies that you think will drive the marketing function in the future?

About our guest

Ryan Younger, VP of Marketing at Virtua Health has worked in health care for three well-known organizations. He has been a frequent speaker on driving revenue growth strategies, connecting marketing technology, consumer insights and brand. Currently, he is vice president of marketing at Virtua Health, the leading health system in southern New Jersey.

Q: Ryan, tell us about Virtua Health, your role there and the digital transformation journey.

Ryan: We’re a medium-sized health system in southern New Jersey with about 300 locations including the hospitals, ambulatory surgical centers, and urgent-care physician offices. Our mission is to help people be well, get well, and stay well.

Q: Tell us what your role as VP-Marketing, entails.

Ryan: My role entails a little bit of everything within the team – from managing the brand, creative strategy, analytics, digital to a plethora of areas across the organization where I work with people on experience, recruitment, philanthropy and support both, operations and the clinical aspect. It’s expansive and keeps me going.

Q: Quite the comprehensive role but how has it evolved since the pandemic and what are your priorities for 2022?

Ryan: Some of the changes that are on the horizon or have happened during the pandemic were certainly there, before. People have spoken about how much these got accelerated. Virtua Health’s always played a critical role in intra-organization communications with research and insights, creative strategy, and content development. We continue to grow in influence in terms of how much the organization is counting now on strategy, digital health, change management, peoples’ experiences, and how we can influence it.

This year too, we hope to extend our influence across areas — digital transformation, building that brand and content strategy. Since the past three years that I’ve been at Virtua, one of our three strategic goals has been orienting to the consumer and that’s driven us. That will continue into 2022.

Q: Healthcare has never been really known as a consumer-focused industry up until relatively recently. So, how is Virtua Health addressing these changing expectations in a consumer-driven era of healthcare?

Ryan: It stems from the leadership understanding that to succeed we must be close to the consumer. That is one of our three organizational goals, and it helps us address changing expectations. With regard to expectations, some of that has to do with generations — new generations accessing more healthcare.

If we think about the millennials, the oldest there have hit age 40 now, and they have families, are homeowners as well, so we can’t use that term to imply they’re young people. They want things when they want it, and they certainly have considerable resources at their fingertips, so, they’re empowered, and the expectation is they’ll influence decision-making. They might not go through a primary care physician for all their healthcare. Instead, they may switch to an app or a digital mechanism or urgent care. So that consumer push has been here for a while with people looking for convenience and access and just different expectations around greater value being assigned to time. We’re all busy people, not just the doctors and that influences many areas.

Q: How do you research these preferences? Can you talk about some of the things you’ve done to look at what your patient populations are specifically looking for?

Ryan: I’m glad you mentioned that because it’s definitely all ages that research their options. Our seniors are more tech savvy than they’re given credit for. As for our strategies for research, we just actively listen to our consumers at every phase. We’ve also built a Community Insights Panel, which now comprises over 30,000 people and that’s where we ask them about preferences, how they feel about different services we offer or how they make decisions, and what’s important to them. We tap that group a lot as well.

Q: You have the panel offering feedback, then you action that via some digital health program which is a way to meet the patient where they want to be met. Since these days, it’s all online, how do you pull a program like this together within an organization? How do you bring together the Infrastructure, IT, contact centre, marketing, partners to align and serve patients’ needs?

Ryan: All these areas you’ve mentioned are important. We try to be that voice of the customer and talk about what we’re hearing, seeing, and what our customers are telling us. So, whether that’s patients to clinicians, employees to HR, or customers to the access center, we try to bring that message forward and remove some of our subjectivity. If all of us align along a particular goal, we’ll talk about testing what works – this creative or that or whether this message resonates more than the other. We put that right into the field – an email, a digital ad – and check what gets people to the action that we want and just maximize from there. That’s an effective way of aligning people with one goal — when you put the needs of the customer first, and make it about the data, that’s what gets us there.

Q: Can you share one or two nuggets of insights that you’ve gained over the last year, which is driving your marketing programs, perhaps something that came to you as a surprise?

Ryan: Sure, I’ll mention two. Everyone knows a lot about the pandemic and the long-haulers or people with long-haul symptoms. We were trying to launch a service around the long-haul effects that people were having. We wanted to see if people understood what it would do, how they’d access it, what’d make it valuable to them.

We’ve learned this in some other areas that language makes a difference. People don’t want to be identified by their disease if they’re long-haulers, and that became very clear. So, when we launched the service, we called it Care After COVID, which was just another way of looking at it. It’s descriptive enough so people didn’t wonder what it was. It looked at things a little differently and that’s an example of something where we asked people and figured out what would work best.

Another instance would be just how we learn about behaviour. We all know this intuitively, but one thing that we were able to test in our CRM system was how to get people to move towards action? If we could understand the health services they might need, how do we connect them to those? What we wanted to learn was how many rounds of communication it’d take? So, we always got the best and the largest number of people to act upon the first time we reached out. We talked about the power of the nudge – where if you talk to people that second, third, fourth time, they’d be four times more likely to use the service intended for them. While we weren’t surprised that we needed to do that, we learned a lot about the number and the type of communications to be used.

Q: You mentioned CRM. Many health systems are investing in it now and there’s so much you can do with it. How are you deploying CRM technology and where does it fit in your digital health engagement goals?

Ryan: One of the most important areas that we’re tying it is in our service-line strategy. We’re analyzing patients’ health propensities for different diseases –heart, cancer, orthopedics — and trying to figure out how best to connect them to these services. They may not want to hear about Cancer for instance, but they should know that they need to get connected early on to a mammogram and empower themselves to think about prevention. If something does come around after all, at least they catch it early. It’s the same with heart disease. We use CRM to help us understand those propensities and to predict the types of services people will need. That enables us to talk to them, strategically, in a more personalized way since we know who they are and what may interest them. That service line strategy has been important to us.

Q: How do you leverage the data? You’re obviously looking into EHRs, so, how do you make the connection from an infrastructure and data analytics standpoint to drive this service line strategy?

Ryan: It starts certainly with talking to the clinical leadership since they know their patients best. Then, we understand who we need to reach and why. As we do that, we ensure the clinical leadership knows we have all this patient data that’s anonymous to us. I may be looking at John Smith for example, but to me he’s just person A who has this higher propensity. People have got excited about technology that makes us much more proactive for how to reach and connect with others. It’s AI-technology that’s driving all this. It’s much smarter than we are about how to reach people, identify them and make it relevant.

Then, there are the platforms, that carve out those audiences, create the right automation rules and reach the right people. If the users of these platforms answer one way, then, the platforms follow-up in a certain manner thus putting together their patient journey. It’s just so powerful in enabling us to understand people, enhancing personalization, enabling us to see how they act, what works, what doesn’t, and ensuring adjustments. Patient confidentiality is maintained all this while and while we don’t know who the patient is, we’re trying to make our information much more relevant to them. And that’s where our technology tools have helped.

Q: When you talk to your peers across healthcare, what are the 2-3 things that they’re all focused on? What will be the big themes in 2022?

Ryan: I think people are trying to make sure that they can be very targeted. The resources are scarce, and we’ll be held accountable to do more with less, so our ability to target and measure results is something everybody will be after. It isn’t always easy to do in healthcare, but we’ve got better at it. So that’s a big one.

I would say that brand is another for sure. During COVID, in a lot of ways, people got equalized as did healthcare organizations because COVID was not necessarily seen as expertise of one organization over another. So, you see people needing all these different healthcare domains now and that’s where the brand, and how it connects with them becomes relevant. The focus I think is re-energized in 2022 for a lot of people, so it will be competitive, and people will be making choices based on brand.

Q: The brand is an important concept because we are now in a competitive landscape that’s changing. There are so many non-traditional players in the healthcare services space — the national retailers, digital health start-ups, big technology firms trying to get into the primary care space. What do you think really differentiates a traditional health system like yours in the eyes of your target population?

Ryan: Great question. I think trust always gets up there to the top for me. We want to be that trusted partner because people do have access to a lot of different information. And to your point, the amount of capital flowing into healthcare from these companies, like Amazon and Apple is beyond what we’ve seen. There are so many entities in that primary care market on the retail side, but trust is an important one. We are more of a regional system, and so people tend to live and work in the same area. So, we’re among that community, hence, it’s a great opportunity to continue to build that trust. That’s always big for me.

I also think personalization is important since it ensures that your information is relevant to the right person at the right time. Those are certainly the two that come on top for me on brand.

Q: When your peers ask, “how do I get a seat at the table” today, if they’re not getting one, so to speak, what would be your advice to them? How can they raise the profile or the visibility of the function and highlight its importance in the digital era?

Ryan: I think more and more marketing has been able to get that seat at the table. I work with a lot of our colleagues nationwide and I think, they’re doing a fantastic job making a big impact on their organizations. For groups that are looking to be able to build that more, it’s to some degree a kind of leaning into that ability that marketing has and always does around connecting people, whether that’s within the organization or outside of it, that’s important. We’re influencing vision, strategy, business goals, and mission. So, we can always be a connector through all those seams. What we do well is understand our audience, whoever it is. So, we serve a lot of those needs and be that advocate.

For the consumer that is becoming more empowered, organizations realize that and so they ask more questions around how they can connect with that. So, leaning into that power of what we have and what we do should continue to build that influence that we’re looking for.

Q: From your perspective, what are the important technologies that you think are going to drive the marketing function going forward? You already talked about CRM. Are there others that come to mind?

Ryan: It’s a term that can be used very broadly, but Artificial Intelligence in general is driving so many things including our CRM and media-buying for instance. It drives our chatbot online and how we respond to consumers. So, that’s a big one that we’re trying to work with.

We’re also trying to figure out ways to build more texting capabilities into our pockets. How that integrates with platforms because it has become such a universal communications mechanism is amazing, but you must be careful here since not everyone wants to be texted. So that must be used appropriately. How we integrate that into our platforms is going to be important at a more granular tactical level. So, those are a couple that jump to mind.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

RPM can enable better access and enhance the standard of care to those who have the hardest time receiving it

Season 4: Episode #107

Podcast with Lucienne Ide, M.D., PH.D., Founder and CEO, Rimidi

"RPM can enable better access and enhance the standard of care to those who have the hardest time receiving it"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this podcast, Dr. Lucienne Ide, Founder and CEO of Rimidi, acknowledges the rapidly evolving healthcare market and discusses her passion for making healthcare scalable and better for all stakeholders by leveraging the right tools, insights, and analytics needed at the points of care. Rimidi is a clinical management platform designed to optimize clinical workflows.  

Dr. Ide wears many hats – an executive, a physician-scientist, health IT enthusiast, entrepreneur, and problem-solver. She states why sustainable, innovative, and impactful solutions are crucial for chronic disease management and share some unique perspectives on how technology and policy need to align to extend care to those who have the hardest time receiving it. She also acknowledges reimbursement as one of the barriers in enabling digital health models at the point of care. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:  

Show Notes

00:31Tell us about Rimidi and what led you to start it?
02:41What according to you is the current adoption rate for telehealth and RPM modalities? Specifically, for your platform which is in the RPM space?
05:24Who are your customers today and what is your ideal profile?
06:49 Can you give us an example of one of your clients who's used your platform and how do they derive value from it?
09:09 Data is at the core of how you deliver value. What were the challenges you had to overcome and what is the State of the Union on that?
15:29 How does a platform like yours address social equity and health equity disparities in access to care?
19:32 What are the big trends in digital healthcare and virtual care models in 2022? Can you share some of the goals for your company?
21:55 What are your thoughts on this whole explosive landscape of digital health funding that we have seen?

About our guest

Lucienne Marie Ide, M.D., PH.D., is the Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Rimidi, a cloud- based software platform that enables personalized management of health conditions across populations. She brings her diverse experiences in medicine, science, venture capital and technology to bear in leading Rimidi’s strategy and vision. Motivated by the belief that we can do so much better as individuals, in industry and society, Lucie left clinical medicine to join the ranks of healthcare entrepreneurs who are trying to revolutionize an industry.

Q. Tell us a bit about Rimidi. What led you to start it?

Lucie: Rimidi is an Atlanta, Georgia-based health IT company focused on providing tools to the healthcare provider market and helping clinicians make data-driven, personalized, proactive decisions about patient care.
I’m a clinician myself but I started my career in data working for the federal government. Then, I spent a little time in medicine. When I became a clinician, I thought I’d be an academic physician and have a long career, there. But I was really intrigued with the workflow and data challenges that clinicians faced and decided to leave clinical practice for what I could do on the technology and informatics side to make that better for clinicians and their patients.

Q. As a doctorpreneur who’s coming into technology with deep knowledge of clinical needs, combining both has got to be challenging. But, with telehealth, remote patient monitoring etc., becoming mainstream ideas today, what according to you is the current adoption rate for these modalities specifically for your platform which is in the remote patient monitoring space?

Lucie: It’s been an interesting two years due to COVID and its impact on healthcare delivery. Telehealth and remote patient monitoring have been some of the major accelerations. We have worked in this space for a long time — in terms of innovation years, where 6-8 years is a lifetime — and we’ve enabled the sort of continuous models of care as I call it, right from in-clinic to at-home and all the touchpoints in between because that’s what it takes to manage chronic health conditions.

A patient lives with hypertension and/or diabetes or heart failure, every day, not just the four days that they happen to have an appointment each year. So, that’s always made sense to us. But, there were barriers to that like reimbursement that obstructed scalability to a larger segment of the market. So, a lot was capitated at risk for groups engaged in those activities because they felt it was the right way to deliver patient care. Now, while the reimbursements weren’t new, the pandemic helped tear the band-aid off for everyone. Their hesitation around adopting this novel, whether it’s telemedicine or RPM and overcoming the fear of doing something new saw two camps being created — the risk bearing entities for whom this is the most cost-effective and efficient way to deliver good care and achieve their quality measures. And the groups, who still live in a very fee-for-service world that have really embraced the reimbursement which enables them to do this work and deliver high quality patient care. So it’s still kind of a split market in our experience with our customers divided into groups.

Q. Who are your customers today? What is your ideal profile and what kind of entities do you work with?

Lucie: We do work with the accountable care organizations that bear financial risk. While I agree that everything follows the money in healthcare, I often say that CMS created these reimbursement models as an on-ramp to value-based capitated kind of behaviours.

When we first launched into the ACA world, it was a bridge too far for so many organizations to go from their fee-for-service decades of behavior to becoming a risk-bearing capitated entity. We have clients who’re able to take advantage of the reimbursement because they still live in a fee-for-service, do their remote patient monitoring, and start behaving in this more proactive, comprehensive way of delivering healthcare.

Q. Give us an example of one of your clients who’s used your platform. How do they derive value from it? How are they paid for it? How does it work for a patient with a chronic condition like diabetes or hypertension? Walk us through this from your platform’s perspective and how you’re pulling it all together?

Lucie: We’re working with a group called Leon Medical Group there in the Miami market, South Florida, the Medicare Advantage Group. So, they survey the risk on their patient population and have an older polychronic population. They use our platform to help them manage diabetes among their patients. They undertake RPM with the connected Glucometer and the data collated is monitored by the care management team of pharmacists who are engaging with those patients, educating them, adjusting the medication as they monitor the blood glucose levels, while also intervening on the clinical side.

Since it’s RPM it’s not really a thing unto itself. It is a part of understanding what’s happening with this patient, how to manage a condition like diabetes, have they had all their screenings, are they on the right classes of medications to decrease their cardiovascular risk, are their blood glucose levels controlled and are these successfully decreasing their cardiovascular risk of complications?

They target variations for poorly controlled diabetes defined by an A1C over 9, and they’ve been able to get 88% of those patients to goal by engaging them more intensely through RPM, but also more holistically because the whole platform is integrated with their Epic EHRs and so, that paints a much more complete picture of what’s happening with that patient.

Q. Let’s talk about the data because that’s at the core of how you actually deliver value. It’s a challenge putting all the data into the system or wrangling it to make holistic sense of it. What were the challenges that you had to overcome? Is it still a work in progress? What’s the State of the Union on that?

Lucie: We have been very early evangelists of FHIR for the HL7 FHIR data standard because this was always the vision — how do we get all of this into that workflow to the point of care? None of us as physicians are begging for more data. What we want instead, is the insight, the curated information. So, the question is what is this data telling me? What’s the story? What do I need to do?
When I first started the company, FHIR had just turned 10 years old. It was more an academic-level project than one of commercial relevance. We’ve been on that journey of standardizing APIs and interoperability and FHIR has become the dominant standard as the company’s grown. That’s been an important part of our story because now, we can finally achieve that vision of aggregating data into a consolidated experience for the physician.

A big part of what we do is clinical decision support so while I don’t need more information, I need to know. I need to do the right thing without missing something about a patient with that level of workflow.

Q. A number of companies are in the RPM space and approaching it from their unique vantage points. But the central message is the same — It’s the big use cases in chronic disease management, diabetes, hypertension, obesity, etc., where they collate data from the points of care through sensors, devices, monitors and apply intelligence on it to intervene. But where they differ is in the kinds of target markets they’re in. Is there a sweet spot today, or do they organically find the traction which makes the most sense for a company in the European space?

Lucie: It depends on the problem you’re trying to solve and the segment of the market you’re trying to solve that for. My passion has been in the healthcare delivery system because my firm belief is that’s where most of the healthcare is delivered. There’s a segment of the market where consumers, payers, and employers will embrace that sort of employer-driven health care.

Certain payers do a really good job of driving case and disease management by engaging their members. However, most of us receive healthcare from a doctor who’s part of a clinic or a health system and that’s the messy part of the market. There’s this desire to go outside of that and if there’s something more efficient, then, I understand and I applaud that, the other entrepreneurs in the market. My passion though, is, we’ve got to fix the system we have because that’s the majority and that’s the way most of us receive healthcare and it’s what’s driving a majority of the costs.

Q. In terms of numbers, what are the quantifiable metrics you’re looking for? Is there a certain threshold for sharing risk? Do you put some of your own revenue at risk? Walk us through the thought process behind those transactions.

Lucie: Every client we deal with is trying to achieve two, maybe three outcomes — clinical, operational, and financial. You really get to the financial one, but you should see the clinical and operational because the challenge of healthcare delivery is—what’s the outcome I’m trying to achieve? How much does it cost me to get there?

Historically, we’ve drawn people at the problem — more nurses, more doctors, and more case managers to engage and interact with patients and that isn’t scalable or cost-effective. In 2021, we’ve had half a million people leave the healthcare workforce. You can up for people, the problem, but people can’t hire nurses — they’re not there. This emphasizes the point that the technology has to make the delivery more efficient while still achieving that same outcome for the patient, because that’s the business we’re in. And healthcare must deliver better health to the people we care for. So that’s almost assumed and the lesson I’ve learned on this journey. I came in with a clinical background thinking the measure we’re trying to change is the clinical outcome. What I’ve learned over the years is let’s all assume that we’re going to achieve that clinical outcome, but the question is, how do we get there?

Q. Currently, we’re in the midst of this great resignation and healthcare is failing just as much as any other sector, probably more so. The consumers of healthcare are also equally impacted. The pandemic has also highlighted the disparities in access to care. Can you discuss how your platform addresses social equity, health equity, disparities in access to care etc.?

Lucie: We work with many federally-qualified health centers and safety net hospitals, which are caring for those most vulnerable patients in our system who have the most barriers to care for instance – “It’s hard to get off work”; “I don’t have transportation”; “I don’t have child care”; “I may not have the level of health literacy that other patients have” etc. Then we also know that these chronic health conditions tend to over index in that same population. So, it’s a big part of our business to enable better access and enhanced standard of care to those who have the hardest time receiving care. RPM is something new to a lot of those care delivery systems and clinics, but it’s something to really embrace.

There are some challenges to that from a reimbursement point of view currently, under Medicare – federally-qualified health centers cannot get reimbursed for RPM, so, they get grants from the FCC and from other private foundations to do this work that creates a sustainability problem. That must be solved and we’re involved with many others and advocating for that.

To your point, there’s this light being shine on health equity. I’ve been involved with a group this year called the Health Equity Access Leadership Coalition, which is a lot of digital health companies coming together and asking — What are the policy changes? What are the best practices we, as technologists, must follow to ensure that we’re building solutions that don’t propagate the same problems we’ve always had in terms of equity?

Q. You referred to the Federal Grant Program last year which set aside a couple of hundred million dollars so a number of health systems were able to access it and use it constructively. What needs to happen for this to become a sustainable model for the most vulnerable populations to continue to receive the care that they need and not on a one-off basis?

Lucie: Two changes concerning the restriction – Federally-qualified health centers and rural health clinics can get reimbursed for RPM along with providers of care for any other Medicare beneficiary and then, get the alignment of state Medicaid plans. It is a state-by-state kind of a hodgepodge right now, whether Medicaid reimburses because RPM is currently, on-ramp. We’ve got to give these organizations some runway — a couple of years of reimbursing them and giving them a financial model that works to deliver care in this way—is possibly how we can transition them to value-based capitated or tight contracting models. But we’ve got to give them some time to really build the systems and the people in the processes to do that.

Q. What are the big trends in digital and virtual care models for the coming year? Can you share some of the goals for your company?

Lucie: On the trends, you’ve touched on a lot of it. Health equity is on top of everybody’s mind. While it’s going to continue to be so, we must ensure that we’re being inclusive. How should these programs be designed and offered to patients so that they’re accessible? This hybrid model of care is here to stay. And how is that related to value-based care?

The Biden administration’s been looking at value-based care again, so what will be the next iteration of that value-based care 2.0? I think, hybrid models of care will be a big part of that. It’s how we get there because we’re really not there at scale one accountable care or any of that versus where I think a lot of us want it to be.

Our goal is to continue to grow. We certainly are focused on continuing to grow in this segment around community health centers, FQHCs and others and working out the sustainable model with then going forward. On the technology side, at the end of day, we are a technology and a healthcare company. So we’re really pushing forward with some exciting new things such as, FHIR advances, CDS hooks advances — all of that technology and really staying on the front-edge of that.

Q. The last two years have been huge for digital health funding. Are you an institutional funded company yet?

Lucie: We are. That’s probably part of our journey in 2022 as well as the next level of funding.

Q. What do you make of the 5000 or so companies that have been funded so far? Are you seeing any trends in terms of either breakout companies that are really making a big difference or a shakeout at the other end and everything in between? What are your thoughts on this whole explosive landscape of digital health farming seen this year? Will we end it at 20 billion, give or take?

Lucie: I think the factor there is sort of the sustainability issue. You’ve mentioned this huge number of companies that have been funded, yet, the market needs sustainable solutions, not all these point solutions. We’ve seen some consolidation this year, and that’ll continue, going forward. Some of the smaller point solutions will be aggregated into larger platform-based solutions. That’s been part of our journey over the last year and why we’ve moved from originally being focused on one disease state to multi-disease state to now outside of the chronic disease phase — because that’s what the market wants. So I think that’ll be some of the shakeout — what gets rolled-up and what doesn’t survive because it was a great technology that the health system didn’t want an app for.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Healthcare and health outcomes must become more accessible and equitable for everyone, regardless of their backgrounds.

Season 4: Episode #106

Podcast with Cynthia Brandt, President and CEO, Lucile Packard Foundation for Children's Health (LPFCH)

"Healthcare and health outcomes must become more accessible and equitable for everyone, regardless of their backgrounds."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this podcast, Cynthia Brandt, President and CEO of the Lucile Packard Foundation for Children’s Health shares her passion for giving back and encourages others to do so with their financial support, time, and expertise. The Lucile Packard Foundation for Children’s Health unlocks philanthropy to transform health for all children and families.

With the exceptional team at the Foundation, Cynthia wants to channelize philanthropy to healthcare to improve health for all children and mothers in the Bay Area, California, and eventually across the world. She acknowledges the benefits of telehealth and digital health in the wake of the pandemic and shares their digital priorities for 2022.

Cynthia encourages everyone to see themselves as philanthropists. She suggests why empathy and commitment are necessary when leveraging science to help heal humanity and elevate a community and the population equally. Take a listen.

Please visit here to get involved in Lucile Packard Foundation for Children’s Health. 

Our Podcast Partners:  

Show Notes

00:51Tell us a bit about your background, how you got into the Foundation and its affiliation to Stanford Medicine.
03:32Can you talk about the business of philanthropy and what it looks like for your mission at the Foundation?
09:01Tell us about the Foundation’s work and the different aspects of Children's health that you focus on – in Bay Area and globally.
15:27 What does the Foundation do for kids with special needs?
17:51 How has the pandemic changed the way you focus or approach the Foundation's mission? What are your priorities for 2022?
20:03 Some of your programs are now actually being delivered through a digital modality. Can you talk about that?
24:30 If someone wants to get involved in the Foundation's work, what should they do?

About our guest

cyndiabrandth-profilepic

Cynthia Brandt was thrilled to join the Lucile Packard Foundation for Children’s Health as president and CEO in 2018. Now she is on a mission—with the outstanding team at the Foundation—to unlock philanthropy to improve health for all kids and moms, in Silicon Valley and around the world.

During 20+ years in fundraising and communications, Cynthia has contributed to important missions and great teams as Campaign Director for the Smithsonian Institution, VP for Advancement at Mills College, and Associate Dean for External Relations at Stanford University’s School of Humanities & Sciences. She is grateful and motivated to give back because others’ generosity allowed her to pursue a PhD and MA in sociology at Stanford and a BA in English and fine arts at Vanderbilt.

Cynthia is passionate about the potential for science to heal humanity and the planet. She is emphatic that this work must be grounded in empathy and a commitment to lift up all people equally.


Q. Tell us a bit about your background, how you got into the Lucile Packard Children’s Health Foundation and its affiliation to Stanford Medicine.

Cynthia: I work with the Palo Alto-based Lucile Packard Foundation for Children’s Health. We exist solely for the purpose of unlocking philanthropy, to transform health for kids and moms, starting in the Bay Area community, and then, reaching out to kids, moms, and families around the world.

We do that by supporting Stanford Children’s Health’s (Stanford University School of Medicine) endeavours related to maternal and child health and the Lucile Packard Children’s Hospital, which is part of the Stanford Medicine enterprise. We’re here today, to support their work and bring so many resources to be on that great mission.

Q. How did you get involved with the Foundation?

Cynthia: I feel really lucky. This is my first time as a CEO, and it was a chance to bring together this huge passion I have for philanthropy with health care and then, use the ability to have Science help Humanity. So, how do we use the power, for example, of Stanford Science to improve care and eventually get to the cures for kids and moms? This is, I feel, like my life’s work and I’m lucky to be doing this with our team at Stanford Children’s Health.

Q. Many of us don’t think of philanthropy as a business, but it is, and it’s undergoing changes, too. Having been part of that world, can you talk about the business of philanthropy and what it looks like for your mission at the Foundation?

Cynthia: Let me say that philanthropy is really a big picture. We talk about people giving — making philanthropic gifts to things they really care about and the impact they want to have in the world. A lot of people also give their time and expertise as well as their financial resources. All of that is what we mean when we talk about philanthropy.

Now the business of philanthropy, like so many professions, has become more specialized over time. At this point, within my organization there are maybe six or seven different revenue teams all running a different kind of business model. So, for example, we have a program that works with corporations who want to make gifts and whose employees are donating time and expertise to our mission. We have another program where people make gifts through their estates, so they’re thinking really long-term about the impact they want to have during their lifetimes and even after they pass. Then, we have incredible programs where people in the community come together and maybe have a lemonade stand for their child’s birthday. So, there’s just so many different ways to participate.

And it’s our business to figure out how to do that better and more efficiently, and to help make the connection between people who want to make a difference and where, in our mission, we need that. So I would say, one of the things I’m specifically very passionate about, is the partnership that those of us who are doing this work have with folks in the organization in health care.

So, our faculty, physicians, the administrative leadership try to figure out how we can do this better and how philanthropy can be an even more powerful lever for what we want to accomplish. And then, we create really strong business plans. When I go to a donor who’s thinking about making a really significant gift, I can tell them about where this money will go, how it will be used and what impact it will have. I assure them about how we will partner with them over time and bring them closer to what their gift is accomplishing. It’s a really interesting time for our work and a time of huge potential.

Q. You were the recipient of a fairly large gift earlier in the year. Could you talk a little bit about that?

Cynthia: We received a gift from Elizabeth and Bruce Dunlevie. Elizabeth is Board Chair at the Foundation and has also been on the Board at the Children’s Hospital for a long time. Bruce is a long-term volunteer and leader at Stanford University, and they’re incredibly passionate about this work. They’ve developed a great relationship with one of our physician leaders, Dr. Yasser EI-Sayed, who leads our Maternal-Fetal Medicine Program — high-risk Ob – so they know what the hospital is trying to accomplish. One of the things is, changing our facilities to keep up with the level of care we can provide while serving as a platform for research and innovation. That will not only help our patients and their families, but also, many others. Elizabeth and Bruce gave us a chance to present an integrated opportunity that supported the transformation of our physical building, specifically, labor and delivery and the antepartum part of maternity Rooms.

There’s also a research program led by Dr. EI-Sayed, which will totally change what kind of healthcare we’re able to deliver, not just here but everywhere, for high-risk moms with high-risk pregnancies. This excited Elizabeth and Bruce so I think they accelerated their gift. They had planned to do things over a longer period of time and that’s how the gift of $80 million for this facility and the research program came about. It’s totally transformative for what we can do for moms and so very inspiring.

Q. Tell us about the Foundation’s work and the different aspects of children’s health that you focus on – in Bay Area and globally.

Cynthia: It does start here in our community, and though people think of Silicon Valley as comprising people with a lot of wealth and doing really well in technology – it’s true – but simultaneously, it’s also true that this community is very diverse – ethnically and socioeconomically in terms of background where people came from, to be here.

Our patient population at Packard Children’s Hospital is equally diverse and a good microcosm for what we’re trying to accomplish on a bigger scale. The things that we try out, for instance, a pilot here, then, can possibly help people beyond the Bay Area and beyond Silicon Valley. The example I really want to talk about is not so much global, but it’s California, and it’s something I hope will scale-up across the nation and around the world. It has that potential. But right now, there’s a care collaborative, in fact, two care collaboratives of hospitals across California – one, that’s about maternal health and the other, about perinatal health. These are called, the CMU-UCC and the CP-UCC and they’re led by people at Stanford Health. It’s all about real-time data coming in from 200 hospitals and 100 different NICUs across California and using that data on outcomes — Who had a premature birth? What happened? What were some of the causes? What happened for the baby and the mother? Using the kind of data at scale to then develop tools for, for example, workwith moms who have hypertension when they come into late-term pregnancy and/or developing and testing some of those tools here and then producing kits and training back for the 200 hospitals and the 100 different NICUs to be able to implement them.

Maternal mortality in the U.S. is on the rise as are premature births and that’s really shocking – globally, 15 million babies are born too early, and a million, die every year. In California, we’ve been able to reduce maternal mortality 65% over the last 15 years through this collaborative model across many health care institutions. That’s where I see the potential. It’s California now but I’m hoping that with some philanthropy and other resources, we will be able to scale this up and other parts in the U.S. and the world can replicate these kinds of data-driven interventions to improve maternal and pre-natal care and premature births.

Q. It’s interesting that you’re in Silicon Valley, the land of great wealth but it seems there’s another side to it too, a population there that does need help. Did I pick up an underlying theme of you trying to bring in some degree of equity through the Foundation and the Children’s Hospital?

Cynthia: We’re very passionate about and quite committed to making excellent health care and health outcomes accessible and more equitable for kids and moms. We’ve seen through the pandemic terrible disparities in health outcomes so, we’re committed to not allowing that to continue. I think, it’s a shared commitment from us at the Foundation and everyone in our health care system and then, far beyond into our community.

One of the things at our Hospital, and typical of children’s hospitals, is that we accept all patients, regardless of their insurance status or their ability to pay. We have, for instance, about 40% of our patients who are uninsured or on public insurance – something that doesn’t fully cover the cost of their care. That’s not unusual for children’s hospitals. So, it’s this very mission-driven approach of seeing that this great health care that we provide here at Packard Children’s Hospitals and other children’s hospitals is available to every mom and every child, regardless of their backgrounds is a powerful message and mission. I hope people get really inspired about children’s health and what a great place it is for the mission of health care in terms of equity.

Q. What does the Foundation do for special needs kids? I’m curious to understand this for a personal reason — my daughter works in that field.

Cynthia: You must be so proud! This is such a special commitment. At the Foundation, we have a small endowment and grant-making program. Over the past decade plus, we have chosen to commit all of those resources to helping kids who have special health care needs and specifically, to making system-level change for kids with special health care needs. I would really frame that in terms of access and equity.

Different kids have different needs and we’re trying to lift-up those who have special needs. One of the organizations we work with is Family Voices, one of our Grantees. With them, we’re really taking on this question of how do families become more engaged in care for their kids who have special health care needs? How do we change the systems and standards of care for insurers, for state agencies, for our health care systems? We’re really looking across the system to say, how do we make this more equitable for kids who do have different needs than other kids? But it’s a huge population of around 1% of all kids who have that kind of medical complexity.

Q. Now that we’re now coming up on the two-year anniversary of the pandemic, how this has changed the way you focus or approach the Foundation’s mission? What are your priorities for 2022?

Cynthia: The new year is a great time to think about what kind of difference we’re making in the world. In that context, our priorities for 2022 are very related to how the pandemic has changed what we do. Some of the needs that have emerged through the pandemic — child and adolescent mental health, for example—are huge issues and they’re something we’d like to direct attention to.

I’ve learned a lot about this from listening to some of your episodes on the delivery of different care, whether it’s mental health or other areas of concern. For us, it’s all about “how do we marry these?” How do we keep them going beyond this pandemic and retain the benefits that we’ve all seen from doing things more, through telehealth and digital health? The example I want to cite here, is that of the Stanford Parenting Center. It’s got some great faculty who’ve asked, “how do we scale-up interventions for mental health and how do we have a longer, more durable impact?” Let’s coach and train parents who spend much more time with their kids than the kids spend with a therapist, for example, or a social worker, and see if we can figure out how to deliver this kind of curriculum in a pandemic situation. You could call this a program for parents through digital means.

Q. The digital means and modalities for delivering care and health care related services is very mainstream, today. But some of your programs though, are not actually being delivered through a digital modality. That’s interesting. Tell us a little bit more.

Cynthia: That has been such a transformation for all of health care. This could have taken 10 years, instead, it took a couple of months for us to be up and running. Programs like the Stanford Parenting Center’s pilot program about Type 1 Diabetes, require so much ongoing monitoring that they make us think of how to enable parents and families to do that remotely and maintain a much higher level of contact with the care providers from Endocrinology that they see. We’re trying to find things like this to pilot from a philanthropic point of view, too, while answering questions such as, “how do we think about what should be scaled-up” now, and even as we enter, the post-pandemic/late pandemic/chronic pandemic period of time.

Some kind of new normal. So, we can’t let go of what we’ve learned and what’s made it more equitable, more accessible to reach out to other families and kids with some of these health care interventions.

Cynthia, you’ve had a remarkable career. And there are some personal aspects of your life that have had a big role to play in your success. You’re a member of the LGBTQ community. How has that impacted career progress from a personal and a leadership development standpoint?

Cynthia: Thank you for the opportunity to talk about that. And I encourage all of us in this field, in health care, to just really embrace those parts of our backgrounds that make us better at this work, and more able to transform health care and health, especially, for kids and families.

For me, identifying as LGBTQ has meant that I have been an outsider. I’ve experienced that many people have from different parts of their identities, and it gives you so much empathy, which is an important part of leadership. That and being able to see, experience, and listen for other people and try to understand their experiences and then, to be an advocate, an ally, to step up and be powerful for that; that’s a huge part of my background and a big part of my leadership. I’m really proud of that.

Q. I personally want to thank you for sharing your thoughts and experience, today. This is an important moment, and we must recognize and embrace all the diversity in our community and population. In these times, when human social interaction is more virtual than face-to-face, there’s a lot that will change. We can only be optimistic and hopeful about the future. If our listeners want to get involved in the Foundation’s work, what should they do?

Cynthia: That’s the best question ever, and I would encourage everyone to see themselves as philanthropists. You are doing great work trying to make health better, more accessible for many more people, so I hope you will take the next step and think about that in terms of what you can give back financially, or of your time and expertise. Our Foundation is a great place to do that. Our website is just the acronym for Lucile Packard Foundation for Children’s Health — LPFCH. And there’s a Giving Page where we’d love for you to come and give.

I also want to make the case for you to reach out to the Children’s Health Hospital in your community. There are so many amazing children’s health organizations and hospitals around the country doing great work. We share so many things in terms of how we want to transform health. And I encourage you all to step up and find the place where you can make a difference. Thank you.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Digital health technology is helping people to engage in a healthier lifestyle

Season 3: Episode #105

Podcast with Richard Ashworth, President and CEO, Tivity Health

"Digital health technology is helping people to engage in a healthier lifestyle"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this podcast, Richard Ashworth, President and CEO of Tivity Health, discusses why senior fitness is an important space and brimming with opportunities waiting to be capitalized. Tivity Health leverages core healthcare capabilities to deliver market-leading fitness, nutrition, and social engagement programs that improve health and lower healthcare costs.

In the episode, Ashworth talks about two significant macro trends in healthcare: the shift to digital health solutions and growth in Medicare Advantage. He further acknowledges how seniors have enthusiastically adopted technology but maintains that the future of healthcare is hybrid, i.e., a combination of digital and in-person care.

Healthcare is mission-driven and offers ample innovation opportunities in digital health, data, mental health, senior living, and home-based care. He advises youngsters to pick a job to make a difference, leverage opportunities, and continue to innovate and learn. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

00:38About Tivity health and how you came into the role?
03:42What are the macro trends you see playing out in healthcare as we head into 2022? How will they impact or influence your business?
07:49Who are your consumers and who is paying for the services -- the health plans, the employers, the individual subscribers, all of them?
12:10 After the pandemic, telehealth kind of took off like a rocket. Wasn’t the case pre-Pandemic. Do you also see an analogous trend in your business?
15:47 Peloton and Apple Fitness come to mind first but where does your company fit in that milieu of online fitness?
20:59 Health systems are in a fee-for-service model and health insurance companies are trying to get everybody into more of an accountable care kind of a model. Do you see a tug of war between these two instincts?
29:47 What is your advice to the younger generation that is coming into the workplace today and is looking at healthcare as a career?

About our guest

Richard-Ashworth-profile-pic

Richard Ashworth is the President and CEO of Tivity Health. He has spent his career focused on improving the health and well-being of others, with a passion for making a difference in the lives of customers and members. As a pharmacist, Ashworth has a keen understanding of the factors that influence health, including social determinants, adherence to treatment and a healthy lifestyle.

As President and CEO of Tivity Health since June 2020, Ashworth has brought financial stability and strategic focus to the business, prioritizing growth in the company’s core SilverSneakers offering and creating a digital-first strategy to drive further expansion. Previously, Ashworth facilitated the growth of Walgreens for nearly 30 years, transforming the company into a global leader in pharmacy and health and wellness. He most recently served as President, responsible for the leadership, development and management of all Walgreens operations.

Ashworth is an influential voice in public health policy and the future of healthcare and has shared his views at the White House and on Capitol Hill. He earned a Doctor of Pharmacy degree (PharmD) and a master’s degree in business administration (MBA).

Q. Tell us about Tivity Health and how you came into the role.

Richard: Tivity Health’s number one focus is on empowering people, communities, and partners and supporting them on their lives’ journeys. Our vision is healthier, happier, and more connected lives so we’re trying to help an aging population manage this in a couple of ways. One is through physical and virtual activities. So, we help people by giving them a gym membership and having them engage in physical, healthy behavior. We enable engagement and help people have social connectedness as well as mental enrichment. At Tivity Health, we also have a couple of other businesses like an integrated health service that has Chiropractic Care, Physical Therapy, Occupational Therapy, Acupuncture, Acute Therapeutic Massage etc. Our premier brand, Silver Sneakers, is the nation’s leading fitness program for older adults. Then, there’s also prime fitness, which is a discounted access to thousands of fitness locations. This is undertaken in partnership with commercial plans and employers. There’s also Whole Health Living, which is an integrative kind of health management business.

I started working as a stock boy at Walgreens when I was in high school, and really fell in love with pharmacy. So, I became a pharmacist. I just loved the way pharmacists worked within the community. You could walk up to any drug store and talk to a pharmacist any time, and they’d always be there to help you. So, it wasn’t just about the medicine; it was more about the community, the relationships, the life, and I was drawn to that aspect. I was at Walgreens for 30 years and by the time I left there as President, I’d held a lot of roles — commercial, operational, Strategic, International etc. Then, I came to Tivity and I’ve been here for 18 months.

I’ve spent my whole career on the treatment side of healthcare so, by the time I got to the people, they were taking medicine, were overweight, and struggling with health. I really do have a personal passion for fitness and nutrition and actually for the elderly, so I was keen to reach a spot that helped me do that well. There’s no better place in all of healthcare to do that than here at Tivity Health.

Q. What a fascinating story! So, Richard, what are the macro trends you see playing out in healthcare? How will they impact or influence your business?

Richard: I think there are two significant trends. One is more toward digital health solutions which have obviously been accelerated through the pandemic but were growing before. Then the pandemic hit, and digital health just took off at a stratospheric growth rate. The second is the growth in Medicare Advantage.

On the digital front, the seniors have adopted virtual solutions more readily than what everyone expected. That’s enabled us at Tivity Health to drive our SilverSneakers platform to deliver services differently than before. In fact, a recently published HHS study showed a 63-fold increase in the use of telehealth under Medicare during the pandemic. If you think about seniors using telehealth for their regular healthcare, while it’s hard for them to get around and go into offices, into facilities, then, that is a massive increase in the adoption.

When during the lockdown, many of our fitness locations closed, we quickly pivoted to offer virtual lives with instructor classes. Today, we’ve had more than three and a half million visits to those classes. So, the enthusiasm and the appetite are clear. We also have a pretty robust research engineer and so end up having lots of conversations with our members. These indicate that 85% will continue to use digital offerings in addition to visiting physical locations or fitness centers. Over 60% will use technology for video calls and live streaming with their friends and families. Over half will use it for medical appointments and fitness classes.

This tells me there’s a coalescing of adoption of digital health. Our members can choose from thousands of virtual activities, each week.

We’ve logged more than 3.4 million of that but many of those members are first-time users of SilverSneakers — almost half – that implies that the barrier to entry into maybe working out or engaging in a healthier lifestyle – technology, virtual or digital – whatever the term — is really helping people get into it for the first time.

On the Medicare side, 10,000 people age every day. It’s a fantastic entitlement program to take care of our older population. By 2030, the number of beneficiaries enrolled in the program is supposed to hit 80 million people. So just the sheer numbers require us to think very differently about this population and their expectations will also shift. The Baby Boomers coming in today versus those coming in 10 years from now will need very different technical capabilities and they’ll likely live longer. Those that get older later, will probably want to age in place with their own community, friends, family activities, while maintaining an active lifestyle. All this will influence the kinds of programs and services that get offered to seniors in the health and wellness space.

Q. The pandemic has accelerated the shift towards digital health. So, who are your consumers? You mentioned Medicare beneficiaries for your SilverSneakers program but who’s paying for the services — the health plans, the employers, the individual subscribers, all of them? Do explain.

Richard: The number one way we deliver SilverSneakers is through a partnership with the nation’s leading Medicare Advantage plans. So, the funder of the program makes this available to the beneficiaries. There’s no out-of-pocket cost for the members, themselves, since they sign up for their chosen Medicare Advantage plan. If Silver Sneakers is part of that then, they access this at no cost to them. Membership into our virtual experiences include social engagement, mental enrichment, and virtual fitness programs. In that context, members also avail of a robust gym network of up to 20-23,000 gyms across the United States. So, we share a goal with the health plan and that’s why it works so well. Not only us, but many times, the members themselves and the plan, really care about providing physical fitness options for older adults.

What we also care about is the community that’s built around that. So, the result of engaging with SilverSneakers is better health outcomes, lower healthcare costs. A study with Avalere Health showed savings in total annual average health expenses, including lowered medical and pharmacy costs. So, if you’re a SilverSneakers member, that’s a nod to $4463 in healthcare costs, versus an average of $5303 if you’re not. It is a significant reduction. It’s how a healthier lifestyle positively impacts your overall costs – for instance, somebody who works out is probably healthier than somebody who doesn’t; somebody who eats poorly probably isn’t as healthy as someone who eats well. What we do at SilverSneakers is help people engage in that healthier behavior. Sometimes it’s about food, other times about physical health or even mental and social aspects. What we see in our population on a like-for-like basis is 40% fewer hospital stays, 18% fewer visits to the emergency room and when they do go to the hospital, they stay 1.4 days less than those that are not SilverSneakers members. Being able to demonstrate this connection is important.

One of the other value propositions of SilverSneakers on the health side is that we’re really good and our brand is well-loved and understood, which enables the acquisition and retention of members within the plan. We get leveraged in the communications coming from the plans, which members like and so, they engage with that plan more often and stay longer.

On the service side, we help raise the overall customer service scores that health plans get just by having the SilverSneakers experience in close proximity. In fact, our NPS score is 83 and our customer satisfaction score is 96. We work alongside the health plans to promote healthier activity and drive this fantastic service experience.

Q. The pandemic obviously has changed the way a lot of services are delivered — Take telehealth as example. That wasn’t being used widely pre-pandemic but during the pandemic, online engagements shot up. Was that something you were already beginning to do or something that you built and rolled-out as a consequence of the pandemic? Now, telehealth engagements are reducing a little. Do you also see an analogous trend in your business?

Richard: I wish I could say that we were really planning for this, had a robust strategy before, and we knew that digital was the new frontier for senior fitness! It wouldn’t be true. We were really focused on getting people out and about and when the pandemic hit, we had to quickly pivot to the digital. We weren’t sure if that would work. There were so many misnomers all over — seniors can’t engage in technology as well as younger folk etc. It just turned out to be untrue. They are a lot more savvy than one gives them credit for. They’re on Facebook streaming live with families all the time so they are getting comfortable on the technology side.

Now, I come from retail. We’d been building “buy online, pickup in-store” for 10 years and had that capability at Walgreens for a long time, but nobody used it. Now, it’s become “let’s buy online, get delivered at home.” Taco Bell does it, too. And the pandemic has just cemented that into the fabric of how consumers operate. So, are we seeing that in our business? Yes. Do I see this as the future? I think it’s typical consumer behavior – there’ll be high demand and then a retraction and then, it’ll repeat quite like the rubber band. Peloton is seeing this, and others are seeing us.

For us, the future for SilverSneakers or for physical fitness is not 100% digital, and not physical or vice versa. It’ll be a hybrid world. I come from a consumer world, my mind is always consumer-oriented, so you just have to give consumers the choice and the experiences that they desire. Those desires will wax and wane so, today will not be important in three- or four-years’ time. As businesses, we must expand and retract alongside. The future then, is physical and digital.

I’ll share a quick example. In a letter from one of our members, she said she liked being at the YMCA though she also visited a 24-hour gym — that’s possible under our program so it’s a cool value proposition. Given how it rained one of those days, she as 73 years old didn’t want to drive but was keen on getting her workout. So, she attended our Zumba class with Sherilyn, one of our popular national trainers. We gave her an offering that she incorporated into the fabric of her life in a way that worked for her. And yet, we still had this other experience, if she wanted that. That’s a perfect instance of what we built here and why it’s applicable for her.

Q. The hybrid model is on everyone’s plans going forward. Peloton and Apple Fitness come to mind first but where does your company fit in that milieu of online fitness?

Richard: I love Apple Fitness and use it all the time at home. We’re all in the living room doing it together. So that’s a cool experience. I don’t view that as competitive but as additive.

If some of our members want to do that, that’s fantastic though it’s important that we adopt scientific ways in having the elderly work out. The reason I don’t really see Peloton as a competitor is for most of our members, I don’t want them up on a bike off the ground. There’s more of a risk for fall and if we have hip fractures then, that is detrimental to their health outcomes, in totality. So, we are very proprietary and clinical about how we do workouts.

We know what orthostatic hypotension is or how many times you should be getting on the floor and back up in a 10-15 minute period. We understand flexibility and mobility changes over time and the rigidity of tendons or how to exercise them. The audiences for those other companies are very different than what we’re talking about. What we try and do is deliver a best-in-class experience that has measurable value for the health plan. Fitness is so competitive when you go to YouTube and watch anything you want. But it may not be safe for some or for their condition or for where they’re at.

The other thing for us is we are live now and we have a full on-demand library to send everybody else. Some people like that and with our live sessions we highlight the community aspect and value that social connection. In Julia Hunt’s aging study, she found that if you wanted to live long, you needed to see the factors determining this – they could be your DNA, where you lived or even how many friends you had. When all the data and samples were considered, the number one conclusion was — people that had many friends lived longer. So, there is an inherent social community — evidence for us — that we must participate in.

On the competition front, our number one competitor are our members. You may like Apple Fitness, but there are days you’re in bed and you know you need to go workout but the biggest enemy preventing that is you. It’s not the access to the computer or to Apple. That’s who I see as the real competitor. We have 8-9-10% of our people work out regularly and I’d want that to be 80% but how do I get the remaining 70% to come? It’s not about giving them more gyms or a better virtual-online experience. It’s the intrinsic motivation. We do have traditional competitors, though and it’s worrying what everybody can do with our members because I’d like to ensure we’re here for them. That’s the way I see it.

Q. In the world of technology, the biggest competitor is usually a “do nothing.” Healthcare is driven by reimbursements or a fee-for-service model. The health insurance companies try to ensure an accountable-for-care model. Those in wellness and preventive care, your space, are into keeping people out of hospitals. Do you see a tug of war between these two instincts? How does the twain meet?

Richard: Great question. In the time I’ve spent in other countries with different healthcare models, I find they all have their intrinsic flaws. What you brought up is very basic and one-way, but cuts through all the other commentary about healthcare. It really gets down to a symptom-based healthcare system where providers make money on activity. If it’s that versus making money on hold, the whole outcome will always be the tension you just described.

The optimist in me is really encouraged by all the new value-based primary care provider organization like — Oak Street, etc. The leadership in those organizations is fantastic and trying to create the right kind of healthcare system for members — a 360 view. That will enable us to move forward in taking care of patients. Being a pharmacist, I saw there were many times I went back to your “do nothing” comment which has a lot of value and I agree with.

But we are making a choice for instance, on which five meds we can buy this week since we can’t afford all five. One’s for water intake so that can’t be dropped, the next is for pressure, else that’ll spike, the third is for diabetes and if sugar isn’t controlled, that’ll put you in the hospital and affect your feet, your eyes. All the drugs are important and having to choose is awful. If we’re just focused on that front then, we’ll have less people with diabetes and high blood pressure, people will make better food choices and start moving more. The entire healthcare system should be incentivized to drive that, not just the periphery organizations. It’s easy for me to say since that’s how I get paid but that tension will always be true.

The other thing that encourages me is that health systems also get this. Premier health systems are pivoting from big buildings with high towers and blinking lights and moving into more community settings and value-based arrangements or total cap risk. These types of things as CMS continues to incentivize that will make it possible for us to get there over time. But, will it be a 15 or 20 year vision versus a 5? I don’t know but it’s a real tension point.

Q. You’ve had a distinguished career in Walgreens and now you’re in a related business but what prepared you for your current role?

Richard: It’s my first time being a CEO, so till recently, I’ve felt that sometimes you just go by the seat of your pants. Walgreens is a really refined institution with smart people and world-class processes so my 28 years there gave me some unique capabilities to excel in my current role.

When I was working in stores as stock boy, cashier, photo clerk, pharmacy technician, assistant manager, pharmacist and then a store manager, I got the chance to help people, deliver a service to them and see the pain they underwent. What hit me hard was an episode in Minnesota where I was a district manager. I’d been waiting to shut the store, but the Front Cashier still had a few people in line. One of the ladies wasn’t buying anything but had been there for a couple of minutes and was explaining to the Cashier about her cat. I listened in and when I checked with the Cashier, I realised that the lady was here every day. She was lonely so the impact of that front cashier on this lady’s life was profound. Because of that I understood the humanity of living next to other humans who have different things.

On one of the panels, I was on, I heard someone say “we’re all in this together” — in this pandemic — but we all have different boats, yachts, families, wealth, a good home and there are those who are just trying to survive. I learned that being in retail, on the ground with patients pays me huge dividends today, because every time I make an executive decision, I put myself in that member’s shoes and check if this decision makes it better for that person. If the answer’s no, then, we’re not spending money on that. It’s hard to stay principled that way because you have shareholders and other competing priorities. But if you do that, it works out well for everybody.

Q. I can relate to that anecdote. I’ve realized through the pandemic; how every little thing makes a profound impact on somebody’s life when you don’t even know about it. There’s a great deal of resignation but also great opportunity, especially in healthcare. What is your advice to the younger generation that is coming into the workplace today and is looking at healthcare as a career?

Richard: I have three very simple things to say. One, pick a job where it makes a difference. Work in something that you have a passion for. Healthcare is mission-driven, our colleagues are so proud to work here and I’m impressed every day by the passion and commitment they have in the roles they play and in the difference they make. If you are passionate about helping people, addressing inequity, and improving the health of those around you, this is a great profession for you.

Second, the opportunities are limitless. We have a shortage of clinical people to deliver care in the future for this population. That means, there’s money and jobs available. I moderated a discussion about healthcare, workforce, and the need for clinical workers at all levels, recently, especially as we get out into rural America. But there are also these very innovative opportunities in digital health, data, health related services, mental health, senior living, home-based care etc. There’s a lot of M&A, money, finance, and banking. So, it makes a difference.

Third, learn about the aging space. This is a high need-high spend space. And all of us had a mom and dad and grandparents at some point. So, there’s so much innovation, need and jobs in the aging space. Nothing feels better than serving this population.

I got lucky because I discovered pharmacy. I got a job at a drugstore because I needed a pull-out CD player that my dad wouldn’t buy for me. When I fell upon pharmacy, it felt like I was giving back. Many young kids don’t always have the right opportunities because all that depends on your ecosystem — where you live and what you know of the world, which isn’t much when you’re young, even though a lot of time I thought, I knew everything. I learned over time that there’s so much you don’t know. So, I think it’s about the mission and the opportunity. The age-related space is cool for youngsters to get into.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity 

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Despite initial skepticism around digital health, doctors are driving a lot of digital engagement now

Season 3: Episode #104

Podcast with Dr. Mark Weisman, CIO and CMIO, TidalHealth

“Despite initial skepticism around digital health, doctors are driving a lot of digital engagement now.”

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this podcast, Dr. Mark Weisman, CIO and CMIO of TidalHealth, Maryland, discusses the role of analytics and informatics in identifying bottlenecks and the opportunities where technology may be harnessed to enhance the quality of care. Tidal Health is a two-hospital health system on the eastern shore of Maryland, serving largely the rural population of Delmarva Peninsula.

As a physician who’s well versed with emerging technologies, Dr. Weisman acknowledges the handicaps digital health care must overcome to reach the underserved population in rural America. The foremost focus of their digital journey is to improve patient access to healthcare. He demonstrates how certain digital health tools can bring in cost-effectiveness, reduce the administrative workload on clinical staff, develop effective programs, and provide better healthcare access to everyone.

Dr. Weisman advises digital health start-ups to approach health systems and healthcare as genuine partners in improving patient access and care delivery and not as a salesman merely trying to sell a product or service. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

01:15About Tidal Health, your role, and responsibilities
03:49What are your top priorities right now?
05:44Access and digital health go together. What are you doing in that space?
07:51 How have the physicians responded to digital engagement?
09:24 You largely serve the rural populations. Does that have any kind of a bearing on your adoption rates, for instance, for digital health tools?
11:20 How are you bringing the two words – data and analytics – together to really use data analytics capabilities to drive digital engagement?
13:23 How you go through the thought process of evaluating and picking vendors that you want to talk to?
14:54 Do you go with an EHR-first strategy when it comes to turning-on your capability? How do you see your vendors coming along when it comes to these kinds of newer capabilities?
16:38 What is your advice to startups or healthcare companies who want to contact you?

About our guest

Dr. Mark Weisman is the Chief Information Officer / Chief Medical Information Officer for TidalHealth, Inc. He is a board-certified Internal Medicine and Informatics physician, who has practiced in inpatient and ambulatory care settings in hospitals, high-volume clinics, and retainer-style clinics. As an executive leader CIO and CMIO, he drives technology changes to make the lives of our practicing clinicians better. He is responsible for improving the cybersecurity posture of the organization, creating transparency into IT project activity, and improving IT agility.

Q. Tell us about Tidal Health, your role, and responsibilities.

Mark: Tidal Health is two-hospital health system on the eastern shore of Maryland. We tend to be fairly rural as we’re growing as a health system. Currently, roughly 400 beds at Tidal Health are filled up with COVID patients like everyone else. We continue to acquire practices which are coming to us looking for help because of some of the financial pressures in the market now, so, we’re definitely busy. I became CIO in August. I was the CMIO here for about three years, and it’s been a very interesting couple of months since becoming the CIO. There’s plenty of work to do.

Q: How did being a CMIO prepare you for this role, if at all?

Mark: It did help. My initial focus as a CMIO was on making the lives of the doctors better. That grew into helping the nurse practitioners, the nurses, the physical therapists and really making the EHR easier for a lot of people. It was exciting, fun and people really enjoyed that but there’s a lot left to be done. While we’re not perfect, we’re certainly becoming better.

When the opportunity came up for me to lead the EPIC application team — that was about half of our team and the number of analysts is just unbelievable — we had a good team, and we did some great things. That’s how I got the CIO role. While I still have the CMIO role and I do both, the challenges became clear soon. Already being the CMIO, I realized there was some tech part to becoming the CIO that I had to get up to speed on very quickly. I got the EPIC, the medical part, and the operations part.

Q: You’re a physician and have been involved in tech. What are your top priorities right now?

Mark: The organization is in pretty good shape in terms of infrastructure, so, I get to focus on some of the more fun things though we do have some challenges around access and provisioning — pain points for operations. Every time someone new comes into the organization, we can’t seem to get their access right on their first shift and it’s not good. So, they can’t get in nor see what they have to see. We need to take out the people who have been with our organization for years and not offer them access anymore. I really want to improve that because that goes along with my initial launch of making the EHR better for everyone. While this is just a piece of the entire job, it’s an important one. That’s a focus area plus there are other security issues, though we’re not in bad shape there.

Playing around in the automation space has been the most exciting part that’s energized me. I’m helping others be more efficient. However, it’s in finance that I’ve never had the opportunity to help out. It could be something like scanning of papers for HIM but we’re going to look at automating that with some new technology. What’s cool about being the CIO is that I get to do more.

Q: Access and digital health go hand-in-hand. What are you doing in that space?

Mark: Our digital journey started with EPIC. While we had a portal, there wasn’t anything really exciting there so no one really went to it. In November 2019, after a discussion with our executive leadership, we decided to put all our notes and labs out there to give people a reason to go to the patient portal. And that’s how it started. One of the decisions that was made at that time was around telehealth. That wasn’t on our roadmap then, and we weren’t going to do it. We were going to focus on some other pieces of the digital experience.

But there was a little change in plans. So, eventually we went with telehealth via Zoom and introduced a little more of digital health patient engagement. Our weak point was, however, around appointment reminders since it was being undertaken by the front desk — picking up the phone, dialing, getting the next person, leaving a message — and not very modern. I proposed a solution.

We began using Phreesia by which a text message to schedule appointments would be sent out and the frequencies of these messages and their times could be controlled by us. Our aim was to free up the front desk staff so they could be more efficient. We found that previously, our front desk staff were reaching out to over 50% of the patients but their no-show rates were high, and they never took breaks. Now those numbers were far lower, and we could see immediate results.

Our digital journey right now has entailed getting to that point of better access. Though our appointment scheduling is still via the portal, there’s more to the digital experience offered there.

Q: And how have the physicians responded to digital health patient engagement?

Mark: They fought it tooth and nail when it came to certain parts such as, releasing all labs in real-time, releasing pathology though when we did that, I got just one phone call in six months. There are many who must have had questions or concerns, but it became easier when the government enforced it. That did help with some buying acceptance.

The doctors were initially a little skeptical about telehealth. Then, there were the early adopters who jumped on it during the pandemic and did very well. They just went out and got their own tools and started doing telehealth because they wanted to see their patients. I thought it was great. I’m waiting for our tools now. 

However, we’re seeing a lot less — under 10% — maybe 4-6% of our visits now are going by telehealth. The doctors are driving a lot of that; we must not underestimate how resilient healthcare can be to change. The doctors like seeing people in-person, where things are built around them rather than their patients. Healthcare will go back to the way it always was without some other mandate pushing it along.

Q: What about the patients themselves? You mentioned that you were largely rural? Does that have any kind of a bearing on your adoption rates, for instance, for digital health tools?

Mark: It does. When the pandemic began, we suffered with broadband congestion and poor connectivity. The final mile killed us, and we were facing 20% failure rates on video calls. We faced inability to establish the connection, or the patient didn’t know what to do – either way, the technology wasn’t easy, or they just didn’t have the bandwidth, and they became very frustrated.

That has played a big role for all healthcare in America, so we aren’t unique in this regard. We do not have broadband connections across our population neither do we have great cell signal. Some parts of our population are really isolated and that tends to be the segment that needs most care — the underserved with a lot of both, physical and mental health issues.

That segment would really benefit from this. We’ve tried to speak with the carriers — Verizon — and they’re like, we have the best coverage in the country. I get that. But in this little world, we need help. It’s just not realistic until the government coughs up the billions of dollars it’s going to take to get broadband everywhere it needs to be. Till then the rural areas will be struggling.

Q: It looks like the pandemic accelerated the shift towards digital, in a positive way and the early signs are great! It was all about data analytics. How are you bringing these two worlds together to really use data analytics capabilities to drive digital health patient engagement?

Mark: I got into data because I always wanted to win the arguments. The one with the data wins the arguments, so that still applies. When I present to the doctors, I show them the number of patients who are self-scheduling now, and the numbers are going up. The doctors are getting used to that but then, some do say that the patients scheduled in the wrong time slot. This happens all the time.

So, we have to check and see how frequently this happened and once the data is communicated, I don’t hear from them again. So, data will really help drive doctors when they go with the “it always happens or it’s never good” argument. We’re able to show that more patients are checking in online, switching appointments, finding their doctors and that data speaks to me, enough to help convince some of our executives, not just doctors.

Why are we investing in this? Why do we need our website to be something that brings in patients? Well, patients know how to find us for it’s a rural area and where else would they go? They want to connect to us through our website. So, we’re working on it.

Q: You mentioned a couple of partnerships that you have entered into to drive some of your digital initiatives, but the market is flooded with innovative solutions. How do you keep yourself abreast of what’s working and pick vendors you want to talk to?

Mark: It comes a lot from colleagues and via recommendations. I’m still a part of the CMIO forums. So, I’ll ask questions there and get some recommendations, periodically.

I went to CHIME for the first time and had a wonderful experience interacting with other CIOs. I found a whole bunch of other physician-CMIOs, which was very helpful because they’d walked in these shoes, so they knew some of the other technologies that I’d read about and heard of on other podcasts.

There’s no magic answer or one way to stay abreast of this stuff. There are so many vendors, it’s overwhelming and there’s a lot of overlap. Sometimes it’s hard to differentiate one from the other. The price obviously speaks volumes in these kinds of times. And for us, our budget has just been slashed. All the money goes to finding good nurses since they’re what we need right now. So, the vendors that can help us with that problem are very helpful for us.

Q: Do you go with an EHR-first strategy when it comes to turning-on your capability? How do you see them coming along when it comes to these kinds of newer capabilities?

Mark: That’s an interesting question. The EPIC App Orchard is a tool that I would use to locate new vendors because I know certain hurdles have already been covered, so I don’t really have to introduce this vendor to EPIC. In fact, they can start working out that partnership directly. It also means they probably have hit a certain level of maturity because they’re not getting into the EPIC App store without some basic security in place. So, there is some comfort to that. It’s also somewhat limiting. I’m not sure we get all the best vendors that we could ever want by only looking in the App Orchard. Certainly, there’s that bit on interoperability and integration.

I also don’t want people to say that going via a portal implies being out of their workflow. So, if we’re talking about a tool that is for clinicians, yes, I’m going to go EHR-first. If it’s finance there, they don’t really care because they want the best solution.

I’d also like to get some unified solutions for we have a ton of little silos, and it’s very difficult to understand how to run a business without the data even being able to flow back and forth or to see the impact when the census went up. So, how many nurses do we need? How many nurses do we have? How many are on standby? Without all those pieces connecting, it’s very different.

Q: What is your advice to startups or healthcare companies who want to contact you? Do you tell them to get certified on App Orchard first?

Mark: At CHIME, the vendors were certainly there, they were engaging though they were not overly sales-oriented. That’s their business so they’re there. But the ones I liked to connect with, were the ones who came with genuine partnership. They’re not there to sell you. Though I have heard from others, this is a real vendor connection.

There was one vendor who I’m very interested in working with their consulting firm and they have people on their staff who do nothing but work as technology advisors. They’re not selling anything but are around to help. They have a sales arm and other pieces that point to what they do and while I’m intrigued by this, it’s a sign of partnership. And there’s no charge on me calling them up or picking their brain. That’s helpful. Maybe they can guide me through some things or towards solutions that they’ve seen work for others.

Q: I must ask you about your podcast, now. You’ve been one of my favorite podcasters, and I’ve had the honor of being on your podcast as well. So, now that you’re CIO, do you have time for the podcast and will you be doing more? Where’s that headed?

Mark: Doing a podcast is a ton of fun. It was awesome at educating me and I learnt what others were doing. I also made connections — many of those I interviewed, I did run into over the last two or three weeks at Chime. That was fantastic.

Time is a challenge now that I’m both, the CIO and the CMIO, so I have been a delinquent. As my listeners would know, I haven’t put out content in quite some time. But there were some people who I ran into who wanted me to do some things and get back on air. And I would like to do that. So, it’s not dead; just on a little pause till such time as I get the team together and get things how I’d like to have them and convince the leadership that we’re stable and everything’s going to be fine.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at [email protected] 

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity 

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Healthcare affordability can be improved by removing financial barriers to care for patients

Season 3: Episode #103

Podcast with Srulik Dvorsky, Co-founder and CEO, TailorMed

"Healthcare affordability can be improved by removing financial barriers to care for patients"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this podcast, Srulik Dvorsky, Co-founder and CEO of TailorMed discusses how healthcare organizations can improve patients’ financial management and enable the chronically ill to reduce their out-of-pocket costs and financial burden, thereby enhancing access to care. TailorMed is a Tel Aviv-based innovative financial management platform.  

Better quality of care translates to higher care costs, resulting in an increased out-of-pocket burden for consumers. This can drill a gaping hole in patients’ pockets if they are uninsured, underinsured, or have little or no access to financial management. Data assumes a critical role in the digital healthcare landscape as it offers a personalized projection of patients’ out-of-pocket costs across their entire medical journey. Leveraging patient-related information and financial data can automatically help detect cost-saving opportunities based on insurance and treatment optimizations and matching financial assistance programs. Take a listen. 

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

01:31 Tell us a bit about TailorMed. How did you start the company and what’s the market need you're trying to address?
03:17How does your company address that problem of affording healthcare? Are you focusing more on improving health equity or helping patients and consumers get more out of what they already have?
06:26Are you focusing on any one medical condition, or do you cover a broad range of medical areas? journey?
13:24 Who is your target audience that can benefit the most from your services?
17:48 What are some of the challenges that inevitably startups are going to face?
19:42 In a space with so many startups, how do you stand out? How does a healthcare organization cut through all the noise in the marketplace to understand where the value is?

About our guest

Srulik Dvorsky is the co-founder and CEO of TailorMed, the leading financial navigation technology company that helps patients and healthcare providers remove financial barriers to care

After serving as the primary caretaker for several family members following a cancer diagnosis, he started TailorMed with a personal mission to leverage technology to remove barriers to care. He brings to the company more than a decade of experience in the medical device industry.

Q: Tell us a bit about TailorMed — how did you start the company? What’s the market need you’re trying to address? 

Srulik: TailorMed’s been around for the last four and a half years. I co-founded it with Adam Siton, our CTO, with a mission that intensified over the last few years – that of removing financial barriers to care. Across the United States, it’s clear that over the last few years the cost-sharing dynamics between patients and their payers have been leaning more towards patients, than in the past. There’s a noticeable, dramatic increase in out-of-pocket expenses and premium expenses, basically meaning that a lot of patients requiring either chronic or critical illness treatments are unable to afford it. This is why we started the company. 

We’re working with healthcare organizations – providers, pharmacies, and other strategic partners within that ecosystem — to find those patients as early as possible in their medical journeys and locate opportunities to offset those out-of-pocket expenses by having other financial resources to cover that, whether it’s through different financial assistance programs, governmental subsidies, optimization of their insurance etc. 

That’s happening with very consistent value creation to both patients and our partners who’re large health systems, small clinics and large pharmacy chains so, they just continue to expand with the growing needs in the healthcare industry. 

Q: One-in-five Americans today, has a problem affording health care. How does your company address that? Are you focusing more on improving health equity or helping patients and consumers get more out of what they already have? 

Srulik: From my perspective, one-in-five Americans are facing the issue of affordability. There is also the fact of the dynamics of cost-sharing between patients and their providers. Another area of our focus when it comes to treatment and medication is on the amazing investments in clinical solutions and treatments that provide better clinical outcomes. But those innovative treatments are usually coming to market at steep prices and that’s creating an even bigger gap in access to care. 

Obviously, COVID exacerbated that problem when people lost their jobs and unemployment increased. A lot of people who were maybe under-insured before became uninsured and healthcare costs on the rise for years just continued. The way we are addressing that is first, looking at what patients are covered for and trying to make sure they are maximizing their benefits. Our core focus is on the abundance of different resources out there that can serve different patients depending on where they live, what treatment they are on, what type of insurance coverage they have, and then, offsetting some of that financial burden and having another entity cover that. 

So, for example, there are patients with diabetes who need to have their insulin medication on or may be on a monthly refill cadence, something that isn’t very affordable. They need to leverage opportunities out there ranging from a governmental subsidy if they are low-income earners to a co-pay assistance by the drug manufacturer to a diabetes foundation that can support patients with either direct medical expenses or their living expenses, if they are burdened by that, as well. 

What we are doing is leveraging data from our partners that can beat the diabetes clinic or the IDM that we are serving or a Walgreens Pharmacy that we contract with. We project it as out-of-pocket expenses for that patient throughout the year, while staying proactive about approaching those patients and connecting them with those cost-reducing opportunities, facilitating enrollment and ensuring that they are able to stay on. They require treatment without going bankrupt or seeing substantial financial distress. 

Q: Are you focusing on any one particular medical condition or do you cover a broad range of medical areas? 

Srulik: We do cover a very broad range and till two years ago, focused around specialty areas — Multiple Sclerosis, Oncology and Rheumatoid Arthritis. Unfortunately, the financial barrier to care is not only focused on specific areas, so our solution is completely is disease-state agnostic. When you think about where high prevalence, high-cost conditions lie, I think that Oncology is definitely one, but we are seeing the need and the ability to support across a variety of other conditions. COPD, heart failure is another kind of chronic condition example and others that I mentioned on the specialty care areas. 

Q: So, how many consumers really know about all the options available to make care affordable? This is huge information gap in the market, and you could translate that into literacy along multiple dimensions. What does your company do to bring this information to consumers? 

Srulik: Patients are indeed completely lost in many cases about not only what the treatment will inflict on their lives, but also why they should understand what we have in terms of the insurance benefits. They might have one plan or three, but what is the meaning of a deductible and a co-insurance? 

When we see patients and interact with our partners, first, we find that patients don’t have the ability to forecast or foresee what’s coming up next, whether it’s their next encounter, not to mention a complex drug regimen that can extend through a few months, or sometimes even a few years. 

That’s why, in many cases they abandon, refuse or forgo treatment or if they do get that treatment, a lot of them face a surprise bill at the end of that encounter. So, patients are not aware of the opportunities that are available for them out there, and a lot of times their providers are not aware as well. 

We look at two ways to stop that — One is providing transparency and not only to a specific encounter of what will be their next imaging scan cost, but also, what the next six months will be like. So, it’s like saying they are about to face a high financial event. But there is an out-of-pocket limit to their plan, and three months from now, they’ll probably hear that. So, let’s speak about what happens in these three months. 

If they’re fully covered for that, they can alleviate that by providing clarity to their out-of-pocket state, that’s on the transparency side. But to tell a patient, they’ve just been diagnosed and there is a very substantial out-of-pocket responsibility coming ahead without giving an actionable opportunity to alleviate that, this is where a lot of other solutions fall short. 

For us, it’s always about bringing this as what it is — their expected responsibility — but it’s with what we have found can alleviate that through either supporting their direct medical needs with pharmaceutical company co-pay assistance programs or with a foundation that can also help them alleviate some of the living expenses they have or support their transportation to that facility. It’s making sure that they see the financial impact holistically with what comes up next, but also what can be done. 

Q: Can you give us an example of how your company is actually making this work and talk about some real numbers? 

Srulik: We are working with the very different organizations and organization types. There are >100 facilities — hospitals, 350 pharmacies and 200 clinics working with our system, both on the provider side, which can be a specialty practice or a large health system in multiple regions. We also have independent specialty pharmacies like Alliance, Walgreens that we work with. For example, we are working with Providence in Oregon where they have put together an amazing team of medication assistants that basically get referrals (from across Oregon) from Providence providers — either hospitals or clinics. And their team finds financial resources or leverages replacement drug programs or feedback programs, as they call it, for their patients. 

And since we started there, we were able to increase the level of discovery of patients who may not necessarily be aware of their imminent financial distress, and introduce to them financial opportunities to bridge that gap and then, use substantial automation and predictive analytics to increase the throughput of programs that patients got enrolled into. 

As a result of that there’s a substantial win-win for patients — It removes their financial barriers to care or financial toxicity, enables their organization to collect revenues without relying on patients and decreases the cost of drug spends when it comes to replacement drug programs and leveraging data. 

On average, we see $1500-2500 in increased revenue for patients across our customer base and about $13000 of free drug programs being leveraged. These are big numbers for this system that are seeing such financial returns from our solution while serving their patients in a better way. 

Q: Is there a specific demographic that is your target audience that that can benefit the most from your services? 

Srulik: It’s a great question and one I’m asked frequently. My answer won’t be as intuitive as you think, though. When patients are indigent and might be on Medicaid, for the most part, they would be fully covered unless it’s maybe a carve-out drug. 

Obviously patients that have a very high income might be able to afford whatever is coming their way, although that’s not necessarily the case with the high cost medication, but the vast majority of the population, whether they are middle income families or individuals on Medicare, either on high deductible plans on the marketplace or by their employers or on Medicare, with high out-of-pocket limit or even without a prescription benefit plan — when most of them are required to pay more than 5-10% of their annual income, the families are not able to find those resources. 

From the patient’s perspective, this is our main audience, but this is where most of the healthcare providers in pharmacy will see the biggest financial concern from providing care and being able to fully be reimbursed from those patients. 

Q: Now we’re in open enrollment season. Is this the time of the year when your services become more relevant? How do you approach the market now? 

Srulik: Open enrollment is a unique once -in-a-year opportunity for patients to have the ability to either keep their plan or adjust, because this is where pre-existing conditions would not be an issue for them to enroll on a new plan. 

What we do there is actually take the opportunity to adjust our health plan coverage as kind of addressing the core cause of underinsurance and definitely, people who are uninsured. So, if during the year one has to keep one’s plan and there is a financial obligation that might be mitigated by a co-pay assistance program, which is a great patch, one can do that cost benefit analysis and add a supplemental plan or Part D plan or Medicare, or pay a slightly higher premium and have a higher or a lower deductible plan. This will ensure one’s better covered. End of day, the costs out-of-pocket would be lower. 

What we’re doing is, in addition to just finding financial resources for patients, we’re detecting those within the patient population that either would be considered uninsured or underinsured. And then seeing if there is an opportunity within one of the marketplaces to optimize for that patient. For example, if a patient has a cancer diagnosis, and next year, they’re supposed to have a few chemotherapy cycles and obviously visits and imaging, and they have Medicare. But Medicare A and B only without any supplemental or Medicare Advantage plan. During open enrollment, they can elect to enroll in the Medicare Advantage. That would put a cap on their out-of-pocket limit or if they have a prescription medication that is not covered by Part B, they can include Part D (as in David). This is where it gets complicated. Fortunately, this is what we do for them within the system. We offer an educational tool for their financial counselors to be able to say “this is what you are supposed to pay with your care plan. This is what you can save if you add or switch to another plan,” even without mentioning a specific point. This tells them that it’s a time of year that they can optimize for, like the next insurance period. 

Q: Do you have these educational coaches/counselors on your staff? Or do you provide this information and educate staff in your client organization — How does this work? How does your target audience get to take advantage of your services? 

Srulik: It’s a hybrid model. We see providers and pharmacies that have their own staff but where they leverage our software solution to discover patients in financial need, those with an opportunity for insurance optimization, and then, the staff educates and exposes those patients. 

Where organizations have no staff or insufficient staff, TailorMed’s complete team comes into play. We have some of the experts in financial litigation working with us and training our team to be able to support patients or the financial counselor on the provider side. That can be seen as kind of telehealth to insurance optimization. It’s possible to go on a Zoom call and educate a patient that this is an opportunity to optimize or add an insurance plan or simply give that as a printout through their provider if they are coming into a visit. There’s a little bit of both, and each organization has their own priorities on how they want to engage and accommodate whatever is required. 

Q: I think the name of your company is very clever, TailorMed. In a space with so many startups, how do you stand out? How does a healthcare organization cut through all the noise in the marketplace to understand where the value is? 

Srulik: There are two things that help us stand out. One, the abundance of solutions within revenue cycle that are coming to optimize for either a better collection experience or a more streamlined payment plan solution. These are solutions that come downstream when a patient is faced with a bill that needs to be collected. We are going upstream. We’re trying to avoid the collection attempt by leveraging other financial resources and other pockets of revenues that can help an organization be “patient first” in their mindset and try to remove that financial barrier and increase access plus have robust financial resources to avoid going after patient collections. I think that’s unique. If you think about the holistic patient financial journey, we’re starting at the very beginning, either at the point of care or after the patient gets the cure and is trying to exhaust any other financial resource. Whatever we can find in the residual out-of-pocket, it goes downstream to the very many vendors that are trying to address that. 

Second, in general, there’s an amazing pool of companies, solutions and vendors that are providing digital health solutions. It’s very hard for providers to adopt everything, even if they wanted to. What we are very focused on is how to attribute our intervention to direct financial savings of the healthcare provider or the pharmacy and then make sure that the beneficiary is, always the patient? 

There’s a very clear business case and a very substantial ROI. As one of our latest case studies showed, they are paying for their solution within the first month or two of adopting it. So, the ROI is there and then, they are managing workflows, automatic productivity tools. But there is a very substantial attribution to financial statements. 

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Embrace the Cloud for Technological Innovation in Healthcare

Season 3: Episode #102

Podcast with B.J. Moore, EVP and CIO, Providence Health

"Embrace the Cloud for Technological Innovation in Healthcare."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this podcast, B.J. Moore, EVP and CIO of Providence Health discusses the organizational structure at Providence to drive transformation and how he draws on his 27 years of experience at Microsoft to drive change. 

Moore explains his vision to leverage emerging technologies such as cloud and voice recognition to support healthcare delivery, improve patient experiences, and increase caregiver productivity. He maintains that it’s important to partner with leading technology firms to create robust platforms to drive digital health.

Moore discusses Providence’s investments in digital health innovation and advises digital health start-ups to focus on consumer experience. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

00:35What are the top two or three things that occupy your mind these days?
01:24Your colleague Aaron Martin was also my guest a while back. How does your role complement his, specifically regarding digital transformation at Providence?
04:22Can you share examples of innovative use of technology that you’re using to drive the organization forward in this transformation journey?
07:19 You've recently come to healthcare. Tell us about your first impression and how that has changed over the past one and a half years.
14:22 What are some of the challenges that inevitably startups are going to face?
16:00 What about the big tech firms?
20:01 What's your advice to the digital health startups?
20:51 Apart from voice and AI, what else are you keeping an eye on as a technology trend to watch?
23:37 What's your advice to other CIOs who are listening to this podcast, who are not from a Providence type organization or from mid-tier healthcare organizations?

About our guest

B.J. Moore is Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer for Providence. He leads information services to support and enable the way Providence advances its Mission to deliver health for a better world. This includes partnering with other leading organizations in areas such as cloud computing and artificial intelligence (AI).

B.J. has an extensive background in leading initiatives for digital transformation, enterprise cloud services, strategic planning, operational strategy, and analysis, and guiding large-scale projects and teams. He holds multiple CIO and leadership awards.

Previously, B.J. served in multiple executive leadership roles at Microsoft, including Vice President of enterprise commerce and compliance for cloud and AI; Vice President of enterprise commerce for the windows and devices group; Vice President enterprise commerce IT.

B.J. holds a Bachelor of Science with Honors in business administration, finance/marketing, from Colorado State University.

Q: You’re the CIO of one of the largest and most complex health systems in the country. What are the top two or three things that occupy your mind these days?

Moore: One is obviously the pandemic and the things that come with that — how do we keep our communities safe and our caregivers productive? Then, the tools that come with that –remote care delivery, big data, modernizing. We’ve got a lot of technical debt here at Providence and so, we’re unable to be agile and innovate as we’d like. Those are probably the top three things on my mind now.

Q: Your colleague Aaron Martin was also my guest a while back. How does your role complement his, specifically with regard to digital transformation at Providence?

Moore: Aaron and his team create the marketing brand, so, anything that’s kind of external patient community-facing, they own. And they own the front door for that patient experience. So, things like online scheduling, for instance, and anything that has a broad marketing brand front-door as it relates to Providence, is really Aaron’s team.

The handshake that happens when that front door is open is with my team. So, the actual infrastructure and digital assets – EPIC and its scheduling — happens in my space. All the caregiver tools that nurses and doctors use to deliver care is also on my team. All the other stuff, such as network and cyber are on my side along with the administrative tools and systems that support Providence. Once the front door’s cracked open and the handshake happens with my team, it’s a good partnership.

Q: For large organizations — Providence or Mayo Clinic — what I see is that from an old model standpoint, digital is really driven by a handful of senior executives working in collaboration. Is that almost the default model to move a big ship like Providence?

Moore: The strategic intent comes from this handful. But digital transformation includes basically everybody at Providence and within the Digital Innovation Group — everybody along with our caregivers. As far as setting the strategy, tone, direction, phases and approach goes, it’s Aaron and I that define that strategic intent. It is a huge effort.

Q: Can you share examples of innovative use of technology that you’re using in your world to drive the organization forward in this transformation journey?

Moore: There are two partnerships that we have. The technology we’re using entails to deliver better caregiver productivity. We’ve been partnering with Nuance and their DAX tool to work with ambient Artificial Intelligence (AI). It’s common knowledge that the biggest burden for many caregivers is really annotating, adding to the EHR, so, anything we can do to improve that experience for them especially during a pandemic and labor shortage, has been critical. Leveraging very nascent, ambient AI has been crucial. But how do you listen to a conversation and really have AI pluck out the necessary components and add that to the EHR while ignoring the rest of the chitchat in the room? That’s one of the pieces of innovative technology we’re using.

Second, we’re really aggressively moving to the cloud. All of the technology innovations are happening in the cloud now and our deep partnership with Microsoft enables us to move all of our data centers, assets to Microsoft Azure. That’s where it’s really paid off. During the pandemic, we built our big data model there. Once that’s in the cloud, we’re able to do machine learning and AI to predict the use of ventilators, PPE surges as COVID progresses etc. It’s a strong model which, within two weeks’ advance notice, can help tell us when a community will surge or pull back. These emergent technologies have been invaluable for us to navigate COVID and have helped us really deliver on that vision.

Q: The cloud is right there at the forefront of innovation in healthcare. Nuance is now part of Microsoft, and you too had a partnership with Microsoft. So, did all this make Nuance an easy choice?

Moore: We’ve been a Nuance strategic partner for a decade. Before the acquisition, we were already in a three-way partnership with Microsoft and Nuance to really look at AI. That made it easier as did my 27 years at Microsoft, my last role there was as part of the Azure team. So, my network is strong there and maybe I do have a bit of an advantage over the other CIOs. Many CEOs have been at Microsoft for 27 years and worked on Azure. So, I’d say all of those facets made the partnership easier.

Q: With 27 years at Microsoft, you must have seen a number of different industries. You’ve recently come to healthcare so tell us about your first impression and how that has changed over the past one and a half years you’ve been here.

Moore: I joined Providence about two and a half years ago, and initially, healthcare was really far behind. My observation of healthcare was the industry was 15 to 20 years behind other industries as far as using technology. Providence was further behind or further ahead than everybody else. And my assumption was based on the fact that they were change-averse; maybe just slow to adopt change and that’s been my biggest epiphany through the pandemic.

In the last 18 months, we’ve adopted more change at Providence and accelerated things more than we ever did at Microsoft. We always think of tech companies as agile and quick but we’ve moved quicker than I ever moved at Microsoft. We’ve accepted more change than ever.

Q: I wanted to touch on recent partnerships — Truveta, for instance — where you’ve you talked about AI. This one’s really the big head call for driving those kinds of initiatives. What’s the reason behind it?

Moore: Truveta was really a white paper, an idea that Providence had over three years ago, internally. But we realized the power of something like collecting patient information, voluntarily and being part of this kind of a study and anonymizing that data. But realizing the power of it was really about getting other health systems involved as well. So, we created Truveta. We were the founding members and now there’s over 17 other health systems involved and owing to that, the value is getting large with diverse datasets. We have complete coverage across the United States and having that breadth of data and the diversity of individuals really allows for better insights.

If you know anything about big data, the bigger the data, the better the insights of AI and ML. We’re just at the early stages but we’ve got some really good early insights on things like vaccine efficacy that wouldn’t have been possible before Truvada.

So, we’re really proud of what Providence did to help form that and I’m just amazed to see the progress that Truvada has made. You know, they’ve really hired a great leadership team and a great set of technologists to do some good work.

Q: Truveta also helps drive your own destiny with data and you can get your EHR system to pull it with other data. But when you bring your own data science capabilities and drive your own insights for your own outcomes, was that a move to go in your own direction, at your own pace?

Moore: There are a couple of things — Truveta being owned “by other health systems” being one. So, health systems owning the patient data and being stewards of that data was certainly a big part of it. We took a different approach with Truveta — instead of partnering with a tech company to do this, we basically created Truveta, who hired tech executives to drive it. We got access to that tech talent which was really aligned to the mission work we were doing at Providence and the mission work with other health system. So, it’s been a win-win.

I’ve got great engineers, attracted great talent, but frankly, the talent that Truvada’s been able to attract, you know, is at par with any tech company. We’re stewards of our patient data but we’ve got access to engineers that we would just not be able to touch within healthcare.

Q: Exciting! Providence has also incubated tech companies, partnered, invested in others, been deeply involved in the innovation ecosystem as investors and deployers of technology. How do these innovative new technologies – mature or not as well built-out as you’d like them to be — work? How do you sift through to the ones that have a shot at making an impact on Providence and then, stay for the long haul?

Moore: The first thing is to identify the patient or the caregiver’s experience that we’re trying to fix, where the existing ecosystem isn’t filling that niche. Then, once the area to innovate has been identified, the Digital Innovation Group starts to incubate that work. My team becomes Customer Zero. How do we jointly develop those solutions with Digital Innovation Group to ensure it can meet the needs of a health system? It’s always done in a way knowing that’s going to be spun out and the value would be Providence being just one of 30 or 40 customers. It’s an opportunity to innovate and to fill a niche that isn’t being served by others in the industry. It’s a really unique opportunity to spin these companies out and have them be standalone entities. So, it’s definitely a journey.

Like any incubation process, there’s some things that work amazingly and one hears about them. If they’re disasters, we don’t let anyone know about them. We just quietly — fail fast and move on to the next innovation opportunity.

Q: What are some of the challenges that inevitably startups are going to face? What do you look for them to cross before you can feel reasonably confident? Is it integration, interoperability, workflow?

Moore: My experience, especially coming from tech is that tech individuals seem to feel like they have all the answers. So, it’s one thing to be competent, capable and confident. You know what you want. I guess what I look for early on is a partner that’s willing to listen and learn, know what they don’t know and willing to partner and really use us as a subject matter expert. It’s like we think this is a problem to solve and we think we have a solution, but it’s got to be give and take. It can’t be that they have all the answers and we just accept it.

So frankly, a lot of it has more to do with the partnership aspect versus the tech. Is it really a give and take? Does it have access to our clinicians or expertise? What works or doesn’t work in the real world? Its important to have a partner that’s willing to listen to that and flex; really introduce a design-thinking approach and then, it depends on the solution. Do we integrate three API to something like EPIC? Do we build new interfaces? While those things are more technical in nature, frankly, technical things are pretty easy to solve. It’s more of whether it solves a business problem or not or if it’s a great patient or caregiver experience and whether it meets the needs of Providence or another customer that’s critical. So, I’d say it’s the software things versus the technical things.

Q: What about the other end of the spectrum — the big tech firms?

Moore: I won’t pick on one of them because they’re all partners. I’ll keep it generic. In general, they tend to follow what Matt Campos started with — “We know it all. We’ve solved this problem already. We’re going to come into health care. We’re going to change the world.” Sometimes that kind of fresh thinking is really helpful. That’s how technology innovation happens. But a lot of times, these problems haven’t been solved. If they were easy, they would have been solved a long time ago. So, it’s maybe a little too much hubris on the part of these companies. Those tech partnerships where they’re more in the listening and learning modes — those tend to be more effective, and some tech companies do it better than others.

Q: With regard to the startups, the digital health ecosystem is awash in new companies and there’s billions pouring into it. What’s your take on this digital landscape? Is it too much fluff or are you seeing some really interesting ones that will transform care as we know it?

Moore: Let me give you a context before I answer that. What I describe when I’m recruiting other tech executives is to imagine it’s 1995. The internet is coming along. We’re talking about how amazing it’s going to be with AOL and MSN, and the browser wars that will get kicked-off. That’s where I feel we are in health tech. It’s a bit crowded right now, it’s not crystal clear who the winners are going to be but when we look back five years from now, it’ll be similar to 2000.

We’re just in the really early phases. There’re a lot of players and frankly, there should be more players in this space. I think the opportunity for technology innovation and impact are huge and it’s a numbers game. For every hundred people that dabble in the space maybe five succeed and those five to succeed will transform the way we deliver healthcare. I guess that’s a non-answer, but maybe having a context for where we are, gives people an idea of the level of maturity and the opportunity that lies ahead.

Q: That’s a great analogy! With regard to these startups, they all want to work for Providence but Providence can only work with so many. So, when they approach you, what’s your advice to them?

Moore: Healthcare has not undergone their own kind of consumerization of the experience. So, my advice to these startups is, if you are at the forefront of that consumerization, you think about what travel was like before Expedia, or what taxi-ing was before Uber. It’s a similar kind of metaphor for healthcare. If you’re playing in a space that makes patient engagement, access to healthcare easier or smooths navigation of this complex system, enables our health systems to manage patients and ensure better patient outcomes and solve real business problems, that’s fine. But through that lens of consumerization, what we don’t need is more complexity in health care. If you’re adding complexity, even if it’s solving a problem, I’d say that’s not a good match to be in.

Q: What kind of technologies are your betting on except voice and AI. What else are you keeping an eye on as a technology trend to watch?

Moore: AI is still in its formative years. Most people all over use AI, including in this conversation. We’re still at machine learning, not at true artificial intelligence. So, if it’s a 30 year journey, we’re on year two –still early on. And as far as technology trends we’re looking at is concerned, what became evident during COVID is this remote patient delivery tech like telehealth, remote patient care etc. What I see really emerging and transforming is the Internet of Things, especially medical devices.

We served over 20,000 COVID patients from home. If you could send somebody home with a smart pulse oximeter, a smart temperature gauge that was uploading that telemetry real-time to the cloud, really building real-time big data models for each patient, that’s where ML and AI can really shine, real-time monitor patient’s changes in behavior, start comparing large patient populations, start seeing trends that we, as human beings can’t. These are COVID patients that had good outcomes early on and that’s what they look like while patients of bad outcomes look different – such differentiation can be undertaken. These are things that are uncommon.

Those building blocks start with Internet of Things, streaming real-time data to a big data model and then, unleashing the power of ML and AI to change the way we treat both, individuals and communities. To me, that’s really where the innovation needs to happen, in day-to-day care. We’re going to always make innovation-progress there, but we’ve been working on that problem for under 200 years or a millennia depending on when you start counting. They’re really using big data and managing individuals or communities with big data and ML and that’s three years old. So, there’s an opportunity to have an impact — much more opportunity for innovation on that front.

Q: What’s your advice to other CIOs who are listening to this podcast, who are not from a Providence type organization or from mid-tier healthcare organizations?

Moore: My advice is to embrace the cloud. All the technology innovations for tech companies happen in the cloud. If you’re staying on-prem with on-prem software, you’re stuck. You don’t have the scale, the performance, and you’re not getting any of the innovation that you could get by moving to the cloud. So, embrace it; it’s real. That’s where the power is going to be. That’s where the technology innovation is happening.

I talked to a lot of CIOs that are still debating if the cloud is the right place to be or the right place to put patient data. And unfortunately, every day they pause on that decision, and those are the days they’re not innovating.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Data is the key to simplifying complex operational processes in digital healthcare

Season 3: Episode #101

Podcast with Jason Considine, Chief Business Development Officer, Experian Health

"Data is the key to simplifying complex operational processes in digital healthcare"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this podcast, Jason Considine, Chief Business Development Officer at Experian Health, discusses the critical role of data in digital healthcare systems. He explains why organizations as data collators must first understand data privacy and security, adhere to regulations, and then use that data to better the situation for stakeholders in the healthcare domain. Experian is a data and technology company that transforms data into meaningful analyses to help people across the globe make smarter decisions – for themselves and their businesses.

Consumer-permissioned data offers valuable insights on the social determinants of health, such as access to food, transportation, and the need for financial support, in addition to patients’ physical ailments. Therefore, Jason maintains, it can be a valuable resource in reducing medical bankruptcy, developing financial assistance programs, and ensuring that the patients can focus on getting better rather than being burdened by bills. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

00:37About Experian Health.
02:06How is Experian data used in the context of healthcare and how do you ensure privacy when using consumer data?
08:43Can you talk about your recent research on consumer preferences for access to care in the immediate wake of the pandemic last year, its highlights, and what are some of the trends that’ve evolved between last year and now?
17:41 Based on the data you have; do you see any differences between consumer preferences based on their demographic profiles?
23:24 Who are your primary audiences for the data? What are the challenges you encounter when you try to integrate data to target these kinds of interventions?
27:49 What would you say to healthcare executives when it comes to the opportunity to use the data from Experian Health? What should they consider ensuring they're staying within the norms?
30:42 What is your advice to healthcare organizations or policy makers when it comes to using your data for serving public health and social causes?

About our guest

Jason Considine is the Chief Business Development Officer at Experian Health where he is responsible for Corporate Development, Innovation, the Patient Collections product portfolio. Leveraging his diverse background in sales, business development, product management, and operations, Jason is responsible for driving the organic and inorganic growth of Experian Health.

Jason has previously held the following roles at Experian Health: Senior Vice President & General Manager – Patient Access, Collections & Engagement; Senior Vice President – Patient Collections & Engagement; and VP – Sales & Business Development.

Prior to joining Experian, Jason held sales, business development, and sales leadership roles at WebMD Practice Services, Emdeon Practice Services, and Sage Healthcare. 

Jason has a bachelor’s degree in science from Texas Christian University.  

Q: Experian is known globally as one of the big credit bureaus in the world. Tell us a little bit about Experian Health.

Jason: We’re certainly part of that large global organization but our focus at Experian Health is around simplifying the healthcare system for all the stakeholders, patients, providers, and payers. Experian has thousands of healthcare facilities across the United States that help simplify the operational complexities of healthcare.

We look at it from the time the appointment is scheduled by the patient all the way through the claims being filed to the payers and the money being collected from the patient. There are solutions to simplify that process for all stakeholders and some of the things being done with data in this new age of data and understanding patients more precisely is also an exciting opportunity for us in how to simplify healthcare.

Q: With reference to the use cases, you just mentioned in terms of how Experian data is used in the healthcare context, could you explain how you ensure privacy when using consumer data?

Jason: As a data and technology company, Experian Health is no different. The Experian data is core to all its products and services that are delivered to the healthcare industry. This helps make these experiences — for providers and for patients — simpler. So, right from scheduling an appointment all the way through that collections process, Experian data is involved to make it better for all the stakeholders.

From a data and privacy perspective too, it is paramount and core to everything. This just ensures privacy, security and protection of that data. That’s a big part of what we do in the health business, and what Experian does globally to ensure that as a company, it is compliant not only with the regulations that exist and all the different markets that it serves, but that it adheres to a very high standard of ethics and standards as well. And that extends to how this data can be used and leveraged in the healthcare setting.

Q: Your use cases with regard to data, are more to do with the revenue cycle payment integrity type situations. How do you use this in the context of clinical operations? Also, there’s substantial interest today in the social determinants of health so your demographic data is very pertinent here. How is your data used in that context, if at all?

Jason: It is an important part of the clinical setting and becoming increasingly critical. Experian has access to a lot of consumer-permissioned information. That’s one thing that sets Experian apart from its competitors and the industry – not just permission from the consumer but that the data is identifiable to a consumer – and that has a lot more value to a healthcare provider than this de-identified kind of aggregate cohort data.

This is very helpful in making decisions about, for instance, if somebody has access to nutritious food and if they are diabetic patients, then, many providers do help patients get access thus moving them onto a better track. However, if these patients don’t live in a community where they have access to nutritious food, it’s going to be difficult for them to remain compliant with a physician’s directions on how they get better.

Experian has healthcare providers who can see that and by using some of the consumer-permissioned data, are actually prescribing food to patients. If they can’t afford food, then they are given some financial abilities to go procure that food.

Such data helps understand a patient’s propensity to, for instance, adhere to their medication and even access transportation. One of the things that’s very interesting in some of these data studies is that many times, the patient leaves the facility and part of their treatment program is to come back in for rehabilitation. But, if they don’t have access to transportation or can’t afford transportation, then they’re unlikely to return and avail the rehab services they need. This could cause adverse downstream impacts on their condition and prove more expensive to the patient and the healthcare system.

A good solution understanding that is potentially offering a pre-paid rideshare type of a program to patients which can ensure or increase the likelihood that they’re going to return for some of those follow-up visits. There are lots of really interesting ways that some of this social determinant, non-clinical, socio-economic type of data can help providers understand other attributes of how a patient lives and how that might impact their overall wellness.

Q: Great examples! One important point you’ve mentioned is that of consumer-permissioned data and it’s critical because it enables effective targeting of investments. Your firm did some research recently on consumer preferences for access to care in the immediate wake of the pandemic last year. This was updated this summer. Can you talk about the research, its highlights and what are some of the trends that’ve evolved between last year and now?

Jason: The original reason for the research is that consumers have a different level of experience when it’s about non-healthcare work. Everything people do with Amazon, for instance, even a simple thing like going to get a haircut – can be scheduled online. But healthcare is a very different experience. The pandemic forced people to adopt new technology, and there was a big advancement in the adoption of digital solutions – something the research really spelled out.

Even this move to what we call Generation C — we’re all a part of Generation C — but this kind of expectation — as the pandemic’s still on — and going forward, around access to more convenient solutions in the healthcare setting is just a few things that is highlighted by the survey.

It was found that 78% of patients wanted the convenience of 24*7 self-scheduling, but only 40% of providers currently offered that service. There’s a big opportunity for providers to continue to improve in that area, and they agree. We surveyed both patients and providers, and they said that patients are 30% more likely to prefer online registrations. So, they’re seeing some of that in their own feedback they’re giving to us and they’re getting better.

90% of providers reported that improving the patient experience was one of their key top priorities. As the effects of the pandemic on all consumers becomes clearer, it will be noticed that providers will have to continue to improve that patient experience.

We’ve all scheduled online to go get a COVID test. I went to a conference a few weeks ago and digitally uploaded my vaccine card and moved through the process, digitally, to register and check-in for this conference. There are providers doing all this across other aspects of our lives but consumers may not want to go backwards. I think the expectation is that providers are going to continue to offer a way to do business with them in a digital setting that’s more convenient to the patient.

Q: I’ve actually read through the report and there are some fascinating insights in there, but quickly, what is Generation C?

Jason: Generation C was a term coined by a leader of a large financial institution and it’s this generation of consumers and people that are being affected by COVID. We’re all part of Generation C — this younger generation of people engaging in their care that this is kind of the first experience they’ve had.

Q: Your research findings show that consumers want the convenience of online or digital access to care and providers know that they must provide access. But you’ve also found providers cutting back on this. Explain that.

Jason: I think there’s a discomfort still out there with providers. For example, a lot of providers have very customized views of how they schedule appointments into their day and some people are very specialized providers. As they start opening businesses, patients either come in or defer services or only come in for COVID-related treatments or maybe post-operative visits on a certain day but a sub-specialist may want to ensure that patients they shouldn’t be treating aren’t ending up on their schedule.

Those are complicated business problems that digital solutions may find tough to manage and there is a concern with providers that they don’t have everything in place to manage this at scale on a go-forward basis. But there’s some revert. The technologies available have the ability to customize things and provide this experience that consumers want.

It’s important to impress upon providers that they partner with vendors and check the capabilities of the solutions because they can work together to improve the situation for patients and providers. It can actually provide a lot more control and opportunity to make it easier for providers to do business with. But that’s my take.

We were forced into this by the pandemic and now that things are going a bit back to normal in certain parts of the country, some people are reverting to the way things were before. We need to stay the course and continue to evolve as the health care ecosystem while providing patients and consumers what they expect.

Companies like Experian that offer these solutions have a certain responsibility to ensure that they are easy to implement and support the provider communities through that process because change is hard. It’s not just about installing a piece of software but there’s a lot of work and consultation that must be done between the technology provider as well as the provider to make sure that it’s done right.

Q: Based on the data you have; do you see any differences between consumer preferences based on their demographic profiles? About millennials, conventional wisdom holds them to be digital natives as they’re very amenable, but the reality may not be as simple and straightforward. Any comment?

Jason: There are differences and I’ll give a personal example. My mother is 70 years old and she is one of the most digitally-savvy people that I know, and she engages with her provider online. We see different segments of the population and people have different personal preferences. That speaks to the power of that consumer-permissioned data.

One has to be careful when looking at large cohorts of data or cohorts of populations because there are segments and individuals within those cohorts that prefer different things and providers have access to information that can really allow them to engage with people, in a personal way, and provide the right solutions to attract the right kind of market to their unique personal preferences.

Q: Now, about the consumer data industry. One of your competitors, TransUnion Health, was in the news recently on getting acquired by a larger organization on the revenue-side. While you mention a better understanding of consumer profiles to improve payment integrity, what’s driving that interest in consumer data today when you look across your client profile?

Jason: It’s a fascinating time and I think the clinical providing better care is certainly driving a lot of interest in consumer data. I mentioned social determinants, but when I put consumer data with clinical data and derive insights from that, it’s still early innings of understanding what’s going to be possible with the combination of all these data sets. When I add genetic data to that, there will be different types of results that will emerge from this analytical era we’re in and enable understanding of better ways to take care of patients. But it extends way beyond that.

Think back to just a few years ago and even today, largely, patients are treated very uniquely in the clinical setting. Every other thing that they experience from a provider is pretty standard – the same bills and similar marketing techniques and so, the experience doesn’t feel very individual and it doesn’t have to be that way.

Now, data is being leveraged significantly to understand, for instance, that, this patient has a unique financial situation, and perhaps, shouldn’t get billed $5000 because they qualify for our financial assistance program. If the provider knows that up-front, a patient’s outcome may be very different. They don’t get a $5000 bill but are offered financial aid upfront. So, patients can then, focus on getting better and not worrying about how they are going to put food on the table.

That information and being able to provide a personalized financial, administrative experience and even how to market to patients is an interesting learning that emerged through the research at the beginning of the pandemic.

There were huge job losses and people were moving to different parts of the country to find work. After that, and even during that same time, online work boomed. So, if one didn’t need to go into the office, one could also move and work from anywhere. As a result, there was a lot of moving and so, providers found themselves with a bunch of new patients and the communities they served. Understanding who those patients are and how they can reach out to them and get them in for care was important.

Maybe they deferred visits during the pandemic or just came in for four different wellness visits or perhaps even attracted new patients, but the point was to grow as a provider and a business in the community. There are considerable opportunities to leverage data to be very precise about how one can identify those people and then, reach out to them and get those patients into one’s health care system.

Q: Let’s talk about hospitals and health systems. Who are your primary audiences for the data? What are the typical challenges you encounter when you try to integrate data to target these kinds of interventions?

Jason: All stakeholders are often impacted and in a decision around data, there are use cases that are more marketing centric. So, we approach the Chief Marketing Officer. The CEO, CTO, CFO and CIO are also often very important buyers/stakeholders within a health care organization. That’s because one of the things revealed by the research was, improving the patient experience was a key organizational priority.

So, this decision to use data to get smarter about how best to engage patients is something happening all the way up at the highest levels of organizations and there are plenty of challenges and opportunities — around data privacy and understanding how this data is secured and used — encountered along the way.

We’ve talked about data and experience rolling data. Organizations are trying to understand how data is governed in use by companies like Experian. It’s a tough place for hospitals to be in, because this data market – the consumer data — has been around for a long time and is used in a lot of different industries. It’s an incestuous market – there are data brokers that buy data from other data suppliers, who buy data from other data suppliers. But by the time a health care organization gets hold of data like that, who knows what the consumer really gave access to?

That lends a kind of creep factor component to data. The question that must be asked is how is that data something one should be using? How is the vendor treating the data? How is my data going to be treated – will the vendor sell my data?

We work really hard with our health care and hospital customers to ensure everybody’s comfortable with how the data is secured, how it’ll be used and help drive these specific use cases. We reassure them that we’re not just going to go and market their data to a data broker. These then are the challenges we work through from a security and compliance perspective.

Then there’s operationalizing the information – and that can be a challenge to really be impactful. The data needs to get to the right person in the right spot of the patient journey to make an effective decision or if it’s the patient themselves, give them the right solution that they need to engage with it, irrespective of where they are in the health care journey. Ensuring that we have the right integrations and getting access to the right person at the right point in the journey is a really important part of the process as well.

Q: Some very good points there. What would you say to healthcare executives listening to this podcast when it comes to the opportunity to use the data from Experian Health or anyone else in intervening either in a marketing, financial or medical context? What should they consider ensuring they’re staying within the norms?

Jason: Great question! We like to bring privacy and compliance to the start of the conversation because that’s the first thing we discuss, and you have to ask the right questions. If you’re an executive, then, and a health care organization, then you must know where the data comes from. Experian’s data is consumer-permissioned, and that’s important. We spend a lot of time, energy and effort, in not only securing the data and ensuring its privacy is all within our control, but also that we have timely access to it. So, we have a direct relationship with the consumer.

If the consumer decides to stop sharing that data, we maintain that relationship with the consumer and we put that into place efficiently and effectively. We can also maintain and promise freshness of the data while adhering to the governance around that. That’s what we offer as a data supplier. Organizations need to ask those questions and understand where the data organization they’re working with, is getting the data from and how they are procuring it. How’re they maintaining it? How’re they managing consumer positioning?

These are as critical as understanding what data we’re going to be combining with that consumer data to draw new insights and how our partners may be leveraging that information. I would recommend they bring privacy compliance in that discussion earlier in the process because it’s as much or more important than operationalizing and just building the insights on top of the data.

Q: Now, the consumer data from organizations like Experian Health can be a force for good, especially when it comes to improving health equity or healthcare affordability health care outcomes, especially for underserved or vulnerable populations. What is your advice to health care organizations or even policy makers when it comes to using your data for serving public health and social causes?

Jason: Great question! When I think about who we are as a global organization, it’s all about the experience. And how we can use our data to try to make consumers’ lives better. It’s no different in health care and so we access this consumer information and data which when combined with health care information helps us do so many great things.

They can tell us when a patient lives in a community and can’t afford or access nutritious food. That can help us understand when patients are likely to remain non-compliant and take other medicines. It can help us understand when people can’t get access to transportation to even get to the doctor. We’re seeing that drive awesome innovation inside of providers on how they can get people access to food. Maybe they’re going to send nurses out to peoples’ homes for some follow-up work if they cannot afford the trip to the clinic or take a day off to do so.

There are awesome opportunities to use data in that clinical setting. With health equity and consumer data, we know who can afford health care and who can’t before they even come in for their visit. There’ve been a lot of studies on the fear of how you’re going to pay for your bills at the end of a cancer treatment regimen and there are horrible things that people do because they are fearful of how they’re going to put food on the table and how that may impact their families.

Medical bankruptcy is one of the largest causes of bankruptcy in the United States so, we use data as a force for good and get people into financial assistance programs and remove that burden from their head so they can focus on their treatment and getting well. Those are all things that this data can be used for — to make health care better for all stakeholders — patients, providers and payers.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at[email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

It is time to focus on a collaborative innovation model in healthcare

Season 3: Episode #100

Podcast with Unity Stoakes, Co-founder and President, StartUp Health

"It is time to focus on a collaborative innovation model in healthcare"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
To receive regular updates 

In this 100th episode of the podcast, Unity Stoakes discusses about their life-long mission to improve people’s health and well-being worldwide and how the healthcare landscape has witnessed significant changes over the last ten years.

Unity maintains that by combining the powers of moonshot thinking, a transformer mindset, and collaborative communities, healthcare companies can reinvent the future of health. Health systems should lean towards early-stage innovation, experiment, and then really think about developing an innovation stack in the context of care delivery and better outcomes.

Unity advocates leveraging technology to build a cohesive health care segment where doctorpreneurs and clinicians can together transform organizations using the enormous capital and talent at their disposal. He also advises digital health start-ups to have a persistent and resilient mindset to thrive in the industry. Take a listen.

Note: StartUp Health has recently launched the StartUp Health Moonshots Impact Fund. For more details, visit here.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

01:29About StartUp Health.
03:44Can you talk to us about your new notion of moonshots?
06:54Can you talk to us about the funding environment?
12:44 What's happening to all the startups who are raising all this money?
16:38 Can you talk to us about a couple of your success stories?
20:10 What do you think are the big gravitational forces that are holding back innovation?
24:11 What do your portfolio companies say about their challenges as they build their products?
27:40 What’s the competitive landscape looks like now? Can you comment specifically on big tech and their role in this emerging opportunity landscape?
30:59 If you had something on your wish-list for health care regulators, especially in the digital health context, what would that be?
32:57 If there’s one thing you wanted health systems to do to accelerate innovation?
35:58 What is your advice to the digital health founders?

Q. Tell us about StartUp Health — the story and the one thing you’d consider a proud accomplishment.

Unity: My business partner, Steven Krein, and I co-founded StartUp Health ten years ago. We had a very basic concept that revolved around organizing a global army of what we call Health Transformers. These are the entrepreneurs and innovators reinventing or rebuilding the future of health. We thought, if we got enough of them together, it could transform or achieve some of the biggest health moonshots — big global challenges — of our time.

For the past ten years, we’ve been investing in and mobilizing a global army of entrepreneurs. We now have 400 companies from across six continents and 26 countries — all working on different aspects of health innovation in our portfolio — and we’ve mobilized this ecosystem and community of innovators to work on global challenges like delivering access to care to billions of people, reducing the cost to zero, ending cancer or even, curing diseases like Diabetes and Alzheimer’s.

But as I step back and reflect on what we’re most proud of, it’s just focusing on a vision around collaborative healthcare innovation. I think one of the great challenges of healthcare as an industry for the past 50 years or more has been its siloed nature. So, just focusing on a collaborative innovation model is ultimately what I’m most proud of and look forward to.

Q. Tell us about your new notion of Moonshots. What are these?

Unity: They’re connected to the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals around Health and Wellness and we set out to tackle 12 global health moonshots. Each of these can impact at least a billion people by 2040, and we expect to be working around delivering quality care to every human on Earth – note that there are five billion people without basic care right now — and reducing that cost to zero. So, rethink the business models around care the same way we’ve seen the tech world do with things like entertainment or travel or telecommunications.

We have a women’s health moonshot, a children’s health moonshot, a mental health and wellbeing moonshot and two years ago, we launched an addiction moonshot. More recently, a pandemic response moonshot was launched not just for COVID-19, but also to mitigate and manage future pandemics. We believe that all these moonshots are quite interconnected. For example, you can’t achieve longevity without focusing on curing disease or reprioritizing women’s health or children’s health. So, we take a very holistic integrated approach.

But the magic happens when you align a whole ecosystem and a group of innovators around a singular mission and then get them marching collaboratively towards it. Our thesis is that we can speed-up the innovation cycles and learn what’s working or not working. We can share that knowledge and those insights, tap into network effects and ultimately, speed-up progress, manage innovation cycles efficiently and more cost-effectively than ever done before.

Q. What about the funding environment? Twenty billion dollars in the first half alone and all indications are that this is going to be another blow-out year. What do you make of this?

Unity: A decade ago, when we started, there was less than a billion dollars being invested in digital health or early-stage Healthcare innovation. We’ve seen over $20 billion for the first half of this year, and after Q3, it’s closer to $30 billion. When you add a lot of the money flowing in globally, we believe that by the end of the year it will be closer to $40 billion. In some ways it’s exciting and surprising.

However, the big question we’ve had up until a pandemic or two years ago is — why isn’t more investment flowing into this sector when it’s a $10-13 trillion global market? In a lot of ways, we believe that there’s still not enough capital flowing in, even though it seems like we’re exponentially scaling.

There’re a lot of smart investors moving into the space in a lot of ways from outside of the healthcare market – SoftBank, Tiger Global, Sovereign Wealth Fund etc., not only healthcare companies but retail, consumer and technology, infrastructure, services, digital health, new diagnostics and med-tech and consumer health companies with direct-to-consumer business models, and everyone’s leveraging technology, data, design innovation, business model innovation. The scope is broad for what we’re seeing now. The past decade has been all about building ecosystems, attracting new streams of capital, bringing new innovators and entrepreneurs into the sector. And now there’s so many new entrants across sectors.

I would argue that Apple or even Dollar General have been doing a lot of interesting things over the years and they’re clearly becoming healthcare companies like some of the retailers — Walmart, Target, and Safeway. It’s just a really exciting time with some trends to watch out for especially with a new generation of innovation happening. I would equate it to being in the second inning of a wide, open market opportunity.

It’s an exciting time to be an entrepreneur and investor in this space as well as a strategic company thinking about their opportunity within the future of healthcare.

Q. There’s a lot of innovation and a Cambrian explosion of digital health startups but the landscape is highly fragmented and clearly not everyone will make it. What’s happening to startups who are raising all this money?

Unity: It’s a great question pointing to exciting trends of some of the newer companies – infrastructure companies –which, over the last 2-3 years, have been trying to be integrators of a very fragmented market. So, if you’re a health system, it can be really confusing when there’s a plethora of solutions trying to do business with you or provide some solution for your system.

But one of our companies, for example, Particle Health, is doing what Plaid did to the financial services market — created an integration layer, so, the financial services companies could plug into that. Particle Health is doing for the data layer something similar to what companies like Komura or Zeus have done — a platform approach that others can try to build-off of.

The tech domain has seen this for decades where Apple would have built a developer’s kit or an app store that others can build on. The same thing is now visible in healthcare. So, the fragmentation of the past decades has been good because there’s been thousands of experiments going on. I would equate this to 1990 for internet and web, when the business models were not clear. They were just figuring out this thing called eCommerce or CPM advertising models. It was very early and there was a lot of different innovation. Now, it’s clear there’s market opportunity, great innovation taking place and accelerating.

By developing new frameworks, things will hopefully speed up so others can start to build on top of these. That’s why the second inning is going to be even more exciting than what we’ve seen over the past 10 years. While there’s been a lot of exciting experimentation going on, what everyone’s looking for now is the impact — where are the results, where are the outcomes, how is this really helping patients or how is this really helping to reduce costs?

What we’re starting to see is like telehealth companies, which are demonstrating to a health system either how they can more efficiently or effectively deliver care during a pandemic or even post-pandemic. So, I believe, the outcomes of the next wave of innovation resulting from all these investments of the past decade, will start to have more quantifiable results.

Q. You’ve had a few significant exits, recently. Do share your success stories for a sense of what’s coming out of Startup Health?

Unity: I’m so proud of our 400 companies — our health moonshot companies. Some are familiar names — Devoted Health, City Block, Vertu Health. Most recently, Conversa was acquired by Amwell. Doctor.com was just acquired by Press Ganey. And then, we have an exciting blood diagnostics company out of Europe called Nightingale Health that went public on Nasdaq in Europe.

Getting back to your first question, I’m proud of the diversity of innovation that we have across our portfolio which spans region, country, business model and subsector. There’s a magic to that because when you cross-pollinate a big company with an innovative emerging company, you speed-up innovation. We saw this with Pfizer and BioNTech. I call it the Peanut-Butter-and-Jelly effect, where one-plus-one-equals-three or refers to creating something better. When we started a decade ago, it was just an idea, thesis, and a belief but now we’re tangibly seeing the fruits of our labor and the impact that these health transformers are making in very tangible ways in the market.

Q. Congratulations, on all those. Conversa CEO and Amwell’s have been guests here, so, it’s like I’m closing the loop with that story. I have two questions here — What about the gravitational forces that hold back Healthcare innovation? Also, despite some issues in healthcare – siloed data, the interoperability between various systems, the dominance of EHR vendors etc. — it’s interesting that health systems are getting into the act. What do you make of this?

Unity: The biggest challenge remains the siloed nature of healthcare, where everyone’s trying to protect their own sandbox, so to speak. However, as you start to expand beyond with new entrants coming in thinking of retail or tech companies as potential competitors rather than collaborators, structurally, one thinks that for decades there wasn’t enough talent coming into the space. A lot of the entrepreneurial talent was going to build just pure tech companies, photo sharing apps, social networks or going toward management consulting or Wall Street. Now, a lot of the best talent globally is coming into healthcare and that will make a significant impact.

Second, there wasn’t enough capital for early-stage investment and that’s starting to change. Now, there’s talent and capital. If we can break down the innovation and data silos and speed things up, that’ll be the next big thing.

One of the positives we’ve all learned from the global pandemic is really a mindset shift. There was an old framework that certain things around innovation had to take a certain amount of time or be impossible, perhaps. But when you do something like create a vaccine — that everybody thought would take multiple years — in less than a year and bring it to market, it shatters those frameworks and transforms mindsets. It’s really golden age of innovation potential for where we go from here because you’ve got the talent, capital, demand and the mindset shift of “How do we go bigger? How do we transform in a way that’s more significant than previously thought possible?”

The last big hurdle might be how to transform the regulatory frameworks so that it can keep pace with innovation. I am very optimistic about what we’ve seen even in the past 24 months, with how the structural elements that will speed-up innovation in the future have fundamentally changed in a post-pandemic world.

Q. What do your portfolio companies say about their challenges as they build their products, scale and grow sustainable businesses?

Unity: It’s interesting. I think it depends on the stage. I do think there is still a gap at the earliest stages of development. Let’s call it the pre-seed and seed stage where we’re seeing a lot of big $400 million rounds or $100 million rounds, or $67 million rounds. And there’s still a wide gap for the $500,000 rounds or $1 million round.

If you’re talking to the innovators that are just getting started, there still is a capital gap. That’s why, in the past year, we’ve seen multiple large early-stage pre-seed and seed stage funds, including the one just announced today from NFX Ventures, focusing just on early stage. The gap is really around capital.

However, the biggest challenge though, is really around a legacy mindset — around a notion — that the way things work, are the way things are going to be in the future. There’s lots of players within the legacy health care world that still have that framework, so, the opportunity is to demonstrate through real outcomes to basically prove to the market what’s possible.

Some tremendous things have happened over the past 24 months that are starting to bite away at this apple – a major multibillion dollar M&A activity with Teladoc and Livongo. And then, some regulatory, payment and reimbursement shifts have also happened recently, quickly for Telehealth. What these demonstrate to entrepreneurs, innovators and customers of those emerging companies is that the next decade will be different, way bigger and faster than what we may have thought just two years ago.

Q. What’s the competitive landscape like, now? Can you comment specifically on Big Tech and their role in this emerging opportunity landscape?

Unity: In many ways, every great company is trying to figure out how to become a health care company, be it automotive, transport or travel companies. It’s an exciting opportunity because a bunch of new entrants are coming in. The tech world may see this as competitive but really, there’s opportunities for collaboration. See how Amazon has entered this space or Apple versus Google. It’s all very different and they’re each attacking different aspects of Healthcare innovation to demonstrate the vastness of the potential and the opportunity. Now, I don’t think technology companies want to suddenly become health systems and health systems’ core focus is not on becoming technologists. So, alignment of their unique abilities will make great potential for collaborations. That’s what we’re starting to see.

One of the misnomers is, there’ve been many failed experiments over the years, from technology companies that were in the third, fourth or fifth iteration of Google Health or Amazon. But if you’re a trillion-dollar market cap company, there’re only a few ways to grow in future and health care is one of them. So, the real opportunity is to really lean-in into collaborative innovation and focus on the core that you may bring and that’s irrespective of whether you’re a startup or emerging innovation health care company or a great health system that has care delivery as your core. What can happen when you start to merge great technology players in with that will be most interesting.

Q. With regard to regulators and the regulatory landscape, if you had something on your wish-list for health care regulators, especially in the digital health context, what would that be?

Unity: If I could wave a magic wand, in terms of regulation, it would be to rethink the future frameworks with the pace of true innovation, in mind. This won’t erode the core of providing safety but will enable a rethink on the guidelines and frameworks in a way that exponential innovation can exist within the framework.

There are ways to do that by developing guiderails or innovation regulatory innovation kits that early-stage companies can build on. This has been seen in cases of drug development, where there are Phases 1, 2, 3 clinical trials and these take you through a process. If we can do the same with health tech innovation or digital health innovation and have frameworks that can move very quickly but give innovators a toolkit to work with at different stages of development, that would also be interesting.

Q. If there’s one thing you wanted health systems to do to accelerate innovation and enable your portfolio companies, what would that be?

Unity: I would study the concepts around the innovator’s dilemma and embrace transformation. There’ve been so many exciting developments around care delivery over the past few years and these new emerging companies — whether One Medical or others, that are working on full-stack innovation, integrating technology and data and thinking about the experience in a new way – are refreshing. The health systems of the future, then, should lean-in to early-stage innovation, experiment in tests and then, really think about how to develop what we in the tech world would call, an innovation stack within the context of care delivery and better outcomes.

I’d also focus on business model and design innovations and other types of frameworks that can be very innovative but may really not have anything to do with pure tech.

Also, I think one of the really exciting assets that so many health systems have, are their clinicians. And one of the great trends we’ve seen over the past few years is what we like to call the rise of the Doctorpreneur. These are clinicians that work with patients, serve patients, but they’re also innovators and they know the problems and they’re becoming entrepreneurs, themselves. So, I think leaning-in to those doctorpreneurs and clinicians within your teams, within your health system can be invaluable for transforming your organization.

Q. Finally, what’s your advice to the Founder who is entering the digital health landscape today?

Unity: It’s a long journey so, resilience and having a long-term mindset towards collaboration while navigating the daily ups and downs and challenges will help you be successful.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series atwww.thebigunlock.comand write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

Unity Stoakes is on a life-long mission to achieve the impossible: to improve the health and wellbeing of everyone in the world. By combining the power of moonshot thinking, a transformer mindset, and collaborative communities, he believes anything is possible. In 2011, Unity co-founded StartUp Health with Steven Krein, his business partner of more than 20 years, to invest in a global army of entrepreneurs, called Health Transformers, to embark on one extraordinary crusade: to achieve health moonshots, each of which can improve the lives of at least one billion people.

Unity has been a tech entrepreneur since the mid-nineties, previously co-founding OrganizedWisdom and helping build The Privacy Council, Middleberg Interactive, and Webstakes.com/Promotions.com, which he helped take public on NASDAQ with his business partner of 20 years, Steven Krein.

Unity has appeared on Bloomberg TV, CNBC, CNN, NPR, and USA Today, and speaks to entrepreneurs, world leaders, and CEOs around the world about the future of health. He is the publisher of StartUp Health Magazine and co-host of StartUp Health NOW, a weekly web series about Health Transformers.

Unity grew up on a farm in Oxford, Iowa, went to Boston University and currently lives in Berkeley, CA, with his wife and two young kids.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

The healthcare delivery model is changing from hospital being within four walls to getting distributed and virtualized

Season 3: Episode #99

Podcast with Amit Phadnis, Chief Digital Officer, GE Healthcare

"The healthcare delivery model is changing from hospital being within four walls to getting distributed and virtualized”

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic
To receive regular updates 

In this podcast, Amit Phadnis, Chief Digital Officer at GE Healthcare reflects on how a geographical transition and a change in domain from IT networking to healthcare has worked out for him and shares his learnings from this shift. GE Healthcare is a leading global medical technology, pharmaceutical, diagnostics, and digital solutions innovator. 

While Phadnis admits that the potent combination of physics, electronics, electromagnetics, and AI will significantly transform care delivery, he discusses how these must be integrated into clinical workflows to change the healthcare delivery model. The majority of digital healthcare technologies provide patient-centric data aggregation, which aids clinicians and speeds up patient diagnosis and treatment. He views healthcare tech also driving beyond the hospital’s four walls to get closer to the patients virtually. The future of healthcare then, does indeed seem to be a robust partnership between the medical practitioners, computing, and analytics.

Amit also advises digital health startups to focus on the last mile of healthcare that is improved patient outcomes, decreased healthcare costs, and early disease detection. Take a listen.  

 

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

01:06About your background and how you got to digital healthcare.
04:41What was your first impression when you started here? How has that changed over the past 5 years in GE?
07:01 How are you defining digital at GE healthcare?
15:31 What are the challenges with image data? How have you taken this and converted the aggregated data into advanced analytical insight?
23:38 How do you use data to build the infrastructure internally within GE healthcare?
27:12 How are you demonstrating value? How are your clients seeing the value?
33:08 Can you share one best practice for your peers who are on similar journeys or for startup founders who see an opportunity here in the world of data and advanced analytics to transform healthcare?

Q. Tell us a little about your background and how you got to digital healthcare.

Amit: I grew up in India and did my Master’s in Electronics and Communication from the Indian Institute of Science (IISc). Then, I started working in the fields of embedded systems, communication and networking before moving to GE Healthcare. When I joined GE Healthcare in 2016, I knew nothing about this space. But I was convinced because the whole digital transformation that they wanted to drive and the business was truly exciting. I discussed this with the entire leadership team and decided to take the plunge. Initially I was stumped to get a call for healthcare and then, I learned that the position would be in Milwaukee. Now, I’d been to the US many times before, yet I had no idea where Milwaukee was. When I opened Google Maps, I saw this tiny dot near Chicago and I concluded it was a suburb but, Milwaukee isn’t as near to Chicago.

So, I made two major transitions — one was from networking with Cisco into healthcare – and the second, from Bangalore to Milwaukee. The latter was more challenging but that’s how I ended up with my first role in GE as the CTO for the imaging business.

My focus has always been on digital transformation. And I’ll talk a little later about the Edison Platform, which we conceptualized here. Our CEO, Kieren Murphy at the time, told me that what GE is doing now is really relevant across healthcare. That’s when I picked up the Chief Digital Officer role for the company.

Q. There are CDOs being brought in from outside the industry in healthcare and it’s a good move since it brings a whole different perspective. What was your first impression when you started here? How has that changed over the past 5 years in GE, working with data aggregation, analytics, and advanced analytics?

Amit: Initially, I was taken aback by a couple of things. When you look at technologies like CT or MR or even anesthesia machines, bedside monitors, ICU equipment, there is deep and highly complex tech involved. It’s also a place where there is a fair bit of science – physics, electronics, and electromagnetics — that converges.

With GE Healthcare, I noticed that people who’ve been with GE for a long time really understand the space and the depths very well and that’s very important given how critical the work we do is, from a patient’s perspective.

When I joined GE Healthcare, everything seemed a little slow and there was too much process — a lot of attention towards testing, safety and compliance, privacy etc. When you come from a different world, it’s burdensome. So, it wasn’t a great experience to begin with ­­– the whole regulatory framework – but I started appreciating it over time. I realized why some of these are absolutely crucial. Over the 4-5 years that I’ve been here, I’d say, these are the strong pillars on which the industry stands.

Q. As a CDO, how are you defining digital at GE healthcare? What does that role mean to you?

Amit: If you look at healthcare products, the equipment generally is a combination of hardware and software. When some of this equipment was first made 40-70 years ago, it was always a combination, so software is not new to the healthcare industry.

There’s been a very strong realization that the data this equipment produces or other patient-centric data available within the health system, is a very important asset that can be used to significantly better the healthcare delivery models and outcomes for the patients. Everything revolves around what you do with data. That’s how I look at it from a digital perspective.

So how can we use this data and information produced by the equipment or what we capture for a given patient or cohorts of patients who have undergone similar journeys so that we can gain insights into what’s really going on? How can we learn about the disease status for a patient, a population of patients? How were they diagnosed, what treatment had they undergone and what was the outcome of that?

To learn all that, we need artificial intelligence. But our ability to take this data and information, convert that into insights, use applied techniques like AI to really learn from everything that has happened to better diagnose patients or create better treatments or more targeted treatments – that’s what precision health is all about. That’s how I look at it from a digital perspective.

Q. It’s a very comprehensive vision. Can you tell us a bit about Edison? How is it different from the other GE platforms? Which one’s more exciting?

Amit: I’ll probably answer the second question first. In that context, I’ll also talk about Edison. When you look at the platform, and this is a question that I’ve often got, there are two aspects to it.

One, the basic compute, memory and the rest of the OS, infrastructure etc. All platforms have that but that doesn’t define a platform. Its only what the platform is built on. When you look at the platform, its persona of the platform is defined by the domain it deals with. In this particular case, healthcare predicts that with industrial automation, when you look at that persona, it tends to be very different from industry-to-industry. So, when you look at healthcare, there are standards for data, for storing images, for communicating or connecting to different systems. There’s DICOM and HL7 and now FHIR, the nature of data is different. An image is a pretty big set of data. The way you process that information is different and so are the latency and timing requirements. When you look at all that, you also observe the real persona of this platform. And that’s what differentiates one platform from the other.

With regard to the healthcare platform, there’s a very distinct set of characteristics compared to industrial automation platforms. There may be intersections, for example, even on a healthcare platform you may actually look at the device, represent it and be able to manage it so that goes into the IOT and the industrial automation aspect of the platform. But specifically, when you look at what you’re trying to drive from the platform perspective, I’ll say that the Edison platform is targeted towards clinical workflows and applications.

That persona is very important, and that’s the basic difference between Edison and Predix. When we started that journey, the objectives were simple — GE Healthcare has about four million imaging devices in the field so roughly about and 350,000 or maybe 400,000 imaging devices and the rest are lifecare solutions, ultrasound machines. There are many devices and all produce a tremendous amount of information — we do two billion scans on our devices every year. So, you can imagine the amount of data that we produce.

One of the first things we had to do was, connect all these devices so that all the information could be ingested into a common place. Then, combine that information with the rest of the information available within the health system. I tend to look at it as a vertical axis and a horizontal axis for data. So, there’s the deep data from the device, which is vertical, and it’s combined with for example, horizontal information from within the health system or outside it — now more and more wearable devices, social media information, population health etc. Or there are EHRs and EMRs with patient information, also past imaging information in PACS and that’s horizontal. The Edison platform plays at the intersection of that vertical data and the horizontal information. So, this can all be combined.

One of our first objectives was to start aggregating information so that we could get a comprehensive 360-degree view of everything that’s happening (with a patient) along with all data that is available for them. So, we look at it as a longitudinal patient record. The platform provides supporting tools and services to process that information and create a workflow so that the insights gained either by analyzing the data or running algorithms on it, can be a part of the clinical workflow. It’s a very important aspect that we deal with, as far as healthcare is concerned, because at the end of the day, the solution generated has to fit in the clinician’s workflow, seamlessly. There are things that must be done on the platform and tools that have to be created from that workflow integration perspective. In a nutshell then, the platform is connected to devices and has the ability to ingest information from them, combine that with the horizontal information about the patient, use the processing tools, workflow tools and get insights, which may be converted into clinical workflows and through them to an outcome. That’s what the platform is and that’s how we break it down.

Q. Given GE has a certain heritage in the market with its medical technologies and diagnostic devices, there’s a lot of image data. How have you taken this and converted the aggregated data into advanced analytical insight? What are the challenges here?

Amit: One of the things we realized is when you look at the richness of the data, there is a tremendous amount of information already available, today. But 95% of that information is not used, and that’s a huge opportunity in healthcare because, as you make more use of the information that’s already there, you can get deeper insights and optimize the workflows.

Or you can be very specific and targeted about identification of the disease states. It can also be very targeted about therapies that would be effective for a specific biomarker or a specific disease state. What you start realizing then, is that, you can actually apply some of these insights at various levels across the enterprise, starting with the device.

A couple of examples just to illustrate the point here will be — On the CT and MRI — these are devices which are extremely sophisticated cameras — they’re really taking the picture of the patient and clearly offering insights into the patient, in general. The way the technology works is, when you scan a patient, you get a very weak signal from them. The job is to take that signal and convert it into an image so that the radiologist or physician can then check the image and offer a diagnosis.

In general, to create a better image, you need better hardware, physics, magnetics, more complexity in software etc. In the past, producing a better image would need next-generation hardware, software, all targeted towards processing that signal so that we get a better image because, the better the image, the more insights the clinician can get and the better the diagnosis, However, the image has a lot of noise. What we’ve done in the CT and MR is embed the algorithm to teach the clinicians how to differentiate between the signal and noise at the very raw level of the signal.

Q. What does that mean?

Amit: When you scan a patient, you might actually project “X” ray and then, on the other side, there’s a detector that transforms that projection of the “X” ray. Those transformations are very complex or in an MRI, you’re basically projecting a magnetic field on the patient and the body reacts – that’s to say, the hydrogen atoms react and you get a reflected signal back. It’s a very weak signal, and this is at a crude level.

So, a very weak signal means that there is a lot of noise around it. To convert this into an image requires a lot of transformations and substantially complex image-processing software. With AI, you teach the algorithm to “see” this pattern, which has this signal and this noise and the way to filter the noise. Since the signal is much better, the image will be enhanced quality-wise, too. So now, AI can be used to really create a much better signal before the software undertakes the processing.

We have been able to embed AI into the deepest levels of the product. So, for example, in the MRI machines, when a brain scan/neuro scan is to be done, one of the tricky elements entails the technician having to set the scan plane correctly. It’s a complex procedure that can take a while because it must get a 360-degree view. If it’s not done correctly, the image can be impacted. Using AI algorithms to do automatic scan selection correctly saves time, reduces variability from one technician to another, and lowers errors significantly while improving the quality of the image. So, it results in a significant amount of productivity as well as accuracy. That’s another example.

But then, we’re going all the way. So, we look at workflows and decide how to position the patient on the table. We check for use of the camera feed for analyses and then, do an automatic patient positioning. It’s a very good example of a workflow and we’ve done that, too. Then, the image is taken to the radiology department and interpreted there. When you interpret an image, you have to segment it, quantify or even take the measurements. And subsequently, you get into actual diagnostics.

If you see radiologists and how they work, they spend quite a bit of time segmenting the image, taking the measurements and it’s mostly repetitive, time-consuming and error prone. But you can use the algorithms to actually take a lot of the mundaneness out so this. It improves accuracy, focus, and enables faster diagnosis. So, we have done that. With AI, you can segment the image in 3-D, quantify it, take measurements and for some of the anatomies – the segmentation measurements can take hours depending on the complexity of the anatomies — you can reduce that time to literally 30 seconds. The last step is obviously clinical diagnostic processes and we’ve gone there to help with diagnosis using AI and that’s been the assist tool to the radiologists.

Q. Imaging, the world of radiology is a very high value, high impact-opportunity areas. GE Healthcare has assigned several multi-year contracts with health systems to help them with this. How do these relationships work? Since these are at-risk contracts with some accountability attached, how do you use data to build the infrastructure internally within GE healthcare? How do you demonstrate to your customers that your software delivers?

Amit: When it comes to data and the AI world, there’s no one company that is going to actually do it on all alone. There’s a vast ecosystem out there, a much bigger ecosystem outside of GE Healthcare than what we can do, inside. So, one of the first things we did on the Edison platform is that we opened it up. We publish the APIs, we encourage and run a number of accelerators. We work with start-up companies in India, China, and Europe. We’re working with significant number of companies here in the US too, to actually get their algorithms and their applications integrated on the platform so that we can take them to the providers and integrate them.

In many cases, we do a significant amount of integration work because, the value of the algorithm is enhanced significantly if it’s fitted well within the workflow. If it isn’t within the workflow, it becomes unusable even if it is a great algorithm. So, that’s what we’ve done.

Now through the pandemic, healthcare has witnessed a big change – something that would normally have taken 5-10 years — and that is, the basic delivery model of healthcare has changed from care being limited to inside the four walls of the hospital to it getting distributed and virtualized. And the cloud technologies have enabled this distribution and virtualization of healthcare delivery.

We work with multiple cloud vendors — AWS, Microsoft — and have a multi-cloud strategy. We are open to working with other cloud vendors, too. With AWS we have, a deeper sort of integration currently, and some similar work is being undertaken in some other application domains with Microsoft.

This entails taking some of the clinical workflows and applications that we are building to the cloud so that we can help the providers distribute care across geographies and take it outside of the hospital to the patient. When you do that, you must ensure data privacy, and HIPAA compliance. We encrypt information addressed in motion and are looking at technologies like confidential compute so that even the last mile between the storage and the compute infrastructure, is secure.

Q. How are you demonstrating value? How are your clients seeing the value?

Amit: Essentially, this is an area in which you can’t create a black box solution and deploy it. You need to work hand-in-hand with customers, providers, hospital systems and at times, with payers to really integrate things in a way that is visible to all, and everyone benefits from the accuracy, productivity, positional standpoints. Early engagement in terms of problem-solving is key for us.

Once we get into that dialogue, we need to really set a target. Stroke, for example, is an area where we want to really improve outcomes for patients. The stroke care pathway in general merits is a very detailed conversation about what the workflow is, how the clinicians do their work on a day-to-day basis, what the patient journey really looks like etc. Once you map that and then, get into very specific solutions around the pain points that we are trying to solve, that’s taken care of, on paper.

Post-analysis, you think an element can be reduced by 30% and another, optimized by 40%, reduce patient wait time can be lowered by X%. But you still need to create evidence around it. We’ve done two things — put in sufficient amount of telemetry to everything that we do from a software perspective or from a platform standpoint so that we can capture what’s happening when these applications are deployed. And that goes a long way in creating the evidence about “the before” and “the after.” We’ve also worked hand-in-hand with the health systems to be able to capture that information because a lot of that information gets registered in their systems, and we can work with them to see how we can actually look at the evidence and maximize what we get.

We’ve predicted something in terms of optimizations or operational efficiencies or accuracy or patient outcomes. But the next step is extremely important, and that’s how we work with the customer community.

Q. Increasingly, there will be more data versus more volume and velocity of data. All this can be aggregated, analyzed to drive health care outcomes through advanced analytics and AI. But have we been hobbled by interoperability challenges or self-inflicted problems, such as, algorithmic bias, data insufficiencies, issues related to the acceptance of AI in clinical decision making? Is the vision on the right track or are we further way from the goal?

Amit: I think we’re accelerating. What’s happened through the pandemic is, a lot of things that would have taken many years, actually got implemented very quickly. So, there is in fact, an ever-growing need and a push to deploy more analytics and use data more effectively and faster than before. However, for AI to be effective, the variety of data is very important.

What people have learned is that it is not just the quantity of the information which is important, but the variability of the information across different geographies. Different genetic makeup of the patients is extremely important. And that’s where people struggle, from the AI perspective.

Secondly, a tight integration in existing clinical workflows is noticed because you might have a great algorithm in place, but if it is not integrated in the clinical workflow, it is almost unusable. People underestimate the power that is required to actually do a deeper integration into an existing clinical workflow. That can be a significant barrier if you are not accounting for it right upfront when you actually start designing the full care pathway. Those are the things that need to be taken care of so information is available to us much more effectively through AI and that will change the healthcare delivery model for good, going forward.

Q. The pandemic has forced us to think, in creative ways, about how we can overcome challenges for the immediate future. It’s also laid the foundations for how healthcare might improve with all the virtualization. If there’s one best practice that you would like to share — with your peers or start-up founders, what would that be?

Amit: My learning is that you have to combine the power of computing and analytics with the knowledge of the clinical space. I would very strongly encourage people to form those partnerships with the clinical world. This is a work that needs to happen hand-in-hand with the physicians and the clinicians, and the health systems. So, if you are a startup company working in the AI space, joining hands in a larger ecosystem where you can actually get the domain knowledge, clinical knowledge and then, combine it with all the good things that are happening from connectivity, communications, computing, AI, — you will surely enable the best outcome as far as patients are concerned.

Second, I’d say, we can get very excited about technology, but we always need to focus on the last mile of healthcare, which is — what is the outcome as far as the patient is concerned? It has to improve the patient outcome, decrease the cost of healthcare as delivered to the patient, and help early detection-early treatment while almost going into wellness. But we can lose sight of our goals quickly by becoming very enamored with technology. Focus on the last mile to ensure that every effort put in eventually goes into the patient outcome.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

Amit Phadnis is a GE Corporate Officer and holds the position of Chief Digital Officer for GE Healthcare, responsible for leading the company’s digital strategy. Amit oversees GE Healthcare’s complete digital portfolio, including Enterprise Imaging solutions and Clinical Command Centers. With his global digital team, he also works to enable the company’s vision for precision health by creating the industry-leading Edison platform, as well as its cloud, edge, device software infrastructure, data strategy, SaaS enablement, artificial intelligence, and analytics capabilities.

Most recently, Amit was the Vice President and Chief Technology Officer for GE Healthcare Imaging, where he drove digitization, software, digital and cross-modality initiatives across the Imaging business. Amit joined GE Healthcare from Cisco Systems, where he was the India Site Leader and Senior Vice President of Engineering for the Core Software Group, leading product development activities across routing, switching and wireless areas. Amit holds more than 25 U.S. patents in the Networking and Communications space. Prior to working at Cisco Systems, Amit held leadership roles at Motorola, Tata Elxsi and Silcom Automation Systems.

Amit has a master’s degree in electronics and communication from the Indian Institute of Science.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Traditional care relationships cannot be replaced, but virtual care can provide extra support to patients

Season 3: Episode #98

Podcast with Darshak Sanghavi, MD, Global Chief Medical Officer, Babylon Health

"Traditional care relationships cannot be replaced, but virtual care can provide extra support to patients.”

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic
To receive regular updates 

In this podcast, Darshak Sanghavi, MD, Global Chief Medical Officer of Babylon Health talks about how digital healthcare providers can deliver on the sales promise they make about bringing affordable and accessible healthcare to everyone. Babylon Health is the global end-to-end digital healthcare provider serving over a dozen countries and millions of people.

Darshak delves into the challenges around including the demographic segment that has never engaged with healthcare before and is underserved. He discusses how digital primary care is on the verge of possibly replacing about 80 to 90% of in-person visits.

Lastly, Dr. Sanghavi outlines what constitutes a longitudinal care experience. It’s not a ‘one-and-done’ approach but an effective engagement where systems are optimized to do the simple things and consumers find it easy to access them digitally. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

01:10Brief overview of Babylon Health.
02:26Can you share some insights on who you serve – payers, providers, employers, or all of them?
06:23 With regard to the population with low incomes, the underserved population, are they ready for digital engagement?
11:07 When we talk about digital front doors, what are some of the practices you've incorporated into your solution?
16:06 The healthcare system in the United States is still heavily dependent on the fee-for-service model. What's the one thing that will make us part of an accountable care market?
17:06 What are the big trends you're seeing in the market when it comes to digital health?

Q. Can you give us a quick overview of Babylon Health?

Darshak: I’ve been at Babylon Health since earlier this year. It’s a global, digital health company with a philosophy centered around delivering affordable, accessible, and quality care to everyone. This was their sales pitch, but it really got me most excited. It started in the U.K. and then, expanded to Rwanda, the Asia Pacific, Canada and now, the U.S. I’m the Global Chief Medical Officer and my responsibilities include thinking about how we can really deliver on that sales promise. In that context, we have a SPAC event coming up in the next few months and we’re looking forward to it.

Q. The United States obviously presents a big opportunity for Babylon. Can you share some insights on who you serve here — providers, employers, or all of the above?

Darshak: Our tag line is that we want to deliver healthcare to the palm of everyone’s hands, so, ultimately, the people we’re serving are really patients and members, worldwide. Now, the way we reach those members can vary depending on where they happen to live. Most of our members, at least in the U.K. and the U.S., principally, we are customers of their insurers. So, when the insurer says, they need somebody to help these members take care of themselves, in exchange for the premium the latter pay as compensation for service delivered, that’s when Babylon comes into the picture. Although we’re paid by the insurance, the ultimate person we’re serving is really the patient. The same thinking goes for Rwanda and all our other areas of business as well.

Q. So insurers bring you into members’ digital health services and you bring in technology, analytics, and capabilities to efficiently improve health care outcomes. As a consumer, my question is, while the primary care provider helps manage chronic conditions and the insurer also caters to similar issues via a program probably designed by companies like yours, so, who should I speak with? Whose protocol should I follow? Is this a dynamic you see in your work?

Darshak: We never want to get between people who are really satisfied with high quality care and intermediate that in any way. So, I’ll talk about how we’ve operated across areas. This varies from market-to-market. In the U.S., where people choose Medicare Advantage and when they sign up, they know what they’re getting into. Similarly, in the U.K., people elect to have Babylon become their primary care providers. When they choose us, we serve them.

Now, in places like the U.S., for example, we are in Missouri where we serve around 20,000 patients on Medicaid. We give them care but those individuals may not have really engaged with the health care system. These are the hardest to reach patients who are just not engaged in care. Can we go out and actually reach them? We contact them and of them, we actually engage with over 20% or so – a little more than enough to check our numbers — whereas traditionally, only about 5% of the individuals would be engaged.

So, while we really try to offer our services, we never want to supplant traditional care relationships. But we do want to reach people that are not engaged and if they actually do have a doctor, then we add it on as an extra level of care over that and support them in their journey as well. There’s a lot of things that you can’t always go to see your PCP for. When people have needs, we try to fill those.

Q. With regard to the population opting for Medicaid, these are groups with low incomes; in many cases, underserved and geographically spread out. Are such populations really ready for digital engagement? Can we really meet their needs? How do you overcome existing gaps?

Darshak: These are interesting questions or perhaps, the kinds that were raised when we had gone to Rwanda initially, several years ago. We know that these individuals won’t have access to technology and have low bandwidths so, we work around that. Getting back to your question, in the U.S. in particular, I’ll use an analogy. This notion that digital health is too complicated, or people don’t have access was actually tested at the beginning of the COVID pandemic. At that time, I worked for a very large national payer as a Chief Medical Officer overseeing an older population — millions of people. What we saw was, when we suddenly started to actually pay for that kind of care and allowed physicians and clinicians to use that, there was a massive increase from less than 1 in 1% to just over 15 to 20% of our members that were using digital services. These were older people and we’d previously thought they wouldn’t understand that. That’s exactly like it is with social media. But when there’s a value proposition, people will actually use that. I will say it’s not perfect. Some people may not have access to smartphone technology. They may not have access to bandwidth, but at least it’s better than what they have now, which is often no access at all. We started on that base and then, we tried to problem-solve incrementally to get more and more engagement.

Q. You’re operating as a virtual primary care provider on behalf of your insurer health plans. You also recently acquired a primary care physician group. Can you share the rationale for that?

Darshak: What we realize and maybe again, I’ll say one of the great benefits of Babylon, is that we benefit from years of experience, and we can learn from other parts of the world, as well. And one of the learnings we had from our experience in the U.K, was that while digital health care, particularly digital primary care, was incredibly accessible and people liked it, we could replace about 80 to 90% of a lot of in-person visits with virtual care.

Now, what that means is we still have 10% that require some people. And we all know that. There are probably some conditions for which there’s no substitute for in-person visits. So, that’s what drove this sort of an acquisition of an IPA in California, which is incredibly high performing. The idea was to now partner with the provider organization and be sure that we now learned how to develop both, digital care in the U.S., and understand how to use that physical presence, as well. That’s going to be a scalable model for us, broadly speaking.

Q. So, acquiring this physician group was really to build the capacity to serve our larger population. Is that the right way to look at it?

Darshak: I’d say a couple of things. The first is that we recognize that we must develop both, the digital and physical presence. If we’re going to offer primary care, we want to do it longitudinally and in high quality. The second piece of it is, we believe that the digital tools we have, are highly scalable. So, we’d like to work with physician groups and then, transfer this technology to them. The point is to see if we can take existing practices and digitally supercharge them in some way. So, it’s not only for them to see patients who are largely under virtual care, but it’s for the physicians themselves to learn how to work in a digital-first environment, as well. And that’s done with the support of our partners.

Q. When we talk about digital front doors, it’s a hybrid model of care, where for some things one visits a clinic and for others, a physician comes home. These experiences can be very hard to pull together seamlessly from a consumer standpoint despite the vision, gadgets, and the technology. What are some of the practices you’ve incorporated into your solution? How are you approaching this issue of creating seamless experiences from a digital front door standpoint?

Darshak: There are a couple steps to being a seamless experience and to solving — at multiple points along that continuum. It starts as a seamless experience initially, in our view. We have something we call the health loop, where we talk about all the steps of what a seamless rehypothecation experience is. And the first step of that loop is engagement. What that means is how quickly can somebody be onboarding onto the app and getting it installed and actually getting registered?

Now, that seems like a fairly straightforward thing, but the amount of energy we put into that experience is enormous because, we’re checking insurance, birthdate, etc. So, when we talk about a seamless experience, we have a funnel approach. We think about that all along the way. And as I said, it starts with that engagement, that registration.

Then, it moves on to how do we actually acquire data. If we perform a health assessment, can that be done seamlessly? Or, can we try to create a personal connection with a call from one of our navigators? Then, we’ll think about how to initially book an appointment? What we’ve done is, and this is what I’m very proud of, the vast majority of our patients can actually have a virtual care visit even the same day if they have a behavioral health concern within that first week. So, we think what’s also technologically important with our scheduling software is we have an enormous amount of quality control over the actual experience. We have over a thousand engineers, for example, all over the world that are helping us develop that plan. And then, we can pull that all the way through all the steps of what that seamless experience means.

Q. How do you keep score of how well you’re doing in a program like this? What are some of your key KPIs?

Darshak: One of our simplest measures probably, and this is the one we’ve started with and actually have a global scorecard on, is simply, patient satisfaction. It’s essentially like a promoter score from our patients. Are they pleased with the experience? And we consistently have, in the U.K., Rwanda and the U.S., for large pressure business, just extremely high satisfaction scores; some sort of a star system. That’s our North Star and it’s on our internal metrics of how we look at quality. As you can imagine, that’s one of the metrics and then, we have an enormous number of operational metrics that that underlines as well.

Q. Let’s talk about the competitive landscape. The digital health landscape has come a long way especially if you use the VC funding numbers as a barometer of growth. While new companies mushroom and it’s great from an innovation standpoint, few will survive this crucible of trial by fire. When you look at the landscape, your clients who are trying to parse through it and pick the platform or the solution provider, best suited to their needs, what are the challenges you see them grappling with when they’re trying to decide if it’ll be Babylon Health or somebody else?

Darshak: I’ll put it simply – in the digital health landscape, it’s so exciting to see all these companies competing. We welcome that competition. We think that’s only great for members who deserve the highest quality services. So, we are one of the only comprehensive digital health care companies that are not only talked about but are willing to essentially take full risk. That’s the mark, in my view, of somebody who truly believes in their company, knows they can scale. We take full financial risk on members. And that’s where we’re going most aggressively. That’s where our contracts are. And that’s why our revenue grows so much. We believe so much in our product that if we’re willing to do that and take that risk, I think that demonstrates to people it’s not just talk, but that we’ll deliver on that. And most importantly, it’s almost no risk for you as a client.

Q. The healthcare system in the United States is still heavily dependent on the fee-for-service model. That there are solution providers who are driving this push towards more of accountable care and at-risk models is welcome news. From your perspective, what will move the needle towards more of this? Will it come from innovative digital health providers like yourself or, from changes to the regulatory environment? What’s the one thing that will make us part of an accountable care market?

Darshak: We all do best when we have to operate within a defined budget and deliver based on metrics. I think that’s at its core. When we talk about value-based care, it’s all about us needing to give good quality, the budget. To me, that move towards full-risk, particularly on digital health, is the key that unlocks growth. Then, we don’t fight over regulatory issues like one’s Medicare, paying for home base, remote monitoring or if they’re doing cross-state license payments. When you offload that risk to companies that actually are digitally enabled and let them pursue what they think is best, I personally believe, that’s what the unlock is.

Q. I think this is the unfinished business and we’re all waiting for to play out over the next few years. What are your final thoughts, on one of the two or three big trends you’re seeing in the market when it comes to digital health — an option that consumers like me should be looking for?

Darshak: From the consumer standpoint, a couple of things. The first is, does your digital health company give you just a one-time experience? Like are they designed just around taking care of your coughs and colds and maybe your reproductive health needs? Or, are they truly giving you a longitudinal care experience where you want to develop a relationship with trust over time and actually take care of you at all of those periods? To me, that’s actually the direction in which we’re going. As a consumer that would be very important. I don’t want it “want it done”, I want to make sure that we push.

The second thing I would say is that how well are they optimized to do the simple things? Because, you know, it’s like the stories about those rock stars who say that in a bowl of M&Ms, they want to make sure that there’s no green M&Ms? That’s the same thing looking at the digital health care pack. How easy do they make it to make an appointment? Do they refill your medications on time? Do they do those simple things? And as a consumer, if they’re doing those things right, then, you can have some confidence you’re going to do the hard things right as well.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About our guest

Darshak Sanghavi, MD, joined Babylon in 2021 as the Global Chief Medical Officer. He is the former Chief Medical Officer of UnitedHealthcare's Medicare & Retirement, the largest U.S. commercial Medicare program with over $90B in annual revenue, where he oversaw all major national clinical and affordability programs.

Earlier, he was Chief Medical Officer at OptumLabs, running a large portfolio of industry-leading projects with dozens of academic, government, and industry partners. He was also a member of the Obama administration as the Director of Preventive and Population Health at the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation, where he directed the development of large pilot programs aimed at improving the nation’s health care costs and quality. In this capacity, Dr. Sanghavi was the architect of numerous initiatives, including the $157 million Accountable Health Communities model, the 3 million member Million Hearts Cardiovascular Risk Reduction model, and the $1 billion Medicare Diabetes Prevention Program.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Patient home is the new healthcare hub today

Season 3: Episode #97

Podcast with Amber Fencl, VP of Digital Health and Engagement, Novant Health

"Patient home is the new healthcare hub today"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic
To receive regular updates 

In this podcast, Amber Fencl, VP of Digital Health and Engagement at Novant Health, discusses how innovations in technology are driving healthcare and enabling its seamless, effective delivery into patients’ homes today. They are transforming the home into the new healthcare hub.

From drones that deliver medical supplies and AI-leveraged platforms that detect strokes to harnessing AI voice bots to answering patient questions on COVID vaccine and setting up the remotely monitored COVID-care at home, digital health tools have come a long way. Novant Health is the first healthcare system in the U.S. to get the FAA clearance to use drones for distributing medical supplies during the COVID-19 pandemic. In combination with invaluable consumer insights and when integrated with a robust EHR system, digital health care can only enhance patient-centric care delivery models.

Lastly, but not the least, start with what the consumers need and want to look for, because if you deliver something they’re not interested in, they will not use it. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

00:40Brief overview of Novant Health and your role in the organization.
08:18Many health systems have roll-out chatbot program in the context of COVID-19 and looking to go beyond that. What do you think is possible with the chatbots in the next 6-12 months?
13:09 You are combining three different technology tools – chatbots, voice-enabled chatbots, and AI. In terms of the broad functional areas, what are the things that you are planning to roll out in the next year?
16:58 Hospital at home is a theme that we keep hearing a lot. How do you ensure that the experience is in no way degrade in any way by moving services from the hospital to the home? Also, how do you make technology choices in this context? What do you look for in a technology partner on this journey?
23:54 There's a vast amount of VC money being poured into small companies that are very young. If one of them goes under, how do de-risk yourself out of it? Can you share recommendations that you have based on your own experience?
27:48 How do you govern your digital initiatives in your digital health programs at Novant Health?
31:46 What have you learned personally on this journey that you've been on? Can you share that with our listeners and with your peers across the industry?

Q. Amber, can you give us an overview of Novant Health and your role there?

Amber: Novant Health is a not-for-profit, US$ 5.7 billion health system located in North Carolina, South Carolina and Georgia. We have around 15 outpatient and inpatient facilities, about 800 clinic, urgent care locations and over 2300 providers. So, we may be called Super Regional.

Q. We’ve hosted Angela Yochem, Chief Transformation and Digital Health Officer, Novant Health a while ago. Now, you’re handling digital patient engagement. Do share an overview of what’s changed in the last 18 months?

Amber: At Novant, we have been inundated with COVID-19 response to give our patients quick access to the care they want and need. In the last 18 months, that has been a priority for our communities.

However, we have also tried to continue our growth and innovation towards bringing technology into homes in such a way that is meaningful and creates a seamless experience. Before I came into this role, I was working on our consumer-facing product-side. It was a phone call from Angela about “How would you like to lead this team?” that got me thinking. It’s a very natural transition to go beyond just the consumer-facing experience to talk about our digital health experience and initiatives. They span innovations, such as, using drones.

So, we have a partnership with Zipline where we have instituted the delivery of supplies between our facilities. We were the first in the nation to receive FAA clearance to use a drone that is “sight unseen”. So, we lose sight of the drone, and it covers a 30 mile radius to deliver supplies. We are now exploring the next use case with Zipline, and that will be to deliver pharmaceuticals to our patients directly to their homes. So, a drone is going to take their medications and safely and securely, deliver that to their front yard.

We have also partnered with a company called Hyro AI. Hyro is a conversational voice bot technology that will respond to COVID-19 vaccination questions. It’s taken us about four weeks to develop a knowledge base of FAQs related to the vaccine so patients and community members who call-in have the option to speak with this voice Bot to learn more about the vaccine. In a five-month span, we deflected over 13,000 calls from our care connections, our customer service phone team to the bot for people just calling to get more information about the vaccine. So, that was a highly successful initiative with one of our key partners, Hyro.

We have also established what we call COVID-Care at Home, and it’s a great program to assess our inpatient COVID patients. Once they’re in a stable place, and we feel that they have met the selection criteria — an algorithm that confirms that they can recover at home — we will discharge them from our acute facility and send them a care package and remote patient monitoring devices to monitor oxygen levels, etc., so they can comfortably complete recovery at home. Thus, we are also able to alleviate some of the strain that’s on our acute care facilities with that program. And we are doing that across all of our footprints here at Novant Health.

One really cool thing we’ve done is use AI technology for stroke detection. If we have patients that present themselves with stroke symptoms in the ER while they’re in the CT Scanner, the Viz AI and incredible algorithm and technology can assess that patient in real-time, detect and save millions of brain cells per minute and reduce the time spent trying to discern what’s wrong with them. That technology enables us to take swift action within minutes — call in the Neurosurgeon, prepare the OR etc. — at much faster rates.

Q. While emerging technologies and chatbots will play a much bigger role going forward in health care, it looks like every health system has some kind of a program to roll-out now. Do share what you think is possible in the next six to 12 months.

Amber: We are working with our vendor of choice – Hyro — for our web and voice capabilities. I’d say that the chat bot space is becoming very interesting with some out-of-the-box products that you can turn-on and have a chat, instantaneously. What I would offer is if we just turn it on — take the patient, the consumer experience on the other side — just to say that chat and support experience really isn’t worth checking that box because it’s more frustrating. A lot of research here has shown us that about 60% of the digital consumers that we have surveyed, want to self-serve. Chatbots are a great way to self-serve. However, when they want to talk to a person, they still want to be able to get to a person. So, you need to think about that as an organization. What is that ability to still either chat live with the human or transfer them warmly to someone on the phone, if it’s not a webchat? So, yes, people want to self-serve and they want to engage digitally, on their terms, their time and on their mobile device. The majority also are engaging on mobile. So, that capability must be rich and meaningful information. Checking the box and turning it on may not be rewarding to the patient and that’s not going to buy you much either.

As an organization, you need to have robust knowledge. That means looking for technologies like Hyro, for example, that has conversational AI and the robust knowledge graph that is continuously learning, growing its nodes and building relationships with information such that it can constantly ingest and scrape all sorts of different ways to fill the knowledge base and grow it. We want to be able to do that in an effective, efficient, and elegant manner.

Chatbots are more workflow-based. I think they are narrowing and serve the purpose for a very small use case, and can’t grow with you. So, at Novant Health, we have implemented a chatbot with Hyro that serves to search our entire website, if needed. So, you may think you’re about to type in a search term for company information or perhaps you want to find a physician, but what you’re doing is engaging with the chatbot and it will begin a conversation with you, ask questions and narrow down what exactly it is that you’re looking to do. And the chatbot will be used to do that.

I will say that in the space of a chat in AI — here’s the piece that I think folks may not appreciate — we have thankfully begun to scratch the surface here. If you have a conversational AI, some type of natural language processing capability, you are getting consumer insights first-hand. They are typing in, voicing in their questions, so, if you take that that data and analyze it, that is first-hand consumer information for you to make decisions with. It is rich, robust and invaluable. The more we find entities implementing this type of technology and then, using that data to turn it into meaningful information, the more pivotal it will be for that entity to start making very different and customer-focused decisions.

Q. It’s great that you’re leveraging technology like this! In terms of broad functional areas, what are some of the things you’re planning to roll-out in the next year?

Amber: One of our biggest programs that we, along with many other healthcare systems, are exploring is hospital at home. The idea is to take remote patient monitoring — which has become a bit expected – and truly creating an inpatient experience with the same quality and care within the home. This idea is similar to what we did with the TELE-ICU. So, we have the stroke technology with AI. We’ve also created an experience for TELE-ICU where we have a command center of experts in the field to monitor it. And then we have our hospitalists that are there rounding. The hospital at home takes that to a much greater level. This healthcare at home is the new healthcare hub. And we are going to bring an experience into the patient’s home that will enable all their care management, whether it is behavioral health-related, pharmaceutical or some sort of integrative medicine.

It can be something that is more acute for those patients who are better suited to be in the comfort of their home and have the right home environment. It’s going to include labs, imaging, even the ability to do any type of paramedic services.

Let’s say someone’s running low on their oxygen. So, from our command center, we will be able to dispatch that paramedic to them immediately and through the monitoring, technology and the talent that is sitting in that command center offer necessary care. This will be the next great program that we really bring to life.

We began to do it already like in the COVID-Care at-Home program. But what we want to do is to take these individual experiences with a robust set of talent at the command center and stitch it together to take the hospital into the home and provide that level of care just as if they were inside our four walls. And the brick and mortar will have the same quality metrics. We will have the same expectations for our providers, but in a much more accessible and affordable modality to deliver care.

Q. The hospital at home is another theme that we keep hearing a lot — and it’s all work in progress. Question that arises is — how do you make it all seamless as a healthcare service provider? How do you ensure the experience is in no way degrading? How do you make technology choices in this context? What do you look for in a technology partner on this journey?

Amber: The seamless consumer experience is quite the challenge, and we see it on a daily basis. The healthcare technology field has been peppered with point solutions and a lot of good ones, really great ones that came out of COVID, as well. I was reading this weekend there was in the first half of 2021, NRC Health reported, US$ 14.7 billion in venture funding for health technology. That’s huge. It’s booming.

There’s a lot of great technology out there. But the stitching together is where the challenge comes in, and that’s what you alluded to and what I would offer to listeners is when you’re looking to solve a problem, you have to step-up and out to look across, obviously, the whole spectrum of your ecosystem. What we really have become very focused on doing, is looking at it from an ecosystem standpoint rather than a problem-solving standpoint.

So, I think one differentiator of how you first evaluate, then make decisions, think about the perspective in which you’re analyzing it and then, look at the ecosystem. For us, first and foremost to our core is the patient-centric model.

Our digital health is looking at the patient at the very center. I would think of these as concentric ellipses. There’s the patient in the center and then, there’s this provider enablement that has to wrap around that. That is an important point around your providers. You have clinical operations and then, there’s technology that’s wrapping all of that. For you to create a great patient experience and consumer experience, you have to remember that there’s a provider on the other side to deliver that service, whether it’s in a digital or an in-person format and that is a very difficult scale to balance. If it’s great for the patient, it might not always be so great for the provider and what they have to do. So, you really have to look at technology through both of those lenses and figure out what’s a nice compromise to meet in the middle.

Your clinical operations are so burdened right now from the volumes and the strain of COVID for sure. Certainly, people that are trying to get back in for delayed healthcare and then, there’s the potpourri of point solutions that we have brought into our clinical operations to try to solve problems. If we don’t consider how inefficient a new solution may be to the clinic, then, we’re doing those folks a disservice. So, the patients are going to have a bad experience. You really have to think about that piece as well.

As to the technology to wrap, how does Novant approach it? We are looking for a really strong, solid backbone of infrastructure to facilitate this. It has to be a strong foundation that’s going to allow for growth, stability but it must be scalable. So, as we expand that to the hospital at home or into a new digital medicine capability inside the four walls of Novant Health, it must easily integrate. That, too, is another differentiating factor when you’re looking at technology to bring in our eight-point solution. Question that arises then, is, what’s the integration factor here and how easy or hard is it going to be?

There’s also a call to our electronic health record systems to make integration easier. There are great things that better EHRs do and they do it well. But then there are some things that they really don’t. And we need to easily integrate into those spaces and that, today, isn’t so easy. You have to consider that in your evaluation, because the integration to the EHR is what matters for your clinical team.

Q. A few key points here — the integration piece is key. Without a robust integration infrastructure, you are not going to be able to create those seamless experiences. If you’re not able to capture the encounters properly, you won’t be able to bill for it. Plus, patient experience cannot be at the expense of the provider experience.

Now, there’s a vast amount of VC money being poured into very young companies. So, what does it take for them? Who is the risk taker? How do you do skills of tomorrow? If one of them goes under, how do you pull yourself out of it? Do share any one or two recommendations that you have based on your own experience.

Amber: Risk management and mitigation, planning and organizing work really thoughtfully is at the core of how I operate and I’m going to speak from my perspective and not necessarily as an enterprise or as an entity.

When I go to look at a new vendor, there are some challenging questions that I’m going to ask them. A lot of it is to figure out how reality versus the optimistic view that those providers are typically going to offer, the marketing and the sales pitch versus the reality of what it is. So, I will always double whatever they tell me unless it is a very seasoned software provider, service provider with a proven track record.

I’m going to start also managing expectations within my internal partners and my internal stakeholders.

The other thing that I do is bring in a variety of perspectives and talents to credibly challenge the pitch, the solution from a variety of angles. Certainly, there’s a financial conversation on how viable they are financially that we’re going to have to explore.

And then I look for honesty and transparency. The relationship that I start to form with folks that we’re courting, and discernment serves me well to realize where the pitch may be a little more mirrored than an actual reality. I will also have a score card and that is going to be different. We’re familiar with evaluation and score but that allows me to take away any subjectivity based on relationship or conversations, positive or negative. And that of my internal partners as well. So, when we sit down and compare company A with company B, the solutions may be relatively the same. But let’s say, culturally or financially, there’s a risk factors there that don’t align, so we have a more objective way to make that vision absolute.

Q. Coming to governance, how do you govern your digital initiatives in your digital health programs? How do you ensure that cross-functional leadership is involved and you’re prioritizing things the way they are meant to align with organizational needs or goals?

Amber: Its so important to have structure and governance in place. Novant Health has started at the very top with a very innovative, digitally focused CEO. My boss now, Angela Yochem — our Chief Digital and Transformation Officer — reports directly to the CEO. So, there’s a leadership structure in place to support digital growth, advancement and innovation. Having that support is monumental and I think, key to success. If you are an organization that hasn’t quite adopted that model, I would challenge you to think about it. The investment and the level of engagement from across your organization will change positively with that model.

That being said, we also realize that in the digital space, digital health is one thing and it actually used to sit within our medical group. A couple of years ago, it was realized that digital health spans far beyond just our normal clinical practices. So, it was lifted out and put within the digital products and services group which we’d set. That allows us to be surrounded with more technology and innovative tech skill sets, when we’re looking to solve our problems and introduce new things.

But from a governance standpoint, we have a Digital Care Steering Committee that comprises key stakeholders in the organization — financial partners, strategy partners, revenue growth partners, and most importantly, medical practice. That steering committee is where we bring forward new ideas. Certainly, those new ideas may be bumping up against some internal criteria but we also hear from the Committee the things that may be on their minds. We have a very close partnership with our medical group and outside of the Steering Committee, we have regular Cadence Reports out and touch base on key initiatives.

That Steering Committee’s really the glue that brings us all together where we very intentionally talk about what we want to do and where we want to go. Here’s the reality of what’s happening within the medical group from the front lines. Maybe we want to do it, but because of the surge, we have had to make some changes in priorities of the way because our clinical partners need to be serving our patients in the community. That is the forum. And that core group of individuals help us to make those decisions and to talk about it.

Our clinical partners embrace technology and the efficiencies that technology can bring. They also keep us very honest on the point that I’ve talked about before. And what is the lift and the impact to their clinical team members and not just our patients? It’s caring for the patient, giving him the best experience possible while also enabling that provider to do it effectively and efficiently.

Q. What have you learned personally on this journey that you’ve been on? Can you share that with our listeners and with your peers across the industry?

Amber: Yes, I have been impressed, surprised and educated through consumer insights — the level of detail and insights — that I was never privy to before. At Novant Health, we have a consumer patient-focused group called Community Voice. That function is a part of my digital health and engagement team and has about 6,000 volunteer patients, team members and community members that will take surveys that we send out because they are interested in providing us feedback.

And what we may think is a good idea or how we got to do this, may be a game changer and may be great for the patient but it may not be a big deal to the providers. So, we’ll test this concept with our Community Voice members. It’s a very diverse group of individuals. We create these surveys to get their feedback and we’ll find out something that we think may be the next great thing. But it may turn out that it’s really not that important, or what we thought was a great idea is good and the way we wanted to deliver it is not at all how that consumer would want to receive it.

My point is: Finding a way to glean those insights from your demographics in your community is critical and different and very important because it’s a part of your community. You know that it is impactful and it represents those who you are serving. If you are gaining your insights from a different source, that is interesting and absolutely can be a factor.

I have been impressed and find that our community members who participate and give us direct feedback allows us — sometimes it’s directionally the same as perhaps a national survey on a similar topic — but it’s typically different enough to make an impact on how Novant Health wants to choose to deliver that particular concept.

So, that is first and foremost, and what I mentioned earlier, is the insights that you can gain from digital interactions with your patients to predict behaviors, identify trends quick enough that you can react and respond to them so that either the experience is better or perhaps there is a new opportunity in those trends that is good for your system to explore.

For me in this role and the work that I’ve been doing at Novant Health the last couple of years, the access to meaningful insights to make decisions has been delightful and impactful and how we have made decisions that have been a part of that’s wonderful.

Q. So, the cool tech is where you start with really what the consumers need and want to look for. And if there happens to be a cool tech that can deliver what they need, even better.

Amber: Better and better. But if they’re not interested in it, you can have all the cool stuff you want. Nobody’s going to use it.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

As the VP of Digital Health & Engagement, Amber is responsible for leading game-changing digital health and digital medicine initiatives through advanced technologies so that Novant Health can deliver the most remarkable patient experience. Amber’s team strives to improve the quality of care for patients and community members; and ensure increased access to care through contemporary methods and technologies. She partners with physician and administrative leaders across the organization to develop and operationalize a robust, omni-channel digital health and innovative engagement product strategy.

Amber is a digital transformation leader with expertise in healthcare technology, software development, portfolio and project management, and risk mitigation. From start-ups to Fortune 500 companies, Amber has held leadership roles across technology, financial services, and healthcare with companies such as Unisys, Oracle, Wells Fargo, and Novant Health.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

A lot of digital adoption is driven by demographics

Season 3: Episode #96

Podcast with Tony Ambrozie, SVP and Chief Digital Officer, Baptist Health South Florida

"A lot of digital adoption is driven by demographics"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic
To receive regular updates 

In this podcast, Tony Ambrozie, Chief Digital Officer of Baptist Health South Florida, shares his journey and learnings embracing digital in healthcare. Transformation in any sector requires sustained effort, a budget, a cohesive team and most importantly, a well-drafted communication plan.

Digital transformation is not easy – setbacks are inevitable. When digital health tools add to the physician’s workload, the rate of adoption slows down. When organizational processes and mindsets don’t adapt, mistakes are unavoidable.

With his deep background in consumer-oriented industry sectors, Tony brings a heightened appreciation of the gaps in digital patient engagement and how to approach the challenges. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

01:18About Baptist Health and the current state of your digital health transformation initiatives.
04:55What were your initial impression of healthcare and where we are as a sector in terms of consumer enablement of digital experiences? What are your top priorities?
07:19 What do you see as stark examples of the difference between your previous experiences and healthcare? Are there structural issues with healthcare? If yes, why is it so broken?
10:17 When designing digital experiences, it’s imperative to consider the clinicians’ experiences. The biggest challenges here are increasing adoption and awareness. What can lead to better adoption among the traditional community?
14:58 In the last decade, some physicians have been worn down by the instrumentations and layers of technology sitting atop the charts and trends. Skepticism has increased especially if this adds to workloads because they don’t have enough time. How do you look at the technology solutions landscape when you're trying to address this?
21:48 What does the governance model for driving digital health at Baptist look like?
24:11 How do you make sure all stakeholders are working together in the same sandbox and driving organizational objectives?
25:08 What are the learnings you'd like to share with the audience?

Q. Please tell us about Baptist Health and the current state of your digital health transformation initiatives.

Tony: Baptist Health is a regional system provider in South Florida with about 10 hospitals and approx. 20,000 employees. It’s a really big presence in that community — I have people who work for Baptist and were born in Baptist Hospital!

In terms of going digital, the Baptist executive team and some of the influential members of the Board with experience in commerce and digital platforms, had been discussing digital and the sense of sustained and coherent efforts required for transformation, for some time. I was brought in into Baptist as the Digital Information Officer to ensure a laser focus on driving digital transformation for the entire organization and to work with clinical, operations and all the other constituencies.

About three months into my tenure, I put together a digital strategy and capabilities’ roadmap covering roughly the next 12 to 18 months. It’s important to have an overall strategy. If you don’t know where you’re going, you can’t tell where to turn. But that strategy cannot be all-consuming to the cost of executing. That’s why having a roadmap of capabilities and features, and executing it is very critical.

For us, the focus would be on consumer digital experiences, first, followed by clinical experiences and then, the digital experiences for operations and other groups. We started executing this 3-4 months ago and decided on dedicated funding for the program that was focused on building and rebuilding experiences regarding telehealth. Along the way, we learned and validated from the original assumptions that we didn’t know, and we needed to know in order to change. So, that’s roughly where we are, now. We are building momentum in terms of both, building capabilities and talking about digital transformation inside the organization.

Q. There are three aspects of your mandate — consumer digital experiences, caregiver experiences, and how to enable the organization, digitally. What were your initial impressions of healthcare and where we are as a sector in terms of consumer enablement of digital experiences? What are your top priorities?

Tony: I came into a consumer-focused company from Disney, Disney parks and before that, American Express. While these had very similar focus, clearly, healthcare providers, doctors, physicians, and nurses were more intensely focused on the medical care for patients. The pandemic has shown the relentless and ultimate dedication of medical providers to patients’ lives, well-being and health. However, we must note — compared to other industries — the digital experiences before the encounter, after the encounter, maybe even during the encounter.

Think about the Amazon shopping experience. Ordering a bottle of water on Amazon is nothing compared to healthcare. But still, think about this. If instead of this Amazon experience, you spend time putting down a list, then, get on a call, wait for 30 minutes, talk to somebody, spend another 30 minutes trying to explain on the phone what the problem is, what you want and then, wait another three weeks. All this to discover ultimately that you did not get what you actually wanted but something similar. That’s kind of where we are today because of the more than imperfect digital experiences.

Q. What do you see as stark examples of the difference between your previous experiences and healthcare? Are there structural issues with healthcare? If yes, why’s it so broken?

Tony: Great question and that’s something we’ve been asking ourselves because it’s a combination of factors. So, I’ll put the objective factors aside. You have this interesting dynamic between patients, providers, and payers — a kind of strange arrangement and buying or ordering things is impacted by that. You have to validate the insurance first, and therefore, it’s not as easy as it would’ve been if you’d used your American Express card. So that’s an objective factor. It’s part of the system but needs to be worked on to improve.

There are some things that we can do on the more subjective part — I don’t think this aspect has been focused on for the past few years and frankly, there are still some in the healthcare industry who maintain that patients don’t come here for the mobile app. While that’s absolutely true, it’s equally true that nobody goes to Disney just to use the mobile app. However, without that mobile app, probably they wouldn’t use American Express either. So, how we manage our services, the access to our services with the consumers is important.

At some point, it’s also competitive advantage. All other things considered equal, consumers and patients would choose and use your experience to a more difficult one. The expectations for the consumers have been changing for a while, and some of it is driven by their other experiences and their normal lives. And they want to be part of the focus or the center of the experience, want to have control and information to make decisions about their care. They expect the same type of experiences as elsewhere.

Q. When designing digital experiences, it’s imperative to consider the clinicians’ experiences. The biggest challenges here are increasing adoption and awareness. How can you drive this among the traditional community?

Tony: When I was talking about consumers earlier, to a certain extent I was also thinking about the clinicians having great digital experiences in addition to the normal ones. Do you want to go to the system that has horrible technology and is painful or would you prefer one that’s got all things considered? That’s the second focus aspect for us.

I would say that a lot of digital adoption is driven by demographics. Lifestyle and capabilities are equally crucial drivers. Clearly, the younger generations – those up to and in their 40s have experienced eCommerce – so adoption is basically natural with video calls for everything including a medical encounter subject to other limitations.

Some of the more senior folk whether they have the experience, knowledge or some form factor limitations, they’d also prefer a big screen versus a mobile. So, the life cycle is folk who are very much into the social media of this world. It feels natural; just another interaction and that’s true for both consumers and providers.

For the providers though, there’s a little twist. Digital in healthcare requires process changes to be able to provide benefits. Now, some individual providers probably don’t like these because they may not be convenient and so, they will stay away from the digital. Some provider systems will skew that process. Those process changes may simply be too difficult. There’s inertia and maybe politics. So, when digital is introduced, it’s probably is more work and hassle than it’s worth it. Think about the charts that really are problematic for physicians. When we speak of the third element, which is the quality of the experiences, I think, for both consumers and providers, the quality of the technology and the digital experience have been great but when we speak of the physicians, we all know how painful the charts are for them.

Q. In the last decade, some physicians have been worn down by the instrumentations and layers of technology sitting atop the charts and trends. Skepticism has increased especially if this adds to workloads because they don’t have enough time. As the CDO, how do you look at the technology solutions landscape when you’re trying to address this?

Tony: We don’t want to deal with something that makes more work for us and for physicians. Especially during crises, when things compound in terms of technology landscape, it’s interesting to see how the interactions shape up because you have some of the same type of players — the big tech, the established traditional technology players (distinct from big tech) and then, the older startups. There are some differences in interactions but it’s not very clear what their strategic plan is other than maybe selling more cloud and devices.

Take Google, for instance. They’re possibly reducing their efforts in healthcare or pulling back but while they’ve been in charge, I haven’t seen very much other than very marginal capabilities. If you also look at the Haven — the joint venture between JPMorgan, Amazon, and Berkshire — again, what they’re trying to do isn’t very clear. Apple, in contrast seems very focused on additional health capabilities and their devices, but it’s relatively limited. The Apple Watch is slightly different here. We like some of the health capabilities that provides in terms of established providers.

And in this category, I would say there are the EHR vendors, too. Some of them are very successful, but all of them have somewhat old technology stacks. They’re trying to be all things to all people and this is reminiscent of the ERP and MRP space. They’re slow to market and some of them are still dreaming of closed platforms with customer in. They’ll have to change simply because of the other two categories and the fact that the world is changing and finally talking about startups, lots of money, VC activity etc.

It’s somewhat probably scattered and that’s part of the way it works but I see two different and somewhat opposite categories here. On the one hand, there are some who are certainly trying to emulate OR to build a comprehensive but closed platform. They look at presumably the big vendors and what worked for them. They’ll try it for themselves — either buy the entire platform or their product. Probably in the best case, there’s a doubt about long-term financial viability. On the other hand, there are companies that are very narrowly focused and they don’t integrate very well into the ecosystem. They get the work done and product launched successfully but in an independent fashion.

However, now that we’re bringing in the identity/authentication, how does that work? I’m not going to force the consumers to put their data into a system just because I already have that data. So, it just doesn’t make sense as a realistic approach. I think the startups should focus on very specific capabilities and execute them well, but also have APIs to integrate at all levels in the rest of the ecosystem.

Q. You’ve got multiple stakeholder groups to work with and you have to drive change in the organization. What does the governance model for driving digital health at Baptist look like?

Tony: I structured the digital program as a place for everything to converge in a natural and structured way that has a strategy, scope, priorities and a roadmap for no more than 12 to 18 months. We also got dedicated funding for the program as a concept. In certain places, the digital investments may be very hard to manage but this was one program, so there’s a long-term funding bucket. We got the bucket and the money required, in tranches as we went along. There is a digital council that I chair with very select stakeholders and thought leaders from the organization — the clinical and operational sides etc. A very important and equally critical point is to have a very comprehensive and increasingly well-developed communication plan — whether with artifacts or internal wikis or live presentations and even demos to a variety of different constituents.

Q. How do you make sure all stakeholders are working together in the same sandbox and driving organizational objectives?

Tony: It’s important that digital transformation is not looked at as born-again. We have the digital council, but there’re also a number of other committees and boards that a number of us are on to try to ensure that cohesion. We operate on the premise that everything will be different tomorrow than today. So, as much as possible based on the strategy, some things are done by my team and some by others. As long as it seems coherent and the result is positive, everything is good. There’re a lot of conversations, but I think that’s natural.

Q. It’s been a year since you came into your new role. What are the one or two learnings that you’d like to share?

Tony: First and foremost, don’t debate whether you need to go digital because you do. Then, the final strategy we just described – know why that is important. So, everybody knows how to align, whether in spirit or in details. But don’t overspend on the details. I was never one to spend two years on a strategy and then, have to redo it because the world is different. I’d say, have the right stakeholders and thought leaders with you driving the bus. So, I’m driving the bus with them together. And thought leaders and influencers don’t always have fancy titles, but they’re valuable, nevertheless. This is the team that would do the implementations and drive the change. This is both, from a professional competence perspective, but also, a mindset. Learn from mistakes and know that mistakes will be made. It is important to be ready when these happen and have that team flexibility to turn around and fix them. Digital is not easy. The Amazons and Googles do it very well but it requires a lot of focus and attention to detail. For a successful digital, the organizational processes and the business processes do have to change.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

 

About our guest

Tony-Ambrozie-profile

Tony Ambrozie is the Senior Vice President and Chief Digital Officer/Chief Information Officer for Baptist Health South Florida, the largest not-for-profit healthcare organization in South Florida. He is responsible for all technologies and customer experience as well as clinical digital and data transformation efforts.

Before joining Baptist Health, Mr. Ambrozie served as the Senior Vice President, Technology and Digital at The Walt Disney Company. In this role, he was responsible for a number of digital and core systems and technologies, engineering, data analytics and machine learning for Disney Parks, Consumer Products, Games and Publishing.

Prior to joining Disney in 2013, Mr. Ambrozie was Vice President for Digital Platform Technologies at American Express, where he was responsible for platform engineering, shared services development and application security, with previous roles focused on application architecture, development, engineering and performance.

He is a proven leader in the technology and digital space with a keen focus on using technology and data to enhance the consumer experience.

Prior to spending the past two decades focused on large business operations, he launched his technology career as the cofounder of a software development startup, specializing in building unique, small business applications.

Mr. Ambrozie holds a dual MBA and master’s degree in Information Management from the W.P. Carey School of Business at Arizona State University.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Competition in the market is forcing more collaboration between healthcare providers and payers

Season 3: Episode #95

Podcast with Jacob Sattelmair, Co-founder and CEO, Wellframe

"Competition in the market is forcing more collaboration between healthcare providers and payers"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Jacob Sattelmair, Co-Founder and CEO of Wellframe discusses how technology solution providers can collaborate with health plans to deliver impeccable quality care to people whenever and wherever they need it. With Telemedicine adoption rates gradually on the rise, it’s imperative to enhance investment in a digital concierge type service that puts the patient first, breaks down silos within the health plans, and facilitates improved collaboration between plans and providers vis a vis support.

Sattelmair maintains that leveraging “high-tech for high-touch support” is the way to go in a COVID-ravaged world. This will not only transform patient experiences and care management but will prompt people to better understand their health while smoothing the navigation around the healthcare system. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

00:35Could you tell us about who Wellframe is and how you got to funding the company?
03:27What has the pandemic meant for your company and your consumers? How have the past 18 months been for the competitive landscape you operate in?
06:23 Who pays for your technology and services? How do your clients – health plans – justify an investment in a platform like yours?
11:07 Historically, providers and payers have not been great at collaboration. When will that change? Which parts of the market do you see as the opportunity areas to drive these collaborations to create value for the consumers / members / patients?
22:46 In the tech landscape, there are the big tech firms, the larger healthcare focused tech firms, and there's a whole range of digital health startups. What is your advice to the VCs who like to put money in them?
25:22 Recently, couple of the big tech firms have scaled back their investments in the healthcare market. What does it mean for the appetite in the marketplace for disruptive technology-led innovation models?

Q. Tell us about Wellframe and how you got funding for the company?

Jacob: Wellframe is a company that is partnering with healthcare organizations to drive digital transformation of experiences for members and patients. Primarily, we work with health plans and help them modernize the delivery of services and their members’ experiences. We started by digitally modernizing clinical support services for high-risk members and have expanded to help plans drive toward a more integrated and holistic service model. Think: a concierge or advocacy type of service that really transforms members’ experiences and positions plans to help people better understand their health and how best to navigate the healthcare system.

The company was founded in late 2011-early 2012 by a diverse group – an Epidemiologist by training together with a Primary Care Physician, a Computer Scientist, and a Data Scientist. What really drove us was the huge gap between the day-to-day needs of people — especially those living with chronic conditions or multiple chronic conditions — and all that people had to do to manage their health at home. We noted the pressure people were under to make good decisions about the levels of care, their increased stress, isolation and uncertainty and saw a well-endowed health care system struggling to comprehend how to help them — conveniently and on a bigger scale. At that time, some technology enablers – mobile phones and the Machine Learning techniques — were relatively new but they presented huge opportunities to better organize the resources of the health care system around the needs of people outside of the four walls of care delivery, the home and the community.

Motivated to make an impact, we brought our collective skills and expertise together to bridge that gap with technology while focusing on extending relationships and helping people feel supported and cared for during periods of need.

Q. Let’s talk about the macro-environment. What has the pandemic meant for your company and your consumers? How have the past 18 months been for the competitive landscape you operate in?

Jacob: This is a huge topic deserving time but here are a few highlights. Pre-COVID, there were some pretty significant temporal trends governing the market and consumer that were driving demand for what we were doing. Consumers looked to access care and support through digital channels — the mobile — while every other part of life started to take hold for large healthcare organizations. Those who purchased insurance or care, employers or state agencies, expected more from health plans — a more modern service model and experience for their constituents – and that increased the urgency for plans that could enable investments to digitally modernize their services.

Covid had a far-reaching impact — it bared some of the challenges inherent to traditional modes of communication and engagement. One was the absence of ways to communicate policy changes, offer support, guide people or even recommend action to them. These deficiencies became more glaring in light of minimal investment in modern channels to reach a lot of people.

Then, there was the acceleration of Telemedicine. Here, incentives were aligned among consumers or patients, providers, health plans and regulators. That was kind of a perfect storm to massively accelerate its adoption. It challenged a lot of the traditional paradigms that had kept virtual channels as a bit of a sidecar to the health care system. Not a lot of people get care or support through the digital media. And a lot of fairly risk-averse health care organizations had been pretty skeptical about value here. But Telemedicine elevated the stature of some of the things that we were doing. It hit the priority list of more and more health plans, leadership boards and expedited some expansions with our customers. It definitely put us on the radar of more and more plans that recognized that if now wasn’t the time to invest here, then, I don’t know when that could be.

Q. Who pays for your technology and services? Your clients are health plans, so how do they justify an investment in a platform like yours and by extension, any other digital health plan?

Jacob: Our target customer is any organization that’s holding some sort of risk around outcomes and investing resources in supporting and engaging people to improve outcomes to mitigate that risk. Historically, that’s largely been health plans. So, that constitutes the majority of our customers, today.

But the growing prevalence of risk-bearing providers that are hitting scale and investing in these types of services are all relevant for us, as well. So, the kind of business case or value for them is they’re spending money on services, today, that are trying to support and engage their members largely through telephonic interaction and home visits, etc. And the mobile presents a more intimate but scalable channel through which to extend these relationships of therapeutic support, very high touch and convenient manner as to reach more people in need. The aim is to be effective in delivery of services and support to enable people to manage their health at home and be aware of the choices they make about their care. That ultimately leads to higher quality and lower cost and a more competitive plan product. So, our motives are aligned with our health plan customers to deliver a better member experience, a more competitively priced plan product, innovate and differentiate in a market where there’s a growing amount of disruption from startup health plans or a third-party service provider and the expectations around how plans invest to engage and support their members.

We provide the technology and partner-up to catalyze modernization and transformation of these services to help our customers compete and meet their members and stakeholders’ needs.

Q. Messages and outreach campaigns from the provider and health plans both target the same thing — better health behavior and efficient management of chronic conditions. Who do I engage with first? What are you seeing and how does that dynamic play out in the way you position your platform with your services?

Jacob: We see that as an exciting opportunity on the horizon. As we’ve evolved from digitally modernizing care management to helping our customers deliver more holistic support, our first objective was helping break down some of the silos within the health plans to offer more integrated services, holistic support and focus on the needs of the member, first.

From there, we see considerable opportunities to help our customers facilitate greater collaboration between plan and provider as it relates to the provision of support. For the individual patient, remember, it’s not that I’m talking to the plan but I’m talking to the provider and there’s no crosstalk in between. So, digital channels and workflows that can be built around those present an exciting opportunity to facilitate greater collaboration and crosstalk between plan and provider.

That goes along with a growing trend toward vertical integration, value-based care arrangements, more collaboration from a financing and a risk-sharing perspective that creates incentives for this to happen across geographies and markets. We appreciate that.

 There’s no silver bullet and it’s not easy, but we have the building blocks — active strategies with all our plan partners around how to drive more provider collaboration and move more of what we’re doing closer to point of care — to enable this.

Q. Historically, providers and payers haven’t been great at collaboration. When will that change? Where do the opportunity areas to drive these collaborations and create value for the consumer/member/patients?

Jacob: I think that competition in the market will force more collaboration. Large plans that are vertically integrating with providers very aggressively, startup health plans engaging in joint ventures or close collaborations with provider systems are signs that your plan products are getting out there. They will have tight collaboration with providers and there will be benefits to consumers/members, and benefits from an efficiency perspective that can be derived from there. 

That will force everybody to rethink some of the traditional paradigms and relationships that may have been more contentious, historically. Now, we’ll have to figure out how to work collaboratively to deliver the best possible solutions to consumers at the highest value and the best experience. People that aren’t thinking that way will struggle to succeed and compete because the market will pass them by.

Q. Where does a firm like yours play in that equation to bring about this collaboration — Will you straddle both sectors? Will you be working with providers eventually and perhaps integrate both?

Jacob: We also work with providers and have been deployed in the provider context for over 7 years. There are many plans – some provider-owned and some they have partnered or have some sort of value-based care relationship with — that are actively deploying. These offer great learning, proof points and insights into how that model can be scaled across payment arrangements, geographies, lines of business and types of plans.

There are opportunities to work directly with providers that take the risk and hit a scale where they start to invest in their own services. There’re also the regulations around data interoperability and integration that are enabling consumers to share their data seamlessly and creating forcing functions for organizations to open up APIs to allow this data to flow.

So, the idea that we’d help facilitate the exchange of clinical and claims data on behalf of an individual that is both, a patient, and a member, in the coming years seems more possible now than five years ago. The government regulations are encouraging of this type of interoperability, and it plays into the strategy of our customers and what we’re doing, well.

Q. –Let’s talk about the competitive landscape. There are providers who’re doing what you do. Perhaps in very fragmented ways. There are many innovative solution providers, too. But the clients are struggling to make informed choices. On the flip side, the startups, in a bid to stand out are adopting different strategies to stay relevant. What’s your take from the perspective of either increasing surface area or enhancing your impact and going deeper or broader?

Jacob: There’s been a massive influx of investment capital into this space, which is enabling thousands of blossoms to bloom. This is catalyzing innovation in exciting ways to open new care models, solutions and offer a plethora of options to incumbents in terms of either disruptive or enabling forces.

The challenge with that is you run the risk of actually adding to fragmentation as opposed to countering it. There’re lots of point solutions that, for example, offer virtual care for diabetes, behavioral health, maternity and cardiac, which is great! But a lot of the people that have serious need don’t have one condition. They have four, five or six. So, how do you manage that?

We see that health plans are in a pretty unique position where they manage a network of all types of providers. And they capture data that, while not to the clinical depth, looks holistically across the care people are getting, often among multiple providers. And there’s an opportunity for health plans to facilitate integrations that allow people to access the resources they seek and help them navigate to the ones optimal for them.

We’re partnering with plans to help them establish a proactive relationship with their members by identifying their needs and helping them access high-value resources. This could imply finding the right person in customer service or care management on the planet, get them the right provider and network — whether that’s brick and mortar or virtual care – or zero-in on the right solution or third-party benefit that’s offered to them through the plan or employer.

If the plans invest in establishing more modern relationships with members, organize and curate this plethora of solutions, help evaluate the impact of these solutions and then, optimize their routing to connect people with what they seek, then, there’s tremendous opportunity.

What we’re doing can be meaningful in enabling that strategy. And then, as it relates to the provider-side of things, in a world where payments are evolving and risk is shifting, there’s certainly ambiguity in some situations about who’s responsible for what. Whereas historically, the risk was that a lot of people would have fallen between in the cracks, with neither their provider nor the plan paying attention to them, today, there may be situations where they’re being paid too much attention. That’s not ideal but it’s a swing in the right direction. More collaboration between plan and provider can help work that out.

There’s no simple solution – technology isn’t the only one — but there’s an earnest effort among our customers to work collaboratively between plan and provider to sort that out, increase communication and collaboration. That’s not easy nor simple but will pay off over the coming years.

Q. With regard to health care management and chronic conditions, you mention the comorbidities that the most intense cases represent. You’ve also talked about expanding into clinical areas. Are you heading toward becoming a one-stop shop as a company?

Jacob: That’s a critical part of our foundation. For instance, I’ll start with a condition and then, I’ll recognize existence of multiple conditions, and so, I’ll stack these – conditions and specific solutions — and try to cobble them together.

We purpose-built our platform from the start to enable holistic clinical support for people with multimorbidity and clinical complexity across both physical and behavioral health domains, recognizing that it’s the person managing multiple conditions and social drivers of health that tends to be the highest risk and among those, who are targeted for care management programs.

All our programs are modular. So, if there’s an individual with complicated Type 2 Diabetes, stage 2 heart failure and mild depression, they will need help with nutrition and finding a doctor. We can bring those modules together to offer holistic support to that individual in the context of an integrated care team that would include a nurse, a coach, a social worker, an expert peer, and a customer service representative. That’s really been the crux of our strategy from the start. It’s enabled us to help our customers target some of the most complex members that need nurse-led clinical services.

While many of the interventions that are framing themselves as care management are non-clinical coaching services, which can be incredibly valuable, there’s a different scope in terms of what they’re able to tackle and who they’re able to help. For health plans, for instance, while there’s been varying levels of appetite to in-source or out-source some of the less clinically intensive services, most plans have continued to own nurse-led care and case management throughout. 

Q. When it comes to the tech landscape, there are the Big Tech firms — some larger healthcare-focused tech firms and the digital health startups – with more emerging every day. What’s your advice to the newcomers and the VCs who like to invest in them?

Jacob: There’s a lot of money coming into this space. So, the concern or the skepticism is that we’re over-funding ahead of the market. However, there’s also evidence that the market is being disruptive and there are huge pockets of need and opportunity that are conducive to significant change. That change is probably not going to be driven entirely by incumbents. It’s going to be delivered through disruptive forces that push incumbents to change or companies like us that are enabling incumbents to modernize more quickly than they’d be able to do on their own. Given the huge need for improvement in the way care is delivered — the convenience, quality, accessibility, and cost — it’s hard to say that we’re putting too much money into the space.

In fact, even if some of this money is like “wasted,” it helps accelerate the improvements in care and helps expedite better outcomes, and improve quality of lives. There’s a long way to go to make care work for people in the way we all imagine it would.

So, money is coming into the space for a reason and some people will be successful. But that’s the venture model. For entrepreneurs coming in, I’d say, you really need to be passionate about the impact you’re making because nothing happens that quickly in healthcare, it does require significant persistence. But now is a good time to be part of that change. Things possible today wouldn’t have been imaginable 10 years ago.

Q. A couple of the mature big tech firms with deep pockets have recently scaled back their investments in the healthcare market. What does it mean for the appetite in the marketplace for disruptive technology-led innovation models? Is that just a blip or is there a broader message?

Jacob: It’s such a big space and there are so many opportunities that the large tech and retail players will continue to invest here. The idea that their pulling-back signals failure isn’t correct. Large organizations must be encouraged to invest, innovate, and take risks. When one does that, one takes risks to try do something new, and it doesn’t always work exactly the way one thought. So, you must pivot and adjust and its laudable what these players are doing that. I’d be very reticent to criticize such organizations for seeming to pull back or change their strategy. If you’re a startup, you’ll do that 10 times over before you hit your stride. So, I applaud them doing it to make an impact in such an important space.

Between the healthcare incumbents who have the appetite to improve and the commercial pressure that’s pushing the disruptive large tech and retail players and the venture- and private equity-backed startups, hopefully, all of them will meet in the middle and sort themselves out. That’s good for consumers and we’re privileged to be a part of that, but it doesn’t mean you’ll always win. If you can help move the ball forward and make things better for people, then that’s a goal worth working toward.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

 

About our guest

Jacob-Sattelmair-profile-pic

Jake Sattelmair is the co-founder and CEO of Wellframe. Wellframe fixes the two biggest problems with American health insurance: The patient experience, and the rising cost of care.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

In the future, clinicians will have the choice on the blend between physical, virtual, and automated care that they can prescribe.

Season 3: Episode #94

Podcast with Dr. Roy Schoenberg, President and CEO, Amwell

"In the future, clinicians will have the choice on the blend between physical, virtual, and automated care that they can prescribe."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Dr. Roy Schoenberg, President and CEO of Amwell, discusses the current state of telehealth in the U.S. and how its adoption is impacting the experience for healthcare stakeholders – consumers, providers, and payers. Amwell is a leading telehealth platform in the United States and globally, connecting and enabling providers, insurers, patients, and innovators to deliver greater access to more affordable and higher quality care. 

The COVID-19 pandemic made people realize that healthcare can be effectively delivered through technology. Telehealth technology has turned the corner and now has a life of its own. Dr. Schoenberg discusses the role of big tech and EHR in the rapidly changing landscape and shares advice for digital health startups. Take a listen.   

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

00:56Could you give us a little bit of the State of the Union on telehealth in the United States today?
04:08Have we reached an equilibrium when it comes to in person and virtual visits?
05:21 Who have you primarily served – payers, providers, employers, and how has it changed pre to post pandemic?
08:32 When you talk to your customers, what are the top two or three things that you hear in the context of this coming digital transformation?
12:47 Are consumers willing to go with a virtual first kind of a model? There are challenges when it comes to technology adoption like - provider adoption, systems integration. What are the health systems doing to make this more of a default mode of operation for the most important stakeholders in patient care -- clinician community?
16:09 Where are regulators going with the reimbursement models for telehealth? Are there uncertainties people are overcoming in this context?
18:47 Amwell’s been in the news for the acquisition of SilverCloud and Conversa. What was the rationale? What should your clients and their clients expect next year?
24:25What is your advice for the Chief Digital Officers?
26:42Big tech firms – Google and Apple, for instance – are scaling back some of their programs. What does that say about the nature of the state? Is it too hard for tech?
28:20What’s going on with the information security and ransomware attacks? Is it going to get worse or is it going to get better?

Q. With the pandemic, mental health and social care, have become even more integral to care delivery in the US. Virtual visits initially skyrocketed and then, fell, slightly. In this context, can you share the State of the Union on Telehealth in the US, today?

Roy: The COVID-19 pandemic made a lot of people realize that health care can be delivered safely and effectively over technology. Maybe that’s the highest way of describing it. While that statement is true, it resonated differently with diverse audiences and impacted them differently. We’ve seen many Americans — patients, consumers, members — gravitating towards telehealth because during the pandemic, movement was restricted. So, there was a huge increase in adoption of telehealth by the general population. When the situation improved, the same volume of health care needs started getting balanced by telehealth, retail clinics, ERs and Physicians’ offices. Today, there is a higher volume of telehealth, but it’s definitely come down compared to earlier.

The part that’s less reported but has lasting impact is the adoption of telehealth by the clinicians. Their reasons are very different — Most health systems and offices couldn’t see patient volume, couldn’t submit claims and were experiencing financial upheaval. So, many organizations systematically started shifting a lot of the health care onto telehealth to restore their ability to do business. That created a circumstance where a lot of clinicians were exposed to it for the first time and they liked it. What is really astonishing about the long-lasting effects of the pandemic is that the volume of telehealth on our system being carried out by clinicians with their own patients, continues to grow. So even though, things have hopefully subsided and the critical moment is past, telehealth now has a life of its own – like a viral evolution. I think we’re just at the beginning of understanding how that’s going to affect our experience as patients in the future.

Q. Have we reached an equilibrium or are we still in an exploratory stage? Is this going to play-out over a long time?

Roy: We haven’t even begun to scratch the surface. We may have just passed a point where people are asking — should we be using telehealth? That point is in our rearview mirror. People are starting to wonder how to utilize it effectively. “How can I make life easier for my patients? How can I make it easy for them to be compliant with a medical regimen that they need? How can I move the needle on cost of health care using technology?”

All of these conversations are now being held, but they’re still very nascent. So, I think the world is actually going to change for telehealth much more drastically over the next couple of years, paradoxically, than what it did during the during the pandemic.

Q. Who have you primarily served as payers — providers, employees? How has it changed predisposition to a pandemic?

Roy: That’s a fascinating question. So, we’re a little different at Amwell given we’ve built more of a platform and technology infrastructure. The result was that we could do a lot of business in each of these verticals. We run telehealth for a lot of the payers – regional and national. We run a lot of telehealth for health systems and serve many other institutions, individual clinicians, the government etc. That gave us an interesting lens into how things have changed over the last two years, because the appetite and motivation for telehealth had dramatically changed within those different organizations or verticals. For instance, if historically, the payers and the peers were thinking about telehealth as a way to get people to not use ERs, that was the big-ticket item.

How do you ensure that people have an alternative when there’s something wrong with them so they don’t have to go to very expensive and overutilized ERs? While this still remains a calling for telehealth from the perspective of the payroll, the health plans actually think of it more as an instrument to influence the care being rendered to a patient at the point of care. This is where virtual PCP etc. come into play. But payers are beginning to utilize telehealth and its ability to incorporate data in real-time because it’s a digital platform. This incorporates the best analytics, the best network definitions to ensure that the care being rendered to the patient is much more informed and cost-effective. This has major implications on how much must be spent on insuring those patients. This, then, is a radical transition in the understanding of what these technologies can do. And it’s true for every domain, not only payers.

Q. When you talk to your customers today, it’s a part of the conversation. What are the top two or three things you hear in the context of the imminent digital transformation?

Roy: The conversation is a little different depending on the type of the customer being spoken to – the payer, the health system – it isn’t exactly the same. But, in terms of similarities, the general notion is we need to transition a lot of the care that we’re involved in, to digital platforms. The motivation and the instruments by which this happens are different when you talk to a health system — it’s really more about making this the second language for clinicians because they’re the ones calling the shots and prescribing care. We need to make it very easy for them to take advantage of these technologies. From there, you can peel the onion.

It needs to be integrated into their research, scheduling and their staff needs to be able to help them with patient interactions. They must be able to move seamlessly from the physical to digital to physical between 10 and 11 a.m., for instance. So, there’s a whole list of derivatives that are driven by health systems to make telehealth a channel of health care delivery for themselves.

When you talk to health plans, it’s the same motivation — to move as much of the delivery of care to those digital platforms, as possible. The other questions are – How do we implement access so that it is top of mind of our membership? How do we make it easier to consume given there’s so much variability at the consumer level? How do we make sure that it will operate cleanly in the same way on any platform that they want to utilize? How do we ensure that the employers that essentially govern the communication mention the benefits to the employees and pass this along in their messages?

It’s a very different kind of currency and different instruments, but they all have one endpoint — health care activity needs to transfer over technology. People may attribute different percentages to this –20-25% — and it’s still a nimble kind of aspiration. If you think that more than 50% of retail has already transitioned into technology, that’s it.

Q. There are challenges as well. Provider adoption. Systems integration. And then, are consumers willing to go with a virtual first kind of a model? What are the health systems doing or should be doing to make this more of a default mode of operation for the clinician community who are by far the most important stakeholders in patient care?

Roy: I don’t envy anybody’s job of trying to bring change into the way that clinicians practice. That is a very tough nut to crack. And not because clinicians are bad people but because there’s just so much that they need to do that any learning curve, any variation, is trouble.

While I love technology, and it has a huge role to play, the parameter that makes the most difference is leadership. Technology must be integrated and accessible, predictable and reliable but at the end of the day, people — and clinicians — need to subscribe to why they would make that effort. In our experience, organizations that had exceptional leadership took the time to explain why this was going to be part of the vocabulary and the way to envelop all patients in the future.

The sooner we take advantage of it, we’ll become not only more modern but will be able to really serve our mission of delivering better health care and hope. That is sometimes lost when you talk about system integration and APIs etc. I’d say it has a bigger impact than people usually attribute to it. You are creating a perfect storm because if you do the right thing, you create expectations. Then the expectations are, if one signs up for it, it will work. It won’t be a hindrance to patient care, won’t get one to cancel visits because the patient wasn’t able to sign-in on the other end. So, there’s a lot of technology, work and detail you need to go through to live-up to the promise but it comes down to whether clinicians can absorb the huge impact that this is going to have on patients’ lives and as a result, the way they practice medicine.

Q. Economists mention incentives. With regard to the reimbursement environment for telehealth, where are regulators going with the reimbursement models? How big is this factor? Are there uncertainties people are overcoming in this context? Where are we right now?

Roy: We’ve turned a corner in the sense that nobody paid significant attention to changing reimbursement in a meaningful way prior to COVID. Now again, that question of whether it needs to be changed is behind us.

People understand that the new models of reimbursement have to include enabling clinicians to use technology where they estimate it’s for the good of the patient. It’s tough because it’s a whole new language. When CMS was considering a new zip code or the level of reimbursement for that zip code, it was a ritual that they’d repeated for many years. This one though, is big. You’re talking about how the entire practice of medicine can be rendered in completely different care settings. It really depends on how tech-savvy the patient is, which is really not a parameter in a medical chart. So, it is somewhat of a challenge.

If we’d discussed that question two years ago, I’d have said it’s a strategic challenge for the industry. I think that now, it’s a tactical challenge. There’s little doubt that within the next three to five years, the reimbursement issue is going to be behind us. I think that train has left the station. It’s still annoying and confusing because who knew health care could be so complicated? Where we’re going to end up is — clinicians are going to have the choice on the blend between the physical, the virtual and the automated so they can prescribe to a patient based on who the patient is and what they think is right.

Q. Amwell’s been in the news for the acquisition of SilverCloud and Conversa! What was the rationale? What should your clients and their clients expect next year?

Roy: The biggest impact was a new understanding of where these technologies could help health care. It’s not a question of “if” anymore, it’s “how.” And the understanding that it’s kosher to use technology to surround patients, opened the door to a lot more than just video-visits. People are not even talking about clinicians but have higher receptivity to the fact that some of their health care is going to be done in an office or in a hospital, some through their phone or the television or whichever one they choose. There is a deeper subtlety here — that is critically important, and that ties into the acquisitions — which is, we now have the opportunity to completely rethink how we surround patients. I’m not talking about the transactional people with the flu or a rash but when we think about the patients that really consume the health care dollars — people with chronic conditions, elders, cancer patients etc., it is now a legitimate conversation.

Can we surround them more holistically? Can we be present in a much more effective way than physical health care allowed? Physical health care was present next to a patient when they showed up in the office. When they left the office, they were on their own with a lot of guidance and prescriptions. Technology allows us to rethink the presence of health care around patients. We can be omnipresent. The real question is — how can technologies interact with the patient more automatically? How can we use A.I., NLP and algorithms to be there with the patient when they wake up in the morning? Maybe via a text message that says, “Hey! Did you take your medications this morning? What’s your pain level? Are you out of bed?”

There’s a whole world that opened up with the automated presence of health care around patients and if it is tied correctly to the synchronous clinician-based care for the patient, it can actually be incredibly powerful. Both of the acquisitions that we’ve made are along those lines. SilverCloud offers infrastructure for automated companionship with patients with behavioral health issues, patients who are depressed, anxious, suffer sleeping and eating disorders. There’s a variety of those in Conversa. That’s a very powerful automated infrastructure for companionship with patients along the line of medical conditions — patients who are coming in and out of a hospital, have chronic conditions etc.
We’re now beginning to form a pretty formidable automated encapsulation of patients who have those kinds of conditions. And we’re plugging it together with our fairly significant assets by way of virtual interaction with those patients. Conversa detects that something is going wrong with that patient. It has the ability to summon the truth. It’s connected to the telehealth of our world to bring clinicians in. And we are already connected into the physical world of health care through our integration with all these different health systems and payers.

So, there is the promise of completely reimagining how we approach long-term patient management — the trifecta of physical, virtual and automated care. That was the reason for the acquisition. And that’s the vision.

Q. You’ve described what many Chief Digital Officers (CDOs) are trying to do — surround the patient with technology and a seamless experience. The second part is more challenging – the plethora of technology platforms that can go into a digital roadmap forward. In that context, what is your advice for CDOs?

Roy: We have to acknowledge that we’re not trying to create another health care system. We’re trying to connect the parts and allow different organizations to do the best they can in the context of that kind of holistic, continuous patient experience. Health plans should continue to be health plans and health systems and clinicians will continue to be clinicians. The technologies are just going to give them wings to be available and deliver to a broader population in a more timely and equitable fashion.

While I’m not sure the answer is to have one system, you have to have an EHR and an interactive telehealth system. And they’re both foundational capabilities that must be developed so they speak to each other fluently. One piece of advice I have is — a big part of the way that you care for patients is going to go over technology and that is inevitable. The moment that you take a step back and think of the future, that’s where things will be clear in terms of the infrastructure that you’ll need and how to plug one thing into the other.

Q. Recent newspaper reports speak of big tech firms – Google and Apple, for instance — scaling back some of their programs. What does that say about the nature of the state and the nature of the beast?

Roy: I think it’s different. The biggest challenges in health care are that the consumer doesn’t know what they’re buying and the provider doesn’t know what it costs. The health plan and who pays for it, is nowhere near where care is being rendered. But that doesn’t mean that you can’t be a part of the solution. Sometimes, in large companies, being part of a solution is not necessarily in line with the way you view yourself. While that is humbling, we all have a role to play and eventually we’ll find our places for it’s an ecosystem and not one person’s landgrab.

Q. One last question — you’re very familiar with information security and ransomware attacks so what’s your view of what’s going on? What’s going to get worse before it gets better?

Roy: I don’t want to end with a somber statement. But I shall say that it’s going to get worse simply because so much of health care is transitioning into digital channels and health care is near and dear to people’s livelihoods and pockets, almost like their bank accounts. We already know that medical records are worth more in the cyber black market than a credit card number. So, there will be more attacks, people with interest to disrupt, will steal data. That just means that you need to be very serious about the infrastructure being put in place — Information Security and all of its aspects will need to be from the floor-level of system design and they should not be one-time investments. It’s a long-term battle with the bad guys – they aren’t going away so we can’t, either. We just need to accept this as the way forward and carry on.

About our guest

Roy_Schoenberg_Amwell-profile-pic

Dr. Roy Schoenberg is the President and CEO of Amwell. Since co-founding the company with his brother Ido Schoenberg, Amwell has grown to become one of the largest telehealth eco-systems in the world, digitally connecting healthcare’s key stakeholders - payers, providers, and millions of patients in an efficient, modern healthcare experience.

Prior to Amwell, Roy was the Founder of CareKey and served as the Chief Information Security Officer at TriZetto, following its acquisition of CareKey. In 2013, Roy was appointed to the Federation of State Medical Boards’ Taskforce that issued the landmark guidelines for the “Appropriate Use of Telemedicine in the Practice of Medicine.”

Roy was named one of Modern Healthcare’s 100 Most Influential People in Healthcare in 2020 and is the 2014 recipient of the American Telemedicine Association Industry award for leadership in the field of telemedicine. An inventor at heart, Roy holds over 50 issued US Patents in the area of healthcare technology, speaks frequently in industry and policy forums, serves on the healthcare advisory board of MIT Sloan, holds an MD from the Hebrew University and an MPH from Harvard. He is a sailor, scuba-diver, and, between September and February, a devoted football fan.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

We’re seeing a lot more proliferation of innovative business models going well beyond just a pure telehealth visit

Season 3: Episode #93

Podcast with Oleg Bestsennyy and Jenny Rost, McKinsey

"We’re seeing a lot more proliferation of innovative business models going well beyond just a pure telehealth visit"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, McKinsey partners Oleg Bestsennyy and Jenny Rost discuss the findings of their recently published report – ‘Telehealth: A quarter-trillion-dollar post-Covid-19 Reality?’ The conversation highlights the rapid growth of telehealth since the pandemic and explores several important differences in adoption rates based on types of care, demographic profiles, and other factors.

Telehealth can  be a great enabler for delivering innovations that lead to better quality healthcare, member experience, and lower costs. There is a need for continued innovation to sustain and expand telehealth and investment in building seamless consumer experiences, especially in a hybrid care model.

The report provides several interesting charts that inform readers on the emerging landscape of telehealth and virtual care models. Oleg and Jenny also discuss various headwinds that will impact the growth of telehealth technologies in the future. They also share advice for health systems and health plan executives looking to navigate the transition to virtual care models successfully. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

00:43McKinsey just published a report titled Telehealth: a quarter-trillion-dollar post-covid reality? What are the key findings of the study?
04:48The report mentions that telehealth volumes have dropped off from the pandemic peaks. Have we reached an equilibrium or are we still evolving towards a steady-state hybrid model?
11:42 You mentioned one headwind in telehealth adoption, which is the reimbursement environment. What else could be a significant headwind and what is your study indicates?
13:49 Healthcare is behind other sectors like ecommerce, personal banking and faces real infrastructure as well as design issues. Where do you think health systems and large health plans are today?
17:05 You refer to the VC funding levels for digital health which is driving a lot of innovation in the report. What are you seeing at the other end in terms of acceptance and adoption for these solutions by health systems?
19:40 Can you comment on the competitive landscape: big tech firms, digital health startups, EHR vendors? What is the tech landscape looking like at health systems in a virtual care future?
21:38 Do you think employers are going to become a significant force that's going to chip away at a big part of the overall healthcare services marketplace?
28:18What would you advise health systems and health plan executives who are trying to sort through this changing landscape, the shift towards virtual care, and are faced with big investment decisions as it relates to technology

Q: McKinsey just published a report titled “Telehealth: A quarter-trillion-dollar post-COVID reality?” What are the key findings of the study?

Oleg: It’s worth noting that this article ended with a question mark. Is this quarter-trillion-dollar opportunity going to be a reality? The original article, from over a year ago, tried to outline the potential for telehealth. We arrived at a figure very close to USD 250 billion of care that could potentially be shifted given the underlying fundamentals to telehealth. Recently, we looked at it to ask what had happened since the pandemic started and how this had evolved?

The key findings have been – Telehealth accounts for around 13-17% of all office and outpatient visits in the U.S. That is between 30 to 40 times the pre-pandemic levels. This has been fairly stable since June 2020 has been exciting. It’s continued with variability since June though. I must point out here that despite average telehealth adoption, there’s been a lot of variability in specialties. So, we’re equally excited about how adoption of telehealth has differed by specialties.

Jenny: What I would add is to look at some of the drivers here – initially, we saw huge increases in both consumer demand for telehealth and provider demands due to the realities of being in the midst of the COVID crisis. We saw that perceptions have largely stayed very positive and providers, in particular, many of who did not use a lot of telehealth prior to COVID, have enhanced perceptions of it now, than before. Many do intend to continue using telehealth and similar results are evident on the consumer side. What’s really exciting is that there’s a lot more proliferation of innovative business models going well beyond just pure telehealth business or telehealth visit. However, to really integrate hybrid models of care, telehealth must be integrated with remote monitoring. I’m so excited to see how this continues to evolve going forward in a post-pandemic world.

Q: What do you include in the definition of telehealth and virtual care?

Jenny: For telehealth specifically, and that is what we did our claims analysis on, it would be virtual and telephone-based visits that were coded as such in claims data. Broadly, virtual health would expand to include remote monitoring, digital therapeutics, asynchronous and synchronous visits. So, it’s actually a wider set of ways to receive care, not in-person.

Q: When you published the report last year, telehealth volumes had dropped off a little. Yet they are still higher than pre-pandemic levels. Are we in an equilibrium or are we evolving towards one?

Oleg: When we think about the equilibrium, let’s ask what is the true future potential? The figure that was put out was USD 250 billion. What does it mean? Part of it means that a quarter of all of the visits in the future can, in theory, potentially be done virtually. When you compare it to where it is today — 13-17% of claims — it’s a big positive surprise that it’s risen so high so quickly and close to the outlined potential.

But then, we received feedback a year ago that 25% was on the lower side, that the potential was much greater. So, I hope that we’re not in equilibrium and the situation actually improves. But I’d like to make this provocative statement that, telehealth as a videoconference between a doctor and the patient quickly becomes commoditized. Sure, it improves convenience and access and becomes a great enabler of – innovation, better quality, better member experience and lower potential avoidable costs and better delivery of healthcare but it begs the question — Can you combine telehealth visits with remote patient monitoring applications to deliver better care at home for the elderly? When we look at this, we hope that spurred by investor activity, consumer and provider adoption, there will be more innovation leading to greater adoption of telehealth.

Jenny: I’ll play the devil’s advocate here. There are trends that could evolve and cause it to go down again, so there may not be an equilibrium by any sense. Continued innovation will be needed to sustain and expand the applications as it becomes easier for people to see their doctor in person. It has to be really convenient and offer seamless user experience. So, there’s a noticeable push towards not having telehealth as a siloed experience with the provider you see once, but really having integrated data and care so it’s really used to help you manage your care. On the provider side, will reimbursement stay, is a big question. Can this become a more seamless part of provider workflows too, especially as we think about providers who may be offering a hybrid model, not just a pure virtual health offering? I think there’s still lots of ways this could evolve that could push it in both directions

Oleg: Just one thing and I’ve alluded to it before — when you scrutinize telehealth adoption by specialty, there is a lot of variability. When you see Psychiatry visits or substance use treatment disorder visits, the level of adoption is much higher than average. More than half of all the Psychiatry visits, as we look at claims right now, are conducted using telephonic or telehealth means, which means greater access to a mental healthcare. I think, the innovations that Jenny is talking about, are going to evolve in the microcosm for different kinds of specialties, too. In the future, we’ll see a lot more happening in the space of tele-behavioral health than some other specialties.

Q: There’s plenty of differences between how the adoption rates play out based on the types of care. The rural versus urban setting, within urban areas – the inner city versus the more affluent sections, socioeconomic factors, the demographics, etc. What does your study show when it comes to breaking this down along these multiple dimensions?

Oleg: Even though we did not touch upon figures in the report, our colleagues have analyzed the data, and there seems to be a higher adoption level in the rural setting where the access issues are also much more prominent and pronounced than in the urban settings. There’s also considerable research going on right now in terms of how does telehealth help or maybe set back the question around health equity, access to health and the equal high-quality opportunities among the various strata of the population across socioeconomic backgrounds. The effect is still unclear but I do believe that technology — telehealth and virtual health, in general — espouses great promise to not only innovate around care models and care delivery, but also make a significant step forward to better health equity across the society, irrespective of geography, demographics or socioeconomic backgrounds.

Q: You mentioned one headwind — the reimbursement environment. In healthcare, everything is about following the money. What are the other significant headwinds from your perspective?

Jenny: Great question! There’s probably a few. One would be — just how seamless is the experience? We can do almost everything online today, but some are easier than others. So, is it one click to access all my data and then get a readout? Or is everything really fragmented? I’m probably much more likely to continue using telehealth if it’s all seamless and that’s the management populations with complex conditions need. Data integration is critical too. There are also some questions that are still being worked out around quality — What are the right sets, the conditions or symptoms that really do suit themselves well to a telehealth visit versus an in-person one? As providers work through the clinical models, that will impact what’s done telephonically, by video versus in-person, I think, some of those are the pieces that we’ll see continuing to be worked through.

Q: The fragmented nature of the healthcare experience is not new. There are some real infrastructure issues that make it hard to create that seamless experience – interoperability, design etc. Where are the health systems and large health plans, today? Is there a real difference between the financial performances of those who’re ahead in this game and those a little behind?

Oleg: In general, there is a lot of variability in how much different investors are investing in the underlying capabilities or how seriously they are treating this space. A lot has to go into data enablement, aggregation and interoperability capabilities. But all the capabilities related to working seamlessly with EMR, within the EMR or across care provider boundaries, need strategic investments. These will come with innovations around the way they approach the day-to-day workflows — a virtual only model, a virtual first model or a hybrid model that is seamlessly integrated offline and online experience for members.

Also, like with lots of other spaces, a lot of innovation today, is driven not so much by large systems, large health plans, but actually by smaller startups that are trying to find a niche to innovate around and try to scale it. I’m quite glad to see the high levels of investment and excitement around this space because I do hope that all of these investments ultimately result in better competitiveness and truly disrupting some of the care models to enhance care for everybody.

Jenny: We’re starting to see large players, payors, big health systems and value-based providers signing up for or currently being inundated by a lot of different point solutions and saying, “OK, we signed up for such a condition and such a convenience, for this segment of our members. So, how do we actually create the ecosystem?” That’s a more curated experience.

Q: In your report, you refer to the VC funding levels for digital health as driving a lot of innovation. It’s one thing for startups to get funded and drive innovation and another thing for health plans and systems to adopt solutions and make them work. It’s different altogether for consumers to really use it and make a difference. How much of this is hype? Or are we in some kind of a bubble here?

Jenny: I don’t have a number but if you look at some of the moves that really big players are making, you’ll see large retailers are making lots of acquisitions and big tech companies are expanding and innovating while broadening their portfolio of service offerings in this space. So, it isn’t just a startup game.

Oleg: We’re already starting to see some real innovation in telehealth technology itself. It’s a video conference that is HIPAA-compliant and one can now launch a telehealth visit without even downloading an app, just in one’s browser. When I look at innovation broadly, I see that for some conditions, there are truly remarkable ways in how care has changed compared to even a decade ago where you’re combining AI-driven behavioral nudges that are automated to the member with great member experience, behavioral coaching and remote patient monitoring packed all in one seamless end-to-end offering to really make a dent in the care and the outcomes for a condition.

So, investments lead to innovation. It doesn’t mean that all of these investments will play and pay out. But it does give me hope that some of this leads to true groundbreaking innovation and we’re really on the cusp of it in the next few years.

Q: Let’s talk about the landscape of big tech firms, digital health startups, the private, mature digital health companies. In terms of the opportunity landscape, where do you see the most traction? How are your clients, health systems looking at this technology landscape and making the tradeoffs?

Jenny: There’s an almost bifurcated value proposition that’s emerging. A series of solutions that are forming around convenience. For healthy populations that need convenient access to more routine care, this can be the triage symptom checkers that feed into a telehealth visit that connects to deliver your prescription home or in some cases even accommodates home visits as needed. So, it’s built around convenience. That improved experience often may be more targeted towards large employer health offerings.

Similar levels of innovation may also be seen more around chronic conditions, behavioral health or specific populations that have more complex needs. It’s about how you integrate the technology into those care journeys to improve outcomes, cost and quality of care. So, we’re seeing those two models play out across different types of players, investment areas and health plans and systems as well.

Q: Is there a real possibility that a lot of the business is now going to fall into the hands of the employers who are emerging as a buying force? Are some of the mature companies actually targeting them as a primary market segment — what do you think of that trend?

Oleg: We’re already observing they indeed are becoming a big force. From the purchase of some of these innovative solutions to the point of bifurcation that Jenny has mentioned, there is a lot happening.

How do we increase convenience of access to healthcare for our employee base? How do we look at it not only from the perspective of what leads to reduction in avoidable medical expense, but also how to better members’ experiences? Can this be used as a talent retention and attraction mechanism and what leads to better productivity and happiness?

That is kind of a byproduct of some of the solutions. So, I think we’re already seeing an increase in the levels of purchasing and spending on different kinds of solutions in the space. Some of them are targeting well-being, tackling anxiety and depression, or things related to convenience of routine care and low acuity, access to care by keeping the waiting rooms etc.

Going forward, this will continue to increase and employers will continue to be or become even bigger voices. On the other side of the fork, when you look at the employer base and people who have employer-sponsored insurance, there is great need for solutions that address the chronic care needs of the employee base. Some of the planned procedural base – telehealth, virtual care, and remote patient monitoring can go a long way in making that experience better and hopefully, leading the front line to reduce avoidable medical exacerbations.

Q: You’ve got access to care — a big area of digital health innovation — and on the other side, is the actual care delivery. Where are you seeing more traction?

Oleg: I’m happy to take the time to think about it. It was interesting because when the initial spike in the pandemic hit in late March-early April, telehealth was almost extensively used. One could not visit the doctor who one typically visited regularly, so one needed help to connect to anybody available and talk to them. That led to the growth of the space we call virtual urgent care — connecting to a random doctor on a low acuity, or some level of acuity with urgent issues that one needed to resolve right then and it helped solve the issue of access.

It was not so much about convenience. But what’s been analyzed in the original report, the potential value of that virtual urgent care as a use case is actually a small part of the overall total potential. The bigger part is around what may be described as it’s delivery component — innovation around care models and how that may be done.

Having said that, I think the lines are blurry and gray. So, there’s this category, which we call near virtual visits. For the sake of convenience, while the visit parts here are virtual, yet, some of the services need to be in-person, such as drawing blood or a lab test. Can these be combined to create both, a convenient aspect but still an innovative way to deliver care? Those are some of the interesting use cases that I hope to see grow, scale-up and proliferate going forward as well.

Jenny: There are some interesting questions about how to give access to more and more people. They now want it with their doctor, not just one through a telehealth app. So, how do we use technology to create better access to the care that people want or what they’re familiar with?

Q: What would your advice be to health systems and health plan executives who are trying to shift towards virtual care but are faced with big investment decisions related to technology and transforming organizations?

Jenny: Identify the sources of value from that virtual health that your organization can drive. That’s going to look quite different if you’re a large health system or a payer or a risk bearing provider group. But there’s so many solutions and strategies out there that could be pursued. One must understand what’s being optimized for patients or members — access, improved outcomes and cost or improved convenience and having that North Star to focus on and help cut through the chaff.

Oleg: I agree with Jenny. Viewing virtual health as a tool in the toolbox can break the mold on what and how you deliver care and generate value. It need not shift from one end of the spectrum to the other, but this is one component where it can deliver true innovation to patients and consumers and achieve the triple aim goal.

So, what are the components of the triple aim goal that you’re trying to achieve with virtual care? And how does it fit into your current and existing care delivery strategy? How are the two tied together? This then begs the question around use cases — How do you go about selecting these? Which solutions do you double down on? The one exciting part about the market is that it’s very fragmented. There’s a lot of change happening at breakneck speed with little clarity on how those various parts will emerge. But this is also where health systems and health plans can view themselves as shapers of what the future destiny can become, with some of them setting themselves apart from the competition.

About our guest

Oleg_Bestsennyy_profilepic

Oleg Bestsennyy is Partner at McKinsey & Company and leads McKinsey’s Next Generation Care Models domain.

Oleg has extensively served payers, providers, and private equity firms on a range of topics related to care models, including topics of telehealth, broader virtual care and care management.

Jerry_Rost-profilepic

Jennifer is leader at McKinsey’s healthcare practice and focuses on serving payers, providers, and healthcare technology players to develop innovative models to improve healthcare outcomes, experience and affordability. She co-leads McKinsey’s capability areas in value-based care and virtual health.

Jennifer is passionate about making the healthcare system work better for individuals in need of care. She has spent over a decade leading work with clients to develop and implement value-based care models, including incentive structures, data analytics and technology systems, and support mechanisms to enable providers to succeed in the transition away from fee for service medicine.

She also leads client service and the Firm’s research on virtual health, with a particular focus on bringing advances in digital and analytics to further innovate care delivery and improve healthcare value. She has published and spoken externally on the opportunities for virtual health and the future of care delivery.  She is also an affiliated leader of McKinsey’s Center for Societal Benefit for Healthcare, bringing expertise in virtual health to address under-resourced areas in healthcare, such as mental health and rural health.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

We’re deep in the throes of implementing several foundational technology platforms

Season 3: Episode #92

Podcast with Matthew Roman, Chief Digital Strategy Officer, Duke University Health System

"We’re deep in the throes of implementing several foundational technology platforms"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Matthew Roman discusses how Duke Health is implementing a number of foundational technology platforms for effective patient engagement and care delivery over the next couple of years. 

A clinician by background, Matthew describes the collaboration model among a diverse group of technology and operational executives to implement digital health programs at Duke Health. He gives us a hint of the one single question he wrestles with every day as the Chief Digital Strategy Officer. He also explains why they choose to “tread lightly” in offering clinical advice through artificial intelligence.

Matthew describes several challenges digital health startups must be prepared to face, even if they have remarkable and game-changing technology solutions. Among his words of advice? Don’t oversell. He also shares a few learnings from his experience for peer group executives in health systems. Take a listen.  

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

01:17About Duke Health and the patient populations.
02:34Tell us a bit about the digital programs currently operational at Duke Health, maybe touch on telehealth in particular.
05:07 Talk to us about your top foundational platforms, any ones that you used to execute, and also your whole strategy. Are you using one or you are using multiple platforms for different things? How do they all fit with your other tools, especially the EHR platform? programs?
07:25 Have you been using chatbots more in the context of clinical chats or more in an administrative context for enabling access and providing patients with information on self-service tools?
09:27 Where you are in your CRM journey and what your focus areas are with the CRM platform?
12:09 In the context of a chronic disease, most of the deployments have been from RPM standpoint. How is it worked so far, especially the aspects where you bring back the data from the devices and the sensors and you try to combine that with the patient longitudinal records in the EHR?
16:11 How are you driving data and analytics program at Duke Health and how you are harnessing emerging data sources and tools such as AI?
18:12How do you approach technology choices for your transformation especially when it comes to the risks?
23:29What is your advice for tech firms, especially startups and innovators who want to be a part of your digital journey?
25:49Can you share a couple of best practices and operating principles for success with digital health programs?

Q: Tell us a bit about the populations you serve at Duke Health and your role in the organization.

Matthew: I’m the Chief Digital Strategy Officer for Duke University Health System. It is a medium-sized yet a very high-quality academic medical center located in the center of North Carolina. We’re pretty proud of the quality of care we offer through our three hospitals — a flagship academic hospital and two community hospitals — along with a large series of clinics, both primary care and a large specialty faculty practice. I report to the CIO and we support the academic mission through the Schools of Medicine and Nursing, as well as the health system functions.

Q: Can you share an overview for some of the digital programs currently in-flight at Duke Health? Telehealth, for instance, has been a big growth area for most organizations. Which one has it been for you?

Matthew: Our Digital Strategy Office was formed about three-and-a-half years ago as envisioned by our CIO, a physician himself. We are responsible for consumer-friendly, patient-facing technologies to help with our patients’ attempts to engage with us as a health system. We’re deep in the throes of implementing a number of, what I would call, foundational technology platforms on which, over the next couple of years, we will build hopefully more effective and broader reaching use cases. So, these platforms include programs, some of which are fully embedded already, some of which are in-flight.

Through our telehealth platform — our patient portal – we are trying to improve patients’ experiences. A CRM strategy around conversational AI and chatbots does exist but it’s important to reach out to the patients to learn from them what they want from us. We’re doing this through a virtual Patient Advisory Council. Some others have done this as well along with remote patient monitoring, both, in support of the telehealth platform and both supporting continuing care via virtual visits. Even if that care is initially delivered in-person, we’re able to — through these remote patient monitoring strategies — capture data points in much greater frequency to support clinical decision-making and predictive modeling.

Q: How have your patients and caregivers responded to Telehealth? What were your platforms and strategy for execution? How do they align with your EHR and other tools involved in delivering a seamless experience to patients?

Matthew: Our experience was like most others. We had a pretty small telehealth footprint. We had some early adopters and really impressive work, pre-pandemic, like our Movement Disorder Clinic. It had a Neurologist who was a very early adopter of telehealth. His patients were A-listers with tremendous movement and mobility disorders, and it took an army to bring them to our clinic. He had a pretty wide capture rate or geography and so, we were able to work with him to enable video visits to these patients. We had the same hockey stick increase in volume as everybody else did in March 2020. We went from 100 visits a month to 2000 visits a day, much like everybody else. The truth is, our highest month volume since the start of the pandemic was March 2021 and then, we’ve started to tail off just a little bit. We continue to have pretty high volume in some specialties or behavioral health and psychiatry clinics have remained very high adopters and high utilizers of our primary care clinics and certainly some of the specialty and surgery clinics as well. We have a primary platform that’s embedded in our EHR. And we have a backup platform, too. This way we’re able to capture patients even if they don’t have an app on their devices or face connectivity issues. Then, we can rescue or salvage that by sending a rescue link. We have two active platforms that we’re working with currently.

Q: You also mentioned the chatbots. Have you used them more in the context of clinical chats or in the administrative context to enable access and provide patients with information on self-service tools? Or are you doing both?

Matthew: This is a great question! We’re in the relatively early stages of implementing our chatbot and we’re cutting our teeth on administrative functions. We will tread lightly in offering clinical advice through AI, more from risk tolerance and quality assurance perspectives than anything else. I think that we’re starting from an administrative place to access some instructions, directions, wayfinding, touchless arrival, etc., and then, we’ll branch from there.

Q: Is your approach to start small, establish adoption levels and make sure that the chat works effectively and people feel comfortable before you get to the more complex, high stakes, high-risk kind of functions?

Matthew: That’s right. We’re also working hard with these platforms but the connection between them is what’s really so intriguing to me. For instance, if the patient had a remote monitoring device at home or when monitoring their BP via home checks, they engage with us via chatbots, our response is informed by the fact that the patient is being monitored. So, we could be smarter in our response and answer the patient differently via AI.

Q: Where are you in your CRM journey? What are your focus areas with the CRM platform?

Matthew: We’ve implemented an enterprise level CRM in our marketing strategy. So, that was our first stretch into CRM many years ago. Since then, at our Duke Clinical Research Organization, a large CRO, we have an installation of the same CRM tool that helps manage multicenter trials, not just site-based research into a bunch of work in the CRM but in the unit, too. Now, we’re in the 11th hour of our implementation of the CRM tool and our Access Services Center with its multiple hubs to serve our primary and specialty care providers.

What we are hoping to do is get a little smarter in our engagement, knowing who the patients are, who’s calling and their call history, which right now we don’t have much insight into but which we’ll be able to add this year. I can, very easily, envision patient acquisition thus.

From the marketing effort within the CRM tool and creating journeys from the time we acquire a patient to when we actually schedule that patient for the needed/requested services to then linking them to the portal and other things that we have downstream to continuously push engagement — clinical and administrative – so as to reduce friction and lower the barrier for entry.

Q: With regard to the last foundational technology platform — remote monitoring — in the context of a chronic disease, where most of the deployments have been from RPM standpoint, how has it worked thus far? Any learnings you’d like to share?

Matthew: We’re taking an approach that RPM has two really big buckets. The first bucket is to replicate what’s happened over generations. When we walk into our provider’s office, we get weighed, core temperature, height, blood pressure and heart rate measured so we can replicate that when the virtual visit occurs by remote capture, just to continue to be able to capture the same sort of quality data that we have for generations. More importantly, though, this is so that when our providers are being asked to make clinical decisions based on a single data point or very precious few data points over a long longitudinal time point, then we don’t make under-informed decisions.

We’re structuring it so we send patients home with whatever the appropriate biometric kit might be — be it blood pressure, glucose monitoring or pulse oximeter, etc. Bring these data into a lake or a repository short of our EHR where we can analyze the data and apply rules to trigger alerts. These will be alerts to the provider and care teams. If there’s a either a series of or a sequence of progressively out of range numbers or an alert or a value that’s particularly high or low, that’s somewhat dangerous and we may want to intervene or send alerts to patients.

And these might be an alert to patients because we haven’t received a value in a few days or because the values are trending well and we want to send them a nudge that says -“Congratulations! Good job! The work you’re doing is effective and your blood pressure is becoming under control. You’ve lost five pounds or the reverse.”

If the trends are actually going in the wrong direction, we want to send encouraging messages to help them get back on course and nudge the provider to maybe change the course in one way or another. The long game is once we capture enough of these data points across a broad enough segment of our population, it’s representative enough. Then, we’ll get smart about what normal recovery looks like after a procedure and know what normal or well looks like when a variant in the data is actually meaningful or when it’s a predictable variant that’s innocuous.

We’re blessed to have really tremendous data science people around to look at these big data sets and find the pearls. So, we’ll be able to set up predictive models to understand when data are mandating action be taken. This also has, workflow utility, because it can help us give patients a heads-up on events, they can expect to occur somewhere between day 4- 6 after they are back home. So, there’s some workflow utility as well. That’s our journey.

Q: How are you driving data and analytics? How are you set up to serve the multiple needs of the enterprise? What do your structures and successes look like?

Matthew: I’m a consumer of these very brilliant people I work with. One of my peers is the Chief Analytics Officer, whose team’s responsible for all the structure. They’ll explain this better but remember the lake I mentioned earlier? That was built for us to pile-in multiple data-streams. In the near future, we may make informed clinical decisions based on things beyond just the very rich EHR data. That alone is incomplete, of course. So, in this lake or repository we’ll have RPM data, social determinate data, expense/spends as well as location data to facilitate our remote monitoring journey. All of this, of course, with the consent of patients for they will be its greatest beneficiaries.

Q: Your role reports to the CIO. What’s the organization model for driving digital transformation? How did that start?

Matthew: While I report to the CIO, I’m not a deep technician nor an engineer. I come at this from a clinical angle because I’m a clinician, first, and a strategist and digital health person, second. I have a small but diverse team with broad backgrounds — from clinical informatics to physical therapists — including a nurse and a physician, who’s our Medical Director that’s responsible for our portal.

We work very carefully and closely with our colleagues in the health system — clinical and operational leads — to understand the opportunities that our clinicians can have. Our budget is also through our IT shop so we do try to make clever use of technology to ease workflows and enhance abilities of clinicians to engage with patients and empower them with information and tools to supplement their care between clinical encounters.

Our operational colleagues are critical cogs in this wheel that help implement workflows, set appropriate impact metrics, have baseline days against which to compare. I call them impact metrics because it’s not just about numbers of adoption on our portal account; it’s to understand what difference we may have made.

Q: How do you approach technology choices for your transformation especially when it comes to the risks?

Matthew: That’s a question that, candidly, I wrestle with every single day. We have invested significantly in our EHRs – both, dollars and effort. We have a very mature installation of enterprise EHR but it’s our transaction tracking and our medico-legal record keeping system. And that’s important.

We work hard because our clinicians are extremely busy people. In keeping with a concept shared with me by our previous CTO — a classic single pane of glass – I must say we have a fairly high bar in the EHR; high enough for us to tell our staffers, clinicians and administrators to go to another application for a particular purpose. When we want to bring in another application, we try to allow us to be able to launch it from within the primary health record, the place where our staff are working. We insist on single-sign-on, being able to preserve contextual awareness. So, our pendulum swings all the time between high level enterprise solutions and fit for purpose. And it’s an internal struggle. All this is to say that I know I’m not answering your question clearly, but it is maybe the unanswerable one.

Q: When it comes to innovation and innovative technologies, how do you parse through all that’s happening now in the market to find that little nugget that will stand the test of time?

Matthew: With startups, some of this advice is welcome. However, for a complex organization like ours, the sales cycle is longer than you, the startup or I would like it to be, but it’s just the reality. We work very hard to shorten it, but it’s complex. I’m not saying that’s right, but it just takes a long time. So, be patient.

I think that the point that we made a moment ago about respecting the single pane of glass as much as possible is important, even if that widget is just simply remarkable and game-changing. If we can get it in front of the users and the best clinicians, the patients, then it won’t matter.

In other words, there is a tipping point where we can put too many applications on a patient’s device and then it becomes noise rather than signal. For a patient who has comorbid conditions — and we have three or four really magical applications that could change that patient’s course if we could elegantly get that patient to interact with that application — it’s somewhat meaningless.

So, the integration of patience and single pane of glass should be easier over time because of FHIR standards, smart application capabilities in these sorts of things and the underselling and over-delivery. If it’s a niche product, it’s what it is. But the other side of that continuum is the large company or the or the medium-sized company who comes into an organization like this one and says we can solve all your problems. That’s somewhat of an oversell.

Q: That’s good advice. You’ve been in the role for a few years so you’ve had success and times when things didn’t go your way. What’s your advice or best practices that you would like to share with your peers on similar transformations?

Matthew: I love the question and I would answer it by saying — be persistent, tenacious and don’t stop. I won’t tell you that I have better practices because this is a personal semantic question for me. I don’t like that term because it implies that I already have what’s best and it can’t get better. To me, the answer is tenacity.

Try something carefully, monitor the impact, make a change, try something again. That, I happen to think, is the key. Don’t be afraid to try something new, be obviously cautious and judicious in these changes because we’re talking about patient safety. But where possible, the classic fail-fast mentality to me is wise. And then once you’ve failed, you change, learn and reapply,

About our guest

MattRoman-profile-pic

Matt Roman serves as the Chief Digital Strategy Officer for Duke University Health System. He is responsible for developing and deploying consumer-focused digital strategies, implementing innovative technologies to better engage patients and families, and extending our health IT footprint out into the community. Matt is passionate about building an optimal care experience for patients, so they can maximally engage in their health and wellness during and between clinical encounters. As a clinician himself, Matt is empathetic to needs of providers and strives to improve efficiency in care delivery while also improving clinical outcomes and supporting research.

Matt’s teams are responsible for initiatives to include digital health, remote patient monitoring, CRM deployment, patient experience, the patient portal, and utilization of conversational AI in enhancing patient experience, among other strategic initiatives.

Matt has extensive experience in hospital and clinic operations.  He ran the enterprise command centers during the health system’s electronic health record go-live, partnered with clinical and operational leaders to establish enterprise IT governance, and worked closely with community leaders to bring our EHR to non-Duke clinics like our local FQHC, Lincoln Community Health Center.  Matt has partnered with the clinical community to optimize clinical workflows and maximize the utility of our EHR for busy clinicians.  Matt is responsible for designing and deploying technologies to support patients through their health care journey and for working with providers and health system leadership to derive maximal value from our investments in health information technology. 

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

The post-COVID normal looks a lot like the pre-COVID normal, plus a plethora of other responsibilities and activities.

Season 3: Episode #91

Podcast with Mike Restuccia, SVP and CIO, Penn Medicine

"The post-COVID normal looks a lot like the pre-COVID normal, plus a plethora of other responsibilities and activities."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Mike Restuccia discusses the state of telehealth in the pre-and post-COVID era and how the overall workload for the technology function has expanded significantly with the onset of virtual care models. He discussed the role of the IT function in the context of the overall mission of Penn Medicine that covers education, research and care delivery.

In this extended interview, Mike discusses a broad range of topics including the role of big tech and EHR companies in the digital transformation journey, his approach to technology vendor relationships, and a governance model for identifying and nurturing innovative startups. He discusses the use of newer data sources such as genomic data in the analytics programs at Penn and the challenges of AI-enabled solutions from the vendor community that overpromise and under-deliver.

Mike also shares how he spends a significant amount of time attracting and nurturing tech talent, and how to support and empower high-performing teams. Take a listen. 

Note: Penn Medicine has published several insightful reports on the IT function’s contributions to the overall mission. These provide valuable insights into the functioning of one of the largest and most prestigious medical institutions in the country. Interested readers can download the reports here.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

00:48What does the post-COVID normal look like at Penn Medicine? What you are working on to prepare for the next phase?
02:52What are the broad trends in the healthcare sector and the changes in the competitive landscape that you are following at the enterprise level to drive technology priorities?
07:41 How have your patients, consumers, and caregiver community responded to the shift towards a digital mode of engagement? programs?
10:33 Have you reached an equilibrium between telehealth and in-person visits? Are you designing the future based on this equilibrium?
12:44 How do you leverage the technology partner ecosystem to drive your enterprise priorities?
15:19 When you realize that your existing partnerships might not have what you need, how do you go about sourcing it from elsewhere or you build it internally? Can you talk about your approach?
18:09 What's your advice for digital health startup founders who want to be a part of your journey and may have something?
22:28What are the challenges that you have had to overcome, especially when harnessing innovation from the marketplace as opposed to innovation from within your existing technology partnerships?
24:21Tell us a little bit about what is the overall mission when it comes to your data and analytics group. How are you supporting - the academic, the research and the health care delivery side of it?
41:10Can you share best practices for the benefit of our industry colleagues on their digital journeys at various stages?

Q: What does your post-COVID, new normal look like at Penn Medicine? What are you preparing for in the next phase, especially from a technology standpoint?

Michael: In many ways, the post-COVID normal looks like a lot like the pre-COVID normal plus a plethora of other responsibilities and activities. So, the post-COVID normal’s more frenetic with things that we’ll see much more of. Pre-COVID we’d been focused on expansion, running, maintaining and growing and all the EHR-type things. Post-COVID, it’s all that plus more engagement, faster expansion, greater monitoring of patients in our remote manor — all big lifts from an IS perspective. We had a pretty substantive role and job as a team pre-pandemic, and post it, it just doubles or triples and there’s no sign that it’s going to slow down.

Q: Interesting observation. Post-COVID, telehealth modalities and virtual care models have gained a lot of ground. What are the top three trends and how do those trends drive your technology priorities?

Michael: I will start with telehealth. Pre-pandemic, we were doing a few hundred tele-visits a month. At its peak, mid-pandemic, over 8000 tele-visits, a day. Now, it’s plateaued to around 3,000 per day, but that’s still significantly higher than our pre-pandemic days. Telehealth is here to stay. It’s an area we need to focus on and from a maturity perspective, we have a pretty good solution in place. But there are other vendors rapidly advancing their telemedicine delivery capabilities into us. Integration with our EHR is critical and getting that done in future will be top priority. Our patients and providers love it.

I had mentioned remote monitoring, a while ago, in the home or in particular within our ICUs across our six-hospitals’ enterprise. We have almost 250 ICU beds, and each is now monitored with a camera connected to a central location. Thus, tele ICU caters to 24*7 monitoring and care. It helps from the delivery of care and responsiveness perspectives and the staffing angle too, because those six hospitals are located in a 150-mile radius which makes staffing, mission-critical.

The third thing I’d speak to is just enhanced patient engagement, which can occur through the patient portal to deliver results, schedule appointments, undertake administrative types of tasks, pay bills, communicate with clinical teams or even, push information and alerts to our patients. That was significant through the pandemic. It was a new opportunity when outpatient clinics were re-opened after having ambulatory clinics, and then again significant with the re-opening of hospitals for non-essential surgeries.

We began an interactive texting campaign that communicated with patients via their phones and asked them a series of YES/NO questions 24-48 hours before they visited us. Based on the responses, the patient would either be cleared, or the employer would be cleared to come back to work. Patients could be cleared to come to the clinic or would be triaged off to a care team. The latter only if patients responded with a list of symptoms, we would not want them coming into the clinic. The care team would reach out to them at that point in time. This is another example of using technology for good engagements with patients.

Q: How have your patients and consumers responded to the shift towards digital modes of engagement? How has the caregiver community responded and what has that experience been like?

Michael: I’ll start with the patients first and this is a bit more anecdotal than scientific. What we consistently heard from the majority of the patients — and there is some differentiation based upon perhaps age or tech-savviness, irrespective — they were thankful. Thankful that we were attentive, concerned for their health and that of their caregivers and other patients in the general vicinity. Overall, it was a big win because of the positive engagement and the way we communicated with our patients.

From the caregivers’ perspectives, it was a big change in the workflow. Now one had to follow multiple steps just to see a patient. So overall, I think the response was mixed or much more positive than negative because interestingly, there was a segmentation of those physicians that were very comfortable using the technology and embraced the concept of using a telemedicine-type approach. This way, they could see more patients, have less downtime, maintain a higher adherence rate to the meeting, resulting in fewer no-shows. On the other hand, there were those that said a tele-visit was OK occasionally, but that patient had to be seen. This meant observing more than just how they were interacting through the screen.

Q: Your telehealth visits went up to about 8,000 a day from a few hundred a month. And then, fell to 3,000 a day today. Is this an equilibrium you have achieved? Are you designing the future based on this?

Michael: I think we’ve reached an equilibrium for now but there is substantial pent-up demand to come back and see in-person, which sort of impacts the decline and that plateauing. I feel there will be another bump in our use of telehealth for several reasons. One is we will have experienced that pent-up demand for in-person visits. Secondly, we’ve learned that not every visit has to be in-person and some balance/ratio of visits per patient can be maintained (one inpatient may have one in-person and two virtual visits, for example or that could be in ratio of 1:3). Thirdly, I think the strength of Penn Medicine lies in the breadth and diversity of care offered and as that expands, it will support more of the telehealth type of engagements.

Q: Penn Medicine, with its historical heritage and as an academic and research institute plus a healthcare delivery organization, is unique as is your mission. From a technology standpoint and your strategic tech partnerships, how does all this drive your mission?

Michael: We believe in few but deep partnerships. We don’t have five different vendors providing 12 different solutions for the same cause because we prefer going with one vendor across the board and implementing common systems that are centrally managed and collaboratively installed. That works very well, across the networking, EHR, telephony sides and other aspects. That’s our approach — standards and systems across the enterprise. We are focused on patient care research and teaching around 121 academic medical centers in the country. It is a unique mission that requires significant integration among those three towers than ever. Our approach towards genomics and leading that into patient care and precision medicine and precision health really makes these times exciting. And that where it gets real exciting with the things that we are doing that is transforming care. But from a partnership perspective, several solutions at most deep relationships that are common across the system is really the attributes that we seek.

Q: While your partners possibly deliver much of what you need, they don’t deliver everything. How do you go about sourcing this from elsewhere or building it internally? What is your approach like in this case?

Michael: Regardless of whether our partners are providing us the proper solution or not, we’re always looking to innovate and that’s within the corporate IS, as well as in partnership with our Center for Health Care Innovation, which is a close ally and very dependent upon corporate assets. So, the Center for Health Care Innovation is a part of Penn Medicine, led by Dr. David Asch and Roy Rosen and their team is focused on what we should be doing next to either improve efficiency, care, accelerate research. They’re quite focused on new technologies, workflows and endeavors and very dependent upon corporate IS for those networks, data, and project leadership in order to advance some of those causes.

How this works is — the Center for Health Care Innovation will identify an opportunity and organize the appropriate constituents because there’s more than IS and big thinkers that need to be in the room. One needs operational assistance, clinical assistance, perhaps research assistance as well. Once that’s organized, a proof of concept is performed to see if the thought really does hold water. If it does, then we try to do a pilot and one that’s completed, we try to determine whether corporate IS should try to scale it across the enterprise. That’s the kind of the approach we’ve taken internally to advance our causes. Often, whether it’s improving access to a particular department, making care more convenient for patients or introducing mechanisms so patients don’t have to come on-site as much and be treated more in the home, are examples of how the Center for Innovation has advanced certain causes.

Q: For digital health startup founders listening-in, how can they reach out to you or someone like you to showcase their solution or capability? Any advice to those who want to be a part of this and may have something?

Michael: People find ways to get to me, Roy Rosen, and Dr. Ashe — no challenge there. We’re pretty public figures. So, we encourage them to reach out and share their ideas and their thoughts. And we look at them all. Whether it’s patient care and engagement or access to care, all of these are things we’re readily looking at on a daily basis to try and improve upon. We’ve made a lot of advances because of the pandemic and there’s more to come. This spirit of being able to introduce things that were once thought to be not possible is amazing — Who would’ve thought you could go from 300 to 8,000 tele-visits? But when you focus on it, you can get it done.

We do have many people that reach out to us and find their way into the Penn Medicine ecosystem. It might be through a friend working here or a Board Member or via some other channel, and it just arrives. The first few times, we took a stab at trying to figure this out on the basis of the recommendations but realized that just because a person says they’re good doesn’t mean they necessarily are. We spent a lot of cycles trying to understand the firm’s stability, their product and their ability to need support, secure any data that we might share with them, their potential for long-term sustainability and had our misses.

So, we introduced a multidisciplinary committee that I Co-chair with Roy Rosen from the Center of Innovation Health Care Innovation, and we call it the New Technology Review. And before we go too far with any new potential partner, we ask them to present to the committee in a one-on-one to better understand their capabilities. This has dramatically lowered our misses, improved efficiency, communication, and efficacy as we move forward with some of these newer technologies and firms. We’ve managed to smooth the waters here and keep people focused on what’s most important.

Q: When you get new solutions, they should be compatible with your overall technology environment which can be quite a challenge. What are the top challenges you’ve overcome when harnessing innovation from the marketplace versus innovation from within your existing technology partnerships?

Michael: It’s the overselling, overpromising and then, under-delivering though some of the firms have been really solid. The sales teams or business development teams have a great vision, but on the flip side, they don’t really have the delivery mechanism tied to it. So, you end up short and that’s where my team ends up having to cover and pick up the slack, because by then, the idea has been sold and budgeted. Leaderships expects some results, after all. That to me is one of the biggest problems we’ve experienced.

Q: You’ve made great strides with your data analytics program and how you’re harnessing genomic. What is the overall mission for your data and analytics group? How are you supporting — the academic, the research and the healthcare delivery sides? What are some of the big successes or learnings you’ve had?

Michael: I’m not the greatest one with vision, but my team is using that construct of a common system — centrally managed and collaboratively installed. If you keep that as the overriding umbrella, then, the spirit around analytics was that we needed a centralized location where we could house patient care data, research data — biobanking, bio tissue, genomic data, and any other types of demographic data. That’s Penn GNP (Penn Genomics and Phenotype). That data is initially loaded in a raw format, so, if someone wants to reach in and grab raw data, they can if they’re savvy enough to do that.

We then move up a tier and we synthesize that raw data and homogenize it into common data definitions – a common data model accessible with common tools and probably a little easier then, for an end-user to reach in and grab what they want at some point. But again, it’s a common location that we’re zeroed-in on.

Finally, what we will do is move that data off into data mart so we might have patient safety and a quality mart. We might have a clinical care art. We might have a research mark that has just that specific domain data associated with it. We do all this now through the Azure Cloud, which we found again makes access to the data even easier through the utilization of standard tools that are accessible to all.

Our goal is to have our end users be less reliant on our data access team and more reliant on themselves through self-service. That may be a big lift for us as it is for many other organizations. How we communicate and educate that end user community and liberate the data for their use so that they’re not as dependent upon us is critical.

Some of the big successes for us are — we were one of the first, if not the first, to begin to take discrete genomic lab results from one of our lab partners and integrate that into our EHR. We put a whole program in place on how to make that work, utilizing our genomics team, genomics counselors, members of our cancer center and then, certainly our end user clinical staff community. We ensured that when these Genomic results showed up in a patient’s chart, the latter was aware of what they had, their result and the implications to the caregiver because many of them could require some level of training and education on how to discern what that variant result might be.

Q: AI means a lot of things to a lot of people. How have you been able to leverage AI, ML, Analytics tools in the context of your data and analytics programs?

Michael: AI falls right under that banner of over-promising and under-delivering and I don’t think I’m the only one to say that. You’re more connected in the industry than I am, Paddy, but I have hope for it because much like innovation was a four-letter word a bunch of years ago, AI is becoming a four letter word since it’s just overpromised at this point with limited, tangible results.

That doesn’t mean that we’re not making strides towards it being more and more beneficial. We are taking a two-pronged approach towards AI. The first is a top-down approach, where we will work with members of the vendor community who claim to have this algorithm whereby if you give it the right data in the right format at the right time and in the right sequence, it’ll tell you something. It might tell you whether — you’re going to have a higher no-show rate, there’s going to be a health deterioration, Sepsis is on the horizon etc. And that’s our top-down approach, where globally we’ll just lay it over the enterprise. We’ve had minimal success with that so far.

We also have a bottom-up approach. I have a team of seven or eight data scientists that work in a more discreet manner with our end user community and some passionate clinicians or researchers who claim they have this great idea. And if only they’ve observed certain things or had data on those things, it could be combined again. In some way, we could develop an in-house algorithm that would bring great benefit to the group. And I think we’ve seen that particularly in at-home care. We see that in palliative care, where we’ve predicted certain occurrences, but that’s in a very narrow tower. It’s not as broad as my top-down approach. So, we will continue on both streams because we think there’s hope. We are big believers, that the answers are in the data or are often in the data and we just have to get better at figuring out how to combine that data in order to generate a proper result.

Q: That’s a very well-balanced articulation of the promise, the potential and the actual performance of AI, today. And like you, I’m optimistic about the future as well. I know you spend a lot of time on your people. How do you ensure that you’re attracting, retaining and nurturing talent within the organization? All this technology is only as good as the people who are committed to making it all work.

Michael: When I joined Penn Medicine 14 years ago, 95% of our IS services were outsourced to third-party vendors. That was done 20 plus years ago for a variety of reasons — cost containment, standardization of delivery capabilities etc. What I was asked to do was help build a team that would in-source the majority of those services, because if you’re going to have world-class clinicians, researchers and educators, you better have world class IS.

In order to enable it — and you’re generally not going to get that passion and commitment from a third party — my job was to rebuild the team, internally. That took about three or four years to in-source, and during that time it gave me and my team, the opportunity to build a culture that was accountable, exceeded expectations, and in which we were viewed as consultative and partners versus just “those folks in IS.”

Building that culture has really put us in a position where we’re attractive to those that we recruit. We want 100% of the people to be doing 200% of the work and be accountable. Our mantra outside of corporate IS is, we always deliver. And it’s not easy to do that and so people do go above and beyond and exceed those expectations. That was a culture we strove to build.

I’ve had the good fortune of working places prior in my career where I saw that culture. I thrived there and wanted to replicate that. Now, we are a USD 280 Mn IS operations business, here. And a big business cannot function properly without really good people. My teammates are great, our leadership’s exceptional.

One of the things that caught me — and I probably haven’t shared this with you before or my team — is despite the fact where you are in Penn Medicine, part of University of Penn trustees, we really didn’t have an internal Managerial Training Program. And if you look at statistics and surveys, one of the top reasons why people come to work every day for that employer is they like working for their manager, they respect their manager, they believe their manager has their best intentions for them with their career and their personal work-life balance.

Well, Penn Medicine has subsequently introduced the Managerial Training Program, but IS did this first, and on our own. We formed a program, educated our managers on how to be not only good technically, but good personally, in their management styles. That to me was one of the best things we’ve done within our organization.

I have over 100 managers and often in a technology world the people that become managers are the best subject matter experts in their technology. Well, I think we all know just because you’re a really good C++ programmer or a really good infrastructure networking person doesn’t mean you’re a good people manager. And we had to bridge that gap and we’ve done that through a series of internal trainings, hosting webinars, team meetings, book readings, book discussions and team discussions, and it’s really elevated our ability to manage. Each of my team has now been through 360 events, twice. So, they’re receiving feedback from all around them — their employees, leaders, colleagues etc. If you invest in people, they’ll respect you, like the culture and in the end, this will account for a really low turnover and really high retention rates.

Q: You also published a biannual and having read the document, I’ve found it to be very informative. For those who are listening to this podcast and watching this, I strongly encourage downloading the documents and learning a little bit about what and how medicine does it.

Michael: I’m happy to share that link with you. Our Benefits Realization is one document that states the financial impact corporate IS has on many of the larger projects. And we do that every two years. In between those two years, we do the State of the Union, which highlights the big projects that we were working on, a little less on benefits, but more on the function of that particular project. And we do that because marketing our services is important so the external community understands our end users, what we’re working on, where that USD 280 million is going to. It’s also really rewarding and refreshing to the employees to see their efforts in print and recognize that. “I worked on that with that department or that center or that entity,” has a ring of a sense of pride, a sense of ownership and a lot of what Penn Medicine is about, is that pride and ownership.

Q: I’d like to conclude this session with one or two best practices or learnings and especially in the context of this transformation that the industry is going through. What would you like our listeners to take away from your experience?

Michael: First, we have to recognize the unique situation we are all in — any individual can make a big impact in some way, shape or form. Within industry or within personal and social lives, anyone can make a big difference. I happen to sit in the seat of the C.I.O. so, I have a bit more influence than most. What I have found is, you need to be bold, selective and pick your shots and go hard at them.

When I joined, one of the goals was to in-source the services, but that wasn’t so bold. It was more something that I needed to do type of thing. I thought some of the boldness way back then was saying we needed to get to an integrated health milestone.

Back then, everybody had their own little pet product or pet solution for filling in. Each ambulatory department had their own car — Orthopaedics or GI — and nothing was connected. The boldness was to get to one and being able to fight off all the reasons that people would give you for not getting to one and continually representing what the benefits could be. Once the approvals were got, then still having energy left and implementing that type of a solution today may not seem like a bold premise. But back then, it certainly was. And it makes a big difference today.

I think when I look at what is there and what’s going to be more of, I come up with more genomics, more data, more engagement – the whole precision medicine. The approach we’re focused on has led us to restructure the corporate team, so we’re focused on maintaining power and doing things on the research side. Now, we have a team focused on bringing those two together, and that’s bold and unique. But as mentioned, Penn Medicine is a pretty unique place.

So, we need to take this to the next level and leverage that position without forgetting all day-to-day activities that have to still take place.

About our guest

Restuccia_2021-profile-pic

Michael Restuccia is the Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer (CIO) at Penn Medicine. Restuccia has over thirty years of healthcare information technology experience and has worked nearly all his career in the healthcare information technology provider, vendor and consulting services industries.

Prior to joining Penn Medicine as an IS management consultant in 2006, Mr. Restuccia served as President of MedMatica Consulting Associates, a healthcare information technology consulting firm that has been recognized as a four-time recipient of the Inc. Magazine 5,000 Fastest Growing, Privately Held Companies in the US and the Philadelphia region.

While at MedMatica, Restuccia served as the Interim Chief Information Officer for several healthcare organizations, including Phoenixville Hospital, Doylestown Hospital and the University of Pennsylvania Health System. Prior to MedMatica, Restuccia served in leadership roles with several other healthcare information technology firms, including First Consulting Group and Shared Medical Systems (now Cerner Corp.). Restuccia achieved a Bachelor of Science degree from Rider University and earned a MBA from Villanova University.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Our challenge now is using the data correctly to generate actionable evidence and insights

Season 3: Episode #90

Podcast with Dr. David McSwain, Chief Medical Information Officer, The Medical University of South Carolina

"Our challenge now is using the data correctly to generate actionable evidence and insights"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic
To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Dr. David McSwain, Chief Medical Information Officer at The Medical University of South Carolina discusses the lessons learned in integrating technology into clinical care and its impact on the workflow of physicians, care team members, and patients. He also shares best practices in telehealth implementation from a clinical and operational standpoint. 

David talks about the disparities in access to care among populations with socioeconomic disadvantages and the challenges in implementing telehealth programs. MUSC’s Sprout program, the nation’s first national collaborative telehealth research program, uses evidence and data to support and provide quality healthcare services and influence the adoption of telehealth technology at the physician level.

While designing and implementing technologies, David advises a consumer-focused approach for an improved experience for both providers and patients. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

01:23Can you tell us about the Medical University of South Carolina and the populations you serve?
02:37Did you manage to codify some of this knowledge, learnings, and best practices so that your peers across the country could utilize it?
05:10 The application of telehealth programs and technologies can vary widely. Can you help us parse through it for someone who is relatively new to implementing telehealth programs?
08:34 Can you talk about one of the challenges that you've faced in rolling out a telehealth program?
10:22 Can you talk to us about pediatric research - the Sprout program?
15:24 Are you seeing telehealth platform providers step up to the challenge and introduce the capability to have a translator in the mix every time there is a video conference call?
17:18 Are you harnessing the data that is coming out of the emerging technology platforms like NLP, conversational AI, voice recognition, etc., to improve outcomes of productivity and improve the quality of the experience?
20:03What are some of the biggest challenges when you're going beyond your core electronic health system and trying to tap into some of the digital health innovation or innovative new technology solutions that are out there?
23:46Can you share your thoughts on how providers can improve the way they deliver care and be more productive and not burnout in the process?

Q: Tell us a bit about the MUSC, the population you serve, and your role and responsibilities there. What kinds of programs do you run?

David: The MUSC is an academic medical center in Charleston, South Carolina. We have five campuses throughout South Carolina and serve the entire state. In addition, there are six different colleges, a diverse student body across health professions and disciplines, as well as great research infrastructure. These have contributed to and driven innovation. As the CMIO at the MUSC, I look at the integration of technology especially in clinical care — and how that impacts the workflow of physicians and other care team members — and patient experience and focus on such integration across different types of technology to streamline the practice of care.

Q: How did you codify some of this knowledge, learning and best practices into something that your peers across the country could utilize?

David: Our Centers for Excellence have produced a number of instructional documents and resources on how to implement telehealth best practices, both, from clinical and operational standpoints. We’ve done a lot of work in the spaces of education and training. In fact, several years ago, we opened a state-of-the-art Center, the Telehealth Learning Commons in our main campus through which we’ve hosted different clinicians, administrators, operational personnel and policy makers from across the country to demonstrate the value of telehealth. That space is also used to conduct classes. But all this was largely pre-pandemic, of course. We have, however, expanded on how we approach interdisciplinary education in terms of developing competencies for telehealth across different disciplines and preparing our workforce of the future to be engaged in telehealth as they go out into their chosen professions.

Q: If one of your peers across the country wants to access some of these materials or programs, where should they go?

David: Our website for the Center for Excellence at MUSC.edu is a good resource and to access profiles, there are Twitter and LinkedIn as well.

Q: The meaning of “telehealth” varies — depending on who one talks to, and may be based on demographic profiles, geographies and the type of care being delivered – as widely as the application of telehealth programs and technologies. Can you help us understand telehealth and how best to implement these programs?

David: Well, the key really is to focus on the problem one’s trying to solve rather than the technology. There’s a variety of technology available and the emerging technologies advance what we’re capable of. So, you don’t want to walk around with your hammer looking for a nail. You want to really focus in on the requirements and the gaps. Once you define what it is that you need to do — how to improve patient care, enhance workflow of your providers, coordinate care across settings or across institutions and across locations – and identify the challenges to be addressed, then, the tools will present themselves. These may span a synchronous video consultation, physician-to-physician, physician-to-patient, an asynchronous encounter, remote patient monitoring — there’re so many different tools that it can be a little overwhelming. But the best way to focus in on that approach is to start with that problem.

Q: With regard to synchronous video conferencing or even a phone call and a number of other things, isn’t telehealth just that?

David: That’s actually a really key point, especially now in the pandemic. As we emerge from it, and it gets to the issue of health — of equity and disparities in access to care — some of the research we’ve been doing actually demonstrates that those at a socioeconomic disadvantage, or with pre-existing disparities in access to care, use telehealth as a broad term at the same rate, or that utilization has increased similarly, across those groups. If we look at the distribution of whether it’s video telehealth or audio telehealth, those who are coming from disadvantaged backgrounds or from other areas that don’t have the same access to technology, seem to be disproportionately using audio telehealth. And that’s really important because as we emerge from the pandemic, looking at the ongoing policy debates and the regulations enacted during the public health emergency as they begin to expire or be rolled back, if the reimbursement for audio-only telehealth is peeled back more so than reimbursement for video telehealth, suddenly we’re only actually exacerbating the disparities. And that’s something that must be maintained and focused on.

Q: What are some of the challenges you’ve faced in rolling out a telehealth program?

David: One of the big challenges is access to broadband and it’s been very apparent during the pandemic. Broadband is something many of us take for granted but in rural areas, people may not have access to it. Another important consideration is when you have access to Broadband, whether you can afford to pay for the data that it takes to do a telemedicine consult. Those may be two completely different things. And so, you need to take that into account as you’re rolling these programs out. The other really important lesson learned is to focus on usability both, for the patients and the providers. The first telemedicine program that I developed was a pediatric critical care telemedicine program that provided emergent consultation to rural community emergency departments for critically ill and injured kids that came into those facilities. In such situations, it’s incredibly important for the system to be as easy to use as possible in that rural or community emergency department, because often they’ll have a very chaotic or very least-very high stress situation, on and logging into your system shouldn’t be worrying. You want to just roll the cart into the room and make that connection. That’s how we develop that program and it was one of the really key aspects of that program’s success.

Q: You’ve been involved in some very interesting work on pediatric research — the SPROUT Program. Please elaborate on this.

David: SPROUT is really the nation’s first national collaborative telehealth research program across both, adult or pediatric services. The SPROUT Network was formed because of the recognition that advancing quality telehealth services really requires having the evidence and data to support what it means to provide quality health services. If you really want to influence adoption of telehealth at the physician level, physicians have always been raised on the concept of evidence-based medicine. If that evidence’s missing, it doesn’t matter that the telehealth program sounds like a terrific idea. They need to know that when they’re going to be taking care of their patient, when it’s a change in practice to the way they interact with their patient, that the evidence is there to support it. SPROUT, stands for Supporting Pediatric Research on Outcomes and Utilization of Telehealth, was formed with several very talented folk from across the country who came together and developed the first National Pediatric Telehealth Infrastructure Survey. We collected data from across the country and developed a collaborative of over 140 institutions across the country and in some other countries that develop frameworks and best practices and provide education around how to study telehealth in your particular institution. We got NIH funding back in 2019 for the program through the National Center for Advancing Translational Science. And we’re just getting into the third year of that funding. Obviously as we went into the pandemic, all of our work became critical to the way that telehealth was being practiced, especially in pediatrics nation-wide.

Q: Given the program is now 2 years old with ample data, could you share one or two findings that may be worthy of consideration?

David: One of the things we did very early on during the pandemic was we brought together national webinars to explore how people were utilizing telehealth in the pediatric setting and studied the challenges they experienced. We identified very early on, the challenge for non-English speaking populations in terms of access to telehealth. Now, the majority of telehealth platforms have been designed with the assumption the patients speak English and that bringing in a translator into a telehealth interaction can be difficult. The platforms themselves often are not available in anything other than English. And that was something, as telehealth programs scaled out across the country very rapidly during the early days of the pandemic, that a lot of institutions were really not prepared to address. Thus, SPROUT served as a convener to bring people together and identify best practices to how to approach that and serve as broad a population as possible. We’ve also done a lot of evaluation around how different institutions and different practices have responded to the pandemic and are working on getting published some data on educational approaches to scaling out telehealth services. We’re also working on publishing a policy evaluation stakeholder table or framework that allows one to evaluate programs based on the different stakeholders that may be engaged in moving a program forward. That may be a hospital system, a patient, a provider or even, a policy maker. We really have a very broad array of tools that we’re developing and they’re really coming out.

Q: Telehealth and the pediatric context is a very interesting space because it’s not just about the minor patient but about the parent, too. Sometimes, both entities may be in different locations and there’s the translator in the middle which can be confusing. But doesn’t this also apply to adult care? Will telehealth platform providers introduce the capability to have a translator in the mix every time there is a video conference call?

David: A lot of people in the industry and vendors have been focusing on this in the last year. Some really creative approaches have now been rolled out. Obviously, multi-party calling is a big part of that — just being able to bring an interpreter into the virtual room when needed, ensuring that the platforms themselves, the education provided there and the instructions are multilingual. Some of the really exciting stuff though involves technologies such as, natural language processing, real-time interpretation and the use of voice recognition — the kind of tools that, when we look back 10 years from now, will reveal how the pandemic really shifted the evolution of telehealth and digitally-enabled health care, in general. The integration of these emerging and promising new technologies into a unified approach addressing those with chronic disease and some of the most challenging patient populations around is possibly where the shift really happened this past year.

Q: Natural language processing, voice recognition, chatbots, Google Glass enabled services – are all based on natural language interfaces. As the CMIO, how do you view the data from these platforms and interactions? How do you harness data streams to generate insights that can improve outcomes of productivity and the quality of the experience?

David: This is one of the key issues that needs focus once we come out of the pandemic especially if we’re to stay focused on the telehealth aspect of things. There’s been such an explosion and adoption of telehealth that our previous challenges around not having enough data is really a thing of the past. Our challenge now is to use the data correctly to generate actionable evidence and insight into what is the best practice. How do you coordinate this across different practices and technologies? How do you develop that hybrid approach to providing either in-person or virtual care by a number of different modalities and do so in a way that is streamlined, that fits into the workflow of clinicians and other providers, and that supports the operations of the hospital in an effective way? Looking at this massive trove of data we have now, one of the things that SPROUT has done is develop a telehealth evaluation and measurement framework that helps folk make sense of all the data coming in. Look at it from the standpoint of a particular program, at a particular stage of maturity, from a particular stakeholder’s viewpoint and the population that’s being served. How do you pull the most meaningful data in the most generalizable information out of the data you’re getting for this service to really advance that safe and effective telehealth service going forward?

Q: What are some of the biggest challenges when you’re going beyond your core electronic health system and trying to tap into innovative new technology solutions? How do you address the integration of different platforms with the main electronic system and more importantly, ensure cybersecurity?

David: People get tired of the term governance, but that’s what’s incredibly important and really generating the alignment. These different technologies often emerge and become central to everything we do in the health care system. Consequently, it’s hard to identify a technology that only impacts one area. There will be overlaps and duplicative capabilities of different platforms. So, there will be platforms that are already in place to do the things for which people are looking at newer platforms. Then it’s important to understand — what your current capabilities are, what is the real gap in what you can do, and how the technology that you have could address those gaps versus what new technology you may need to invest in to be able to effectively address those gaps. That’s a real challenge because, in a health care system — particularly an academic system that has research, education and clinical components — there is a revenue cycle and operational issues and these platforms can be highly integrated. They also cross over into so many different areas that it’s hard to have a good understanding of how your platform and technology decisions impact all the different areas of the institution. Gaining that alignment and that shared decision-making and having that governance in place, is incredibly important.

Coming to the second question, a few months ago, I would have said cybersecurity is an under-recognized risk. But today, I feel like it’s not really recognized anymore. While we have major health care systems now that are being forced back to paper for weeks at a time because of prohibitive ransomware attacks, you have to invest proactively in your cybersecurity. While doing this, you also have to be very proactive in how you engage your cybersecurity team to ensure that they can identify where the risks actually lie. We’re long past the days when a platform could be evaluated based on a clinical need and then handed to the security team to ensure proper fit. The security team must be engaged early on in the process to ensure that you’re not exposing risks that you may not have even recognized were there.

Q: We’re coming to the end of our program now. But there’s one aspect yet to be touched upon. How does one ensure that providers and caregivers can enhance the delivery of care, stay productive and not burnout with the new technologies?

David: I think it’s incredibly important and we all know by now that provider burnout is real. The emergence of technology had and still retains promise, but the ways in which it has, at times, been implemented, has exacerbated challenges and increased workloads on our providers. Organizations like the ONC have taken steps to streamline the electronic health records and there’s some progress there. But increased focus in the health care industry, currently, is on consumerism. There’s certainly a lot of value in that. While there may be some patients that we shouldn’t really think of as consumers because they don’t have those consumer-type choices when they have the significant chronic or complex diseases, still, I see the value in the consumer-focused approach. However, one thing often overlooked when discussing digital health and technology, is that the providers are consumers, too. When it’s a new technology being adopted, especially one that sits in the interface between the doctor and the patient or the nurse and the patient, then there are two sides to that interaction and both are the consumer. When one’s designing, implementing technology or training and supporting it, one must think of the providers, physicians, one’s care team members as one’s customers, because really that’s how they function. If that mindset can be developed around both sides of the equation, then, one can really make a lot of progress in making the experience better for everyone.

About our guest

Dr. Dave McSwain is a Pediatric Intensivist and the Chief Medical Information Officer for MUSC Health in Charleston South Carolina. With over a decade of experience in digital health innovation, clinical informatics, and virtual care, he is an established national leader in telehealth development, research, and policy.

He is the Main Principal Investigator for the NIH/NCATS-funded SPROUT-CTSA National Telehealth Research Collaborative and the Chair of the Section on Telehealth Care at the American Academy of Pediatrics.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

In the future, we will see smart adoption of Google Glass technology in clinical use cases.

Season 3: Episode #89

Podcast with Ian Shakil, Co-founder, Augmedix

"In the future, we will see smart adoption of Google Glass technology in clinical use cases."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Ian Shakil discusses how Augmedix became the first company to launch a clinical application using Google Glass and a phone to convert the natural clinician-patient conversation into medical documentation.

There has been an increase in adoption for natural language interface technologies for clinical applications in healthcare involving hardware, software, and data analytics. Augmedix works as a tech-enabled remote scribe that processes conversations and distills it real-time into a structured note in the electronic medical record.

Ian also discusses the differences between Google Glass and other conversational interfaces such as voice recognition technology, and how conversational AI tools are evolving in healthcare, specifically in clinical use. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

01:12About Augmedix and the journey about launching the company.
06:08What are the differences between a voice recognition tool like Alexa, Nuance, Siri and what an Augmedix type service does where the hardware is a little different?
11:05 How your technology space is evolving in the context of clinical applications in the healthcare space?
13:49 In the clinical context, what is holding back the growth of these kinds of conversational interfaces?
16:32 How do you see your competitive landscape? Who do you think you're competing against?
18:55 What is the reimbursement environment look like? How do you build a case for a solution like yours?
21:01 What do you see as a big trends emerging as it relates to the moves that big tech firms are making in the market?
26:17What is your advice to digital entrepreneurs and VCs who are getting into this space?

Q: Tell us a bit about Augmedix and your journey.

Ian: I’ve always been excited about healthcare, technology, wearables, and the Internet of Things. So, around 2012, I’d just graduated from Stanford and was meeting some friends from Google. They shared news about some secret hardware they were developing — the Google Glass. In 2012, no one had ever heard of or knew about Google Glass. They let me try this secret hardware but under caution. When asked, “What do you think about this glass prototype hardware?” I said, “Have you thought about doctors? Here’s what you could do in the world of healthcare.” And that was the background.

I got laughed at because they were thinking about consumer applications more like “Dads in the park go pro at selfies” but I stuck to my theory — doctors and enterprise. We agreed to disagree, but I got obsessed enough to find the very first glass company of any sort and create an application for healthcare; for doctors, specifically. With Augmedix, we endeavored to really rehumanize the doctor-patient interaction using technology, such as, Google Glass. Today though, our service has evolved, and we now use many different hardware above and beyond Google Glass.

If you visit a doctor now, it’s a pretty miserable experience as they are typically typing, charting on the computer rather than paying you attention. So, crucial hours of the day are wasted in updating electronic medical record. Fundamentally, we solve that problem. Our doctors put on technology, have phones in the room or use Google Glassand from there on, we are virtually present. Augmedix takes natural doctor-patient conversation and produce EMR notes better and faster than what the doctors would do on their own. In essence, what Augmedix does is, it enables doctors to focus on what matters most — patient care for the patient right in front of them.

Q: Is it that the technology is automatically transcribing the conversation?

Ian: It’s true. But there are a lot of details beyond that. Most of our doctors use smartphone kits, Glass, and the phone. We transmit the visit, the audio and the video to our platform. So, a tech-enabled remote scribe processes the conversation and distills that into a structured note for the EMR. Unfortunately, natural language processing in AI hasn’t reached the stage where an ambient conversation can be processed and results in a perfect note without human involvement. We’re unabashedly human but we skip the chit-chat and focus on what’s medically pertinent and constructive in that conversation to create a note in the EMR — Epic or Cerner – used by the doctor.

This tech-enabled remote scribe at the backend operates within what we call a Scribe Cockpit. It’s a bunch of specialized automation modules that de-burden the Scribe. So, when the note is being constructed, a few clicks and edits happen in our natural language processing Note Builder. This is described as invoking a SR or Speech Recognition modules to create parts of the note in the scrabble and edit those attempts. A marriage of human involvement and technology make a service like Augmedix possible. Yank the humans out of the loop and try to do something with only software, then, it’ll only be something like dictation with the doctor being verbatim throughout the note. That’s been around for a while and isn’t helpful at all.

Q: What’s the difference between what a voice recognition tool like Alexa, Nuance, or Siri and what an Augmedix type service does where the hardware is a little different?

Ian: I’ll segment-out the market and help you understand this. Voice Recognition or Speech Track or Dictation is a whole category that’s been around. A dominant player there, is Dragon. The key marker here is the doctors are basically being verbatim — pressing a button, taking their device and noting their patient presented with this and that.

There’s another category of solutions — in-person, on-site scribes – very like having a third person in the room following you around, computers up, typing, charting, clicking, observing the conversation as it unfolds. There’s no time wasted having to structure, dictate, and review those dictations in this case. The downside is that it’s not scalable – these persons take up physical space, they call in sick and there’s all kinds of quality issues.

We’re in a new category of being remote. We offer all the benefits of that in-person scribing experience but are more cost effective and scalable. We also layer-in technology in ways that were previously impossible. So, like Dragon in-person scribes, and now we’ve got remote scribing or ambient remote documentation.

Q: You were the first company to launch a clinical application for Google Glass and its adoption in the clinical context is still coming along. As a dominant player, what does the rest of the market look like? How far as a technology is this and where is it headed from a broad-based adoption standpoint?

Ian: Google Glass, when it originally launched, was all about consumers. But they ultimately pivoted their glass efforts and refocused them on enterprise applications, of which we are one and certainly the dominant player in healthcare. But within the glass space, there are other very interesting applications and enterprise oil and gas field manufacturing, all kinds of fulfillment, applications of glass and things like glass. It’s a vibrant space but still early. We’re on third-generation hardware now, which is better today than it was 7-8 years ago and the devices last longer, plus Wi-Fi is a lot better. There are more robust enterprise-grade security configurations and settings now so further evolution is expected and smart glass adoption in all of those categories may just be on the rise.

Q: Augmedix went public recently through a somewhat unusual process. Can you brief us on how that looks like?

Ian: Augmedix is now a publicly tradable company under the ticker AUGX. We are listed on the OTC and we are public by way of a reverse merger. It’s a really exciting opportunity for us. For one, we raised additional funding through this process, which fueled our ongoing growth, investment and commercial expansion, investment and technology. We see incredible enthusiasm in the market among all sorts of investors to participate in something like this, which really is a play on burnout, digital health, and telehealth. And so, by being public, we’re able to take in the full spectrum of interested parties and investors that want to participate in Augmedix and prepare for more growth ahead.

Q: While the technology and the clinical applications involve special hardware, software, data analytics, let’s talk about Voice, Chatbots and Glass. How is this space evolving in the context of clinical applications in the healthcare domain?

Ian: Conversational AI is creeping in, in so many interesting ways in healthcare especially with activity such as, patient engagement and interaction. There are many opportunities for patients to be reminded of activities and care goals in remote, asynchronous and conversational ways. Many companies are doing this over text, asynchronous text, SMS platforms. But that’s different from what we’re doing though.

I think our area is white-hot since it’s looking at doctor-patient conversations and deriving structured EMR outputs using technology. We’re the pioneers and the biggest and now, in two key areas. Now, there are other areas where, if you think about it, patients do engage with smart speakers at their bedsides but that’s another aspect of conversational AI and innovation. I’m also seeing applications for communicating with staff, sharing information with family members etc. and there’s a lot of activity there, too.

Q: Patient engagement is critical amidst all the technological advancements. How does your technology handle and manage the patient/consumer side of the conversation in the clinical context? What could be the hurdles here?

Ian: Patient resistance or negative patient reaction was a concern when we first launched Augmedix. But patients are widely accepting the use of Augmedix on phone or on glass in their clinical interactions with their doctors. We always ask the patients if they’re comfortable and ok with the use of Augmedix at the point of care that typically happens on the first visit by the front desk or by the MA. We measure the decline or off rate and 98% of the time, patients are OK and accepting the use of Augmedix in that environment. Patients irrespective of their genders, geographies they come from, age, etc., prefer this new mode of interaction with their doctors.

We also provide the patient with all sorts of assurances around security and privacy. If there is a moment of nudity or anxiety, we go on to incognito mode.

We can juxtapose that with other conversational AI systems, like patients engaging with a chatbot but the difference lies in the marked absence of human insight. Is the human reviewing or involved in high impact decision making? Then there are texts coming from a system that may have a picture of a doctor by that or not. But you’re not verifying with your own two eyes that the humans in the loop qualify. I would expect that the level of skepticism and adoption in that system is higher than the level of skepticism in our system. So, I would advise those companies to do everything they can to indicate and highlight the level of human review early especially for high-impact decisions to kind of tackle that skepticism.

Q: What about your competitive landscape?

Ian: The market is enormous and the vast majority of doctors we encounter are using no solution. They’re toiling away in the EMR looking for a way out. This space is getting a lot more attention with many new entrants. I call them – ‘fast followers.’

A big new entrant here, for example, is Nuance with their DAX product. It’s distinct from their Dictation Dragon product. There are others too, but we are distinct from Nuance. One of the ways is we operate in real-time; we are a live service. Our notes and our interactions are being created literally in real-time as conversations progress, so, that benefits productivity and alleviates memory burdens for doctors.

Another benefit associated with being real time is that we can be interactive and offer you additional services — fire off strategic orders and referrals, remind you regarding HCC and other items etc. All this is possible because of our live and interactive presence.

We also offer a non-real time asynchronous service in that category, with advantages – it’s flexible and affordable.

Q: What is the reimbursement environment look like? How do you build a case for a solution like yours?

Ian: We save doctors a lot of time — two or three hours a day and sometimes more. Doctors can use these savings to see more patients per day. If you’re in primary care, it may take one or two more patients a day to forthrightly pay for the service. If you’re a specialist, the hurdle is even less than that. And if you are being saved two or three hours a day, that’s not so much of a huge ask frequently.

In addition, we see that more revenue per charge is generated when documentation is thorough and accurate, as is the case with us, which is another ROI proposition for us.

Another key thing to mention is we alleviate burnout which is a serious issue. There’s a scarcity of doctors in America right now. Doctors are partially quitting and are leaving health systems. Whenever a doctor leaves the health system or doctor group, it’s very costly, huge productivity loss, plus it’s difficult to find a new doctor and ensure productivity resumption. It could cost nearly a million dollars when a doctor leaves a health system. There’s evidence that Augmedix really rekindles doctors’ love for the practice of medicine, staves off burnout and that’s why a health system would adopt Augmedix.

Q: You mentioned Nuance’s Dragon technology was about to get acquired by Microsoft. What are the big trends emerging related to the moves that big tech firms are making in the market?

Ian: It’s big news that Microsoft and Nuance are now one. As to the thesis behind that marriage, I would argue it’s a little bit of a Rolodex play. We see that Nuance through its legacy products, such as, Dragon is present amongst the majority of health systems and doctor groups. So, one reason for Microsoft’s interest could be so they can upscale into those health systems and doctor groups where there’s just so much market share and access through this acquisition and upscale Azure and Azure-Related Tools and other Microsoft related tools.

Microsoft is also excited about this ambient documentation space and other things that Nuance DAX is doing. Other big tech companies are equally excited and waiting to jump into healthcare because it is such a huge percentage of the U.S. economy. A lot of these tech companies are creating tools and modules that are going to be very useful to Augmedix, such as specialized, medically tuned speech recognition modules, natural language processing modules, cloud hosting and compute capabilities tuned to healthcare needs with the right types of security and compliance aspects. And they’re getting competitive and innovative. But they are stepping back from providing the end-to-end, go-to market and product solutions in those areas. I saw more attempts toward this earlier so that is kind of a trend I’m seeing among these big tech companies.

Q: The one exception to that may possibly be Amazon, which is actually getting into the healthcare services space with AmazonCare. Where do you see yourself in the context of this big tech firm? Do you see partnering with one of these big tech firms in making your technology available?

Ian: Yes. Tech companies are creating more enabling modules versus end-to-end products but this is more around my domain, specifically. In other healthcare domains though, Amazon is jumping into the fray. Over the years, we’ve had significant partnerships with more than one of the big brands, tech companies and we have diverse partnership projects and collaborations with many of them. We use many different enabling tools, cloud systems and hardware — while we don’t make Google Glass, we rely upon Google for their production. So, there will definitely be opportunities for us to get strategically comfortable and focused with just one of those tech companies but presently, that’s not what we’re doing.

Q: You’re one of the first companies launched in the digital health ecosystem. You’ve seen companies come and go, pivot, fail. There’s enough capital floating around and ideas. What is your advice to a digital entrepreneur who is getting into this space now and what is your advice to the VCs?

Ian: Certainly, this space is a lot busier now than it was in 2012. Most of the areas of great pain and need now have a few different venture-backed startups chewing away at the problem, taking different approaches. While that shouldn’t scare anyone away, it creates a situation where most of the digital health innovation is maybe in the mid or later stages and not so much in the very early founding seed stages. There still is an opportunity to found seed-stage digital health companies. The burden of proof is going up now versus previously fair not to get funding and to get initial traction. So, my advice is that the ROI and the validating metrics required for you to get attention and funding and the expectations there, have increased greatly. This isn’t the time to step in with incremental solutions and sort of iterate your way to path forward. It’s time to meet unmet needs with eye-popping ROI benefits that happen pretty quickly. Otherwise, you’ll be passed over in this extremely noisy space.

Entrepreneurs must really focus on clever go to market strategies to scale faster and be data-driven and metrics oriented so that you can prove to all the stakeholders that you’re adding a lot of value. Early-stage entrepreneurs need to invest in the analytics and ROI on day one and overly so to stand out. That’s necessary in today’s environment.

About our guest

IanShakthi-profile-pic

Augmedix Founder, Ian Shakil (pronounced like Shaquille, the basketball player) has an impressive track record of innovation in cutting edge domains such as wearables, smartglasses, global-scale digital health, and IA (intelligence amplification).

In 2012, he founded Augmedix with a mission to harness technology to improve the patient experience and allow doctors to focus on what matters most: patient care.

Shakil holds a BSE in Biomedical Engineering from Duke University and an MBA from Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Before founding Augmedix in 2012, Shakil held a variety of roles at leading healthcare companies such as Edwards Lifesciences (where he still consults), MC10, Intuitive Surgical, and HealthTech Capital. He currently resides in San Francisco.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Technology in healthcare needs a purpose-built solution to solve the problems

Season 3: Episode #88

Podcast with Murray Brozinsky, CEO, Conversa Health

"Technology in healthcare needs a purpose-built solution to solve the problems"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Murray Brozinsky, CEO of Conversa Health discusses how conversational AI can complement care delivery models and the need for AI and clinicians to work together to apply these tools to clinical use cases. Conversa’s virtual care and triage platform leverages a 360 view of the patient in real-time to predict clinical pathways and make recommendations.

Murray also talks about the virtual care automation programs that are being integrated to manage chronic care, post-acute care, perioperative to women’s health, cancer, pediatrics, and in the ED. AI can be good at computational decision-making, which can give the best solution when combined with human judgment.

Murray also shares practical advice for digital health startups who are looking to raise VC money. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

01:07About Conversa Health and your involvement with the company.
03:35What is the current state of AI in healthcare?
06:11 Conversational AI tools, especially chatbots, are having a moment in light of the pandemic. What COVID has meant for your company?
09:19 Do you think we are further along when it comes to applying conversation AI in the context of administrative use cases like the ones you describe or do think we are further along with clinical use cases?
11:05 Based on what you're seeing and the work your firm is doing, where is the low-hanging fruit today? Is that in certain types of clinical conditions, for instance, behavioral health?
14:25 Who do you mainly serve – payers, providers, employers? What is your ideal client profile?
16:28 What does conversational AI compete with in the context of a healthcare provider?
20:55Where does the voice fit in all of this? Do you compete with voice-based solution providers like Nuance for instance?
22:49When you talk to your clients, what do you ask them to prepare for in terms of the most challenging aspects of rolling out a conversation AI tool?
25:28What do you see the next 12 to 18 months looking like from the point of view of VC money flooding the market? Also, what is your advice to a digital startup that's on the receiving end of this money?

Q. Can you tell us about Conversa Health and your involvement with the company?

Murray: At Conversa, we are pioneering a new care delivery model – automated virtual care. It sits at the intersection of what is happening in automation and what is happening in virtualization. We think about it as a complement to current care delivery models. It complements in-person, digital, telehealth, remote patient monitoring, etc. It adds a piece of the puzzle that we think has been missing and will be standard of care in the future. I have known the founders of the company for years. We have worked together in different healthcare ventures, and this is my fourth digital health venture. I was involved in companies focused on consumers and patients, providers, and the payer market. I was super excited to join the company to help form the strategy and then take over as the CEO about 18 months ago.

Q. You are a private, VC-funded company. Can you tell us who are your major investors and how much money the company raised to date?

Murray: We’ve raised a little over 30 million dollars at C round, A round, and B round. Our investors are a great mix of supportive investors. We have financial investors, builders, VC, and Northwest Ventures, all the big health system in New York. And then we had other folks who were a combination of strategic investors like university hospitals in Cleveland, Allscripts, Pfive, and other healthcare-focused venture firms in Connecticut. We know the space as well as strategic investors with who we have nice operating strategic relationships.

PP: What is the current state of AI in healthcare?

Murray: The way we think about technology in healthcare, especially digital health, you must build a purpose-built solution to solve the problems. Then in that solution set, see if the applications of AI or machine learning or deep learning make sense to improve what you are trying to achieve. Those tend to be the most successful applications. In image recognition, in radiology a lot of good work is being done with AI. But even there, there is a need to recognize where AI needs to complement actual intelligence from people. There are a lot of studies that show this notion of co-bot. For example, the person working with AI in radiology can identify breast cancer tumors and characterize them. But on the corner cases, we need to have an actual trained professional distinguish and then make a judgment call. So, Garry Kasparov, the chess master, distinguishes between what humans are good at and what AI is good at. Humans are good at judgment, and AI is good at decision-making. Decision-making is computational all the way down, and judgment is knowing what matters and why it matters. If you can get those to work together, I think you have the best solutions. There’s a lot of conversational AI being thrown at natural language processing. If you are modeling physician language well, you can get high accuracy because physicians might use big words, but it’s a very prescribed and precise vocabulary. When you start to step into a patient world, they can say anything, and it can mean anything. You must infer if you are trying to rely on that platform for accuracy to determine whether you need to intervene with the patient, probably not the best approach. So, I think there is a lot of technology in search of solutions and the successful ones have understood the problem deeply.

Q. Conversational AI tools, especially chatbots, are having a moment considering the pandemic. What COVID has meant for your company?

Murray: When you think of conversational AI, there are many applications, but they are mainly administrative ones. For instance, I call a call center, and I am trying to make an appointment and understand my explanation of the benefits. There is some good AI because there’s minimal language, a lot of ability to get you to the right place, and its pure cost savings. It is reducing the number of customer service reps on the phone—a lot of proof points outside of healthcare are being brought in healthcare. There is a category that I would call virtual urgent care where an anonymous patient is walking to the door with symptoms. You need a big database of symptoms correlated with outcomes, and you dynamically update that so that you can decide whether I’ve got COVID or I’ve got a rhinovirus or a cold. There is a bunch of companies doing that. Doctors are primarily skeptical, so they are having success selling the payer market to some employers. The category that we live in is more care management, care coordination, transitions of care, pop health. For instance, you are enrolled in a heart failure program, the AI reaches out to you, talks to you, collects information, and checks how you are doing. It is using an evidence-based pathway to determine whether we can automate the next step, where we need to ask you what the right next step for you is, it’s very difficult to do with AI. The state of the technology is still not there, so we have taken a structured approach. Permutations are enormous, and there could be billions of permutations. Our intelligence is how do I stitch together structured conversations so that it’s personalized for you, and you’ll engage. We can collect the information we need and then use the right nudge, escalate you to the right next level of care. We use the AI/ ML in the prediction piece, it’s not just a chatbot, a chatbot is the user experience, but everything we collect from you could be biometrics, could be Piros, could be informal answers to questions, structured information. We then, in real-time assess that and check what we should do next. We use a lot of AI and ML there to predict if you’re going to decompensate because we’ve seen lung function like this with this characterization from your FEV1 scores and you’re likely not to do well in the next month.

Q. Do you think we are further along when it comes to applying conversation AI in the context of administrative use cases like the ones you describe or do think we are further along with clinical use cases?

Murray: Many things moved forward because of COVID. We’ve got about a hundred and fifty automated virtual care programs running at various large health systems around the country. I would say the clinical has caught up, and the stakes are higher. We strive for one hundred percent accuracy in determining whether a patient can be automated or isolated on the next step. You can’t do that with natural language understanding technologies. It must be a very deliberate and structured approach. But then you have the smarts to understand the status of the patient to make the right decision. Conversational AI in the context of administrative use cases was ahead. But clinical is probably a priority right now, and the opportunity for clinical is enormous. They come together in the mid to long-term future because you would want to have the administrative use cases attached to clinical all via one platform.

Q. Based on what you are seeing and the work your firm is doing, where is the low-hanging fruit today? Is that in certain types of clinical conditions, for instance, behavioral health?

Murray: We’ve conceived this to be a platform, meaning that it needs to work across all the meaningful use cases of a large health system or health plans. So, we have decided to build a platform that can accommodate programs or automated virtual care pathways from chronic care management to post-acute care to perioperative to women’s health, cancer, pediatrics, and in the ED. We have programs in those areas, and we are continually building them. Patients do not necessarily fit easily into one use case; you might have diabetes, hypertension, and suddenly you need a hip replacement. We want to accommodate it, be an extension of the health systems care virtually for patients in a seamless way that has a great user experience and leverages the full 360 views of the patient. So, that is where we are heading. We tend to start post-acute, 30 day, 90-day post-acute programs, and monitor people when they leave the hospital, and focusing on helping them recover and reducing unnecessary readmissions. We want to focus on patients who are walking out of the ED, understanding discharge instructions, picking up their prescriptions, going to their follow-up appointments, really focused on lowering recidivism back to the ED, where it’s not necessarily chronic care management.

During COVID, we worked with UCSF Health in San Francisco and shifted our focus to the vulnerable population. We helped reduce the risk of getting infected from COVID and provide a better experience for patients who could calibrate all the parameters remotely. There are many examples where we have identified decompensating patients, whereas otherwise, they would not have to escalate. And then, like ED, we are also now seeing a lot of interest in targeting both pregnancy and early pediatrics. Behavioral health is another area, it was a pandemic before the COVID pandemic. It is amplified because of that and so that’s another area that we’re getting into.

Q. Who do you mainly serve – payers, providers, employers? What is your ideal client profile?

Murray: We primarily work with a lot of midsize and community hospitals. We are also provider-focused because we want to make sure we understand how to extend a trusted relationship. And we have very high enrollment, activation, and the ability to change behaviors and drive measurable outcomes. So, the way that a patient thinks about it as a health companion. It is a twenty-four by seven extension of my doctor and nurse.

From the provider side, they think of it as an automated care team member who is helping to reach out to all these patients on their behalf and can practice at the top of their license. So, within that model, we have expanded to work with health plans. Our focus with health plans is where they are acting as a provider. We work with them to create programs used by patients and health systems and then for employers, schools, and the community and this got accelerated during COVID. We have many employers and universities using our COVID programs to screen for COVID to manage people who are positive, monitor people who have been vaccinated, and now deal with mental health from COVID. All of it is delivered through our healthcare partners. Our focus is that the health system in your community should be responsible for caring for the community. We are giving them a platform to amplify that help that they are already providing.

Q. What does conversational AI compete with in the context of a healthcare provider?

Murray: As a company that is positioned itself as an enterprise-wide platform. So, we want to be your automated virtual care partner if you are a health system. If you are using automation for administrative purposes, that is complementary to what we do. If you are using it for a digital front door, virtual urgent care, it’s complementary to what we do. So, you are now managing your patients; you’re enrolling heart failure and diabetes patients into programs. Our platform will compete with point solutions. If someone says I have an app that can help manage diabetics, I can come in with an entire stack device and coaches. So, somebody might want to choose that to work with their diabetic population. We say, hey, you can use the same platform to treat your diabetes and cancer patients. That is pretty compelling because health systems increasingly want to consolidate. Working with one partner is easier, and you start to understand patient IDs across the continuum. We aspire to manage patients across a lifetime, which does put us in competition with point solutions in certain areas in the future. Our challenge is to figure out if there is a perfect point solution. How do we integrate it into our platform, and how do we start to allow other solutions to plug into our platform?

Q. Does your tool sit on top of an Omada or a Livongo kind of platform? You also mentioned about clients wanting to consolidate into a one-stop-shop. We see this in our work with health systems, where they are trying to reduce the footprint of vendors, they must deal with because of all the complexities involved. How do you fit in that context, and how do you help your clients work through the tradeoffs involved here?

Murray: Companies like Livongo have chronic care management for diabetes, hypertension, weight loss, and behavioral health. They have devices and coaches wherever applicable. Because it is a service-based company, it tends to be with payers and employers very successful. Most companies with full-stack solutions are doing it because payers and employers do not have clinical resources and devices. Health systems already have clinical resources caring for patients; we want them to be more efficient and effective. It is purely a software platform where devices are involved. If they have an RPM partner, we are complimentary. In the health system world, they do not need the provider networks of any of those other companies. They are looking for technology solutions, and we excel there. When we go into the world of payer and employer outside of the health systems, those companies become partners. So, like Livongo, we can say that if you want to add the conversational AI and decision-making we bring, we can help leverage the platforms that they have built in the same way we do for the system. So, if you aggregate what they do, they have clinical resources like the health system does. They have the device as the RPM’s do. We can bring the piece to the puzzle that we get that table in that world.

Q. Where does the voice fit in all of this? Do you compete with voice-based solution providers like Nuance for instance?

Murray: We do not offer voice today. However, I demo our platform using voice a lot, but I am just using the native voice on the phone to do text or voice. We have not gone there yet because we are very driven by where the market need is, and the impact that we are having is enormous. When we see that people interact with voice, we realize it is not a big thing to add. You want to make sure that you are designing the voice interface as per the requirement. You are not translating a text to voice because understanding what someone is saying with 100 per cent accuracy in voice is a different design requirement than doing it through a chatbot.

People like Nuance probably have the best-known value out there. But it is not an accident that they’ve chosen to do transcription for wires because when you’re looking at what a provider says and being able to transcribe accurately, you can do that. You get into the patient world where a patient can say or respond to anything in that world. The way you would measure it is precision and recall precision, where the recall rates will be 80 per cent at best, which means the error rates are 20 per cent plus. No hospital system will use that error rate to decide whether they can automate the next step for a patient.

Q. When you talk to your clients, what do you ask them to prepare for in terms of the most challenging aspects of rolling out a conversation AI tool?

Murray: We have a very rigorous process that has four different swim lanes. There’s integration, configuring the pathway or the program. Everybody delivers their care delivery model for diabetes to slightly different guidelines. So, there is an integration pathway, there are best practices on how you enroll the patients, and then there is how we’re going to measure success.

Some of our clients are very sophisticated and want to collaborate. We have taken off the table things like NLU and liability. So, the real focus is on making a program that we have designed and figuring out how to deliver care that fits in your model, works in your workflow, and integrates into your data flows.

Q. What do you see the next 12 to 18 months looking like from the point of view of VC money flooding the market? Also, what is your advice to a digital startup that is on the receiving end of this money?

Murray: Markets, in my experience, always overshoot. They are trying to get an equilibrium, but there is a massive bait on both sides. There are unprecedented amounts of money in digital health, and it is concentrated in certain areas like behavioral health, which is a big problem. Every time that happens, we are starting to see a massive consolidation. To your point, companies go public and use that capital very quickly to acquire. Teladoc, Livongo kicked off a big part of that, and there are others like Grand Rounds and Doctor On Demand. There are tens of hundreds of these deals happening, and many companies are getting funded. I think what we will see is continued consolidation, and there will be a whole bunch of companies that don’t make it above the threshold to be viable or to be attractive to be purchased, and they’ll go out of business, or will be acquired. It will happen quickly, and that’ll make the companies that are above there much stronger.

So, advice to somebody coming in the space is it is always better to start in a cycle where things look horrible because that is how you develop your product. If you are starting a company now and get funding, spend this time developing your product and getting product-market fit. Pick a problem because I think there is a lot of technologies out there in search of solutions. The market will give you an opportunity if you can solve it better than someone else or if it is an unsolved problem. Once the product is available in 18 to 24 months, that is probably an excellent timeframe to come out with a product. I am in a position right now where I am not worrying about generating revenue but worried about just building the product, and I have the funds to do it.

You must be doing lots of things, but it all comes down to the patient if they feel it is important in their care and have better outcomes. The providers can care for more patients and spend the time doing what humans can do; then, you have a winner. Those are the only two things I look at to see if we are successful. I look at what patients are saying and doing with the products, and I look at whether providers embrace it. If we have those two things in place, everything else will go well and ultimately; it will be successful.

 

About our guest

Murray Brozinsky is CEO of Conversa Health, an Automated Virtual Care Platform designed to expand access to care, enhance the patient experience, and improve health outcomes. Health systems, payers, and pharmaceutical companies use Conversa to keep patients on personalized evidence based pathways to better health.

Conversa was recently honored as the Best Remote Diagnostics company at the 2020 UCSF Digital Health Awards. During COVID-19, Conversa has also been keeping people connected without getting infected.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Everyone believes that digital provisioning of care is here to stay.

Season 3: Episode #87

Podcast with Sean Duffy, Co-founder and CEO, Omada Health

"Everyone believes that digital provisioning of care is here to stay."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Sean Duffy, Co-founder and CEO of Omada Health discusses their journey as a virtual care company, primarily serving self-insured employers with a focus on supporting chronic disease care. Sean also talks about the thought process behind their newly launched offerings and how they stand against their competitors.

According to Sean, to be successful in digital health, it is important to keep up your learning curve, be patient, and operationally innovate within constraints. Payers, providers, and employer customers all have the same need – digital delivery of care. They all believe that digital provisioning of care is here to stay. This belief is bound to yield a remarkable transformation for healthcare. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

00:41About Omada Health and how the company started.
02:39What kind of enterprises do you mainly serve – payers, providers, employers?
03:53 Omada is a privately held company. Who are your major VC’s and how much the company has raised to date?
06:13 Omada is a pioneer in chronic care management using digital tools. Can you speak about your new services and the thought process behind launching these offerings?
20:04 What is your own view of where we ought to be, maybe 18-24 months from now? What does the hybrid world look like for you?
22:55 We are awash in VC funds at the moment, chasing digital health companies at every stage. What do you make of this abundance of capital and what is your advice to startups?
25:44 Big insurers and employers are beginning to acquire telehealth companies, and we’re also seeing a lot of M&A among digital health startups. What is driving this?
27:41What is your view of the big tech firms and the role they're going to play going forward in how care is delivered in future?
30:24What is your view on where the reimbursement environment is headed today in the market? If there is one thing that you would like the regulators to address, what would that be?

Q. Can you tell us about how you got to start the company and when did you launch it?

Sean: Omada Health is a virtual care company. We specialize in longitudinal disease areas with a particular focus on chronic—those disease areas where you need a lot of longitudinal day-by-day support versus visit-by-visit support. We offer an integrated care suite of services in pre-diabetes, diabetes and hypertension, behavioral health, and musculoskeletal. We think that what digital can do best in healthcare is fill in gaps between visits. The company began as an internal project at IDEO. Prior to this, I was in medical school and was in an MD MBA program at Harvard. I had worked at Google before and between my first and second year in medical school, I took an internship at IDEO and thought I would go right back to medical school. But I sat close to this gentleman, Adrian James, who at that point ran medical products for IDEO. We became best friends. We got a little bit of a time and budget to think about transformational opportunities in digital health, and the result was Omada. Omada was founded in 2011. We just crossed our 10-year mark.

Q. What kind of enterprises do you mainly serve – payers, providers, employers?

Sean: Our primary focus is on self-insured employers. That turns into many relationships with payers as well and we do have many partnerships with providers, especially those who have their own health plans, like Intermountain Health, Kaiser Permanente, etc. Our primary operating model is to go to employers, share our vision on what care can be and how a different approach in the disease areas might benefit their employees, both from a clinical outcome, economic, and satisfaction standpoint. Often, they will see if they could find a way for us to work with their health plan to make the implementation easy and simple. In addition to the employers, we serve many health plan partnerships as well.

Q. Omada is a privately held company. Who are your major VCs and how much has the company raised till date?

Sean: We have raised over two hundred and fifty million dollars to date. It does take a lot of capital to start a healthcare company, and you must ensure that you are doing it in a way that earns the right to commercialize and what many times appropriately, very risk-averse by market. Healthcare is one undertaking that requires capital and enough to get started to the investors that we have. We are honored to have great folks from many, many worlds in the earlier stage side, great firms as venture partners like Andreessen Horowitz, Norwest, and Wellington Rock Springs Capital. On the provider side, we’ve had Kaiser Permanente, Intermountain, Providence invests. On the plan side, Cigna, Humana, Blue Cross Blue Shield of Minnesota. Those folks come from so many different worlds on the moment of convergence that we’re having right now in the US health care system between different disciplines.

Q. Omada is a pioneer in chronic care management using digital tools. Can you speak about your new services and the thought process behind launching these offerings?

Sean: It’s been a really neat moment of transformation and the newest areas – musculoskeletal disorders – was through the acquisition of an incredible company called Physera. The primary reason for expanding it has to do with two things. One, clinically Omada is very interested in disease areas where we think our core capabilities can make a difference and that a digital-first approach is a right approach. Not all, but we can really support people effectively from afar. In most cases, clinically it just felt so clear that there is a huge gap in access and quality and outcomes that digital could help bridge.

Second is the voices of our customers. Every year at our customer summits, we ask our customers what they want Omada to do, how we can serve them better, and what needs they have. We got persistent feedback that they wanted to do more and broaden our offerings to other areas in the benefits to simplify implementation and enrollment. But there is also a lot of clinical comorbidities. So, you can create elegant, coordinated care experiences by having an integrated suite in these critical longitudinal areas.

Q. The mental bandwidth that you need, and the resources and the infrastructure can also be a challenge, especially from a leadership standpoint. Does that, in some sense, distract you from the core mission?

Sean: The guidance that I would provide is that you really want to earn the right to enter new areas, but don’t do it too soon and don’t do it too late. Because it requires a lot of organizational transformation to go from one product line to multiple. It is never a simple journey because you have to rethink how you staff the product organization. You must think about how you train and staff your commercial organization; all the subject matter experts from the clinical team need to become fluent in all these conditioned areas.

Second is what I call selective breadth. So, we are the company that is going to focus on the key needs for our buyers and make sure that within those needs, we’re doing a great job in tying the room together and coordinating all the care between them in an elegant way. But it’s a very heavy undertaking. So, focus is so important for companies as they grow.

Q. From the customer standpoint, they see you as something today and then tomorrow you are a little more than that. You are offering new services when maybe to have existing relationships for those new services. How do you help them make the tradeoffs of the choices, especially as a new entrant into the field?

Sean: Firstly, it’s really important to be flexible. We must be able to support an a-la-carte intention. We share a vision on why all the infrastructure ties nicely together and why it may make sense to deploy more than one kind of program area from Omada. But you must be flexible with configurability, especially in markets where employers may have made some great decisions for them. You must approach it with a sense of humility and really listen to customers and fundamentally work not just to show and describe a potential value prop and why the entire suite in some might be better than the individual parts. Show it in the outcome. Show it in the clinical protocols, the rationale. And then, hopefully, you earn the right to support them in new ways. It is never an either-or, and you do need to remain flexible and true to your original product areas as well.

Q. From a competitive standpoint, one of your big competitors last year, Livongo, was acquired by Teladoc, and trying to offer several different things. What does it mean for a company like Omada Health and how do you see them? Also, what are your thoughts on the competitive landscape where you are?

Sean: First and foremost, we’re in early innings. But if you add up the numbers of people we have helped, about four hundred and fifty thousand in counting. I think for us it’s a little bit more in the prediabetes phase and for Livongo it’s more of type two. I think it was about the same when they sold to Teladoc. But look at the overall disease epidemiology of the metabolic disease. We have done nothing relative to improving the overall health curves and epidemiological curves of the country. So that is a statement on how much room there is to have a lot of players here. If we are taking different approaches in the market, I think both organizations will be hugely successful. We do have a common vision that is integrated care suite can make a difference here. We have our unique approaches and styles, and we are honored to compete with them and hopefully, they feel similarly.

Q. Digital health is having a moment with this billion and billions in venture capital money. They are going through a lot of consolidations. When you look at the marketplace out there, what are the things that you try to keep track of so that you can calibrate your progress against whether you are on the right track or not?

Sean: The number one is what our employers and plans are saying and telling us. My most refreshing and insightful moments are talking to our customers, and talking to our sales reps. We have lived in various walks of industry cycles. It is almost too easy sometimes to get caught up in the excitement of a deal or a merger or financing. I always try to remind our employers that let’s stay just true to serving our customers or members and think how you can do that better and all the rest will follow. If you are not in a position where you can ignore the cacophony and a hype cycle, you are not going to be in a position where you can stay true to your roots. Also, you will not be able to power through a cycle where there’s a critique about the digital health space. This is a multi-decade journey, so hang tight and stay measured and focused on serving customers and members. It’s a very dynamic marketplace and it’s an honor to be serving as an innovator in this moment in the U.S. healthcare system’s transformation because it’s really remarkable time.

Q. What is the one common theme that strikes or stands out that you hear from your employer customers versus your health plan customers versus your providers?

Sean: I think in-person care needs to be option B. Why would you drag someone into a waiting room of a clinic unless you could not solve their needs safely and effectively from afar? You can’t do everything from afar. Like, Omada will not be doing hip surgeries, but there is a lot that you can do remotely. What has happened due to COVID, it’s become an obvious that the digital delivery of care is here to stay. And that is something to be embraced as a fundamental part of the U.S. healthcare system. I think tomorrow’s payers will have network teams that set up networks with digital providers just like they do in network teams that set up networks with in-person providers. For all the stakeholders, it’s very hard now to find either an employer or plan or provider that does not have a digital care strategy that does not think that digital care in the digital provisioning of care is here to stay, and it will yield remarkable transformation.

Q. What is your own view of where we ought to be, maybe 18-24 months from now? What does the hybrid world look like for you? 

Sean: I think what COVID did is it exposed huge opportunity, but also exposed some fissures because you cannot trick yourself into thinking that you can do everything digitally. A lot of my friends are not practicing docs, they are doing asynchronous or synchronous digital, like CareFirst. Think of patients that are in the primary care settings and how many you must send to in-person care, it’s actually a fair amount. So, you cannot accomplish everything afar. Omada is focused on disease areas where we think the bulk of the provisioning of care, the tipping point of 80 percent, can be done from afar safely and effectively. We have learned what does work and does not work, and that’s going to help us get into equilibrium, and it’s going to be a hybrid. I think we will end up in a world where every single health system, it does not matter if you’re UCSF or an independent two-person primary care practice, you will be doing some form of telemedicine – video visits or phone visits. And what is going to happen is companies like Omada will become experts in augmenting the in-person care system and filling in all the gaps. As the operational transformation, the pricing model transformation, the care team, and professional and personnel transformation required to orient toward longitudinal is quite heavy. So, I think some things will be adopted universally at the level of the current provider, and some things will stay in the cloud.

Q. The digital health landscape today has somewhere over 5000 digital health startups in the market, and there is a lot of VC money out there. What is your advice to startups and to VC firms who are getting into the digital space today?

Sean: I think I’d like to see the capital and space have a lot of smart minds run at hard problems and innovate and see what happens. The beautiful thing about the world of entrepreneurship and venture is not all going to work, but some are going to work beautifully. In the U.S. healthcare system, you cannot find a shortcut. You will not be able to disrupt from the side and go around the system like that is impossible, nor should that be the objective. You must learn where the value is, how a dollar flows to the system. You must be able to deal with the complex dynamics of navigating different insurance lines. You must plan a go-to-market strategy almost specific to each state because the state-by-state dynamics are entirely different.

The second is, ramp the learning curve, ask a lot of questions, be OK with that and do not try to judge the system; view it as it is and find a way to operationally innovate within the system constraints.

Q. Big insurers and employers are beginning to acquire telehealth companies, and we are also seeing a lot of M&A among digital health startups. Like Walmart, Cigna, etc., are acquiring companies. What is driving this?

Sean: I think they are listening to the same voices that we hear to. However, Walmart is a little bit different here. In the future, if you are a health plan and serve a self-funded employer, your self-funded employers will need to know what you are doing relative to digital care for their employees. You will then think through the pieces that you want to have in-house fundamentally and bring value to my customers and integrate with my additional services. Also, what are the elements that I want to partner with and find great companies to work with? I think it is an exciting time to be in this space and I love the new entrants. It is fun to watch a Walmart come in to care in different ways. I think Walmart will do extraordinary things to care for the country, as there are many of the plans making bets and innovations here.

Q. Amazon is among the big tech firms a little bit different because they are directly getting into the healthcare space instead of the others who are more about offering the technology enablement to deliver care more efficiently. What is your view of the big tech firms and the role they are going to play going forward in how care is delivered in the future?

Sean: I think what naturally tends to happen is companies end up being excellent at the things that are in the back of their core strengths. Look at Google, for instance, they are the sort of computer science miracles. Their approach to developing incredible machine learning and artificial intelligence models to look at radiological data and help augment clinicians’ interpretations of readings is extraordinary. That sort of deep computer science meets biology work will likely be where Google makes its biggest contributions. On the Amazon side, I think it’s complex, the supply chain and operations. And the acquisition of PillPack in the pharmacy is a great example. And then I put AmazonCare in the same category. It is logistically complex to deliver all care digitally. Amazon has a unique, beautiful approach, listening to the pragmatics of care delivery and recognizing that you need in-person care. Amazon approaches the market with a powerful sense of customer-centricity. They are learning the details and specifics that others have maybe tripped on in the past, and they will be very successful in time. It is not going to happen overnight. But that is a patient business, and that is a business that’s willing to put a lot of capital to work to write out whatever period it takes.

Q. In Telehealth, we have seen some of the waivers come in, not permanent yet, but the hope is that they will be there. We are seeing a shift from traditional payment models like PMPM to slightly different alternatives, emerging models. What is your view on where the reimbursement environment is headed today in the market? If there is one thing that you would like the regulators to address, what would that be?

Sean: My biggest worry is relative to the inability or potential for us to seize the opportunity that COVID presented to transform healthcare. Suddenly, we are doing fee-for-service through video, and we call that success at the end of the day. It is great that clinicians can now do video visit or a phone visit, but that is not the end state. Allowing flexibility in service models can accommodate either synchronous interactions or asynchronous interactions. So, people sometimes forget that a lot of care preference at the consumer’s hands might be the kind of text they email to their care professional. So, they ask for Medicare and regulators to open minds to ways to thoughtfully accommodate. Asynchronous building models and there is a way to do it, you can think through like a care episode where once it starts over 15 days, a clinician is allowed to interact in whatever way possible. Think of it as Medicare Advantage and ask that we align with the scope of services we provide. We have a monthly rate that we charge for providing that, and it includes devices, your primary coach or certified diabetes educator, your nurse or all the services we render inside that. But we retain the flexibility to personalize against the need.

About our guest

SeanDuffy-profile

Sean Duffy is the Co-founder and CEO of Omada Health, a digital health program that combines the latest clinical protocols with breakthrough behavior science to make it possible for people with chronic conditions to achieve long term improvements in their health

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

With innovation, you need to be prepared to recognize that every idea is not a great idea.

Season 3: Episode #86

Podcast with John Donohue, Vice President of Entity Services, Penn Medicine

"With innovation, you need to be prepared to recognize that every idea is not a great idea."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, John Donohue, Vice President of Entity Services at Penn Medicine talks about their 6-years long, $1.5 billion investment in a hospital of the future to be launched by the health system in their West Philadelphia campus. The hospital features new interactive technology for improving patient care and Disney-inspired user experience design.

John discusses a range of other topics, from defending against the ever-growing cybersecurity threats to finding success with technology partnerships. Their “3C” mantra for technology enablement in care delivery – common systems, centrally managed, and collaboratively implemented – has been a key to their success over time.

John also provides practical advice for digital health startups looking to partner with Penn Medicine in launching innovative solutions. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:  innovaccer-logo-black  

Show Notes

05:50About Penn Medicine’s new hospital facility – The Pavilion.
10:16Brief about the new facility’s design process.
11:10 How long did it take to design the new facility, the patient room of the future?
12:53 How do you ensure that you have adequate security, data, security, and patient privacy? What additional considerations went into this when you were putting the design together?
15:47 How have you laid a data and analytics layer on top of this infrastructure?
17:11 Are you leveraging the cloud to post your applications infrastructure, especially for this new facility and even more specifically for the data?
20:38 Moving things to the cloud may sometimes end up costing you more if you're not careful. Can you comment on that?
21:29Interoperability has been a work in progress for healthcare. How would you describe its State of the Union across all of your applications in your landscape?
24:25Most health systems try to consolidate all the applications into their core platforms. But on the other hand, they also have to be open to bringing on new innovative solutions. How do you manage this?
26:36What advice do you have for startups that have something interesting to say and want an audience?
28:04A best practice you would like to share with your peers in the industry for someone embarking on a journey to make a billion-dollar investment in a new hospital.

Q. John, what does your title mean in terms of the areas of responsibility for your role? Can you describe the applications landscape as well? 

John: I have worn many hats in the 12 years at Penn Medicine for a long time. I was the infrastructure executive responsible for enterprise infrastructure, component data centers, networks, telephony, video services, storage, et cetera. My role there was focused on resiliency and availability, which is critical in any academic health system where I built the information security team. We went from about four employees to about thirty-two dedicated security professionals in less than four years. However, my focus for the last couple of years has been around what we call entity services, and we refer to as entities, hospitals, and other major functions. Today, we have 13 of those today, six inpatient hospitals, several other areas like primary care physicians, specialist providers, home care, school medicine, et cetera. Each of those entities has an Information Officer and Information Entity Officer. So, the entity services team is comprised of about two hundred people across Penn medicine, delivering services like clinical engineering, platform support, network support. They have just been designed to allow the entities to have some autonomy regarding their priorities and resourcing their needs. My role has been for about ten years now and is part of our special sauce, making our information services team successful. It has personally brought me closer to what we do as an organization in providing world-class healthcare. Many of the different hats across the last several years have given me a unique perspective around what it takes to run a large-scale organization in an academic health system.

Our primary application is Epic or what we have started calling PennChart. We started installing Epic probably twenty years ago in the ambulatory setting. About six years ago we migrated to Epic on the inpatient side of things and have since installed many of their specialty modules, like Uptime for the OR, Cupid for cardiology. We also leverage several of their mobile platforms with tools like Haiku and Rover. Epic customers will be familiar with those terms and we use Epic tools that allow us to work with other physician practices in hospitals, things like what they call “healthy planet” care everywhere community connect. We also leverage some of their modules for the data analytics-based tools. Lastly, we use their patient portal for facilitating communications with our patient population for things like appointment scheduling, test results and medications. 

Q. You are about to launch a new hospital which I believe is going to be the hospital of the future. A lot of new technology enablement aspects are going to make for an interesting and improved experience for people. Can you talk about that? 

John: It is an incredibly exciting project and by far the biggest one I’ve ever worked on in my thirty-five-year career. I think it is the biggest capital project in the history of Penn, which goes back about two hundred and fifty-plus years. Our first meeting on this topic was over seven years ago, and we are set up to be patient-ready by the October-November timeframe this year. It is in our West Philadelphia campus, across the street from the hospital of the University of Pennsylvania and the new building. It’s a $1.5 billion investment that includes about 1.5 million square feet, 500 state-of-the-art private patient rooms, 47 state-of-the-art operating rooms in this 17-floor facility. This innovative hospital facility is designed to support our world-class researchers, clinicians, and faculty. It is trying to create a stage for these world-class folks to do what they do best.

From an IT perspective, we view this as an opportunity to significantly improve our patients’ and our providers’ engagement with technology. We have designed the building to support a fully digital experience with Wi-Fi and cellular coverage throughout the facility and have developed what we call the patient footwall, which has really been around designing the integration of several different technologies that will make the patient stay more comfortable. The technology will also enable providers to engage with the patients during their stay. The hospital will be 5G ready, aggregating nurse call and nursing alerts to a mobile app to reduce nursing fatigue. At the center of this will be a seventy-five-inch TV, a centerpiece for education and entertainment for the patient. A tablet in the room will allow patients to manage the room, the temperature, the shades for lighting, noise levels, privacy, potentially ordering dietary requirements, full integration with our electronic health records. As soon as staff enters the room, the patients will know who they are, their role, and potentially why they’re there. All the environmentally friendly components in the facility will help us be responsible from an environmental perspective and reduce some costs. The common theme for us with this Pavilion on the campus is connectivity. The need to have a patient care facility like this with advanced connectivity is fairly evident. When you think about extending this connectivity beyond just IT and creating a seamless patient experience across the campus with transitions of care, you’re talking about some game-changing improvements in patient engagement.

We’re there to take care of the patients and their needs and focus on them. The intent was to have a highly private facility for our patients that would be comfortable for them and their family members and make it a good experience and have the room outfitted so that it does feel like an improved patient experience. We intend to provide a hospitality experience. We talked to Disney and others so that we could work them into our design.

Q. The tech can doeverything but developing this unique and differentiated experience requires a whole different level of understanding of human needs. Can you talk about design process to design the experience carefully? Also, how long did it take you to design this patient room of the future?

John: We brought in subject matter experts from architecture and design from across the globe. And then built out a half a floor in a warehouse out of Styrofoam, brought in time emotion studies, and made some significant changes to our original design based on actual people, wheeling gurneys through these Styrofoam hallways. We looked at access and traffic patterns and did all kinds of timing exercises of how long it would take to get somebody from the ED to an OR. As fun as the technology was, if you design and implement it right, it’s right. Getting it right from a design perspective is a whole other level and I think we knocked it out of the park. 

It almost took three and a half to four years to design the room from start to finish. We found some slick ways of a nurse sitting at a desk outside of the patient room like we mirrored the patient room such that a nurse could monitor two patients at the same time through these windows. We have done some innovative things in the bathroom and the shower design and brought those in these units by leveraging the city’s views. It was an extensive design process. We have also designed flexibilities into the room to be used for many different purposes. In the old days, you had your normal patient care rooms and then you had specialty rooms. These rooms are all designed with booms to move patients and capabilities that can become more specialized on the change of a dime. Over 500 rooms in this net new building are designed and set up in this way.

Q. How do you ensure that you have adequate security, data, security,and patient privacy? What additional considerations went into this when you were putting the design together?

John: If you think about this patient room, many components are of the Internet of things. Whether it’s the lights or the devices in the room that are more typical Internet of Things type devices, everything that sits on the network poses a potential concern. So, we teamed up with several subject matter expert partners. We set up a lab environment and implemented all this technology in the lab. If you walked into this lab, it would almost look like the patient room to you. We rolled in the monitoring equipment and everything else to be really a good mirror of what would be happening in the new Pavilion itself. Then we made sure that we had the security we were looking for in that room. We did some exercises to try to tap into the network through some of these devices and asked our vendors to work in their labs at their own manufacturing plants. The technology that we have integrated and the standard tools we put in place to manage security across the enterprise is in pretty good shape. But in this business, you need to be vigilant. The threat landscape changes dramatically over time. Health care organizations have really become the focus of cyber-attacks over the last several years. It started with medical records being more valuable to criminals than credit cards and has only been exacerbated with organizations like ourselves that are in the center of COVID research and vaccine distribution. Patient privacy and ensuring that we’re a secure organization are really important to us, so we have redoubled our efforts with this new facility to ensure that we’re in good shape. Devices like network segmentation, network access controls, building profiles can change their behavior; we have a chance to isolate them and pull them off the network in case they could have been hacked or breached and could be a vulnerability. We are making sure that new Pavilion and the rest of our enterprise is secure.

Q. You have a ton of data that’s going to be available by observing the way these devices and the software of the services used by patients or caregivers and how the devices interact with one another. Can you talk about how you’ve laid a data and analytics layer on top of this infrastructure? 

John: We started to make investments in our data analytics group from the last three years and have continued to make those investments. With this additional information, we will focus on how we turn that into knowledge, with that data, people can make informed decisions. So, we have matured our efforts on the data analytics side, but we are still trying to identify the best way to use all this data. We are excited by the opportunities and looking at how to make future investments in this informatics to make sure we’re leveraging all this information. Through this data, we make sure our clinicians and executives are aware of what’s available and then optimize it based on that information.

Q. Are you leveraging the cloud in any significant way either for posting your applications infrastructure, especially for this new facility, and for the data?

John: I call our cloud strategy – opportunistic. From a Gartner perspective, what they call a fast follower. Cloud technology is not new by any stretch, but we need to make sure that we have business associate agreements in place with the cloud vendors. We spent a significant amount of time building out our private cloud capabilities using hyper-converged capabilities. We have seen some great efficiencies there and been able to move a significant amount of our workload from different vendors, storage and platforms that are computing. Our focus has been on the HIPAA conversion private cloud. We have also been leveraging SAS applications wherever possible. Many of our applications are cloud based in addition to things like Office 365. We’ve made some investments in the infrastructure applications, but we know that in a long-term perspective, we need to leverage private cloud, public cloud, hybrid clouds so that in any time of the day we can move our enterprise workload to the least cost and in the most secure environment. We continue to work with Azures and the Googles and others out there to make sure that we’ve got the right agreements in place. We have got a rather large high-performance computing that’s used on the Research and School of Medicine side that we’re looking to move to a cloud environment. We don’t drive things to the cloud just to drive things to the cloud. We do when technologies at the end of its life where there is an opportunity to be more efficient. I would say today we probably have close to eighty five percent of our workload in some type of a cloud environment. 

Q. So, over time you have moved a significant amount of enterprise workloads to the cloud. But you look at everything on a case-by-case basis and it’s not a default decision to just drop something into the cloud just because that is where you want it all to be in future. How do you do the tradeoffs?

John: We look at the workload itself and look at what kind of data is on those workloads and then what we’re doing today. If it’s in a hosted environment that we’ve outsourced, we look at what’s the cost of that environment, what are the pros and cons of running it in that environment, speed to market, the way they secure their environment, and so on. We look at it from a cost benefit standpoint and start to check what are the things that would make us more responsive, more agile to get things time to market. We also look at the ways that can take our resources and focus them where we want them to be focused versus running our own data centers and setting up servers and managing the servers and storage. We look really at return on investment and risks.

Q. I have heard often that moving things to the cloud may end upcosting you more if you’re not careful. Can you comment on the ROI part of it? 

John: I think we found the same thing, particularly with our high-performance computing capabilities. It looked attractive on the surface, but the devil is in the details. Once you start to pick up things and move it over, you learn quickly that there’s some hidden costs. There are times where you’ll accept those costs because it reduces investments and resources that you need in other places. But we have learned the hard way that sometimes the cloud is actually more expensive.

Q. How would you describe the State of the Union as it relates to interoperability across all your applications in your landscape?

John: We have taken a three C approach to applications that stands for – common systems, centrally managed, and collaboratively implemented. It is one of the mantras we use in IS, and it’s been key to our success over time. In the last 10 years, we migrated many small applications into these large suites that I talked about earlier, like Epic. It’s allowed us to be efficient in our spending and resources and drive a lot of cost out of the system. As we look at integration or our ability with new applications, we lean on those standard systems first. And then see if they can work for us versus adding in a new best-of-breed type of application. 

Secondly, the legacy there is centrally managed. So, pulling everybody together into a corporate IT organization has allowed us to eliminate most of the shadow IT in some organizations. Shadow IT resources are the ones that in many cases introduce new applications that are hard to integrate or hard to interoperate. Between those two things, we’ve built a pretty effective corporate organization that can deliver the standard solutions fairly quickly and economically. 

The last C, which stands for collaboratively implemented, is our secret sauce. We have business projects that involve technology which means that both IT and the operational folks are at the table with skin in the game. This has really delivered very good results for us, because as things start to go wrong, we lean heavily on each other to make sure that we get good results. This strategy has really helped us eliminate overhead and eliminate the need to integrate and interoperate platforms that may be a challenge. 

Q. Most health systems try to consolidate all the applications into their core platforms. But on the other hand, they also must be open to bringing on new innovative solutions. How do you manage this?

John: On the one hand you must keep your network and clinical systems up and running twenty-four by seven. That requires a certain strategy, mindset, and skill. It’s not an easy job but getting there on time takes some work and focus. At the same time, you must have an innovative mindset to stay ahead and leverage these new capabilities. This requires a whole different strategy, mindset and skillsets. Leading teams that are responsible for both can be a challenge today. With innovation, we feel like you need to be prepared to recognize that every idea is not a great idea and failing fast if you are not going to be a winner. But our environment, where a learning organization, we see many entrepreneurs on campus, comes out of Warton, other schools, and is incredibly bright. We have a place on campus that is called Pennovation – a lab space. Their tagline is ‘where ideas go to work,’ which encourages people to come to Penn to do innovative work and to do emerging technology work. So, we often see people knocking on our door saying, “We work for Penn or we graduated from Penn, and now we’re part of a startup. So, we see a lot of these technologies. And I would say one out of every 10 to 12 has got some real value here. It is addressing a pain point that we have, and it’s something that we can’t go to one of our established partners and ask for the capability. So, we have set up a new technology review board that looks at all these and uses a governance process to ensure that we are fair and consistent. So, not only do you need to keep your legacy applications up and running, but you need to stay focused on innovation where it can be a game-changer for you as an organization.

Q. What is the advice you have for startups across the country that have something interesting to say and want an audience? 

John: I think there are two things. One is timing. You must have robust technology that is ready for prime time. People knock on our door many times, and it’s a concept and we don’t have the cycles with everything else we have going on to work through the concept and spend those kinds of cycles there. Timing is key and it’s got to be close to being ready. Another essential part is finding an internal sponsor, a champion, somebody who is willing to be the representative internally around that technology and speak to its benefits. Look at the cost benefits, ROI, and a partner who will help design functionality and capabilities. Also, find the sponsor, the internal person that can champion that.

Q. Is there a best practice that you would like to share with your peers in the industry? 

John: The best practice is to engage with others. What we learned with the Pavilion was that looking outward was a game-changer for us. This sounds simplistic, but we have brought to the table several technology partners and several integration partners and said – “we want you to partner with us and do development on your dime and later you’re going to be able to talk about how you partnered with us.” Getting the right spirit of partnership and getting the right ability has been a game-changer for us. The best practice for us was as big as we are and as talented as the people we have, both on the IT and clinical sides, partner with folks that has significant resources themselves.

About our guest

John-Donohue-profilepic-may2021

John P. Donohue is the Vice President of Entity Services at Penn Medicine, Information Services. John is responsible for leading the Entity Services group; which includes a number of seasoned technology executives, as well as the onsite teams that support Penn Medicine’s many entities. These entity technology groups are responsible for managing the business and facilitating the technology relationship between Operations and Information Services. Each entity group is comprised of an Entity Information Officer and resources that support clinical engineering, platform, and network technology at the entities. Additionally, John is the IS executive driving technology innovation for the construction of the new patient pavilion project, which is expected to open in late 2021.

Mr. Donohue is a seasoned health care IT Executive with over 30 years of experience which includes: extensive senior executive and customer interaction, understanding complex business requirements, identifying technology solutions, developing and executing IT strategic plans. He is recognized as a proactive leader who builds and develops high performance teams that are committed to excellence in the delivery of IT services and solutions.

Prior to joining Penn Medicine, John held IT vice president roles at both Covance (a $4 billion Clinical Research Organization) and Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia (Number one ranked Pediatric Hospital in the country). John holds a BS in Business Management from University of Phoenix.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

We must utilize AI to change the way healthcare is delivered and how patients can be more engaged in their care

Season 3: Episode #85

Podcast with Sachin Patel, Chief Executive Officer, Apixio

"We must utilize AI to change the way healthcare is delivered and how patients can be more engaged in their care"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Sachin Patel, Chief Executive Officer of Apixio, discusses how data science can help solve critical healthcare problems and empower individuals, providers, and health plans with reliable, actionable intelligence. Apixio is a healthcare AI analytics company that was recently acquired by Centene Corporation.

Today, more than 1.2 billion clinical documents are generated each year in the U.S., but there is very little analysis of the unstructured information. The Apixio platform uses advanced analytics to generate insights from unstructured data to deliver significant improvements in financial performance.

Sachin also discusses the big opportunity areas in AI today and the challenges in increasing adoption levels for AI in healthcare. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

04:20Where do you see AI in healthcare today, and what are the big opportunity areas?
07:48Your products are focused mainly on administrative efficiencies, specifically revenue and payment operations. How do these solutions create value?
15:59 Recently, several emerging data partnerships have been announced – Truveta, Mayo Clinic, Highmark-ChristianaCare. What are your thoughts on this trend?
18:40 Does your relationship with Centene preclude you from doing business with their competitors? How do you manage any concerns that may arise from other clients in this regard?
19:44 What are the big challenges for AI that the healthcare industry needs to address before we can realize its full potential?

Q. Can you brief us about Apixio and your interesting journey to how you got here?

Sachin: At Apixio, our mantra has always been to achieve better healthcare through data insights. Apixio has created a proprietary artificial intelligence platform that’s able to render computable data from clinical, administrative and other notes. The text in these documents, the unstructured data, contain 70 to 80 percent of the information about an individual’s healthcare, most of which is not captured in claims or other administrative data. Certainly, you need both pieces, the structured and the unstructured data. We pride ourselves on being able to tackle both of those. What we can do with that data is assemble patient phenotypes from the smart aggregation of various insights that are generated from the two data types. Our artificial intelligence platform can then provide these insights for a variety of different use cases which we can get into.

Prior to Apixio, I was with a healthcare services company and the value-based care space, and prior to that I was in investment banking, a way back when I started my career as an engineer.

Q. Apixio was acquired by Centene late last year. Can you brief us about that?

Sachin: Centene had been a recent customer of ours. They acquired WellCare, who was one of our key customers and they had seen the direction that we were taking our platform and the potential that we had – to use the artificial intelligence capabilities, to improve value-based care, and other activities that are important to a health plan. That was a perfect fit for our next chapter. And importantly, we have had the benefit of having seen 40 plus other customers data inform the quality of our insights that are gathered. Now we have access through Centene to twenty-five million patients’ worth of additional data from which to train our algorithms and develop new capabilities.

Q. Centene is one of the largest health insurance companies in the country with a specific focus on the Medicaid population. Is that right?

Sachin: That’s right. They’re largely focused on Medicaid, but with the acquisition of WellCare they have a pretty significant footprint in terms of number of lives covered in the Medicare space as well.

Q. Where do you see AI in healthcare today and what are the big opportunity areas.

Sachin: In the last handful of months and the last few years, a tremendous amount of buildup in different organizations, plans, providers, analytics firms are utilizing AI to change the way in which healthcare is delivered and how patients can be more engaged in their care. That’s really where the sizzle or the interest lies in any company pursuing their activities within the healthcare realm. So, getting closer to that point of care, getting closer to the patient, that’s where you can really drive some of the changes that are being looked for. But you can’t leave behind the administrative or the plan administration side of it as well that sometimes doesn’t get talked about much. The ability to have a technology platform that works across all those areas and be effective in terms of the access to the data, the analysis that you conduct on it, and mining all of the different pieces of information to form a holistic view of what that care journey looks like for both the payer and the provider. And to the patient as well, as that is how you unlock all of the value. The big opportunity lies is bringing that all together. So, you have got certainly a continuum of folks that operate in different parts, but you want to be able to bring that all together and then have that bear out in the type of care that’s delivered.

Q. The money that’s being made today from applying AI directly seems to be a lot more in the administrative functions where you can see a very direct correlation between what you put in and what you get out of it. Is that right?

Sachin: I think that is spot on. Certainly, with appropriate focus on where we all would like to see healthcare go as it relates to the provider and the patient side of it. No doubt that is where we all want to see improvement. Because if you think about what is caused a lot of the abrasion within healthcare delivery in the US, it’s the burden of those administrative activities that prevent the providers from being able to provide the right type of care. So, we all have an eye towards that. But as it relates to where you also need to have important business focus, it is on that administrative side. And I would say you’re right, certainly in terms of being able to demonstrate a clear ROI and then importantly, as you think about value based care and how those contracts are structured and how you drive the action that is desired from all parties to that set of activities, that’s where you want to make sure that you’ve got the administrative software as well, with the benefit of efficiencies gained from artificial intelligence platforms or other technologies, especially when you look outside of Medicare Advantage and think of the other lines of business that typically don’t have as robust a margin profile.

Q. Tell us how Apixio is bringing about some of these improvements in administrative efficiencies by applying AI in the context of revenue and payment operations.

Sachin: In simple terms, if you’re looking at a series of hundreds of pages of a patient’s chart and you’re a human, let’s make it this area that we’re talking about and particularly our primary use cases within risk adjustment activities. If you’re looking at hundreds of pages of charts for thousands of patients over the course of months, you’re likely to get tired, fatigued, very naturally. It might miss a detail or make a decision that may be as inconsistent with a decision you might have made around two weeks prior with the AI platform. AI type capabilities can allow you to, instead of looking at all 200 pages in this document, see eight pages that matter for what you are trying to do in this activity. It doesn’t have to be a risk assessment, could be anything. It could be a quality initiative and a variety of other activities. And if you’re only looking at those pages and you’re generally guided there and making either a confirmatory decision or you’re saying, ‘hey, actually, I don’t agree, because for our plan X, Y and Z matters a little bit more for whatever that uses.’ You can then make that change and being a lot more efficient with your time. And that’s really where I think you gain those efficiency of scale. Also, if you’re only looking at claims data, you may find 20 to 30 % of the information that’s really rich data. It is the record of truth as it relates to payment. When you think further down into other areas where you would want to expand those capabilities, as we were talking about, point of care, clinical discovery, things of that nature, that’s where you do want to look at the unstructured data. That unstructured data certainly has important details, but also has a richness of data and depth of data from the physician’s notes. So, the physician may code at a certain level and say that I have these two conditions, but they may also add in their notes because they don’t necessarily want a bill for that. But the patient also has these other symptoms that we may want to keep track of. That’s what you also want to know and so that’s where we think the entire profile is important, especially as we talk about things like value-based care.

Q. So, from what you have described, you are primarily talking about natural language processing, is that right?

Sachin: That’s part of it and then there are other techniques as well that can be used to combine for insights.

Q. Did you build the technology on your own? Can you brief us about the evolution of the technology and how you got it to where it is today?

Sachin: Yes, we did build everything. It was purpose-built and was in-house for risk adjustment initially. Certainly, we have used a variety of NLP and machine learning techniques. Think about our platform as it has a core capability of being able to find these insights. You can tune the algorithms to find what it is that you are looking for in a chart. It does not have to be this risk adjustment case. I can then tune those algorithms to find other information, whether it’s a quality initiative. I just want to maybe search in a simple way for all diabetes patients who have had an eye exam or something else. You can do all of those activities by upfront, tuning the platform to run those different use cases. That’s really the way in which we envisioned it. So, think of it as there is this base layer of capability and then on top of that, you build out different applications for different use cases. So, as it relates to risk adjustment, an important area for us to select, certainly because there’s a tangible benefit that folk see right up front in terms of being able to appropriately deliver care for what may be a more higher acuity patient population. It also gave us the richness of data over time. We noticed this after we crossed 10 million patient records from across the U.S. and now we’re worth of 20 million. This diversity of data in the risk adjustment function allows you to have confidence in a narrow confidence interval, in the insights that you’re delivering. That’s really important because you’re going to not only believe in the decision that you’re making as a health plan, but you also want to believe in those decisions being made as a provider to ultimately drive adoption of these technologies.

Q. What you’re really talking about is being compensated for the care that you provide and more specifically making sure you’re not leaving money on the table by missing something in the coding process that could be a legitimate claim for a payment. Is it a fair statement?

Sachin: That’s correct. On the other side of it, one of our important full solution capabilities from a compliance standpoint, you also want to look through and review those same charts and make sure you haven’t previously submitted something that shouldn’t have been. In that case you can proactively flag and note it so that payment is essentially recouped or taken out from what you may be finding for other more higher acuity populations. So, it’s important to do both activities.

Q. So, one of your clients, Centene, puts in a dollar of investment in this technology. What can they expect to get out of it in terms of order of magnitude of returns?

Sachin: So, I think typically from an efficiency of workflow standpoint, customers would typically look for is something in the 4-7 times return in terms of efficiency, of effort, of what’s being done by their folks. And from a dollar perspective, it’s a wide range and it depends on what the initiatives you’re doing. I am not speaking broader to some of the other things that we work on with customers beyond risk adjustment, that can vary a little bit more.

Q. Recently, several emerging data partnerships have been announced – Truveta, Mayo Clinic, Highmark-ChristianaCare. What are your thoughts on this trend?

Sachin: In the last handful of months, I think most of the health systems have come to the realization that the path for them is to have a partner that can help them get there faster rather than perhaps developing the capability in-house. The challenge through all of this is going to be how do you keep that data integrity at a high level? There’s certainly some compliance type of steps that need to be held there, especially as it relates to HIPAA. But if you can clear all of that, then you’ve got high integrity of data and then you need to very specifically define what is the success for this activity that we’re pursuing. I think that is generally alluded to in some of the partnerships that you’re referencing and grow into it over time so that you have confidence that the decisions that you’re making, using those technologies are ones that you can feel really good about. They are not going to either impact you from a financial viability standpoint, but more importantly, that are going to be good decisions for you in delivering care for patients. In one of the organizations that you mentioned, the Mayo Clinic in particular, they referenced that they’re going to be utilizing some of these wearables, technologies and other types of data. I think that’s really exciting and interesting.

Q. One of the things that we see when it comes to applying AI in the context of clinical outcomes, algorithms require a lot of retraining. All the variables need to be adjusted when you are moving from one population to another. So, if you have an NLP algorithm that can scroll through charts and surface opportunity areas, it’ll work just the same in any hospital, any health plan across the country, you don’t really have to do a lot of tweaking to it. Is that a fair statement?

Sachin: It depends. Certainly, there’s different guidelines for each type of organization that you’re working with, plan or provider group that might matter to how you approach each situation. So, there might be custom tuning, but as a general concept, your comment is fair.

Q. You’re a part of Centene now and I guess it is a whole different feel from being a native company. Does your relationship with Centene preclude you from doing any kind of business, especially with their competitors?

Sachin: No, it does not. That is the short answer. So, part of the focus of this transaction, and in particular one of Centene underlying thesis, was that we would continue to sell externally and focus our efforts equally there. The simplest way to do how Optum operates within United in serving both the parent company as well as the broader market. So, we continue to work in that regard to win and have won new contracts with other players in the market.

Q. What are the big challenges for AI that the healthcare industry needs to address before we can realize its full potential?

Sachin: I think there is the widespread adoption or the way in which you drive this fast or appropriately with what are the privacy requirements and what is covered under HIPAA and what other considerations do you need to be aware of? There are other government task forces around this that need to be kept in mind. So, it’s the appropriate attention of how fast technology firms would want to move to say – ‘yeah, give me all the data and I’ll run it through, and we’ll get you that much more high-quality insights and analytics.’ But on the other side, you have to move at the right speed. I would say that the ability to get there should be picking up pace as you start getting folks comfortable that you are able to maintain the integrity and security of the data. That happens with more and more players now. Sometimes a big situation that comes up at some point in the future and there’s a breach. Someone is exposed and that becomes a concern. So, with more firms being focused on that as a table stakes item to be successful in winning new engagements with plans and providers, I think it drives some of the discipline even more so around that. When you think about the different axes of how you propagate or become competitive in healthcare analytics with the use of AI, there are three different vectors: there’s the quality of your data science, which you have general control over; there’s the quality of data volume or the quantity of data volume. This is when you have enough diversity of patient data from which to feel comfortable, or can certainly say – ‘hey, for this case, I don’t want to have too much of a bias in this direction or that direction.’ And then there’s the data liquidity piece and it’s really the data liquidity that’s going to be a rate-limiting factor here when you think about those three vectors, because that is driven by not only decisions by health systems and providers, but also from a regulatory standpoint.

About our guest

Sachin-patel-profilepic1

Sachin brings broad experience across both healthcare and technology, spanning a variety of leadership roles, including operations, finance, and development. Sachin joined Apixio in 2017 as Chief Financial Officer and later served as President and Chief Financial Officer before taking his current role. Sachin has extensive experience working with value-based care provider groups including Vantage Oncology, a national leader in community oncology, where he served as Vice President, Finance, and Chief Financial Officer of Vantage Cancer Care Network, an innovative model for managing cancer populations.

Sachin has also held positions with Citigroup Investment Banking and began his career in engineering roles with Cisco and IBM. Sachin holds a BS in Electrical Engineering from The University of Texas at Austin and an MBA from the UCLA Anderson School of Management.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Medical records must become a living record that pulls in data real-time, follows your health, and displays it back to a physician in a useful form

Season 3: Episode #84

Podcast with Grace Kitzmiller, AWS and
Dr. Michael Snyder, Stanford University’s School of Medicine

"Medical records must become a living record that pulls in data real-time, follows your health, and displays it back to a physician in a useful form."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Grace Kitzmiller of AWS and Dr. Michael Snyder of Stanford University’s School of Medicine discuss AWS’ Diagnostic Development Initiative (DDI), a two-year, $20 million commitment that uses cloud computing to scale up diagnostic innovations.

In the wake of the pandemic, Stanford University School of Medicine’s Healthcare Innovation Lab developed a smartwatch-enabled alarm system powered by AWS cloud, designed for early detection of COVID-19 by identifying increased heart rates prior to the infection. Dr. Snyder explains how the application works by pulling heart rate information from the smartwatch, applying an early detection algorithm, and pushes back the signal to a smartphone to set off alerts for possible infections.

Grace shares three gaps that AWS strives to address through the Diagnostic Development Initiative: accurate detection, reprioritization of diagnostic research, and scaling up computing power for machine learning and analytics. Take a listen.

Note: Those interested in participating in the Stanford COVID-19 wearables study can sign up here.

Developers interested in the AWS Diagnostic Development Initiative program can apply here.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

02:42What are the gaps AWS is looking to address with the Diagnostic Development Initiative?
04:49About Stanford’s smartwatch-based diagnostic app for COVID-19 detection alerts.
08:16 What has been the predictive power of these smartwatch-based diagnostic algorithms and how they hold up across populations or regions?
12:27 How do the wearable device integrate with Epic or Cerner and make it a part of the longitudinal patient record for diagnostic and treatment on an ongoing basis?
14:58 What about patient privacy? Even in the research phases you're putting some guardrails on what happens to the data. How is Stanford protecting patient’s data?
17:33What has been the response so far for AWS’ Diagnostic Development Initiative? What kind of research projects are we likely to see, with a focus on healthcare?

Q. Dr. Snyder, can you tell us about your role at Stanford?

Dr. Snyder: I am Professor and Chair of Genetics at Stanford University’s School of Medicine. I also run the Center for Genomics and Personalized Medicine, the innovation lab there, and we do a lot with big data in health.

Q. Grace, can you brief us on your role?

Grace: Paddy, I lead Solutions Development for the AWS Disaster Response Program, which focuses on how technology and the cloud can assist organizations that are active across crisis such as the COVID-19 pandemic or across the lifecycle of natural disasters.

Q. Amazon has recently been in the news for several healthcare-related initiatives, and one of them was the Diagnostic Development Initiative. It was targeting COVID-19. Grace, what was the gap or need that AWS was looking to address with this initiative?

Grace: AWS Diagnostic Development Initiative is a 20-million-dollar commitment that we made last year to support customers and accelerate their diagnostic innovations. We provided this support in the form of both cloud computing credits and technical support from AWS experts like our solution architects and our AWS professional services team. These AWS experts helped those organizations that were part of the Diagnostic Development Initiative to use AWS services to either stand up or scale their COVID-19 diagnostics projects. As COVID began rapidly spreading around the world, there were a few reasons diagnostics really bubbled up to the top. First, accurate detection is the tip of the spear for any effective pandemic response strategy. Secondly, diagnostics research has historically been underfunded and largely de-prioritized when compared to vaccine or treatment development. But realistically and thirdly, organizations working on diagnostics also need access to reliable and scalable compute power, which AWS could deliver along with things like analytics and machine learning to help researchers process and analyze some of those large datasets that were being generated and iterate more quickly. So, in the first year of the program, we have been excited and seen some inspirational results from customers like the wearables work that Dr. Synder’s research team is doing at Stanford. It’s really been great to see how these projects are pushing the boundaries of diagnostic innovation. 

Q. Dr. Snyder, Stanford has been one of the early participants in the program. And you have launched a smartwatch-based diagnostic app for the COVID alerts. Can you tell us about the app and some of the results that you have seen so far?

Dr. Snyder: Several years before we found that you could tell when people are getting ill from Lyme disease, as well as respiratory viral infections using a smartwatch. When the pandemic came along a little over a year ago, with Amazon’s help we have really been able to scale this thing up. So, we first showed that we could detect COVID with a smartwatch. It turns out, on average, four days before symptoms and for some people, as much as 10 days before symptoms, we can see when they are getting ill because their heart rate jumps up on a smartwatch. So, we first showed you could do that and recently, we have rolled out this app that alerts people when their heart rate jumps up, which does happen before you get ill with COVID or other things. It can happen with other lifestyle events as well, for example, you drink way too much. But it certainly seems to work for infectious disease about 73% of the time, according to our latest work. It is a simple app that you download on your smartphone that integrates with the smartwatch. It works for Fitbit; Apple Watch and we are trying to work it for other watches as well. Basically, they are following your heart rate, will transfer the information over to the phone. We use the cloud to pull any information, and then we compute using our algorithm. When we see a jump up in heart rate or other abnormalities, it will send off a signal which pushes back to your smartphone and it’ll set these alerts. Right now, we have just launched the second phase of the study where we are sending the alerts. As I said, it sometimes picks infections, and it does pick up COVID infections as well as asymptomatic cases. We think this is going to be very powerful. It absolutely requires the cloud for this to work because you need to be able to access people all around the world. The study is global, and you can compute everywhere. You keep the costs down actually by running some of the computing areas that are less busy and then distribute the load, so to speak, in the more cost-effective fashion. That’s probably the only way you could do a project like this that uses the cloud and it’s totally scalable. 50 million people in the U.S. wear a smartwatch and right now they could all have an alerting function for COVID-19 if they tuned in to this program. 

Q. This is a global program. So, I imagine that your application has been downloaded globally by people onto the smartwatches – Apple or Fitbit. You mentioned that the elevated heart rate could be a result of various potential activities and not necessarily just COVID. I imagine that the algorithm in some way adjusts for different likely causes and then combines it with other kinds of wearables and so on. What has been the predictive power of these algorithms and how do they hold up across populations or across regions?

Dr. Snyder: We’re going to need more data to answer the last question because the numbers are so small. That’s why we want to have more people join the study. We’ve had several thousand people signed up. We’ve had something like 70 positive cases so far. So, we’ve picked up seventy-three percent of them from different parts of the country, and we’re still improving the algorithms. We want to get that Seventy-three percent up to ninety-five percent or better. We can do that as we pull in more different data types focused on resting heart rate steps and sleep. We pull in different kinds of data; we can improve the algorithms, so we are trying to get as many people signed up as possible. We can detect COVID from different ethnic groups. I’m optimistic it should work for everyone because when people get sick, their heart rate jumps up.

Q. If you do get a million people signed up, what’s the end goal here?

Dr. Snyder: My end goal is to put a smartwatch on everyone on the planet, seven billion people, so they have a health monitor for every single person. That cannot happen today, but that is the long run. The only way to do it is to be following your health in real time, not doing PCR two days later when they get symptoms. You want to be following people while they are healthy in real time, seeing when you see and detect an abnormality and catch and push it back to them as quickly as possible so they can act on it. In the case of a pandemic, if they get one of these alerts, we want it to be as sensitive as possible and as specific as possible, we want them to ultimately self-isolate or get checked right away, before they spread it around to one hundred other people. 

Q. Grace, one of the outcomes of these programs is that you are going to get a lot of data about patients, about consumers and so on. Do you have any plans to harness insights from this data in any way, let’s say, for public health in this case?

Grace: No, that is not the programs intent. AWS is vigilant about our customer’s privacy and data security. Our technology and program policies are really designed with that security and privacy in mind. So, for customers like Dr. Snyder at Stanford and others retain ownership and control of any data and content that they store on AWS, along with the ability to encrypt it, protect it, move it or delete it in alignment with their security policies.

Q. Dr. Snyder, how do the wearable device integrate with Epic or Cerner and make it a part of the longitudinal patient record for diagnostic and treatment on an ongoing basis?

Dr. Snyder: Right now, we’re in the research phase and testing these algorithms, seeing how well it works, and optimizing them. You would have to have a follow up test for that to go into in the record. That’s where we stand now, but in the future, these things will get better validated and they’ll have to get FDA approved, which is not hard to do for simple devices like thermometers. And that will be the case for smartwatches. I think they will be able to get validated and you’ll be able to pull information from them and aspects of that will be in the medical record. Now, my own view is the whole medical record needs to change. Right now, it is not useful to most doctors. It’s hard for them to access information from the record. I’d like to see the record become a living record, meaning it pulls in your data in real time, follows your health, and then can displays it back to a physician in a very useful form in which they can see how is your cardiovascular health, how is your metabolic health, how is your other forms of health? So, I think we should transform the whole medical records system to make it in a useful fashion. An example of this is when they measure your heart rate in a doctor’s office, it’s all over the map and it depends on whether you drove by bike there, what stress is going on, all sorts of things. But you can pull a pretty accurate heart rate right first thing in the morning from someone and get a much better picture of their health. Imagine incorporating that kind of information into a health record for a physician to be able to see what is called a longitudinal record so they can really follow what is going on.

Q. Dr. Snyder, what about patient privacy? In the research phases I guess you are putting some guardrails on what happens to the data, how are you protecting patient data and so on. Can you talk about that?

Dr. Snyder: That is a big concern. So as Grace said, we encrypt everything as it comes. It gets encrypted as we compute it, and we compute encrypted data. As these alerts go out, they get pushed back so that everything is stored. One thing that is important is we do try and pull the data and share it in an anonymized fashion and Amazon has been fantastic for helping. People use the term data lake, but I want to make it a data ocean where we have all these data for people to be able to access again in an anonymous fashion so that we can improve our algorithms and be able to detect disease much better. I think this kind of platform is going to be powerful well beyond the pandemic, meaning you can pull other kinds of information from your smartwatch. You can pull other kinds of health measurements from a smartwatch like dehydration. So, by having data that is accessible, researchers can improve this health monitoring system, I think we can really transform the way people’s health is followed. So, I like to think healthcare instead of sick care, so we can then follow people and better manage their health.

Q. AWS is offering millions in credits to developers worldwide as a part of this program. What has been the response so far? What kind of research projects are we likely to see with a focus on healthcare?

Grace: In the first year of the Diagnostic Development Initiative, we supported around eighty-seven organizations in 70 countries. The organizations included customers that are startups, non-profits, research organizations and businesses. We provided cloud computing credits and technical support to really work backwards from the needs of these researchers to understand how technology could help accelerate or scale their work. In addition to the work that Dr. Snyder’s team has been doing around wearables at Stanford, we’ve also seen organizations focusing on looking at uncovering clues about how COVID-19 presents in individuals and what are some of the impacts or what are some of the outcomes that they’re seeing based on characteristics of their immune response networks been done by the Institute for Systems Biology. Our biology team uses machine learning to try to quantify the silent spread of COVID-19 for those with symptoms. Organizations look at using smartphone cameras to provide accurate and reliable diagnostics within 30 minutes of doing a test. One of the things we are doing this year is broadening the scope of the Diagnostic Development Initiative to cover not just diagnostics but also three new areas. First, early disease detection to help identify outbreaks and trends at both the individual and the community level. Also, prognosis to better understand disease trajectory. And then last for public health genomics to bolster genome sequencing worldwide, which is becoming more important as different variants of COVID-19 emerge.

About our guests

GraceKitzmiller-profilepic

Grace Kitzmiller is a Principal and Senior Product Manager for AWS Disaster Response Program, Grace leads strategy and execution for product development by working backwards from the needs of organizations active across the disaster and crisis lifecycle to learn about the biggest technology challenges they encounter, while preparing for, responding to, or recovering from disasters and crises.

Grace works across AWS people, services, information, and technology, and AWS Partners to build or extend solutions and proofs of concept that can solve those challenges. Grace has been with AWS for over five years and was previously Senior Product Lead for AWS Educate, Amazon’s global initiative to accelerate cloud learning to better prepare students for the cloud workforce. Prior to joining AWS, Grace held leadership positions at a graph database start-up and at a consulting firm focused on using technology to develop solutions for state and federal environmental protection agencies.

Dr.Snyder-profile

Dr. Michael Snyder, Stanford W. Ascherman Professor and Chair, Department of Genetics and Director of the Center for Genomics and Personalized Medicine in the Stanford School of Medicine, is a world-leading expert in genomics, personalized molecular profiling, and precision medicine. Dr. Snyder's Lab has been a pioneering force in the field of precision medicine, including establishing many foundational methods in the field of genomics. He was recruited by Stanford in 2009 to chair the Genetics Department and direct the Center for Genomics and Personalized Medicine. Under his leadership, U.S. News & World Report has ranked Stanford University first or tied for first in Genetics, Genomics, and Bioinformatics every year for the last decade. Dr. Snyder was the first to apply personalized health tracking using multiomics in coordination with wearable devices to predict and prevent disease.

Dr. Snyder also established the first longitudinal integrated multiomic (genomics, proteomics, metabolomics, lipidomics, transcriptomics, microbiomics, and wearables) profiling of humans for personalized health and medicine. This project has produced the most deeply profiled cohort in human history. Most recently, Dr. Snyder has launched Stanford’s Personal Health Dashboard, a novel research app using wearables, currently in exploration for the very early, real-time detection of COVID-19. Additionally, Dr. Snyder has co-founded 13 biotechnology companies including Personalis, Qbio, January AI, Mirvie, & SensOmics.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

We are seeing virtual care and telehealth as an important tool in the toolbox for ambulatory care practices

Season 3: Episode #83

Podcast with David Cohen, Chief Product and Technology Officer, Greenway Health

"We are seeing virtual care and telehealth as an important tool in the toolbox for ambulatory care practices"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, David Cohen, Chief Product and Technology Officer of Greenway Health, highlights the need for RCM service providers to scale up to meet the revenue cycle needs of the larger healthcare practices. Greenway Health is an electronic health records (EHR), practice management, and revenue cycle management solutions company serving more than 50,000 ambulatory practices.

The RCM services is witnessing M&A and consolidation to find the efficiencies of scale. David points out that sophisticated RCM software must develop automation capabilities, robust analytics, and machine learning models to help reduce the overall cost of these practices to collect and improve financial outcomes for practices.

David advises medical practices to stay on top of regulatory changes and be aware of the changing payment roles and cycles. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

02:50The current state of the RCM services provider sector and drivers of M&A and consolidation in the sector.
04:48The impact of pandemic on Greenway Health’s clients.
06:42 What has the shift to virtual care meant for Greenway Health’s clients in terms of reimbursements and cash flow, specifically telehealth visits?
12:32 There is a highly fragmented market of digital health and telehealth technology providers. What does it mean for practices that are running stand-alone platforms and how should they address it?
15:47 What kind of performance indicators should practices examine in the current context?
17:51 What role do the front-office, clinical, and back-office staff have in RCM, and how can these groups work together efficiently to enable patient care and improve the quality of care? What are the best practices for providers to improve their practice’s RCM?

Q. David, can you tell us a little bit about Greenway Health and your role? 

David: I am the chief product and technology officer at Greenway Health, and Greenway is a leading provider of health care technology, solutions, and services. Our clients represent about 50 thousand ambulatory health care providers across multiple specialties, and that equates to about several million patient lives cared for using Greenway solutions. I’ve worked in this intersection of health care and technology for over 15 years, and it’s been a very exciting and dynamic space to be focused on, particularly seeing the level of impact that we’re able to have in helping practices better care for and manage patients and also improving the health of the communities that they serve.

Q. What is the current state of the RCM service provider sector and what is driving M&A and consolidation in the sector? 

David: Greenway provides EHR, practice management technology solutions to our clients, and we are a leader in the RCM services space. I agree that there is a lot of M&A activity happening in the market and the major driver for that is really efficiency of scale. So, being part of a larger organization has several advantages. One is sophisticated RCM service providers, like Greenway, develop automation capabilities, robust analytics and machine learning models that can help to reduce the overall cost of practices to collect and improve financial outcomes for practices. And these are capabilities that smaller companies would struggle to develop on their own. It’s also the reason why we’re seeing more and more ambulatory practices turning to revenue cycle services providers to help them with their RCM operations. We also see larger RCM service providers getting better financial outcomes and results for clients, and that can result in better contract negotiations. And the third thing is around scalability. 

Q. How has the pandemic impacted your clients, the ambulatory practices? 

David: It has been an interesting up and down year and a half for our clients. So COVID, at the early onset had a significant impact on ambulatory practices throughout 2020. We saw spikes in COVID cases and hospitalizations putting immense pressure on healthcare staff and resources, which resulted in steep declines in non-COVID volume and sharply reduced revenues. So, at a macro level, reports show that visits to ambulatory care practices declined by almost 60% last year, with primary care practices experiencing significant revenue losses across the board. In 2021, we are starting to see things stabilized quite a bit, but practices still need to consider adding new revenue cycle resources and added support to improve their financial stability.

Q. There had been a shift to virtual care across the sector, both in the ambulatory and inpatient space and remote patient monitoring, telehealth, telemedicine. All of that has sort of accelerated by an order of magnitude from everything that we see now for your clients, specifically in the ambulatory space. What has this shift meant for your clients in terms of reimbursements and cash flow, specifically telehealth visits?

David: Before COVID, virtual care and telehealth was the most talked-about least adopted technology in the industry. Obviously, there were reimbursement rules that were driving that quite a bit. But COVID was just a tremendous catalyst in the industry that saw significant adoption uptake in telehealth. What we are seeing now is that having virtual care as an additional tool in the toolbox for patient care, it really has a double benefit of keeping patients healthier, as well as helping practices to stabilize financially by giving them an additional source of revenue. The 2021 CMS fee schedule that extended reimbursement guidelines for telehealth visit, it made many of those changes permanent, is exciting for the industry.

A lot of our practices are having glad to see that happen. We believe that telehealth is here to stay. Where it stabilizes is kind of the question now, but it is absolutely important. We are advising practices to start to define and understand how virtual care fits into the services portfolio that they offer, including which visit types will be eligible to schedule virtual care visits as part of that practice strategy. Virtual care is a great way for practices to reach out to underserved areas of their population and they should be thinking about how they can extend the reach of their practice into the communities. Beyond telehealth, we also are seeing increases in opportunities to support remote patient monitoring as part of that overarching virtual care strategy. And it is important for practices in terms of managing patient chronic conditions, particularly when patients are not physically making it into the clinic as frequently with telehealth becoming so accessible and available. So, we are seeing those great improvements to patient outcomes and seeing virtual care telehealth as an important tool in the toolbox for ambulatory care practices, but then also using virtual care telehealth as an important catalyst and additional revenue opportunity for practices.

Q. From your comments, it’s very clear that the providers have to invest in the technology in order to handle virtual visits or provide remote patient monitoring, chronic care management. So, there is a technology enablement aspect to it and a cost related to that as well. How are they dealing with it right now? And does that mean that you are also changing your business model to become something different, something more to your clients than you were earlier?

DavidAt Greenway, our clients absolutely look for us to stay ahead of the curve in the market. And that is something we really view our role as trusted advisers to our clients and understanding where the industry is going, as well as obviously keeping abreast of the regulatory changes and dynamic regulatory landscape. Last year we saw things start to emerge, Greenway responded by bringing to market a proprietary or home-grown telehealth product. We also extended some of our existing services to offer our clients virtual care and remote patient monitoring capabilities, so certainly I think this industry shift towards virtual care has put Greenway in a position to pivot on behalf of our client, to be able to offer them the services and technologies that our clients need for them to be successful. 

Q. We find that there is a highly fragmented market of digital health and telehealth technology providers, and many of these solutions are not well integrated. What does it mean for your clients, the ambulatory practices, that are running stand-alone platforms and how should they address it? 

DavidAt Greenway, one of the things that we will always do is give our clients choice. And our marketplace has several telehealth partners that our clients can leverage. And certainly, we are seeing in the industry a lot of new virtual care players emerging. Greenway went down the path of developing our own telehealth product, because what we saw was that a lot of products on the market were missing the mark with our clients in terms of what they are looking for and the level of integration with their core EHR practice management systems. That lack of integration created a lot of inefficiency in practice workflow. So, we focused on, as we were building a product, things that are important for practices to consider. Number one obviously is being HIPAA compliant and security conscious first and foremost. As many practices were taking a shotgun approach to telehealth adoption, we saw practices out of the gate adopting nonstandard telehealth products. And I would really encourage practices to consider the security aspects of the products that they are leveraging. Number two is the level of integration that practices are expecting from a core product with their existing EHR practice management solutions. And that can come into play in terms of how a telehealth and virtual care product integrates with their scheduling systems, their registration systems, as well as their billing systems, all things that are important in terms of having a seamless practice experience. For example, with our product we have the ability to see virtual waiting room directly within the practice management system. So, it’s one stop shopping for practices and provider. Another integration capability is a real patient flow tracking within the EHR practice management solution. So being able to see when a patient is virtually checked into that waiting room and ready to be seen by a clinician is important. And then when that virtual visit ends up being able to automatically check patients out of the encounter as well, so we know that encounter is closed. There are several areas and points of integration that I think is important for practices to consider as they are adopting different telehealth technologies.

Q. From an ambulatory practice standpoint, what are the new performance indicators that practices examine in the current context? Can you also maybe talk about how you might be enabling them with analytics capabilities in better managing their cash flows and the revenue cycle operations? 

David: So, like everything in business if you can’t measure it, you can’t improve it. And that is one of the top mistakes that I think practices make, is trying to run their business blind. So measuring and baselining medical practice financial performance is absolutely the best first step that practices should take in managing their financial health. It also helps to be able to benchmark performance against known best practices. That is something a revenue cycle partner can help with. So, some of the more important revenue cycle, key performance indicators that we focus on with our clients in our Greenway Revenue Services business are things like clean claims rate, days in A/R, percentage of claims over 90 days, collections per visit. We have a series of financial metrics that we track with our clients. It is also important for practice to establish tangible goals for improvement, and that includes setting monthly annual targets. Oftentimes, just by measuring and observing trends of these key metrics, practices can quickly see what’s working and what’s not. So, for example, when we trim days in A/R by aging bucket, it can help to tell a practice how long they’re waiting to collect on balances, and we’ll tell them that their collection strategies are working or not. So, we work directly with our clients to measure those different key performance indicators, baseline them against best practices, establish tangible targets, and then work on improvement plans and strategies against them. 

Q. What role do the front-office, clinical, and back-office staff have in RCM, and how can these groups work together efficiently to enable patient care and improve the quality of care? What are the best practices for providers to improve their practice’s RCM? 

David: Revenue cycle management absolutely requires shared responsibility among the office staff and team members. They must work together to ensure patient information is complete and accurate from the initial scheduling of an appointment and all the way through clinical documentation. It’s important in any practice that everyone understands the overarching financial objectives of the practice and how their unique function contributes to achieving those goals. So, each function must understand what part they play and how crucial their function is to the overall success of the practice. Once they know that, in identifying the obstacles or blockers to inefficiency becomes much clearer. Having well-defined documentation of these policies and procedures are extremely important for each functional area, as it is defining how the handoffs are going to work across those teams. So, for the front office, for example, over half of claimed denials can be attributed to front-end issues, but most of these denials can be avoided. It is extremely important that the front desk staff is reviewing captured patient information, for example, for accuracy during the patient take process. And that they’re verifying health insurance coverage in any authorizations that may be required prior to service. For clinicians, it’s extremely important that visit documentation is adequately meeting payer documentation requirements. Having clearly defined EHR documentation workflows can help to streamline that process and ensure clinicians are efficient with their time and maximizing the time spent with their patients. In the back-office, staff remains the central point for billing and collections, as well as interfacing with payers to ensure claims are accepted and paid. So, staff should focus on validating accuracy of build procedure and diagnosis codes and ensuring that those codes are correct and valid for data service. Staff should also ensure the effectiveness of their implemented claims scrubber and ensuring high quality play metrics. All the different parts of the practice play an important role in revenue cycle operations and collections and ensuring everyone understands what their role is and what those handoffs need to look like is extremely important for practices.

My top piece of advice for practices to really stay on top of the regulatory changes, stay on top of the changes to payment roles and payment cycles. If there’s one constant in healthcare, it’s changes in practices need to continually stay on top of those changes in the industry, whether that’s things like billing codes or documentation requirement changes, such as the recent easement of documentation that’s necessary for E/M billing coding. That is one of the reasons that Greenway recently launched a new service offering that we’re calling JIRA select, which is a highly customizable revenue cycle offering that’s designed to meet the unique, individualized needs of healthcare practices. And that is something I would encourage practices that are looking for a revenue cycle management partners to really look for that can complement the things they’re already doing and doing well and really identify where they need help and make sure that they’re selecting a partner that can offer them help in the right areas. 

About our guest

David is passionate about technology solutions that allow practices to thrive. As Greenway’s Chief Product and Technology Officer, he brings more than 20 years of enterprise information technology leadership experience to the role, with the most recent 15 years focused on healthcare

Prior to joining Greenway, David was responsible for artificial intelligence and machine learning initiatives at Cerner. Before that, he developed custom software solutions and contributed to Agile software development methodologies as a Senior Consultant at ThoughtWorks. Service is core to David’s philosophy. He is committed to serving as a trusted partner to clients and helping them address the healthcare needs of their patients and communities.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

One of the lessons learned as a result of COVID is we have to create a more resilient supply chain

Season 3: Episode #82

Podcast with Mike Alkire, President & Incoming CEO, Premier Inc.

"One of the lessons learned as a result of COVID is we have to create a more resilient supply chain"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Mike Alkire, President & Incoming CEO of Premier Inc., discusses the ongoing vaccine roll-out and the lack of resiliency in the medical supply chain for U.S. healthcare.

He discusses how Premier is expanding their data analytics capabilities, such as AI and machine learning to make the supply chain infrastructure more resilient and support better clinical decisions. Mike believes that the changing competitive landscape of healthcare and the entrance of non-traditional players is unleashing innovation in the industry. He also shares three leadership lessons from his long and successful career. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

02:49Some significant lessons learned as a result to the COVID virus is we have to create a more resilient supply chain.
05:16We need technology to really support the federal government and public health officials around syndromic surveillance.
16:28 Approximately 30% of our healthcare systems cost is wasted and we want to help them with evidence based, AI-enabled guidelines embedded in their workflow to drive that waste out.

Q. What are you seeing as a big trend driving the healthcare industry in the wake of the pandemic? What are you hearing from your major customers?

Mike: I think along with the public, our healthcare systems are really focused on getting as many shots and arms as possible. Our first focus area is to bring in efficiency to the supply chain of the vaccine. Second focus is getting back to normalcy. Healthcare systems obviously have been really caring for the COVID patients and our focus over the last few months is really helping our healthcare systems think about what does the new normal look like and leveraging some of the silver linings in the cloud that was covered.

We had some significant lessons learned as a result related to the COVID virus. One is we must create a more resilient supply chain. What happened was there was this huge demand-supply balance and Premier had to go out and stand-up additional capabilities to secure additional masks, isolation gowns, gloves, and drugs. We found that this supply chain that was being utilized by U.S. healthcare was not resilient enough. And so, we got a big focus on trying to diversify that. We partnered with several our healthcare systems to create domestic production of N95 masks. We have also partnered with them down the lines for manufacturing isolation gowns domestically. We are going to continue down that path from a supply chain standpoint. From a technology standpoint, there were a few lessons learned as well. One was that we did not have the technology to ascertain what the inventory levels look like across the healthcare system. And we’re right now working with a few agencies or organizations within the federal government to leverage some of our technology that would potentially help them in the future pandemic to dynamically allocate product. Because what has happened in the last few months or the last number of months is that everybody is trying to create stockpiles and it’s creating an incredible inefficiency in the market. We believe that if we could leverage technology, we could understand inventory levels and we could dynamically allocate product where it was needed so that not everybody was going out and trying to create these stockpiles. With the technology, we created a science of predictive capabilities on the onset of the virus, where we use both public and our data. And as the virus progressed, we built out some models based upon utilization of PPE and generic drugs to forecast where those products were going to be needed, depending on where the virus spreads. The knowledge about the onset of virus in demographic areas and the utilization or resources accordingly are, I think, very critical. We also need technology to really support the federal government and public health officials around syndrome surveillance.

Q. I understand that you’re talking about supply chain lacking resiliency because we are over dependent on certain types of sources. What are you referring to there?

Mike: I think we had way too much dependency on China in Southeast Asia for these critical products. What happened is that when the pandemic hit, there were all sorts of instances of constriction of supply products from where we historically gotten products and a lot of cases like this was China, but we contract manufacturer for PPE, we probably do six billion or so gloves a year. We set up production in Taiwan for N95 facemasks as well. When we needed it the most domestically, we were unable to get it out of the factory that we had contract manufactured those products for. And all that product was for the most part, shipped to mainland China. That’s just one example. Another example is during the peak of the virus, filtration media is critical to N95, it’s primarily produced in China and India, China embargo the shipment of all that filtration media. So, all the production of N95s were happening in China and nowhere else in the world. And that created a big issue. There are other instances where I am not saying it was right or wrong, but I am just saying we had an overdependence on one country. And the other area that I have been talking about this since basically 2011, if not earlier, is we have way too much over dependence on China and other Southeast Asian places for generic drugs, especially those that are chronically in short supply, as well as those active pharmaceutical ingredients that go into those drugs.

Q. Can you talk about using data analytics technology to bring out additional efficiencies and get better with the distribution processes. How have you driven that kind of transformation for yourself as well as for your clients?

Mike: Over the years, the clients, the customers, and our members really asked us to continue to invest in technology enabling the supply chain. That really was the notion of bringing AI, machine learning, predictive technology into the supply chain setting. So, think about as you are making a decision, a clinical decision from a supply perspective, they want the ability to look at clinical outcomes as it relates to the utilization of specific products. So, they want that kind of data. They want the data on appropriate utilization. Should they use one or two per procedure and what is showing the best outcome in those kinds of things? So that tie between the clinical and the supply chain data is critical as our healthcare systems are continuing to figure out ways to transform their supply chain. We also made some significant investments just prior to the pandemic. But then during the pandemic, I’m really building out an e-commerce platform to help the non-acute side of our customer base get access to product. During the pandemic, New York City and Seattle were hit hardest first. Seattle sort of exhibited itself in nursing homes and long-term care facilities. Historically, those kinds of organizations did not have a great deal of access to PPEs. So, our platform called stockdTM is a platform that has reliably sourced products. Organizations in our acute setting buy products on that platform. But we open it to provide access to non-acute folks that were affiliated with Premier to allow them to get access to these products. We have reliably sourced and had a strong chain of custody, which is obviously really, important to protect the caregivers who are caring for those patients. So that’s number one. Number two, we recently made an investment in a company called IDS. And what IDS does is it is all about e-invoicing and e-pays. And we believe, along with our ERP and our front end stockdTM program, that we now have an end to end procure to pay technology ability truly all the way from the purchase point on the e-commerce platform all the way through e-invoicing and then through e-payment plan, we believe by leveraging the IDS technology, our healthcare systems can centralize the whole invoicing function across their health system and the accounts’ payable function. So, we are incredibly excited about integrating all those data assets and bringing all the efficiency to our health system.

Q. We talked a great deal about the syndromic surveillance, last time when you were on my podcast, tools and the algorithms that you were using to get early indications of who is likely to be contracting COVID. We are now at a moment to roll out vaccination across the country. Have you been able to use some of the same tools to repurpose them towards the vaccine distribution effort?

Mike: We took a technology that we were utilizing to help our healthcare systems manage for PAMA, which were the CMS Medicare guidelines for high-cost imaging utilization. We were looking at the unstructured notes of the electronic medical record using natural language technology, natural language processing, to obviously create the mechanism for using appropriate utilization of images and we pivoted that very quickly. And because we could get that the unstructured notes, the unstructured data, we could actually look at symptoms of the disease and we could identify where there were surges or where there was a significant part of the disease. That is something we do think that various health officials should really begin to think about. As what it allows is, because the data is at a zip code level, for public health officials to create different models to protect populations depending on where the submerges are where you did not have to shut the whole state down. You can look at various zip codes and determine where are the resurges and those kinds of things. For the same kind of technology, we have been having dialog with different parts of the federal government about looking at the success rates of the vaccines and looking at the clinical efficacy of the vaccine and those kinds of things. So, we are primarily just in conversations because it was so quick upon us if we weren’t able to get the product out. We are certainly in the discussions to save for future events. Not just Premier, but there are a number of organizations that the technology is underpinning and could truly support them as they’re either developing a new vaccine or as launching one. 

Q. You have been a part of this journey for the past 18 years at Premier and have seen it all unfold in front of your eyes as you take on the role of CEO. Can you share with us what new areas do you anticipate are going to take up your time and attention?

Mike: Yeah, I think they fall under two broad buckets. One is I think we have got to leverage all the technology and capabilities that I’ve been talking about to really accelerate value to our members, our partners, that also then obviously accelerate value to our investors and shareholders. I think accelerating the utilization of that technology, getting it implemented, helping our healthcare systems get back to normal and truly delineating that value, is going to be critical. The second area falls under three principles. One, we need to help our healthcare systems reduce the waste in healthcare. Approximately 30 percent of the cost is waste, and we want to help them with evidence based, AI-enabled guidelines embedded in the workflow to drive that waste out. Number two, we want to modernize, and tech enable the supply chain. We think that there is a ton of manual tasks. There is a ton of data that is not being utilized at the point of decisions. And we want to make sure that we are bringing that information transparently to the decision makers. We have got to continue to build out more resiliency in that supply chain, look for more opportunities to domestically manufacture products, especially those that are highly automated and generic drugs, as well as some of the APIs. We need to be thinking about how to do that more domestically as well as nearshore. And then finally, we need to continue to evolve our technologies to help our healthcare systems truly thrive in a value-based care economy. So, those kinds of capabilities include clinical decision support, which obviously we believe is going to be important. As you know, healthcare systems are going to be on the hook to deliver high levels of care, high quality care by both employers as well as payers, and then obviously at a patient level as well.

Q. The shift towards value-based care is perhaps not as fast and not as rapid, not as deep as we might have expected, and we are still in a predominantly fee-for-service environment. However, the marketplace has its own way of recalibrating the market for products and services. We are at a moment when we have big technology players like Amazon, for instance, getting into core care delivery. We have got digital first companies that are delivering healthcare in a more digitally enabled, digital first kind of way. And we have got all the non-traditional players like CVS and Walgreens and Walmart looking at the healthcare space. What does it all mean for your clients and consequently for Premier?

Mike: There’s always going to be new competitors, given that healthcare is such a significant part of the gross national product of this country. So, we happen to believe that competition is good as it unleashes innovation. And ultimately, at the end of the day, it provides better levels of patient satisfaction and obviously more innovation becomes online. It provides more choices and obviously a better overall system. Our health systems, specifically the ones that are tied with Premier are embracing the challenges and the demands of all this innovation, and we see it every day as they are building out new capabilities around telehealth and virtual health. And our clinical decision support capabilities are an important underpinning of that so that you can drive a level of consistency. As you think about all these virtual visits, you think about our health systems as they are building out more models around hospitals at home and mobile clinics and the need for all that clinical decision support, patient engagement tools are going to be critical. We believe that vertical and horizontal integration is going to continue. So horizontally, healthcare systems coming together to create more scale. Vertically, you are going to see them get into other areas of service that is outside of the four walls of the hospital to include areas like post-acute pharmacy and integrated primary care.

Q. All this potentially expands your own addressable market and opens brand new market opportunities for Premier. Is that a fair statement?

Mike: It’s very fair and that’s the reason we’re so focused on the technology enablement of both sides of our business, both the clinical as well as the supply chain, because as they vertically integrate, it’s going to be extremely important to ensure that information flow is seamless and accurate as we’re caring for patients across the continuum. So that you have the right clinical data, the right safety data, and the right supply chain data so folks can make decisions along that entire vertical integration. So that it just goes back to our primary premise, which is why this technology enablement is so critical, especially using advanced technologies like a machine learning, natural language processing and technology. 

Q. Are there any potential other implications? For instance, you talked about the horizontal integration of health systems looking for economies of scale and what that potentially means is that service providers or suppliers such as Premier, for instance, might feel a little bit of price pressure. So, you have to stay one step ahead by making your own operations a little bit more efficient so that you can protect your margins while continuing to be of value in the emerging landscape? Is that a valid assessment?

Mike: Well, that is a very fair statement. But I think we are so fortunate in that as we have this incredibly strong network of innovative healthcare systems that I think constantly push us to innovate and bring us ideas around how to create more efficiency for them. So, they as opposed to each of them building out the clinical decision support and the technology for global payment, they’re coming to us and saying, can you build those kinds of things as opposed to each of them blockchain enabling those sophisticated invoicing and payment systems are saying, can you build that out for us? So, we look at it as an opportunity as all this technology continues to advance and the shifting landscape continues to evolve, because of that tight connectivity we have with our health systems, we’re going to be able to innovate right along with them and create technology and services to help them become more efficient.

Q. Mike, you’ve had a long and successful career and many of my listeners would want to know a few lessons from you. Maybe talk about one thing that you wish someone had told you when you were younger?

Mike: Firstly, the notion of diversity and the exposure to diversity. When I talk about diversity, I’m thinking of every sense of the word. I think it is important for folks to have that sort of thinking because it provides you insights and perspectives that you might never have seen before. So, diversity in terms of people that come from different walks of life that are trained differently. On the other side of that equation, it also gives you a bit of compassion and empathy and understanding of what others are going through. Right on my podcast, I talked quite a bit about the word humanity. And what I mean by humanity is getting to know everybody as an individual as opposed to a label or something else. That exposure to diversity is important. I think number two is just understand and appreciate. You are going to make bad choices and bad decisions. And to me, the most important thing throughout your career is how do you recover from decisions that did not go the way you want it. And so, I’ve always sort of built a process or an internal process, if you will, of how to sort of recover very quickly from decisions that you have made that have not gone the way that you want. And it is really important to have that perseverance to bounce back and come right back at it with some great learning because of a decision that didn’t go the way you wanted. I also think that one of my strengths was the ability to get onto the next thing faster. Whatever that issue was or whatever the strategy was, it was critical in my development that I did not just harp on a bad decision or a bad strategy. I fixed it and moved on and got into the next thing. And then the last thing is this notion of an inverted leadership structure. Sometimes people call it the inverted pyramid of leadership. I think that is critical. All that means is that I’m here to support my next layer of leadership and to take out the roadblocks that are inhibiting them from growing and accomplishing their jobs. And their job is to do the same thing for their people. I think we have got incredibly talented group of people at Premier. And one of the things I asked my leadership team to do is make sure that you’re helping your leaders manage folks and provide leadership to people in the most effective way possible and to just unleash their brilliance. So, I think that notion of the inverted leadership structure is real as well.

 

About our guest

Michael J. Alkire is the President of Premier. As President, Alkire leads the continued integration of Premier’s clinical, financial, supply chain and operational performance improvement offerings helping member hospitals and health systems provide higher quality care at a better cost. He oversees Premier’s quality, safety, labor and supply chain technology apps and data-driven collaboratives allowing alliance members to make decisions based on a combination of healthcare information. These performance improvement offerings access Premier’s comparative database, one of the nation’s largest outcomes databases.

Alkire also led Premier’s efforts to address public health and safety issues from the nationwide drug shortage problem, testifying before the U.S. House of Representatives regarding Premier research on shortages and gray market price gouging. This work contributed to the president and Congress taking action to investigate and correct the problem, resulting in two pieces of bipartisan legislation.

Prior to serving as President, Alkire was president of Premier Purchasing Partners, which offers group purchasing, supply chain and resource utilization services to hospitals and health systems. Premier remains among the top group purchasing organizations in the industry as the value of supplies purchased through its contracts has increased to more than $56 billion. Upon joining Premier in late 2003, Alkire worked closely with the Purchasing Partners team to develop and implement a three-year transformation plan designed to dramatically increase returns to the alliance’s shareholders while building stronger relationships with members and suppliers.

Alkire is a past board member of GHX and the Healthcare Supply Chain Association. He recently was named one of the Top 25 COOs in Healthcare for 2018 by Modern Healthcare. In 2015, Alkire won the Gold Stevie Award for Executive of the Year and in 2014 he was recognized as a Gold Award Winner for COO of the Year by the Golden Bridge Awards. He has more than 20 years of experience in running business operations and business development organizations at Deloitte & Touche and Cap Gemini Ernst & Young. Before joining Premier, he served in a number of leadership roles at Cap Gemini, including North American responsibilities for supply chain and high-tech manufacturing.

Alkire graduated magna cum laude with a Bachelor of Science from Indiana State University and a MBA from Indiana University.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Inserting data back into the workflow to make it useful is the number one challenge

Season 3: Episode #81

Podcast with Jim Beinlich, VP and Chief Data Information Officer, Penn Medicine

"Inserting data back into the workflow to make it useful is the number one challenge"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Jim Beinlich discusses the current state and maturity level of data and analytics in healthcare.

Healthcare lags other industries when it comes to using new technologies. The industry still needs to apply standardization, governance, and ensure data quality to get the right data at the right time to the right person. Jim states that one of the challenges with data is inserting it back into the workflow to make it useful. One of the important use cases of Penn Medicine’s data and analytics program has been the transition from traditional analytics to cloud-based tools and leveraging data lakes to unlock self-service data models.

Penn Medicine is one of the very few healthcare organizations to integrate genomic testing results into the EMR. Jim shares their extensive protocols for integrating genomic data into patient records for diagnosis and treatment. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

05:00Being able to share data more easily can always be good. I think the challenge is going to how do you balance that against privacy and security.
14:21Data quality is the foundation for any of the programs. If people do not trust the data, they don't trust the results out of any of the systems or technologies.
25:54 We're able to take data and stratify patients and take our low-risk population and say that those people can get a remote follow up.
34:15 My advice would be talk to your EMR vendors, cloud vendors, understand what tools are available to you so that you don't have to hire highly technical staff to build it.

About our guest

Jim Beinlich is the Vice-President and Chief Data Information Officer of Information Services at Penn Medicine. He has responsibility for the Data Analytics Center and the Project Management Office within Corporate Information Services..

He has over 30 years of experience in healthcare operations and management (hospital and physician practice), research computing, information management and technology. He is a certified Project Management Professional and holds an MBA in Health Care Management from Widener University.

Jim has significant experience with large, complex health systems in the areas of strategic planning, process redesign, project management, IoT, and operations improvement. He has consulted for large organizations such as the US Department of Defense, the National Institutes of Health, and Catholic Health Initiatives. He holds adjunct faculty appointments at Temple University Graduate School of Health Information Management and Widener University Graduate School of Business

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

The hard part isn’t the technology piece but making sure the experience is right enough for patient engagement

Season 3: Episode #80

Podcast with Kash Patel, VP and Chief Digital Technology Officer, Penn Medicine

"The hard part isn’t the technology piece but making sure the experience is right enough for patient engagement"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Kash Patel discusses his role as the Chief Digital Technology Officer at Penn Medicine and provides an overview of their digital transformation initiatives covering all aspects of the institution, including research, academic programs, and patient engagement.

According to Kash, the hard part with digital transformation is not necessarily implementing technology but ensuring the patient experience is seamless with the technology and they feel positive about it.

While making technology choices, Penn Medicine’s first and foremost preference is to make the maximum use of their existing EHR infrastructure. Kash also describes the governance process that includes their leadership and subject matter experts to make technology decisions about newer digital tools and platforms. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

05:04We are creating a roadmap for the journey to digitize our research platform that allows us to do all the prejudgments of the clinical trials, human subject trials, and ultimately manufacturing.
10:40The hard part wasn't the technology piece, but making sure that experience was correct and right enough for engagement.
11:03 We bring a lot of technology to the table and figure out what is the level of detail that a patient will tolerate, adhere to, engage with and feel positive about the experience.

About our guest

Kash Patel is the Vice President and Chief Digital Technology Officer at Penn Medicine. Kash has over 20 years’ experience in technology leadership ranging from startups to multi-national corporations and is a seasoned leader in healthcare with a strong focus on innovation and building great teams.

At Penn Medicine, Kash is leading the world class Pearlman School of Medicine Information Technology team. He supports the areas of research, clinical trials, manufacturing high performance computing, informatics, genomic science and many others. In addition, Kash is responsible for all of bespoke software development.

The team has been credited with several innovations that are streaming the complex business of healthcare. In 2020 there is a large focus on COVID-19 activities, working with Microsoft, Google and Apple to develop novel solutions that reflect Penn Medicine’s outstanding reputation.

After graduating in engineering from Sheffield in the UK, Kash gained valuable experience in building business driven software solutions in various industries. His earlier career started in consulting in the UK. He has managed global delivery teams for fortune 100 companies and started a new venture that created leading edge communications technologies.

In healthcare, Kash was the vice president for population health and analytics at Mount Sinai Health System where he led the technology strategy to support the institutions business shift from fee for service to assuming more risk. In addition, Kash was the IT lead for Mount Sinai’s New York DSRIP Program, involving over 250 partners led by Mount Sinai with over a $100M technology investment plan. He also managed health systems analytics and data engineering functions where he developed analytics as a service using advanced technologies.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Our role is to support community health centers and getting members educated about the vaccine

Season 3: Episode #79

Podcast with Dr. Rich Parker, Chief Medical Officer, Arcadia and Jennifer Polello, Senior Director of Quality and Population Health at Community Health Plan of Washington

"Our role is to support community health centers and getting members educated about the vaccine"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Dr. Rich Parker and Jennifer Polello discuss their vaccination distribution program, challenges around vaccine hesitancy, and how they have overcome this. 

Community Health Plan of Washington is a not-for-profit health plan that caters to the underserved and non-English speaking communities. Their role has been to support the community health centers and getting members educated about the vaccine. One of the most successful vaccination outreach programs has been their text messaging campaign, with a nearly 80% success rate.

Arcadia works specifically with data aggregated from disparate data sources like claims, EHR, lab, state health information exchange, social determinants of health, and others. This longitudinal record of each member helps them risk stratify and identify gaps in care, thereby helping them with their vaccination outreach and distribution priorities. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

04:36In terms of getting ready for vaccine distribution, our role really has been to support our community health centers around getting members aware and educated around the vaccine.
09:25 Having access to data, the demographic and EHRs combined with all of that other data, gave us actionable longitudinal picture of the member and enabled us to assist our community health centers for needs they might have.
16:41 We had nearly 80% success rate from our text campaign.
20:09I am very enthusiastic about using data to help push the vaccination rates up as high as possible.

Q. Jennifer, can you tell us a little bit about the Community Health Plan in Washington and the populations that you serve.

Jennifer: Community Health Plan of Washington is a not-for-profit health plan. We were founded by 20 federally qualified health centers almost 30 years ago. Now we’ve got approximately two hundred fifty thousand members through our Medicaid, Medicare, which also includes special needs population, and then Cascade Care, which is a new line of business for us that we started this year. Our network consists of one hundred hospitals across the state and one hundred and seventy-four clinics. We have more than twenty-seven hundred primary care providers and over fourteen thousand specialists. The thing that really makes our organization unique is that we believe in the power of community and our mission is to serve our members and our communities across the state of Washington.

Q. Can you start by telling us how long ago you had to start planning for the vaccine. Tell us about the program itself and what have been some of your challenges in rolling out the vaccine to populations?

Jennifer: The planning around vaccine distribution started well before we had an approved vaccine, in terms of looking at eligibility, what would be available and how we were going to roll this out. Our main emphasis was providing support to our community health centers across our network and trying to help them with any logistic challenges or education and awareness need. That’s where our partnership with Arcadia really took off. In 2020 we had great success using the Arcadia outreach module when the pandemic started for things like what exactly is coronavirus, where to go for testing, which evolved to benefit reminders and connections to our community program teams for referrals to social service needs for things like food security. So, we kind of laid the groundwork for all of this in 2020 when the pandemic started and using all of these resources and distributing that information via the outreach functionality within Arcadia. In terms of getting ready for vaccine distribution, our role really has been to support our community health centers around getting members aware and educated around the vaccine.

Q. Rich, tell us about your analytics and about your involvement in the vaccine outreach effort with Community Health Plan.

Rich: Arcadia is a company dedicated to assisting healthcare networks and to some extent, payers, mostly commercial payers, deal with all the disparate data that is out there. So, getting all the data together from different sources, whether it is claims data, electronic health record data, lab data, state health information exchange data, social determinants data, and aggregating it, cleaning it up, making it useful. And then we have a set of analytics that sits on top of that data for each of our customers, allowing them to succeed in what we call value-based care, basically improving the health of the community.

As for vaccines, I have always been interested in vaccines since I started medical school and fortunately, we have these fantastic vaccines available so quickly to help deal with this epidemic. Arcadia has worked with many customers in helping risk-stratify patients. That is figuring out who is at risk for COVID, educating patients as to when they should ask for care or when vaccines are available, where can they get them? And then also looking at gaps in care. So, if people who should have had a vaccine didn’t get it, we can identify those gaps and help our customers fill them.

Q. Where are you getting all this data from? Can you share a couple of insights that you were able to get from the data that helped you to enable Community Health Plan and Jennifer’s team to drive better outcomes or outreach?

Rich: Our main sources of data are from the electronic health record. We get a download of data that’s extremely up to date and we get it usually on a monthly basis and the claims data. Which means that every time a patient is seen either in a doctor’s office or in a hospital setting a claim is generated. That information comes back to us and we can use that to figure out what’s going on with the population. And so that information, for example, at CHPW where Jen works, it would allow us to understand, which zip codes are doing better with vaccination, which are doing worse, and where do we have to focus our efforts more accurately and intensively.

Jennifer: We relied heavily on our Arcadia Analytics platform during this time. We have 20 cases connected to the Arcadia platform. We have got our data from  all those organizations. We have also added ADT data, which is admin discharge transfer data. So, we get information from the hospitals and we also have a separate lab feed. So, all that data really allows us that longitudinal picture of what is going on with the member. This really allowed us to help the community health centers know, who has got care gaps, who hasn’t been seen, who’s at risk for COVID.

We got almost an 80 percent success rate with our outreach efforts, which is high considering we’re dealing with Medicare and Medicaid members that typically are a little bit harder to reach. And so, having access to that data, the demographic and contact information in the EHRs combined with all of the other data, really gave us that actionable longitudinal picture of the member and enabled us to assist our community health centers in reaching those numbers for whatever needs they might have.

Q. Can you tell us about the insights that you got from the platform and the added tools that Arcadia may have deployed? Anything that came out that surprised you or was in some way unanticipated and helped to really improve the outcomes that you were going after?

Jennifer: We’ve got lots of different registries available to us in the platform. And one of the most utilized is our patient registry and being able to sort that registry by members that are at most risk. So, we can sort by the highest risk members, we can sort by members that have a lot of care gaps or chronic conditions. All that flexibility within the platform allows us to tailor different outreach methods within the CHPW language preferences. That was one thing that came in handy over 2020 because we relied on Arcadia for outreach and translated into lots of different languages, which was helpful and used the accurate contact information and targeted those messages by zip code. So, there was not any one thing that stood out. It was kind of a combination of all the different functionalities within the platform that we were able to tailor to each of our centers’ needs at the time.

Q. Can you tell us about some of the challenges that you have to deal with when you’re pulling all these data sources together and what you’ve had to overcome to make your algorithms and your risk stratification models meaningful?

Rich: There are some countries that have a single health record for everyone in the country. And that, in retrospect, seems like a really good idea. But it’s not what we have in the United States. We have many EHRs and still have some people on paper, but most people are on some computer system now. And since it’s healthcare data, it has to be very accurate. Now, sometimes we have challenges with getting corrupted data or incorrect data that could come in the form of a claims file from a payer that has a problem in it. We have very sophisticated tools where we’re usually able to identify the issue with the data and quickly fix it. Healthcare data is complicated, but we have years of experience doing this and the analytics are only as good as the data source that sits underneath it. We spend a lot of time and effort to make sure the data is correct for each customer.

Jennifer: We have a team that works directly with the Arcadia team to ensure that data quality is up to speed and the integrity of the data is there. We have got lots of different connectors just in the EHRs alone. There’s 20 different data points and data connectors there which are with 20 different organizations and each time they make a change to their workflow, it could impact how the data gets back to Arcadia. So, it’s a constant management of the data with our centers to make sure that data quality and data integrity is first and foremost.

Q. You’re addressing a population that may not be as technologically enabled, especially if you are talking about lower income populations. So, what kind of modalities do you use in your outreach as far as the vaccination program goes?

Rich: One of the big learnings for us is that text outreach is the best way to go. In the old days, we were sending letters, then we were making phone calls, and then a lot of people switched from landlines to cell phones and then a lot of people got a lot of junk calls and stopped answering their phones. But we have learned through experience that most people look at texts on their cell phone. We have now sent over three million text messages out to patients on behalf of our customers, all healthcare related, a lot of it around vaccine education, gaps in care for text messages. The messages are short. And the other thing we have learned about text messages is we can embed a URL. So, for example, if there’s a longer message that wants to get out to its patients, they can put a URL in there and the patient or the customer can click on that and get the website that CHPW wants them to see.

Q. How does that work for you, Jennifer?

Jennifer: It worked exceptionally well. As I mentioned, we had that nearly 80 percent success rate and that was from our text campaign. So, I completely agree with Dr. Rich that text is the way to go. We had very good success rates in reaching our members, and the ability to embed additional information was helpful, because you can send a real short message and then have links for additional information. In terms of vaccine, education, and awareness, we were able to a link to our state’s Phase Finder to help folks understand when it was their turn to get the vaccine. And then over the last year, it was great for driving folks to testing locations and benefit reminders. It was invaluable in terms of directing members exactly where we wanted them to go.

Q. We very often hear about vaccine hesitancy and a significant percentage of the American population do not want to be vaccinated or have concerns. Is that a problem at your institution?

Rich: Absolutely. Vaccine hesitancy is a big problem. Probably right now, about a third of people in the United States are reluctant to get the COVID vaccine. We know that people that are over the age of fifty-five are more likely to accept the vaccine. Younger people are less likely to accept the vaccine. And we can use our data to figure out where the gaps in care are.

Jennifer: I think we we are pretty much in alignment with that as well. We serve the underserved and a lot of those communities are non-English speaking and have different cultural beliefs. So, there’s a lot of education and general awareness that needs to take place. Our strategy has been to reach out to those community leaders as potential models or potential leaders that can help distribute vaccine education and awareness information.

Q. Can you share one best practice for your peers in the industry? One each based on your experience, especially around vaccines.

Rich: I am very optimistic, very enthusiastic about using data to help push the vaccination rates up as high as possible. I would say that without data, you are just operating in the dark. You have no idea what is going on with data. With data, we are not going to get perfect compliance, but we will find out who has been vaccinated, who still needs vaccines, and then we can target our outreach to the people that are still outstanding so we can do the best possible effort to get as many people vaccinated as possible.

Jennifer: Dr. Rich, I completely agree with that. Arcadia platform and access to this integrated data and access to this longitudinal record of our members, the ability to sort by risk and look at care gaps to find out who had the first vaccine, who needs the second one, all those different functionalities really allow us to be in the forefront and at the top end of the curve on reaching our members. I think the key is that we got timely data and data that really connects us back to the needs of our members and our communities.

About our guest

Dr. Parker serves as Chief Medical Officer for Arcadia with overall responsibility for the design and implementation of clinical strategies, input into the roadmap and development of Arcadia’s technology and service programs, thought leadership in support of providers transitioning to value-based care, and strategic advisory work for physician leaders at Arcadia’s clients.

Previously, Dr. Parker was an internist with a 30-year history at Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center. From 2001 until 2015, Dr. Parker served as the medical director and chief medical officer for the 2,200 doctor Beth Israel Deaconess Care Organization. He oversaw the physician network evolve from a fee-for-service payment system to a nationally recognized global payment pioneer Accountable Care Organization.

Dr. Parker’s other areas of expertise include end of life care, medical malpractice, care of the mentally ill, electronic medical records, and population health management. Dr. Parker served as assistant professor of medicine at Harvard Medical School. Dr. Parker graduated from Harvard College in 1978, and the Dartmouth-Brown Program in Medicine in 1985 Dr. Parker is an in-demand speaker to associations, companies, and academic institutions on the topics of population health management, electronic health records, value-based care, and evolutionary, medical and business impacts of stress.

Jennifer serves as the Senior Director of Quality and Population Health at Community Health Plan of Washington. She has over 20 years of extensive experience across the healthcare continuum in the areas of public health, chronic disease management, quality improvement, health policy, population health management and clinical informatics. She has exercised this experience from several points of view across the health care environment and has demonstrated expert facilitation skills in leading teams of clinicians, nurses and physicians through the transformation process of patient care in the ambulatory setting.

Jennifer has worked on regional health information exchange projects and assisted in the design of a clinical decision support tool for patients with type 2 diabetes. She has also served as an Adjunct Clinical Assistant Professor mentoring PharmD candidates at Washington State University.  

Jennifer is currently leveraging her knowledge and expertise as the Senior Director of Quality and Population Health at Community Health Plan of Washington where she leads the company’s quality improvement strategies, population health and clinical data integration programs across the Network of 20 community health centers that operate more than 130 clinics across the state.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Tech firms must build software that aligns with patient demographics, is usable for them, and delivers outcomes.

Season 3: Episode #78

Podcast with Josh Goode, Chief Information Officer, SCAN Health Plan

"Tech firms must build software that aligns with patient demographics, is usable for them, and delivers outcomes."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Josh Goode, CIO of SCAN Health Plan, discusses their digital programs, the patient population they serve, and how they evaluate digital technologies and deploy it at every stage of the care journey for improved outcomes. 

Being a Medicare Advantage plan, SCAN Health deals with the senior population. They strive to address the digital divide in the elderly by implementing software that aligns with their requirements, is easy to use, and delivers improved outcomes while taking care of patient privacy and data security. The technology considers the social determinants of health by implementing a robust data and analytics program that has helped develop AI models to predict chronic conditions. 

Josh also talks about person-centered design processes and how it helps deploy the right digital technology by looking at the patient’s journey touchpoints. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Show Notes

06:39There's a lot of technology and capabilities out there that we can be deploying. But how do you know you're deploying the right one?
07:25 We are very focused on person-centered design.
10:33 When you're dealing with Medicare, the senior population, you got to design the experience with that population in mind.
17:29I think it's our imperative to use data to help influence care, and help improve the service experience as well.

Q. Can you tell us about SCAN Health Plan and the populations that you serve?

Josh: SCAN Health Plan is a Southern California based Medicare Advantage plan and we have been in this business for about 40 years. SCAN Health started out as a social HMO and now we are the third largest Medicare Advantage plan in California. Although our firm is a regional plan, but we do have a strong national presence. We are a leader in a lot of the Medicare Advantage metrics. Our scores are usually near the top of the industry. As per customer satisfaction, we have a strong performance in the star rating and are pretty active from a policy standpoint. We recently got a new CEO Sachin Jain and he came on board about seven months ago. And when you look at such incoming on-board SCAN Health Plan, we’ve had a good foundation, really stable, solid company to the metrics. And now we’re really looking at how do we capitalize on that? How do we build up on that and expand upon all the good work we’ve been doing for seniors across California?

Q. How many lives you cover today approximately and what kind of digital programs have you rolled out in the last couple of years at SCAN Health?

Josh: We’ve got about two hundred and twenty-five thousand listed.

In the last couple of years, we have been focussing on consumer-facing technologies and how do we improve that consumer experience. When I joined SCAN Health, we were more focused on a technology modernization program, a lot of our core admin systems were outdated. They were no longer supported by vendors. Also, our primary core admin systems that does a lot of our administration was written in a programming language RPG. We were hundred percent on premise. So, I put in place a technology modernization program, replacing all those core systems and moved to a SaaS-based model. As all the systems are now moving into a cloud environment, we pivoted our focus more on the consumer facing technology.

We have also built our self-service capabilities, to try to minimize the amount of phone calls we get. To enable our members and our seniors, we have provided online channel options to use. Also, we’ve been doing a lot around data and analytics, advanced analytics. Interoperability has been something we have been doing a lot around last year. And with the new CMS interoperability rule, we are excited. We are really trying to unlock data sharing and trying to focus on our contact centre, our touch points with our members in driving innovation and using technology and data to support those areas of our company.

Q. On the provider side, as well as on the payer side of the business, for instance digital front doors, can you talk about what kind of specific high impact features or functionalities or solutions you’ve launched? How is it making a difference, how do you pick what to deploy, and how do you track whether it’s working?

Josh: There’s a lot of technology and a lot of capabilities out there that we can be deploying. So how do you know you’re deploying the right one? The answer is we like to do journey mapping. Looking at what is that member experience, that constituent experience and looking at what are those touch points that we have, what are the areas that have pain points. We call them – the moments that matter and we look at how we can apply the technology to help solve the issue.

Also, we are very focused on a person-centred design. We use our member advisory committees to give us guidance on things that we need to be working on and have our members, our seniors inform us on the things that we think we need to be working on and focusing on. Then we always have a heavy focus on caregivers and really increasing their abilities has been an area of focus for us.

The other thing that had come up around our members was multifactor authentication on our member portal that is protecting their data. To look after this concern, for us, it starts with that journey mapping of looking at what is the experience and what are those pain points that we can solve with technology.

We have a fully integrated broker portal and we look at their experience of interacting with SCAN Health Plan. By streamlining that, we are making it easier to do business with us from a broker perspective. With our providers we are trying to provide them with better experience as well. So, to sum up, our providers, and our brokers, both can provide our members with a better experience.

Q. You are serving multiple constituencies and your population might not be ready for some of the digital technologies and tools. Can you tell us about one or two unique things about your population that you had to take into consideration while designing these solutions and experiences?

Josh: It’s really not a one-size-fits-all. When you’re dealing with the Medicare and the senior population, you got to design the experience with that population in mind. How do you make it simple? How do you make it easy to utilize those technologies? And that’s something we strive to do with our website and any of our touch points with our members, whether it be telehealth, whether it be doing a virtual visit and even getting that virtual visit invite over to our members.

One of the things we’ve seen in particular with COVID-19 is digital adoption skyrocketed even among the senior population. We saw our member portal registrations go up over 30 percent and these are not one-time registrations. We have also seen our virtual visits, our video conference visit dramatically increased. When the pandemic hit, me and my team brainstormed for solutions and tools to help solve the digital divide with seniors and quickly rolled out a member technology support line. We were able to get it up and running for about three weeks but then after the pandemic really kind of took hold as everybody started going into our virtual environment. And the success out of that is when you look at what happened with the pandemic, you and your members were really thrust to get into a digital environment and some of them were ready for it. You can’t generalize the senior population, some are very digitally savvy and some were not ready for it.

I will never forget our first call which was a forty-five-minute call and was very impactful. It was with a 92-year-old member who was calling. His provider health system had sent him a text to do a virtual visit and you need an email address to register to do it. He never used email and we helped him set up an email account and walk him through how to do that virtual visit. We’ve had a number of stories since then, but it’s something that we’ve been proud of to help solve that digital divide.

Q. In the immediate wake of COVID-19, everybody saw a spike in virtual visits. But now all the data points to the fact that virtual visits are flattening out as patients start going back to clinics and hospitals and there’s a slight of pent-up demand. What are you seeing?

Josh: Something as an industry we have been able to demonstrate through the pandemic is that we can operate in a virtual fashion, but obviously not all care can be delivered virtually. But we have built that trust with our members and our patients, that there are effective ways to service those individuals virtually. And so, we are seeing that it is still running at high levels, but not as high as the peaks that we’ve had in pre-pandemic. So, as we start to open more, those numbers will continue to drop. But what we’re seeing and hearing from our member patient population is that they will continue to use virtual services for select interactions.

Q. Can you talk about your data and analytics program and how you’ve harnessed some of the social determinants of health?

Josh: Data and analytics is something that has always been one of the strengths for us. Under my purview, we manage the architecture, the data infrastructure, the tools and the healthcare informatics department. When you look at our role as a payer, we’re really a data aggregator where we’re getting all the data and we’re using that data to help influence care and help improve the service experience as well.

Also, we’ve got a centre of excellence that we run and enable all of our different business departments around the company and give them the tools to develop their own analytics. So, they can have data at their fingertips to make decisions and serve it up to the leaders in their departments. Also, more recently, we’ve moved into advanced analytics, leveraging AI, machine learning, where we’ve been selective on the use cases we target with AI. It takes more care and feeding as compared to traditional analytics. To make sure you’re focusing on the right use cases for AI and having the right processes in place, we need to be very focussed on our use cases to really improve our ability to leverage data and gain insights on data.

Social determinants of health have always been a priority focus of ours. So, starting out as a social HMO, we were really focused on SDOH. We use a bit of the external sources but have always maintained a good history of information and had the ability to collect that information directly from our members through a variety of means. We’ve been able to develop a pretty rich repository of SDOH data that we’ll leverage across the board. Those clinical models are very effective in looking at predicting some chronic conditions and potential clinical outcomes. We’ll be able to improve the care we deliver by using that data and then coupling it with the robust analytics program.

The last thing I would say on analytics is something we’re really focused on is real time analytics. But with the advancements of technologies, the replication technologies and with the CMS interoperability rule, we need to more tightly integrate with our provider network. This is because we are getting real time data straight from our health systems provider network. And we’re able to take that data and feed it across a rich and robust analytics program to really drive more outcomes as well.

Q. What is your advice to the tech firms and start-ups who are looking to be a part of your journey?

Josh: My advice to those start-ups and tech firms around is, make sure you’re building software that is aligned to your demographic population. As a Medicare Advantage CIO, I see it all the time that we present the software that is not geared towards the senior population. So, make sure you’re engaging that demographic using person-centred design, organising workshops with them, getting their feedback etc. Also, make sure you are building the software that’s going to be usable for them and is going to deliver outcomes.

The last thing I would say is, as a healthcare CIO, we’re all under attack from a cybersecurity standpoint. And even today, you still see a lack of adoption around information security. In the near future, if you’re not a high trust certified vendor, you’re going to have a tough time operating in the market. So, make sure you have a security focus as well.

Q. How did your consulting background prepare you for the CIO role? And what advice do you have for others in the consulting world who want to make a transition?

Josh: So, my background before becoming a CIO was exclusively working in the consulting industry. What really made me a well-rounded individual in my career is learning strategy work, which helped me understand how I need to develop strategies for organizations. Also, I learnt a sizable amount of system implementation work, leading a large system implementation and designing the operating model.

The thing that the consulting background really prepares you for is having that mindset of being able to design an operating model where you can put people in place to be successful and allow them to be able to execute on the strategies that you developed.

About our guest

JOSHGOODE-profile-pic

Josh Goode is Chief Information Officer at SCAN. He provides leadership, direction and support to the company’s information technology (IT) areas including Digital Strategy, Business Intelligence, IT Infrastructure, Project Management, Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) and Application Development. Under Josh’s guidance, SCAN is leveraging its technology investments to meet the individual needs of seniors now and in the future.

Prior to joining SCAN in 2013, Josh worked for Accenture, a multinational technology and management consulting firm. During his 15 years at Accenture, he worked with several health plans throughout the United States, including PacifiCare, CIGNA, Express Scripts and UnitedHealth Group.

His experience includes analyzing, planning and implementing a variety of technological improvements and leading large technology programs, such as systems implementations and IT transformations.

Josh holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Management from the University of Tennessee.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Voice Technology in Healthcare: Enhancing Patient Interaction

Season 3: Episode #77

Podcast with Dr. Stephanie Lahr, CIO of Monument Health and Peter Durlach, Chief Strategy Officer of Nuance Communications

"Voice Technology in Healthcare: Enhancing Patient Interaction"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Dr. Stephanie Lahr, CIO of Monument Health, and Peter Durlach, Chief Strategy Officer of Nuance Communications, discuss voice recognition technology, its demand and adoption level in the marketplace, emerging use cases, and the next stage of improvements in the technology.

Dr. Lahr believes that voice recognition technology is the best way for patients to interact with their providers as opposed to any other user interface in the future.

Nuance is eliminating the burden on clinicians by powering virtual consults with voice-enabled clinical documentation. According to Peter, other aspects such as scheduling appointments, preparing for a doctor’s visit, medication adherence, and other clinical and non-clinical use cases can improve patient experience through personalized voice-based interactions. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

PP: Tell us about the voice recognition technology marketplace and the environment for adoption of the technology. What have been the broader learnings so far and what are the next round of improvements likely to be in voice recognition?

Peter: The move from directed voice where you say exactly what you want of a more intelligent listening system, that we call ambient, is really the next generation of voice technology. In healthcare, long before we had the COVID pandemic, we have had the pandemic of administrative burden, overwhelming clinicians, as you probably know, they spend roughly twice as much time taking care of administrative requirements as seeing patients. This has resulted clinicians feeling burnt out, depression going up, and people retiring. It has really been a crisis for healthcare. What they all want as part of the solution is why cannot they just focus on the patient, have a conversation with the patient and use that conversation in the encounter, whether it’s in a physical setting or a virtual setting, and then have the technology to create the documentation for them and do other things like coding and things that they see as taking away from taking care of patients. We have a solution called the Dragon Ambient Experience that we launched right before COVID that does exactly that. We are still early in the journey around ambient, but it’s a very exciting area. In terms of the learning so far, I would say that different physicians have different requirements. So, we roll this out by specialties because you must build these ambient models by specialty. And we have learned that for some clinicians the technology fits in extremely well. For others, they may be looking for the technology to morph in a little way based on the workflow that they have. So as time goes on and as the technology matures, I think you are going to see more and more physicians across a wide degree of specialties really adopt. The results so far in general have been quite good. We are generally, on average, seeing a reduction in clinician burnout for those who are using it. Dropping from about 72% to 17% and freeing up about six minutes per encounter for an average panel size of twenty to thirty a day. That’s a couple hours a day. So, as the technology gets better and better, faster and faster, and needs less and less human involvement in reviewing the note, I think you’re going to see higher adoption and also the development of more automated things coming out of the note like coding and quality abstraction.

Stephanie: I will just add a couple of comments. This is one of those fun times when as a CIO and CMIO, I get to deliver a tool to my clinical colleagues that they are excited about and really makes their lives and their interaction with the patients better. I mean, it’s unfortunate, but true. A lot of the things that we have done and had to do over the last decade or so add to that burden that Peter referred to. And again, this is one of those times where I have a waiting list of people who are excited to try this. I do think that there are certain specialties where this is going to lend itself more to, at least early on, because there are some workflow elements of this. We see our colleagues really being able to take this and fly. And that is great for them, because to Peter’s point, if at the reduced time and documentation and some of those other things, gives them more time to do procedures and be in the operating room and do those things that really impact the improvement of the lives of the patients. The other thing I would say is we are still helping our patients get used to this construct. Most patients are very accepting of this idea of the conversation happening and then the note being created. They are accepting it because they’re anxious and excited to get the intimacy of their relationship with their provider back. But it is still an education point that we must help our patients understand kind of what this is about and what it means and what it does not mean.

Q. So, for the non-native English-speaking populations, there could be an issue with the technology. That is certainly the case with a lot of personal tech. Is that something the technology is beginning to overcome and what are the pros and cons?

Peter: Yeah, that is great. So, the core product in this space for the non-radiology clinician is a product called Dragon Medical One, which is a cloud-based dictation system which approximately 60 percent of all physicians in the U.S. use. The product already supports over twenty-five languages with incredibly high fidelity. It’s sold worldwide today on that front. In terms of the ambient part, as we do these more colloquial conversational stuff that’s earlier in the journey. So, we’re in the process now of morphing that into support. Multiple languages today that is focused on English. But we have a lot of demand, as you would expect, to start penetrating other languages like Spanish, et cetera. So that’s on the roadmap today. So, depending on which product you’re talking about, we either have wide coverage of that or we’re on the early stages for the newest ambient piece.

Q. What are some of the high impact, high value non-clinical use cases for voice technology in healthcare?

Peter: One of the hot areas which crosses both clinical and non-clinical is in the patient engagement space. As you know, like many industries, healthcare is now taking this idea of using digital technologies to redefine what is often called – the digital front door. So, how do you access care and how do you follow up on care using technology? From Nuance perspective, we are a leader in what’s called omni-channel virtual assistant technology. We power these sophisticated applications for companies like FedEx, Disney, American Airlines, when their consumers interact over our telephone line for an interactive voice response system or a chatbot or on a social system like Facebook Messenger. So, we have started to bring all that into the healthcare arena for healthcare providers as they look to do things like manage booking your appointment. Did you prep for your clinical visit? Are you taking your meds? All of these are both clinical and non-clinical use cases.

We are the leading provider of voice biometrics technology for user identification and prevent fraud. This has generally been used in the banking financial services industry for obvious reasons, and we’re bringing that into healthcare now. So that’s a non-clinical thing that we’re seeing. And the last case, which is clinical but is exciting, is there is a whole set of companies that are building technology to use voice to help with diagnosis of clinical conditions. There are companies that are using voice for clinical depression screening, for example. You may have seen recently some COVID screening. So, this idea of using the acoustic signal to predict or screening is at the early stages but is something super exciting for us. We are looking at expanding the capabilities of what voice can do beyond the core use today, which is really for documentation of the clinical encounter.

Stephanie: Authentication passwords and the security of our systems is one of those things that a CIO does keep you up at night. There are just too many systems we all have to be in and out of and so we take shortcuts on the utilization and how we reuse and those kinds of things with passwords. So, I love the idea of voice for authentication on the clinical delivery side. On the patient side, for example, in their homes, as we are looking at that, breaking down of the boundaries of where care occurs and trying to identify that best location to help some of our patients in their home. The best way for them to be able to interact with us will be through voice technology as opposed to any other user interface that may just not be conducive based on some of their limitations. We’re already seeing things where people can set up medication, reminders and things like that, but taking it to the next step of really almost having an attendant at home, a healthcare attendant at home and leveraging voice in that interaction. I think these are some of the exciting pieces in addition. We are starting to utilize the elements of IVR and texting to help improve some of the patient experience elements that are high volume and allow us to be more efficient within the utilization of our in-person resources. And we really see it as a blend. Again, to maintain that intimacy of the relationship. We could start off with some of these automated tools. If they are voice driven, that is then more personal than something else. And then we can hand off to a real person when we get to some of the more complex related things. So, lots and lots of exciting opportunities, I think, with voice.

Q. Peter, you’ve been on an acquisition spree, and most recently you acquired this company, Saykara. Tell us a little bit about where that fits into your overall product roadmap, generally in your acquisition strategy?

Peter: Recently, we had a new CEO come in about three years ago. Historically, we had done a lot of acquisitions and we slowed that down a little bit. But we did acquire Saykara and its really interesting. So, Saykara was founded by a guy named Harjinder Sandhu, who is a close friend of mine. He used to be the healthcare CTO at Nuance about a decade ago, a very sharp guy. And after he left Nuance he went off and started a patient engagement company with a partner of his and then kind of came back to his roots, which is really around the clinical documentation space. They started a company called Saykara to really try to do things like what we were doing with our Dragon Ambient Experience. So, we have been keeping in touch with our agenda over the last couple of years. And recently as they were about to go for their next round of financing, we discussed with them together what happens if we try to combine forces because we really all have a passion for solving this really big problem to help our clinician friends and clients, which is this idea of taking a colloquial conversation and turning that into a highly accurate, structured summarize note with a set of extracted data using a language that often wasn’t even discussed in the conversation explicitly, is a really hard technical task. There are very few people in this world that actually have experience trying to solve this problem. Harjinder’s team had relevant experience. So, for us, it was really an attempt to take our incredible team that we have with DAX and supplement it with the great team that Harjinder had put together and combine that into one journey together with a common mission. That’s how we came together to do this. And so, all the Saykara team are going to be working on our combined DAX effort and we’ll look to integrate components of their technology where appropriate and really try to attack this really important moonshot that we’re all after this in this ambient world. So that’s really what the purpose was of that acquisition.

Q. How has COVID-19 impacted the demand or the adoption for voice-based solutions?

Stephanie: It’s been a really interesting journey over this last year. I think from a technology perspective, one of the silver linings of this pandemic has been the rapid deployment and adoption of a variety of different technologies, some of which was telehealth. We all saw this massive uptick in telemedicine. And we did it in a constructive way. Most of our organizations, for a variety of reasons, didn’t have a ton of experience or a deeply embedded telemedicine infrastructure before that. It really is a different way of delivering care to a patient. It takes practice and experience and a little bit of a different format in order to have a high-quality telemedicine experience with a patient. So, one of the things that we saw was that we had a provider who was sitting in front of a computer, sometimes in front of two computers or multiple screens. Depending on whether the video was integrated, they still needed access to the EHR. They wanted to look at the patient. They needed to create their documentation. And the patient was sometimes looking for additional assistance and kind of how to maneuver through this. It was overwhelming at times to be able to figure out how and what to concentrate on. So, for example, with DAX, it was a great use case. We already knew that it was going to be amazing to take this ambient technology and have a conversation in the background in an in-person interaction, because we want to solve the problem of the documentation burden. But the documentation burden was compounded in this telemedicine environment where we did not have a good way to be able to look at the document, talk to the patient and use the technology at the same time. If the documentation was writing itself while we were having the conversation and I was managing the technology with the patient, what a huge win that was. So, definitely we saw that in telemedicine. And then the other piece, I think was huge was we saw really rapid and sometimes very difficult to predict changes in demand. For example, our nurse call center would at times get a hundred calls in a day and then the next day, with the same staffing plan in place, would receive seven hundred calls in the day. We don’t know exactly which day is it going to happen. One hundred or the seven hundred. It was variable depending on everything else that was happening in the environment, what was coming out in the news, all of those kinds of things. So we began to see that maybe automation with voice was a tool set that we could use to help us get through these high-demand periods. Again, allowing the people who needed to do the in-person work to be able to focus on the highest and most complex elements of DAX and let the voice and other elements maybe be able to help patients who didn’t need that higher level support. And so lots and lots of use cases started to come out around where we could leverage voice to get through this high demand situation where none of us had enough resources.

Q. What have you been seeing in the rest of the healthcare ecosystem?

Peter: On the voice side, specifically, the two big things that have exploded are exactly aligned with what Stephanie did. One is that the clinicians, docs, nurses, et cetera, are not in great shape from a burnout perspective before COVID. And obviously it has been absolutely overwhelming for them. So the demand for anything that could help them get through the day has really exploded, whether it was DAX, our dragon ambient product, or even with our dragon cloud moving more expansively of that. I mean, we had things where a lot of these field hospitals, we work with Epic and others to stand up a whole voice enabled system for field hospitals and a few days in multiple cities. So, there was that whole sort of tools for clinicians to try to reduce as much of this other stuff as possible while they were trying to take care of patients. Stephanie also said the inbound flux of patient requests around prepping for a telehealth visit, trying to log into their portal now about getting a vaccine, have just overwhelmed the [health systems. Most health systems don’t have the infrastructure to deal with it. And as Stephanie said, they certainly don’t have the dollars to fund people to do that. So, our digital patient engagement technology that allows you, just like the website or text channels provide these automated systems to do a lot of the basic lifting for them, both on inbound interactions and outbound. We just also signed deals with several large, major pharmacy chains in the country that are rolling out the covid vaccines now and doing centralized virtual assistant front ends to their scheduling system so people can call up, find out what vaccine are they eligible that actually book an appointment. So, all of that sort of exploded both on the provider side, but also on the health plan and retail pharmacy side as a result of COVID.

Q. What is holding us back from a faster adoption of voice recognition technology in healthcare? What do you think are the big challenges that we need to overcome?

Stephanie: I think the documentation is amazing. We want to do that and help improve that area of the satisfaction of our providers. But now we got to go further than that. One of the challenges that we still need to overcome is the amount of medical information to understand, digest and then utilize in the care of patients is increasing exponentially. We need tool sets that can help us access the relevant information or even provide reminders. So, I really want to see us go beyond documentation and doing things. For example, the relationship between our EHR vendors and the voice recognition side of things so that we can completely eliminate any kind of user interface with our providers that requires a keyboard that is the ultimate goal. Get rid of the keyboard altogether and let me have an interaction, a voice based interaction with the patient and a voice based interaction with the technology. If I need to know when the last CT scan was, let me ask it instead of typing and looking it up. If the system is listening and thinks there’s a piece of relevant information that I should know about as I look into placing an order or creating a plan, tell me about it proactively or alert me that there is potentially a clinical decision, support information that I need in order to make those things happen. The integration between the EHR which now sits at the center of these tool sets and the voice recognition side is an absolute requirement.

Peter: I think Stephanie really hit it on the mark. She really touched on two critical points. So, in terms of driving adoption, obviously the core technology from folks like us has to be good enough to be use number one. I think we have done a good job of that. There’s obviously room for improvement. And certainly, we’re still early on the journey of ambient world. But the early indications are positive. As Stephanie mentioned, there’s two other key points. One is we integrate into other systems. So, the more integrated and more natural the integration is, the better the adoption will be. We’re working with folks like Epic, Cerner, Meditech and others. All these virtual assistant technologies they’ve launched under the names like Hey Epic, Hey Cerner, Hey Meditech are all powered by Nuance technology. So, we’re working with the major EHR vendors to integrate that. So we can do exactly what Stephanie said, which is to basically have a virtual assistant. Every physician and all of us would love to have an intelligent virtual assistant or a physical assistant that works with us. What we’re trying to do is we’re not going to mimic everything a human can do, obviously. But there are a lot of tasks that if you had an assistant, you would really be much more productive. So, this idea of being able to ask what’s the latest CT scan or queue up in order or send a follow up note to the primary care physician, they should be able to do that very seamlessly by voice, as if they were telling their assistant to go do that. Number two, this idea of turning the system into an intelligent system. And for clinicians, generally, what intelligence means is you don’t have to ask it for something. It’s going to recognize something and tell you. So, Stephanie’s example of clinical decision support is a clear one if we’re listening to the conversation of the patient and we know their clinical history, we know what their primary diagnoses are and we hear something, why shouldn’t the system be able to say, oh, it looks like they may be discussing “X’ based on the clinical indicators. This might be a good thing for you to talk to the patient about. That is what’s going to come here as more AI gets deployed to predictive analytics and predictive to clinical decision making. That is really the holy grail here, which is you’ve got a virtual system that can do tasks for you, but it also provides you clinical advice as if they were like a resident or a fellow working next to you.

Q. If there is a best practice that you’d like to share with you as an industry, we’re listening to this podcast. What would that be?

Stephanie: I think the key here is think about the challenges that you are facing organizationally on the front end and the back end. There are so many use cases for this and ask yourself if voice could be a solution for that to help in the efficiency cetera of solving the problem. There are a lot of places that we could leverage voice driven technology that is going to be different than our typical construct. I think it will be effective if we’re willing to be open minded and ask ourselves that question, could voice be part of the solution? And I say part of the solution as my second best practice, which is if voice can lend to the improvement of a situation, it does not mean it has to be the complete answer. So I think the example that I gave earlier about an IVR, having an initial interaction, authenticating a patient, confirming what it is that they’re asking for, and then potentially handing that off to a live person for the more complex parts of what might need to be done is a way to be able to move forward in increments and really start to see progress, knowing that we don’t have to solve the entirety of the problem with one solution, but it might be one of the building blocks. So, think about voice, but don’t expect that to have to be all end all of everything. It may be a component.

Peter: Pick problems that are important to solve and then really get clinician owners and champions inside the organization. In healthcare, there’s a lot of technology promises. And often if you don’t set yourself up for success, no matter how good the tech, it’s not going to be successful. So, I think best practices is having alignment internally, goals we are trying to achieve, metrics we’re trying to drive. Some of this stuff also involves some business process changes and integration with the how to optimize these things. I think having both the supplier of the technology and the internal stakeholders aligned on the objectives, the internal alignment of what we’re trying to drive through and then sort of end-to-end view of how we’re going to solve this, including things that may not be voiced, is really critical so that when you do that, we can absolutely drive meaningful outcomes. We have thousands of examples and material improvements in physician and nursing, satisfaction reduction of administrative time, better financial outcomes, better patient experience. So, if you do it right and you focus on a problem that we can solve with the tech, we can make a difference.

Show Notes

02:36The move from voice to a more intelligent listening system that we call ambient is really the next generation of technology.
08:30 Healthcare is really now taking this idea of using digital technologies to redefine what's often called in healthcare, the digital front door.
11:47 We're already seeing things where people can set up medication, reminders and things like that on voice technology. The next step is having a healthcare attendant at home and leveraging voice in that interaction.
16:19I think from a technology perspective, one of the silver linings of this pandemic has been the rapid deployment and adoption of a variety of different technologies, some of which was telehealth.
28:59In healthcare, there's a lot of technology promises. Often if you don't set yourself up for success, no matter how good the tech is, it's not going to be successful.

About our guest

Stephanie-Lahr,-MD-profile

Stephanie Lahr, MD is the CIO and CMIO at Monument Health, a South Dakota healthcare provider operating clinics, regional hospitals, senior care, surgical units, institutes, and acute care. Stephanie works on the strategy, implementation and management of technologies within the health care system.

Stephanie graduated from The University of Texas Medical Branch at Galveston, completed an Internal Medicine residency, and is board certified in Internal Medicine and Clinical Informatics with an additional certification through CHIME as a Certified Healthcare CIO.

Peter Durlach is the Chief Strategy Officer at Nuance Communications. Peter holds a pivotal role in advancing the portfolio of healthcare solutions to align with industry pressures and shifting needs of healthcare clients. He helped create the Healthcare division and drive significant growth between 2006 and 2011 and then briefly left the company to act as the Entrepreneur in Residence at the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center.

Prior to Nuance, Peter worked as a consultant, president of Unveil Technologies, Inc. and vice president of marketing and business development at Lernout and Hauspie. He graduated from the University of Vermont with Summa Cum Laude honors where he received his B.S. in Business Administration.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

The pace of innovation and development of AI tools is outrunning the FDA and other regulators’ ability to stay on top of AI innovations

Season 3: Episode #76

Podcast with Casey Ross, National Technology Correspondent, STAT News

"The pace of innovation and development of AI tools is outrunning the FDA and other regulators’ ability to stay on top of AI innovations"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic
In this episode, Casey Ross, National Technology Correspondent at Stat News, discusses his recently published report on FDA-approved AI-enabled tools. These are Software as a Medical Device (SaMD) tools that work as decision support tools to supply patients’ data to physicians and help them diagnose and treat the patients. Data is the core ingredient that AI tools use. As per Casey, one of the major issues prevailing in the industry today is that there are inadequate disclosures on data sets used by many medical devices and algorithms approved by the FDA. To improve healthcare outcomes, transparency and disclosure in date sets must be the central agenda in future. He further states that the pace of innovation, development, and building process of AI tools is outrunning the FDA and other regulators’ ability to stay on top of the AI innovations. Take a listen.
Our Podcast Partners:    

Q: Can you talk about the report you recently published highlighting the possibility of racial bias in some of the FDA approved AI enabled products and devices?

Casey: I built a database of all the FDA cleared AI algorithms to date. As a reporter, I’m always getting press releases from companies talking about the clearances that they’ve gained from the FDA. But there is no real systematic way to look at those products. There is no database that identifies them to look in totality about what has been approved. So, I took a step further after identifying the products and looking at the level of validation that was done on them, like what was the size of the validation sets? What were the methods used? What is in those data sets? How diverse are they by race, by gender? Where were the data sets gained to get a sense of what level of information was disclosed? What is publicly available? And what I found was that it’s really all over the map in terms of the sample sizes that are used to validate these algorithms. And there’s also really very little information about the demographics of the data sets in a way that raises questions about the ability of these products to generalize across populations. And I found that variation happening even within products that are designed to do the same thing, like assess patients for intracranial hemorrhage or stroke or even things like breast cancer.

Q: What kind of products we talking about here? Are these medical devices, software products, and how many of them did you really scrutinize?

Casey: The category is sort of software as a medical device. These are used as decision support tools that supply data to physicians on patients, that helps them make decisions and helps them diagnose and treat those patients. There were 161 products that I identified within specific product codes. You can search the FDA’s databases to try find these and figure out what validation was done on them. I have read medical studies that suggest there is up to 220 of these products and these are all deep learning AI products. So, it is machine learning technology which have all been approved. We see a vast amount of innovation going on in that area over the past six years.

Q: On your reports you focus on the breast cancer related products. Can you talk about that?

Casey: Yeah, that was an area where I’m especially interested in looking at because diversity really matters, and breast cancer varies so widely among patients. And it’s particularly important to have diversity in those data sets so that any AI system that might be advising a doctor or a physician on how to care for these patients sees enough patients and can give good advice so that its conclusions can be generalized to broader populations of patients. What we’ve seen over time with a lot of medical products and algorithms that have made their way into the market is that they’re not tested on diverse groups of people. And instead, their recommendations, their reliability mainly exists within European Caucasian populations, which shouldn’t be acceptable to patients or medical providers.

Q: So there is reason to be concerned about the lack of a standardized validation process and a lack of disclosure specifically around the data that is being used to develop these algorithms and there is a real potential for racial discrimination. Is it correct?

Casey: I think that’s right. It’s the lack of standards there and in particular, disclosure of the contents of the data sets that is troubling from that point of view.

Q: Based on all your reporting, do you think the challenge lies in the quality of the data or maybe even the sufficiency of the data? Or is it more to do with the deficiencies in the algorithms or is it both?

Casey: I think the biggest issue is the quality of the data and the access to the data such that you can have really, truly representative data across populations and have enough of it to be able to train an algorithm to adequately perform the task you’re asking it to perform. There have been some studies done that suggest that the vast majority of data supplied for AI research comes from institutions in three states in California, New York, and Massachusetts. That’s missing a huge part of the places that we sit in now. So many people in so many communities end up getting excluded from that. This is the major hole right now that this ecosystem needs to figure out how to remedy.

Q: You make a very provocative statement at the beginning of one of your reports – ‘AI is now a lawless frontier in medicine.’ Some people might say maybe it’s just a little bit harsh, perhaps because it has had some success in other areas in healthcare, like administrative functions, revenue cycle operations, claim management, fraud and abuse, or even in chronic disease management. What would you say to those who feel that?

Casey: I’m making a comparison to sort of frontier development, like the development of the American West. I’m sort of making that comparison because I’m trying to crystallize the notion that the sheriff isn’t in town yet, that the pace of innovation, the pace of development, the pace of that building process is outrunning the ability of the FDA and other regulators to stay on top of the questions that innovation is raising. That is a big concern right now. I think the FDA is trying very hard, but I think it’s under-resourced and it can’t keep up with the very important questions that this is raising. The other part of that metaphor that is worth diving into is, does that mean that there are a bunch of bandits out there that are a bunch of evildoers who are trying to gather data and do bad things with it? By and large, from the companies and the people that I’ve talked to, I would say no. I would say that most of them are very well-meaning and altruistic. But there is still the issue of unintended consequences that may arise from the use of products that are not fully and carefully vetted. I think once that process begins to fully mature and catch up with the innovation, everyone will be better for it.

Q: You made a comment a little bit earlier about not been enough data available to do a rigorous training of the algorithms. There is a vast amount of data available in the form of images, more so than other forms of healthcare data. What can we do with the large amount of data available, especially the data sitting in our systems, for instance, in hospitals?

Casey: It’s very hard for researchers to come by to aggregate that data to do anything meaningful with it. EHR data is notoriously siloed and kept in environments where it’s just very difficult to access the data and make use of it for meaningful research and purposes that could really benefit people. I think it’s very difficult to harness that data, even though there is so much of it. And about the imaging data, I think a big question for the industry and a big problem right now, is the issue of transparency. Where are those data sets from? What is in them? We need to know the ingredients of these algorithms. We need to know who these people are, where they come from. We don’t need to know their identities. I don’t mean to suggest that, but we need to know how these algorithms are being built on what data so that there can be some confidence in these products, that they can generalize and do what the developers intend.

Q: What are you hearing from policymakers and industry executives, especially tech firms, on how they’re wrestling with the ethical use of data and how they’re moving forward with this?

Casey: Over the past six months a lot of companies are realizing that this is an issue and they’re bringing it out into the light and wanting to talk about it at industry conferences and on virtual gatherings and so forth, to be able to set forth, OK, well, you know what? This is an issue for us in terms of optics. We want to be inclusive companies. We want to emphasize that. And you’re seeing a lot of those companies’ fund research and hold events to talk about it. But there isn’t yet sort of a consensus that emerged on the best way to accomplish this. What are the set of practices that ought to be used to ensure that these products are inclusive and don’t unintentionally discriminate against certain groups? So, I think there’s kind of a recognition that these issues need to be addressed. But how to do that really has not been agreed upon, there really aren’t any clear best practice standards that have been identified. There is just a process that’s beginning to confront those issues.

Q: Is this a question for the FDA or is this more for the industry to self-regulate and self-governance and come up with the best practices and hope that the outcomes are good? What is your thought?

Casey: That is really the big question right now. Whose responsibility is that? Where should that vetting process take place? Should it take place at the FDA before these products get onto the market? That is not happening right now. Some of the people I have talked to, executives of companies say, the FDA clearance, the 510 K clearance that’s granted to most of these products has never really filled that role for any kind of product. So, usually what happens is there are follow up studies done at conferences and by clients of these products to bear out their efficacy. And there is a process that takes place normally in the private market to verify that these products are the best things for patients. The responsibility lies on the health systems to adopt products that are really going to benefit the people. Data is the main thing that these products use in order to deliver services, to help inform physicians to provide care to patients. You wouldn’t say to somebody – ‘you should just take this drug. Don’t worry about it. We don’t need to talk about the ingredients or where it came from or what’s in it. Just take it, OK? It’s fine.’ You would tell them the ingredients. It would be studied rigorously. You would know who is in those validation data sets, you would be able to analyse it in all the different cohorts and how it affects different racial subgroups. That’s done now in public at the FDA for drugs. Now, drugs have a different risk profile. Hence, the data analysis should be rigorously done and must have transparency.

Q: We’ve recently seen some initiatives, especially the one where several health systems come together and formed Truveta, that is going to pool patient data from several leading health systems and use it to analyze it for insights and help improve healthcare outcomes. There are also some other initiatives like the synthetic data challenge that the ONC has come up with. All are looking to address the same problem that there isn’t enough data for us to really analyze or train the algorithms and come up with some kind of heuristics or benchmarks for us to drive the outcomes. Would you care to comment on these initiatives? And is that an alternative? Is this a viable alternative that is taking shape?

Casey: It’s a timely question. I’ve been talking to the executives and stakeholders that founded Truveta over the past week or so to talk to them about that initiative. I think it is interesting in something that the industry, by and large, has just failed to do to date, and that is aggregate a large amount of data that comes from health systems all over the country and not just health systems that are on the coast. Those 14 health systems that are gathered in Truveta represent patients who are spread throughout 40 states all over the country. So, I think that’s really exciting and potentially provides a really great resource that researchers can tap to be able to gain access to large amounts of representative patient data. There still are a lot of questions though with that because we all know about controversies that have arisen from, say, given the hospital system, working with a tech company and sharing their data with that tech company because of all the privacy questions and questions of economic exploitation that might arise from that. It is like you’re using data from the patients that got care at your institution. Then you are selling that data to another entity to do research on it to build a product that that entity will profit from and not necessarily the patient. So, there are issues of consent that get raised in that. There are questions that should be raised and talked about so that there can be a consensus or at least an open public discussion about how to get access to that data, who does it benefit, how to do this in a way that respects the patients and all of the stakeholders?

Q: What are the top two or three items of the unfinished agenda in harnessing data for us to really make a difference in healthcare outcomes? One is interoperability. Can you share your thoughts on this?

Casey: I think interoperability is a key issue and that issue is part of developing data sets at scale, large enough data sets that can be used by researchers and companies to be able to build meaningful and generalizable AI products that will benefit everybody. I think the biggest issues in my mind about that are really transparency, disclosure and some of those regulatory questions. I think it’s really important to think about the nature of these products, which are machine learning. It’s a computer that is able to comb the contours of a data set to form conclusions on its own without being explicitly sort of programed. I think when you have a system like that where it might be somewhat of a black box about how it is reaching the conclusions that it’s especially important for people to know what is going into those training sets. How is it being tested on what data is it being validated? Are these things at the end of the day going to improve care or are they just going to layer on top of care an additional level of cost without providing the benefit that they advertise? And I think that process just must unfold in a meaningful way so that, before we start paying for these things, before they get into the market and start providing care for people, we know that they are fair. We need to know that they are safe. We need to know that they stand some chance of improving care to people. So, I think those are the things that sort of need to be front and center questions that are addressed over the next few years.

Q: To sum it up in one word, would that be transparency?

Casey: I would say that would be the word I would choose as the one word that the industry needs to sort of focus on in the next couple of years.

Show Notes

04:52It's important to have diversity in data sets so that any AI system advising a doctor / physician on how to care for these patients can give good advice and conclusions that are generalizable to broader populations of patients.
09:07 The pace of innovation, the pace of development, the pace of that building process is outrunning the ability of the FDA and other regulators to stay on top of the questions that innovation is raising.
12:07 A big question for the industry and a big problem right now is the issue of transparency in data sources.
21:42The biggest issues while harnessing data are transparency, disclosure, and interoperability.

About our guest

casey-ross-profile-pic

Casey Ross is a National Technology Correspondent at STAT and co-writer of STAT Health Tech, our weekly newsletter on the growing digital health industry. His reporting examines the use of artificial intelligence in medicine and its underlying questions of safety, fairness, and privacy..

Before joining STAT in 2016, he wrote for the Cleveland Plain Dealer and the Boston Globe, where he worked on the Spotlight Team in 2014 and was a finalist for the Pulitzer Prize. A Vermont native, he now lives in Ohio with his wife and three children. When he's not with them, he's in his cornfield, cultivating some of the sweetest bicolor in the Midwest.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

The biggest challenge in digital engagement and its adoption is shifting to a consumer mindset

Season 3: Episode #75

Podcast with Mona Baset, VP of Digital Services, SCL Health

"The biggest challenge in digital engagement and its adoption is shifting to a consumer mindset"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Mona Baset discusses how SCL is transforming its digital capabilities to provide a seamless digital patient experience just like other industries – retail, travel, and financial services.

According to Mona, one of the biggest challenges in adopting digital engagement is shifting to a consumer mindset. Health systems are now increasingly focusing on their digital front door initiatives. However, one of the biggest challenges in building a robust consumer app is incorporating both outside and native foundational capabilities, and bringing together a single native app.

SCL is a non-profit healthcare system and focuses on patient engagement and technologies to enable better patient experience. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Q: Tell us about SCL health, your role as the VP of Digital engagement, your responsibilities, and who the role reports to.

Mona: SCL health is a faith based non-profit healthcare system. We’re based in the Denver metro area, and primarily serve Colorado and Montana. SCL Health provides care across eight hospitals, more than one hundred clinics, and areas such as home health and hospice, mental health, and safety net services. My role as the Vice President of Digital Services was a newly formed position when I joined and it is part of the information technology and digital services organization here. I report to our Chief Information Digital Officer, but I really find that my role straddles a few different worlds – technology, marketing, consumer experience, engagement, associate engagement, and innovation. I get to work with a lot of incredibly talented people across all those areas. My team primarily focuses on engagement and the technologies that help enable those experiences. They are responsible for everything from our external website to our internet site, digital marketing and automation platforms, application development, and user experience. There are some new areas as well where we’ve begun to explore and implement like arts and robotic process automation. We find that when people have different ideas or things that they want to do or explore, oftentimes those ideas start with my team and then we can sort of assess them and figure out how to move forward.

Q: Can you walk us through some of the initiatives that you’ve rolled out in the last year and a half, especially in the areas of digital front door marketing and digital patient engagement?

Mona: When I arrived at SCL Health, we had a basic level of digital capabilities in place. We had MyChart, external website intranet, an older CRM instance, and virtual care capabilities. There was a lot of room for improvement to create that wonderful experience for patients, consumers, and even our own associates. We did a quick assessment of the current tools and some basic customer journey mapping. Once that information was laid out, it was easy to see where the gaps were and what we needed to put in place to fill those gaps. We did some prioritization exercises and some mapping exercises after generating some interesting ideas. What we really wanted to do was to deliver an experience that was similar to what consumers are expecting in other industries like retail, travel, and financial services.

We organized the efforts into four streams. One of those work streams is customer relationship management. In that area, we rolled out a new implementation of Salesforce Health Cloud and Marketing Cloud. We finished that up very recently. We are also looking at call center tools and consumer contact center transformation. Underneath that workstream, we are rolling out some different capabilities around automated communications to patients and consumers through text and email and phone.

The second workstream is what we’re calling digital workforce. If you think about that area, it’s really some of the automated tools and processes that we can put in place. For example, chatbots would fall in that area. So, we’ve rolled out a few different types of chatbots focused on different capabilities so consumers and patients can get the answers they need right away without having to wait to talk to someone. We’re also exploring some robotic process automation to help us become more efficient on the backend.

The third workstream is about associate tools. Currently, we have a very large-scale project underway to completely redesign re-platform our internet site for our associates and our providers. That will be rolled out mid-year. We are also looking at different ways to communicate among our associates, some HR focused tools and technologies.

The final workstream we are focused on is consumer and patient experience. This is where you find things like our external website, which we’re constantly improving and updating. That’s where you find MyChart optimization. We rolled out a brand-new provider directory to help people search for providers and schedule really easily. And this is also where we’ve been partnering with our innovation team to roll out a new consumer app that is actually rolling out next week. We’re super excited about that. It’s going to give our patients and consumers a really nice, streamlined way to access our services and information.

Q: With regards to consumer engagement and your role, what do you see as the big challenges in digital engagement and adoption?

MB: Healthcare no longer gets a pass on consumer experience. People are comparing their experiences with healthcare to their best experiences in other industries, and they’re expecting more now. I think the biggest challenge in our industry is really shifting to a consumer mindset. This is something that I think was slowly happening. COVID really accelerated that journey.

For example, prior to COVID, virtual care was available here, but it was slow to be adopted by our providers and our patients alike. When there was really no other option for care at certain points in this pandemic journey, we went from under one hundred video visits a month to thousands and thousands of video visits immediately. Now both providers and patients have experienced sort of the new way of doing things. They can see the ease and convenience and the effectiveness, and they see that they can get things done in the healthcare space, in a virtual way.

While we may not see the huge numbers that we saw at the very beginning, when there was really no other options for care, we will see this virtual care continue. Even after COVID isn’t part of our every thought and conversation, challenges of getting things rolled out while keeping that consumer mindset as a technology organization for healthcare system remains. Our job is really to support that acceleration toward consumerism and put on the table everything we know and everything we can learn to make that happen. We have to take that knowledge and not only be technologists, but we also have to be salespeople and we have to be marketers to be able to show our internal stakeholders and our patients how much better it could be for them.

Q: What are some of the biggest challenges that you faced when it comes to preparing yourself for this emerging virtual care era and digital engagement you just described?

MB: From a career perspective, I essentially grew up in marketing and many years in consumer financial services. When I made that transition to technology a few years ago, the consumer was always the starting point and the end point for me. We’re really taking that approach and are focused on how we can deliver care safely and effectively. We’re offering more types of virtual care than ever before and we’re listening to consumers. We have a patient family advisory council approach that we take and we connect with these patients and their families regularly to understand what they’re going through, what their journey is, how can we adapt to meet those needs? What additional engagement channels can we offer to really empower them to take control of their health journey? And I think so many things are involved in building that strong brand and that high level of consumer engagement is certainly key. The word, or the phrase digital front door is an interesting one, because it almost suggests that there’s just one door, but there are many doors. Our website is one of the digital front doors, our consumer app is another. So, we’re really trying to provide options and as we look at how our website functions, we’re looking at how are consumers expecting to engage with us? What do they expect to find there? And we’re trying to make improvements across the board so they can find information quickly. They can self-service, they can reach out to us if they need more help and just really giving them that full experience.

Q: From a technology choice standpoint, do you start with a bit of capabilities that are available in your system or do you start with a blank sheet of paper and look at what the best-in-class tools are out there and recommend and implement the ones that make the most sense from an impact standpoint?

Mona: I think a little bit of both. We have as an organization, five strategic platforms that we focus on and they really serve as solid foundation for our work. We have Epic for our EHR, Google for communications within our organization, Salesforce, Oracle ERP that’s going to be launching in April, and ServiceNow for internal types of requests. We try to start there and in many cases we have to consider additional capabilities. Obviously, these are very foundational and only do certain things. So we look at both. We are looking at some guiding principles that we use when we’re making technology choices. We want to be sure that we make experiences easy and low effort and want to focus on the user and their needs, not our processes. We want to leverage the small number of connected platforms that are needed, because it’s just much easier to manage. We also want to personalize experiences based on deep knowledge of our users, and we want to provide options to engage with us. We start with our foundational platforms and then when we decide to bring in other tools. Sometimes we do bring in sort of those proven best-in-class big tech solutions.

We’ve brought in a lot of others that are more in startup mode and they may ultimately become best-in-class. I think about some of the recent work we did to completely rebuild our provider directory on our website and all of the chatbot technologies we’re introducing. So, for those we partnered with what I consider to be smaller, really innovative companies that are nimble and creative and just offer solutions that are very unique and partner with us really well. We can almost co-develop solutions with them and it’s worked out great.

Q: When you talk about startups, there could also be risky bets. For instance, what if they run out of money from the venture capitalists or they lose their key individuals because they’re a small team. Have you ever had to plan for that kind of a situation, or have you had to actually live through one of those?

Mona: Thankfully, we have not. We know that is certainly a risk. These organizations are much more willing to partner with us to give us exactly what we need and really fitting into our budgets. As a not-for-profit, we don’t have huge budgets. So, it is a tradeoff and we have not experienced anything yet. We have taken those risks and have been able to deliver some interesting capabilities. I’m pretty happy about that and proud that we have really been able to partner with some great organizations to do so.

Q: How are you leveraging your internal datasets, patient histories and how are you combining that with externally available data sets? What is the framework you’re applying and the infrastructure you’re investing in order to harness the data, and improve and deliver the kind of experiences that the marketplace is looking for?

Mona: Data analytics is such an interesting topic these days. We have so much data out there. I would say it is truly at the heart of the work we do in digital engagement. Epic is our source of record for patient information. We don’t try to recreate that. I know other organizations have sort of challenges with some of that, but we really leverage that data as much as possible so that we truly know our patients. We can customize communications and touch points to them. I will say that in any digital project we have launched, data piece takes the longest. It’s the most complex and requires a lot of thought about data models and how integrations are going to work for our CRM implementation. We spent a lot of time building the right data model and integrations just to ensure that we have the most accurate and recent data available to help engage with our patients. If that information is not correct, then you are not engaging in a way that patients find useful. We are working on a similar project around expanding some automated communications to patients like those who are discharged from hospital. We’re spending a lot of time to make sure data is perfect so that the messages we’re sending makes sense and are relevant.

Q: When you talk to your peers across other health systems, what are some of the best practices? Can you share one that you’ve either adopted from one of your peers or one that one of your peers may adopt from your own experience?

Mona: As I look at what some of my most innovative peers are doing at other health systems, I’ve seen some really interesting implications and tools. I think COVID is top of mind. Some of those COVID related innovations have been pretty incredible, everything from vaccines management to screenings. One of the things I’ve seen more and more health systems working on is delivering on that consumer app approach, what might be called the digital front doors. They’re doing a great job at that. The best ones are addressing one of the biggest challenges in building a robust consumer app, that is, to have a plan for how any new capabilities, including those that might be offered by many different vendors, are brought together seamlessly for the consumer in a single native app. Sometimes your foundational platform just can’t deliver everything and you’re going to have to go outside of that and bring in other capabilities. But how do you make that invisible to the consumer so that they feel that they are just dealing with one organization, one tool, and they’re able to see everything?

I think as far as other best practices go and something we’re exploring and hope to make a best practice is really the use of artificial intelligence, patient engagement. When a consumer or patient doesn’t need to talk to a person and in many cases they don’t want to, they just want to be able to get things done themselves using chatbots and other artificial intelligence, and that’s a good thing for them. We try to leverage some of that and roll things out quickly, especially early on in COVID. So, we rolled out a chat that would allow people to learn more about COVID, take a risk assessment. It really reduced the anxiety that consumers had about COVID and reduce the number of anxious phone calls that came into our care sites, in our clinics. We’ve used similar technology to screen associates before work for COVID symptoms to keep them safe and our patients safer. Recently, we launched some additional chat technology on our website to answer key questions and information that consumers and patients have. We can change that on a daily basis. If we find that people are asking a lot about vaccines, for example, we can do that. So, we hope that will become a best practice going forward.

Q: Do you primarily rely on externally developed solutions for assembling this whole consumer experience? Are there pieces that you take complete ownership of, for instance, the mobile piece, if you do that internally and then have all of the embedded components behind the scenes come from different sources, or are you really looking at buying it all off the shelf where in that continuum are you?

Mona: I think it’s a little bit of both and sort of a hybrid. For example, with our CRM implementation, we purchased a solution for that and implemented it. Our internal team takes that over and maintains it and enhances it, similar to what we’ll be doing with our new consumer mobile app. We partnered with an organization to help us build that from scratch. Then we will be taking on the maintenance, the enhancements going forward. So, I think it’s a little bit of both. In some cases it makes sense for us to be able to have the autonomy to build on a platform and be able to be very flexible with improvements, enhancements in many cases.

Show Notes

09:35Biggest challenge in digital engagement and its adoption is shifting to a consumer mindset.
11:03 Technology organizations for healthcare systems must support virtual care acceleration toward consumerism
13:34 The phrase digital front door is an interesting one; it almost suggests that there's just one door. But of course, there are many doors.
22:11Sometimes your foundational platform just can't deliver everything and you're going to have to go outside of that and bring in other capabilities.

About our guest

As Vice President of Digital Services at SCL Health, Mona Baset leads digital strategy and transformation, including development and implementation of the digital technology road map. Prior to joining SCL Health, Mona was Assistant Vice President in the technology organization at Atrium Health, leading consumer engagement strategies.

Previously, Mona spent almost 10 years at Bank of America, where she led various marketing and communications teams. Mona holds a bachelor’s degree in English from the University of California at Irvine, a master’s degree in Communications from Cal State Fullerton, and a master’s degree in Business Administration from Wake Forest University.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Our focus for virtual health is making sure encounters are documented in such a way that it is not burdensome

Season 3: Episode #74

Podcast with Katherine Lusk, President / Board Chair, AHIMA

"Our focus for virtual health is making sure encounters are documented in such a way that it is not burdensome"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Katherine Lusk discusses how AHIMA works at the intersection of healthcare and technology to empower patients with their health information, and ensures to keep the data accurate, accessible, and safe.

Health systems are working towards mapping patient data to the EHR systems so that the frontline care providers have the information readily available to improve healthcare delivery and outcomes. The next step is to standardize the data normalization process and make it interoperable while taking care of patient data privacy, confidentiality, and security.

Katherine says that the industry must now focus on implementing initiatives to reduce social issues such as the digital divide and health inequalities . She further states that AHIMA’s focus is to make sure that patient’s virtual health information is documented in a safe, secure, and convenient way. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Q. What has been your professional journey and how did it lead you to your current role at AHIMA?

Katherine: I think it’s inspiring because if I can do it, anyone can do it. I’m from Gainesville, Texas, which is a small town in North Texas, and I went to work in 18 years of age at Gainesville Memorial Hospital. I worked my way up from a clerk to become the director of Health Information Management. From there, I went to Fort Worth and worked in the Osteopathic Medical Center of Texas, which was an academic medical center focused on the geriatric population, where our average age was eighty-three. Then, I went to Children’s Health System of Texas, which is a pediatric healthcare system with the average age being four. So, I’ve worked at two very different spectrums of healthcare delivery. The documentation and the rules and the governance and the empathy that needs to happen to support patients and families is the same regardless of the setting. Recently, I’ve gone to work for the Texas Health Services Authority with a focus on health information exchange within Texas that includes public health. I’m taking what I learned from the frontline at a local hospital to a geriatric healthcare system to a pediatric healthcare system and applying it at a state level on how we can exchange information in an accurate and complete manner, across the state of Texas to improve healthcare delivery.

Q. We are still in very early stages of harnessing data in a comprehensive way, especially relative to other sectors. Would you agree with that? And what are you seeing across health systems in this regard?

Katherine: I would have to agree and disagree a little bit. I think healthcare is beginning to harness data and efforts to improve patient safety. With clinical decision support to identify duplicate tests and take advantage of tests completed, they’re beginning to map data so that it appears within the electronic health record and allows the frontline care providers to have that information front and center. They are also beginning to look for different ways to streamline the administrative processes. What is curtailing us from doing that is normalizing the data across platforms and organizations. Most organizations in electronic health records have the normalizing data process down using SNOMED and then using intelligent medical objects to translate the very diverse, nuanced clinical data into clinical languages and classification systems to normalize within themselves. So, the EMR vendors have taken advantage of that and they normalize data within their own EMR vendors. But with the care quality and with e-health exchange, that data normalization has occurred on a much broader spectrum. Things are much better than they were even in twenty seventeen. The pandemic forced things to move along at a much more efficient manner and a much faster pace. Before the pandemic there was lots of discussion about mapping laboratory test results across different EMR platforms so that they wouldn’t have to be repeated and using LOINC codes. And it was lots of discussion and hashing with pathologists and with other clinical care providers on how you actually go about normalizing this data. But with the pandemic and COVID-19 people came together and figured it out. I think things are much better than they used to be.

Q. What are your key themes that you’re focusing on, your advocacy efforts this year at AHIMA?

Katherine: We have a big year planned at AHIMA and our 2021 advocacy agenda seeks to transform healthcare by connecting people, systems, and ideas. We’ve embraced three principles that directly align this vision and underpin our work, outlook, and our advocacy efforts – access, integrity, and connection. We’re advocating for the use of accurate and timely data for public health responses and initiatives while protecting confidentiality, privacy, and security of individuals health information. With the pandemic, we feel that public health was not supported sufficiently in the past, and we’d like to focus our attention on making sure that sector of the ecosystem has the information they need. We are firm advocates for the individual’s right to have timely and seamless access to their health information. We had a consumer advocacy pledge campaign earlier this year where we had our members reaffirm our pledge to consumer advocacy on having access to their records. We have been advocating for accurate patient identification to improve patient safety, interoperability, and the appropriate use of workforce resources.

We also understand that with the pandemic and with all of the social issues that we’re currently experiencing, social determinants of health must be the focus to enrich clinical decision making and improve health outcomes. We believe that public health is supported, and health inequities are diminished. We must can gather this information and culturally respect and manner and portray it accurately. We really believe in advancing a complete, accurate and timeliness of data by influencing the development and maintenance of national and international coding standards. Where policy goes, so does the public. We started the Patient Identity Now Coalition, where we worked with six of our partners, the American College of Surgeons, CHIME, HIMSS, Intermountain Healthcare and Premier. There is a coalition of healthcare organizations that are really advocating discussion around a unique patient identifier. So, if you haven’t looked at that, I want to encourage everyone to look at the Patient Identity Now initiative.

Q. Can you touch upon one or two things in the context of telehealth, which obviously in the wake of the pandemic has been on a tear? Can you talk to us a little bit about how this growth in telehealth needs to be viewed in the context of AHIMA’s mission and your priorities?

Katherine: The convenience of telehealth has changed delivery models. Telehealth was being embraced prior to the pandemic, but with the pandemic, it was a wholesale embrace. It moved healthcare delivery from solely brick and mortar into the virtual arena much faster. With AHIMA and our work, we focus on what are the documentation requirements for telehealth, how do we classify the diagnoses that are captured in that arena, how do we make sure that patients have consented to their information being shared in that manner, and how do we keep it safe and secure. Our focus for virtual health is making sure that the patient’s information is safe and secure, making sure that the encounter is documented in such a way that it completely explains the encounter but not be over burdensome.

Q. Where is the challenge in harnessing all the data we receive from different sources? Is it a technology challenge, a better-quality challenge, policies challenge?

Katherine: I believe it’s probably a data quality challenge, because just like all other clinical data, when we began the journey, we had to figure out how to normalize the data. We had to translate the clinical language into SNOMED and accurately capturing that in the electronic health record and then transferring that to clinical language or the classification system. So I believe social determinants of health is our next step on that clinical journey. While they’re not widely used now, we do capture some with ICD 10. Now, are there more that is needed? Absolutely. I believe that as we go through this journey and begin to utilize information and embrace these concepts, data normalization process will only get better and better.

Q. What is the State of the Union today as it relates to a patient privacy? Are there adequate privacy safeguards, especially when we see data being moved to the cloud, or now that we’ve got the final interoperability ruling that’s coming up. And patients are now going to have access to their own data and can share it with anyone they like. What should we be careful about?

Katherine: At AHIMA, we worry the most about is apps, and patients and families using these apps and not really understanding that how their information might be shared. How they have really given away the most personal thing they have, which is their clinical information to an app without completely understanding that information might be sold to someone else, used for marketing, used for a vendor’s personal financial benefit, and it might not be protected. I think that’s one of our biggest concerns now. I personally love an app and I love the convenience. And I’m like everyone else. I have a Garmin and my husband has a Fitbit that we track our health. We take advantage of all those things. We also do 23andme. From a human standpoint, we want to make sure that patients and families and individuals like you and I understand that we are giving away pieces of our very personal information and we want that information to be kept secure and private. The healthcare organizations are ruled by HIPAA and so patients and families and you and I believe that our healthcare information is protected. We’re forced to sign HIPAA requirements when we go to the physician’s office or to an ED or anything like that. So, we’re lulled into this feeling that healthcare information is so sacred and that is so protected. Then when we give that information to an app or a personal health record and a portal, that information is not held to the same standards. We want to make sure that everyone understands that they’re not following the same rules of engagement and to be very considerate of that.

Q. What is your advice for startups and digital health companies that want to go deep into the data and take the data and combine it and use it and analyze it and create new offerings out of it? What is your advice to them to safeguard the data, but also to be successful with it?

Katherine: My advice to them is, be the crane that rises to the top. People will choose to use their apps if they are convenient, useful, safe, and secure. When you develop these healthcare apps, you want to be able to normalize that data and integrate it into the longitudinal record of care. You don’t want to be standalone. These apps need to understand the clinical languages and the classification systems that the big vendors understand. They need to have a depth of knowledge with them. I would also advise that they use standards and look at what those standards are and not be frightened of them, but to embrace them so that they can leverage those standards and integrate with the EHR. They must understand that they are a cog in the healthcare wheel, that we’re all cogs in the healthcare wheel. And we’ve got to figure out how to integrate the data into the entire ecosystem so that it can be shared with everyone. What I would suggest that they do is engage the health information management professionals to help them understand the clinical language or classification system for data mapping and to serve as a guiding hand with patient privacy. This discipline serves in that middle space, and I think it could be very, very helpful to them.

Q. If I were to summarize you here – adopt standards, be interoperable with the EHR systems, but also with other similar applications, take care of patient privacy and protect their privacy with all their applications. And finally, you referred to us being cogs in the wheel. I like to say that healthcare is a team sport, and we are all part of the same team. Do you agree with that?

Katherine: Absolutely. Healthcare is a team sport, and the patient is the captain of the team.

About our guest

Katherine Lusk, MHSM, RHIA, FAHIMA is AHIMA’s 2021 President / Chair. As an active AHIMA member her attention is focused on championing the profession, patient identity, health information exchange, standard development, and information governance.

Her previous leadership roles include serving on Epic’s Care Everywhere Governing Council as Co-Lead, eHealth Exchange Workgroup Member, ONC Patient Identity Workgroup, TxHIMA President, and the Texas Interoperability Collaborative. She is a sought-after national speaker on information governance, standards, interoperability, clinical documentation improvement, patient identity, leveraging technology and promoting the HIM profession.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

A lot of point solutions are emerging, but if they’re not integrated into the EMRs, they’re likely to fail.

Season 3: Episode #73

Podcast with Harry Fox, Board Chair, Whitman-Walker Health

"A lot of point solutions are emerging, but if they’re not integrated into the EMRs, they’re likely to fail."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Harry Fox discusses his role at Whitman-Walker Health (WWH) and how as a community-based health center they are serving a diverse patient population with technology disparity and making healthcare inclusive for everyone.

WWH is a federally qualified health center. A significant part of their patient population is the low-income group and LGBTQ community. Harry shares that half of their patient population is below 100% of the federal poverty level, and around 40% are below 50% of the federal poverty level. This automatically creates an issue of digital divide among them where they struggle with technology. Technology providers are addressing these disparities, and several standalone point solutions are emerging. However, the two major issues – interoperability and integration – still exist in the healthcare space. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:    

Q: Can you talk about Whitman-Walker, your role there, and about your prior experiences?

Harry: Whitman-Walker is a federally qualified health center. It was started back in 1979 to serve the needs of the gay and lesbian community of Washington. Since then, it has evolved with all kinds of services for the growing demand in Washington. About 10 years ago, it became a federally qualified health center. Today, it offers medical, dental, mental health, specialty care, specific youth service, and pharmacy services in multiple locations. Whitman Walker has a division that does clinical research in HIV and hepatitis. It’s got a policy and advocacy arm, and an education arm.

I joined the board back in 2014 when I was still the CIO of CareFirst. Today, I sit on two boards – Whitman Walker Health, which is the federally qualified health center where all the clinical services are, and also chair the board of Whitman Walker Health System, which houses the Whitman Walker Foundation and the Whitman Walker Institute for Research Policy and Education. It has been a fascinating ride. I’ve been in healthcare forever but began around 1999 in what was then called e-commerce, which we now call digital health. I started in the space with PricewaterhouseCoopers, then through Coventry Health Care as their vice president of eCommerce, and then at Kaiser Permanente as the regional CIO. Lastly, at CareFirst, and then, in more recent years, as an independent consultant. All of my work has its anchor in core digital health. I had the opportunity at the beginning at Kaiser Permanente to implement the mid-Atlantic region’s first telemedicine for primary care in certain specialties like dermatology, and then at CareFirst, worked extensively with third party telemedicine vendors to implement that service for our members.

Q: How has the pandemic impacted care for Whitman Walker’s patient population?

Harry: It’s been dramatic. When Washington DC issued their stay-at-home order, we shut down for two days. Over those two days plus a weekend, we pivoted completely to virtual services.

Whitman Walker uses eClinicalWorks as their EMR. In a three-day period, they had to bring up the module, test it, develop patient education documents, and develop staff training documents. They implemented DocuSign, because all the forms that you would fill out in the office, now had to be done virtually. Luckily, CMS around that same time made some changes in both repayments. So, if we couldn’t do telemedicine, we could do an audio encounter with a patient who might not have been able to do video services and we can still get reimbursed for it. CMS also lifted some of their licensure restrictions. Earlier, patients came to us in one of our locations in Washington, DC. Now that we serve the tri state area, we have patients in Maryland and Virginia and then a small population of patients from across the country, who come for our specialty LGBT care. Before the pandemic, if you weren’t licensed in a state, you couldn’t virtually see someone in the state. That’s been lifted now, at least temporarily. So, we pivoted over a very short time and opened on Monday morning. Everything went virtual, except for a small number of patients who were still coming in for more serious issues – COVID related and breathing kind of issues.

All the rest went virtual and it’s continuing to evolve. We had started out with everything on the eClinicalWorks. We found that for patients with behavioral health, some in individual and some in group sessions, eClinicalWorks couldn’t handle groups. It handled patient to doctor. So, we pivoted to zoom for behavioral health. Also, the bandwidth demand was better in Zoom with lower bandwidth could still get high quality video. ECW had a little bit higher requirement for that. So, we now operate with eClinicalWorks for all of our medical and dental patients and then we use zoom for behavioral health and substance abuse treatment for individuals and groups.

Q. Were there any unique needs for the LGBTQ populations that you had to take care of while standing up these capabilities?

Harry: As a federally qualified health center, we serve the entire community, and a portion of our patients are in the LGBT community. Because it’s a federally qualified health center, it’s often lower income. So, we have issues of technology disparity where people may have a cell phone but may not have an email. We find our younger clients usually have a phone but often don’t have a PC or a tablet. Our older patients may or may not have a phone, or another device, but often struggle with the technology. I have a 92-year-old mother that I do tech support all the time and I know how hard it can be when you’re trying to get someone to hold the camera a certain way and point the camera here. A lot of people have these challenges. About half of our patient population is below one 100 percent of the federal poverty level and thirty nine percent are below 50 percent of the federal poverty level. We have folks at the other end of the spectrum, too. When you have this tremendous diversity of background, it makes rolling out telehealth ubiquitously difficult. We have patients, living at the lower end of the poverty level, who may not want us to see where they live. They may have access to technology, but they’re uncomfortable having their homes seen. There are these very interesting, unique situations that are not LGBT specific, but are more issues of equity and what people have in terms of education and access to high-speed internet and technology.

Q. What are you seeing in terms of efforts by the technology community to address these technology disparities and making healthcare more inclusive for everyone?

Harry: It’s an interesting question. We got two small grants and we’ve been able to purchase three Wi-Fi only phones. That’s helpful up to a point because the individuals in the community may or may not even have access to Wi-Fi. There is no Wi-Fi in some areas of Washington, D.C. So, it’s useful if someone doesn’t have a phone, but they still have to access Wi-Fi for a virtual visit. There is a lot of point solutions I see emerging, but if they’re not integrated into the electronic medical record, they’re likely to fail. Every time you’ve got a standalone point solution, it is more work. When we’re using Zoom, we have to schedule the patient in the EMR and then schedule zoom separately. We’re using the eClinicalWorks for a virtual visit only and then we’re using them for the digital part as well. It’s all set up within the system. We create the scheduled event, we say that it’s digital. Automatically, the patient gets an email with the link and then later a text with a link. So, there’s some really fast emerging useful technologies in this space. The issue all along has been interoperability and integration.

Q. If you just expand the Zoom versus the eClinicalWorks situation you went through, how you kind of roll it out across a broader ecosystem?

Harry: The larger, well-funded delivery systems have the luxury of having enough cash and can choose best-in-class solutions and integrate themselves or work with the vendor to integrate them. If you’re a CIO of a small clinic, you don’t have that luxury. In Washington, in Whitman Walker’s case, eClinicalWorks is funded by the DC Primary Care Association for all seven FQHC’s in the District of Columbia. So, it’s not a technology choice Whitman Walker made. They wouldn’t have been able to afford that kind of platform without the DC Primary Care Association. So, your ability to pick best-in-class really depends on who you are and what kind of assets you have to invest in technology. The bigger systems just have the luxury of doing a lot better job of picking best-in-class solutions. Although I will say that there’s a thorn there too, because if you let best in class run wild, you have a situation soon enough where vendors get acquired. What was best-in-class this year is not best-in-class next year. And so, you’re pulling things in and out of connectivity around your electronic medical record, which is kind of the heartbeat of it all. So, you’ve got to choose very carefully when you think about going best-in-class. Make sure it’s not going to get acquired by a bigger player because they’re so small right now, because that can also cause a lot of rework and a lot of spending down the road.

Q. Tell us a little bit about how your experience with CareFirst as a CIO of a health plan. How is that different from your similar role at a leading provider was is Kaiser. What are the big points of difference between payers and providers at a broader level when it comes to approaching digital patient engagement today?

Harry: Kaiser has two arms of its company. It has the insurance company, and it has the whole care delivery operations. And because of their scale, Kaiser has the luxury of truly picking best-in-class. And they have been an early investor in EHRs. They really put the Epic chart on the map, and they’ve been a big investor in digital solutions for their patients. When you get to the payer side, it’s a very different world because there’s a lot of intent to help on the clinical side. But it’s really around the edges as far as I see it, because at the heart, you’re an insurance company. So, when you look at the member portals of an insurance company, they are your claims, your explanation of benefits, your annual deductibles, and co-pays. They may have other services like telemedicine, but they are really rolling out telemedicine in support of the clinical community outside their four walls. It’s a different perspective. My observation is that the payers often have more money to invest in technology. The very large clinical delivery systems have money, but the smaller hospitals can really struggle to stay abreast of the technology. Implementing a hospital EMR, like Epic or Cerner, is millions and millions of dollars and a multi-year process. They often make or break projects for the organization. So, it takes a lot to bring up these massive EMR solutions.

Q. How does all the regulatory environments affect the pace of acceleration or pace of adoption of digital health and telehealth?

Harry: United States unlike a lot of countries has healthcare at the local level, rules at the state and often county level. With the pandemic, public health has been in a mess of a rollout because everything is at the local level. In Maryland, for example, we have state rules following CMS rules. Then we have county versions that are different. So, by county in Maryland, when you get your inoculation, it will vary because the rules are different. I say that as a backdrop because reimbursement and regulatory landscape is a little bit like this. When you think of the fact that providers during COVID almost universally are getting reimbursed for telemedicine, whether it’s a private payer or Medicare or Medicaid. Before COVID, they didn’t get reimbursed for a phone call. They are temporarily getting reimbursed for a phone call. If that goes away, it will hurt the lower income portion of the patient population. Same thing with provider credentialing. Whitman Walker Health, for example, wants to serve their communities in Maryland and Virginia with telemedicine services. If the rule switches back to what it was before COVID, that’s going to be a barrier for us. So, the more that CMS, HHS and the states can break down these healthcare islands and barriers through rule making or credentialing. I think it’s going to be critical. When CareFirst was looking to do telemedicine, we were looking to hire a third-party company to be our telemedicine provider. One of the big challenges was finding a company that had providers credentialed in every state and not all the companies did. So being able to learn the lessons of what worked and what didn’t work during this pandemic and be able to carry some of those temporary regulations and make them permanent, I think would be really valuable as we go forward.

Q. Can you talk a little bit about the startup ecosystem in the context of Whitman Walker? What are they getting right today and what are they missing?

Harry: Whitman Walker for the most part is using more established vendors. First, looking at emerging technology in the digital space, the biggest challenge I see is multiple vendors telling how incredible their new thing is. Most don’t understand the complexity of medicine. They don’t understand the complexity of health insurance. So, when you look at the life cycle of a claim insurance you look at the workflow in the clinical delivery side. These are incredibly complex today. Any vendor that wants to make it, must bring in enough clinical expertise that they understand and they’re not naive about how complex the health care world is.

Secondly, I would say going back to what I said earlier, they must be integrated with the major players. So, for example, Whitman Walker is implementing a texting solution called Well. And if you look on the Well website, they integrate with all the major EMR. So, we’re looking to do bidirectional text messaging with our patients. We’ve got to be wary of HIPAA rules, about privacy as we do that. And so, going with a major player, is important, but also going with a major player that fully integrates that into EMR is absolutely critical of the box. So, we’re not creating an island somewhere of information separate from the EMR. So those are two key areas I think are critical success factors.

Q. Big tech companies like Amazon, Microsoft, Google all have their sights set on healthcare. Companies like Microsoft have been in the enterprise workplace collaboration software space for a long. What can we expect from them going forward?

Harry: It’s a great question. On the truly clinical side, I personally don’t think a lot. Microsoft touted its own health record years ago, which is now shut down heavily. I think they’ve all struggled with solutions that rely on deep domain knowledge of healthcare. But if you take a broader view, AWS has done well. It’s not HIPAA certified, but it’s something like that. It’s an area that’s more secure to meet HIPAA regulations. Microsoft and Google have similar parts of their domain. That’s a big area because there’s a lot of fear in the clinical space of what do you put in the cloud. If I put it in the cloud, what happens if it’s breached and what are my liabilities from the perspective? I would say to payers and hospitals and clinics, delivery systems, to look closely at what these three companies call their HIPAA space in the cloud because they take no liability. They offer you increased protection, maybe from their regular everyday part of the AWS or cloud environment, but they’ll indemnify you for very little. But nonetheless, it’s where the world’s going. We are going to see more and more movement to the cloud, but I would also tell the healthcare domain spaces to move very carefully and thoughtfully because there is significant risk at the same time.

About our guest

Harry Fox is currently a Principal at Oak Advisor’s Group, a strategic advisory firm focusing on the intersection of information technology and healthcare.

Harry has broad experience with information systems and over thirty years working in IT leadership roles. He has a strong background and a focus on cybersecurity, healthcare systems, and strategic architecture. He has extensive experience in eCommerce, large scale systems development, data warehousing and business analytics. He has experience developing strategies for cloud, blockchain and big data.

Harry was the Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer and Shared Services Executive at CareFirst Blue Cross Blue Shield from 2011 to mid-2018. CareFirst is a $9.0 billion not-for-profit health care company offering a comprehensive portfolio of health insurance products and administrative services to 3.2 million individuals and groups in Maryland, the District of Columbia, and Northern Virginia. Harry was the most senior out executive at CareFirst and was the Executive Sponsor for ProPride, CareFirst’s LGBTQ Associate Resource Group.

Harry has also held senior-level positions at Kaiser Permanente, Coventry Health Care (now Aetna), and PricewaterhouseCoopers. He currently serves on multiple boards. He is on two private equity-backed healthtech company boards, Medliminal and Trusty.care. Harry also serves on the boards of two not-for-profit organizations, Whitman-Walker Health System, where he is the Board Chair, and Whitman-Walker Health a Federally Qualified Health Center (FQHC), serving greater Washington’s diverse urban community.

Harry is a graduate of the Wharton School, where he received an M.B.A. in finance.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Roughly, 30% of total healthcare spend for provider organizations falls into the shoppable category.

Season 3: Episode #72

Podcast with Bill Krause, VP and GM, Experience and Consumer Engagement, Change Healthcare

"Roughly, 30% of total healthcare spend for provider organizations falls into the shoppable category."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Bill Krause, VP and GM, Experience and Consumer Engagement at Change Healthcare discusses how the CMS’s price transparency rule will affect consumer’s shoppable behavior, the providers, the traditional payers, and the new emerging payers – the employers.

A better functioning healthcare marketplace requires transparency in access to information provided to consumers during their healthcare decision-making time. With COVID accelerating digital health, organizations supporting digital transformation can now drive the digital first approach and provide a seamless digital experience to consumers. Consumers’ journey to care begins with the awareness of their need, understanding the options of where they should go, and knowing their financial responsibility. This is the core of any digital transformation agenda. Access to information regarding price will drive consumer shoppable behavior beyond just going to a provider’s digital front door.

Bill states that, because of the new emerging payer in the marketplace, i.e., the employers, roughly 30 percent of total healthcare spend for providers fall into shoppable tests and procedures. He further projects that this is poised to grow in the future. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partners:  innovaccer-logo-black  

Q: Change Healthcare will be now a part of Optum from what we see in the news. Is that right?

Bill Krause: We expect the transaction to close in the second half of 2021, subject to regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions. Until that time, we will continue to operate in the market as separate entities. That means, for now, it is business as usual from both the Change Healthcare and Optum sides.

Q: Since we spoke on this podcast, you have continued to focus on payment, transparency, and solutions for healthcare consumers. What is driving that focus from a marketplace standpoint, and what is the emerging need you are trying to serve?

Bill: Several factors are going into this, and the government has also provided a fair amount of commentary around their rationale for putting forward the regulatory changes. From a customer standpoint, the provider and payer experience underneath it needs more information to be available at decision making time to inform consumers on their healthcare journey.  There is tremendous friction today with consumers in understanding their financial responsibility at points in time when they can manage and make decisions to address whatever those needs are. This friction in understanding has a ripple effect for provider organizations because it’s challenging for the revenue cycle departments to function at a high performance given the challenges. From a more macro standpoint, better-functioning markets require transparent access. This plays into the government’s objectives to create a more functioning health care marketplace.

Q: The CMS had announced the hospital price transparency rule in May 2019. The deadline for compliance is already up. Can you tell us more about that?

Bill: The CMS price transparency rule became effective on . The rule requires providers to post on their websites all prices in a machine-readable format and prices for a select group of shoppable services in a consumer-friendly format. That has changed the dynamic as it relates to making information available. The rule went much further than previous iterations of transparency rules requiring publishing providers’ chargemasters. Now, providers must put forward the negotiated rates for services that they have established with all the payer organizations that work with the providers.

Q: As a consumer, I should see some degree of price transparency, which allows me to exercise some choice. With digital transformation, I should see all this information online, make choices, and make payments before taking the service. How does this fit into the notion of a seamless digital patient experience?

Bill: It fits in a very critical way through a lot of the research that we have done with consumers around their top needs and friction points in healthcare. Among the very top is understanding consumer benefits and their financial responsibilities. When provider organizations are laying out their strategic priorities to transform digitally, financial management and financial information are among the top areas providers are looking to address first. For a consumer, the beginning of that care journey begins with awareness of what they need and then considering in more detail where they should go, their care options, and financial responsibility.

Q: Change Healthcare recently launched a solution to meet this need. Can you talk a little bit about that?

Bill: We had previously rolled out Shop Book and Pay™, which is the solution to create digital storefronts for provider organizations. You can brand and put forward into the public square shoppable tests and procedures. Last year, we decided to enhance the solution further by meeting regulatory requirements for price transparency. Many hospitals have adopted the solution to comply with transparency, host, create and host the machine-readable files, and meet other requirements around both tests and procedures in a consumer-friendly, self-service searchable format. So that’s part of our connected consumer health and patient engagement portfolio. It is an area that, as a company, we have been making a lot of investments and innovation.

Q: How are hospital administrators responding to the Shop Book and Pay™ solution? As consumers, are we going to see the level of transparency that is intended through this ruling?

Bill: As of December, the estimates were that about 60 percent of providers were still not compliant with the rule. The smaller providers are more likely to be compliant, probably because they cannot afford the three hundred dollars per facility per day penalty. For large hospital organizations, achieving that transparency is on the agenda, but they have not yet gotten into compliance with the rule. Across the US, there is varied adoption of the rule while many are still working towards it. The work itself requires a fair amount of detailed analysis of their contracts with payers and efforts to bring that data into a format to comply with the rule.

Q: What impact does it have on the business of the health systems?

Bill: According to the initial assessment, there has been tremendous interest from all parties in accessing this information to incorporate it into decision making, beyond just informing consumers. Many providers are just beginning to integrate ways to communicate the availability of the tool in a language that a consumer can understand. When you compared this to the situation prior to the CMS rule on transparency, there have been select examples in different markets throughout the country where transparency information was made available through a few contracting cycles.

Right now, among the top issues are the providers and payers thinking through what this means for pricing strategy for shoppable tests and procedures, which then will come back to consumers. It, however, will be driven more from provider and payer strategies than it might be from direct consumer shopping in the immediate term.

Q: Consumers who are covered by employer-based health insurance do not care who pays and how much. What would be driving this interest in increased transparency among consumers? Are there specific types of procedures that are now transparent to consumers, and is it making an impact in the way they make their choices? Is there a certain type of demography among consumers taking advantage of this more than the others?

Bill: The government has specified the everyday services and tests to be included in the consumer-friendly requirements of the rule. Things like physical therapy visits, office visits, and simple lab tests are the highest volume areas and have the largest everyday care needs across the broader population. In the case where a patient has purchased care prior to a service, the demography is typically a female in her early forties managing a household, and thus taking care of healthcare needs of the household and demonstrating a real tendency towards shoppable behavior. This demography is going to pursue shopping more frequently. The other thing is, there are many organizations that are growing quite rapidly in the arena of care navigation and support. When you think about the consumer holistically, the influences, and their healthcare experience, they will have other resources such as navigation services that an employer or organization may license for the consumer to use. There are other ways that steering and price shopping can show up and drive consumer behavior beyond just a consumer going to the front door.

Q: How did the pandemic impact consumer attitudes for healthcare services in general and price shopping? Has it accelerated the price shopping behavior?

Bill: It is accelerated the movement to digital healthcare journeys. There is a dramatic shift toward telemedicine behavior. The general behavior of interacting with a digital-first channel of care is the primary driver. This also supports the digital transformation initiatives of companies putting information transparency directly in front of the consumer. With the most recent rollout of price transparency, it is really in the first innings. It has not yet shown up from a shopping standpoint so much as just the general shift in the use of the digital-first approach to care, which is a precursor to shopping for care services and using transparency and further.

Q: We see more employers contracting directly with providers, taking control of healthcare costs, and funding something themselves. What do you make of this trend, and what kind of impact does it have on consumer behavior and price transparency and choice? Is there a correlation between this trend and what you see as the demand for your offerings in particular?

Bill: I see a correlation between those trends. Employers are taking an active role and driving our health care industry to be a more value-based care system. [9.9s] Direct contracting is an example of things that provider organizations, associations, and others representing the self-insured employer segment are helping to facilitate. There have been many examples of centers of excellence, strategies of large employers contracting with health systems for certain services, and more. Direct contracting strategy for price transparency and a focus on shoppable testing procedures is probably poised to grow even faster. For example, according to data shared by a payer customer, there’s a vested interest on both the provider and the employer organization to find new ways to direct contract to include shoppable tests and procedures. Previously, this interest might have been focused more on certain surgeries, service lines, and centers of excellence.

About our guest

Bill Krause is the Vice President and General Manager, Experience and Consumer Engagement at Change Healthcare. Serving the healthcare industry for over 12 years, Bill Krause leads innovation and solution development for patient experience management at Change Healthcare. In this role, Mr. Krause is responsible for the development and execution of strategies that enable healthcare organizations to realize value through leading-edge consumer engagement capabilities

Previously, Mr. Krause provided insight and direction into new product and service strategies for McKesson and Change Healthcare. He also managed business development planning, partnerships and corporate development across a variety of healthcare service and technology lines of business for those companies.

 

Prior to McKesson, Mr. Krause worked at McKinsey & Company as a strategy consultant, serving a variety of clients in healthcare and other industries. He received his MBA from Harvard Business School and his undergraduate degree from University of Virginia. He also served as a lieutenant in the United States Navy.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Solutions that meet patients, where they are and where they want to be, has tremendous legs in 2021 and going forward.

Season 3: Episode #71

Podcast with Colin Banas, MD, Chief Medical Officer, DrFirst

"Solutions that meet patients, where they are and where they want to be, has tremendous legs in 2021 and going forward."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Dr. Colin Banas discusses how they are uniting different stakeholders in the healthcare space through their concept – HealthiverseTM – and providing actionable solutions for a better healthcare experience and outcome to all.

According to Dr. Banas, the overall spend in the U.S. healthcare market in medication management and adherence space rose from 10 percent to 20 percent over the last few decades. In future, the opportunity lies in the solutions that meet patients’ needs wherever they are and where they want to be.

DrFirst serves hospitals and health systems, individual clinics, offer e-prescribing platforms, provide patient-focused price transparency solutions, and much more. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partner: PAUBOX_blue-250x25

PP: [00:01:02] Hello again, everyone. Welcome back to the podcast. This is Paddy, and it is my great privilege and honor to introduce my special guest today, Dr. Colin Banas, Chief Medical Officer of Dr. First Colin. Thank you so much for setting aside the time. And welcome to the show.

CB: [00:01:20] Thank you for having me. I’m honored to be here.

PP: [00:01:23] You’re most welcome. Thank you so much for that. So, let’s get started.

PP: [00:01:26] Tell us a little bit about Dr. First and the market need that the company is trying to address.

CB: [00:01:33] Yeah. So, Dr. First is a pioneering health technology company that’s been around for over two decades. In fact, we just hit our twenty first birthday on January 1st. And what started as an e-prescribing company, a medication management company, has morphed and evolved over these decades to include more and more solutions. And what we’re trying to do is unite all the different players in the health care space and break down the silos. So, we have this concept of the healthy verse. This is because there are so many different players in the health care universe that we’ve coined the term, the healthy verse. And we like to put the information in an actionable way in front of the key players at the moment of care so that we can provide better outcomes and better experiences for all of them.

PP: [00:02:27] So would you then call yourself a more of a data management and a data services company? Or are you offering solutions that use the data? Which side of the aisle would you see yourself more in?

CB: [00:02:45] Yeah, I love the word solutions and we are a solutions company, so putting actionable solutions in front of those key players is really where we sit.

PP: [00:02:54] You mentioned that the company’s origins are a prescription medication management that I imagine continues to be at the core of what you do.

PP: [00:03:04] So let’s talk a little bit about what are the biggest gaps that you see in this market today as you try to unite the data sources using the Healthworks concept that you talked about? And what really is the size of this opportunity? What are we talking about here?

CB: [00:03:20] Yeah, so I’ll start with the size question. I think it’s an interesting question, depending on how you define the medication management space and all of the various pieces and parts.

CB: [00:03:31] But what I’m reminded of is, if you look at the overall spend in health care in the United States a few decades ago, the medication management in its totality was probably 10 percent of the spend. And of course, the rest of it was 90. And over the course of these decades, it has inched up to the point where medication spend and all things related to it is closer to 20 percent now.

CB: [00:04:01] And so depending on how you want to visualize the pie of opportunity, it could be quite sizable. And when I think of medication management, I think of the lifecycle of the prescription from soup to nuts. The decision to initiate therapy and write the prescription all the way to getting it filled at the pharmacy to adjudicating the potential claim all the way to medication history services. So, when you’re seeing the patient back in the clinic or back in the ER or for an admission and trying to figure out patient adherence at that time. So, here’s really a whole lot of those places where our solutions intersect and can provide value.

PP: [00:04:45] Yeah, I’m familiar with the medication management and the medication adherence problems, and it’s a multibillion-dollar opportunity or a problem depending on how you want to define it.

PP: [00:04:56] And I imagine that, among other things, the life sciences companies, the pharma companies in particular are very interested in how to address those gaps because there’s some real revenue implications for them. So, who are your primary target markets for this? Are you serving life sciences companies? You’re selling providers. Who are your target clients?

CB: [00:05:19] Yes, to all of the above but really, I think the biggest opportunity and our biggest success stories are in the clinical space, health systems, hospitals, individual clinics and the solutions that again, surface robust medication histories. Price transparency could talk on about that and solutions that are patient focused and centered around patient activation. And so those are the things that really get me excited about the work that Dr. First is doing. We do have relationships with the payer community as well and trying to bring meaningful data from them into the workflow for our clinicians.

PP: [00:06:00] So, let’s pick any one of these constitutionalists, say health systems, for instance, how are they using your solutions? And then you walk us through maybe an example of how they use it and how the values created and abstracted. In other words, you’ve got a solution that helps them address their medication and hear those gaps. How are they using it? Are they using it for population health management as an example? How do they justify the investment in the solution? Is that a reimbursement component or Is the whole economics involved? Could you walk us through maybe an example using one of your prime journeys?

CB: [00:06:39] Sure. One of the ones with the most legs would be in that medication history, medication reconciliation space. So, we actually have a solution. And then layered on top of that is a patented AI and LP engine that we affectionately call smart. And I’ll tell you how this works. And so, we’re able to provide our clients with a robust medication history.

CB: [00:07:03] We give them a feed of the medications that were prescribed in the medications that are filled. And we actually fill in the gaps, perhaps, of what you may be lacking from our traditional medication history feed. Because we’ve been able to create relationships with independent pharmacies and payers and pharmacy vendor software systems. And so, we were able to augment the existing feed that you may have. And then we take it a step further and we use this AI engine smart to clean up that data, to duplicate it, to prioritize it etc. And then we can actually bring it into the electronic medical record structured. And then we can land it in the appropriate fields without having the clinician, whether it be the farmer or the nurse or the physician who is doing this interview to gather the medication history. We can land it in the appropriate fields so that you don’t have to re-input things. Believe it or not, even though we have all of these mandates for structure and for codify data when we’re transmitting prescriptions. A lot of times when we bring it back into systems, it comes in as free text. So, we’re actually able to solve the data cleanliness problem in a variety of venues. And what we’ve seen is by doing that, you can make the clinicians a whole lot more efficient. And so, we’ve seen client examples gaining efficiency from fifteen to twenty five percent in terms of the number of medication histories and medication reconciliation’s they’re able to get in a particular shift. And more importantly, the data they’re bringing in is accurate and actionable. And so, you can imagine that not only efficiency is important to whomever you’re talking to, but me wearing my safety hat, I actually like to think that the safety side of the equation is even more important. The fact that you’re not having to re-enter data that should flow seamlessly and potentially fact fingering some of those values can really help improve the safety side of the equation. One of our success stories and Covenant Health were in that 15 percent improvement in terms of efficiency. They saw a massive increase in the accuracy of the medication lists on the order of like thirty five percent improved accuracy. And by their own math, maybe we were able to claim a savings ROI of six hundred and fifty thousand dollars in a year. And that’s just one success story from one small piece of our solution set. So, you can imagine as I get the opportunity to describe other solutions and layer them all together, you can get this synergistic effect of improvements in the health care outcomes and the return on investment.

PP: [00:09:50] So that’s helpful to know if you put a number on the benefits system.

PP: [00:09:54] Twenty thousand dollars a year is a sizable number, I imagine, for how sustainable the other side is that you’re talking about.

PP: [00:10:05] When they approach this kind of situation, do you provide any commitments or assurances to them that they are going to achieve a certain threshold level of returns? Or how do you help them really make the decision? What conceptually it’s very straightforward that, yes, if we can improve medication, adherence and manage accuracy and medication and saw the benefits are obvious, it’s fairly straightforward.

PP: [00:10:29] But putting that into action and really helping your clients, specifically clinicians, pharmacists, to sell the idea internally and to gain approvals for budgets and so on and so forth is important. So, hoes it work today?

PP: [00:10:46] And what is one of the top things that they look for in order to feel reassured that this is actually going to deliver?

CB: [00:10:54] Yeah, it’s a great question and it’s become even more relevant in the current era that a return on investment wasn’t always top of mind when trying to pitch these solutions. But even more so now, things like automation and ease of implementation as well as return on investment have become increasingly important. So, one of the things we’re able to do with the solution I just outlined is we have a pretty robust return on investment calculator. And that calculator is based not only on industry standards, industry publications, but also success stories that we’ve been able to see with existing clients. And so, it’s an ever-evolving calculator that we’re able to provide and walk our health care partners through as these are the things you can expect to see. We also have a pretty robust applied clinical research arm at Dr. First. I’m happy to have that up with one of my colleagues. And, we’re constantly looking for partners who are wanting to study those things, just like you said, in order to as twofold. One, we want to give back to the research domain. We want to be able to show positive impact with the things that we’re providing. And then two, we would like to be able to tell those success stories to other partners and other potential partners out there. So, we do have a sort of a one to approach being able to help clients and potential clients with that return on investment.

CB: [00:12:21] So there’s other solutions in the medication management space, things like price transparency tools. So, showing the doctor what the co-pay will be for the patient at the time of writing the prescription so that you can make a more informed decision. Also, maybe, you can even select an alternative. Yet another one being able to provide patients after the moment of prescribing actionable text messages that can show them coupon cards or the prices that they can expect to pay again, as well as education. And so those things were also able to show our clients just through raw data. You know, this is the utilization that you’re getting from these particular solutions. And in the example of that patient facing solution, we’re also able to study adherence rates. And so, we know that when you get an engaged patient who is able to get those secure texts, we know that there are twenty five percent more likely to go pick up that prescription. And so that’s the kind of data that we can feedback. And ultimately, as you pointed out, these are the things that help build the case so that you can continue to layer on solutions with your partners or go extend solutions to new partners.

PP: [00:13:38] You mentioned depending on the focus on the ROI has become even more intense than it was before. Has the pandemic impacted the demand environment in any way, positively or negatively? Can you talk to what has changed for your company as a result of the pandemic?

CB: [00:14:03] Yeah, a couple of things. So, one, our own internal data shows us on the medication management space that adherence took a dip during the pandemic. Possibly due to cost concerns or patients losing their employment and thus their insurance status, perhaps.

CB: [00:14:21] And so back to those solutions that can help point out prescription benefits or help to activate patients so that they can see education, coupon cards, costs out of pocket. Those things actually have had a bit of an uptick in terms of interest in adoption. And a couple of things come to mind in terms of the impact on our company and our solutions. One, I even made mention to this a second ago, the ease of the implementation or the size of the lift seems to matter a great deal during the pandemic. And what I mean by that is there isn’t a lot of appetite nor time for multi month implementations that perhaps we had the luxury of before. But a lot of the solutions that we are able to offer up, especially in the medication management space, are very light lift. In fact, they’re often sort of unplug one and plug this one in and you’re good to go. And I think that has benefited us greatly in terms of being able to keep the momentum on a lot of our solution sets. So, we’ve actually some increases in our medication history space, our price transparency. This is again, unplug or perhaps an addition of our service to one you may already have. Go ahead and plug that in. And we’re talking light lifts for these things or under 20 hours for some of them. And that actually seems to be an appetite for that. So, you couple the ROI with the fact that you are not going to engage a whole lot of your internal IT talent. In fact, a lot of the lift is being done by us as the company. This seems to be a winning combination during the pandemic and even more than it was pre pandemic.

PP: [00:16:07] Medication management has been a target for quite a while by a number of different players in the industry.

PP: [00:16:14] And I imagine that the pharma companies obviously are tracking it from the point of view of their own products.

PP: [00:16:21] And I imagine that PBM would be another category that are really looking at the medication out in space and building solutions to create incremental value for their clients.

PP: [00:16:33] You talked a little bit about the competitive landscape. Do you compete with PBM’s, for instance, are you competing with an entirely new class of solution providers?

PP: [00:16:43] You talk a little bit about the competitive landscape.

CB: [00:16:45] I wouldn’t say that we compete with PBM. If anything, I’d rather use the word complement. And so, if you think about the traditional PBM relationships, they function in claims management for the most part. So, they have these relationships with pharmacies, with payers, with health plans. But again, traditionally they’ve had trouble getting upstream in the medication lifecycle to where the actual decision to prescribe something is being made. And that’s where we come in. We are leveraging relationships that we have at the point of care relationships with providers through our e-prescribing platforms, with our price transparency tools. And then also with the patients, again the solution I keep referencing about patient activation and patient engagement is called our e-inform. And it’s pretty revolutionary stuff in terms of being able to activate our patient base. And so again, I like that word complement the PBM’s. In terms of the competitive landscape, I would say there are other players in these spaces who are trying to skate to the same place. Or I can say independent solutions in terms of the ability to show price transparency or other prescription platforms and prescribing platforms, for example. And so I think that’s the competitive space that we’re playing.

PP: [00:18:05] And what do you see as the outlook for 2021? I know you said big technology firms getting into this in a big way. Amazon comes to mind. Obviously, their ambitions in the pharma space are fairly out in the open now.

PP: [00:18:20] What do you see as the demand environment going into 2021?

CB: [00:18:24] Yeah, you know, it’s always been interesting to keep an eye on quote unquote, the big guys for the past few years. In terms of their ambitions, I’m still not sure what to make of the Amazon play. But I do know, and I do think that there’s enough room for all of us. I guess, this is a good way to say it right now. And I do think that the outlook, at least in terms of things that are meeting the patient where they are in the name of consumerism. And I’m not a big fan of the term consumerism when it comes to patients, but I do think it fits. And so, the space to the extent of a solution that meets the patient, where they are, where they want to be, has tremendous legs in 2021 and going forward. And I think that’s the space that we’re filling nicely.

PP: [00:19:12] That’s fantastic. So, I guess we we’ll leave it there.

PP: [00:19:17] That’s a great positive note to end the podcast conversation on that column. Once again, it has been a pleasure having you on the podcast.

PP: [00:19:26] I wish you and Dr. First all the very best going into 2021.

CB: [00:19:30] Oh, again, thank you for having me so much. It really has been an honor.

[00:20:00] We hope you enjoyed this podcast. You can reach us at [email protected] with your feedback and questions.

[00:19:44] This podcast is brought to you with the support of our partner mailbox and secure email for modern health care right out of the box.

About our guest

collins-bannas-profile-pic

Colin Banas is an Internal Medicine Hospitalist and the former Chief Medical Information Officer for VCU Health System in Richmond, VA prior to stepping down after 15 fulfilling years to pursue consulting. He is proud to have testified before the U.S. Senate and the Office of the National Coordinator (ONC) on the topic of Health IT and the Meaningful Use Program and is a former Health IT Fellow for the ONC.

His interests center the role of big-data and analytics on patient outcomes and on novel forms of Clinical Decision Support, those that are outside of the realm of traditional rules and alerts, and include real-time dashboarding and intuitive usability designs.

He also helped spearhead the VCU effort to participate in the Open Notes initiative, where patients have access to their clinical documentation in real time. In 2017, Dr. Banas was humbled to receive the HIMSS-AMDIS award for Physician Executive of the Year from his peers.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Financially, you can’t just buy the best-in-class, so we look at our legacy systems and tools first

Season 3: Episode #70

Podcast with Pamela Landis, VP of Digital Patient Engagement, Hackensack Meridian Health

"Financially, you can't just buy the best-in-class, so we look at our legacy systems and tools first."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Pamela Landis discusses how they brought together a ‘digital ecosystem,’ a.k.a. a digital front door strategy. She also talks about how they engage patients at every major touchpoint of their journey by providing a seamless digital experience that is intuitive, consumer-friendly, and easy to use.

Healthcare is changing fast and patient needs must be addressed in a more front-facing way. While it is easy to look at best-in-class tools, financially they may not always make sense. At Hackensack Meridian, they first look at their legacy systems and tools to check for available core solutions to handle the digital patient engagement journey from a technology standpoint.

Hackensack Meridian plans to invest more in transforming themselves into a digitally-enabled organization and serve the patients in a digitally-enabled way that is consumer-friendly, like Amazon. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partner: PAUBOX_blue-250x25

Pamela Landis, VP of Digital Patient Engagement, Hackensack Meridian Health in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “Financially, you can’t just buy the best-in-class, so we look at our legacy systems and tools first.”

PP: [00:01:02] Hello, everyone, and welcome back to my podcast. This is Paddy, and it is my great privilege and honor to introduce my special guest today, Pamela Landis, Vice President of Digital Patient Engagement at Hackensack Meridian Health. Pamela, thank you so much for setting aside the time and welcome to the show.

PL: [00:01:22] Thank you so much for having me here.

PP: [00:01:38] So, maybe you could start by telling us a little bit about Hackensack Meridian Health and the populations you serve.

PL: [00:01:50] Hackensack Meridian Health is a relatively new company. It’s the result of a merger of two mid-sized health systems in New Jersey. We are now the largest health care provider in the state of New Jersey. It’s a really traditional looking health system where you have hospitals and physicians and other care entities all under one umbrella. We basically serve people from northern New Jersey all the way down the beautiful coastline in South Jersey. So, from here, you’ll probably find a Hackensack Meridian Health property. There are 17 hospitals in our network right now, and we actually have a mix of private and employed physicians and we have nine thousand physicians who are on our staffs.

PP: [00:02:43] That’s quite a large health system. It’s obviously a very well-known and prominent name in New Jersey. But thank you for that background and context. So as the VP of digital patient engagement, how do you define your responsibilities and who does it all report to?

PL: [00:03:02] I report to our Chief Strategy Officer and our CIO here, so it’s a dual report. And when Hackensack Meridian Health created this role about a year and a half ago, I’ve only been here a year and a half and came from Atrium Health and Prior to that Henry Ford Health System, where I worked on digital engagement tools and services to find health institutions. When I came here, Hackensack really wanted to say that we’ve got a lot of work that we need to do and we need to bring together a digital ecosystem.

So, it’s not just about websites, it’s not just about mobile applications. It’s not just about a patient portal, but it’s all of those things. And it also includes what I call our contact management. And our contact management is more than just taking phone calls. Our contact management is how we engage with our patients, our consumers and our teammates in all forms of online and offline tools and how do we build this ecosystem underneath. So that when you contact us, whether it’s through a website or through social media or through a forum somewhere or even through a phone call, we know who you are. We know what your needs may be, we understand how you want to be communicated with, and what answers that we can provide you. And so that’s basically what we’ve been building for the last year and a half. Some things around COVID have accelerated that process and something have actually decelerated that process. Because you’re so busy caring for a surge of COVID patients. Some things like you have to put on hold, but other things that you’ve been waiting to do, get unleashed very quickly.

PP: [00:04:58] And it’s often been told over the last several months that what was expected to take five years has now been accomplished in something like five months. This is because of the kind of urgency that COVID-19 created for us. You described at a high level what we would typically refer to as a digital front door strategy. So, it’s all of the above right patient portals, it’s about patient contact centers, and about digital patient engagement, which is why you define your role.

PL: [00:05:31] It’s how we do customer relationship management using modern tools and leading edge tools. And that’s where the crux of matter lies. So, there are some foundational pieces that is your EMR, you might have a CRM solution, some business intelligence tools, a patient portal or call center technology. And what my job is to nip those pieces together. Also, to make sure that the consumer experience is seamless, so it doesn’t matter what doorway they come in, they understand it. It’s intuitive and easy to use. It doesn’t take us to do all kinds of education up front. It’s just as consumer friendly as using Amazon and nobody’s there yet in health.

PP: [00:06:29] Healthcare, as you alluded to, has traditionally been behind other sectors with regards to consumer engagement, digital consumer engagement in particular. The Amazon experience is not there yet in healthcare. And one might see this as the opportunity really to up the game in many ways. And you talked about all of the foundational pieces, CRM platform, the EMR platform, the call center technology and others. And then, of course, there’s a lot of new solutions that are available to really create the best-in-class experiences that would create the sort of seamless consumer experience that you referred to. So how do you approach this and the creation of this experience? How do you approach it from a technology standpoint? I know it’s a two-part question, but can you walk us through one program where you’ve really transformed the experience.

PL: [00:07:28] I have been doing some of this work since 1995. And when we would say, we need to build a website to do X, Y and Z and it’s going to cost X amount of dollars. My leadership and I, working with over the years at all the institutions would say to me, that’s a lot of money. And so, I go back to like what healthcare did in the late 90s and early aughts. They were really investing their capital in foundational solutions, revenue cycle, EMR and also in clinical tools. Proton beam therapy is expensive, robots are expensive. And so, when we would come and say we need to do a digital patient solution and it’s going to cost five hundred thousand dollars. So, an executive might look at that and say, I could get some new 128-bit imaging slicers into my hospitals for that amount of money or I can hire four more nurses. Those were hard decisions to make. And so, a lot of times what healthcare was doing was investing in some of that foundational infrastructure. So, yes we’re behind. We in terms of a digital solution for patients have made very strategic decisions that we were going to invest in people and cutting-edge technology to deliver world-class care. Those are hard discussions to have and so you have to really make your case. I think, in the last 10 years what we have seen is an embrace at the executive level that is the model of healthcare is changing in a way that we have to now start addressing patient needs in a more front facing way than we have previously. So, what we’re starting to see, is the understanding among executives who said, I get it because I’m using these tools because my health system isn’t as easy to use as an Amazon or another tool. They now get a look at the financial services industry who have made a really successful pivot into digital tools. The health care leaders across the country are saying we need to do the same thing. So now, the work and the emphasis is going into that transformation. But it’s going to take a while because we still have a really important legacy tools that we need to optimize to be able to handle the digital patient engagement journey.

PP: [00:10:22] In that context, you have to your point, the legacy investments in some of the core platforms like your EHR systems, for instance. Now you are transforming the enterprise into more of a digitally enabled organization that can serve patients in a very digitally enabled way. And so, it requires a whole different set of perspectives on technology choices. So, when you look at transforming the patient experience, do you start with your legacy platforms from a technology standpoint, and do you look at what’s available? And then roll it out and make the most of it, or do you say, I’m going to look at what’s best in class out there and then I’ll be back into what I think is the right solution for our enterprise. How do you approach this?

PL: [00:11:12] How we do it here is we look first at our legacy systems and our tools. What we have here in our core solutions, you have to rule those out first. I mean, financially, you just can’t, like, buy a best in class. You just can’t do everything at once and then hope everything integrates that creates a long-term maintenance and support challenge that you want to try to avoid. So, the first thing you got to do is, for instance, here at Hackensack, can Epic do this? Can Oracle or Google do this? And if they can’t, then it’s time to say, there are wrap around services and tools that can integrate easily. And have API services available to integrate to an Epic or Oracle or a Google cloud platform. So, I look at those things first. And so, I try to look at our core solutions. Then we say, if they can’t meet it, are there companies that have relationships with those core solutions that have done the integrations? And if not that, then I go to the best in class.

PP: [00:12:29] Let’s say you’ve got some native features in Epic and they will do the job for you. But at the same time, you know that there are other tools out in the market for those same features that we plug and play easily with Epic and have a superior interface or a superior set of features. What do you do then?

PL: [00:12:57] Yeah, and that actually happens a lot more often that people probably understand. Sometimes you see much more elegant solutions in that third party market, and you have to prioritize which one is going to give you the biggest bang for your buck. Can you live with the way Epic open scheduling works today? Or do you need a layer on top of it from a company like Kyruus? And I think that those are individual business decisions that have to be made, understanding what you’re trying to achieve, what your goal is. Can you live with the 80-20 rule or do you have to say no? What is so important that we actually have to go outside.

PP: [00:13:41] That is a great example actually, that you just mentioned. And I’m sure that when you look at all the digital engagement touchpoints that are available to you, you could probably come across several in the category where you have an elegant solution that performs better than a native feature in your platform. Now, let me switch to the back end of the technology infrastructure. All the front end experiences that you describe can work seamlessly only if you have a robust backend. And that means that you’ve got to have your data centers or your cloud policies like the orders and infrastructure, your wireless infrastructure, all of the above. And you mentioned that your role has to do a report into the CIO as well as a chief strategy officer. So, I imagine you get very involved in a lot of these back and transformational initiatives that are going to help you deliver the kind of experiences that you seek to deliver. Can you talk a little bit about what are the top two or three things that you think are absolutely critical table stakes for you to be able to deliver the experience you seek to deliver?

PL: [00:14:51] Yeah, so as we’re recording this, we’re doing our vaccination rollout and we’re doing online vaccination scheduling. And so, we knew that we were going to get hit hard on our Web sites. And so, we at the front end engaged our partners in this. In this case, it was eight of US and in Epic our data center folks say, we’re going to get some traffic that we’ve never seen before. And all through COVID, we’ve seen traffic to our external websites at a rate that is unparalleled. So, let me give you one example. This time last year, we were getting about three hundred and fifty thousand visitors a month to our website, and now I’m doing about three million consistently. And so we started scaling up and we made sure that our backend was able to handle the load. On this vaccination scheduling, we actually understood that with Epic we had as much horsepower to handle all of that as possible. And there are moments during the day when you’re trying to schedule an appointment, you get the busy signal on the server, you don’t get it often, but you do get it. For example: A week ago on Friday, we opened up scheduling at our mega site at the Meadowlands and we opened up slots for people to make appointments. And we’re working with the state of New Jersey in the New Jersey State Police and the National Guard who are helping our staff at that site. But we’re managing and operating that site and using our scheduling tools. So, we had thirty-five thousand people scheduled within four hours. That’s a lot of traffic to our servers in that time and it went fast. And so the site performed and we were ready for it. We were monitoring it during the whole time, but every single slot was taken within four hours. And so, it’s always about planning and thinking that I’ll just double it. Well, you probably need to triple or quadruple it when you think that you’ve got enough and you probably don’t. And you’re going to need more in these particular use cases. I think that they’re extraordinary and off the charts for a while. But that’s what we’ve learned over the last year.

PP: [00:17:21] That is such an interesting anecdote here, Pamela. Eight months ago, everyone was talking about having to deal with a 10X and 15X increases in telehealth visits and what kind of challenges they represented for IT executives. How they are trying to scale up the infrastructure to make sure that the line doesn’t drop? You’re able to log in, you have high quality video and so on. And now we are talking about vaccines. So, it’s a very interesting change in tone, if you are talking about dealing with COVID-19 related virtual visits and not talking about vaccines. And I imagine that through these experiences, the ability to scale and also the potential for emerging technologies, specifically cloud, since you mentioned AWS will do it in a way that you’re able to meet the expectations of your constituents.

So, switching back to the digital front doors and switching back to digital patient engagement, you’ve been here for about a year and a half, but you’ve been doing this longer. So just looking at your Hackensack experience, what does your data tell you about the adoption levels for digital engagement tools among your patient population? And what is sense of the change in consumer preferences today?

PL: [00:18:47] Yeah, so here’s one piece of data. We saw MyChart usage in terms of activation. You always want to have people use MyChart as much as possible. But we were not, unlike many health systems across the country where adoption wasn’t as high as we want it to be. In the year of COVID, we increased MyChart activation to 68% and that was without doing one IOTA of marketing.

PP: [00:19:18] How does the benchmark with best in class, in your view?

PL: [00:19:22] So I would say that we are probably under best in class. We were probably in the bottom quartile of health systems around the country. When I look at some of the best ones around the country, like a Kyruus or somebody that has very high adoption rates or a Providence, Saint Joseph’s out there in Seattle. I would say we’re in the top quartile now. We’re not just in class, but we’re getting there.

PP: [00:19:47] Well, that’s significant improvement.

PL: [00:19:49] And if you think about it, Paddy, we didn’t tell anybody about it. It was just consumer demand that drove it. And that’s where I think we have a lot of learnings that have come out of this. People are now ready. Another anecdote was, there are still important tools like your phone lines. During this vaccine, when we started doing vaccinations, one of our phone lines, for example, would normally get about one hundred and fifty calls a day. It’s now running fourteen thousand calls a day. And it was like, to find a doctor and to hook people up to the right doctor in their area. The demand around health care services is exploding and it’s basically about the vaccine. Our challenge will be, how do we keep and capture those people after people are vaccinated? How do we make sure that they stay with us in care, that we start not only just vaccinating but caring for them through their life.

PP: [00:20:59] How does the profile of the population that you serve play in the adoption rates? Within New Jersey, do you see differences between one part of your area versus another?

PL: [00:21:15] Yeah. So, where I’m seeing the difference is if we’re thinking about the digital divide, here are two areas that I worry about in the digital divide. And I don’t have great answers and I would love for someone to give me the great answer. How do we help people where English is a second language and where they’re not native English speakers as much of our work is still in English only. And that worries us in some ways. And the other one is for those that are seventy-five and older, where digital adoption is lower than in other age groups. It’s still pretty decent, but it’s not where it needs to be. And when I think about the people who are most at risk having serious complications from COVID, those people who are 75 and older, and people from minority communities or people of color, I need to make sure that when we build these systems, we address those needs too.

PP: [00:22:18] It’s interesting you bring that up. One of my recent guests on this podcast is the CIO of Health System in Southern California that serves Medicaid populations, mostly Latin communities. They’re one of the things that you mentioned was very relevant in their context, which is the bilingual capability to whenever you turn on a digital solution. And, of course, the one thing that in their case, they had to deal with was serving low-income population. They had to really make some of their digital solutions backward, compatible with earlier generations of devices. And this was something that was counterintuitive to me. Maybe we’re on the latest version of iPhone. But their population are two or three or even earlier generations. To make healthcare inclusive for them, one of the big things about the digital divide is to make sure that the solutions reach everyone, not just certain parts of the public. That’s what I’ve heard from that vision. Sounds like that’s what you’re saying too.

PL: [00:23:26] Yeah, I am seeing the same thing. And a lot of folks say to us and when I look at the data in the state of New Jersey, they assume that those people of color or other groups don’t have access. They might not have broadband laptop access in their homes, but they certainly have phones. And here’s the other sensitivity. We need to be sensitive about how much we’re using in terms of their data plans. And I need to make sure that whatever we deliver is as efficient as possible so that we’re not sucking down a lot out of their data plans.

PP: [00:24:00] That’s another very important consideration as well. You worked in Atrium, you mentioned and prior to that Henry Ford Health System. And so, my guess is you’ve seen a lot of best practices from your peer group, health systems, both by virtue of your own experience, but also through your network in your community. So, can you talk about what you’re seeing as some of the best practices? Maybe one or two best practices that you would like to share with my listeners and maybe one from your own experience?

PL: [00:24:33] I think that a lot of groups are doing some things really well. So, when I go back to my former coworkers, the Atrium Health, I think some of the work that they’re doing there around the vaccine is just like a huge event at Charlotte Motor Speedway where they inoculated sixteen thousand people. We were really surprised by seeing the work that they were doing there and how they had really figured out the efficient way to manage those folks through such a large operational endeavor. Kudos to them for doing that work. I think that there are some folks across the country who have taken different approaches to it. Some of my colleagues around the country, their health systems are inoculating only. For instance, their own health care workers and a small cohort of patients. We at Hackensack Meridian Health are not only going to do our own health care workers, but we’re going to start servicing the public, too. It is hard work to take on that piece too, but we would be able to do all of this getting as many shots and arms as possible, not just for ourselves and not just for our own patients, but also for the communities we serve at large.

PP: [00:26:08] That’s so wonderful and thank you for sharing that. We are at the end of a time here, and I guess we’ll have to leave it at that for today. But I’m fascinated by all of the anecdotes that you’ve shared. And thank you so much for setting aside the time. I look forward to staying in touch with you.

PL: [00:26:25] Thank you, Paddy. I’ve enjoyed this. Have a great day.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

Pamela DeSalvo Landis is vice president of digital engagement at Hackensack Meridian Health Network, a $7 billion integrated network in New Jersey. She is responsible for the strategy and implementation of all voice, AI/ML, mobile, web, unified communication, engagement and collaborative technologies for patients, consumers, physicians and employees. Her team leads technology and development efforts around making it easier for patients and consumers to get access to healthcare services, particularly online and on the phone. Her team is building a 24-7 digital network operations center where all consumer traffic will flow.

Prior to joining Hackensack Meridian, she led digital efforts at Atrium Health in Charlotte, N.C. and Henry Ford Health System in Detroit, MI.

She is a graduate of Ohio University in Athens, OH and earned a master’s degree in health informatics from the University of Illinois-Chicago.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

In any healthcare organization, integration of third-party apps with your digital solutions can either make you or break you

Season 3: Episode #69

Podcast with Ray Lowe, SVP and Chief Information Officer, AltaMed Health Services

"In any healthcare organization, integration of third-party apps with your digital solutions can either make or break you."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Ray Lowe discusses the multi-year digital “overhaul” at AltaMed and the challenges they faced while driving adoption of digital solutions in the organization.

AltaMed predominantly serves a low-income population and underserved communities. There is a digital divide that exists out there. AltaMed strives to address those challenges while connecting with their patient populations electronically.

Ray also discusses the drivers of technology selection at AltaMed for building digital front door tools and mobile apps, and engaging with their patient populations. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partner:

Ray Lowe, Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer, AltaMed Health Services in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “In any healthcare organization, integration of third-party apps with your digital solutions can either make or break you.”

PP: [00:01:08] Hello, everyone, and welcome back to my podcast. It is my great privilege and honor to introduce my special guest today, Ray Lowe, SVP and CIO of AltaMed Health Services in California. Ray, thank you so much for setting aside the time, welcome to the show.

RL: [00:01:26] Thank you for including me today.

PP: [00:01:29] Thank you. Can you tell us a little bit about AltaMed Health and the patient populations you serve?

RL: [00:01:40] Sure, I’d be delighted to. So, I’m Ray Lowe, CIO and Senior Vice President for all of the health services. I’ve been with the organization for three years and in this time period, we actually have completed a ‘digital overhaul’ of the enterprise, including technology applications, patient engagements. AltaMed serves over three thousand patients at over 50 locations and the greater Los Angeles and Orange County areas with over one million visits per year. We provide services to the Medicaid, underserved populations that are primarily Latin, multi-ethnic, and many of those are 200 percent below the poverty level and 40 percent are pediatrics. Some of our services include primary care services, women’s services, pediatrics, HIV AIDS outreach. We also have programs for all-inclusive care for the elderly. We also have two other companies. One is the ALtaMed Health network, which is a strategic ______

again, focusing on Medicaid internal product, as well as a managed care organization known as Alterra.

PP: [00:02:48] Thank you for that background. I am obviously interested in learning about the complete digital overhaul that you referred to, and that will be the focus of our conversation. But before we jump into the digital transformation journey and AltaMed, I understand that it is also a pioneer in the use of the patient centered medical home concept, the PCMH concept. Could you talk a little bit about that experience and how that has worked for your population?

RL: [00:03:22] Sure. So, I just started PCMH or patient centered medical home until it actually started this in 2011. So, you have a bit of time working on this. We started with our pediatric populations in joint co-operation with Children’s Hospital, Los Angeles, and we also utilize the PCMH approach on our senior services. At its core, what PCMH is, it’s a way of coordinating care for our patients. It also means adjusting our processes and care to treat the whole person. Within our PACE program, we have nurses that manage patients ensuring they receive regular treatments, required medical equipment, special referrals and other type of clinically related activities. We also provide PT/OT, dental, and socializations to help them vibrant. We expanded this even further, including interdisciplinary care, which is our social aspects and social determinants of health. So, for our PACE seniors, our teams work to address both the clinical, the social interdisciplinary and any type of SDOH things that can impact them and their overall well-being.

PP: [00:04:35] You’ve been practicing this since 2011, so you would have been one of the pioneers in this concept. I imagine that you have a wealth of data and you’re utilizing that to drive improved outcomes for your population. So, you mentioned about coming out of a three-year digital transformation, digital overhaul. Can you tell us a little bit about that? What were the top priority areas for that program and what kind of programs are currently operational at AltaMed?

RL: [00:05:10] Yeah. Our priority is really providing quality care without exception. And from a digital health perspective, that really means patient centric care where, when and how they want it. AltaMed provides care for essential workers. Many of them are low income and underserved communities, this is a patient population that has been inadvertently left behind. I would say due to the digital divide that does exist out there. As we plan our strategy, first and foremost, we want to have a global strategy that provides care with flexible walls both inside and outside of our brick-and-mortar facilities. The second thing that we do with our digital health strategy is that we leverage our Epic MyChart. We call it MyAltamed portal for patient interaction and messaging. We went live with Epic in October of 2019 in a 10-month implementation cycle. And the interesting thing is we’re barely five months ago from a pandemic yet. And the digital solutions that we built – telehealth, remote patient monitoring, patient engagement strategies – are all centered around MyAltaMed in MyChart of Epic. So that we can have the rich clinical information and stay in good contact with our patients around them. In March of last year, if you draw that as a starting date, we had on our roadmap the virtual health, the tele visits and RPM and my diet partner and we were evaluating who would be possible candidates that we should be looking at. And for instance, on the RPM side Vivify, Livongo, VitalTech, McKesson and other ones that we were having conversations with, we had not selected one. And then even in terms of the televideo, we’re having conversations with American Well, Vidyo, Cisco extended care. In other words, what would be the right solution for the organization?

In our digital journey, we learned quickly through the pandemic that we had to be able to deliver a televisual platform around that. The third area we’re looking at is transitions of care and managing our patients in the hospitals and beyond our hospitals as a case management. This is all about data interchange and being able to mine the data so that we can have timely data and we can do the proper kind of interventions. A fourth area we’re looking at would be in our women’s services and their pregnancy journeys. What is the type of handheld app that can help on the mother baby journey. Be Babyscripts, be it mommy or others that help our pregnant moms as they’re going through their different trimesters and their wellness checks and then again, continuing expanding our care on the walls for our PACE participants. The pandemic has really reduced the amount of participants that can actually come to our centers. And so, we’re looking at how do we continue to have the seniors be vibrant, receive the same amount of care in a technology supported method. And often you’re dealing now with a population that may not be the most technically savvy, but we want to make sure that they are not afraid of the technology, how to use it. And lastly, again, looking at the wage aspects on the care and helping our patients access to services.

PP: [00:08:45] Well, that sounds like a really comprehensive digital transformation program.

You cover pretty much everything that would be considered a high impact area. So, you talked about telehealth, remote patient monitoring and mobile applications for the populations. The question that comes to my mind is you mentioned that you serve predominantly low-income populations, and you also mentioned the digital divide that is out there. So, in that context, what kind of unique capabilities or unique enablement do you have to plan for and put in place for your populations to get the same access to the same quality of care as anyone else?

RL: [00:09:28] You really hit the nail on the head. That’s one of our most significant challenges, an area that AltaMed strives, which is to be culturally sensitive. Rather, the majority of our patients are Spanish speaking. They may only have a third or fourth grade education. So how do you communicate with them when you start even at the top with Epic systems in Verona, Wisconsin, as we launched our Epic MyChart, our cultural and linguistic folks know the Spanish translation. And so, we work jointly with Epic to really enrich a Spanish translation so that users can understand it more easily. Again, we are working here in East Los Angeles, a very heavy Latino area versus folks in Madison that may have more a Google translation of Spanish, but that’s a big key area around there. The other thing that we’re seeing is there are a lot of folks building apps that may work on an iPhone 10 or something new or maybe an iPhone 8. But when you’re dealing with the underserved and low income, oftentimes they may not have that latest iOS system. They may not have an iPhone 6 or 4 because they can’t afford to get a new iPhone. With this patient population, they’re making decisions on whether they pay their cellular bill or whether they’re putting food on the table or the real decisions they have to make every day in terms of how they spend their valuable dollars. So, when we look at the technology solutions, we require the language diversity, backward compatibility on different types of iOS systems and ease of use. And you would really be amazed to hear that many folks don’t think about it as they’re delivering and bringing things to market.

PP: [00:11:22] Wow. That is something really counter intuitive. Having to plan for backward compatibility. And a lot of us are looking at the next version of the iPhone as opposed to an iPhone that is three or four generations ago. But it’s a very real problem that you’ve described. I think this is what healthcare is all about, making sure that it’s inclusive and it serves the needs of all populations. You talked about a lot of technology choices here and all the different platforms that you would consider Livongo and so on. When you assess technology partnerships in your technology choices for implementing digital programs for the population, what are you looking for? What are the top two or three things that drive your decisions, especially as it relates to digital front door tools and mobile apps and engaging with your populations?

RL: [00:12:18] So we rely heavily upon Epic through either the user groups, what we’re seeing in the App Orchard, because it’s really so strong and sharing the best practices we’re able to learn from UPMC, from Cleveland Clinic, Kaiser Stanford in terms of their journeys. And they make it available so your learning can be faster because they’ve proven what technologies can work. Speaking more about the App Orchard, in any type of healthcare organization, the integration of third-party apps can make you or break you. And further it will tell how well that digital solution will integrate. Granted with enough time and money, you can make many things work, but when you’re doing a digital transformation in a matter of months. And which is really the pace which most of us are going now versus years of kind of playing with ROI and fed and interfaces etc. You really need to be pretty clear that it’s going to integrate very easily, stacking them together just like Legos so that you can turn something on in a couple of months versus looking at maybe six months or eight months later. And part of innovation is failing quickly. So, you can learn around that. And by taking that approach, you can easily see the results before you’re so committed to a program or to an approach. The other things we’re evaluating is now e-console platforms are really becoming very interesting right now in terms of how we help our providers. And we’re looking also ambient voice for provider productivity and ease of use. And then on the patient side, kind of looking at our elders and some of the other areas is can we extend tablets out to them that they’ll find easy to use? And again, kind of addressing that inherent digital divide so that they can be connected electronically to AltaMed.

PP: [00:14:27] One question that comes to mind when you talk about a range of digital solutions that you’re trying to implement is how do they pay for themselves? There is a reimbursement component to it, a ROI component to it, and obviously there’s a cost component to it for the patients as well in terms of the devices or bandwidth access and a range of other things. How do you go about looking at this from a business standpoint?

RL: [00:14:56] That’s a great question because you need to look at why are we innovating? What is the business outcome? There may not always be a financial reason, a financial payback. And when you look at the quality and doing what’s right for the patient and so that by extending solutions to them is the right thing to do. Honestly, I would say, again, we went live in October of 2019. And before that, if you wanted to come to AltaMed as an essential worker, you’d have to take a day off. You may have to take multiple buses to come in. You could not auto-register etc. And when you look now in 2021 in January, we offer both telephonic or tele video visits. We provide this with the ability to bring in language translation services to the mom with that kid that could be sick or somebody with the URI, which is very prevalent. People are very concerned and able to address those needs. So that’s really about doing the right thing for the patient, because nobody wants to go into a hospital and nobody really wants to go to a clinic, but you still can provide that care for the patient at the right time.

So, I look at a lot of that. ROI is what’s the right thing we need to do for the patient. How do we need to do about quality as well? You mentioned reimbursement. That’s always a tricky topic because now we’re talking about the feds and how the CMS guidelines are reimbursing or not reimbursing. And that could be complex sometimes. It does affect timing sometimes in terms of what you introduce for your digital solutions. But I think ultimately keeping what’s at the best interest of the patient is where we need to be. And I think the other part of it is when you’re implementing, you need to understand what is the provider workflow change will look like and what will the patient look like? You can put in some very cool digital tools, but if it’s not adopted, you won’t be successful with the outcomes you need.

PP: [00:17:08] That leads us to obviously the big question, how do you get people to adopt to it? And at this point, we are not just talking about patients, but we’re also talking about caregivers. What kind of training, what kind of enablement do they need? How do you make them change their workflow or their daily problems? So, this is not new to you. This is a universal challenge across all of healthcare. Can you talk about one or two things that you consider a success in this regard in driving adoption?

RL: [00:17:39] I can use a language and I can use a tele-video as both example, because they’re all very new. Again, if we go back, it was April 8th of 2020, the CEO came to me and he said, give me a video solution. And I’m like we didn’t even have anything instantiated. And then CMS was dropping their HIPAA requirements. It was making it much more open. You could do some video, other areas to address it. But we want to make sure that what we talk is still a HIPAA compliant approach. So, we didn’t expose anything accidentally or put anybody in a breach type of position. So, we actually selected two, which was Doxy and Doximity, which is widely used in healthcare with an eye towards a long-term solution which should be integrated with Epic, launching out of Epic etc. It’s a change moment, right. We got it to work. We try to be the correct flows and templates inside of Epic. We trained the providers and yet there was a lot of confusion because they really didn’t know and patients didn’t understand on personal care going into a black room. It was really very challenging in terms of driving the adoption.

So, what we did is we reset, and we created a digital center of excellence within two of our clinics where they would primarily focus around the televisual experience. This includes language and other requirements that we would have so that we got really good at it. And then we’re able to share those best practices across the other two hundred plus providers in all time so that it’s much more standardized. The other thing I did, as well is that from a training perspective, my training team was certainly conducting a lot of distance training, web training as a norm and we weren’t getting the results. So I said, you need to meet the providers where they are. And we could do Zoom training, Webex training all day, but they’re not quite getting it. So, we really doubled down, tripled down on the hand training with the folks and they had hours working with them. The clinics up there, again, able to be much more comfortable with the usage of the tool.

PP: [00:20:00] Yeah, those are very interesting examples. You talk about innovation; you talk about it few times that you’ve accomplished quite a bit within a very short time given the pandemic and everything. And possibly because of the pandemic in the sense of urgency that created around the implementation of some of these programs. Does the other side of driving innovation rapidly? You refer to it in passing when you talked about failing fast and learning quickly and moving on? So, how do you manage the risks of innovation, especially the innovation that comes to it in the form of a solution that’s been developed by digital health startup? And what is your advice to startups who are looking to engage with you and be part of your innovation journey?

RL: [00:20:50] That’s a multipart question. So, I think it’s actually cited in your book. From an infrastructure perspective, have a sound foundation in terms that you can go ahead and sprint and look to leverage your technology backbone to deliver these resources. There are so many different workshops or data center processing activities hosted solutions that can cause many problems to fail, technical debt etc. And there was quite a bit of technical debt here. I remember I heard there’s a great quote from Warren Buffett that when the tide goes out, you discover who’s been swimming naked.

PP: [00:21:40] Yeah, I’ve heard that one too.

RL: [00:21:44] Yeah, I love that quote. And a lot of folks, that have been ignoring their technology infrastructure, just putting it off, extending the life they were caught when the tide went out. So, the investment of understanding the life cycle and the technology that you’re building. Again, we kind of did almost a wholesale upgrade from our data center to our networks that are happening out there. And part of that is building really strong partner relationships. I selected, of course, AT&T and heavily with Cisco, NetApp and partnerships with Presidio networked connection. And I had to leverage those technology partners. And the thought leadership where I had gaps in my own team’s ability to deliver. But the net sum of the parts just delivered superb results. I like having executive briefing sessions. And again, at Cisco, there’s a girl, Catherine Howe, who’s the director of their healthcare, and we had an EBC with her. And I was putting all of the Cisco products and we went through an exercise that was actually able to determine for what we wanted to deliver, that I have actually made all the right technology choices. And so, I was like, OK, turn the afterburners on, we can go even faster. And that occurred about at the end of 2019. So that was a good way to start from a technology perspective. But then you ask me, what do you share to startups, what would you tell them? You know, there’s so many great ideas and companies that are out there. I manage the risk by having a joint review of my diet partner, Dr. Eric Lee. He’ll look at the clinical expertise and how the workflow is and the experience and what is seen.

So, we’re able to assess it from a clinical perspective. And I look at it from overall systems perspective, interoperability, security, how it works in the overall ecosystem, whether it’s a sound business decision, etc. And ideating between the two of us, we really kind of come up with a very solid solution that we’re very confident as we move ahead. But other startups, I think they have a very clear vision of what problem they are trying to solve. I know some folks say that they will do RPM primarily for diabetes management and they will be moving to a CHF type platform or COPD or other type of chronic disease states. I appreciate that honesty. They tell me what they’re really good at and where they’re going to go. I know where the baseline is from or I get a little more perplexed when people tell you they can do it all that is also known as advertising, but not in line, I think what they say is very disappointing.

And then people also underestimate the integration activities, or they don’t have good technical resources to make it easy for the health system to ingest the product and to start getting results, ultimately you want us to be your evangelists of why this product is the best thing, sliced bread. And this is the outcome of what we’ve been able to achieve by them.

PP: [00:25:01] I think that’s great advice to start ups. You mentioned that you have a clinician, a partner with whom you work very closely in determining how to roll out these programs, what programs to learn, how to roll them out and what kind of technology foundation you need to have in place and so on. Can you talk a little bit more about your governance model? What is the governance structure for driving these initiatives? Do you have a board level, C- level approval?

How do you prioritize? Can you talk a little bit about how do you fund, how do you prioritize it and implement?

RL: [00:25:46] Sure. The term digital is a very broad term. Who you talk to, it means different things. In AltaMed we do have a structured governance process that is overseen by our Executive Governance Leaders Committee of which I’m a member of. It is basically the C-suite where key decisions are made. But then when I look at, there’s really four areas that you drill down into. One part of it is the digital engagement or the patient front door, which is your website, social media and CRM patient engagement activities. Another key is going to be your clinical digital, which is tied to your EMR and the related applications and how that’s working. We try to leverage as much as we can out of Epic and the MyChart as versus looking at third party apps to have to be built on because Epic is very rich. The technical digitalization, which are many of the hardware vendors, also want to talk to you about that data center or ______

. And those are managed primarily under my direct purview. And then as we look at innovation and destructive areas, there is business strategic oversight with as I spoke earlier on, women’s health RPM and how we can leverage other types of services. So, each of these four contribute to digital. I may have left out a few other areas that are out there. But it’s a top 10 list that I review with a CEO so that I stay aligned with the CEO’s plans and what we’re supposed to be executing. The budgeting and prioritization is an art. There are lots of apps that come up and there are lots of shiny coins that are thrown out there. But again, through maintaining focus on one of those top trends and other things come up, perhaps we can put them under a sub project of one of those ______

. But as you look at something with a significant investment, we look at what is the total cost of ownership, what’s the ROI and what are the KPIs that we will be achieving. And are we going to be achieving those for a very large investment, say, over 10 million? We may bring in an outside consultant to help us get through it. So, we really understand how we’re going to be achieving those type of KPIs. But it ultimately has to make good business sense, good financial sense. And we really should not be doing it just for technology purposes. We need to have a direct business outcome to it.

PP: [00:28:25] That’s very comprehensive. We’re almost out of time here. I want to ask you just one final question here. If there’s one best practice from your experience with digital transformation and augment that you would like to share with your peers, what would that be?

RL: [00:28:42] Yeah, I would say this. I mean, I met late on my journey on this. And as I’ve been able to review your guys book, it’s really good. I mean, thank you. It lays out the steps, the technology, the approach. So, I think if you’re trying to figure out where and how to go your digital journey, if you use your book as a reference, it will be very helpful.

And the second part of that is, again, you need to have a solid understanding once the solution is implemented that you keep both a provider and a patient centric view. You cannot keep an eye view because that would ease the adoption and accelerate the overall benefits. Yeah, don’t make it an IT project, right?

PP: [00:29:27] That’s correct. All right. Thank you so much for those kind comments about the book. And I will be sure to pass this on through ahead as well.

PP: [00:29:38] Well, I guess we’re going to have to leave it there for today. It’s been such a fascinating conversation. Thank you so much for taking the time to share your experience, your insights, best practices.

PP: [00:29:50] And I look forward to following all your successes going forward.

RL: [00:29:54] Thank you. Thanks for inviting me today. I really enjoyed our time.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

season3-ep69-podcast-with-raymondlowe-profilepic

Raymond Lowe joined AltaMed Health Services in January 2018 as Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer. He is an accomplished healthcare Information Systems (IS) & Information Technology (IT) executive with extensive experience in complex system delivery and operations. At AltaMed, he is responsible for all aspects of IS and IT for the organization, including strategy, innovation, delivery, operations, cybersecurity, data reporting, health plan and clinical applications, and merger and acquisition activities.

Among his many accomplishments at AltaMed, Mr. Lowe has been integral in the organization’s clinical systems transformation from the legacy system to EPIC, implementing the new Electronic Medical Record (EMR) platform system-wide,  while meeting strict timeline and budgetary parameters.

He also spearheaded the establishment of foundational infrastructure, cybersecurity enhancements, and application stabilization required to support the enterprise organization. Prior to joining AltaMed, Mr. Lowe spent several years with Dignity Health as their Senior Director of Technology and Infrastructure. There he was responsible for the strategic design and delivery of IT transformation and optimization, including their Data Center, Network Consolidation, Unified Communication, and application rationalization. He also served as the Senior Director of Clinical Applications and Implementations for the Cerner EMR at seven Dignity Health hospitals.

Mr. Lowe has more than 20 years of knowledge and experience in healthcare IS/IT leadership including roles with Providence Health Services’ California Region and as Chief Information Officer for Kaiser Permanente Information Technology – Los Angeles Metro Area. Throughout his career, Mr. Lowe has been recognized with such distinguished honors as Becker’s 100 Top CIOs to Watch in 2019 and 2020, and BT150’s Most Transformational Leaders in 2019 among other noted recognitions.

Education:

M.S. Engineering Management, University of Southern California
B.S. Electrical Engineering, University of Southern California

 

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

It’s vital for tech firms to earn and maintain the trust of people we care for

Season 3: Episode #68

Podcast with Dr. Vivian S. Lee, President of Health Platforms, Verily Life Sciences

"It’s vital for tech firms to earn and maintain the trust of people we care for"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Dr. Lee shares some examples of how the intersection between traditional healthcare and technology can be beneficial to improve healthcare outcomes and reduce costs of care.

The relationship between a healthcare provider and a tech provider is more about co-producing, co-designing, and working together for better health outcomes. To accelerate the pace of change in healthcare, technology firms must earn and maintain the trust of people. At the same time, digital health innovators must transform care and the way we pay for it. Dr. Lee also discusses her book , and how employers, who cover healthcare for half of the population in the U.S., will play a significant role in transforming the healthcare system. Take a listen.

Our Podcast Partner:

Dr. Vivian Lee, President of Health Platforms, Verily Life Sciences in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “It’s vital for tech firms to earn and maintain the trust of people we care for”

PP: [0:01:03] Hello again everyone, and welcome back to my podcast. It’s my great privilege and honor to introduce my special guest today, Dr. Vivian Lee, President of Health Platforms at Verily Life Sciences. Vivian, thank you so much for setting aside the time and welcome to the show.

VL: [0:01:11] Thanks so much, Paddy, it’s wonderful to be with you.

PP: [0:01:25] You’re most welcome. Can you tell us for the benefit of our listeners a little bit about Verily and its mission?

VL: [00:01:33] I joined Verily about two and a half years ago, not really knowing much about the technology sector. For those of your listeners who may not know much about Verily, let me give you a little bit of background. Verily originally started as a part of Google X. We were originally called Google Life Sciences, and then we were spun out and became one of the best of the Alphabet family when Google became Alphabet. From the beginning, we were purpose-built to develop life sciences and healthcare products. When I joined about two and a half years ago, I was to lead health platforms. Our mission really has been to think about how we can leverage some of the really remarkable capabilities in Verily, whether it’s new sensors and devices like continuous glucose monitors for people with diabetes or big data analytics, machine learning capabilities. And how do we leverage all of those in order to really improve our healthcare system and help reduce the cost of care. We are very mission driven organization and we’ve been very fortunate to attract some really wonderful talent. I feel very, very privileged to be in this role.

PP: [00:03:03] Thank you. That’s a great background. Vivian, you’ve had a very distinguished career, you’ve been a healthcare leader for a long time, you’re a clinician by background, and you’ve spent a long time with some leading providers across the country and now for the last couple of years you have been on a technology firm. What is the change been like? Can you maybe touch on a couple of your observations or learnings from your experience in the last couple of years at Verily?

VL: [00:03:38] Yeah, I’ve learned so much and thanks for this question, because it’s really interesting for me to reflect on just how much I have learned. There is so much complementarity between the healthcare environment and the technology environment and culture. I feel like the intersection of the two is exactly where there’s a sort of a sweet spot in terms of what I think we need in the industry in order to improve health outcomes and reduce the cost of care. And I’ll give you a couple of examples. When I went through medical school and residency and training and then worked in a number of different healthcare environments, I was always taught that we as physicians are really providing healthcare to patients. It was sort of more or less a unilateral kind of relationship. We understood about biology and physiology, and we had medications and tests that we could perform or operations that we could do. It was really our job to deliver health to people. When I joined the technology side, I came to realize that there’s a very different way of thinking about the relationship between the provider or the business and the customer or the patient. It is really the one that is much more about co-producing, co-designing, and really working together. And that plays out in the way in which we think about, for example, digital health, digital technologies or virtual care. So, when we have our company called Onduo, which is a digital health company, really help people with chronic diseases like diabetes, cardiovascular disease, like hypertension or mental wellbeing. We actually don’t think about ourselves as being the provider of health. We think about how do we work with people to co-produce their own health. We can provide information, for example, from a continuous glucose monitor about their blood sugars. We can help them take pictures of their meals and snacks from their camera on the app on their cell phone. And then they actually make the visual association between what they’re eating and how they’re sleeping, how they’re exercising, and then what their blood sugars are doing. We might make some recommendations using our algorithms and say, Paddy, for you soya milk seems to be better than skim milk in your coffee. But Vivian, for you maybe the skim milk is better. That can be helpful, are we’re really helping the individual produce their health. So that’s one example of how the intersection between traditional healthcare and technology can be really beneficial to improve health outcomes.

Another example is, in healthcare we have traditionally kind of used a one size fits all approach to caring for people. When I was in medical school, every patient was a 70 kilogram white male. The medications were dosed as if the individual was a 70-kilogram white male. And someone just corrected me yesterday and said, on these days, it’s like the 90-kilogram white male, which is not a good direction to be going with. On the technology side, of course, we all carry around very similar phones, but our interaction with those phones, the way we use the phones, the experience we have, and the benefit that we derive from them is extremely personalized. That’s another example of where I think technology can help us in healthcare. Think about how do we create healthcare solutions that are really personalized and sensitive to cultural differences, the language differences to differences in perceptions about our own health. And making it engaging so that people can again, co-produce and co-design their own health.

PP: [00:07:43] Those are great examples of the intersection of healthcare and technology. Now, the third element of that, which I know Google is really strong at, is the data side of it. Google is known for its ability to aggregate very large data sets, make sense of them, apply advanced analytics algorithms to them and identify insights that can drive action. And I can’t think of a sector which can benefit from this kind of capability more than healthcare as we know it today. So, my understanding is that Verily is focused more on the clinical research side of it, although you did mention the partnerships with Onduo and I’m aware of the partnership with Dexcom. And more recently Fitbit is going to be part of the family as well. Can you talk a little bit about how the data element plays into your overall mission for driving improved healthcare outcomes?

VL: [00:08:52] Verily is actually a sister company to Google, we are both part of the Alphabet family. Of course, Google is a much bigger sister than we are, but we’re actually a completely separate company in many regards. So just to clarify that, we all are definitely part of the Alphabet family, though. Your question about data is a really good one. Our roots are in research and in clinical research, that’s definitely how Verily got started. So, that’s why when I joined about two and a half years ago, getting close to three years now, actually, my charge was to think about the delivery side of healthcare. And your question about data element is really a spot on. So, we think about it in terms of are there new data sources we should be introducing that can actually help engage people and drive better outcomes? One example of that is our work in the continuous glucose monitor technology, which we have done in partnership with Dexcom. So, there it’s really a matter of saying that people with diabetes in the past, the information that they had about their own blood sugars was really based on either of these hemoglobin A1c blood tests that you might take every six months or even a year. Or maybe if you’re daily doing the finger pricks to check your blood sugars and saying, well, maybe that’s not enough information for individuals to really manage their blood sugars successfully. And so, the idea of having a continuous glucose monitor, is maybe the size of a key fob that you might put on your arm or your abdomen. They can measure your blood sugars 24/7 for a couple of weeks. At a time, it can provide whole new levels of insights for individuals and whole new data sources for people in order to manage their health better. And so, that’s one example of data, thinking about data to provide not only insights, but personalized insights, because my blood sugar reaction to what I eat is going to be very different from yours. We see that consistently across thousands of people that are part of our programs, that we all are very different. Our physiology is very different, our microbe biome is actually very different. And that is the way our blood sugars react to our meals and exercise is actually very different. Another example of data is in a different area that we’ve been working. We actually started a new company, which is a stop-loss health insurance company. We announced that last year in partnership with Swiss Re and there we have a whole different kind of approach to data and analytics to create what we call a precision risk analysis. So, this is for employers who are self-insured and are, of course, managing the health of their employees and covering the insurance. And enabling them to have a more precise understanding of the risk of their employee population. The purpose is to enable us working with them and to think about how they can reduce the risk if they can see some of their populations of patients are at higher risk. For example, developing kidney problems or developing cardiovascular problems, how can we intervene and lower that risk? So that’s, again, very data driven, data science, and analytics driven. So those are a couple of examples.

PP: [00:12:53] I will come back to the point you made about helping employers manage their employee population and manage their health, especially for chronic conditions such as diabetes. But thank you for clarifying the organizational structure. Many of us, me included, may not have been entirely familiar with how Alphabet and Google and different companies within Google are organized. So, thank you for clarifying that. I am aware that it is really a separate company and you have investors besides Alphabet as well. Let me switch to the topic you just mentioned, the employers and their desire to control the costs of healthcare for their employees. And everybody knows that one of the biggest components of any employer cost base is healthcare and is certainly one of the fastest growing in terms of the inflation year upon years. And in your book, The Long Fix, you addressed and you talk about why we should be concerned not just about the cost, but also about what we’re spending on. Can you elaborate on that a little bit for the benefit of our listeners? What led you write the book and what was the central theme or message that you were trying to communicate through the book?

VL: [00:14:31] I wrote the book – The Long Fix – during a sabbatical after serving as the CEO of a healthcare system for about six years and the dean of the medical school actually. And the audience for The Long Fix was really the general public, people who wanted to understand why is it that our healthcare system seems so dysfunctional? Why is it in the news all the time? And why there is fundamental paradox of healthcare in the U.S. that is we spend so much money on healthcare in this country. We spend about two to three times as much per person on healthcare than any other high income country in the world. Yet when you look at our health outcomes, we’re really at the bottom of that list of those high-income nations for the most part. And so how we are overspending and yet underperforming? And one statistic, for example, when people say, I can’t believe our health outcomes are really that much worse than Germany or Australia. And actually if you look at longevity, that’s one of the measurements. I mean, how long on average are the babies born today going to live right now? The current projections are for five or six years, not months, but years, less than the average baby born in Italy, Japan, Israel, and Australia. It’s really stunning. And so, I really wanted to understand this question and I wanted to offer some thoughts about how we could actually get to a much better place. And those thoughts were not my own thoughts, or they were just a figment of my imagination. They were really a lesson from across the country where there are fantastic examples of much better performing health systems, much better ways of thinking about improving health and I wanted to share those success. And so, that really was my overarching goal in that book. And one of the targets was employers. So, I have a chapter just dedicated to employers with this. I think there is a 10-point action plan at the end. Employers, as you know, cover healthcare for half of all Americans. So, they are very important group of individuals who really need to understand how to bend the cost curve for their employees and keep them healthier. Also, it is important to understand that they’re financially and operationally motivated to do that. And yet they really haven’t had the tools. And so, I wanted to lay out and I wanted to provide in that chapter some really fantastic examples of how employers have worked together with healthcare systems. They worked not only to get better health outcomes for their employees, but actually lower their costs of care and get those costs down. From interviewing people and from talking to people, I put together basically an action plan. So those are some of my motivations and some of the areas that I talk about in the book.

PP: [00:17:56] There have been several examples of employers finding success, with addressing maybe, specific conditions such as diabetes, for instance, and partnering with companies such as the ones that you’re associated with. This is also a good time for us to talk about at least one experiment that didn’t turn out as expected and I’m talking about Haven. What are your thoughts on that? Because the whole model was essentially what you just described, which is to take control of the costs and try to influence it as employers by looking at it holistically. And also, trying to find ways to bend the cost curve and to improve the outcomes. I’m just curious to know your thoughts on that. What we may have learned from that?

VL: [00:18:53] I think that we’re starting to see analysis of that, and I’m sure there will be many case studies written across business schools all over the country about lessons learned there. When I was really studying this space from the perspective of having been an employer. And when I was at the University of Utah, we had about fifteen thousand employees plus their dependents. We actually had a health plan, initially that was just for our own employees and for some Medicaid members that we were responsible for. And then we took a commercial license and became a commercial health plan. Because so many of the employers in our community were really interested in how we had been able to reduce the cost of care. And then interviewing around the country, I thought people became very clear that as employers, we actually really have levers for driving change in this country that we’re just not tapping into.

One of the stories that I talk about in The Long Fix, is about what happened in Seattle at Virginia Mason Medical Center. One day, the chairman of medicine was informed that four of the big employers in Seattle who had been sending their employees to Virginia Mason Medical Center for their care said that we’re going to stop doing it. This is because they were too expensive. And those employers were people that we all know about, like Starbucks, Costco, Nordstrom, for example. And when he sat down and started looking at this, he realized that these employers were the ones who are actually paying his salary and his team’s salary. They were actually his payers. And secondly, he realized that the relationship between them and the employers really need to change. And the employers realized that healthcare was like a supply chain issue for them, if they couldn’t get good healthcare from Virginia Mason, their employees couldn’t work. It was just like if you couldn’t get a chip into the Intel factory, your business would just stop if their employees couldn’t work. So, they started declaring specific performance specifications specs just like they would for any other supplier. They would expect that Virginia Mason would deliver on those.

Once they started to have that kind of a conversation and they actually got more engaged in helping Virginia Mason perform better. It actually completely transformed the way in which Virginia Mason practiced to actually become a much better health system. And that’s why they became a center of excellence in Walmart and Lowe’s and G.E. started flying their employees all the way over there just to get care. So, I think there are lot of lessons from those experiences that still make me feel very optimistic that employers have a really big role to play in transforming our healthcare system.

PP: [00:22:10] That’s a great example, and I’m sure that this whole space is going to be carefully analyzed and I definitely see a trend towards employers taking more and more control over their costs. I wanted to go back to this idea of one concept that you mentioned in one of your earlier comments and for the benefit of our listeners. You mentioned the stop-loss insurance company that you’ve started in partnership with Swiss Re. Could you just explain briefly for our listeners, what a stop-loss insurance mean?

VL: [00:22:48] About half of all Americans receive their healthcare through their employers. And if they’re large enough, they can decide that instead of doing this through an insurance company, they can in fact be the insurance company. They can take the financial risk an insurance company would take because they’re big enough. And so, they just set aside a pool of money every year to pay for the healthcare costs of their employees. And then usually they engage in insurance company to be the administrator, to send the bills, to pay the hospitals to deal with prescriptions and so on, so forth. When they do that, they’re usually referred to as being self-insured. And when they are self-insured employer, they still may want to have some insurance just in case there are exceptional things that happen. For example, say an employee has a diagnosis that requires a very expensive treatment or gets into a really bad accident, heaven forbid. That’s called stop-loss insurance. Also, they’ll take out an insurance plan just to cover really high costs of care for individual employees. Typically, when we do that as an employer or if we buy stop-loss insurance, it’s usually just a set cutoff. So, we’ll say, we just want to insure against any claim that’s over, say, one hundred and fifty thousand dollars of anything above that. The insurance company will cover it. And it’s kind of a one size fits all. And what we’ve been doing is really thinking about it in a more precise way, saying, well, you know, some people in your population may be at higher risk for having a really expensive condition. For example, they might look like they need a transplant in the next year or two. Whereas others statisticians and the actuaries would tell us is a very low risk. And so, we’re starting to basically look at this space and refine it and make it a lot more precise. That enables us to identify those people who are at high risk. So that we could potentially lower that risk and maybe provide them a transplant if we can actually intervene early enough. Now, that’s really our goal.

PP: [00:25:19] Another great example of applying data and advanced analytics to try and influence the costs. Switching back to digital health and technology. One thing that I find is that healthcare traditionally is better than anyone else. It is cautious and slow for very good reason or patient safety and a host of other issues. Technology, on the other hand, and especially, Silicon Valley based technology firms, they move very fast, they break things and fail fast. These are the kind of buzzwords that drive the way they do business. How do you reconcile these two instincts in your role and given your background when you’re trying to really accelerate the pace of change, but at the same time do it in a risky containment manner?

VL: [00:26:20] That’s a really interesting question. And in fact, we’ve seen it in the last nine months in response to COVID. Back in March, when it was really clear that we needed a lot more lab testing. And if you remember when all of us started to get shelter at home and there was such a shortage of testing and we just could see the numbers taking off. But we just didn’t have enough information about what was going in the country because we didn’t have enough testing. Our company was drawn into that. And Verily began to build these community-based COVID testing centers starting in California and then all over the country, often in partnership, for example, with Rite Aid. We actually turned over almost overnight into a company that had full of these data scientists and we have laboratory scientists, some clinicians. And all of a sudden we were becoming PPE experts and printing out bar codes for lab testing, it is really remarkable.

And the pace of that change, Paddy, was just fantastic. Our team in the health platform side were reached out by a number of employers. Because obviously we work with so many different businesses and said – “how can you help us now during COVID?” So, very quickly we were able to stand up a whole new business. It’s called Healthy at Work. It helps employers keep their employees safely in the workplace or bring them back to work safely. It includes everything from the app that it helps to check their symptoms, helps them order their lab tests. We’ll send people to do the testing or you can do it yourself. We have kits and hundreds of thousands of employees that built this entire business and now, using our program.

And it was done in such a record speed. I find it really remarkable. Our engineers work 24/7 to write the code, our quality people, our FDA approval regulatory team just work non-stop. That pace, I think we saw a lot across the whole country, the private sector really stepping up. Look at how quickly vaccines have been developed. At the same time, I think what you’re asking is sort of the balance, the yin and yang of that. And I think that it is really important that in companies like Verily, we do have seasoned healthcare executives. And so, I feel very fortunate to be a part of a Verily. My Chief Clinical Officer is a long-time physician, Vindell Washington. He was the National Coordinator for Health IT under President Obama. We were very fortunate to work with Robert Califf, who was the former FDA Commissioner under President Obama, who now works with us and with Google Health. I think we also have that element of a deep understanding of healthcare and recognizing that healthcare is different from many other industries. It’s really vital for us as a health technology company to protect the people that we care for and to maintain that trust. And then we need to earn that trust. And that’s something we all learned in healthcare as clinicians and people caring for people and making very important decisions with them. But it’s especially important in the technology sector, especially these days, we have to balance each other. The speed is absolutely essential, but the care that we take and that maintenance of trust is absolutely vital as well.

PP: [00:30:37] That’s so well said. I can certainly appreciate when the challenge is thrown at us, how we can turn around and do things that we didn’t think we could do. So, I heard someone made a comment the other day, and apparently this taught us that we’re limited not by what we can do, but what we think we can do. So, to your point, coming up with a vaccine in nine months I don’t think this would have been possible a couple of years back. It’s similar to the alacrity with which we’ve turned it on and responded to the crises in PPE production and the testing. And all of these are fantastic stories that we can learn from. If you look deeper and find out how as a community we all got together and really overcame this challenge.

I want to touch upon the outlook for digital health startups now. Digital health startups have been raising a lot of money and many of them have gone IPO. All of that continues to look very strong. The outlook seems very strong. Is this directly a function of health systems transforming themselves and really picking up the pace of change? Or is this more of a longer-term outlook with the sort of thinking that this is going to happen sooner or later? So, we’re going to make our next now and wait for it to happen. Is it already happening and what is driving this activity? Or all this activity is in anticipation of something that we all expect is going to happen?

VL: [00:32:35] Well, COVID is definitely accelerating everything. It’s almost unprecedented to have hospitals and clinics essentially shuttered except for their COVID wings for such a period of time. And for people who are most vulnerable, also being the ones that really need that care, people who have chronic conditions. The folks and people in nursing homes, the frail and elderly who actually need access to healthcare are the ones that are most afraid. This is because they are most susceptible to COVID. So, in that kind of environment, it became obvious to everyone. Obviously, you can see from the telehealth numbers that overnight every healthcare system developed a telehealth offering. And then, we recognized that in telehealth, while it’s very helpful to be able to text or video conference with a clinician, that doesn’t supplant in-person visits there. You need to make measurements, or you may need to listen to somebody’s heart and lungs. There are a lot of things that you need to do when you have an in-person visit. So, again, there’s more interest in expanding beyond telehealth to other digital health offerings. And I think everyone could see even before COVID that this is a direction that was really exciting. As we have gone with continuous glucose monitors and people with diabetes, the new sensors, the new attachments can go on to different phones. It’s been a really interesting area, a very innovative area. A lot of things coming out. I think most of us think that it’s relatively early. I think what will be developed in digital health is just going to be pretty phenomenal over the next few years. I can’t wait. I’m actually really excited to see what happens. And so, I think this is an enormous excitement and some of the barriers to digital health in terms of reimbursement and some of the regulatory issues also fell down overnight with COVID. Now, it’s not clear that those are going to stay down forever. But I think that also freed up the market probably a little bit more. One thing that’s important that I do want to mention, Paddy. It’s very important that innovators in digital health think just as hard about innovating in terms of the way in which they’re paid as they do about the products. And I’ll give you an example of that in our own work. So, in Onduo our disease management platform in healthcare is a very much fee-for-service model right now. That is one of the themes in my book, The Long Fix. We need to move from this model of paying for people to do things to us in a fee-for-service mode like more procedures, more operations, more imaging studies and so on. And instead, I think are we really getting better health or are we actually getting healthier with all this treatment? I think the same thing is true on the digital side. That is instead of recapitulating some of those weaknesses of our current healthcare system, say – “pay me every time I click or text or for video conference.” Instead we should get paid for showing that we’re actually improving health outcomes. And that’s what we’ve done actually in Onduo. We’ve had a few several contracts with payers. And we only want to get paid if we are actually showing people with diabetes have better blood sugar control, people with high blood pressure have lower blood pressure. People who need their eyes checked, get their kidneys check because they have diabetes, have had those things done. And kind of putting our money where our mouth is in terms of really moving from fee-for-service to a more value-based model. So, I’d like to see digital not only transform care, but also transform the way in which we pay for care, the business model of healthcare, because I think that’s really where there’s a huge opportunity.

PP: [00:36:56] I couldn’t agree more with you in that. That really is the opportunity ahead of us. I have just one last question at a personal level. What are you currently reading?

VL: [00:37:11] I just finished the book Team of Rivals, which is the book about Abraham Lincoln. And that was partly motivated by what happened in the summer, in the fall Black Lives matters and just really wanted to think back. About that, I am actually reading something called Seven Brief Lessons on Physics, my daughter suggested this by Carlo Rovelli. I’m reading that on my phone. It’s beautiful little vignettes about physics. And I’m also reading Bill Bryson’s, who’s one of my favorite writers, just to distract myselfMade in America.

PP: [00:38:07] Fantastic. It’s such a coincidence that I am reading a book titled Forged in Crisis. It profiles six different leaders and Abraham Lincoln is one of them. And I’m actually in the middle of that chapter right now. There is something common there. Vivian it’s such a pleasure speaking with you and having you on the podcast. And I look forward to following all of your work at Verily and all your other initiatives. Thank you once again for being on the podcast.

VL: [00:39:14] Thank you so much, Paddy. Really enjoyed it.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

Vivian S. Lee, M.D., Ph.D., M.B.A., is the author of The Long Fix: Solving America's Health Care Crisis with Strategies that Work for Everyone (Norton). She is the President of Health Platforms at Verily Life Sciences. A physician and healthcare executive, Lee also serves as a senior lecturer at Harvard Medical School.

Prior to joining Verily, Lee served as the Dean of the Medical School and CEO of the University of Utah Health Care, an integrated health system with a budget of $3.6 billion, including a 1400 member physician group and health insurance plan. During her tenure, she led University of Utah Health to recognition for its health care delivery system innovations that enable higher quality at lower costs and with higher patient satisfaction, and superior financial performance.

In 2016, University of Utah was ranked first among all university hospitals in quality and safety (Vizient).  Dr. Lee previously was the inaugural Chief Scientific Officer of New York University’s Langone Medical Center.  

Elected to the National Academy of Medicine with over 200 peer-reviewed publications, Lee serves on the Board of Directors of the Commonwealth Fund, and is also a director on the board of Zions Bancorporation, a publicly traded company.

Dr. Lee is a magna cum laude graduate of Harvard, received a D.Phil in medical engineering from Oxford University as a Rhodes Scholar, earned her M.D. with honors from Harvard Medical School, and her MBA from NYU. She was named by Modern Healthcare as one of the 50 Most Influential Clinical Executives in 2020.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Data interaction with digital tools must be as easy and seamless as possible

Episode #67

Podcast with Daniel Nigrin, SVP and CIO,
Boston Children’s Hospital

"Data interaction with digital tools must be as easy and seamless as possible"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Daniel Nigrin discusses how digital at Boston Children’s Hospital is about transforming healthcare by improving the care experience for consumers, patients, families, and clinicians and their interaction with the health system.

Digital transformations are disruptive for healthcare organizations. It leads to new ways of doing things and enables healthcare providers to care for patients in ways they have not done before. Being a children’s hospital, Boston Children’s Hospital has to deal with the unique scenario of dealing with two sets of patient populations: the child and the parent or the caregiver. This requires a multidisciplinary approach to assessing any new technology.

Daniel talks about digital program governance at Boston Children’s and has some practical advice for startups looking to partner on innovative approaches to digital health. Daniel also discusses emerging technologies, such as voice, that will play an essential role in healthcare, both in inpatient and home settings. Take a listen.

Our Partner:

Daniel Nigrin, SVP and CIO, Boston Children’s Hospital in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “Data interaction with digital tools must be as easy and seamless as possible”

PP: [00:00:43] Hello everyone and welcome back to my podcast. This is Paddy and it is my great privilege and honor to introduce my special guest today, Daniel Nigrin, CIO of Boston Children’s Hospital. Dan, thank you so much for setting aside the time and welcome to the show.

DN: [00:01:00] Thanks so much for having me, Paddy. It’s a privilege being on here with you.

PP: [00:01:05] Thank you so much. I appreciate that. Dan, would you like to tell us a little bit about Boston Children’s and the patient populations that you serve?

DN: [00:01:14] Sure. Boston Children’s is a storied organization. We celebrated our one hundred twenty-five years anniversary a few years ago. We’re an old organization based in Boston and we are the primary teaching facility for Harvard Medical School. And as the name implies, we care for predominantly children throughout our programs. I say predominantly because we do actually have a few adult programs that tends to be for patients who’ve grown up with what used to be just childhood disorders, congenital heart problems, things such as that. And it’s telling that now-a-days care has become so good that those patients are now in their adult years. So, along with serving Boston and surrounding areas, we’re also a destination for families around the world who have specially challenging problems. Although we obviously have primary care pediatrics, we also serve patients with really difficult and challenging problems, where families are willing to travel from all over the world to come and seek care at our organization. It’s a great place and I’ve been there for a long time. This is my twenty fifth year at the organization as the CIO, which when I look back sort of boggles my mind a bit as to how that long a period of time has passed. I should probably point out that I’m actually nearing the end of my tenure at Boston Children’s. I’m heading to a new role up at MaineHealth in Portland. Maine is really a fantastic organization that serves as one of the largest systems in the northern region of the country. I am excited about that change after such a long time at Boston Children’s.

PP: [00:03:13] Congratulations on the change and congratulations on completing twenty-five years. That is quite a testament to the organization and your contributions there. So, all the very best in your new role as well.

DN: [00:03:26] Thank you so much Paddy, I really appreciate that.

PP: [00:03:29] Excellent. In this podcast, we talk about digital health, digital transformation and what I’d love to explore with you is what does digital heath mean in the context of a children’s hospital at Boston Children’s? Can you share with us the highlights of some of your two or three digital programs that are making a significant difference to your patient populations?

DN: [00:03:52] Absolutely. Well, the first challenge is having conversation with so many individuals about what digital means to them. That’s the biggest challenge, I think it’s just sort of defining it, because it really does mean so many things to different people and organizations. We’ve always viewed digital as really the transformation of healthcare, as we know today, in terms of making, not just consumers, patients and their families, but also providers and clinicians within the hospital, as comfortable and interacting with the healthcare system as it is for any of the other aspects of their lives for which there’s a digital role today. So, when you think about ordering products online, whether it be Amazon or anywhere else, when you think about ordering groceries, when you think about booking your next hair appointment, when you think about making reservations for a restaurant, all of those things are just so facile now-a-days. And are literally in the palm of your hand through your smartphone. We view digital as the transformation of healthcare to be able to achieve that level of ease of use and familiarity to people, whether that’s patients or staff. We’ve been on this journey for some time and also COVID has accelerated many of these. But even pre-COVID, we were offering many things through our portals, like many other organizations are, and we viewed that as the beginning of the consumer centric digital transformation. And those go back many years, obviously, in fact, we were one of the first organizations in the country as a pediatric organization to offer a personal health record accessible over the Web to our families that continued on. And over many years, we’ve offered things like online second opinions for families. As I mentioned, we tend to be a destination for difficult situation to solve problems for our patients. And so we’ve offered those services as well in conjunction with the patient’s primary care providers or local care providers to help augment them and give them our assessment of what’s going on with their child’s care. Most recently, and again, similar to, I’m sure, many organizations, we really had a massive increase in our telehealth adoption. We went from anywhere from 20 or 30 visits a day to over two thousand a day. I think we differ a bit from our peers. We’ve continued with that very high rate of adoption of telehealth even once things subsided a bit over the late summer and early fall with COVID. Clearly it’s ramping up again now but still we’re seeing about forty five percent or so of our ambulatory encounters and outpatient encounters being done virtually now. I’m not entirely sure why we still got that volume. But with COVID we’re pleased that we’ve got that infrastructure in place and our providers and patients both seem to have adapted well to it. Beyond that we do a lot of additional things as well. We tend to be a pretty forward leaning organization. We’re very bullish on innovation and taking innovative steps in the digital and IT realms. We’re doing things together with many smaller startups. Tonic is a vendor that we’ve recently started working with to enhance our ability to get information from our patients digitally in advance of their visits, whether virtual visits or in-person visits. So, essentially substituting for that clipboard, not just for administrative or rudimentary data, but really specialty specific data for things that providers need to know in terms of interval changes or things that have occurred since the patient’s last visit. One last example I’ll use is around voice technologies. We’re feeling that voice is going to play an important role in healthcare, whether in a inpatient setting or even in the patient’s home.

We were one of the first organizations in the country to build a HIPAA compliant Alexa skill, on Amazon’s platform. We implemented a tool that allows families with patients who underwent cardiac surgery to be able to do follow up together with us via voice, via the HIPAA compliant Alexa skill that we built. And so that was something we piloted late last year and we continue to work with that now. So, it’s just a small sampling. We’ve got many other examples, but we really do take digital seriously and think it’s where things are headed for healthcare.

PP: [00:08:59] That’s very interesting and great background. I have talked to a couple of your peers who are Chief Information Officers and Chief Technology Officers and other children’s hospitals across the country. And I’m struck by the similarities, but also by the differences in the needs of their individual patient populations. And the one thing that I didn’t know about earlier and which struck me is something very unique to children’s hospitals, it’s not just the child that is your audience. Your audience also includes their parents. So, you’re serving two different groups of individuals, one is actually receiving the care, but the other one is equally important stakeholder in care. How does that influence your choices when it comes to adopting digital technologies?

DN: [00:09:52] I absolutely think that plays an important role, Paddy. And it’s one of the unique aspects of pediatrics, obviously not unique to Boston Children’s Hospital or any pediatric organization. We always like to say that there are two patients, there’s the child, but then there’s the child’s parents or caregivers and that’s your other patient. So, it’s absolutely something that adds an interesting twist to many of our digital outreaches. For things like telehealth, in some instances, you’re dealing with a parent who is not in the same location as the child or potentially one parent is with the child. But the other parent is right at work and they want to be looped in. So, by default, we need to think about a telehealth platform that’s able to loop in more individual on the patient’s side, and so that adds an interesting twist. There’s also lots of other considerations around the privacy aspect for just basic things like let’s say we collect cell phone numbers of the patient or the family to communicate with them. If it’s a teen patient then they may be arranging for care that is sensitive and they don’t want their parents to know about, which in some states in particular is their legal right too. We’ve got to think very heavily about, whose cell phone number is this that’s in our system. And we need to be very careful around whom we communicate with and whom we don’t. So, just sort of basic things like that really do add a lot of twist to this that make things much more challenging, but fun and interesting, too, as well.

PP: [00:11:41] You are in one of the big metro markets in the country – Boston. When you look at your patient populations, you look at the technology choices in front of you especially, and you mentioned this interesting tool, which is like a digital clipboard kind of a tool. When you start looking at tools and technologies like that, especially at the front end and digital front door, if you want to call it that, how do you go about assessing these tools? What do you look for that will be different from if you were looking at the same tool from the context of a more conventional health system?

DN: [00:12:18] Because of the type of patients we’ve got and some of the unique aspects of the care that we provide, I think it’s extremely important for us and for similar types of organizations to have a multidisciplinary approach to assessing the options out there, whether it’s digital front door or any of these digital tools. To think that IT is going to be able to do this type of thing on its own is just not going to work. And it’s not just the doctors either. I’d add that we really do try and be as multidisciplinary as we can. So, we include lots of nurses in our evaluations, social workers, translators or rather interpreters. We include all of them in our assessment of new technologies that we’re evaluating for possible implementation, because each has a perspective and a need when it comes to these tools. Obviously, it depends on the particular use case that we’re talking about. But I think getting everyone’s opinion is absolutely critical in making sure that we choose wisely when we do. The other thing that we at Boston Children’s have always done is – ‘try before we buy.’ We test and pilot a lot of things. We have an innovation and digital health accelerator program. And within that group, we really do try and partner with many organizations and try to do a little proof of concept trial runs, pilot initiatives to see whether or not the technology is going to be able to scale and serve our needs. I think between those things, getting lots of eyes and assessments of the technology, as well as doing a bit of a trial before scaling it, are two important aspects that we can be sure that the choices are going to work for us.

PP: [00:14:17] I was going to ask you about how you harness the innovative technologies out there and sounds like this is a way for you to try before you buy and manage the risks or the technology risks as well as the financial risks involved in committing to some of these innovative programs and innovative technology solutions.

DN: [00:14:37] Along those lines we fully expect to have many of them fail at that pilot stage. That’s almost intentional I’d say. If we’re not failing at some of them we’re probably not extending our reach as broadly as we should.

PP: [00:14:51] I’ve heard some of my guests tell me that if you’re going to fail, fail fast and move on. So, you’re not lingering on something that’s not going to work, but you’re moving on to the next thing which is more likely to work than reducing your risks and minimizing the financial impact of these decisions as well. In that context, what is the role of enterprise, specifically, EHR systems. We’ve seen EHR systems evolve from what they were a few years ago to more of digitally enabling platforms. A lot of front end digital front door kind of functionalities are now available with your platforms like Epic and Cerner. When you look at those, firstly, what do you see as the central role of the EHR for enterprise like yours? And how do you view them in the context of digital health innovations?

DN: [00:15:46] We absolutely see EHRs as of the core repository for our patient care. There’s really no other way around it. And I should say that we look to those vendors because we’re still in a bit of a unique position at Boston Children’s, where we have both Cerner as well as Epic primarily for our rev cycle and kind of backend processes and Cerner for our clinician-facing functions. So, we do look to those platforms, first and foremost, to see what offerings they have because the last thing we want to do is start to layer additional vendors and additional technologies when our core vendors can accommodate our need. But assuming that thing that we’re after is not provided by them, we like to see EHR serve as the ultimate repository for interactions that might occur with that third-party digital tool. And we also like to see the data interaction with the digital tool be as easy and seamless as possible. So, by that I mean, let’s hope that the Cerner or Epic platform has exposed the data that’s required via APIs via FHIR. Let’s hope that the third-party vendor is utilizing those APIs and can accommodate them and in essence sort of lay on top of the hour in a way that makes it seamless for the provider. So, as much as possible to integrate into the workflows that are part and parcel of the EHR platform. So again, thinking about SMART on FHIR kinds of applications.

PP: [00:17:29] And you touched upon something that obviously is central to making this entire ecosystem of applications work seamlessly, which is the notion of integration, interoperability, if you will. And we’ve come a long way in the last few years. It used to be that there was a lot of frustration, maybe a few years ago about the lack of interoperability. But we’ve come quite a way since then. I still hear though that it is a challenge. And so, from that standpoint, and you mentioned early on that, you’ve seen the telehealth visits go up significantly since the pandemic.

And I’ve talked with health systems where they’ve had to put in telehealth platforms at short notice because they really didn’t have a telehealth program. And now they’re seeing that they are well integrated with the backend EHR systems and they’re having to go back and revisit their choices. What has been your experience with regards to the interoperability challenges and the technology choices that you’ve made? What’s your advice for your peers out there who are facing these issues?

DN: [00:18:33] Yeah, this is challenging because in theory the API push that’s occurred should have solved many of these problems. We should have data liquidity everywhere. It’s now mandated in 21st century cures and so on. But as we all know, the reality is that we’re only just starting and we’ve only got certain data elements that are exposed by the vendors. And we have many instances in which we really tried to just say, no, we’re only going to use FHIR. We’re only going to take advantage of these interoperable features that have been added. And yet we inevitably will end up recognizing that we need some data element or some aspect of the core system that’s not yet available. And so, we need to revert to things like HL7 and so on. So, I think it’s still a work in progress. I’m encouraged by the forward steps that we’ve continued to see the vendors make, as well as the third-party vendors and startup companies that are building upon those. So, I’m encouraged and I think that will eventually get there. But for now, I think we’re still in this sort of middle ground place where we’ve still got to rely a little bit on our tried and true old interfaces and previous approaches that we took. The one other thing that we’ve taken quite a bit of an advantage of, after a lot of investment over many years, is to establish an enterprise wide data warehouse that we still put the vast majority of all of our data into. Not just our clinical EHR data, but lots of other additional data, social determinants of health kinds of administrative data. And in many instances, we find that we run things, whether analytic kinds of tools or other sort of AI based kind of efforts. All are run of from that enterprise data warehouse, for which we’ve developed a data dictionary for. So, I still think there’s a purpose for that kind of thing within our organizations. And that’s also helped us quite a bit as we thought about some of these emerging tools and as we’ve tried some of them as well.

PP: [00:20:56] So are you looking to use that enterprise data warehouse now as the single source of truth, if you will, for applications that want to integrate into your system through an API interface?

DN: [00:21:10] We absolutely use the single source of truth. We tend to try and avoid using it for operational or for real time kinds of purposes. But absolutely for analytics kind of efforts, for machine learning efforts where we want to train new algorithms and so on. We are absolutely looking to our warehouse for those kinds of feeds.

PP: [00:21:32] Very interesting. So, I want to go back to the question of startups and harnessing the innovation ecosystem , if you had to give them advice, if they want to come in and be a part of your journey at Boston Children’s, would you tell them first and foremost to have a SMART on FHIR kind of an application that integrates seamlessly with the EHR system? If so, what else would you tell them if they want to start working with you? What is your advice to them?

DN: [00:22:00] I absolutely do think that gets them a good foot in the door. Being one of the places in the country that helped to establish SMART on FHIR and really push for it, that definitely endears themselves in our eyes if they come in with that out of the gate. But I’d say beyond that is they need to have a grounded background in terms of what the clinical problem is that they’re trying to solve. One thing that we detest, and that’s a strong word, but it is when we’re approached by vendors who have an interesting technology or technological approach to something. But they’ve given no thought or have no background in the real challenges that our clinical care teams face as they take care of our patients. And so, having either someone on their teams themselves or if not perhaps having spoken with organizations to get that real-world feedback, is this something that’s really going to help our clinical providers. And is it going to work in a clinical setting? Those are elements that they had to have thought about ahead of time and that their products have to address. Well, because if there’s one thing that irks me is technology for technology’s sake. I don’t like just putting in a shiny new object because it’s an interesting new technology. It’s got to be clear what clinical problem it’s solving. They need to have tailored their product with that in mind. Now all of that said, I will absolutely say that I subscribe to the classic Steve Jobs idea, which is – consumer doesn’t know what they need or what they want. And in some cases, I will say that there’s opportunity for that in healthcare. We need to have our eyes opened to new ways of doing things and to new approaches that we haven’t really ever considered before, simply because we’ve never done it that way. I do think, having said everything that I just said about knowing the clinical environment and accommodating, that there is a place in some instances where a new disruptive approach would and could work. And so, we’re open to that at the same time.

PP: [00:24:16] That’s great advice then. And I’ve heard many of your peers say the same thing, that technology for technology’s sake is really not going to cut it. And startups who listen to my podcast take note of these comments, by the way. I think this message is coming through very consistently to startups from the CEOs and others who are looking at evaluating these solutions. So, let me switch back to the digital transformation program at Boston Children’s. Can you share a little bit with us about how you govern your digital programs in terms of the org structure? Do you have a separate budget for it? How do you prioritize the initiatives?

DN: [00:25:00] Great question, Paddy. So, first and foremost, I should say our digital initiative has been marked as an enterprise wide strategic goal and has been there for the last several years now. So, this is not just an IT goal. This is not a CIO sort of dream. This is a top-level enterprise level strategic goal. And I think that’s incredibly important because many of these digital transformations are disruptive for organizations. It will lead to new ways of doing things, pushing our providers to care for patients in ways that they’ve not before. And so, without that top-level leadership being on board and willing to push in some instances, you won’t be nearly as successful as if you do have that support so that’s first and foremost. With respect to the financing, to underscore the importance of this and the fact that it’s been marked as a strategic goal. The organization has set aside strategic level funds to support our digital sets of initiatives to the tune of tens of millions of dollars. I won’t say the exact amount, but tens of millions of dollars over a multi-year period so that we don’t sell ourselves short, because I appreciate that many organizations have tried to do this. But have said we’ll just do it using your existing budgets. I don’t think that’s going to work. I think to do this properly, you really do need to make an investment with dedicated resources and a big push from an organizational perspective. So, that’s the money and that’s the top-level goals. With respect to the ‘who,’ this is clearly one of my top-level goals and strategies from the IT and the CIO perspective. But we’ve got an interesting organizational structure at Boston Children’s where we also have a Chief Innovation Officer. I affectionately refer to him as the other CIO and we really are locked arm in arm on this set of initiatives. In addition, we’ve got a Chief Digital Transformation Officer and she’s been a critical part of this digital set of efforts as well. And so, we all partnered together and we each have got our respective teams. We try and ensure that we’re going fast. And this is primarily the part that our Chief Innovation Officer is overseeing. He oversees the digital health accelerator that I mentioned before. So, this is where we’re really piloting and evaluating lots of potential new opportunities. But we work together and say to our Chief Innovation Officer, who is John Brownstein, what are the kinds of things that you think we should be testing? And he tells me his list and then he turns to Jean Mixer, the Chief Digital Transformation Officer, and myself to say what will work well within our organizational IT infrastructures. Because the last thing we want to do is try a new digital approach, new potential tool, only to find that it’s going to be a horrific fit for the rest of our IT infrastructures and would be something that we couldn’t ever support moving forward. So, we like to work together and talk a lot together, even in those initial piloting phases. This is to make sure that what’s being evaluated initially by the digital health accelerator is something that could eventually scale if those initial pilot units or pilot efforts are successful. Because then we’re going to have a handoff from the digital health accelerator over to the production IT department that I oversee. And it will become that group’s job to continue to nurture and support that tool and expand it to the rest of the organization. So, there’s a lot of collaboration and partnership between teams, and I think that’s incredibly important. You cannot sort of spin off a digital effort under a chief digital or whatever title you want to call it and have them go off independently and hope that’s going to yield a result that will eventually work well for your organization. You’ve got to collaborate and collaborate early.

PP: [00:29:26] Fascinating. One quick question on that. Is it fair to say that whatever technology decisions you’re making today, especially in the context of digital health, they are out of the game, they are meant to be eventually enterprise level decisions and not departmental or one of kind of decisions? Do you keep that as an end in mind, even as you start your early stage evaluations with some of these solutions?

DN: [00:29:53] We definitely do Paddy. That’s not to say that there are not some ideas and proposals for things that are centered around one particular group. But we like to evaluate them and think about them with an eye towards as to who else or what other programs might this be applicable and useful to. Because we don’t want to have 20 different small-scale initiatives or small-scale technologies that are going to serve the needs of many individual groups. I’d rather deploy five, but each of which could be applicable across multiple specialties and multiple areas within the organization.

PP: [00:30:36] We’re coming up to the end of our time here, Dan. One last question. You have obviously gone through a tremendous journey and from all of the examples that you’ve shared with us, it’s been a really eye opening, at least for me. Based on all of this experience, if you had one best practice that you would like to share with your peers in the industry, what would that be?

DN: [00:31:01] I think that I alluded to it already a little bit and it probably goes back to my background as a clinician. I’m a pediatric endocrinologist. And until this transition to MaineHealth that I’ll be taking, I’ve still been clinically active over these years. So, I’m a clinician at heart. I think the advice is that the technology leaders absolutely need to partner closely with the clinical side of the house. I’ve seen so many times initiatives that we ourselves have worked on that were not successful. And the reason was that we did not partner as closely as we needed to with the clinicians who are ultimately going to be using or at least taking advantage of the technologies that we put in place. And so, making that collaborative effort, whether it’s together with your CMIO or CNIO or whomever the clinical areas are, make that connection early, make them co-lead the initiatives with you. If not, lead it absolutely on their own. These need to be led by the folks that are ultimately going to get the benefit out of them. And I think when those things are attended early in the process, I found that the end result is more accepted and more successful overall. So, I guess that’s my one best practice that I’d encourage everyone to remember.

PP: [00:32:29] Fantastic. In fact, that’s a great note to end this podcast discussion with. Thank you so much for setting aside the time once again and thank you for the fascinating conversation. And once again, all the very best to you in your new role.

DN: [00:32:43] Thanks so much, Paddy. I really appreciate the opportunity for chatting to you today.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

dan-nirgin-profile-

Daniel Nigrin, MD, MS, is Senior VP and Chief Information Officer at Boston Children's Hospital, Assistant Professor of Pediatrics at Harvard Medical School, a senior member of the Children's Hospital Informatics Program (CHIP), and a practicing member of BCH’s Division of Pediatric Endocrinology. He received his undergraduate and medical training at Johns Hopkins, followed by medical informatics training at MIT. He is Board-certified in both Pediatric Endocrinology and Clinical Informatics.

Dr. Nigrin has used his dual training in medicine and medical informatics to advance the state of IT at one of the world's preeminent pediatric institutions. He has led BCH through a dramatic transition from manual, paper-based processes, to digital ones that address many previous shortcomings.

This transformation was recognized when in 2010, HIMSS Analytics awarded BCH its Stage 7 EMR Adoption Score designation, one of only eleven organizations worldwide to do so at the time. With this digitization has come increased risk however, especially in the form of cyberattacks; during Dr. Nigrin’s tenure, BCH successfully defended itself against a hacktivist attack by Anonymous in 2014, and eventually resulting in the capture and imprisonment of its attacker.

As a practicing physician, researcher, and information technology executive, he continues to be in a unique position to put into practice cutting edge technologies and ideas developed by BCH’s Innovation & Digital Health Accelerator (IDHA) and CHIP, bringing advances to patient care practice, quality, and research, but all the while keeping in mind the needs and workflows of busy clinicians.

Beginning in January, 2021, Dr. Nigrin will begin serving in a new role, as CIO at MaineHealth, northern New England’s largest healthcare system.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

We must start shifting our mindset from telehealth or virtual care to just online care or online health

Episode #66

Podcast with Craig Richardville, Chief Information and Digital Officer, SCL Health

"We must start shifting our mindset from telehealth or virtual care to just online care or online health"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Craig Richardville discusses how they have created an organization within SCL Health to design digital programs for building new levels of engagements keeping the future in mind. He also points to the need to empower patients, one of the most underutilized resources in the healthcare industry, and how one can be part of SCL Health’s digital journey.

At SCL Health, digital is not only about transforming patient experience but also about consumers – those who are not yet patients. One of the key themes for digital programs at SCL Health are the digital front doors. Digital front doors are the entry points for potential patients and consumers into SCL Health’s environment.

According to Craig, it is time to start shifting mindsets from telehealth or virtual care to providing online care, just the way we access other services in our life. The movement for virtual encounters or relationships will certainly continue to accelerate. Digital health startups, therefore, must offer a strategy of ‘low calculated risk with the potential for huge returns’ for healthcare systems.

Our Partner:

Craig Richardville, Chief Information & Digital Officer, SCL Health, Children’s Health in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “We must start shifting our mindset from telehealth or virtual care to just online care or online health”

PP: Hello again, and welcome back to my podcast. This is Paddy, and it is my great privilege and honor to introduce my special guest today, Craig Richardville, Chief Information and Digital Officer for SCL Health. Craig, thank you so much for setting aside the time and welcome to the show.

CR: Thank you, Paddy. I appreciate the opportunity.

PP: You’re most welcome. So, Craig, let’s start with this. Maybe you can tell us a little bit about SCL and the patient populations that you serve.

CR: Yeah, SCL is actually a merger of two healthcare systems. One is the Sisters of Charity of Leavenworth, which is based out of Leavenworth, Kansas. And the other was Exempla Health based out of Denver, Colorado. And thus, SCL is headquartered in Broomfield, Colorado. It’s about a three-billion-dollar Catholic faith-based organization. Just north of Denver, we serve three primary markets. One is the front range market, which is the greater Denver area east of the Rockies. One is western Colorado. So that’s on the other side of the Rocky Mountains, more towards Utah and the last is the State of Montana. We still have several assets in Kansas. Those are more safe haven type facilities. But the three primary markets are front range, western Colorado and the State of Montana.

PP: Thank you. That’s a great background for our listeners. So, let’s talk a little bit about your role, Craig. So, you are the Chief Information Officer and the Chief Digital Officer for SCL. Can you tell us how that title came about and also tell us a little bit about some of your major digital programs that you’re currently operating at SCL.

CR: Well, I arrived at SCL Health in February of last year 2019. At that time, we had some digital activities but really didn’t have a digital executive. So, what I did is I went through our restructuring process evaluating the leadership team. I had spoken with a lot of my colleagues, primarily the chief marketing officers. We put together and developed a Vice President of Digital Services, and we put that position within the IT department. And so, as part of that maturity, we also think that buying the assets of both marketing and IT, but both had heavy hands and put those into the one team. And then both the Chief Marketing Officer and myself and the executive sponsors of our digital health program sit together. The way that title came about was by merging those together we really created a new organization. We call it, ITDS, its information technology. So, it really respects a lot of the history and what it really came up through is information services or IT. We also added digital services – so its ITDS, which is the foundation for our new levels of engagement of what the future will look like. Some of the projects that we put the program together have to do with really several different themes. One is the digital front door. And really the digital front door is a way for us to not only more heavily engage with our patients, but also open up that engagement and that access to our consumers. We also have a digital workforce component. So, we’re using things like RPA and chatbots to automate the services that we provide. We are also looking at Salesforce Health Cloud to be an area to get a 360 view of our patients. So, we do have engagement with our patients or with our consumers. We have many aspects of the relationships that they have, both within healthcare and specifically within SCL health.

PP: That’s quite a comprehensive mandate as far as digital goes, especially from the point of view of transforming your patient experiences. Do you consider any of your IT transformation initiatives at the backend, things like cloud migrations, data analytics? Do you consider any of them to be a part of your digital program?

CR: Yeah, actually, they all do support. We have 10 programs that we actually kicked off. Digital is one, technology is another. For example, Google is one of our partners. What we’ve done is we’ve actually put those programs together. So, they do have a unique set of responsibilities and projects that are led by those programs, but they all are interrelated. So, we have one within our technology that’s called the SCL cloud that will leverage a lot of the Google Cloud Platform, sometimes called GCP. And we’ll also look at the other cloud services and our data center transformation is all being a component of that. So, the digital assets that we’re producing is sending out to both internal customers and external as we will have a more moderate foundation on the back end.

PP: Now, digital itself is a term that has multiple definitions across the healthcare ecosystem. You already gave us a very good comprehensive overview of what you’re doing from a patient facing a digital front door standpoint. Do you define digital primarily in terms of patient experience transformation? Can you tell us about one or two things that define the way you’re transforming your patient experience using digital front door as an example.

CR: Yeah. The way we’re defining digital health is it’s all aspects of our operation. So, one that you mentioned is certainly the patient. It’s a big aspect of how we’re focusing a lot of those resources and those investments on that patient experience and engagement, but also on the consumer side. So, those who are not yet patients, how do we get them into our ecosystem and to be able to deliver services back to them? We also look at it and we have a stream of work that’s headed towards our providers. We’re looking at things like conversational AI, other types of automation that will help the providers be more efficient and effective in their work. Artificial intelligence for us fits within that digital aspect for the provider piece and also for our internal customers, for example, our employees, our associates, or those contractors that do work within our health system. How can we continue to evolve that relationship and continue to progress the engagement in a more effective and efficient manner? We look at the digital front door as a place to have the external patients or potential patient/consumers enter into our environment. With that comes easy access, make it very efficient, start to move things to be more towards self-service. Things that we’ve seen in other industries like finance and in retail, where a lot of the historical clerical type, commodity kind of work gets moved back into the customer hands. Because here they actually can do it better and be efficient at it and can do it any time that they prefer. All these kind of pieces are components of the digital front door as well. We’re also allowing easier access to our providers, more of a roadmap of how to get to the appropriate level of service, whether it is a eVisit or a virtual visit or a clinic visit or an ED-visit. All those different pieces we are building in to make it a lot more precise and a lot more personalized with our relationships.

PP: Right. And I think you alluded to a very important aspect of it, which is ensuring that caregivers and providers are appropriately enabled when you talk about digital programs. And that’s actually a great segue to the next topic that I was going to explore with you. We’ve seen in the last several months, ever since the pandemic hit early in the year, there’s been a dramatic shift towards telehealth modalities that was essentially forced upon us by the pandemic. But it’s also going down a little bit as patients start coming back into hospitals. Do you have a viewpoint on where we are headed with regards to a long-term shift towards telehealth and virtual care models in general?

CR: I think from a general perspective, the movement for these virtual care encounters or relationships will certainly continue to accelerate as well as get a lot more difficult in the types of interactions that we could have. Starting today and more or less with very stable commodity kinds of services, what I would term by the level one, level two, and we start to see some shift, I believe, within the emergency departments where some of that care was actually more appropriate and more cost effective at a lower cost setting. And some of those are actually moving into virtual care, for example, or into a clinic visit versus coming in through the emergency departments. As we continue to mature that and get more part of our job as we get more tools into the hands of our patients or in the hands of our consumers. I think we’ll continue to see that kind of shift. I do like to draw an analogy to things that are happening in other industries. I like to be able to learn from other industries, apply them to our healthcare. I think the reverse is probably true on their behalf, but similar to how we see kind of retail working our way through where you have a large disruptor coming into the market. Not everybody who was not into the online type of service moves into the online service. I think we’ll see a continued progression of how we can advance our services and the access to those services by using telehealth or virtual care. For me that brings up one point. When I refer to other industries, I don’t refer to them as I have a virtual encounter with my banker or my financial advice or virtual encounter with a store. I call it online. It is really the same level of service that I’m getting, but at a more cost effective and convenient manner. So, I think as an industry, we start shifting our mindset from telehealth or virtual care into that just online care or online health. It’s just the way that we access other services in other parts of our life. I think that will be a big mental shift for ourselves as well as our consumers and patients to continue to evolve and advance those services.

PP: It’s interesting you mention other industries. You mentioned retail banking. I just published an article talking about how healthcare is beginning to borrow from the best practices of these other sectors, which are much further ahead in terms of their digital engagement with their consumers. In fact, a lot of healthcare is already online. And with the rise in the need for contactless and low contact experiences, it’s almost going to feel like a drive through experience in some ways. If you don’t have to come into a facility, if you don’t have to come in contact with anyone, you just don’t need to come in for exactly what you need and you move on. It’s an interesting new dynamic that I imagine has developed purely as a result of the pandemic, because a few months ago, who would have thought that meeting your doctor would be a high-risk experience? But here we are. Let’s talk a little bit about the tech. You already mentioned several technology partnerships – Salesforce, Google and some of the others. But when you come to technology choices in implementing digital programs, specifically, let’s say, a digital front door program. How do you go about making your technology choices? And what do you see as the role of core transaction systems, enterprise IT, such as your EHR system? How do you do the tradeoffs and how do you really go about making your choices?

CR: Yeah. So, a couple of things that I think. One in terms of our technology choices that we’re implementing, it’s really big for me to have trusting relationships, utilizing the network that we have built up over a period of time in our careers. And really start to look to see that for focusing upon people who are more in a partnership perspective and not necessarily a vendor. And things that are important are being very agile, being able to pivot quickly. So those kinds of companies are really, very important to how we want to progress and move forward with. We can be at times be a very large vessel for people to steer. Finding people help me turn that vessel at the right time and at the right speed. And hopefully be able to then serve the customers in a way that’s unique and different from my competitors, at least for a period of time until they catch up with that work. So, the partnerships and how we assess who we work with is an important piece for me. As part of that, we actually have five major partners that we do work with. One is that you mentioned was Salesforce another one is Google, big partners of ours. We also have EPIC, which is a big partner. Oracle is a big partner and ServiceNow is a big partner. So, those are the five major companies that we deal with. And we have a lot of peripheral companies that kind of evolved around that. I think that’s part of our job as a partner as well as to be able to educate and help them and be a lot more nimble in certain areas of their work, where they’re also learning to deliver better services back out to their customers. And the Enterprise IT side, that’s not going to go away, that will be with us. And part of our job is to make sure, how do we leverage the data and the assets and the workflows that are built within those large systems, whether it’s the EHR system or other ERP system or your workforce or office productivity systems. How do you get your digital pieces to be part of that? One component is to make sure that you try to work with your partners to help them so that it is integrated and fully integrates into the workflow. And that may be something that may take a couple of years. In the meantime, you may have to work with some smaller, more agile companies that are newer into the industry or in your services. And in some cases, they become a bridge strategy for a period of time, two years or three years, until your major partner can actually catch up. You’ve got to maybe jump out and fill in some gaps that way, or in some cases they may develop to be a long-term partner moving forward. And you help expand their relationships. As you know the advancements that are happening with these investments are quite large and we’re moving toward what would be more of an annual or sometimes every two years types of large upgrades or movements. And because of the cloud services, the software as a service concept, what we’ve all learnt to adjust with our smartphones, updates come very frequently and sometimes a couple of times a day, if not a couple of times a week. Those things will continue. So, for us to move from annual event to that would be called upgrades to things that are updated continually to keep ourselves very current. And with that those investments are coming out to be that at the same time as some of our newer digital assets integrated and the only way to do that is to have a large number of frequent, smaller updates versus large upgrades.

PP: Yeah, and I imagine that technology firms are going to be listening to your comments and are going to take careful note of what you just said. It seems to me that you’re looking at the marketplace in a way that gives you the option to swap out technology providers if you need to, especially the ones that are young and maybe innovative today. But they need to scale up and they don’t scale up or one of your strategic partners comes up with a solution that is superior and integrates better with your internal ecosystem, that maybe the direction you go. So, that obviously raises some very interesting questions and some implications, both for your internal organization as well as for the startups. So, does this mean now that you’re going to be entering an era where it’s going to be plug and play easy to replace and that’s going to be the order of the day? Is that what’s going to happen in the next two or three years?

CR: I think, if you look at it some other aspects of our life like an automobile for example. There’s components of the automobile that really work well together. And in some cases, those different components themselves may not be the actual best in class for that piece. But when you look at the whole workflow together, it actually is what I want to go ahead and to be able to utilize, for example, GPS. When GPS first came out it was very nice, easy to use but also very dated. Some of the maps you were getting on your GPS were couple of years old. So many of us bought like a Garmin to stick on, something to put on your windshield. It was not as large, it wasn’t integrated, when somebody called on the telephone, it didn’t tone-down, the speaker would still work. So, there was a piece that we put in there for a ridge. And then what we started seeing as in the digital aspect, the smartphones and Google Maps, etc., a lot more currency happening on your phone. So, what they did, they took a lot of the infrastructure that was built for your maps, that was built into your GPS system that you paid a lot of money for. And then now they take the agility of what was built within your smartphone. And now you’re connecting the two together. So, you are using the features from Google or Apple. Now, the things that are most current and are right on my phone, I can now bring that kind of guidance in that kind of intellect into my GPS. So, I no longer have this little one sitting off to the side to help me navigate better. I’ve actually taken now something more modern, but still rather small and personalized and something more what I would call industrial strength, both into the car and now I linked them together and put that in place. And I like to use GPS as an example to just kind of like artificial intelligence. So, many of us know in our mind where we want to go from point A to point B, but because of weather, traffic, other type of considerations that will happen throughout the day they will reroute you and take you to the most efficient way. And that’s a simple way for me to explain what is artificial intelligence? Well, just think about your GPS or another way for me is to think about what happens when you listen to music or Netflix, they offer you other programs that is similar to what they’re learning from what you listen to or watched in the past. All that we already have within our personal life, we don’t need to think twice about it in many cases. So, as we start to build that kind of knowledge and that intellectual capital into the workflow of our professional life, I think the outcomes are going to be tremendous.

PP: Yeah, I love the analogy of the GPS and how different generations of GPS devices and applications and generations we’ve seen in a relatively short time. And even in the context of the car, that’s a fantastic example. You mentioned AI. So, let’s talk a little bit about emerging tech. What excites you today about the emerging technologies out there? What kinds of technologies do you think are going to make a difference in the way healthcare is accessed and delivered in future?

CR: Well there’s a few that we are certainly very engaged with and probably others will be coming down the road that I can even think of. But at the moment, there are several ones that I would highlight. One is voice. I do think the voices can continue to be a great user interface. We use it today at home, with our Amazon’s Alexa or our Google Home to be able to use our voice to build an interface with other network systems, for example, whether it’s your shades or your climate control within your home. Everything can happen through voice. I do think the digital workforce is a big piece to keep an eye on, and that really is kind of taking a lot of the lower commodity type services and automating those and allowing to free up those human resources to do more advance type of work. So, I think that whole piece will come into play. With AI we’re just scratching the surface of what AI is, and I think some people have certainly different versions of what that is. But there is a saying that was said to me a couple of years ago, and it really stuck with me. I think the evidence so far really supports that artificial intelligence, which is really intelligence, but it won’t replace providers, but providers without artificial intelligence will be replaced. So, artificial intelligence by itself is not going to be the top outcome, providers by themselves, the humans by ourselves know it’s not going to be the top. But if I can overlay both of those together, so I get the best of both worlds. The results of an outcome of something AI may be filtering through or after a provider some more AI comes out on top and does more of a peer, check the automation. All that kind of stuff I think will end up with a higher outcome on the backend. I do have a big belief that I’m not a big fan of customization, as many people know, but I am a big fan of personalization. And I think as we get more precise with our medicine, so things like what’s in your DNA and your genetic makeup might be different than mine. So, those kinds of ways that we treat you, even though we have the same disease type, the other determinants, whether they’re social determinants or genetic determinants, will actually may be have a different way of how I’m being treated. And I also think the same is for nutrition. So, I think things of how we do to stay healthy and well, that may be different for you than me. That’s how we get more science around some of this art. So, it’s a lot more specific, a lot more precise and also a lot more personalized.

PP: Yeah. So, Craig, you and I we live in the world of technology. We get excited by all this stuff. I believe that voice is going to be huge in future. So, AI, voice, automation, RPA and we’ve talked about all chat boards. We talked about all of that. What about the end user? What does it take to really make sure that they are just as enthusiastic in adopting technology solutions, in their access to care or in delivering care, whether it’s a patient or whether it’s a caregiver? How do you make sure that all this technology really helps them do their jobs better? We hear a lot about what the EHR systems did over the last 10 years. And I don’t want to go there, but I’m just curious to know your thoughts on this.

CR: Yeah. If you look at the healthcare ecosystem similar to some of the other analogies we did in the past with other industries, the patient is probably the most underutilized resource. He or she given the right tools, will make a lot of the great decisions as opposed to a provider at a more expensive rate to make those decisions. And we see that in other things with the retail or financial services, etc., a lot of that stuff. Given the right tools to use he or she wants to be engaged, wants to be involved and necessarily want to be an order taker. They really want to be engaged and they want to be part of the conversation. I think it’s our responsibility to give them the right tools, to allow them to become a lot more engaged, access to their own data to allow them to be a lot more informed about what data is being used. If you look at it when you get right down to a health care provider, we’re really what our product is really data. We produce data, tremendous amount of data, and then we inform people make decisions based upon the data that we produce. We don’t produce them a car or vehicle. We don’t produce a widget, but we actually produce data. And then all of our decisions that is driven through how we best utilize that data. And the more access we have to the data, the better decisions that we’ll be able to make. And I think that when it goes to going back to maybe some of our resources on the provider’s side or on the systems support side, those are our associates. Very similar, part of our job is to get people to really look at their contributions and how much they’re actually delivering to the service. So, if I can take away some tasks or automate or provide better decision support that will have better outcomes at the end, that’s my responsibility to help make their jobs easier, more effective and more efficient.

PP: When startups who are listening to this podcast want to know or come and ask me how do I get to be a part of Craig’s digital journey? What is your response to them?

CR: Well, it’s very interesting. There’s probably still a lot more of an art than a science for sure. There are a lot of forums out there now. I think a lot of our virtual stuff has increased the amount that we can attend and be part of whether somebody like myself who might be a purchaser or partner of those services are sitting on a panel or part of a certain association. I think they’re engaged in a support of what that is, ask good questions, provide good answers and insights that maybe will get us start thinking a little bit differently. It only takes one little piece of something to catch somebody’s eye to get that kind of glean where it’s like ‘I want to learn more about them,’ and because of the volume coming in and the time constraints, we quickly say no. But it is a very competitive landscape. There’s a lot of people offering similar types of services. So, you got to somehow be able to show me how you are unique, distinct, how you can help provide something quick for us. These are not like “long-term investments.” I need a quick contribution. A quick return for these kinds of things may mean that you have to offer something that in the long-term business model may not be great at all. But to get yourself there, to get a positive client, a great case study, I think there’s several of us, certainly in the industry that are very acceptance to that kind of, “low calculated risk with the potential for huge returns.” So, just trying to continue to pursue, don’t be a pest, but you’ve got to be persistent.

PP: Oh, that’s great. That’s a great quote. And I’m certainly going to use that. Well we’re coming up to the end of our time here, Craig, and I want to ask you one last question. You’ve already accomplished quite a lot within a short time I can tell at SCL, as Chief Information Officer and Chief Digital Officers. You now have a unique perspective on the digital transformation journeys as seen from point of view of a health system executive. If you had one best practice that you would like to share with your peers in the industry, what would it be?

CR: Well, I will share two!

PP: Go right ahead! Go ahead! I’ll take the bonus.

CR: So, the first one for me is that these aren’t projects, these are programs. Projects have begin dates and end dates. In your programs, you really continue to evolve and mature and you’ll have many projects that are part of these programs. So, this is not something that if you reach a certain point, they’re successful, that’s just the launching pad for taking what the next point is. So, the digital piece for me is a journey that will continue to evolve and mature. You must accelerate and have proper governance and measurable outcomes. Sometimes some people can get lost in the actual work itself and yet we don’t get reward on best efforts. We get rewarded on our contributions, the outcomes that we influence. And that leads me to the second one, which is some people say what is your digital strategy and I’m like, I don’t have one. That’s the same answer I had 20 years ago. There’s just one strategy, the strategy is that of your company, your system. So, I have a strategic plan that was approved by our board, developed by our senior team, it has imperatives and initiatives. What I am is actually an accelerator and a contributor to helping to move that work forward and achieve some of those results. So, I am just a tool to help our strategy. End of itself, I am not a digital strategy and I don’t have a digital strategy. I am here to support the healthcare system strategy that has been put together. I think that’s a clear distinction that you are not the end game. Again, tying back to the first note. You’re here to support the patient, support the providers and your communities. And part of all that comes into you contributing to the company’s strategy. But you’re in and of itself are not the strategy.

PP: That’s so beautifully said. Well, I guess we’re going to have to leave it there for today. Craig, thank you so much for setting aside the time to talk to us. And I look forward to staying in touch. Thank you once again.

CR: Thank you. Paddy, I appreciate the conversation and looking forward to our future.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

Craig Richardville is the Senior Vice President, Chief Information & Digital Officer, at SCL Health. His responsibilities include leading all aspects of the health system’s information technology and digital services strategy, operations, information security, and analytics assets in leading the system’s digital transformation and information automation.

Previously, he served as Owner and President of Richardville Consulting LLC, and served as Senior Vice President & Chief Information and Analytics Officer at Atrium Health for more than 20 years where he transformed the growing company into a national leader in the effective use of technology, data, and digital services as a differentiator. Craig notably earned the prestigious 2015 John E. Gall, Jr. National CIO of the Year Award in healthcare. Mr. Richardville was also awarded in 2017 the Charlotte CIO of the Year and in 2020 Colorado CIO of the Year for his continued impact using technology and digital assets.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

For a successful digital journey, health systems must connect with different parts of their organization and focus on the core mission.

Episode #65

Podcast with Anshul Pande, VP and Chief Technology Officer, Stanford Children's Health

"For a successful digital journey, health systems must connect with different parts of their organization and focus on the core mission."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Anshul Pande, VP and Chief Technology Officer at Stanford Children’s Health discusses their digital journey and covers digital programs such as remote monitoring, telehealth, and how to make data useful and readily available to the clinicians.

Anshul states that for a seamless digital front-end experience, back-end IT infrastructure must be in place, and it is important to understand how the software layers are designed. Both of these helps deliver a better experience for the provider and patient.

COVID-19 has led the healthcare industry towards ‘fail fast and get comfortable with the experimentation’ approach. Anshul advises health systems to engage with different stakeholders within the organization and focus on a single mission. Take a listen.

Our Partner:

Anshul Pande, VP and Chief Technology Officer, Stanford Children’s Health in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “For a successful digital journey, health systems must connect with different parts of their organization and focus on the core mission.”

PP: Hello again and welcome back to my podcast. This is Paddy and it is my great privilege and honor to introduce my special guest today, Anshul Pande, VP and CTO of Stanford Children’s Health. Thank you so much for setting aside the time and welcome to the show.

AP: Thanks, Paddy. It’s great to be talking to you. All the good work you’ve been doing has been well received. Appreciate it!

PP: Thank you so much. So, let’s dive right in. Could you give us a little bit of an overview of the digital programs that are currently operational at Stanford Children’s?

AP: Yes. Our digital journey has been there for many years now. We were in the forefront of what was happening from a digital perspective for pediatrics. Some of the things that we did made us realize very early on how to start investing in terms of thinking about how to do remote monitoring, how to get the data, and then how to make the clinician’s life easy in terms of being able to use the data that was coming from digital monitoring programs. Right now, like everybody else, telehealth expanded considerably for us. And the work right now has been around ensuring that we still retain very high levels of telehealth post-COVID. There’s a massive group behind the scenes to understand what happens post-COVID and what will be the barriers for us to stay at high levels of telehealth. And then how do we eradicate those barriers? Whether they are regulatory barriers, billing barriers or experience and equity barriers. So that’s really huge for us. And then besides just the telehealth and the remote monitoring portion, there’s a ton of work going on in terms of process improvement and process optimization. Also, new business ideas are emerging in terms of how we use digital to take care of patients in a different way and to integrate and connect and attract patients from all over the country, if not the world, for things that we do better than anybody else. And after that, once they have had the procedure to be able to take care of them remotely while their local physicians take care of their day to day needs as the case may be.

PP: Being a children’s hospital your population is a little bit different from adult populations. What makes your population unique when it comes to enabling care, using telehealth and remote monitoring and other digital health tools?

AP: Yeah, one of the interesting things is that kids overall are healthy. So, all the things that we as adults have that are usually tied to how we take care of our bodies or did not take care of our bodies or genetic factors, kids usually don’t see that. So, the biggest challenge is that the end for us is really low. I’ll give you an example here. We’re working on a program to be able to do electrocardiograms at home and we could give that machine to a parent and say: “you get us these images remotely.” And the end for that program is probably twelve or fifteen at most in a year. So the programs are really unique in terms of the size which also makes it more complex because the biggest challenge we have faced is that a lot of the devices are really, especially on the home monitoring front, not made for kids because the financials don’t work out for the monitoring companies to develop them. So, we are kind of an afterthought, which makes some of these things even more challenging for us to build, design, and develop.

PP: It’s interesting you say that in many ways, even though your patients are children, the users of the technology maybe the parents. You’re designing both for the children and for the parent and that makes it a very unique dynamic I imagine.

AP: Absolutely and it’s a fidelity issue too. So, if you think about just a simple thing as a weighing machine, the fidelity we’re looking for is a newborn where we’re looking at grams of fidelity, not pounds of fidelity as an example. So, that’s interesting and challenging itself. And then to ensure that a parent can handle that and then the data can be sent from a remote device back to us. So, yeah, definitely some very unique challenges in terms of getting all of those pieces to work together.

PP: Let’s talk about the technology itself. In your role as the CTO, how do you go about assessing your technology choices when you’re implementing digital programs? And what do you see as the role of the enterprise IT system, the EHR system as an example in your digital roadmap?

AP: It’s not just the EHR, probably five or six core technologies are our basis for almost everything. And any time we have a unique problem that comes from our business or from clinicians to say: “look, we want to do X,” one of the first things is to say: “okay, how do we design for X and how do we solve it?” But more importantly, with the solutions that we have with us, whether it’s the EHR or the ERP system or our telehealth platform is to say: “can these things somehow provide that solution?” And then the next part comes in, say, if the answer is no, then who can do it? At that point, it’s buy versus a build decision and in a lot of cases it is: “yes, we think this vendor can provide the underpinnings for it, but we may have to build a brand-new connector that has never been done before.” But the thought process again is use the core technologies that are available today with partners that we have had long relationships with or find a new partner and then subsequently looking at what we have to build in-house by our own developers.

PP: Let’s talk about a specific case. Today, EHR systems have evolved over the last several years and they now offer a lot more functionalities that would be considered digital functionalities. So, when you’re left with a choice of using a “native capability” from your core EHR system, is that your default or do you look at alternate solutions that may be best in class standalone solution that after all you’re in Silicon Valley, there’s no dearth of standalone solutions, innovative solutions. How do you make those tradeoffs? Where do you begin? Could you walk us through a little bit of the thinking of when you come to this kind of situation?

AP: Absolutely. I’ll preface with an example that we just brought online a few weeks ago. One of the things we were struggling with telehealth was that the whole structure around telehealth was built on a patient getting a message through the patient portal, which means that they have to have an email. And one of the things we found out from our patient community was from an equity perspective, a lot of people have smartphones, but not every smartphone owner have an email address. So, how do you ensure that you can still send a telehealth visit information or a starting URL on text. So, our answer is, well, let’s go to the EHR group and find out. Have they done something like this before? Is there a solution that they have available? And the answer is no, they don’t. I said, okay, let’s go to our telehealth group and find out if that vendor has a solution for it. And the answer was no, because if you think about it, the vast majority is using email as a starting point for a conversation, including you and me talking about it today. And then we start saying ok, we have to send text. Let’s figure out with our text messaging system provider. And they said, yes, we can, but I need this information from you. And finally, we ended up creating our own bridge. Within EHR today, a provider can say, I have a choice to start my telehealth visit by sending a message to the patient and their families via email or via a text message. That required all of that work to happen and some amount of development from our side to actually make it into a reality.

PP: Wow, these are some of the assumptions that we live in. I would never have thought that you could have a section of your population that owns smartphones but does not have an e-mail ID that is just simply beyond my thinking at least. But it’s very illustrative and informative because implementing digital health solutions, from everything I hear, is about all these small things. And you’re trying to cover everyone in your population not just sort of a section of your population and you have to take care of everybody. Coming back to the topic of the technologies that you talked about, the fact that you’re looking at four or five technology platforms as the core, including the EHR platforms. When you talk about digital experiences and creating the digital front-end experiences, there is a lot of tools that either are native to EHR or you’re getting it from the outside or you’re building it yourself. What about the back-end infrastructure that needs to be in place for all of these solutions to work well, work seamlessly for the user, whether it is a caregiver or a patient who feel like this is all intuitive, easy to use and is working.

AP: Yeah, that’s a huge problem. When we started on the telehealth journey several years ago, one of the things we were realizing very early is that this is the first time we are actually going out of our comfort zone of our clinics and our hospitals where we could actually manage that experience. We were managing the network. We were managing the device. We were managing prioritization even within the network to say this traffic should go first and we were reaching to a point where we don’t control half of the journey. We absolutely don’t control the patient’s device. We don’t control what network they are on. We don’t control how buggy or busy that network is and how many other things are running on it. And so, there are really two thought processes out there around solving it. One is on the core infrastructure side. It’s like, what can you do to make it better? And how do you solve that particular problem? And we did a lot of work on our own infrastructure side to say, okay, how do you scale up? What happens when you have to have instead of 20 visits a week to thousands and thousands of visits happening a week. Can your network and your substructures actually scale up to it? But then the second part was a conversation with the software vendors to say, how do you handle network drops? What happens when a patient moves from Wi-Fi to a 4G to a 3G? And how do you gracefully handle that experience for a provider as well as a patient? Because there’ll be frustration on both sides. If you’re not able to have an optimal experience, a lot of work went into just understanding the differences in terms of how the software layers are designed.

And it led to us actually changing our telehealth platforms midway through COVID because we saw one platform performing much better than our existing one. But those are things you have to continue to do there. There are software companies that are leapfrogging each other, and you got to take advantage of it. And it’s more so than ever in the virtual cloud space where the speed of innovation has increased tremendously. And at the same time, the options that are available are more too.

PP: Let’s talk about some of those emerging technologies. What excites you now? Both when you talk about the front end, that is the experience layer and at the back end, which is that the infrastructure layer?

AP: Front end there’s been quite a bit of work, I think on the device side we were super excited with our partnerships with Apple. They’re doing some really interesting things, including dropping their device prices. That makes it more palatable for us to be using them within our systems. We are super excited with what we are doing with Zoom on the telehealth side. They have really created a platform that has not only caught the public’s attention, but it’s actually very usable, scalable and robust from a telehealth perspective. We are also looking at a number of groups, whether it’s “Automationanywhere” or “Uipath” or “Oliveai” which provide different frameworks for RPA and AI-based RPA which is getting to be very exciting. And then some of the things that are coming from Twilio Amwell in terms of the patient engagement side and the connectivity with the patient across multiple platforms is super exciting.

PP: What about voice? Are you using voice in any meaningful way?

AP: That’s a good one. Voice has been something that we are still looking at to see how it plays out. It is one of the most interesting things of the population we are in. So, there are two languages that really dominate the market. We are in English and Spanish. But then right after that we have another 30-40 languages where we have populations from all over the world and therefore are just as important to communicate with the patient and have that conversation. And that’s the piece where voice has become an interesting conundrum for us to solve. Is that do we bring an interpreter most of the times into the conversation or is there a better way of handling it? We haven’t really solved that problem yet from a communication perspective. So, it’s an ongoing issue and journey in terms of how we are pushing and prodding our software providers to say, how are you going to help us solve this part of the journey. It is really important to actually have that meaningful communication between the provider and the patient.

PP: Yeah. What about the risks? Now, we talked about all the companies that you mentioned, some of them are very mature at one end of the spectrum. The others are very young companies and, in many cases, possibly seed funded. And it comes with the challenges of financial and technology risks. How do you manage them?

AP: Yeah, that’s a good question. I think it goes into part of when we are doing the selection process, we are looking at understanding will these companies be sustainable? We are not innovation harbor where we actually provide the seed funding and stuff like that. Several of our partners are doing it and great organizations are doing it. Cedars have a phenomenal program. Providence has a phenomenal program. Cleveland has had a program for a long time around it as well. So, that’s not our M.O. We are not looking for it unless it’s a very unique one-off solution to be looking at that earlier stage. But that comes into the conversation when we are selecting a partner to say: “what’s your sustainability like? Can you actually continue to support for multiple years and mature with us?” Especially if you’re looking at an emerging area. And there are conversations around, what is the financial stability or viability of the organization? What’s the excitement level of the market around it too? So, all of those things get into that decision-making process for sure.

PP: Alongside these kinds of risk mitigation aspects that you just talked about. What about the financial side of it? Have you changed the way you look at building business cases for these kinds of tools, considering where you’re headed as a digital first or predominantly digitally enabled organization? Are there tradeoffs you need to make today from a strategic perspective as opposed to a hard ROI? Has anything changed?

AP: Yeah, that’s a good question. It has changed a bit. So, COVID has done a few things. One, it has allowed us to experiment much more rapidly. It’s also allowed us to fail much more rapidly and move on rates or ‘fail fast and get comfortable with experimentation.’ And that’s been wonderful. Without those two things happening, I don’t think we could have made the number of useful changes from a technology perspective in the organization. Regarding the ROI piece, I think that’s the other interesting thing. Certain things are now considered obvious and part of how we need to run our business. In fact, our entire executive leadership team is very gung-ho on digital first across the board rate. So, they have bought in. And our boards are bought in. And this was before COVID from our own journey perspective. So, the discussions are slightly different. I think the discussions are not always about ROI. And when ROI comes into play there’s no question about it. But ROI comes into play when we are looking at a replacement of X to Y. I think in other cases, ROI’s are discussed when we are looking at a brand-new idea to say: “Ok, if we have to really push this idea, how much does it have to scale before we are actually making money on it?” So that gives you at least a clear line in terms of what the adoption has to be, what the usage has to be for something to be actually meaningful and valuable, which is always a good thing from a business perspective. But here we are experimenting a lot more and there’s a lot more thought to saying if it is a good idea, let’s invest in it.

PP: Yeah. And you’re right there in the middle of Silicon Valley where you have ample opportunity to experiment with new technologies. If nothing else, I’m sure there’s a lot of people who want to experiment with you. We’re coming up to the end of our time here. I’m sure this has been fascinating. I want to leave you with one last question here. If you had to share one best practice with your industry peers who are on their digital journeys, what would it be?

AP: That’s an interesting one. I think engagement is important. So, connect with different parts of your organization and come up with a single mission for your organization. That has helped us tremendously. It gives a lot of clarity when your CEO is providing the vision of what digital means and what digital could look like for your organization. And it also helps you through the peaks and valleys. It’s a long journey and you will have peaks and valleys. But having that commitment from the very top helps tremendously with that.

PP: We’re going to have to leave it there. It has been such a pleasure speaking with you. Thank you so much for setting aside the time and all the very best for you and your team.

AP: Likewise, Paddy. It’s great talking to you.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

Pande,-Anshul-profile

Anshul Pande is Vice President and Chief Technology Officer of Stanford Children's Health, the only health care system in the San Francisco Bay Area—and one of the few in the country—exclusively dedicated to pediatric and obstetric care. Mr. Pande is responsible for all aspects of technology selection, deployment, and delivery for the health system. Before joining Stanford Children's Health, he was Vice President and Chief Technology Officer of ProMedica Health, a 12 hospital, 900 provider health system where he completed a multi-year technology transformation including an Epic deployment, two mergers and a divesture.

Mr. Pande also worked at Epic for 10 years in various roles including Director of Technical Services and Chief Patient Safety Officer. While with Epic, he worked with leading healthcare organizations throughout North America and Europe. Mr. Pande earned his Master of Science degrees in both Manufacturing Systems Engineering and Industrial Engineering at the University of Wisconsin - Madison. 

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Digital health is about applying digital capabilities across the care continuum to maximize efficacy and experience

Episode #64

Podcast with Pamela Arora, SVP and CIO, Children’s Health

"Digital health is about applying digital capabilities across the care continuum to maximize efficacy and experience"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Pamela Arora, SVP and CIO of Children’s Health discusses how their holistic approach towards digital health is transforming the experience of their team members, providers, patients, and the whole continuum of care. At Children’s Health, digital health is about effectively applying digital capabilities across the continuum of care to maximize efficiency, effectiveness, and experience.

According to Pamela, by increasing the touchpoints and simplifying data across the care continuum healthcare organizations can deliver the three E’s: efficiency, effectiveness, and experience. However, one of the challenges in achieving this digital engagement in healthcare involves the data itself. If an organization is taking a patient-centric approach, continuity of data is critical. To ensure data flows easily across the continuum of care, it is important to promote interoperability initiatives across the healthcare organizations.

Technology is the key element in any digital program of an organization. Assessing the right technology at the right time is crucial to enhance patient as well as provider experience. Other aspects while evaluating technology is to consider its ease of adaptability and reliability among providers so that they can deliver a seamless patient experience. Pamela suggests health systems to keep advancing with new technologies and start with pilot first approach and then scale up the process.

Our Partner:

Pamela Arora, SVP and CIO, Children’s Health in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “Digital health is about applying digital capabilities across the care continuum to maximize efficacy and experience”

PP: Hello everyone and welcome back to my podcast. It is my great privilege and honor today to introduce my special guest, Pamela Arora, Chief Information Officer of Children’s Hospital in Dallas. Thank you so much for setting aside the time and welcome to the show.

PA: My pleasure. Thank you very much, Paddy.

PP: You’re most welcome. So, let’s get started. Tell us a little bit about Children’s Health and the patient populations you serve.

PA: We have several hospitals and ambulatory clinics as well as extensive telehealth into schools and other community hospitals here in the Dallas Fort Worth area. It’s our honor to serve the patients and families in this community.

PP: This podcast is mostly about digital transformation and the technology enabling aspects of it. Could you give us an overview of the digital programs that you’re currently operating in your institution?

PA: Absolutely, Paddy. Our enterprise IT systems are designed to support enterprise organizational initiatives and strategies. I will give you an example, we have an enterprise initiative ‘becoming the difference together,’ it is really transforming the experience of our team members, our providers, our patients and those that enable and provide their care. And in this initiative, we apply digital capabilities across the continuum of care so that we can maximize the efficiency and effectiveness of the experience we deliver to our patient families. So, instead of just having these one of technology solutions, we really tried to look at technology holistically. And in light of this, ‘becoming the difference together’ enterprise initiative, our telehealth programs help to support that. Our patient monitoring programs allow patients to be in their home setting in some instances so that they don’t have to be in our hospital walls. Our voice recognition programs, for example, are initially piloted with providers and then really expanded to other care givers so that they can be more optimized in how they deliver that care experience. And then more specifically, our patient experience programs where we leverage mobility to make it more convenient for our patient families. We have a digital front door that can basically round you from your front door to the clinic’s door and the third floor of a particular building. So, as we’re looking at how we want to support digital, we really wrap it around these enterprise initiatives in the patient experience which is a really key one. But the patient experience touches on so many different technologies from telehealth to customer relationship management systems, CRM information that’s gathered and shared and used along the continuum of care, our electronic medical record, of course and that really is key to inform care delivery. But also, being able to work it so that it’s very patient family centric, even down to our biomedical devices. And how that information flows from a biomedical device into our EMR so it can trigger certain kinds of logic or allow us to make better decisions when we apply algorithms to that kind of data. But it gives you an idea of how holistic the programs are at Children’s when it comes to digital health.

PP: Yeah, I like that actually, your holistic approach which takes into account your core infrastructure and your systems but also look at emerging technologies in the context of digital health and digital transformation. How do you define digital health?

PA: I find every organization has different nuances to how they define it. But at Children’s Health, like the example I gave with enterprise initiatives, with ‘becoming the difference campaign.’ The way we look at digital health and how it’s defined, it’s through effectively applying our digital capabilities across the continuum of care and support structures thereby maximizing efficiency, effectiveness, and experience. When you think of pediatrics in that whole digital health experience, there are examples of where you can use the digital experience to enhance the capabilities that you’ve delivered at patient families.

PP: So you serve a very unique population group, you are a children’s hospital. What kind of unique capabilities did you have to develop a digital program to serve your populations?

PA: Very good question. And when you think about just care in general, we all have our own healthcare experience with ourselves, with our parents, with our children, with neighborhood folks that you see who are getting care delivered and having unique needs. But when you take a look at pediatrics, you’re really working with the family unit, not just patients. Children can always be sent on their own behalf and depending on their age in some cases they can. And as you are looking to kind of enhance an experience, you have to consider this broader support structure for those children. So, the beauty of the EHR is it’s highly configurable and very necessary, because, for example, we’re located in Texas and we need to configure to our state laws and regulations. If you work with a foster care CPS patient, in these cases, the data is not shared in our patient portal. It’ll be shared among clinicians, but it won’t be shared in a portal. It’s because we don’t want to place the patient or foster care families at risk. Once a patient is out of the foster care system, then we’re able to facilitate information sharing for the patient through our portal. At the same time, clinical data regarding these patients is available via interoperability, and it’s the capability that every EHR needs because basically you want clinicians to always have informed care. But that foster care example is kind of helpful for people to get around the nuances of what you have to do with the system to work it effectively. So, I will give you a second example. Adolescents are treated differently in every state. In Texas, certain conditions, such as drug, alcohol abuse, or STD status are shareable with parents and guardians. In other states, these conditions cannot be shared. This is a kind of unique area of pediatrics. But when you think about it, pediatrics is really addressed through Medicaid programs that are state governed and the state laws apply to patient’s health records. The adult world is different because patients are governed by the federal regulated Medicare program. So, these are some examples of where we have different nuances that need to be addressed according to a state regulation. But also, in some cases, preferences by a family unit versus just the individual patient and highly configurable systems allow us to simplify clinical and business workflows economically instead of high maintenance systems that require custom-built. We try to be a package implementation shop where we try to take things off the shelf and configure them. We don’t want to get into custom code if we can avoid it. But there are a handful situations where we actually need to do custom code because the market doesn’t supply what we need. But when it comes to patient families, there’s just a lot of areas that you have to make sure you handle appropriately and make the data available when it needs to be. But in certain instances, it doesn’t necessarily follow the rule for all patient families.

PP: Those are fascinating examples. I have no idea how intricated, how nuanced the laws are and how it varies from state to state when it comes to pediatrics. You mentioned technology choices and actually it is a great segue to my next topic of discussion. How do you go about assessing your technology choices, specifically in the context of digital programs? Where do you start? Do you start reading EHR or do you look for best in class tools? How do you go about it? Can you walk us through your typical thought process when it comes to this?

PA: When it comes to making technology choices, I offer a common quote, “just because you’re a hammer, not everything is a nail.” It’s important to understand the organization’s goals and recognize where technology can be a game changer and can better support your strategic direction. But while technology is a key element in digital programs, there are instances where process or culture change may make the most impact. In any event, the role of enterprise IT is to make sense of the architecture so we can economically build, buy, or rent the systems needed to support our vision. So, as we’re assessing technology, we kind of look at it and say, you know what makes sense at this particular time? Some solutions are better to build, some to buy and some are preferred to rent. For example, we originally built our data center out and it hosts our ERP system on site and that was a simple solution at that time. But several years back, our vendor eventually developed a solution that they can provide better, faster, and cheaper in the cloud. So, we shifted our model, and the key is the price point, because in some cases you have some investments in certain assets in your organization. But when we’re doing the technology refresh, we’re checking what is the right answer now. And in addition to that, we’re constantly monitoring to see if we need to make a change because we can do it more economically or in a more simplified way. IT tends to have to figure out how to simplify technology so it’s more adaptable. Similarly to the examples I gave about the enterprise and how you assess the technology, when you think about data flow across the continuum of care that’s inside the walls and outside our walls of our institutions. We are the ultimate Plummer, and we want the systems to be reliable, like a utility where you can just count on it. Our mind set is to create simplicity in your system so that it becomes a reliable tool that your organization can count on. And when a workflow or architecture is complex, IT should try and simplify its application to improve adoption. If a particular model is difficult to understand or use, providers won’t use it, your back-office staff won’t use it. Another plus for simplifying the utility of the system is cost savings, scalability, efficiency. All of those come into play when you try to work towards that simple, adaptable solution. For example, a solution we’re evaluating is a patient identification patch. They can place the armband and we use it to scan for medications. We use it to identify the patient and all of that’s taken care of. We’re currently piloting a technology that can replace that with a very thin patch that can go on the patient family. And not only it can identify the patient family member, but the patient be scanned through clothing, that can help monitor vital signs such as the pulse. Today, we have a little piece of equipment that clips to the patient, it’s not necessarily very comfortable, especially for tiny patients. So, anything we can do that can help the patient family experience from a comfort level, as well as improve the experience for providers and staff. Imagine in the middle of the night having to scan your child and they have to get to that armband, and they wake up the child because that’s the only way they can get to it. We’re talking about something that can identify the patient that much more readily scan through clothing so that child stays sleeping. And on top of that, be able to give you the vital signs. These types of technologies really get into hitting on all the aspects that really can help care because people think about the patient experience. But if we can’t provide an excellent clinical provider experience, then they’re not delivering the best care. So, we are pretty excited about that.

PP: Those are great examples. In fact, you talk about the experience in context of providers. You mentioned a couple of times that the technology has to be easy to use to gain adoption, at least among the providers. With digital, it’s a whole different expectation. As consumers we’re all used to seamless experiences from the retailing industry, the e-commerce industry, the personal banking industry and so on. Healthcare by all accounts has catching up to do in that context. What are some of the big challenges that you see when it comes to engagement and adoption with your user community, namely your patient and all your patient families when you roll out some of these tools?

PA: Very good question. I also have worked in multiple industries prior to being a CIO in healthcare. At one point I was the CIO of Ross Perot’s company, Perot Systems, and had a chance to work in about every industry. And I’ve been able to really witness different types of consumer engagement. And as a patient in the health system I experienced varying levels of engagement as well because we all have our own healthcare experience. One of the challenges of digital engagement in healthcare involves data. And this is something that I respectfully share when I talk to peers in manufacturing and different industries. If an organization such as mine is taking a patient-centric approach, continuity of data is critical because it informs patient care. However, patient data is fragmented because it’s created in different provider organizations and not within our four walls. That is why it’s important to promote interoperability initiatives to make data flow easier across the continuum of care. And back to that example of foster care, the patient could receive care in varying locations with different families over the course of their youth. And in this type of situation, the impact of interoperability is evident. I mean, it can get down to just whether it’s safe care or not if you’re not aware of certain challenges and different kinds of prior clinical care delivery, that could impact it when a physician is delivering care to that patient and if the data can be integrated, it makes it much easier for the provider to be more effective and deliver informed care. Also, it’s just catering to preferences. Maybe that patient family prefers to be communicated with text or prefers Thursday appointments versus Monday appointments. If the data isn’t integrated, providers may not have full visibility into the care of the patient, including those support systems, support processes like scheduling. So, it’s important when you consider the constant frequency of how these are used. I am going to give you another example. Think of testing or think of even immunizations. Without visibility into the patient’s care, you could subject a patient to multiple tests that may have already been completed. Bottom line is, if you don’t have visibility to that data and various touchpoints within the health system then it all needs to come together so that a patient can have a favorable experience because you have to know the patient and you have to know their needs.

PP: Fascinating examples. How do you measure success with your digital health programs? Imagine you’re making the investments today. You talked about a number of them. How do you go about measuring the impact and measuring success?

PA: With our existing enterprise programs, we continue to extend their reach and in turn impacts our organization and the communities such as our EHR, EMR (electronic medical record) and our ERP solutions, enterprise resource planning and CRM solutions. In some areas we see more opportunity for growth. We have a lot more that we can do with our patient-centric focus by building up the data in our customer relation management system. It’s getting a lot of attention right now, but as far as its success some of its reach, one thing for the system to be able to have that reach; another is for the system to be adapted and be able to see the growth in the populations that are using it. So, take telehealth, for example, we have an existing infrastructure that is being used to support our telehealth programs and they have been in place for over a decade. We are continuously looking to enhance our tools to ensure we can deliver on our mission. Some of that is beyond telehealth. Basically, going in and having remote monitoring so kiddos can go home even sooner. But the telehealth program we’re in is over 100 schools today, and that has been fabulous for being able to deliver optimal care. Increasing those touchpoints across the continuum of care is key and simplifying that data across the continuum of care so that we can deliver on the three E’s, efficiency, effectiveness, and experience is really a key. Our measure of effectiveness for our programs are based on the impact that we’re making with that transformation of care. Some of it is adoption where we’re improving no show rates because telehealth visit is allowing people to be in a more comfortable setting, so, they end up showing up. It is just expensive when you have no shows and a tap of just inefficiency of it. It’s also a sign that we’re not delivering care where it’s optimized for that patient family. So, we have our KPIs as our key performance indicators. Using the data in another way, such as data analytics and AI is another opportunity to be able to make sure that we’re delivering care, and you’ve heard this quite often from many right resources at right time and right place. It’s critical. But with the KPI, we can see that we’re moving the needle.

PP: You talked about telehealth and we’ve seen a significant shift toward virtual models in general. What are your thoughts on where you see the market headed as it relates to the telehealth and virtual care in general?

PA: Yeah. That’s in the area where I would say that the ‘toothpaste is out of the tube and it’s difficult to put it back.’ From our standpoint, we believe in telehealth and we believe it’s here to stay. And from our standpoint, that’s great news because it’s one of the many tools we’ve invested in to ensure we can deliver care to our patients when and where they need it conveniently. We want to deliver care where kiddos live, learn, and play. We spent the last decade developing programs. We have a very robust Tele NICU program and a school-based telehealth program, we are in over a 100 schools. Post-COVID-19, our organization will continue to expand these tele health solutions. But what’s been wonderful is to see the broader community adoption during COVID. We’re really excited and encouraged. Not only it is an added benefit to help telehealth programs, the convenience to those patient families, but it’s better for your whole health systems because we’re reducing those no-show rates. An anecdotal observation: It’s interesting how just changing a location can reduce anxiety and help patients feel more at ease. The comfort of convenience and staying at home for your doctor where it’s improving the adoption. The other thing is it’s giving a different insight to the clinical care delivery, the provider, the doctor, the nurse, because they’re actually seeing kiddos in their home setting. And that can tell you a lot of information as well. As far as providing care to our patients, it’s this whole virtual experience that it’s been able to scale and I think the key is making sure that people put whatever infrastructure they’re putting in because some of the organizations are kind of late to the playing field here with reference to virtual health. And what has occurred is because the payers have relaxed some of the requirements around telehealth. Some of these things are propped up where everything you need to capture to properly bill and all of the components that need to go into a robust telehealth solution. Some of that’s been bypassed. In our organization, it’s we’ve really put the pluming. And as I mentioned before, we’ve put robust solutions in place that allow you to capture all the data that you need. But when it comes to some of the organizations that haven’t necessarily put all that in place, they’ve kind of worked within the boundaries of relaxed standards. It’s here to stay and the consumers, the patient families will not go back because they know we can do this. The organizations that have put it in, in more of a, let’s say, minimal way, need to look and really work on getting those infrastructures in place so that when we’re post COVID-19, we are in a position to be able to continue the widespread adoption, which really is what patient families need.

PP: Yeah. So, Pamela we’re almost at the end of our time here. I’d like to close with one last question. Based on your experience and you know, you’ve got years of fantastic experience with technology in the context of healthcare. Specifically, in the last couple of quarters, based on what you’ve seen and digital health programs in general, if you’ve got one best practice that you’d like to share with your peers in the industry. What would it be?

PA: That’s a wonderful question. And there’s so many different practices that can really enhance a program. But what I offer is we need to keep advancing new technologies and pilot first. And there you can evaluate and determine if you need to adopt more broadly. I’ll give the example of something that we’ve been working with for some time. So, we deployed natural language processing system years ago where physicians could use voice to text for dictation. Now, initially, we use the software with the surgeons and then we expanded it and we ran it locally on their PCs. But first, we were kind of working hard to change the behavior of the physicians. And then we expanded it to an enterprise solution where any physician could use it. And it was in the cloud. As we’ve been getting great success over the years with that, we’ve been working with other clinicians like the nurses and some of the rad techs and such where they can actually use this natural language processing. But if we would have jumped straight to having enterprise solutions for every caregiver, we wouldn’t have been successful, and it would have been more expensive. We really could not have afforded at the time because the adoption wasn’t where we needed it to be. And some of these solutions needed to be refined so that they could be optimized. When you really take a look at that pilot first and then scale philosophy, you can really change the landscape. When you’re doing that wherever possible walk in the clinician’s shoes, walk in the patient families so you can understand that experience and the struggles they’re having so that you can fix it during the smaller pilot phase with people who are usually giving you a little more latitude, if you will, and then scale it up. Also, there’s all these tech companies that want you to try their new technologies and they have brilliant ideas around how to refine the experience. But I would also suggest them to participate in conferences so people can be aware without kind of badgering them with all this polyphony of cold calls and work with the innovation labs that are out there. We actually participate in the International Society of Pediatric Innovation, the ISPI and we have an innovation lab within Children’s Health. And these types of programs are really helping tech firms develop effective ways of approaching organizations to try their new product and really do it when you’re ready to try it and pilot it. Another example is we participate in other health systems innovation labs. We visited, for example, Cedars Sinai’s innovation lab, where we discovered a product, Aiva, that helps with using voice recognition where we’re applying it and one of our hospitals are deploying it across the entire hospital. And then as we pilot more, we hope and plan to put it in our other hospitals as well as home use for our patients. Imagine them learning how to use Alexa to understand their condition and their new normal when they go home. And being able to ask Alexa at home rather than having a big stack of papers to go through to figure out how to do something like the wound care, etc. But in any case, I think if you pilot first and scale then you can figure out what’s the appropriate size of your pilot. It works not only for your organization, but also for these feeder tech firms that really can feed into innovation and getting it to the bedside faster, getting it to the clinicians in the home setting faster. So, we need to speed this up.

PP: Yeah, well, that is great advice. I’m sure the technology firms listening to this podcast would take that to heart. Pamela, it’s been such a pleasure speaking with you. Thank you so much for setting aside the time. And I wish you and your team all the very best.

PA: Very good. Thank you, Paddy. It’s been an honor. I appreciate it and I love your podcast.

PP: Thank you so much.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

Pamela Arora serves as SVP and CIO at Children’s Health in Dallas, where she directs all Information Services efforts including systems and technology, Health Information Management, and Health Technology Management.

She has led the organization to achieve HIMSS Stage 7 Electronic Medical Record Adoption Model designation, InformationWeek500, InformationWeek Elite 100 and Most Wired designations, the HIMSS Enterprise Davies Award for the organization’s innovative use of the electronic health record, HITRUST Common Security Framework (CSF) and SECURETexas Certifications. Through her leadership, Children’s Health won the AHIMA Grace Award for excellence in Health Information Management, the CHIME/AHA Transformational Leadership Award for the organization’s work to promote cybersecurity across the continuum of care, and Infor’s Innovation in the Time of COVID-19.

Ms. Arora has been named to Becker’s 130 Women Hospital and Health System Leaders to know, received the HIMSS/CHIME John E. Gall CIO of the Year Award (2017), the CIO of the Year ORBIE Award (2018 nonprofit category), and Tech Titans Corporate CIO of the Year (2019). She is a lifetime member of the College of Healthcare Information Management Executives (LCHIME), a member of the Health Information and Management Systems Society (HIMSS), and the Children’s Hospital Association (CHA). Pamela currently serves on the AAMI Board, HITRUST Board, Dallas CIO Advisory Council, Tech Titans Board, Philips Global Medical Advisory and HIMSS North America Board.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

It’s time for health systems to change focus from optimization to transformation

Episode #63

Podcast with Stephanie Lahr, MD
CIO and CMIO, Monument Health

"It’s time for health systems to change focus from optimization to transformation"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Dr. Stephanie Lahr, CIO and CMIO of Monument Health, discusses how as a community-based health system, they transformed their healthcare delivery in a short time during the pandemic. With the knowledge of technology and informatics, Dr. Lahr’s clinical background is helping the health system choose the right tools at the right time to solve the right problems.

Monument Health is part of the Mayo Clinic Care Network. They are based in South Dakota, where the rural population accounts for fifty percent of the total population. Before the pandemic hit, the health system was already using several antiquated tools such as telephones, paper fliers, questionnaires, etc., to cater to the population spread apart by miles. However, as the pandemic hit, Monument Health rapidly evolved its technology environment in just two weeks. They started using tools like COVID-19 nurse triage, RPM, online testing, and more to manage their patients.

Dr. Lahr states that healthcare systems can improve their quality and efficiency by having a strong foundation in data and analytics. Data is the language of transparency; access to it can help patients know more about their health information. In terms of digital patient engagement, using a combination of automated tools to maintain a personalized care experience is the key to improve care delivery.

Our Partner:

Stephanie Lahr, MD, CIO and CMIO, Monument Health in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “It’s time for health systems to change focus from optimization to transformation”

PP: Hello again, and welcome back to my podcast. This is Paddy and it is my great privilege and honor to introduce my special guest today, Stephanie Lahr, CIO and CMIO for Monument Health in South Dakota. Stephanie, thank you so much for setting aside the time and welcome to the show.

SL: Thanks, Paddy. I’m super excited to be here.

PP: You’re most welcome. So, can you tell us for the benefits of our listeners a little bit about Monument Health and the populations you serve. I understand you’re also affiliated to the Mayo Clinic in some way, can you talk about that too.

SL: Sure. So, Monument Health is a not for profit healthcare system based in Rapid City, South Dakota. We serve most of western South Dakota, parts of eastern Wyoming and some part of east of northern Nebraska as well. We have five hospitals, three of which are critical access over 40 clinic locations. We participate in caring for most medical specialties other than transplant and complex pediatric care. We have long term care facilities and home health pharmacy services as well. So, we have a pretty broad spectrum of comprehensive care, serving rural environments which is several hundred miles between us and it’s like really any other substantial healthcare center. So, with respect to our relationship with the Mayo Clinic, we are part of the Mayo Clinic Care Network, which is a designation we are really proud of and has been in place for just about a year. As a member of the Mayo Clinic Care Network, we have special access to Mayo clinics’ knowledge and resources. Our physicians and clinicians have an opportunity to collaborate with their clinicians in an effort to get in a rural setting, allow our patients to get more of the care than they need and be able to stay close to home, while we take advantage of that additional resource set at no additional cost to our patients.

PP: You mentioned rural a couple of times and I’ll come back to that because maybe it’s defining a unique attribute of your health system or the populations that you serve.

But I wanted to ask you briefly about your title and your role. You have an unusual role, you are both CIO and CMIO for the health system. Could you maybe briefly describe the scope of your responsibilities and where digital initiatives fit within the organization context?

SL: Sure. So, I am an internal medicine physician by background. I came to what was Regional Health, now Monument Health, about four and a half years ago, and I was recruited to come here as the CMIO to lead the clinical aspects of an EHR replacement across the entire health system. The CIO that I reported to at that time began to make plans for his retirement. Shortly after our go live, the CEO really saw the value in having a clinical leader with knowledge of technology as the best fit to lead the information and technology division moving forward. Given that there’s such a tight integration and rapid evolution of technology as an enabler and transformer of healthcare. So, it was sort of decided that a combination role of CIO, where I have the responsibilities for the strategy and the management of the tools that we use across the health system to enable care delivery and business efficiency, etc., with my clinical knowledge, my background in informatics, to then be able to leverage those skills together to make sure we were really choosing the right tools at the right time to solve the right problems. And fortunately, given that broad scope, I have a super great team who helps me keep all those responsibilities in motion. More specifically, all of the caregivers and technology that surrounds everything from our telephone systems to our data centers to our EHR and third-party systems, to our patch system, to our financial and revenue cycle systems report through me. The one thing that doesn’t report through me directly is our enterprise intelligence group. They report through our Chief Performance Officer, which was another decision that was made at the time that I took on both of these roles. A very close friend and colleague and partner of mine who was also within the IT division at the time, became our Chief Performance Officer. And so, our enterprise intelligence and analytics lies under her direct authority, but our teams work super collaboratively together. And that’s been something worked quite well for the last couple of years.

PP: That’s a very helpful context. And you mentioned that the technology environment is evolving rapidly. COVID has accelerated technology enabled transformation from years to months. I hear all the time that what was expected to take five years through transformation has effectively taken place in five months. Can you talk about how COVID-19 has impacted the pace of transformation at Monument Health and about the initiatives that you’ve launched specifically in response to the pandemic?

SL: Yeah, this is such a great question, because it really allows us to highlight some of the powerful and positive things that have come from such a challenging and difficult situation and a situation that is still so rapidly evolving. So, what was interesting for us is, coincidentally, around the time when this all came to the forefront in March. We had just brought a big team together and brought in a consultant. And some of this flavored by the landscape of both the financial licensing, all of the different kinds of complexities that go on in creating the environment in which we are able to do things that we do. We put together a telehealth strategy, and what we were really looking was at a two-year plan. And within about a week of that big meeting of bringing everyone together, we suddenly had a two-week plan. And within about five days, we had every specialty across the entire health system live with telehealth visits. Now, there’s certainly room for optimization of the tools and the workflows that we’re using within telehealth. But it was a really exciting time for us to see just what we could do when everybody was rowing in the same direction and had a common goal. So, that’s one really exciting example that I’m proud to share.

PP: That story is so familiar to me when I talk to health systems executives across the board. The order of magnitude of the change, the number of telehealth visits to the increase they made with the pandemic, that is across the board. It’s been a dramatic change, but for the most part, everyone seems to have pulled through. I think optimizing the technology environment is an ongoing process. So, I guess over time, all will settle down. What about the remote workforce? Can you talk about that? How did you enable them?

SL: Yeah, absolutely. So, my IT team had already been transitioning towards a work from home model part time. This was really advantageous to the whole organization. We didn’t realize how lucky we were to have already been making those moves because we had established a really strong foundation for the technology that was needed and the bumps in the road might be living in a rural geography. One of the things I often talk about to some of our physicians is that as we talk about wanting to do telehealth visits from home and things like that, I remind people I sometimes have physicians and other caregivers who live between two slabs of granite here in the Black Hills. And that can create some obstacles when it comes to create connectivity and those kinds of things. But we already had experience working through some of those challenges. We had a robust virtualized desktop environment. So, from a security, workflow, and even from a policy perspective, we had done a lot of the work with HIPAA and compliance and those teams to have a foundation. So, that was actually almost too easy for us that we didn’t even really take a lot of effort. It was more just in a matter of figuring out that who else beyond the IT team needs to work from home? What additional hardware might they need in order to do so? And we’ve been really successfully enabling several hundred of our both clinical, but not directly patient facing caregivers, as well as many of our corporate service caregivers to be able to work successfully from home for the last seven months. And I really don’t know that I see those teams ever coming back to our physical spaces in the way that they used to be before. So, that certainly has been a really positive thing. I think a lot of our caregivers have appreciated that opportunity, both from the standpoint of how it impacts their personal ability to make decisions in their own personal safety and how much they want to be interacting around other people, depending on what their personal situations are. It is also something that has allowed us to have our caregivers adapt to so many of the other cultural things that have happened in the landscape in the fabric of our society. Everything from schools and our other support systems, whether that’s daycare or other childcare options, all have become more complex and having opportunities to be able to keep people productive and working successfully at home, I think is a huge win and something I think that is here to stay.

PP: It’s such a great example. And when people talk about telehealth and virtual care models, they’re mostly talking about how you deliver care to your patients in a direct and interactive kind of way. But this is a great example of how you’re actually enabling your remote workers, caregivers, clinicians, using technology to work just as effectively as they would if they were on campus. And that’s a great example of digital transformation. It’s just that one doesn’t normally get to care about what happens in the back end of technology enabled care delivery. They’re mostly focused on the front end. So, thank you for sharing that. I’d like to talk a little bit about your CMIO role. Can you share what are some of your top priorities, as CMIO today, especially in a post-COVID-era?

SL: Yeah. So, I will tell you that during the time period of the early days, as we were trying to understand kind of clinically how all this was going to come together. And for us, because we’ve had a bit of a delay in the pandemic impacts on our numbers and are really seeing probably higher numbers now than we really have ever before. It’s a very interesting experience to be a physician who is not on the front lines. And so, it has been really important to me to offer to my colleagues, both the physicians as well as the other clinical team members, tools that can help them help patients and also keep them as safe as possible. So, telehealth is one of those options. I think it’s traditional. Some of the more common things that we think about telemedicine as far as a patient being at home and a physician being either at home or in their office and being able to maintain that relationship and the connectedness, which is wonderful. But in our hospitals, there are really challenging situations that we’re asking our clinical caregivers to walk into every day. And if there are elements with technology that I can use to help them monitor a larger group of patients with a smaller number of caregivers or providers that would allow them to have safe interactions with those patients, where instead of having to go into a patient’s room two or three or five times a day, they may be able to go in just once or twice. That has been, really very important to me to make sure that I was supporting my colleagues in that way. Bigger picture than that kind of outside response to the pandemic is that I think, we are seeing more than ever that clinical care is hard work. It’s emotionally, physically, and intellectually hard work. And the people that are providing that care need all the tools they can get to make them good at their job. Whether we’re talking about nurses or therapists or physicians, they’ve all gone through years of training and specialization and licensing to be the best that they can be. And we have so many great and burgeoning tools available to really help augment what they are capable of doing, because the data sets that are available are not getting any smaller. The human mind is not getting any bigger and the day is not getting any longer. And so how do we really help people be efficient, avoid burnout. The whole other aspect, I think that’s really exciting right now is both my combination of clinical background as well as the technology side and informatics is that of patient engagement. And how do we engage with our patients to take on more responsibility in their own healthcare is to encourage them and educate them and move them toward a more positive future. And then just in general, all healthcare systems have an opportunity to improve quality and efficiency. One of the underpinnings of that is a strong data and analytics framework. I talked a little bit about our partnership with enterprise intelligence and creating a lot of transparency around that data. We really need to be transparent there, both within the healthcare system about what we’re doing and where opportunities are for improvement. We need to be transparent with our patients about how we’re doing and how the information is related to their care. I feel like data is the language of transparency. That’s the thing that’s going to get us to the transparency where we can all be kind of on the same playing field is when we have widely available and accessible data.

PP: You mentioned patient engagement, and that is something we talk about a lot on the show, especially on the digital front doors. But before that, I just wanted to go back to the theme of your rural populations from a CMIO standpoint. I imagine that you’ve been managing your chronic populations and other high-risk populations remotely for a while, because that is just the nature of your landscape. How is the pandemic changed any of that, especially from technology enablement standpoint?

SL: Yeah, it’s very interesting. As you mentioned, because of the nature of being as rural as we are, we have to manage patients who are not right next to us. They may be hundreds of miles from us but I’ll be perfectly honest, until recently we were doing that with pretty antiquated tools, mostly telephone calls, paper fliers, questionnaires. And there are a few reasons for that, we still are in our area in a relatively heavy fee-for-service model. And as we move into value-based care, there’s more resources available to sort of prioritize how we do this chronic disease management strategy. And so, we’ve been slowly working our way there. But I think for a long time, even though we were doing it and we knew we weren’t using the right tools to do it, we had some degree of analysis paralysis around just executing on what are the tools that would help because there’s so many out there. Which one to use it, what are the benefits and which group wants to use it and how are we going to manage it and how are we going to standardize. And then a year and a half goes by and you haven’t made any changes. And so, one of the really fantastic things to come out of the pandemic is we now know what we can do in a super short period of time. And there is no wasting a year and a half with analysis paralysis. So, another example of things that we did is our CEO came to me just shortly after things got started in the spring and said: ‘hey Stephanie, we really need something for the community. They have lot of questions. We’re working on the web site and that’s going to be one element of it. But they might need more support than that. We need to funnel them to the right location. Do they need to tele visit? Do they need an in-person visit? Should they go to the emergency room? If they need testing, how are we going to set them up for what can we do?’ So, I brought back some options. A lot of which were actually kind of a quick outsourcing opportunity. And she said: ‘well, I don’t think we can afford that. What else can we do?’ So, five days later, we went live with a nurse triage that is clinically managed by myself and my Ambulatory Medical Information Officer who works for me. And I pulled all of my nurses out of clinical informatics and they all started answering phones. And we created a COVID-19 nurse triage line. And we created an opportunity for patients to call and interact with us and ask questions and in some cases just get counseling and reassurance that everything was OK. And then we took it a step further and we rolled out some functionality within our electronic medical records system to be able to do remote monitoring of these patients. And so, through the use of some thermometers and devices to be able to check their pulse ox, their oxygen levels, and then some tools that we use through our patient portal, we were able to manage a really large number of people who are sick with COVID-19. But not sick enough to be in the hospital but are still scared and still have questions. We monitor them every day, we get this information back into the system, we feed it up to other areas when necessary, and recontact those patients when necessary. And so now we’re looking at something that was created essentially out of IT as a temporary process to get us through in “kind of this crisis situation”, which we now realize is no longer a crisis situation. It’s more just a part of the fabric of our lives. And how do we morph that into something that we can maintain and sustain and expand. So some really great things that we’re working on there, one of which is we’re going to be rolling out a new tool where instead of needing to call and interact with us to, for example, schedule testing, you’ll be able to go to a secure interactive portal on our web site. Whether or not you have a patient portal account or my chat account and look at the schedules across the geography of our health system, find the one that’s most convenient for you and schedule your own test. And you don’t have to interact with anyone and then you drive up to that location and you’re able to get your test. We have methods then to be able to get you your results. And again, if you’re positive, we can offer you a home monitoring program. So, we’re working on both the combination of the workflows as well as the tools that allow us to do that. But this is really the first time we’ve taken a system approach in doing it. It’s been very educational for the whole organization to see how centralizing this can be of benefit to everyone. And now we’re really starting to look, as we get to handle this, what are those other areas like diabetes management, heart failure and some of those other chronic disease situations that you mentioned where we know we’ve got patients that live on a farm seventy-five miles out of town and they’re not going to come in. So how do we interact with them where they’re at?

PP: Very interesting examples, especially the one where you talk about repurposing your nurses towards a nurse triaging function for the near term at least. Now, that’s a segue into some of the automation and digital engagement opportunities that when I talk to other health systems executives, I see them investing in. So, you talked about patient engagement and if we look at digital patient engagement besides telehealth, what are some of the other opportunities we’re looking at from especially an access standpoint. The example of the tool that you gave for scheduling COVID-19 test is fantastic. What other opportunities are you looking at? Could you give us a sense of what you’re thinking about right now?

SL: Yeah. So, some of the things that we are looking at are tools that will allow our patients and their families to get updates on things that are happening, particularly when you look at the inpatient environment for hospitalized patients or patients that are going through surgery. Right now, we limit the number of visitors even when we’re not limiting the visitors and if your family lives one hundred miles from here, they are likely not going to be all coming to Rapid City, for example, when you have your surgery or if you’re hospitalized. So, we are looking at some tools that help keep both the family and the patient, depending on the scenario up to date on what’s happening and creating sort of automated tools. Whereas different elements happen, and different progress is made that it automatically let people know that we’ve had sort of a successful transition to a next stage. But also allows for personalization so that if there are things that need to be more specifically shared or discussed with a patient’s family, we can have a portal in a way to be able to share that information. So, I think a really major opportunity is a combination of using some automation, but also bringing in the personalization. And I think that’s going to be the key in healthcare. As we look to automation is how do we maintain a personal experience using automated tools so that our teams can do more and can take care of more people, but it still feels personalized. I think there are a lot of great tools out there and if we look at the airline industry, there are some cool things that they do. When they call, volumes are high, when they need to make adjustments to things in the way they communicate with us has all become very automated. It’s not super personal, but we don’t have an expectation that the airlines interact with us in a very personalized way. We also have to take it a step further. In healthcare, we can leverage the same tools that they are using, but we have to push them to go a little bit farther so that when they reach a certain point or certain scenario develops, we can add personalization into it as well. So, we don’t lose that connectedness with our patient population.

PP: OK, we are coming up to the end of our time. Stephanie I’d love to close out with one more question. You’ve had to live through some dramatic changes in the wake of COVID and some fascinating examples you’ve shared with us. If you had one best practice that has emerged from this experience that you would like to share with your peers in other health systems. What would it be?

SL: Yeah, I think this is really poignant at this time for me, where I’m at and what I’m talking with my teams about a lot right now is it’s time to change our focus from optimization to transformation. As a leader in healthcare IT It’s not only appropriate, but essential for us to take the lead, I think we over time have been reluctant. Even as a physician, I at times set myself aside and say: ‘well, operations really have to own and has to lead this. You have to have a strong, partnership.’ But the reality is operations is trying to operate the business today. They don’t necessarily have the time and the skills and the connections to understand what else is out there, to change the work that we’re doing today from one kind of work to another and really transform it. And so, the optimization of work will always be there. But we’ve got to start thinking transformation and we have to as IT leaders, be willing to lead that charge tightly connected to our clinical and operational counterparts. But we really have to take the lead.

PP: That is so well said and we’re going to have to leave it there. It’s been such a fascinating conversation. Stephanie, thank you so much once again for setting aside the time and all the very best to you and your team. I look forward to staying in touch.

SL: Absolutely. Thanks so much.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

Stephanie-Lahr,-MD-profile

Dr. Stephanie Lahr serves as the CIO and CMIO for Monument Health, formerly Regional Health, the largest healthcare provider in Western South Dakota. Dr. Lahr joined Monument Health in April 2016, shortly after their decision to transform the organization through a process of EHR Unification and a selection of Epic as their transformative partner. Dr Lahr led the clinical aspects of that project as well as the data conversion strategy. In January of 2018 Dr. Lahr added the role of CIO and is now responsible for the strategy and management of the Information Technology Division. Since the Epic implementation the focus for the division is now on optimizing the EHR to improve end user and provider satisfaction, assessing new technologies that fit in the healthcare space and evolving the IT infrastructure to meet with the growing pressures on performance and security. Prior to her role at Monument Health, Dr. Lahr was the Medical Director of IT at Kootenai Health in Coeur d’Alene, Idaho, a role she developed during her 8 years there as a hospitalist.

Dr. Lahr has nearly a decade of experience assisting hospitals and their medical staffs with the changes associated with EHR implementation and transition across the country in a consultant role, prior to her time at Monument Health that focus was primarily in MEDITECH hospitals.

Stephanie attended medical school at the University of Texas Medical Branch in Galveston, Texas. She completed Obstetrics and Gynecology residency at Washington University in St Louis, but her heart drew her to complete her training in Internal Medicine. She completed Internal Medicine residency at UTMB in Galveston. She is Board Certified in Internal Medicine and in 2015 became Board Certified by the American Board of Preventive Medicine in Clinical Informatics. She has also completed the CHIME CIO Bootcamp and is now a certified CHCIO.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Digital health will change the mindset that care delivery can happen only in clinics

Episode #62

Podcast with Nick Patel, MD
Chief Digital Officer, Prisma Health

"Digital health will change the mindset that care delivery can happen only in clinics"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Dr. Nick Patel, Chief Digital Officer of Prisma Health discusses his role and how the pandemic has transformed the healthcare industry with emerging technologies like online scheduling, virtual visits, chatbots, remote patient monitoring, and AI.

Since March 2020, Prisma health has completed 360,000 virtual visits. Nick says that implementing digital health will eliminate the mindset that care can be provided only in an office setting. He believes that introducing automation in healthcare processes and digital front doors is important to improve care delivery. In the post-COVID-19 world, around 20 to 30 percent of all ambulatory visits will convert to virtual visits. However, social determinants of health also need to be considered such as lack of broadband access and technology challenges in older and high-risk patients.

Patients today expect a retail experience from healthcare throughout their journey. Nick advises health systems to prioritize on solving the problems and focus on patient needs rather than starting with technology. Healthcare technologies must be an interconnected ecosystem that is efficient, intuitive, and can take advantage of automation driven by data.

Our Partner:

Nick Patel, MD, Chief Digital Officer, Prisma Health in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “With digital health we are getting out of the mindset that care can be rendered only in the office”

PP: Hello and welcome to my podcast. This is Paddy, and it is my great privilege and honor to introduce my special guest today, Nick Patel, Chief Digital Officer of Prisma Health. Nick, thank you so much for setting aside the time and welcome to the show.

NP: Thank you, Paddy. Great to be here.

PP: Prisma Health, I believe, came about as a merger of a couple of different health systems. Would you like to take a couple of minutes for the benefit of our listeners to tell us a little bit about who Prisma Health is?

NP: Yes, sure. Prisma Health is the largest, most comprehensive non-profit hospital in South Carolina. It was formed about three to four years ago when Palmetto Health, which was located in the central portion of South Carolina and Greenville Health System in the upstate, merged to form Prisma Health. We span over 50 percent of the state. We have 18 hospitals and about thirty thousand team members, and were actually the largest private employer in the state of South Carolina, with 330 ambulatory practices and about 45 percent of South Carolina live within fifteen minutes of us. We also have two comprehensive stroke centers and two affiliated medical schools as part and I actually did my residency training here with them.

PP: You’ve been with Prisma Health in its previous form for a long time, so, you’ve really seen this organization grow. Fantastic. So, Nick, you’re currently the Chief Digital Officer. What does that mean? What are your responsibilities? Who does the role report to today?

NP: It’s an interesting journey to get to become Chief Digital Officer. I was previously an internal medicine physician and I’ve been practicing for 17 years. And through my 17 years, I’ve seen us transform from paper to EHR and the disruption that caused into what we’re moving into now digital health and digital transformation. As my career grew, I was asked to be on different committees when we were rolling out the electronic health system and I eventually became CMIO for the medical group. And as we were going through this transition to becoming Prisma Health, the CEO asked me: ‘So, Nick, what would you like to do next? What should you be doing in Prisma Health from a digital innovation standpoint? I had attended HIMSS, the big healthcare conference that happens every year, and Hal Wolf, who was the CEO of HIMSS, had a presentation and keynote that he was giving. And I got a chance to have dinner with him the night before he had invited a small group and he leaned over to me and said: ‘Nick, what do you do and what do you see yourself doing in the next couple of years? And I described that no one was really focusing on patient experience and access and digital transformation. CMIOs really just focus on informatics and day-to-day activities of EHR and optimization. CIOs focus on infrastructure, hardware, networking, and making sure we follow security guidelines and things of that nature. But there was no one in between that looked beyond the EHR and hardware infrastructure. And that’s how Wolf talked about this role called the Chief Digital Officer. How that person will be instrumental in truly transforming delivery, that is patient focus, improving access, taking digital health, remote patient monitoring, artificial intelligence and other things to the next level. And so, I pitched that and wrote my job description and gave it to the CEO and they really liked it. And after some wordsmithing, I came to an agreement of my role as Chief Digital Officer and Vice Chairman for innovation. Currently, I answer directly to the system CMIO. But if you look across the country, the role has different reporting structures. For example, a CDO can in a lot of places answer directly to the CEO where they shape the true strategy for a health system. Similarly, sometimes they answer to the CIO, the chief or the chief administrative officer. So, it just really varies.

PP: Yeah, that is a fascinating story of how you saw the future through a chance conversation that you have with somebody. And that’s so interesting. As you are the first Chief Digital Officer for this system, could you give us a brief overview of the digital programs that you’ve rolled out in your role at Prisma Health the last couple of years and maybe give us an example of a program that has made a significant impact for your organization.

NP: Before COVID, we had already started looking at where we wanted to be when it comes to patient access, how we wanted to hold up Prisma Health around virtual visits and things of that nature. And the first project that I did as Chief Digital Officer in conjunction with the system CMIO was around online scheduling. So, when you bring two healthcare systems together, there is a lot of things that need to happen. Every system did their protocols and workflows differently.

We also needed to get to know each other as providers, who we were, what specialties we have and where do we have them. So, if you were to look at our web sites on both sides prior to us becoming together, it was disjointed. We have doctors in rural locations, we have doctors listed that were not even here anymore, things of that nature. So, what the first thing we want to do is produce a source of truth as our provider directory so that a patient can go online and find the right doctor for them. And so, if they put in diabetes and say, look at all the doctors in primary care internal medicine and family practice that specialize in diabetes, you might want to then put your zip code in, you’ll find the person closest to you.

And that helped for many reasons. Number one, it helped us as a system because we needed people to know who we were and our assets and what services we provided. It also helped us internally to setup a database of all our providers, where you had pictures, videos, testimonials, we had our ratings, our credentialling and all of that in one singular place. I guess my evil plan was to say that we now have a profile on every single provider. So, it’s like a user profile no matter what digital asset or virtual asset we then built, that same picture, same profile moves with that person. So, that was foundational for me. I think it obviously helped us come to some realization if we’re going to focus on patients and patient experience and we need to come to standardize rules around scheduling templates and all those things. So, that was part of that project and we’re live and it’s doing well. We’re now a year and a half into it, but still we got a lot of work to do to shape that. So, outside of online scheduling and video, some of the other assets that has really helped during COVID is automation and chatbots.

We had partnered with a company around different types of programs, hypertension programs, diabetes, post-operative care, and that automates the process and says: ‘hey, you are hypertension patient, I noticed your last three blood pressure readings are high. Have you been taking your medicine, yes or no? Have you been fine? Are you having an appropriate healthy diet? Yes or no. Are you doing X number of steps?’ So, it’s like engaging the patient at home as a little digital kind of nudge in between those office visits of how you are doing. What we’re doing with that is taking it to another level and adding remote patient monitoring. So, we partnered with the company to have connected devices that are fully connected to a person that literally puts on and I start getting data coming into our EHR and we’re setting a threshold. So, Paddy, if you’re my patient, you have hypertension, I’m going to put you on a blood pressure cuff. Just check your blood pressure once or twice a day to start. And if I on the background have setup a threshold, so if I want to know, when Paddy’s blood pressure goes over X over three consecutive times, then a chatbot is going to ping you saying: ‘hey Paddy, your blood pressure is going up.’ Now it’s going to really engage you and ask you some questions and if you answered those questions three times in a negative light, then a care coordinator or a Pharm D or nurse will call you and say: Paddy, what’s going on? And you reply: ‘well, I didn’t get that medicine, some were too expensive, when I got to the pharmacy, I figured I’d talk to Dr. Patel when I see him in three months. And the coordinator replies: ‘no, let’s change it now. So, we don’t want three months of higher blood pressure for you.’ So, this is the thing about digital health that we’re trying to do is to get out of that mindset of the only time your care is rendered is in the office. Care should be rendered at any time at home, especially in between office visits, because that’s where you live. You don’t live in my office. I can’t control what happens outside the office. And being a practicing internist for 17 years, I could tell you that how many times a patient sits on ‘I didn’t want to bother you, I figured we’d talk in three months or six months or next visit.’ You mean to tell me your blood pressure has been this high for that long and your sugars have been this high for that long.

Instead, me proactively knowing as your caregiver that how you’re doing and pinging you and keeping you engaged, go for walks and motivating you and gamifying that if you keep doing this to another 5000 steps and you going to get 10 percent off on your next visit here. You’re going to get 20 percent coupon devoted to your local grocery store, all these sort of things start to tie together. And that’s what I’m trying to achieve here.

PP: That sounds very, very comprehensive. And everything that you talked about, Nick, are things that I see other health systems also investing in. And, the point that you made about scheduling and access, that is by far seems the number one focus, especially when in the wake of COVID and in-person visits practically came to a halt. And now it’s probably going back a little bit and you’re getting people back within your clinic, facilities, and so on. Specifically in response to COVID, did you launch anything that was going to help your patients and your patient populations?

NP: Yeah, in the second week of March we had already, like many healthcare systems it was a very tough decision, stopped elective surgeries. As you know, surgeries specifically are huge revenue generator for any healthcare system. So that was a big decision. But then we started thinking about, well, if we are doing that, having patients come into their ambulatory visits also have a very high risk. We already noticed that our cancelation rates are going up through the roof. People are scared to come in. They saw what was happening. They were trying to follow the rules, distancing and wearing a mask and handwashing and as you remember, Paddy, in the beginning, it was chaotic. New information was coming out on a regular basis and was very fluid in the beginning. So, I reached out to the president of the medical group and said: ‘we need to virtualize all ambulatory visits right away.’ So, I came up with a workflow, worked with the team of how that would work. Essentially take the scheduled patients, flip into video visit or an audio visit. And at that time, there was still no clarity on reimbursement for those. But we knew that it was important because the last thing you need is to have patients who have chronic disease exacerbate and then go to the ER or be admitted. Its a last place you want people to go. And so, we found that it was important to be able to provide continuous care to our patients and virtualize that. And if you look at last year, we must have done about 20000 thousand virtual visits. Since March, we’ve done three hundred sixty thousand virtual visits at Prisma Health. And the thing about COVID is its pretty standard, that is fever, cough, shortness of breath, primary symptoms, secondary symptoms, loss of taste, smell, etc.

We wanted to make sure that when we screen patients, they wanted to know should they get tested, they didn’t have to call a provider and get the same questions that a CDC guideline or WHO already had out. So, we worked with our chatbot vendor and they had produced a COVID chat around COVID screening. And since March, we’ve had one hundred and ten thousand people used the COVID screening chat and it puts you in three boxes. Green says, you’re fine, you’re worried, here’s the education on how to stay well. Yellow says that you have some primary symptoms of COVID, but you may just have a common cold. You may have something else going on. Let’s do a virtual visit. And then red says you have all three primary symptoms plus travel, which is not an issue now, but it was at the beginning. You need to get tested. And here’s our community testing sites where you can go and get tested.

So, it had been very successful and then we expanded that because we also had to screen our own employees. So, instead of having screeners at every door, we rolled out a digital badge. So, one can do an abbreviated screen on phone. It gives you a green pass with a checkbox similar to what you would use to check in with something like an Apple Pay. And it would have your name, date and have the timestamp and it decays. So, after 12 hours, the pass goes away and in your next shift, you have to come and do it again. And obviously that gives us data on which of our employees are going to the red box, who needs to be tested, isolated and business health reaching out to them. We also had the demand from the community as COVID later on, in the summer, people were trying to return to work. A lot of employers wanted their employees to come back with a doctor’s excuse saying they’re OK to come back to work. Well, again, same process, but now we took that shot and you enter your name, your email address and if as long as you have pass, you get a digital email white labelled to you which says you are now clear to go. Plus, it has links and education is part of that e-mail. So, there are lot of things like that that we did. The virtual visits, both asynchronous and video that we did as Medicare and payers finally came up and gave us a final rule and reimbursement, they registered it back to March 1st. So, we have three hundred sixty thousand virtual visits and we got paid for that historically we wouldn’t.

PP: In the order of magnitude of the change, the 10x increase in visits seems to be a very common story across the nation. Whoever I talked to has seen that kind of volume changes. In your case, it seems like you already had a virtual visit, telehealth program in place and you have to scale it. But I’ve talked to others where they had practically no virtual consult and they had to overnight switch to a virtual care model. When you have this degree of change and I often hear this expression that what we plan to do in five years now, we’ve had to do it in five months and things like that. What kind of a stress does it impose on the system from a technology, process, people, and change management training standpoint? Can you talk about the experience you went through in just getting this up and running and getting it right?

NP: Yeah, I was pleasantly surprised. Historically, there are a lot of steps to take from change management, governance, making sure Infosec and ITS, informatics, clinical leadership, all are aligned. And it takes time and usually as you go from one to the other and other, here it was linear and we did it all together. So, we had a meeting around changing ambulatory visits to virtual, that workflow from a technology standpoint, from a provider standpoint, from leadership standpoint, or a revenue cycle standpoint, everybody was on the call. Everybody did their part. And that’s how we were able to move this so quickly. So, yes, there was a lot of stress, but there was also a lot of teamwork, which was very great to see and has made us understand how you can really streamline the process in the future by working together in a linear fashion versus a hierarchal manner. And we had challenges like anybody else because not every single computer within Prisma Health was telehealth ready. Not every monitor had a camera built in or speakers or mikes. So as everybody saw there is a massive shortage of web cams and speakers and mikes as everybody’s trying to buy them. And we had some of that. When I had a one-on-one with the CIOs, I was like: ‘hey, maybe from now on, let’s not skimp on ten dollars and twenty dollars when we can get an integrated camera that has mike, speaker and all in one computer or desktop that we have. Instead, just let’s make sure that any clinic asset or computer is telehealth ready with these basic things.

The other thing was as we became Prisma, we still had digital disjointed network infrastructure. So, you’d have different SS Ids as you went from one system to the other, from university practice to non-university practice. And then with varied access, we had to quickly make sure that we had people with laptops and iPads that were fully connected in our secure network so, they can render care. And we needed to make sure, as all these providers from Monday to Friday and even weekend had high quality broadband access for delivering care. So, some of that was also you had to start to think about. You had to think about documentation. You had CMS and other set documentation that they had to delineate between an office visit and a virtual visit and in an audio visit and a video visit and at the station statement that went with that. So again working with informatics and educators, the revenue cycle and coding, billing and compliance being part of that and say: ‘Nick, this is what needs to be in every note and this is how it needs to sequence out.’ In the beginning this was a massive statement but then it became very narrow because we overshot and every health systems wanted to do everything they could, to make sure they got reimbursed for these visits. So, they put more than they needed. And then the questions from billing and coding of how do you do a level four or five visit when you don’t have components of a physical exam? And how do you maximize things that you can’t do? How do you make sure you document the time when you still have a time requirement? So, it’s a lot of work. Since March, my team and many others have been working 12 to 14 hour doing this and operationalizing this. At the same time, we continue to grow and say, we need to expand our RPM program, we need to expand, enhance video visits, and we need to expand chatbots. So, you can’t become stagnant because you just don’t know what’s going to happen with COVID. I think we’re in this for the long haul for at least another year. And so, we have to prepare as a health system to continue to innovate, to take care of our patients and be ready for whatever the next wave is going to happen.

PP: In that context you’ve seen a dramatic shift towards the virtual care everybody has. There was an extreme shift in the immediate wake of the pandemic and all the recent anecdotes and the data seems to indicate that there’s some degree of pullback and the traffic is flowing back into the facilities, maybe for pent up demand, maybe for procedures that cannot be put off anymore. Well, for something that you can’t continue to do on a virtual basis. So, for whatever reason, I don’t know if we have reached an equilibrium point in terms of the share of virtual care in the overall context of care. Could you talk a little bit about that? Where do you see some kind of an equilibrium in your own system? And if not, how long do you think we’re going to wait to see that? Because you’re making a lot of investments and these investments are not going to pay off immediately. Some of them are there for the longer term. How are you approaching this for the longer term?

NP: Yeah, it’s interesting. We actually try to get a pulse of our providers on how things are going on a regular basis. We know that our number of virtual visits have declined, and people are coming to our practices again and they want to get out of their house and see their provider. We’re also finding that a lot of social determinants have come to light that we did not typically think about, like technology literacy, broadband access, hardware access. A lot of the older or elderly patients who are higher at-risk have flip phones. They can’t do a virtual visit. They don’t have a desktop. They’re technology challenged. So, you still have to have a hybrid approach. You can’t just force everyone to use this. So, we had never closed our offices. We still have people come in. There are things like procedures that you have to do, minor procedures or lacerations or abrasions or an abscess or things of that nature. You still got to be able to do some hands-on care for patients.

So, asking the providers of where do you see this going post COVID or the new world post COVID, we find if reimbursement in the federal regulations and policies remain the way they are about 20 to 30 percent of all ambulatory visits will flip to virtual. And that does a couple things. One, it allows you to see patients who have appointments because they have transportation issues who live in rural areas. Helps you with outreach, but it also lets you see people more often. So, instead of seeing someone every six months with chronic disease or three months now you’re able to check in on them digitally and see how you’re doing, either through RPM that seamlessly coming or checking in through video.

And so, I think that’s kind of where we’re going to be. But do I think we still see patients. I’m still a practicing doctor and I can tell you on Monday, Wednesday, I saw most of my patients who wanted to come in and see me. And obviously, all the protocols are there and everybody was wearing masks. I think that’s where we’re going to land. What you learn about this is, as a doctor you have an average panel of fifteen hundred two thousand patients if you want to try to keep up the volume. But with true movement to population health, one doctor should be able to take care of 10000 patients using APPs, care coordinators, pharmacies, social workers in the community. And be able to take care of diabetes on a larger scale or in a community scale versus checking in one patient, checking out another patient because we don’t have enough doctors to go around. I mean, if you look at the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality and CDC, in 2015 we did about a billion encounters. Nine hundred and ninety million encounters. Sixty one percent of those had chronic conditions and fifty one percent of the billion went to primary care. And there’s not enough primary care to go around.

And so, you have to start thinking about how you develop the next generation of care delivery. And this has been in discussions since the eighteen hundreds. My friend showed me an article that came in 1879 in Lancet, which was in a a peer reviewed physician journal, it talked about using telephone to reduce unnecessary office visits. And I think in 1925 it came out in Science Invention magazine of how to use it. So, I think that clinically we have some good momentum around that and it will stay for long post-COVID.

PP: Yeah, it’s interesting you mentioned the model where you do more with one doc, surrounded by a team of professionals from different disciplines. That is a in fact the model that many smaller countries around the world are actually practicing. The density of doctors to the population is nowhere near as close to where we are here in the United States. So, this is a problem. They’ve lived for a really long time and they’ve already gone down the path that you just described.

And I feel like the technology is the next stage of evolution in the model where you are able to achieve more through technology enablement and deliver more care, take care more people with the same group and the same number of individuals. So, that’s a whole interesting another conversation, I guess. So, Nick, in this show, as we discuss digital front doors and you have describe many of the initiatives that go into a digital front door program on a point of view of access in particular, and then you map out the patient journey. You identify the high impact touch points and you use digital solutions for implementing those care models. What would you say today are the high impact digital engagement touch points for a typical patient journey and more so in the context of your patient population? Could you share your thoughts from that?

NP: Yeah. I think that patients want a retail experience. They don’t want to have to fill out paperwork everywhere they go. And we’re good about doing that in healthcare. I think part of it is how do you use automation? I think for me, as much as we can automate processes in healthcare the better. As my friend on a previous call around artificial intelligence and medicine said, how do we take the robot out of the human? We do a lot of things in healthcare that are just robotic, that don’t require our clinical background and training to do those activities. And so, from a digital front door standpoint, how you virtualize the whole intake process and how does that data become singular? And that’s where it comes down to data is extremely important, discrete, non-siloed data that is continuous throughout all systems, no matter which when you’re in. And so when you look at one patient, you see a true 360 view. Doesn’t it matter if they’re calling through a contact center, through a CRM process or through an office or virtual or through a campaign in the community, data is singular. So, I think you have to concentrate on is thinking about how do you modernize your data systems? You know, we moved away from hard assets into the cloud. We partnered with Snowflake around cloud computing and storage, which has really helped efficiency. And there’s a lot of different things that we’re trying to do, standardize workflows and protocols, as you mentioned earlier, so that everyone is singing off the same sheet of music.

And that helps the patient. It brings the cost down and the experience is improved. I would say that having automation as part of your process and your digital front door as well as care is very important, through either chatbots or other means through your CRM. We are working very close with our CRM partner on some of these items.

PP: Yeah, interesting. We do see that in fact, we’re doing a lot of work in this space where we are using the CRM platform, helping the health systems use the CRM platform to drive a multi modern multi-channel communication protocol, which is driven largely through automation. And that’s exactly what you’re talking about. We are coming up to the end of our time Nick. I just wanted to take the last minute or two that we have to ask you a couple of questions. If you had one best practice that you would like to share with your peers in the industry, what would that be?

NP: I think the biggest advice I would give to anyone who’s going down this journey is don’t start with the technology, start with the need. What is the problem you are trying to solve? And then see how technology can help you get there. The technologies that you have must be an interconnected ecosystem that is efficient, intuitive, and then take advantage of automation driven by data, that is very important. I think what healthcare systems make a lot of mistakes is that they start with technology and try to solve a problem that’s not where you want to go and you want to keep it patient-centered, provider-driven is extremely important. So, that’s my key takeaway from our journey so far in this world.

PP: Fantastic. That is such a fantastic note to close this conversation Nick. Thank you so much for that and setting aside the time and talking to us and sharing all of the insights from your experience. I wish you all the very best.

NP: Thank you, Paddy.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

nickpatelmd-profilepic

Dr. Patel serves as the Chief Digital Officer at Prima Health and Vice Chair for Innovation & Clinical Affairs at USC Department of Medicine in South Carolina. Prisma Health is the largest, most comprehensive, locally owned, non-profit hospital system in South Carolina. He also continues to practice as an internal medicine physician for the past sixteen years. Dr. Patel has given multiple presentations around the country ranging in topics from Healthcare IT transformation, governance, workflow enhancements, health equity, telehealth, AI, and population health. Spearheaded the largest, first-of-its-kind Microsoft Surface pilot in the nation to improve physician workflow, published in the International Journal of Medical Informatics. Played an instrumental role in the acquisition of over $24 million of venture capital funding for healthcare start-up companies.

Previously as the medical group’s CMIO, he co-led efforts in the optimization and integration of Epic and Cerner at Prisma Health. Recognized as a leader in defining and articulating a unique vision on the utilization and development of technology in healthcare. Because of his industry contributions, he currently serves on multiple healthcare advisory boards including HP Inc., University of South Carolina College of Engineering and Computer Science, Kyruus, Conversa, MDLive, Perfect Serve, and Fraunhofer USA. Subject matter expert for multiple Fortune 500 tech companies, such as Hewlett-Packard, and Microsoft. He also has served as principal investigator on multiple IRB approved IT studies in conjunction with USC. Holds a clinical faculty position at the USC School of Medicine department of internal medicine and USC School of Engineering and Computing. He is also one of two physicians in the world who have been awarded Microsoft’s Most Valuable Professional Award. Also recently named Top 20 Chief Digital Officers to know in 2020 by Becker’s Hospital Review.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Due to COVID, health systems realized how far behind they were with virtual care technologies

Episode #61

Podcast with Drew Schiller, Founder and CEO, Validic

"Due to COVID, health systems realized how far behind they were with virtual care technologies"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Drew Schiller, Founder and CEO of Validic discusses how COVID-19 has impacted and accelerated the demand environment for remote patient monitoring and other virtual care technologies.

Validic is one of the pioneers in the remote patient monitoring space. Drew states that COVID-19 has accelerated the adoption of remote patient monitoring technologies. Due to the pandemic, health systems have realized that virtual care technologies can reduce the cost and burden of care, especially for at-risk populations.

According to Drew, big tech firms entering healthcare is both a challenge and an opportunity from a digital health startup’s perspective. He believes that the VC funding environment is strong but cautions that much of the funding is targeted at late-stage firms that have demonstrated significant traction. He advises the startups to think more creatively and develop unique approaches to the market that focuses on areas not adequately addressed by big tech firms. Take a listen.

Our Partner:

Drew Schiller, Founder and CEO, Validic in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “Due to COVID, health systems realized how far behind they were with virtual care technologies”

PP: Hello again and welcome back to my podcast. This is Paddy and it is my great privilege and honor to introduce my special guest today, Drew Schiller, Founder and CEO of the Validic. Drew; thank you so much for setting aside the time. And welcome to the show.

DS: Absolutely. Thanks for inviting me. Happy to be here.

PP: Awesome. So, Drew for the benefit of our listeners, who may not know Validic, would you like to tell us about the company and the prime needs that your company’s platform addresses?

DS: Absolutely. Thanks. So, Validic is the leader in connecting personal health data from in-home monitoring devices, wearables, health apps on the phone, really anything that you would capture from a device in your daily life. Standardizing and normalizing that information and making it usable for the health care system. Which means we connect with hundreds of disparate sources, everything from blood pressure monitors, glucose weights, continuous glucose, pulse ox, temperature, etc. and all other wearables you’d expect, as well as health apps on the phone. We bring all of those data into a common ontology and we can provide access for that information in a variety of different ways. The two primary use cases we service are health incentives, where we work with a lot of, for example, commercial health plans and organizations that service large, self-insured employers on wellness initiatives and general health initiatives with this type of platform. The other one is disease management. With disease management, we actually power RPM programs for health systems and health plans that are looking to manage patients who are living with chronic disease.

PP: Right. Your company is a pioneer in the remote patient monitoring space, the RPM space that you just referred to. Could you give us a little bit of a breakdown of what the RPM market looks like today? What is the demand? And how has COVID-19 impacted the marketplace in general? Can you give us a high level of an overview of the market?

DS: Absolutely. Before COVID, there was a high degree of interest in remote monitoring. Primarily around health systems and health plans trying to better understand what’s happening in people’s lives and looking to see if there could be new models of care to support things like Medicare Advantage programs as well as other at-risk models of care for folks living with chronic disease. However, this technology is been around for five, ten years, in some instances it is more. There were remote monitoring companies 20 years ago, but it didn’t really reach mass appeal yet, and COVID has changed all of that. So, what happened was when COVID hit and folks who are living with diabetes and hypertension and folks who are being treated for or being discharged of heart failure, things like that. They typically would have followed appointments or regular quarterly appointments to go in and see their cardiologist or endocrinologist etc. But with COVID, those regular checkups actually got pushed, either pushed out or pushed to virtual. And so now you have a whole population of individuals who were under-managed relative to how they had been seen previously. And even when they shifted to video visits, the physicians were actually missing one of the most critical elements to managing these chronic diseases, which is the data and doctors. Doctors need data to practice medicine, especially when they’re managing patients with chronic disease. So, what we’ve seen since COVID, over the last five to six months, the industry has accelerated by probably five to six years. I mean, it’s just a lot of interest in new programs, starting up new clients coming online very rapidly. In fact, to meet the demand, Validic actually launched a new rapid deployment RPM product just last month because we were trying to help our clients and our partners get up to speed and run even faster with these programs, rather than going through a traditional heavy implementation route and trying to fit into IT implementation schedules and things like that. So, it’s really exciting to see where the market is today. And I think it’s really going to be here to stay.

PP: That’s a great break down. I will come back to the demand environment again. But I just want to clarify a couple of things. You mentioned some things accelerated by five years. I hear that a lot about the impact of COVID on digital health programs in general and virtualization of care that you referred to. So, that’s obviously good news for companies like yours. At the same time, what are some of the challenges that now, kind of an acceleration imposes on health systems and folks who are running this digital program? What do they need to do in order to be able to respond to this sudden acceleration in their priorities?

DS: Yeah, absolutely. One of the challenges, I saw before COVID and has continued, is that change management in these organizations is really still a challenge. And while I have seen that RPM in virtual care in general is getting a heavy level of focus and investment, there’s very frequently sort of decision by committee. And that really slows down the selection and innovation process. That’s one of the biggest challenges we still see among health systems, so we can have the business sign off on something, but then there’s a multitude of committees that also need to sign off and getting through that whole process is a pretty hefty list.

The other challenge that we’ve seen is that sometimes these programs are not getting in place fast enough for the individual departments or physician groups. And so, we’re actually seeing pilot programs start in sort of skunkworks situations and it causes vendor conflict and legal conflict internally because there wasn’t a comprehensive strategy for the particular health system. And so, one of the things where we’ve seen a lot of success is when there is a strategy and we are working on a comprehensive enterprise wide solution, we want to definitely solicit everybody’s thoughts as part of this. And we expect that we’ll have something in place that we’ll be able to service everyone’s needs. So, it’s not just endocrinology or cardiology or pulmonology doing this, it’s just that the IT department gets very frustrated because there are too many projects to handle.

PP: And I can tell you from our experience that most health systems are now kind of moving away from this department of siloed, functional decision making and technology decisions. They want these technology decisions to have enterprise level impact. The good news is if you are doing business with a health system, more likely you’ve been considered for an enterprise level program. The bad news, of course, is that it takes longer because enterprise level progress and this is what you refer to. So, my next question for you is, when it comes to these digital programs, which is what I put the RPM solutions in as well. Who is driving these programs today? Is there a specific individual or a function that is driving it or do you see your clients setting up new organizations within their health systems to drive digital? What are you seeing as the org model to accelerate the adoption of these new technologies and accelerate the implementation of these new programs?

DS: Yeah, absolutely. So, we’re seeing a couple of roles emerging that were not around even a few years ago, at least not as much. So, one is a Chief Digital Officer or a Chief Digital Health Officer, something in that vein. And that’s a role that, generally speaking, is somebody who is really dedicated to thinking about digital transformation in the organization, how to bring all of these stakeholders together internally, as well as different vendor solutions together to build a comprehensive digital solution. We’re also seeing the rise of virtual care executives. So, whether this is a VP of virtual care or telehealth. And so, whereas it used to be that this role was, generally speaking, over care management and maybe video visits. That role is actually expanding quite a lot now to encompass a lot of other digital capabilities.

I’ll just say that one of the things we are really excited because of this shift toward a more enterprise focus is that the way the Validic came to market was a little different than how traditional RPM vendor does. So, traditionally with RPM vendors, they want to do remote monitoring for a disease state or maybe a set of disease states, and then they build a solution around that. And so, that solution has patient education around this type of thing. It has maybe some sort of patient engagement app around this very specific solution, it has a subset of devices that are very specific to those disease states that can deploy.

And that solution typically lives outside of the clinical workflow. And so, it’s something separate for folks in the enterprise to log into. And it may or may not support the needs in the workflows of folks across the enterprise. And Validic actually came to RPM almost in a reverse engineered way. When we launched Validic, it was primarily the personal health data platform. And so, what we did first was integrate with hundreds of disparate sources and in-home modern devices, etc. And then once we had that platform, we began to see use cases developing. One of the primary use cases was RPM in health systems and health plans. And so, what we’ve done is we went to them and said, hey, what are the things that you need for RPM? What we frequently heard was, we need it in the clinical workflow. We don’t need patient education because we already have patient education. We don’t need care plan design; we already have care plan design. What we need from your system to interface with all the other things that we’ve invested in to make this a seamless interaction. And it doesn’t feel like something separate, it’s like one more thing for our physicians and in other clinical key members. And so, we feel very fortunate that we are now in this position where things are moving to the enterprise. It’s what we were expecting would happen. And now we’re in a place where we actually have a solution that can scale across the enterprise and support any disease state with any type of device, with any type of data from multiple departments.

PP: So you mentioned that there’s the emergence of all these new roles, Chief Digital Officer and VP of Telehealth and so on. So, has your client profile therefore changed significantly? In a broader sense, has the ownership for digital programs in general shifted away from, let’s say, the CIO to an entirely new role? Is that a broad trend you’re seeing or is that still not a big enough percentage of the overall population of health systems out there?

DS: Yeah, I would say it is a broad trend we’re seeing with a little bit of an asterisk. So. the asterisk is that all of these programs ultimately roll up to the CIO, but there’s quite frequently a new executive, whether that’s VP, SVP, C-level, that reports to the CIO, who takes this on. Four or five years ago, if you are talking to the CIO, you are talking to the right person. And now there are so many other things that CIO’s have to manage, that is much more of a data and comprehensive platform strategy management role as opposed to do on digital initiatives. Now for talking to a CIO, the first question I ask is, who should I be talking to on your team? Who’s running this? That’s usually the very first question I ask because their purview has expanded and that’s really been a big evolution. I’m sure you’ve seen it in your work. It’s been a big evolution over the last five years or so.

PP: Yeah, I know, since you mentioned. We pay a lot of attention to this question because it’s important for my own business. We also want to understand how the market is changing, how the roads are changing. We do see the emergence of a Chief Digital Officer that you mention. There’s a lot of variation in the org models. In many cases, the CDO’s are peers to the CIO. Maybe they both report up to the CIO. In other cases, the CDO role is combined with some other role, which could be a clinical role, a patient experience role, could be an innovation role or a marketing role. So, there are different org models, some of which the CDO role is standalone. In others, it is combined with some other operational or clinical role. The most common model that we see is that the digital function sits with the CIO. But of course, that doesn’t mean that the CIO is driving every single program. To your point, there are different individuals that have discrete responsibilities for, let’s say, telehealth, on the one hand, RPM on the other population health management and so on, so forth. So, it is still evolving, but that is a good discussion. I want to switch tracks a little bit. I just came out with my second book, as you know, and you’re the only person who is in both my books. You’re in my first book and you are in this book. And of course, the walls change a little bit in the interim. But I wanted you to bring your attention to a comment that you made to me when I interviewed you for this book, which was just before the pandemic. And one of the things that you told me was very insightful, and it is in the book, too. So, what you said was startups are building the solutions to deliver clinical outcomes. But they’re not necessarily focusing on financial outcomes. So, there’s a lot of subtext to it. One, I believe you would have framed in some way to the reimbursement environment. You’re referring to the need for demonstrating a financial ROI for the ultimate customers of these solutions. So, can you comment on how the pandemic has changed that equation for digital health startups? Has the reimbursement environment become better? Have systems lowered their thresholds or otherwise because they see this as a strategic priority? What do you see?

DS: Yeah, absolutely. First, let me say I am flattered that I’m the only person in both your books. Thank you for that. I’m honored. What I’m seeing when I’m talking with other founders and other companies is a couple of things that have happened since COVID. The first is that if you have a solution that has something to do with virtual care, this could be some broad virtual care, this could be video visits, could be consumer engagement through an AI chat bot, this could be RPM anything like that. What I have personally witnessed, as well as anecdotally heard from my peers in the industry is that things are taking off like wildfire. The big difference is that, nothing has changed except from a reimbursement perspective, health systems realize how far behind they are in implementing these technologies. And they’ve been kicking these ideas around for the last two, three, four and five years. And now they needed to implement them in two, three, four or five months. And so, that really jumpstarted things. The other thing that, had it been shifted, this is more of a theory that I’ve been developing, but it’s not new that many health systems have some small portion, whether it’s 20, 25 percent or 30 percent of their patient population in some sort of at-risk contract. That’s pretty standard. But in order to service those at-risk contracts in a pre-COVID world, there are so many administrative things that you could cut out. And there’s just so much overhead that you can get rid of to make servicing those clients more cost effective. Here we saw a lot of the attention being placed. But once COVID hit, all of the virtual tools that could have been available to them, could have really reduced the cost of care and the burden of care for their team members weren’t in place. And so now those systems are saying we have to get this in place now. At the very minimum for our at-risk population, because if there’s another lockdown, if there’s another pandemic or whatever, virtual tools are the way that we’re going to come ahead on our at-risk population, which is absolutely critical if the fee-for-service goes away. So, it’s being used as more of a catalyst than what I had seen in the past and that’s where a lot of the conversations head on.

PP: Clearly, the lockdown and the inability of patients to come into the clinic and the reduced foot traffic, has certainly accelerated the investments of virtual care platforms. And I do believe that the financial models to look at these investments have therefore necessarily changed. You cannot go through your traditional financial model where you do a pilot and you demonstrate the results on a limited scale and then you scale it up and then you do it in a gradual and incremental way. But COVID-19 is the ultimate black swan, right? That is what made this big shift in thinking around technology implementations, technology strategy, and, of course, the investments and the whole notion of what is overkilling today and what is necessary for survival and relevance in the future. So, we are seeing the same thing that you’re seeing, and this is what our research is telling us as well.

DS: To answer the second part of your question. We’re also seeing is organizations that have an efficiency ROI. Initially prior to COVID, it was really tough sell anything with efficiency ROI. And now, like only in the last maybe couple of months since August. All of a sudden, the efficiency ROI is actually something from what I understand health systems are paying a lot more attention to. And it’s because they’ve had to reduce so many team members, they are facing big furloughs, they’re facing staffing shortages. They were self-imposed because of the fiscal realities of COVID. All of a sudden, whereas before it was like some efficiency would be nice, efficiency ROI is actually really critical. That’s the other big thing that we’re seeing for organizations, that it’s not just the clinical ROI, they have efficiency ROI and that’s really helping them.

PP: [00:21:19] That’s very insightful. Thank you for that. I’m going to shift gears one more time. So, let’s talk about the startup environment. And I want to talk about the broader technology solution provider environment as well. So firstly, we’re in the midst of an IPO boom. It looks like to me every other week there’s some tech IPO and several digital health IPO’s have already occurred. And some big M&A referring to the Livongo-Teladoc one. But I have to believe that it’s more like they are coming down the pie. What do you make of this trend and what do you foresee in the next 12 months or so? As you know, digital platforms start taking advantage of the COVID opportunity and grow to some degree of skill. Do you see more IPOs, more M&A? Do you think there’s some risk that there’ll be a shakeout as well? What are you seeing? What is your assessment?

DS: Yeah, I think that we will definitely see more tech IPO and M&A in healthcare. And the reason is, like I said, the industry accelerated forward so fast and the same realization that we at Validic had when the pandemic hit and lockdown hit and we saw, oh, my gosh, what does this mean? And then we realized, oh, we’re a health care technology company. We can do something to help the markets and realize that.

The public investors have very clearly recognized that digital health is a way forward for healthcare, which is extremely exciting. As well as on the M&A front, what we’re seeing is that, the Teladoc-Livongo merger kind of woke a lot of folks up to this. But we’re seeing that the chips are being laid on the table today in terms of which organizations are going to own and dominate the virtual care space over the next two to three to five years. And so, I think it’s going to take six to 12 months really to kind of fully shake out with all of the IPO’s and the M&A. But I do think that we will see a very different, maybe slightly consolidated landscape of really strong players over the next of the next decade.

PP: So obviously that brings the question of what are the big tech firms going to do about this? The dominant position of the electronic health record vendor is well known. And they’re obviously trying to kind of transform themselves into big players in the emerging digital health landscape. But then the big tech firms like Microsoft, Amazon, Apple, they’re launching new products that are getting deeper and deeper into the health care delivery space. And Microsoft, for instance, their Teams platform is now the new video consult platform. You can launch it through the Epic EHR, its first-of-a-kind deal. Apple is getting into the fitness space and Amazon launched their wearable Halo. And they launched the virtual care service for their employees and so on. Where do you see them headed? Do you see them getting deeper and deeper into healthcare services? And in that context, what happens to the smaller digital health companies that are also playing in this fix?

DS: Yeah, it’s really a great question. I do see the big tech firms getting deeper into the healthcare space and within healthcare services. I think that each one is going to play to their respective strengths. I think, Amazon for example, came out with a consumer wearable device. They are a very, very consumer focused company and they have a lot of unique assets in that area. And I think they’re going to really head into health consumer, which could mean a lot of different things. That could still mean partnerships with healthcare organizations. I think it’ll be very consumer focused, and they take very similar to how Apple has really doubled down on the consumer focus with their solutions. Microsoft, for example, especially Satya Nadella has really invested heavily in enterprise platforms. That’s been the nature of the big acquisitions like LinkedIn and GitHub and what we’re seeing with the announcement of the Azure health cloud is that Microsoft is really going to double down on the enterprise side of health care in some pretty interesting ways.

I definitely think that there will be more. From a startup perspective, I think it’s a challenge and an opportunity. The challenge is that when you have these big players entering the market, and especially when you know the larger market dynamics where a lot of chips are being laid on the table today that are going to kind of lead the market forward over the next several years. That takes a lot of opportunity away from startups in terms of being able to really have a seat at the table. So that’s a big challenge.

However, the opportunity is that, for these big firms when they go to scale something, it takes them a lot of time and a lot of resources because they’re doing it at such scale and volume. And as you know, nothing moves fast in healthcare from a legal and implementation perspective. And so, there is a massive opportunity to look five years out or 10 years out for these startups today to say what is going to be needed that these companies are not going to be thinking about. And clinically we found ourselves in a very fortunate position seven years ago when we did market launch. There wasn’t anything like what we were doing and then all of a sudden there was. But we were able to kind of continue to rise to the top and continue to be the best in class for what we do. And I think there’s still that opportunity today. It’s just, entrepreneurs will have to think a little bit more creatively about where they could uniquely approach the market. And maybe it might be a blind spot for one of these big tech firms.

PP: Right. So obviously, that brings the question of how that last long. We’re talking about five or seven-year opportunity of these cycles. I agree with you. I think that there’s a huge opportunity opening up at very, very early stages. But that is here and now. And that is how you get from here to the next phase that requires scaling and remaining invested in the market, that requires dealing with long sales cycles and ultimately, it all boils down to your financial ability to ride this out and see it through the end so everybody can benefit from it. Which means that the VC environment has to be supportive for this outlook in the market. What are you seeing in the VC funding environment, especially in the post-COVID scenario? I’ve seen startups getting funded more or less, we are seeing funding drying up. What are some of the dynamics that you see?

DS: Yeah. So, there is just as much if not more capital today than it was a couple of years ago and that’s been a continual trend in this space. The challenge is, and unfortunately COVID does not change this, the companies that continued to get funded are the companies that are leaders at more growth stage, venture companies where they already achieved some level of scale. And that the bet is a little bit short. We’ve seen some really, really big funding announcements recently from some of the growth-oriented startups in the space. And it’s exciting and great for the industry. But the challenge is that there’s really a gap for early-stage companies between a pre-seed round and a Series B, because it’s really hard to get enough traction to get a full seed round or let alone get a full series A at a strong valuation. It’s just very difficult, especially if you’re targeting health systems or health plans. And so typically, when I’m talking with entrepreneurs of early stage companies, my counsel to them is to actually see where they can solve the problem they’re trying to solve but for a different stakeholder than a health system or a different stakeholder than a payer. It could mean that they could solve that problem for a health IT vendor to sell that to a health system, solve a problem for a nursing home or for senior living facility or could be for a direct to consumer, But try to find a path to scale that doesn’t initially require you to scale through health systems. It’s so hard to get initial traction there. I mean, our story of Validic was very similar to that. We looked into it as opposed to having a particular strategy. But we actually scaled initially through primarily, through wellness IT, and health IT vendors. They were selling consumer health solutions or sort of fully baked solutions for health systems. But we were an enabling function for them to have more capabilities in the space. And then we were able to leverage their scale to actually grow our business. And so it was a very fortunate circumstance that we found ourselves in. And I don’t think we’d be here today if we if we weren’t able to find that.

PP: Well, final question on that. So, obviously, you talk about the funding environment and it’s unfortunate that the funding is getting concentrated in late-stage companies, that it really creates a drought of the early-stage level, the consequences of which are going to be visible in a few years down the road. But the flip side of that equation is obviously the level of risk that clients so willing to take on unproven early-stage companies, albeit to innovative companies. Health systems has always been risk averse. Have they become more risk averse during COVID 19 and have that therefore complicated the landscape even further for early-stage companies and complicated their chances of securing funding? Is that what is happening?

DS: I don’t think it’s necessarily specifically because of COVID-19, but I, definitely think that over the last 18 to 24 months, they’ve become much less risk averse. And internally, I kind of label this theranos effect, which was like so many people believe in this really innovative technology and it turns out that it just wasn’t possible. So, the level of the burden of proof is so much higher. And it’s not just because of theranos, but that didn’t help. The burden of proof today is so much higher and even if you’re able to show some level of proof and some level of traction and adoption, you still have to convince the health system or the health plan etc. to take a little bit of a flier. That really comes down to personal relationships and the fact of the matter is that the way these organizations are structured now, you can have an innovation officer, a digital officer or something who believes in what you do and wants to shepherd that through. But there’s really huge firewall of procurement now that analyzes things very, very deeply. And they have extremely deep tech and security reviews. And that’s all great.

It’s necessary because we definitely don’t want to have our health records stolen and we don’t have security breaches. But it makes it much more difficult for an early stage company to get through that whole process than a company that’s later stage like ours, where we have dedicated practice and security folks and dedicated legal people. And the one who can actually navigate that whole thing and that’s the real challenge to get a champion. But it’s become harder for that champion to actually bring shepherd the company through.

PP: Well, to be continued, I guess we’re going to have to leave it there. We went way over time, and that is just an indication of how fascinating this conversation has been. I really want to appreciate your insights. Thank you for taking the time to talk to me today and be on the podcast. This is going to be one. I can tell you right now there’s going to be one of the more downloaded podcast just because of the quality of the conversations that we’ve had. And once again, all the very best to you and your dream. Congratulations on your recent successes and everything.

DS: We’ll be in touch. Thanks, Paddy. Really appreciate it.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

Drew_s_headshot-Founder-and-CEO-Validic-profilepic

Drew Schiller co-founded and serves as the Chief Executive Officer and Board Director at Validic, the industry’s leading health data platform and remote patient monitoring technology. A patented technologist, Drew believes that technology will humanize the healthcare experience for patients and care providers. He regularly speaks and writes on a variety of topics, including the future of virtual care and the ROI and personal stories from remote monitoring programs.

Drew’s vision, and the mission of his company Validic, is to improve the quality of human life by building technology that makes personal data actionable. Beyond Validic and in pursuit of that mission, Drew serves on the boards of several advocacy and policy groups, including the Consumer Technology Association, the eHealth Initiative, and the Council for Entrepreneurial Development (CED) in North Carolina.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

It is important to understand how tech enables healthcare keeping people and processes in mind

Episode #60

Podcast with San Banerjee
VP of Digital Experience, Texas Health Resources

"It is important to understand how tech enables healthcare keeping people and processes in mind"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan

bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, San Banerjee, Vice President of Digital Experience at Texas Health Resources, discusses how they create a connected ecosystem to provide a seamless digital experience for patients wherever they are through digital channels that includes virtual health.

Texas Health Resources completed 100,000 virtual visits in the first ninety days of the pandemic. San says that as we move forward in healthcare, people will get accustomed to using virtual care delivery mechanisms, which will increase its acceptance further. He defines digital front doors as an access mechanism for patients to get services they are looking for. On the other hand, from a consumer perspective, it is all about managing the consumer point of view to access the services that providers can offer.

Healthcare is not just about technology; it is a people-based business. San advises digital health startups to understand how technology enables the healthcare business while keeping in mind people and processes. Take a listen.

Our Partner:

San Banerjee, VP of Digital Experience for Texas Health Resources in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “It is important to understand how tech enables healthcare keeping people and processes in mind”

PP: Hello again, everyone, and welcome back to my podcast. This is Paddy, and it is my great privilege and honor to introduce my special guest today, San Banerjee, Vice President of Digital Experience for Texas Health Resources in Dallas. San, thank you so much for setting aside the time. And welcome to the show.

SB: I am glad to be here, Paddy. Always a pleasure talking to you.

PP: Thank you so much for that. So, let us start with this.

PP: Tell us a little bit about your role. What does the role of the VP of digital experience mean at THR?

SB: So, my role is responsible for creating seamless digital experiences for different channels through which our consumers and patients interact with us. And it also includes virtual health, which is the new dimension of care that we have embraced since last couple of years in terms of delivering care through virtual channels. So, at the end of the day, my role encompasses everything that Texas Health does on the digital side, including virtual.

PP: So, when I talk to health systems, the digital function sits in different parts of the organization and the roles are also defined a little bit differently in each health system. So, would you say your role is more focused on the marketing side of the digital experience? Or is it much more encompassing than that?

SB: It is more encompassing than that. It is like thinking about the channels as the avenues through which our consumers come and interact with us both on the consumer experience side and the clinical side of the house. So, think about this as a little broader than just the marketing side of the house.

PP: Right. Could you share maybe one or two examples of some of the big programs that are within the purview of your role just so that we get a sense of what the world looks like?

SB: Sure. So, a couple of programs that I have personally led and something that we are pursuing at this point of time. One is Hospital2Home program, an SMS text-based service for patients who are in hospitals. And then when they go back home, we really want to follow them to their home as well so that they can reach out when they need help. And behind the scenes, we have emergency physicians that are available on a text service along with them to provide the service. So, this is really trying to meet the patients through a digital channel, which is SMS and texting. Also, there are other programs that we are doing at this point. And we have kind of enabled many providers on the virtual channel, both on the virtual consults in the hospital as well as virtual through a direct to consumer kind of play. It is something that we are doing from a digital perspective to ensure that we become more and more relevant, especially in the COVID days when we want to distribute care, which is more convenient from a consumer perspective. Apart from that, we are kind of looking at where the world is going. So, if you look at the digital ecosystem, the ecosystem comprises of things like remote patient monitoring, which is needed for chronic care management, as well as a lot of capabilities around care coordination that can be done in digital way as well. So, we are looking at clinical coordination through digital channels. We are looking at consumer experience interactions or digital channel to make them better and creating those products and services so that it is more meaningful to our consumers and patients.

PP: Right. And these all seem like the sort of high value, high impact programs that we are seeing other health systems investing in as well. In the wake of COVID-19, have you started seeing a significant sort of shift and a long-term shift towards virtual care models? Or do you think that some of it is going to kind of go back to more of an in-person kind of an experience? In other words, is this a long-term shift that you’re anticipating and proactively preparing for?

SB: Yeah, the answer is yes. We have been anticipating this for some time now. And we are prepared really well because we have been working on this for a while to ensure we put the right interventions that are needed to be able to come really good out of this pandemic. As you probably know, pandemic came in and we adopted an approach of relooking at what we have in our toolkit to bring all the things together in service of our patients. So it was less of getting new technology from outside, but looking at the technology that we already have and tried to put all those things together in the right order to be meaningful to our patients. And that’s what we did. Eventually, we will probably reconcile a lot of things so that we create our own state as far as a lot of those initiatives are concerned. But the first order of business was to really create something very quickly. And I always say that when you are in a pandemic, you have to look at bringing some technology in a meaningful manner so that it can be created and ensure that it kind of delivers what you need at that point of time.

PP: Right. And of course, this is technology enabled without a doubt. And all the virtual care models are going to have a significant implication in terms of technology investments, making the technology work seamlessly and so on. So, how does THR go about assessing your technology choices and implementing your digital programs? What do you see as the role of enterprise IT and more specifically, EHR systems in driving your digital journey and your digital road at THR?

SB: I think it is a very integrated way of looking at this. So, the enterprise IT team pretty much worked very closely hand-in-hand with the digital team because it is a connected ecosystem, if you think about it that way. We keep in mind in terms of the EHRs that we have and how does our digital initiatives work and operate without each other in the right order? Because that has a lot of single source of truth. And in many cases, as well as and there are changes happening on that all the time. So, we have a pure said governance in the way that we can work with the IT team. And the IT team and digital team kind of complements each other to that extent to ensure that we created a connected ecosystem. So, all this process is in service of getting a connected ecosystem, which basically starts with a consumer standpoint. It also connects all the clinical workflows that basically goes into EHR. And this is a strategy that we believe in. And we kind of bring the people in that can complement each other both the digital side which is just sitting on the business side of the ideas so that we can achieve this objective.

PP: Yeah, it’s probably a segue into something that I was going to ask here anyway. Everyone acknowledges that healthcare has traditionally been behind other sectors when it comes to consumer engagement. The work that my firm does with health systems, in particular seems to indicate that, even within healthcare, health systems are probably a little bit behind let’s say health plans. And then you can tell me that because you have a background in health plans as well. And we’ll talk about that. But what makes it so hard to create these seamless experiences? Is that the fragmentation of the technology solutions landscape? Is it more the fragmentation of the way the efforts are coordinated within a health system? Not speaking specifically about THR, but in general what do you see as the big challenges of creating these seamless experiences that we are so used to when we talk about Amazon and Starbucks and Apple and all of that?

SB: I think it is a couple of things. Number one, the information sharing between the payer and the providers. I think there’s a lot of opportunity there in terms of how information gets shared. And these are two worlds and rightfully said, because that’s how the whole ecosystem and the value chain really works. The second is the ability for keeping patient outcomes in mind, between both the ecosystems, is very important. So, when you talk about connecting between a payer and a provider, it has to happen with some objective in mind. If we all keep patient outcome as an objective in mind, then obviously the integration becomes a lot simpler and easier. And the third thing is that the focus on value definition in terms of what value does it bring to the payer and the provider and the patient? We have to keep all those three things in perspective. And many times, there is misalignment of those objectives because of either the way the incentives really work, the way the reimbursement really works, the way the claims really work across the system. So, it is important that those objectives are aligned. And if those objective alignment, can be done, I think then the integration becomes a lot easier in terms of the payer and the provider work. And obviously, from a consumer perspective, they don’t care whether it is a payer problem or a provider problem. They need to get a service and they want the ease of service and the way it happens. For them, a retail works. So, I think there are some serious conversations that are needed in terms of how that interoperability really works between payer and provider. And I think those things are already started from CMS and other agencies. And this will become more and more better as we go by.

PP: Right. And interoperability, of course, is unfinished business. And you alluded to the CMS the final ruling, I believe, which comes into effect next year. And they had to push it back from this year. Well, we’ve come a long way from what it used to be maybe three years ago. But there is still a lot of unfinished business when it comes to interoperability within the provider landscape. And now you’re talking about provider payer collaboration as well. What is the view like from the payer side? I know you spent many years on the payer side. What is the view like and what gives us hope today that this current sort of friction, if you will, in payer provider collaboration is headed in the right direction in terms of a resolution in favor of patient outcomes?

SB: Paddy, I think it is a couple of things. One is the move towards value-based care, which is getting pushed by the payer side of the business, will really help active collaboration on patient outcomes. That’s one dimension I see being more and more. The second is, payers are really getting into a place where they are embracing a lot of patient engagement strategies where they want providers to participate as well. So, creating those narrow networks, for example, where it is close interactions with providers, ensuring that the right metrics are aligned, which means data sharing on both sides. And also, the payers are looking at getting more and more accustomed to doing partnerships beyond that ecosystem, whether it is a health and wellness partner or any other ecosystem partner. So, it is not a foreign concept of being able to share data outside the premises. So, with all of that, three things that I’ve talked about, I think I’m becoming more and more hopeful that this will become more on a progressive path in terms of how we see the interactions happen between the payer and the provider. And I think we will improve more and more going forward.

PP: Right. Let’s talk about the consumers themselves, because they are the third leg in the stool, if you will. Based on all the research that you do as part of your role. How are consumers perceiving the shift towards virtual? Do you see differences between demographics or parts of your own area served? How are consumers responding to this sort of dramatic shift, if you will, towards the virtualization of care? Are they ready for it? Do they appreciate it?

SB: I think I would say that the adoption of those kind of care delivery mechanisms is increasing day by day. I think among patients and consumers, because of COVID-19 the pandemic, the acceptance of new care delivery avenues have definitely increased. I will also say that it is also a mixed bag. There are consumers that can adopt this pretty quickly and there are consumers who really like to go back to an office setting. So, and this is purely consumer preference at this point of time. But the percentage of people that have adopted virtual really well and keeping themselves safe by staying out of offices is definitely a very positive percentage from an increase standpoint. And I see that going more and more. And I think it is also letting consumers to shift their preferences as well. I go back to that example of Apple, when Apple brought their phone nobody knew how to use it. So, Apple trained people to use the phone. In the same way, virtual will follow the same path. People will get trained to use a different delivery mechanism, which is virtual in this case. And people will get trained more and more. Once they get more and more trained, acceptance will go high as well. Because now they know how to use it. They’ll become more comfortable with it. And influence other people to adopt as well.

PP: And the training aspect of it applies on the caregiver side as well. Right? From everything that I’ve seen as part of our work, implementing a telehealth technology and expecting everyone to use it. Just not very realistic, because you have to know there’s a whole bunch of protocols to get on virtual care platform to initiate contact, to make sure that, both parties have access to the tool and they’re coming along on at the same time. And then training caregivers to be able to use the platform. There’s a lot of work behind the scenes. It sorts of gets missed in this in this whole discussion around. Hey, the technology is cool, don’t know why we didn’t we do this before? But then there’s so much heavy lift that happens in the background. Is that a fair statement?

SB: Yes, that’s a very fair statement. That is what is happening on the ground at this point in terms of how consumers are interacting and behaving.

PP: Right. So, when we talk about consumers and their adoption rates for telehealth or virtual care models, the term that often gets mentioned is digital front doors. And that is kind of your world. So, if we talk about digital front doors, firstly how would you define the term digital front door because I hear different definitions, although everyone uses the term. And what do you think are maybe the top two or three high impact engagement opportunities in a digital front door program in your experience and your view?

SB: So the way I define digital front door is a kind of a access mechanism that consumers really can come through, whether it is a known consumer, unknown consumer, and through that particular channel of the door and basically get access to the services that they are looking for. And I think the key perspective of digital front door is to ensure that whatever services and whatever conditions any health system provider really can service, they are all available in there in terms of how consumers are going to use it. So, this is more from a consumer standpoint than a provider standpoint. Typically, most of the provider groups and even health systems put out things which are primarily a reflection of what services that they have. So, if you put your lens in terms of looking from a consumer perspective, we have a very different definition to it. So, digital front door is all about managing or balancing that consumer point of view of what they’re looking from an access standpoint and matching that with what providers really can provide and creating that seamless experience. Another part of your question was what is the most important thing from a digital front door? The most important thing from a digital front door, in my mind is the ability for somebody to schedule an appointment. And basically, providing them the access to the provider that they are looking to really get in a very easy way in a consumer term. And consumer terms can be defined as different types of consumers you have and based on that; it is not a one size fit all. So, you’re now creating this a la carte set of services that you have to create to really address all the consumers so that they can get access to the providers. That’s the basic minimum thing that you need to have on the consumer front door to be able to be relevant to the consumers.

PP: Right. So, find a doctor, make your payment online, schedule the appointment. All of that happens very, very seamlessly. And then potentially you actually even do the consult through a telehealth platform. Is that kind of what your reference to?

SB: That is correct.

PP: Right. And that kind of aligns up to what we’re seeing. And of course, I think COVID -19 as a black swan event, has accelerated the adoption of these modalities for both consumers and healthcare providers alike. And it was coming along at a certain pace but it looks like it has accelerated. And people tell me that what was supposed to happen over the next five years suddenly got compressed to a five-month sort of timeframe. Is that experience you went through at THR as well, or were you’re already well ahead of the curve and you didn’t really have to kind of bend over backwards to stand up these capabilities?

SB: Well, that’s the exact experience we went through. So, we probably achieved so much in the first 90 days that we have not achieved in the last three years. So, just to give you some examples here. We completed hundred thousand virtual visits starting March and ending in August. A hundred thousand virtual visits and everything was created. More than 2000 providers were onboarded. All this happened within 90 days.

PP: How did this compare with the same period last year? I’m just curious. I know the numbers are going to be wide but I’m just curious.

SB: Last year, it was it was pretty non- existent. Right. We did not have a lot of virtual visits last year like it was in tens and hundreds. Right. Compared to 100,000 that we did this year.

PP: Wow, that is a wild story. And the funny part is that you’re not alone. It looks like many health systems across the country went through that exact same experience. All of a sudden, their worlds have transformed completely over the last six months or so. So, let’s just talk a little bit about the competitive landscape for healthcare services. I just want your views on what’s going on with your own marketplace. We have a number of nontraditional players that includes nontraditional, traditional enterprises. So, I’m talking about Walgreens, Walmart, those kinds of entities that are suddenly making a bigger play in the primary care space. And then you’ve got technology firms that are kind of getting into this space in their own ways. Examples of that being, Microsoft partnership with Epic, for instance, to launch telehealth visits from right inside Microsoft teams, which was announced just a couple of days ago. And then you’ve got Apple. And now Amazon everyone making their own place. What is your general assessment in terms of, what that implies for health systems such as THR in terms of changing the way you engage with your patients? And do you think that the primary care pie is going to get kind of redistributed among the broader set of participants that goes well beyond traditional health systems.

SB: Well, I think definitely that’s the way I look at it, that is definitely a market dynamics and a pressure in terms of how the market is going to change. Obviously, all these new players bring in new dimensions and skills into the market. And the way I look at this is, there’ll be a lot more fragmentation in terms of how the services will be provided to the patients and which has a good and a bad side. The good side is fragmentation leads to not being able to create seamless experiences. But the good side is it creates a lot of cost pressures on the traditional players, which can be really better on a payer and the consumer side. So, I think it is a pretty real thing in terms of how some of these players can disrupt.

But again, it is also in terms of how they are able to bring in some of those skills that can help integrate some of the services that is being talked about to really having a meaningful impact on the existing markets. And I think there will be a shift in terms of how convenient care, value-based care are going to be structured in the marketplace. And some of these players may have a higher advantage because they are coming into the business with pretty less overheads in terms of how they are structured. So, it will be interesting to really see how things shape up over a period of time. But at this point of time, it is a real market dynamic which we are all looking at.

PP: Right. We are coming up to the end of our time here, and I wanted to touch on one more topic. In your role, I’m sure you’ll get calls from a lot of innovative startups that have built tools, that can help you improve your patient engagement and patient experience and specifically from a digital front door standpoint. Now I have a two-part question. The first part of the question is, do you look at EHR as your default platform first before you look outside for a tool that could, perform a certain functionality? And the second question is, what is your advice to startups that have an innovative tool that can improve your patient experience and want to do business with you? What is your advice to companies like that? When should they come to you and how should they go about engaging with you?

SB: Well, great questions. So, the answer to the first question is yes, we look at the EHR to start with. And many times, we know the answers. And many times, many things are not addressed by the EHR because the way EHRs are set up from a business perspective. We look at either point solutions that really can bring what we are looking for or solutions that can integrate with each other to deliver what you’re looking for. That’s the kind of approach we use. In terms of my advice to any startup, I think healthcare is not just tech, it has people and process. I think whenever somebody is thinking about a product which is primarily a tech product, they also think about those two dimensions as well. A good product in my mind, which is meaningful for a provider like us, is a product which really has thought through all the three dimensions. And holistically kind of connects everything together to really kind of deliver the value that we need. Otherwise, it becomes a tech product. It cannot be integrated. There is a longer lead time to sell and stuff like that. So, that would be my advice. And healthcare is a people-based business, and it is very important to understand how tech enables this business where you have to keep people and process in mind.

PP: Right. That’s well said. In fact, one of the things that I tell people as part of our workers, digital transformation is IT enabled. But it’s not an IT project. It’s not necessarily IT led either. And, someone told me, one of the CEOs I talked to, digital transmission is like 80 percent people, 15 percent process and maybe 5 percent tech. And that’s kind of what you essentially said and they put numbers on it. But directionally, those are the two important dimensions and the tech is almost easy in comparison. Is that something you would agree with?

SB: That is, I agree with. Yes, absolutely.

PP: Fantastic. San, it has been such a pleasure talking to you. Thank you so much for sharing your insights and your experience. And wow one hundred thousand visits in 90 days, going up from zero to hundred thousand. That must have been a wild experience and I’m sure that experience alone puts you in a really, really strong place for the future. All the very best to you and your team and the work that you’re doing. We’ll be following very closely and maybe we’ll get back together and talk about it in another six months from now.

SB: That sounds great Paddy and I really appreciate you reaching out and always a pleasure talking to you and thanks for sharing this. As I said, if there is any question that comes and anyone wants to reach out, I can be reached at LinkedIn as San Banerjee and my Twitter handle is @banerjee_san.

PP: Thank you.

SB: Awesome. Thank you so much. Bye.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and claritytechnology

About our guest

san-banerjee-profile

San Banerjee is VP Digital Experience for Texas Health Resources and leads the Digital Health experience for the health system, its subsidiaries, and joint ventures. He has more than 20 years of experience in digital transformation, product development driving digital business, information technology delivery, and management consulting, across regulated industries including healthcare and financial services.

Prior to Texas Health he served as the Head of Consumer Digital Solutions of Humana where he led the execution of Humana’s digital strategy through innovation and creating cross-channel digital capabilities/experiences with consumers, providers, agents/brokers, and associates. Under his leadership, Humana launched its first healthcare rewards program for Medicare and group members with more than a million members on the platform. He also led a major initiative to drive e-adoption among prospects and members by digitizing plan, insurance, and care documents, which resulted in significant operating expense savings.

San has many years of experience in financial services prior to Humana where he has worked for Barclays Bank, SunGard Financial Systems, Infosys, and Goldman Sachs.

San holds a Bachelor of Computer Science Engineering, as well as a Master of Business Administration with specialization in marketing from Southern Methodist University. He is also a certified consumer experience professional (CXP) and SAFe® Agilist. San has penned several research papers, and has even filed a few patents on mobile technology, digital channel, and payments.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

To succeed with digital health is to become really good at technology integration

Episode #59

Podcast with Marc Probst, Former CIO of Intermountain Healthcare and CIO of ELLKAY

"To succeed with digital health is to become really good at technology integration"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Marc Probst, who served as CIO of Intermountain Healthcare for 17 years, speaks about digital health technologies, telehealth, virtual visits, and how these will determine the future of healthcare.

According to Marc, the top technology trends that will define the future of healthcare are interoperability and digital health technologies. He says that technology in healthcare should meet the needs of the population that we serve; they should communicate with each other and responsibly share data. Marc describes digital health as facilitating what we do today using digital mechanisms like telehealth and moving towards full interaction with technology, where technology will provide knowledge, capability, and expertise.

COVID-19 has accelerated healthcare industry’s adoption of digital capabilities such as telehealth. Marc suggests that the health systems need to ‘become really good at integration’ for a seamless digital health experience.

Our Partner:

Podcast with Marc Probst, Former CIO of Intermountain Healthcare and CIO of ELLKAY in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “To succeed with digital health is to become really good at technology integration”

PP: Hello again, and welcome back to my podcast. This is Paddy, and it is my great privilege and honor to introduce my special guest today, Marc Probst, former CIO of Intermountain Healthcare and currently, CIO of ELLKAY. Marc, thank you so much for setting aside the time, and welcome to the show.

MP: Paddy, thank you very much. Appreciate the opportunity.

PP: You’re most welcome, Marc. So, let’s get started with this. You were CIO of Intermountain for a very long time and you’ve experienced your own share of technology changes. What do you think are the top two or three technology trends that are now going to determine the future of healthcare?

MP: Well, one of those may sound kind of self-serving, but I think interoperability is going to be a key requirement as we move forward for any of these things to succeed, because the second thing I would add would be digital health. And we will go into that, you will know what I mean by that in a second. But none of that really meets the needs of the populations that we serve, if our systems can’t talk together and share data in a responsible way. So, I think interoperability will continue to be really important. I’ve got a lot of history with that and why I think interoperability, I think digital health. I was just talking to a group at ELLKAY about that. They asked what I thought about digital health. And my answer was, there’s kind of two phases to digital health, from my perspective. One is just facilitating what we do today, using digital mechanisms like telehealth or even some of the handheld, iPhone-based kind of services and apps and that kind of digital health. And, of course, telehealth, our ability to communicate with physicians and other care providers through the digital means. So, it facilitates what we’re doing today. And I believe what we’re moving to is a digital health that is full interaction with the technology versus with human beings, where the technology will provide a lot of knowledge and capability and expertise to us as the consumers of healthcare. So those would be the two that come top of mind to me Paddy.

PP: We will unpack some of that in the course of this conversation. And, of course, you mentioned interoperability and you mentioned digital health. Those are kind of related to one another, one kind of drives the other, I guess. Also, I think alluded to the data and insights and we will come to that. Intermountain has done a lot of work in these areas. I do want to explore some of your thoughts on that. But before that, you’ve recently retired from Intermountain and have taken a role at a health IT firm. And I realize it’s early days yet, but I’d love to hear your first impressions on the view from the other side of where you’ve been all these years.

MP: Well, because of the organization I’m working with, my view is one of great excitement and opportunity. I love ELLKAY, I love the people there. I was a customer of theirs. And so, it’s something I’m very excited about and I think has a lot of potential. I spent 23 years actually in professional services serving the healthcare industry. So, I was a partner with ELLKAY and a partner with Ernst and Young. So, I wasn’t completely naive to what we affectionately called the dark side, when I was a CIO of our industry. I don’t mean that from dark is in mean, but, you know, we always are constantly looking for improvements.

But I am really excited about the potential of the organization I’m working with and just the kind of people that are there and leveraging. I felt I was valuable for twenty-three years. I kind of proved it to myself just how little value I was actually providing when I was a CIO. And now I think I have a richer skill set that hopefully, I can be of more value to the industry.

PP: Well, I wish you all the best in your new role. I want to talk a little bit about your experience at Intermountain since you were with Intermountain until very recently. Let’s talk about what you mentioned at the outset of this conversation, which was, digital health and interoperability. Let’s talk about digital health. Intermountain, to my knowledge, is one of the early adopters of telehealth. And you’ve had great success, especially with rural populations. And it’s well published. And there has been widely published articles about some of your work in that space. What do you see today as the general level of preparedness for this coming era of digital health and virtual care among your peer health systems? Can you also in that way, comment on the gap between what the top tier health systems may be doing and what the next tier is doing?

MP: Yeah, a lot of use of technology has to do with the sophistication of the health systems itself. And I don’t mean the sophistication of the technologies, but the actual care providers in the health systems itself. And Intermountain is remarkably sophisticated and courageous in taking technology and trying new things and what to do with it. So, we started really early on with telehealth. In fact, I remember our first foray into it was a good 15 years ago and the technology was incredibly young. But we decided to put it in an urgent care center and see how many people we could get the call in. And I think you could count on two hands how successful we were with that? The industry wasn’t ready, our people weren’t ready. But the thinking was there. And so, we kept a very close eye on the capability. And as it became more sophisticated, we started down the road of telehealth. We also had the advantage, like you just said, Paddy, of having a lot of rural healthcare facilities where we couldn’t afford to have all the specialists out there. So, if we wanted to provide care in those rural settings and not force the patients to come into one of the urban centers, we needed to get involved in telehealth and we did. So, we really started on the kind of B2B telehealth services and then ventured into the more retail kind of urgent care services. I think Intermountain is ahead not because, again, of our technical prowess, but because we developed a lot of playbooks and capabilities and people and getting them used to it. I don’t think the gap is massive between an Intermountain Healthcare and a much smaller facility that’s just getting started. Being a pioneer doesn’t mean you’re always going to stay ahead. It means you took some arrows and maybe you’re ahead for a while. But you also created a path that lots of other people could follow. I believe the gap isn’t that small and that it will get filled very, very quickly.

PP: Now, of course, COVID-19 has accelerated the shift towards digital and especially virtual care/ telehealth models. In this context, what do you think are or should be the top priority areas for health system CIOs, in that, not just dealing with the current situation, but also positioning the organization for what might be coming as their future state?

MP: Yeah. So, there’s always two sides to a coin. COVID had a silver lining in that. It got us really quickly involved in leveraging these digital capabilities, whether that was increasing our communications through texts or through other tools with our constituents or bringing in telehealth or just televideo to do meetings and the kind of things we’re doing right now. So, it means there was that bright side that a lot of technology got brought in very quickly and a lot of people got more sophisticated using it. But there’s the other side of that coin, the difficult side of that coin is the way we did it because we are forced to do it so quickly. In some instances, hours, but certainly in days, doctors moved home, administrators moved home, teams moved home. We would deploy just about any kind of technology to facilitate doing that. So now we find ourselves in an environment where a lot of disintegrated tools are out there that need to either be brought together or brought to a more singular platform to really make it efficient and effective for both, us as an organization providing the service, and for the patients or members or families that we serve. I think one of the big challenges right now that CIOs will be going through, I know they are doing it. So it’s you know, this is a novel that is to get this kind of quagmire, this cobbled-together solutions to something that is much more seamless, much more easy to maintain, secure, share data across. So, I think that is going to be one of the challenges that we have as we move more rapidly to this digital age. I feel kind of strongly about I don’t know how broadly this is shared, but you wrote the book so you can tell me is we’re creating non-native applications to facilitate communication or data sharing with the people that we serve. And what I mean by that is, if I want to text a doctor, I end up going into an application, signing into it outside of my phone, and then I can text within this very secure environment. And I believe more and more the challenge we’re going to have as technologists is not having these separate applications, but using tools that are native to the heart, the solutions that we have in our hands. So texting will be just like texting anyone else or looking up data like, I can ask Siri about my medical record versus having to log in into a separate application to do it. That creates challenges, but that’s when it’s really going to make this digital interaction much better for those that we serve.

PP: Yeah. You’ve covered several themes that we actually discussed in detail in the book, and you covered the fragmentation of the technology landscape and the need to integrate them in order to create a seamless experience for the patient. You talked about non-native application and that’s an interesting one, because when you say non-native, I’m hearing non-native to let’s say the electronic health record system and lot of health systems are kind of growing beyond their EHRs and are looking to best in class tools for certain kinds of functionalities. And I get the sense that they are doing that because the EHR system cannot be everything to everyone, which they also acknowledge. And so, it’s kind of forcing a certain best in class approach, which requires the EHR platform or the system of record whatever it is to be wrapped by best in class tools and solutions. And of course, the fragmentation and the use of best in class on top of the system of record creates interoperability issue, which is unfinished business. We have come a long way in the last few years. But it’s still unfinished business and we’ve still got a way to go. So, what will be the big takeaway from this is it that health system CIOs should avoid fragmentation of technology as much as possible or get better at integrating it, so they get a bit more seamless experience. What is your recommendation?

MP: No, I think they’re going to have to get better at integrating it. I mean, it would be naive to think that even the EHR vendors want to do, like you said, all the things that need to be done. And so, we can either depend on them to integrate solutions which will limit our options, or we can get really good at integrating and really good at creating the right kind of environments that allow us to plug and play solutions that we know. I mean, they’re going to change annually, maybe more often just because that’s how quickly the landscape is changing for us. So, I think the only way we succeed is become really good at integration.

PP: And what are the risks with that? If I can just stay on that point for another minute or so, you’ve got these best in class solutions or ostensibly the best in class solutions, but they are in many cases, small companies. They’re VC funded. They don’t make profits. They are very often new and not necessarily road-tested technologies. There are risks involved. And I’m sure you’ve taken your share of the risks as a CIO. What is your advice for not just the CIO, but also for tech firms that are trying to build a business in this kind of an environment?

MP: That’s probably a long conversation, but to boil it down, we’re going to make mistakes. I mean, we’re going to have like you said, we’re going to have to take some risks and place some bets. You know, you can do your homework so that they’re less risky, but there’s still risk out there. And I really think, again, these solutions are going to change rapidly. So, I need to be able to as a CIO, as a technologist or a technology team, I need to architect my overarching solutions in a way where I can plug and play these pieces in and out. And, that maybe I put certain requirements in place that the interfaces have to be FHIR based or some other kind of standards put in place that I’m going to do it, but that I don’t build these really difficult to build and unravel integration services, but that I have things that are much simpler to do so that I can change. I can take a chance with a certain AI-based solution. And if that company goes under or which would be the worst case, that if there’s something better that comes up that’s going to provide more value, that I can go ahead and make that change. And I really think that’s a skill set that we haven’t been tremendously strong on. We used to buy integration engines. And that was going to solve a lot of the problems and it didn’t. But we’re going to have to be good at this whole process of how to integrate things and be willing to change. I mean, we’re not going to sit on solutions like we do EHRs, a twenty-five-year-old solution, a solution would be a year or two.

PP: Yeah. It’s interesting you mentioned that, my firm is actually living through this with one of our clients where there is exactly this decision point just come to them with the firm that they’ve committed themselves to and it’s been going well for two or three years. And all of a sudden that firm is in difficulty. You know, there are financial difficulty. There is turnover among key staff. And then all of a sudden deadline have been missed and product is not coming out as quickly. So, I’m sure you’ve seen this movie before. And so, your advice is timely and makes a lot of practical sense. But that’s a nice Segue to my next question is kind of related to this. One of the reasons why you do choose to go out and acquire this best in class tools and platforms is in order to create a competitive differentiator for yourself with your population, the patient populations, give them better experiences, improve the quality of care in the process, improve productivity and all of that. Now, in the emerging landscape for health systems, the competitive landscape. How important do you think this is in order to compete against the CVS and Aetnas of the world on one hand, or maybe some tech firm that comes from left field and has got an entirely new way of doing things? Is this now becoming table stakes for health systems that you have to go out and work with best in class leading-edge technology solutions?

MP: Yeah. So, I’m a real believer that you have to be able to select good partners and work with those partners, whether those be technology partners or business partners in other ways. A strength that a CIO really needs to have is the ability to build those partnerships and maintain them and have them thrive. There’s no way, it’s just so complex. Everything that’s going on and it requires very fresh talent. And having been a CIO, it’s not easy to constantly refresh the talent on your team. You kind of have a team and you work with them and they’re excellent and they do great things. But to think that I can continually keep the most up-to-date skill set within my team is, again, kind of naive. So, you have to have the right kind of partnerships to help you solve those problems. And if you do that, then I think you can solve a multitude of problems. And you are going to have good partners, just like we were talking about, you are going to take risks on one that aren’t going to be that good a partner. That’s the skill that a CIO has to happen. That’s what we need to be able to do as CIOs.

PP: Just curious about one follow up thought on that. Do you think as a consequence, CIOs are going to become more technical in their personal abilities? Or do you think it’s going to be more to do with managing partnerships and having them all play well together?

MP: So, I think you’re going to see a bit of bifurcation. Those skills all need to exist, whether building those partnerships and technical skills. I do see a track for a very technical CIO. And the reason that’s going to happen is because the business itself is becoming so much more tech savvy. So where 20 years ago we had to convince people that a mouse was an OK thing and that this was a keyboard, this was a CRT. Because we were the only ones. We were the only nerds out there that were paying much attention to it. Today people are very sophisticated around technology. And what many organizations are going to need is someone that can get deeper into the technical aspects of it. And they’re going to have CIOs to do that. I don’t think you can get away from the skill set of being a good people person, a big builder of those relationships. So, it’s going to vary. It’s going to vary by the situation and what else exists in the leadership team of an organization that both skill sets are going to be very important.

PP: So I’m going to talk about digital health and digital transformation, Marc, switching topics here. So, one thing that I pay a lot of attention to as part of my work and part of my firm’s work as to how are health systems organizing themselves to drive digital transformation. What does the org model look like? Who owns the digital transformation function? And I see that there is no straightforward answer to this. By default, it seems like, it is the CIO in a lot of organizations. But with a lot of the leading health systems, you have these dedicated roles for Chief Digital Officers, many of whom have come from outside the industry as well. So, what is your sense today of where ownership for digital health and digital transformation lies today? And what, if anything, should change for accelerating transformation?

MP: It’s owned by the CEO; it is what it’s owned by. And again, pretty naive to think that’s not where we’re going right. That we can just continue to operate the way we’ve operated for the last 40 years. So, the CEO owns digital transformation and how we’re going to deliver services going forward. We all play different roles. So, at Intermountain Healthcare, we had a CIO and we had a Chief Digital Officer. And Chief Digital Officer was much more of a marketing type person. And that’s actually the background that he came to Intermountain with. But it served us really well because we were focused on digital and how are we going to change the way we did things and how are we going to change our perception within the community that we are more of a digital service? The technology work around that. That was mine, that was my team. That’s what we did. But CEO owned the problem and the CEO drove it. And that’s why Intermountain has been and will be very successful in this space. There are going to be places where it’s the CIO that’s going to be a much slower transition for that organization. They may even ultimately fail, not because the CIO is bad, but because it’s coming from the wrong place. Technology, it’s a tool. It can facilitate that shift. But the actual shift is people making that shift. And that takes the leadership of an organization and operations and ultimately CEO.

PP: Yeah, one thing I like to say is digital transformation is technology-enabled, or IT-enabled, it’s not necessarily IT led. The difference may sound insignificant to some, but what I see in the market is that CIOs don’t necessarily have to do it all. In some cases, I have seen a great collaboration, just like you described at Intermountain, which really makes the difference. And of course, you’re right about the fact that it has to come from the very top, the CEO and indeed the board, for that matter. We are coming up to the close of our time here, Mark, I just wanted to touch on one of the things in the immediate context of COVID. We have seen the results come out. The financial performance of health systems for the first six months has not been great. And in an environment of declining operating income, how do you see it impacting the pace of digital transformation, but also the level of technology investments? And what is your advice for tech firms in this context now that your part of a tech firm as well who are likely seeing reduced IT budgets and longer sales cycles as a consequence?

MP: Yeah, so the broad thing that comes to my mind is a race to the bottom makes everyone a loser. So, there’s no possible way that healthcare is going to cost cut itself to being successful or thriving. And so, it’s where investment gets made. And like just about every other industry, it’s come through investment in technology and using that technology to create efficiencies and better solutions for those we serve. So, I believe there’s a lot of wise people in leadership positions in healthcare, that those investments are going to continue to get made. That doesn’t mean we won’t see cost-cutting because there will be and there has to be. But there also has to be this investment in technical solutions, particularly digital solutions, digital health solutions that will allow the industry to thrive and will allow a much more ubiquitous set of solutions. You know, again, right now, it’s regional. I mean, healthcare is so regional and it’s so different. I mean, the level of care and the outcomes can vary by zip code. That’s because of the way we’re currently formed. But moving forward, technology is going to level the playing field not just across our country, but around the world. And that’s when we know we’re going to be successful. So, if I were, which I am involved in a technology company in healthcare, I’m very bullish on the future. However, to thrive, we have to show that value. And we can’t just be talking about it. We have to show the value that we can provide. And I think there’s a very white field out there just ready to be harvested.

PP: Oh, that is so well said Marc. That’s a perfect note on which we can end this podcast. Thank you so much for coming on the show. And I really appreciate your comments and your insights. I wish you all the very best to you.

MP: Thank you very much, Paddy. Appreciate the time. And congratulations on your book and look forward to staying in touch.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

Marc Probst is the Chief Information Officer of ELLKAY. Before joining ELLKAY, he served as the Chief Information Officer and Vice President at Intermountain Healthcare for 17 years. 

Marc has been involved with Information Technology and Healthcare services for over 35 years. Prior to Intermountain, Marc was a Partner with two large professional service organizations. Marc has significant interest in the use of information technology to increase patient care quality and lower the costs of care. He is experienced in information technology planning, integration, design, development, deployment, and operation. 

Marc was appointed to and served 7 years on the Federal Healthcare Information Technology Policy Committee assisting in developing HIT Policy for the U.S. Government.

He has also been a Board Member of numerous Healthcare Information Technology organizations and served as the Board Chair for the College of Healthcare Information Management Executives. Marc currently serves on several HIT company boards and is a board member of Nemours Children’s Hospitals. In early 2020, the College of Healthcare Information Management Executives (CHIME) and the Healthcare Information and Management Systems Society (HIMSS) jointly recognized him as CIO of the Year.

Prior to living in Utah, Marc and his family have lived in Reston, Virginia and Tampa Florida. Marc is married with 5 children which span in age from 35 to 17 years old. Marc is a graduate of the University of Utah in Finance and earned an MBA from George Washington University.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Telemedicine will become a fundamental aspect of care delivery because of its effectiveness

Episode #58

Puneet Maheshwari, CEO
DocASAP Inc.

"Telemedicine will become a fundamental aspect of care delivery because of its effectiveness"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

Our partner:

In this episode, Puneet Maheshwari, CEO of DocASAP discusses their platform and their recent survey on consumer experience and attitudes to telehealth/ telemedicine.

Puneet believes that frictionless patient access is critical for reducing costs and improving health outcomes. COVID-19 has been a very high impact phenomenon for the healthcare industry. Their recent survey on telehealth consumer experience reveals that the telemedicine adoption rate increased by 92%. However, we cannot think of telemedicine in a silo; we need to blend it into the overall care delivery continuum, which is a foundational piece that must be solved by healthcare providers in the future.

According to Puneet, the reason telemedicine is here to stay and become a fundamental aspect of care delivery is because of its efficiency and effectiveness. The biggest takeaway from their recent research is that telemedicine is opening the door to the digital practice of medicine and a digital-first care delivery model.

Puneet Maheshwari, CEO DocASAP Inc. in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “Telemedicine will become a fundamental aspect of care delivery because of its effectiveness”

PP: Hello again, everyone, and welcome back to my podcast. This is Paddy, and it is my great privilege and honor to introduce my special guest today, Puneet Maheshwari, Founder and CEO of DocASAP. Thank you for setting aside your time to join us on his podcast. Welcome to the show.

PM: Thanks for having me.

PP: Wonderful. So, let’s kick this off Puneet. Why don’t you tell us a little bit about your company and the product platform that you’ve developed over the years.

PM: Sure. DocASAP is an access engagement platform. We are pretty unique in the sense that we were both with the payers and the providers. From the very beginning, the mission of the company has been fairly straightforward, which is to streamline and reduce the friction when it comes to helping the patient find the right provider in the right setting at the right time. And while it sounds cliched over the course of the last several years that we have been doing this, we have come to realize that frictionless patient access is critical for reducing costs and improving health outcomes. What we’ve also realized is that payers and providers both lack meaningful solutions for effectively engaging and navigating patients to optimal care providers. What this results in is decreased quality of care with suboptimal outcomes and increased population risks, increased costs with consumers ending up at suboptimal care providers, and purely from the sense of and the side of the patient, fragmented access, which is uncoordinated, leading to frustrations and suboptimal outcomes overall for all parties involved. With that in mind, we evolved the DocASAP platform to have key three core capabilities. One is what we call navigation and matching. We have only one in the industry who will really go deep to fully understand the clinical and operational intake protocols of the providers. We translate those protocols then into decision trees that can be laid or end to end organization’s delivery model and use those decision trees then to help the consumer navigate to the right provider. Over the course of the last five months, particularly while we supported this before, setting or getting the consumer the right setting has become even more important. And that has been one area where we have doubled down over the course of the last five months. The second part of our platform is around accurate scheduling and the operative word there is accurate. We connect real time to the underlying practice management system and then also take into account all the considerations that the providers put in terms of managing their time and how they want to fill their appointment slots. With that information in real time access to that inventory, we then enable consumers to book their appointments instantaneously across all pathways that they use and trust. And the third part of our platform is what we call actionable engagement. And again, the operative word here is actionable, which is pre, peri, and post of an encounter. How do I enable the consumer to be prepared for that appointment, how do I remind them for that appointment, how do I make it easy for them to reschedule or cancel? And then post appointment how do I engage them for follow up care, which may be pertinent for the last encounter that they just had? And the key really is taking this platform and then touching the consumer across the care journey from when they’re searching for a provider, helping them select the right one, helping them schedule for a timely appointment across all different kinds of care settings that may be pertinent helping them prepare for that appointment and then engaging them for all the follow up care that may be needed from thereon. Where we’ve taken significantly farther is how we deploy this platform, because what they’ve come to realize further is that consumers use diverse and heterogeneous parts for finding care. On one side we power all sorts of digital channels, such as providers owned web and mobile properties or their digital front doors. We work with some of the largest health plans in the country to power their member engagement and doctor finder applications. We power search and social sites like Google, my business pages or embed our capabilities across other social sites. But then we also realized that there are other established pathways that the consumers take which are not digital, such as we enable access centers to have this capability so that they can help the consumer to help them get to the right provider within their health system. The power of similar capabilities for community providers or ambulatory providers so that they can refer patients into a specialty care, radiology lab, et cetera. And then we accentuate our capabilities in acute discharge settings. So, the discharge teams of hospitals or emergency departments can streamline, follow up care for the patients out there getting discharged from the acute settings.

PP: You’re in an interesting space. And by the way my firm, which is a digital transformation advisor firm that works with a lot of health systems and health plans, we are on the other side of the equation. We actually look at patient journeys and we look at all the different digital engagement opportunities or touchpoints and what kind of tools and platforms that are there that can enable that. And clearly the doctor finder is now getting more important than ever because consumers or patients are getting access to care and doing a lot of the things related to that access online and as. So, it’s kind of a mode. We are seeing this gaining importance. Let me ask you a couple quick questions about the landscape you’re in and then we can switch to other topics. When I look at the technology provider landscape for a situation such as yours, firstly, you’ve got the core systems of record, if you will, the big electronic health record platforms and have some of the functionalities that you just talked about. And then you have at least on the health provider side. And then you have the competitive landscape where there’s multiple tools out there that could be competing with your core platform. This is a find a doctor kind of capability. So, when you put yourself in that mix. Do you see your platform as something that complements what EHR systems do on the one hand? Is it a replacement, maybe a better tool compared to what they have native to their platforms? And what else is it that makes you a little bit different and unique? If you could just point out one thing that makes you different and unique.

PM: Let me touch both of those points because those are separate entities in terms of how to think about the overall problems. So, when we think about EHR or electronic practice management systems, what we’re realizing, working with several of our large enterprise healthcare delivery, clients that, EHR systems are built with providers in mind. So, they are more inward facing. And the solutions that have been developed are also developed with an inside out mindset, which tends to have platforms and solutions that do not really work and direct to consumer settings. You really need to apply an outside in mindset when you’re looking at how to engage the consumer and how to really engage the disengaged consumer, if you will. And that has been one big differentiation, that we have been able to bring to our provider clients. Another thing to think about is the space overall. While EHR organizations and practice management organizations by definition are health records or tools for managing practices, they are not really digital tools for enabling access and engagement for the consumers. So, it’s a completely different category in that sense. And some EHR service providers are looking to play in that category. But in most cases, they are still focused on their core business, which is around robust health record systems and robust practice management systems. Now, coming to the competitive landscape that we play in, particularly in the context of that digital front door, I would say that there are two core differentiations that we bring to bear compared to anybody else in the industry. One, we are not a point tool, we are a much broader platform that takes into account the overall patient journey and not just finding the doctor and help the consumer in that journey across all pathways that they use and trust. So, the holistic nature of the platform is one thing which has been a big differentiator for us as we have worked with large health organizations. The second piece, which is highly differentiated for us, is the ecosystem that we have been able to bring together as we solve this complex problem of helping the consumer get to the right provider, right setting the right time. And what I mean by ecosystem in this context is how do you really bring the payer and the providers come together and do and achieve the results in a collaborative way and deliver the coordination that is needed for the patient or the member? Whichever way you look at it, for better outcomes and reduce cost structures. And so, on that side, on one way we work with the large provider groups. But then we also work with large payers and then connect them together through our platforms such that at the end of it, consumers get what they need to get from an access and engagement standpoint. And that ecosystem is a very unique thing that we have been able to bring to bear, both for our provider clients as well as our payer clients.

PP: Very interesting. And that is actually a perfect segue to the next topic that I wanted to explore with you. Your firm recently did a fairly significant survey of consumer attitudes and consumer preferences as it relates to online engagement with their providers. And in the wake of COVID-19, we know that many things have been forced upon us. And I think your report goes into aspects of this new normal that consumers have adapted to very well and some that they have not particularly adapted well to. You want to touch upon some of the highlights of this. What was the driving force for doing this survey and what did you hope to accomplish? Tell us a little bit about some of the key findings from the survey.

PM: Yes. COVID-19 has been a very high impact phenomena for the healthcare industry and Paddy you are seeing this from your vantage point. And we are definitely seeing it from ours. I would say we are seeing close to five years’ worth of innovation acceleration happening in three to five months. And that is creating a significant disruption, if you will, at a pace that has otherwise not been experienced by the healthcare industry. And that brings me to the survey that we did and why we did that. As we were seeing that disruption happening. It was important for us to start understanding the underlying themes that were driving that disruption. And where should we then expect the new normal to fall was equally important for us to understand. The underlying themes essentially fell in three broad categories. One was around contactless access, and that theme was there before the pandemic and which got dramatically accelerated during the pandemic. I think we were already on that journey. But as I said, we saw that five years’ worth of acceleration in three months. The second piece that we wanted to understand was how this is really affecting consumer behavior and provider behavior overall. And the third piece was around looking at what are the foundational pieces that would need to be put in place to help our customers be the payers or the providers aligned better to those major trends that will be coming out of this pandemic. So that was the fundamental premise for doing the survey in the first place. So, we did survey around thousands U.S. adults those who had used healthcare provider in the last 12 months. And the learnings are pretty interesting. So, one no surprise there was this massive utilization of telemedicine beyond what it was. And the adoption was kind of increasing 92 percent of our respondents who have had a telehealth appointment said that they were satisfied, and their overall telehealth appointment experience was positive. When asked to describe their telehealth appointment experience, the top three descriptors were easy, efficient, and convenient, if you will. And those are fundamental themes, again, that we have to understand to say ‘Ok where the pick is going to be. Eventually, consumers, stations, members are looking for convenience, efficiency, and ease. And as a healthcare solution provider helping the healthcare providers overall. We need to think through what will help the consumers get that ease, efficiency, and convenience. But what was also very evident was the anxiety where in-person visits, at least in the short term. We heard loud and clear that respondents were not comfortable going back to see a health care provider in person until at least the fall. And there was a proportionate number that said they are not comfortable going back to a doctor’s office until early 2021. It’s pretty amazing when you start comparing the results and see that the respondents felt safe for going to a grocery store or a hospital or a doctor’s office and in a doctor’s office or somewhere around 26 percent compared to a grocery store, which was 42 percent. And those things are pretty eye-opening as you start thinking about how we going to go back to normal and how will we convince these consumers around the safety of the care that can be delivered within in-person premise. And as we started kind of taking that and talking to our customers, we started realizing that telemedicine is here to stay. And if you look at, you know, secondary searches done by firms like McKinsey, you’re seeing a massive shift of care delivery dollars going through telemedicine. But there’s also a realization that you cannot think of telemedicine in a silo. It’s not just about, you know, on-demand acute care. It’s about how do we blend telemedicine into the overall care delivery continuum. And how do we then make sure that the consumer, based on their specific needs, is navigated to the right care settings? So, if it’s a first appointment, which requires an in-person visit and you’re helping them get that in-person visit. But if it’s a follow-up, which can be done remotely through a video visit or a phone call. The consumer’s navigator to that. And enabling that streamlined, flow of care delivery across those different care settings is one foundational piece that has to be solved by the care providers as we move forward. I would say the biggest takeaway, which shouldn’t be any surprise to anybody, was that telemedicine is opening the digital front door to the digital practice now. So, the world is moving to digital-first when it comes to health care. And you would see a massive acceleration towards that mindset both from the consumers as well as the providers as we get out of the pandemic and start thinking about what the new normal is going to look like.

PP: Yeah, everything that you said makes a lot of sense, especially in the immediate wake of the pandemic. I want to unpack that a little bit. So, what I do like about your earlier comments is the B2C focus that’s never been part of how healthcare operates in the past, at least. And now, in fact, my latest book, which of healthcare digital transmission, the subtext to the title as how consumerism, technology and pandemic are accelerating the future. We already covered two of them. Consumerism and pandemic and of course, we are in this podcast is all about technology and how it is driving transformation in healthcare. The consumerism aspect of it is the unfinished business. It’s still in early stages. We found the same thing that you talked about, which is that yours were the transformation effort has now been compressed into a matter of months and is putting an enormous amount of strain on organizations while dramatically altering the ways in which healthcare is access to consume. At the same time, the more recent data that’s based on our research, it tells us that we swung a little too far to one extreme in terms of virtual care models, telehealth, telemedicine, real time, virtual consult things like that. In the immediate wake of the pandemic because there was no option. But now it’s all pulling back a little bit. And, you know, there’s some kind of a variety of reasons, some kind of care cannot be done remotely, whether you want to or not, whether the technology is available or not. And then, of course, there’s a question of all of the revenue dollars. And in healthcare, you know, everything you need to follow the money right. Now, where the reimbursement is coming from, what are the puts and takes in terms of lost revenue versus what you can gain from telehealth visits and so on? So my question is, do you feel like you’ve reached some kind of an equilibrium? And if not, how long do you think if you were to look out a little bit, how long do you think, before we get to a point where we say, you know what, this is going to be a 60-40 split for all primary care visits between telehealth and in-person visits. Something like that. Can you share your thoughts on that?

PM: I don’t think we have gotten to an equilibrium right now. I think we are still in the middle of the pandemic. The surges are still happening, and members are still kind of going back and forth in terms of our level of comfort around whether it’s behind us or not. So, till the time that’s going on, I don’t think there’s going to be a very meaningful equilibrium that is reached. Having said that, there is an equilibrium eventually. And when I think about that, I think in two big parameters, if you will, one parameter is the disruption that is happening. And if you look at the new normal, I see the disruptions happening both on the business model side as well as on the technology side. And, you know, it’s easy to manage one disruption when it’s happening. And this is a bit of a perfect storm of sorts where we are having these still disruptions happening at the same time, which means that there will be winners and losers and organizations will have to really embrace these disruptions and navigate through them with the nimbleness and ingenuity. The second piece is around, you know, what are these disruptions really driving? And in my mind, the reason why telemedicine is here to stay and become a fundamental aspect of care delivery, if not the preferred health care delivery, is the efficiency and effectiveness aspect of delivering care to that pathway. And you touch the effectiveness part of it by highlighting how certain aspects of the care cannot be delivered in a virtual setting. But I think that’s a moving target in my mind. I think what we have come to realize is that more and more care can be done in a remote setting that doesn’t always mean that it has to be over a video call or a phone call. It couldn’t be through remote monitoring. It could be through shipping diskettes to individuals so that they don’t have to come to a lab and get exposed to other kinds of infections. It could be about augmented reality in future. I think the theme has to be consistent and till the time theme is consistent. The technology will catch up to that and one way or the other. And the theme really is that when you deliver care in a virtual setting or in a setting which is at home for the consumers, more efficient for the consumer and the provider. It’s more cost-effective. It’s less risky. And those three points are critical as you think about delivering ambulatory care of the future. So, in my mind, the world is moving to digital-first care delivery. The pandemic was a very strong impetus to push us in that direction. And you’re right, we probably swung a little too far on that side. But what it has also done is it has opened the eyes of the consumer and the providers, I would say, on the benefits that come out of it around efficiency, around cost, around the overall risks. And what that means is now the technology is going to be following that trend and we’ll be solving things that we haven’t seen solved till now. And you and I will both be very surprised end of 2021 on the amount of care that can be delivered in a home setting.

PP: Yeah, I think I agree with you there. What are you seeing in terms of the demand environment coming down to the real situation on the ground, if you will, for one of your own products and services? But in general, for digital health capabilities and the kind of tools and platforms that health systems in particular have to invest in order to prepare for this new normal or next normal and really position themselves for the inevitable digital future that you just talked about.

PM: Yeah. So, again, I would put it in, you know, two horizons. One is the immediate horizon. Another is the more midterm horizon. The immediate horizon is about helping our customers in my mind. Many of our customers are really struggling financially, given what the pandemic threw at them. Ambulatory visits dropped almost 50 percent for several of the providers across the country. And when the pie shrinks, you can only a vendor. You have to be a partner. And that is the approach that we are taking. What we are also realizing is the opportunity that this crisis is creating for our customers and for ourselves, which means that we have to double down in the investments that we are making for that midterm to long term growth that we can expect in the digital capabilities that are going to be used in the market. So, till the time we keep that set of horizon and mind, I would say at this point in time, yes, we are seeing a lot of demand in terms of providers realizing that they are behind the curve on some of these capabilities. But we also understand that they themselves are struggling financially. So, we are approaching it a very partner-oriented mindset. And then we also realize that nobody really knows where technology is going to be in two years, three years from now. And the companies that are going to be successful or companies who make their investments listen to their customers, keep their ears to the ground and execute. So those are the two ways we’re looking at the market and we believe that we are pretty strongly position with partners and customers that we have. We have been able to associate ourselves over the course of the last several years, and it’s going to be a very exciting ride as we move forward. I wish we didn’t need a pandemic for all of this to happen. We all would have been happier without it, I’m sure. But if there is a silver lining to any of this is the fact that we all are becoming more open to change and change is the name of the game if we want to move the needle on cost and quality in the U.S. Healthcare.

PP: Right. Never waste a crisis, as a wise man said. Well Puneet, it’s been a fantastic conversation. I’m afraid we’re going to have to leave it there. We’re coming up to the end of a time. But I wish you and your company and all the very best. You guys are in the right place at the right time. It looks like and I look forward following your company and the progress that you make. Thank you again for coming on the show.

PM: Thank you so much for having me, Paddy. It has been a pleasure.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

puneet-maheswari-profile

Puneet is the CEO of DocASAP. He is a technologist with more than 17 years of experience working in various Silicon Valley technology startups and in the business technology office of McKinsey & Company.

Puneet earned his Master of Business Administration in Finance and Entrepreneurship from the Wharton School of Business, University of Pennsylvania.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Voice technology will enhance care delivery from within the EHR

Episode #57

Diana Nole, EVP and General Manager, Nuance Healthcare and Yaa Kumah-Crystal, MD, Assistant Professor of Biomedical Informatics, Vanderbilt University Medical Center

"Voice technology will enhance care delivery from within the EHR"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

Our partner:

In this episode, Diana Nole and Dr. Yaa Kumah-Crystal discuss the progress, future state, and challenges of voice-enabled technology in healthcare. They also talk about its usability and application in a post-COVID-19 world.

According to Diana, in a post-COVID world, we will see more acceptance of voice-enabled technology not just for clinical documentation but as a virtual assistant to command and control things within the physician workflow ecosystem. The pandemic accelerated the willingness and acceptance to look at things differently, such as telehealth; voice technology will be the next. It will be helpful in offering suggestions and recommendations to enhance care delivery from within the EHR system.

Dr. Kumah-Crystal states that the new era of voice mechanics and how we interact with the voice technology is instrumental in making queries and commands in the EHRs to retrieve information. A new dynamic of patient engagement will emerge from voice as a medium and as a method by which a provider engages with EHR in the presence of patient. Take a listen.

Diana Nole, EVP and General Manager, Nuance Healthcare and Yaa Kumah-Crystal, MD, Assistant Professor of Biomedical Informatics, Vanderbilt University Medical Center in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “Voice technology will enhance care delivery from within the EHR”

PP: Hello again, and welcome back to my podcast. This is Paddy, and it is my great privilege and honor to introduce my special guests today, Diana Nole, EVP and General Manager of Nuance Healthcare. And Diana is familiar to our audience. She is coming back and joining us. She’s been on this podcast before. We’ll talk a little bit about that. And Dr. Yaa Kumah-Crystal, Assistant Professor of Biomedical Informatics at Vanderbilt University in Nashville. Welcome to the show. Let me kick this off. Diana, I think this may be a question for you to start with. I’ve always considered voice to be one of those highly promising, emerging technologies that is going to transform the way we live and work. In healthcare, we have struggled with how technology has taken away some productivity, even though it’s delivered a lot of other benefits. Voice has the ability, and voice enablement to voice recognition is potentially one of those technologies that could ease the burden on physicians. That’s been the thesis for the rapid growth of voice enablement in healthcare. So maybe you could start by sharing with our listeners a brief overview of the progress that we have made as an industry with voice enablement and healthcare. Where is voice finding its application today, especially in a post-COVID-19 scenario?

DN: Well, voice has definitely been on a journey. It’s not new to the industry. As I had mentioned, I’ve known Nuance now for 15 years. I’ve recently joined them on June 1st. But voice, dictation, the aspect of taking the ability of this technology to do clinical documentation has been around for a while. More recently, I think with the capabilities of all of our data processing, etc., we’ve definitely advanced where it’s much easier to get adopted. You don’t have to train the system as much as getting much more accurate. And so, the ability to get broader sets of users to use it has definitely kind of come up. What you see now in the post-COVID world is even more acceptance of things where you can use the voice enablement, not for just clinical documentation, but a bit more with like being a virtual assistant and being able to command and control things within the ecosystem that the physician is working in. For example, the announcement on UpToDate was to be able to search through voice and be able to say, hey, dragon, pull up what’s on UpToDate on this particular topic? And I think in the post-COVID world, just a simplistic thing that we’ll probably hear more from here on the show is just the contactless ability to drive and control commands. And we’re getting actually interested in not just the physician, but medical devices and use of that. And so, we also think that there’s gonna be more people wanting to use voice to kind of use in this post-COVID world.

PP: Yeah, that’s interesting. Contactless experience has kind of become a big buzzword and a theme as people start going back into the clinics and hospital environments. We will unpack that a little bit more. Now, when we had you as a guest on this podcast, you were at that time with Wolters Kluwer leading their healthcare business. And now you’ve recently done a partnership with Wolters Kluwer to help clinicians and researchers using the capability for voice-enabled content search. Can you talk to us a little bit about what that means?

DN: Yeah. So, what you can actually do is, you can say, hey, Dragon, search UpToDate for particular treatment options. And this actually then helps the clinician retrieve information in UpToDate. A big thing with physicians is not having to go between systems, but just having it seamlessly. And, then you can retrieve information in UpToDate, a leader in clinical decision support. You can get medication, dosage, disease stage, drug interactions, all that stuff is readily available in UpToDate. And then, you can also with the dragon engine, be able to do commands in terms of what you want to actually have the EHR do. So hopefully being able to get information more easily accessible, efficiency, productivity, just a better user experience. So that’s what we’ve done with UpToDate. And we think that there may be some other things that we can do together on that, so I’m very excited, although I’ve left. It’s really nice to continue to work together in that partnership.

PP: Yeah, yeah. Sounds really exciting. Dr. Kumah-Crystal, you have been using this new technology at Vanderbilt University. Can you tell us a little bit about how you’ve been using it? Are you using it as patient experience, context? Are you using it for research? Can you tell us a little bit about where you’re using this?

YK: Yes. So, I’ve been a voice enthusiast for a long time. I’ve been using dictation to keep my notes. What I’m so excited about is this new era of voice mechanics and how we can interact with the voice technology outside of just the dictation, which is extremely useful, but also to make queries and commands in the EHR to retrieve information. I just think it’s a really exciting new way to interact with technology, because so often when we need to find out something, we’re forced to drill down through different tabs and scroll through sheets and whatever. It’s hard to fight the technology just to give us the information we need. But just to be able to say a command, to make a request and have the information retrieved for you, just takes away some of the burden and irritation of the technology that has kind of integrated itself in our regular workflow. In medicine, it’s a culture of asking questions and making requests. As an attending, I am usually surrounded by fellows and residents and nurses, and we have our morning rounds and we talk about the patient and someone will ask like, hey, what was her last sodium? Or Hey, put that last journal article for so-and-so. And to be able to use that same method, that same medium to ask information for that electronic health record, makes it a more nuanced part of our care team as well, where you can interact with at the same level you’d interact with rest your colleagues.

PP: Yeah. So, what is the big play here? Is it productivity, is it advanced intelligence? What is the play here?

YK: I would say easing the friction of getting to where you want to get to. The whole point of the EHR is that we input information so that at some point we can get it out more efficiently. Unfortunately, because of limitations with time and money and whatever it takes to make it more functional, it’s not that easy to get information out. It’s always several keystrokes away, several tabs away, several lots of things away. But to be able to make a command verbally and instantiate that thing you want, just relieves some of that frustration you have, or you feel like you’re always having to go through a journey justifying the thing you need. I was trying to explain this to my nine-year-old son. He was like, oh, it’s kind of like being a wizard. You just say a spell and it happens like, well, that’s a very nine-year-old way to think about it. But I think I like that metaphor. You just kind of act on the things and they come into being. And I think that’s this part of the value of being able to articulate the things you need.

PP: Yeah and again usability has become a hot topic in healthcare. And in some of the work that we do, usability as a term is finding its way into all kinds of contexts, usability for patients when they come online to access care. And now we talk about usability for caregivers in order to get to the information they need so they can quickly get to answer those pointers for taking care of their patients’ needs. What about the other side of the table? What about patients? How do they get to see the benefit of a voice recognition technology? Is there something that providers are doing to enable voice recognition when a patient walks into the clinic, for instance? You know, Diana talked about this contactless experience. Is that something that the patient can take advantage of as well? Or is it mostly confined today to the caregiver side of the business?

YK: I was so excited to answer this question. In terms of how the patient benefits, there are different kind of ways and manners which the patient benefits. From the provider facing side of things, if a provider can easily call out orders to say like, oh, place a consult for social work or refill the metformin, and maintain their contact with the patient while just asking for those things to be fulfilled, as if they had a scribe in the room or something like that. That itself just helps the patient and the provider feel more connected like they’re in the same place together. And the provider is not distracted by having to pull away and go to their computer screen to answer these things. Also, I think there should be a study of this, but just the benefit of the patient hearing the provider place these orders or make these requests, for patients have better understanding of what is going on in their clinical encounter to know what things the provider thinks is important, to know what things the provider wants to call out. And maybe that would even make it more engaging to the patient. Make them want to ask more questions as about why would we want to try metformin or why did you ask about this specific thing? I think there’s a new dynamic, an element of patient engagement that will absolutely stem from being able to have voice as a medium and as a method the provider engages with EHR while the patient is there. But on the patient-facing side, there’s actually a lot of great work going into having patient-facing voice assistance so the patients themselves can interact with the EHR. And I think that’s just a wonderful opportunity to have people who might not be as comfortable with technology and navigating computers, just be able to talk to their machines and get the information back out. So, I think that’s really, really exciting and can really decrease barriers for people with disability issues because everybody knows how to talk. So at a very early age on people know how to engage with computers and with media using their words and to be able to fully leverage it, I think can take us just a whole another plane of usability and productivity and engage with it. 

PP: Yeah, that’s that is so well said. The importance of having a natural language interface that not only increases your productivity, but also provides some degree of comfort and ease during the course of the doctor-patient interaction is definitely something that I see a lot of other firms paying attention to as well. Now, you mentioned scribing as one of the core tasks of this voice-enabled interface. Now Diana, I want to ask you this question. There is obviously a huge amount of opportunity headroom lift, if you will, for just being able to use voice to do things like scribing, which can actually release a significant amount of time for physicians, but also improve the doctor-patient interaction so that physicians and their patients can have eye to eye contact, and all of the others that has been talked about a lot. What’s next? Tell us a little bit about what you see as the roadmap for the future. Where do you think we can hope to see, let’s say, advanced analytical tools being used in the context of voice recognition to improve our ability to do more advanced tasks, risk assessments, or just being able to predict things from a person’s voice? I’ve read that you can actually read biomarkers in the tone of the voice. Can you talk a little bit about some of the future state that is emerging from voice?

DN: There’s some interesting things. The last note that you had there made me think of something that we recently talked about from Nuance, and that is actually being able to recognize maybe the age. And I’m not quite sure exactly how I would apply that in healthcare, but I think you’re right on in terms of the things that it will allow us to do. What we’re really excited about is, moving from sort of voice and sort of an interaction with one person and the machine to being in this ambient environment. And that is really where we’re focused on. That brings great interaction between the physician and the patient, because now it’s really in an ambient environment. Your diarizing the conversation between the patient and the doctor. And I think that builds a lot of transparency, but also a lot of clinical and other types of accuracy of what’s being captured. And then if we can get that into a very good structured format. Then, the hospital itself can run a lot of analytics on that. You can continue to do sort of the voice commands. But what I see in the future is also the machine helping to catch things that might be within the EHR, or other items that would offer up suggestions, recommendations either in the visit or post a visit to continue to enhance and make sure that nothing falls through the cracks for the patient. And I think when you think about the ambient environment and then what we talked about with patient interactions and producing this capability for other care providers, such as nurses, et cetera, it will definitely unlock and bring back a little bit of what we’ve talked about in the past of bringing back that trust between the physician, the doctor, and their patient. So, I think the whole ambient environment will unlock yet another capability of being able to do analytics, recommendations, those types of things. And that’s what we’re heavily working on right now.

PP: Yeah, ambient computing has, become another hot topic because of all of the possibilities – to be able to remotely monitor or observe what is going on with a patient and being able to pick up things through voice, and other natural language interfaces, especially now in the COVID context. So, does your technology kind of seamlessly integrate with the EHR systems and other decision support tools? One of the big challenges in healthcare is this. All these technology tools, it’s a challenge to make them all work together in a seamless fashion. It’s getting better, no doubt. But still a lot of unfinished business. Do you want to talk a little bit about that?

DN: Well, with our rich history in healthcare, that’s something we rely heavily on, and we definitely have to have those connections. We had long-standing relationships with the EHRs. We can’t do without them, as you said. So, we do have that interaction with them, the virtual assistant. We work with them on how we actually get that information back out and then get it back in. You may have seen recently we did announce, for example, connections with Cerner on that. So, we’re very excited about that. We cannot make it work without it. And that’s why it’s so important for us to be sort of agnostic. We do the same thing in terms of telehealth platforms. So, we work with various telehealth platforms, so we can provide the opportunity to use it for the doctor when they’re in the office or on telehealth. It eases their not having to use a different tool. And then you really just have to work with all these different systems. And that’s something I think collectively as an industry, we are getting better and better at.

PP: Looking into the future, today, when you look at text-based interfaces – you go on your iPhone and you start typing out a text message – it finishes the sentence for you because it’s been observing what you write or what people like us to write on a normal course of the day. It’s been analyzing billions and billions of these messages. It helps you to complete the sentence. Do you think the voice is going to get there? You know, you start to see something, and the voice-enabled interface is going to complete the sentence for you?

YK: I think it’s going to depend on what your end goal is. I think there might be some folks who would find that really beneficial. And again, going through the concept of accessibility, that might be a feature for some people. For others, I think most people really look forward to technology helping to facilitate and optimize what they’re already doing. And one of the joys of being a doctor that is often kind of pulled away from us is engaging with the patient, having a conversation, learning about their story, and able to give them advice. But because you’re often having to pull away to turn back your computer, to type it, you don’t have the opportunity to do that. So, having something like an ambient scribe that can match all the words you say to create your note for you. So, you don’t have to do that will give you the opportunity to be present in that way and complete your sentences yourself. But yes, it would make sense for some folks, for whatever reason, to have a tool that can produce those numerations for them. And I absolutely love that feature in a phone and email; auto-suggests, and complete sentences for you. I also wonder if it’s saying what it thinks I would have said or it’s suggesting what I should say, and if the results of my email are really just the computer’s mind. Regardless, it sounds good and it’s all spelled correctly. So, I can just hit send and save myself an extra five minutes.

PP: I’m not so good with the auto finish. More often than not, I’m sending the wrong message out and manually correcting you.

YK: That’s an interesting point that you bring up. And with regards to the technology kind of just working and not having to worry about all the setup and integrating all that stuff. One of the biggest limitations in the past about voice technology was that because of the word error rate, you almost spent just as much time having to go back to fix the things that it thought it heard as you were trying to dictate. That was a huge barrier to adoption. But with machine learning techniques, even without training, a novice can pick it up and just get started. And I think that’s one of the big factors in making this a more mainstream thing that anyone can and would adopt, because if all you have to do is talk. And that’s something I had to do anyway. Then what’s the Problem?

PP: You did bring up something that I was going to bring up in the closing minutes of our conversation, which is what are some of the challenges with the technology? Obviously, the error rate is one of them and the error rate could be linked to a lot of different things. Accents, for instance. We live in a very diverse professional environment. Healthcare as much as any other industry is very diverse. Do you see this as technology, therefore, that needs to evolve a little bit more? I do agree with you, you know, from all accounts, it’s come a long, long way in the last few years. Diana, where do you see these multilingual capabilities headed?

DN: Yeah, I definitely think that there are going to be some, you know, what’s the level of accuracy that we can, that really delivers the right results. As was mentioned before. So, I think that will continue to get better. And so if you definitely think about the future, where I talked about, you know, being able to scour things and offer recommendations, I do still think that that’s a vision that can be achieved. But it will take a while because, as you know, we all get started, those recommendations from where we’ve shopped, et cetera, and not all of them are quite accurate. I think the other thing that people have helped me to remind myself is that when you think about this type of interaction and patient and patient interactions, we do have to remember that many of our patients still don’t have access to the technology. So, I do think we also want to continue to keep in mind the evolution that our patients are going through. But I am very, very optimistic. I think the COVID-19 has actually accelerated everyone’s willingness to look at things and do things differently. Telehealth is a great example. Voice will be the next. I’m very optimistic that there will actually be some really wonderful, positive things coming out of a very challenging circumstance.

PP: Fantastic. And I guess on that note, we’re going to have to leave it there. Dr. Kumah-Crystal and Diana, it’s been such a pleasure speaking with you. And I look forward to following all the progress with voice. I got to tell you, I am personally very, very interested in where the technology can take us at a personal and professional level. And I look forward to following all the work. Thank you once again for being on the show.

DN: Thank you.

YK: Thanks for having us.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guests

diana-nole-profile-pic-aug2020

Diana Nole joined Nuance in June 2020 as the Executive Vice President and General Manager of Nuance’s Healthcare division, which is focused on improving the overall physician-patient experience through cutting-edge AI technology applications. She is responsible for all business operations, growth and innovation strategy, product development, and partner and customer relationships.

Over the course of her career, Diana has held numerous executive and leadership roles, serving as the CEO of Wolter Kluwers’ Healthcare division and president of Carestream’s Digital Medical Solutions business. She was instrumental in bringing Wolters Kluwer's healthcare product offerings together into a suite of solutions incorporating advanced technologies to drive further innovation. Under Ms. Nole's leadership, Wolters Kluwer formed a centralized applied data science team that accelerated the successful introduction of next-generation AI-based solutions for data interoperability, clinical surveillance, and competency test preparation for nursing education.

Ms. Nole is a board director and Chair of the audit committee for the privately held life sciences company, ClinicalInk, and was recently named the first female Chair of the board of trustees of St. John Fisher College, home to the Wegman's Schools of Pharmacy and Nursing. Diana has dual degrees in Computer Science and Math from the State University of New York at Potsdam and earned her MBA from the University of Rochester’s Simon School.

Yaa Kumah-Crystal, MD, MPH, MS, is an Assistant Professor of Biomedical Informatics and Pediatric Endocrinology at Vanderbilt University Medical Center (VUMC). Dr. Kumah-Crystal’s research focuses on studying communication and documentation in healthcare and developing strategies to improve workflow and patient care delivery. Dr. Kumah-Crystal works in the Innovations Portfolio at Vanderbilt HealthIT on the development of Voice Assistant Technology to enhance the usability of the Electronic Health Record (EHR) through natural language communication. She is the project lead for the Vanderbilt EHR Voice Assistant (VEVA) initiative to incorporate voice user interfaces into the EHR provider workflow.

Within VUMC HealthIT, Dr. Kumah-Crystal functions as a Clinical Director. In this role, she works across clinical systems, to perform internal reviews on and provide advice about EHR change and integration projects, with the goals of optimizing products and processes. Dr. Kumah-Crystal remains clinically active and supervises Pediatric Endocrine Fellows and sees her own clinic patients. Her research and related publications define the use of technology to improve care and communication for providers and patients.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

The equilibrium between in-person and video visits will be determined by specialty-specific care

Episode #56

Michael Bouton, MD, Chief Medical Information Officer, New York City Health and Hospitals

"The equilibrium between in-person and video visits will be determined by specialty-specific care"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

Our partner:

In this episode, Dr. Michael Bouton, Chief Medical Information Officer of New York City Health and Hospitals describes the significant changes that NYC H + H had to implement in their organization to deploy and integrate new technologies in response to the pandemic. NYC H + H installed hundreds of vital sign monitors linked to EMRs in the first few weeks of the pandemic and integrated them into the EHR system to enable caregivers with actionable, real-time information to address patient needs.

Dr. Bouton also discusses the challenges and opportunities of telehealth and other virtual care models that are transforming the quality of care delivery and interaction with patients and providers. He states that while no one wants to eliminate in-person visits altogether, video visits can increase low-intensity care quality. He believes the equilibrium between in-person and telehealth/ video visits will be determined by specialty-specific care in a post-pandemic era.

Michael Bouton, MD, Chief Medical Information Officer, New York City Health and Hospitals in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “The equilibrium between in-person and video visits will be determined by specialty-specific care”

PP: Hello again, and welcome back to our podcast. This is Paddy and it is my great privilege and honor to welcome Michael Bouton, Chief Medical Information Officer at the New York City Health + Hospitals, New York City H+H, as it’s called. Michael, thank you for setting aside the time. And welcome to the show.

MB: Thank you very much, Paddy.

PP: Would you tell us a little bit about your organization and your role within the organization?

MB: New York City Health and Hospitals or H + H for short is the nation’s largest public health system. We have 11 acute care facilities, a long-term care facility, a couple of SNFs. We also have over 60 clinics in all five boroughs across the city. And I am the enterprise Chief Medical Information Officer and also a practicing emergency medicine doc at Harlem Hospital, which is one of our hospitals in the system.

PP: Thank you for that background. So, Mike, New York has been one of the hardest hit by the pandemic, and we’ve all seen the numbers and everything. Tell us a little bit about some of the changes that your organization has gone through in responding to the pandemic over the last few months.

MB: The pandemic did a bunch of things, one of which is that it accelerated plans, it accelerated some of our digital transformations. It brought us to a place where I thought we might be two years from now, but we were there in three or four months during the pandemic. A couple of good examples are, in our ICUs and our ED’s, we have vital sign monitors that are linked to Epic, so vital sign monitors can be on patients and it transmits to a central station. The nurse at the central station can monitor the patient and then that information automatically kicks into our electronic medical records. So, it’s a great time saver for the nursing staff and it also allows them to monitor up to 36 patients sitting at a station. And in our EDs and ICUs, we’ve had that since we went live with our new electronic medical records in the past few years. However, on our medical floors, our surgical floors, a lot of other units in our inpatient side of our hospital, we did not have that ability. One thing that became clear very early on, in the pandemic, was that the COVID patients were going to require continuous pulse oximetry. We were sending everybody home that had a pulse ox, 95 percent or greater, which I think is appropriate clinical practice. That means if you were getting admitted to our hospital, basically you are hypoxic, and the patient would sometimes deteriorate quickly. So, they really required continuous pulse oximetry. We did a whole bunch of things, telemetry devices cannot do just the rhythm strip, but they can also do pulse ox. And then we went out and bought hundreds upon hundreds of vital sign machines that could do this continuous pulse oximetry. Our medical floors were transformed in the matter of about six weeks from places where our nursing staff would go bed to bed, taking vitals to not having to do that and that was part of our long term plan. That’s something that I had wanted to do for the past year. But from funding, time, and effort, and where we were going to prioritize that shot up very high on our list. Another example is our telehealth, our ambulatory video visits. That’s one thing that we had started with, in a non-integrated fashion, meaning we would basically send a link to a patient, and they could click on it and come in and it was very sparingly used. That whole process has gotten accelerated. For us, the tide of the pandemic was in April. We were doing almost all of our visits either via telephone or the video. That was the transformation we never fully expected to go almost all of our visits. We didn’t expect in-person part of our ambulatory side to go away entirely and it did. It dropped to almost nothing for a couple months.

PP: I want to spend a minute more on the vital signs, the telemetry, the Pulse ox problem that you had to work quickly. I imagine that if you had to go out and buy hundreds of machines integrate them, reorganize your processes, train everybody, and so on. That must have been a gigantic lift for an organization as big as yours. How do you manage it?

MB: It was a gigantic lift. We developed a dedicated team and prioritized it. What we had been working on previously was integrating some of our procedural areas. So, our GI suites were all fully integrated. We took the teams that were doing that, and we focused them on our medical floor. We took anybody who was able to do this integration work and we made this our enterprise’s number one priority. We went from acute care center to acute care center, outfitting the site CMIO, CMO, CNO, like the site leadership. So, from one of our 11 acute care would tell us which unit they wanted integrated first and we would come in about a day. We would get that whole unit integrated. We would do it off the floor without exposing the IT staff to the COVID patients on the floor. The devices would be brought up. We would stay there and troubleshoot, and move on to the next facility the next day. Now, training the staff was difficult because training in the best of times takes time, and doing so in the middle of a pandemic when everybody is already stressed. Everybody already feels like they have too much work because they did. We had a lot of COVID patients, and it was stressful. So, trying to train people in that environment was hard. The thing that we had going in our favor was that this really was a time saver for the staff. So, people that saw the benefit invested the time upfront. But getting them to pay attention for that first couple of minutes, that was challenging. And frankly, that is why we’re continuing the training at this point. No one knows if New York’s going to get a second wave, but we certainly are preparing as if we are going to. Not every single bed in our hospital is capable of continuous monitoring at this point. But we continue to expand our number of beds that can do this. And really, I think what’s more important than adding those devices is that training these and getting our nursing staff and our PCAs, which are our patient care, associate with them. Getting them able to do this is what we are working on right now. It’s really where the rubber meets the road.

PP: I heard someone say that, 80 percent of these kinds of programs, even if they’re technology programs, is really about the people. 15 percent is about process and the remaining 5 percent is tech. And the tech is the easy part. Everything else that surrounds it and putting it in place and making it work seamlessly, that’s where the lift is. And that’s kind of what’s coming through from your comments as well. Let’s talk about telehealth. In the wake of the pandemic, telehealth was forced upon us. Prior to the pandemic we had all been making progress. Every healthcare institution in the country was adopting telehealth to some degree and some were a little further ahead than the others, but there was some progress. At a broad level in the first few weeks of the pandemic practically every institution that had telehealth capability kind of blew through the previous years’ total numbers within the first couple of weeks in terms of just the total visits that they had to manage, the telehealth platforms. Now that was all very emergency driven because of the pandemic. But three months, four months in what are some of the challenges that we are now having to address, having had to put in and accelerate telehealth adoption. What are some of the challenges that you’ve had to address and can you talk about one or two learnings?

MB: Sure. This is also relevant to what you were saying for the vital sign monitors. This is not my key project, telehealth is not my key project. It’s a clinical transformation. So, this is not just rolling up the technology and say, hey, you can do a video visit with a patient now. It’s all of the little workflow things that you didn’t. A couple of things that I’ve seen be successful with others that we are implementing now, they sound small, but I think they’re really important to the user experience. When I say user, I mean the patient and the provider experience. It’s virtual ruling. I remember when I started working at New York City Health and Hospitals, a decade ago, sometimes I would have to go out to the waiting room to call my next patient. We realized very early on that was entirely inefficient and we took that responsibility away from the doctor so we could work at the top of our license. But when we rolled out the video visits, we basically did the exact same thing. We had the doctor initiating the call with the patient, makes more sense in my opinion. It’s having really anybody else, if you have a medical assistant or registration staff, you can have them initiate the call with the patient. And if they’re having trouble, or if the patients having trouble getting on, it should be the MA that calls the patient, not necessarily the doctor. This isn’t different than if I was the one going up, had to call my patient from the waiting room and they weren’t there having to wait three times and go back a couple of days to go back. It would be a waste of my time. But if you can have somebody else do that and you can have your provider seeing another patient or finishing charting on somebody else, it is just a better use of resources. The thing is, we have those resources because the in-person volume went down. So, we had excess capacity of those ancillary staff. It’s really about leveraging mode. And another ancillary staff is that it’s really critical for New York City Health and Hospitals, those are important to a lot of organizations, is interpreters. How do you get an interpreter on the video visit? It’s something like 30 percent of our patient population is not English speaking primarily. So, that was absolutely needed. So, leveraging our in-house interpreters. It’s not just the video interpreters that we can call online, but there were problems integrating with those and we’re working diligently at that. But about using the resources you already have on site to help you with the technology. And that’s where we found the most success in this medium-term period.

PP: Now, related question. And this question probably is relevant in the context of the vital signs monitors as well. Ultimately, you have to integrate the data that is coming of your backend systems or of the devices that you put in front of patients or caregivers as the case maybe that’s kind of your world, I imagine, in many ways, CMIO. So, help us understand the data integration challenges. We know that there are several and they’ve been around since before the pandemic. What new challenges did it create for you and what new opportunities did it create as you really transformed the way you deliver care and interact with patients? Can you unpack that a little bit?

MB: Sure. The challenges when you’re talking about the data flowing in through the monitors: if the nurse is going to bed to bed and they write down the vital signs, come back over to the system and they type it. There might be a manual input of data, meaning that they might actually just type it in incorrectly. But otherwise that data is pretty accurate. If all they are being asked to do is verify that the information coming from the monitor is correct, they just being human like everybody. They might just say, yep, that looks right. And they’ll know the pulse ox might be reading zero because, 70 something percent, it’s not attached, if the patient got up to go to the bathroom. So, you do have various data entering the system, which is problematic. I got to tell you; I did not see as much of that as I thought. I think our nursing staff, there was a heightened level of awareness for our sick patients and they are the ones that were getting these continuous vital sign monitors. So, while certainly it’s something to watch out for, didn’t turn out to be a major problem for us. The opportunity, which is the other side of this, is that we put in a machine learning algorithm that took a whole host of factors. So, a patient’s age, patient’s diagnosis, their vital signs that were coming directly from these machines, their lab values. It actually was able to predict if the patient was going to deteriorate, meaning get intubated, be transferred to the ICU, or die in the next 24 hours. And using this as we use other early warning system to bring more critical attention to the bedside. And that was a major win for us, our staff liked that. In the face of an increased patient volume, we needed that more than ever.

PP: So, this is a great example from a clinical standpoint. So integrating the data to trying to do in real time, you’re running a machine learning algorithm on it that can provide you with some predictive values that help you target the patients most at risk for deterioration, and intervene in a timely manner and save lives. Great example. What about the telehealth side of it? How did you integrate the data? There is an administrative side of it. For instance, you mentioned that you used to send out a link. People would get on and do a video call. How would you link it back to your billing system as an example? Make sure that you capture encounters and the billing put it appropriately. And then doing it all in a HIPAA compliant way so that privacy and everything is taken care of. You talk a little bit about the access side of it.

MB: I think we’re speaking specifically about video visit here. But a related issue would be the incorporation of digital and digital vital signs, digital information coming from the patient that’s not a video visit. So, I’ll hit on that in a second. But in relation to the video, we had patients log in through their portal, primarily. I mean there are a couple of different ways that we did this. During the pandemic, I know somebody who likes to roll out an enterprise solution, get it adopted widely, and have really a single way of doing business. That wasn’t really a possibility during the pandemic. We had to use a bunch of different forms of technology to meet our various use cases. Speaking specifically about ambulatory scheduled visits, we use our patient portal, a large percentage of our patients had already an app on their phone. And if they didn’t have that app on your phone, we required that to put it on to have a video visit with us. Now, people that weren’t able to do that, we provided another means of coming in. But that was our standard way of doing business. And then from a billing perspective, what we realized, and what is not fully my area of expertise, but we did telephone visits and we did video visits. My understanding is that video visits were reimbursing about three times the rate of telephone. So, there was an economic push to move towards video. I think there is a clinical advantage of a video visit. The question is, how much advantage is that? I clearly want to be able to see my patients, then just eyeballing your patient, it has a lot of value. You get a sense of their respiratory rate. But we have both clinical and financial push to move towards video visits.

PP: What about other structures, your in-patient, virtual care, tele-ICU, and stuff like that. Maybe you could touch on that.

MB: We were a little bit further ahead with that for the pandemic, we had more experience. I think its easier to scale something that you’ve already had worked with, than rolling out something entirely new. And that’s true with every project I’ve ever done. This was really no different. So, yeah, we did a tele-ICU. We made it easier for folks to log into the electronic medical record from home and actually see the views of their patients that would be most beneficial to them and specifically in this case, to the intensivist, and then gave the ability for a video interaction. Now, I think video interactions are very helpful with ICU and we clearly did that. But interestingly, the video component in the ICU, specifically when I talk to my intensivists, it was valuable, but not nearly as valuable as I thought because so much of that data was already in the system. And ICU patients have such rich amount of data in the system, you have your event settings, your vital signs, your lab, your nursing. You have so much available in the system already that you don’t need to look at the event if that data is already in your electronic medical records.

PP: Interesting. So, back to telehealth and I want to touch on one more thing that is remote monitoring. Again, this is part of your world. You are taking care of your patients who are out there with chronic conditions, who are not necessarily coming into the hospital. You’re tracking them through devices and wearables and so on. Can you tell us a little bit about how any of that changed? And where do you see that heading in the wake of the pandemic?

MB: Yes, this is such a rich area to move into. I think there’s a huge amount of benefit here. I think most of your listeners will be enthusiastic for some of these specific projects that we worked on. If you have an implantable defibrillator, and you’re at home, you have an AICD, you don’t necessarily want to bring those patients into your hospital to get that device interrogated. Sure, if you’re sick and you need to come in during the pandemic, we want to take care. But if we could do that remotely and if we could get that information from your device without you having to physically come in, that’s a clear cut win. So, we’ve got a lot of projects like that. Now, the other very clear use cases for this are the tracking of your diabetic patients, tracking your hypertension patients. And to me, I think we never want to get rid of the in-person experience altogether. I think there’s a real value in doctor-patient relationship. Face-to-face interaction between hands on the patient, even if it’s not the most clinically beneficial, it has a therapeutic advantage. We’re not looking to get rid of that. But if I’m seeing one of my diabetic patients four times a year and now all of a sudden, I can look at their glucometer on a weekly basis and see how they’re doing and have machine learning algorithm seeing in the background, notifying me when things start to not look so great, that’s a clear cut win. And we’re there. This is not something that, we need more technology for. We are now at the point where we can do that. It’s about developing those workflows. And then what are you going to add to flag a patient like great. This patient is at high risk. But then what do you do? Is a phone call enough? Do you need to schedule for a diabetic, you need to schedule them with a nutritionist? Can you do look at their labs? And I think you it’s going to need to come in and get more lab work. We’re yet to see a whole lot of really rigorous studies on when X happens. This is the intervention that you should do that is clinically proven. And I think that’s really fertile ground for research.

PP: Yeah. Well the hypothesis here is already being validated through marketplace activity. We just saw the emergence of two big companies in this space, Livongo and Teladoc. One is primarily on the virtual consult space. And the other one is in the remote monitoring space and creating a gigantic entity, which kind of is a validation for the opportunity in this area. At the same time, I want to kind of explore the contrarian view a little bit as well. The recent data seems to indicate that telehealth visits have dropped off a little, maybe because they swung too much to one side in the wake of the pandemic. And to your point earlier, nothing replaces in-person care and for certain kinds of needs. I’d call it as an example, it’s hard to manage a condition entirely, remotely. So, we are seeing some of the swing back. But there are other issues related to access for rural or indigent population that may not have the broadband access, that don’t have devices, smartphones and things where you can jump on into a video console. Where do you think we are headed in terms of an equilibrium? Maybe from the point of view of your world at NYC H + H where do you see the equilibrium and what could be the roadblocks you have to overcome in order to really realize the full potential of telehealth and remote care models?

MB: I think it will be specialty-specific, meaning how much is in-person and how much is remote. If I’m going in to see my orthopedist because my knee hurts, there could be a lot of manipulation of my knee. And I think they are going to really need to feel and look at it. I think you’d be able to maybe lessen that on a video then, not none, but less. If you’re going to be seeing your primary care doctor to manage your hypertension and you’re coming in every four months because you’re having trouble with that. Well some of those visits can be done remotely and it can be done remotely without losing a whole lot. I think that the annual in-person physical is also going to be generational to certain extent. When I have the ability now to do video visits, and I can instead of taking a half a day off of work, I can hop out for 20 minutes on a call and then go right back to work. That’s what I personally would want to do as a patient for the foreseeable future. But if I need to go in and get bloodwork done anyway, well, I’d rather just do the visit in person. I’d like to see my doctor. So, it’s a question of the opportunity cost and what the patient is giving up. For example, if you have to come in any way to your ENT to get a scope done and you have an ENT who is going to be doing a scope on me. No, of course, I’d rather come in and get my blood work done and see my provider, all at the same time. But for those remote visits that are amenable to a remote interaction that don’t require physical contact, I think a lot of those are going to go away.

And when they’re settled out Paddy, I have no idea. If we switched to 90 percent video during the pandemic, let’s just say we were 100 percent in-person before. My guess here is we’re going to see maybe 20-25 percent of our visits on a video basis when the world goes back to normal. But after we get a vaccine and people feel pretty safe going back to their normal life, we’re going to see a tremendous increase in our video visits as compared to our baseline of six months ago. I don’t yet see it being the dominant trend. I think what we will see is more opportunities for low-intensity care interactions, which are – “Hey, what happened with your blood glucose? I saw it hit 400 today. What happened?” I could see that the social worker reaching out, but not replacing the doctors. I think it would increase the quality of care.

PP: I think whatever the next normal, it is going to look like what I kind of agree with you. I think we are going to see the needle shift towards virtual care models for many types of care. But then it’s especially dependent. I would imagine that more of ambulatory care and more chronic care is going to be amenable to virtual care models than procedures and things like that. But even for certain kinds of care, to your point, to see an orthopedist talk for oncology as examples. I want to leave you with one more question, which is, as they say – ‘never waste a crisis’. COVID-19 is definitely a crisis, but it’s also an opportunity. Where do you see the biggest opportunity in your world as a CMIO of New York City H + H, where you see the biggest opportunity arising from this crisis?

MB: So we are pretty large system, implementation of our new electronic medical records spanned a few years and we finished in March. So, we put in our long-term care facility in March, right before the pandemic started. It was great timing. What we used this crisis for was to act as a system, meaning we had system level data that we just didn’t have before. When we compared the capacity to bed capacity at one hospital towards another. We were really comparing apples to apples. This allowed us to transfer patients from the hardest hit hospitals to the less hard-hit hospitals and really have a fair basis in comparison for why we were doing so. This improved patient care. I think the strength is to save lives, because if you got a hospital that was way over capacity, we could get them out somewhere else. And the other receiving hospital had all of their data from our other hospital, which is a huge benefit to our system and eased the transfer process. But what I’m saying about acting as a system, the literature of the COVID pandemic changed at a dizzying pace. So, was hydroxychloroquine good or was it bad? There was a time where people thought it could actually do something positively. And I think that’s changed. But there are things that have been proven very effective. So, like dexamethasone, we have a randomized trial showing that it works. So, we have in our order sets, as soon as those trials came out, we added in dexamethasone.

MB: And, there’s a million different examples just like this. But when we made those changes, we weren’t making those changes at one of our hospitals. We made those changes at every single hospital. The reason it was so easy to do for us is that we only have one order set for this. So it drove us towards an enterprise standard and enterprise way of doing business. When we put into vital sign monitors, we didn’t all eleven of our hospitals weren’t buying their own vital sign monitors. We were buying them for them. So, we already had a clear path to integration. So, on the others, these examples and so many more. But we got to act like a system really came together. We were able to achieve more. I think that would best take way for our organization. That standardization allowed us to do more and deliver a better product to our patients and to our hospitals better.

PP: Fantastic. I think that is a fantastic take away. I’m afraid we have to leave it there, but such a pleasure having you on and look forward to following all your work on NYC H + H and all the very best to you and your team. Thank you for being with us.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

Michael-Bouton-profile-pic

Michael Bouton, MD, MBA is a practicing emergency medicine attending and the Enterprise Chief Medical Information Office for New York City Health and Hospitals.

Dr. Bouton is focused on the development of health systems that provide access to quality care and that are financially sustainable. He was the first director of a homeless health clinic in Harlem, developed a respite housing program for homeless emergency department patients in Boston. He was also the director of pediatric ED at Harlem Hospital before getting involved in informatics.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

COVID-19 has given us an opportunity to reset and create a better healthcare system

Episode #55

Podcast with Sara Vaezy, Chief Digital Strategy and Business Development Officer, Providence Health

"COVID-19 has given us an opportunity to reset and create a better healthcare system"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

Sponsored by

In this episode, Sara Vaezy, Chief Digital Strategy and Business Development Officer of Providence Health talks about their recently published series of reports – COVID-19 Digital Insight Series – that describes new digital requirements and opportunities brought by the acceleration of virtual care models due to COVID-19. Sara also speaks about the current state of telehealth adoption level and possible reasons for its drop after the industry witnessed a surge in telehealth visits in wake of the pandemic.  

According to Sara, COVID-19 acted as a catalyst for digital transformation in healthcare. She categorizes the transformation happening in the healthcare industry in two possible ways. One, where the industry needed to control and tackle the challenges created by the pandemic and the industry mobilized its IT, digital, and technology services overnight. Second, is considering the pandemic as an opportunity to evolve the healthcare industry and finding new paradigms and ways of caring for people and business models.

She adds that the healthcare industry needs to design better experiences for increasing adoption of telehealth technology. The industry also needs core IT enablers to make it a success and provide better healthcare experiences to both patients and providers. Take a listen.

Sara Vaezy, Chief Digital Strategy and Business Development Officer, Providence Health in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “COVID-19 has given us an opportunity to reset and create a better healthcare system”


PP: Hello again and welcome back to my podcast. This is Paddy and it is my great privilege and honor to welcome back Sara Vaezy, Chief Digital Strategy & Business Development Officer of Providence Health. Sara is very well known and a thought leader in the space and she has just published a series of highly interesting reports on the current state of the healthcare market, especially from a digital transformation standpoint. Sara, welcome back to the show.

Let’s start from the top! Seattle was ground zero for COVID-19 in the U.S. and one of your hospitals treated the first patient. And you had come on this podcast right about the time in the early days of the pandemic to talk about the response effort. I urge our listeners to go back and listen to that episode. Now, you have published a series of papers called – COVID-19 Digital Insight Series and you have titled the series – Journey Toward to the Next Normal. Tell us how the series came about and how you went about putting this together.

SV: Back in February and early March, when we had the first wave of COVID-19 outbreaks in the regions where we serve our patients in the western United States. We had to mobilize our assets across the organization very quickly. That was the topic of our conversation last time, Paddy. As we continued throughout this process, we realized that not only from a build standpoint, we have a significant product development organization that can build technology to address these needs. Everybody had mobilized across the country. Healthcare IT, digital, and technical services needed to address and tackle the challenges that we were all collectively facing within COVID-19. Healthcare systems’ challenges are on full display now. How we are struggling with the business model for healthcare and the strange incentives that it puts in place and creates for providers and for health systems, for instance, in a fee-for-service environment. All these things came on full display, and we saw an opportunity for us to reset and use what is out there and create a better system. So that was sort of the goal that we had. How do we process all that is happening? What are the key trends? What are the things that will be accelerated because of this unique catalyst of COVID, like telehealth, for instance?? What are the potentially new opportunities? What we’ve realized is it’s mostly going to be about acceleration of new paradigms and new ways of caring for people and business models that actually prioritize health and well-being. This was about taking all the stuff that was happening and trying to think about how does this actually contribute to a reimagined system that works better for our patients and our providers.

PP: You have not only looked at what was happening within the Providence system, but also looked across your peer group health systems. You interviewed several people who are in your peer group. Is that correct?

SV: Yes, so it was not just focused on Providence. We did not even stick with just our peer group. We interviewed over 100 individuals that spanned different segments of the industry. We talked with other providers and with payers. We talked with folks in private equity and venture. We spent quite a bit of time with policy makers and folks who had deep expertise on the regulatory environment. We spoke with clinicians. So, we really took a broad approach to this and interviewed folks from as many segments as we possibly could of the industry to get a holistic view.

PP: I read several of the reports, and it’s outstanding stuff, it was very informative and I learnt a lot of new things about what was really going on in the market and the changes. Your first report of the series starts by calling this – The end of the beginning – is kind of an ominous Churchillian reference from the World War II. This quote goes back to the very early years of World War II. We knew that in hindsight that the war was then extended for a few more years. So, I hope your comment doesn’t imply that we’re going to have another four or five years of COVID-19 upon us. The report goes on to talk about COVID-19 and the response effort. But then interestingly, it talks about the first order and the second order impacts. It’s a really interesting framework. Can you help us unpack the structure of the report? How did you go about setting it up this way?

SV: We made that Churchill reference, as you’ve articulated, of course, in hindsight changed our view of how we look at that statement. I would say that probably the same applies in this situation. When we finally published that initial piece, we thought we were at the end of the response phase or the mobilization phase. I think that depending on which region folks are in, there are some still in that mobilization phase. So, there is a bit of hindsight for us in terms of not being 100 percent accurate. Hopefully, to your point, we don’t have another four to five years of this. Knowing that because the situation is evolving so rapidly that it’s likely that some of what we’ve proposed in this is incorrect. So as your listeners engage with the reports and have thoughts, we would love to hear from them and engage in that conversation around how things are evolving post what we’ve already articulated and perhaps proving us wrong or bringing into light new information that would be informative. So, the way we thought about the report was, when COVID started, it was a catalyst. It wasn’t necessarily the reason why things happened, but it was a catalyst for sort of two paths of activity. The first was all COVID related. How do we rapidly adjust to this very acute situation? That was the mobilization phase, so the acute phase dissipates, but its not going away permanently. So, we must continue to manage and mitigate and monitor the situation. So that’s one stream around mobilization and mitigation. The other stream is, in the interest of responding to a very acute situation, what we are now dealing with is that our business has been fundamentally disrupted within providers. Most of the providers had to shut down facilities, brick and mortar facilities, at least for some time because of the unknowns and the risk of exposure. It disrupted our business fundamentally. And then we had to travel down the path of recovering from that. So, it’s not COVID specifically. It was catalyzed by COVID but any other kind of major catalytic event that would have caused us to shut down our clinics would have had a similar sort of consequence. That actually makes way for this sort of next possibility where we have an opportunity to take a good, hard look at how to evolve from where we are. We have to immediately get back to recovery and understand how we can, in the near term, get back to business. But then in the long term, this fee-for-service model, for instance, isn’t necessarily working for us. How can we evolve pass that and use this as an opportunity to do so? It’s really not a COVID-related path of work. It’s more about continuing to serve while evolving. It’s that sort of classic refrain of changing the wheels on a moving car or something like that. And then both kinds of paths result in a bunch of different ultimate consequences. Mental health, behavioral health, for instance is a hugely impacted area. The second-order impacts and outcomes in this report were not intended to be lower priority, but just that they are impacted by these two streams and everything that’s happened across the industry. So that’s how we thought about it in terms of the most fundamental drivers of change. And then other impacts and outcomes that were a result of that.

PP: So, there is an underlying theme of an industry in transition, transformation and everything that you have taken for granted about the fundamentals of the business now up for discussion. The report talks about business model transformation, new norm for patient safety, such as contactless experiences that you were alluding to in the context of COVID-19, and about industry consolidation and what is common. Obviously, financial distress is the reality for many health systems. Then you’ve got the whole supply chain and you’ve got a lot of other things going on. The underlying theme that permeates through all the reports is that of an industry in transition, and how do we get business back to some level of immediate normalcy. But really, It is about how do we prepare for what is inevitably going to be a very different normal, which is what you’re referring to as the next normal. Can you share a couple of big insights that came out of this work that you do?

SV: I’ll give you one that’s very relevant in the context of a lot of change happening, and that’s around telehealth. So, we’ve been talking as an industry about telehealth for twenty-five years, possibly more. But the industry and we haven’t really paid for it. We haven’t had the underlying enablers to make it a success. For instance, we have not had the legislative or regulatory framework underneath to ensure that telehealth was viable from licensure, from a reimbursement standpoint. There are just a lot of the underlying enablers that haven’t been there. Another aspect of it is that we haven’t had a lot of adoption. Most folks had not experienced telehealth as patients and our providers weren’t really using it. Providence itself did not have telehealth as a common modality available to our physician enterprise to serve our patients in our ambulatory network prior to COVID. And what we saw was that now millions and millions of individuals have experienced it for the first time. One insight that we got was that folks are online now, which means that they are more susceptible to not being our patients anymore. There has been this general trend toward patients not being quite loyal to one system or one provider. And with the sort of proliferation of all of these potential telehealth solutions out there, coupled with the fact that folks are now actually utilizing them. They are much more open to being grabbed by a really great experience that’s provided by the 98point6 or an Amazon care. This whole opening it up is like our biggest strength and our biggest weakness at the same time. We now can do telehealth at scale. And unfortunately, if we don’t move quickly enough, it could work to our detriment. So that’s one piece of it. In addition to that, the notion of scale, we built a system that was able to scale, but a lot of the providers really struggled with scale. What we learned was that the industry, from a telehealth standpoint, had been very feature oriented. Because of which the investments did not happen across the board to scale up these technologies. And scale became the most important thing in delivering high-quality telehealth experience that didn’t require hours of waiting. As a result of that there was a lot of the big providers of technology came into telehealth as providers of telehealth, for instance Zoom became a very prominent player as it relates to telehealth. Microsoft increasingly looks at these kinds of things. We think that over time, the actual video conferencing will likely be largely commodities. It’s going to be more about the value-added services and things that you can layer on top of that experience to make it really worthwhile for the consumer.

PP: I actually just published an article in CIO magazine where I explore telehealth in detail. It focuses on the limits of telehealth because ultimately, as administrator Seema Verma said on one of her blogs recently, telehealth is not going to replace the gold standard in-person care in totality. There are several aspects of healthcare that are going to turn towards a virtual care model. But there are limits to that. Those limits are determined by what types of care you are talking about, what kind of populations you’re talking about, and a variety of other things. I have also seen data that suggest that even though telehealth visits, virtual consults in particular and real-time video consults and video visits, dramatically went up in the wake of the pandemic, those volumes have dropped off a little in the last month or so. And there are several reasons for that. There are also obviously the uncertainties around the waivers that are going to stay in place and whether the reimbursements are going to continue and so on. Do you think we are still a long way away from reaching some kind of a natural limit for telehealth penetration in healthcare, or do you think that we’ve kind of tapped?

SV: From a Providence standpoint, we have seen a similar trend where there was a peak and then decline. And now we’ve stabilized. What we are seeing is a result of a couple different things. One is that the experiences for telehealth still aren’t great. As practices started to fill back up and could open with physical visits, it’s difficult to maintain and sustain the peak progress and momentum when the experience is challenged from a telehealth standpoint. It is incumbent upon us to make that experience better, to drive adoption. This is not about all telehealth. I think there is always going to be a mix. And where we have a long way to go is to identify the mix and the kinds of use cases, that work for telehealth because we are still sort of new to this. As an industry, we still don’t know exactly what are the great use cases that we have demonstrated value in. But we have some indications and the more that we can kind of hone the experience and get more data around those use cases, for instance, certain types of chronic disease management can be done really well remotely. Certain maternity care can be done well remotely. Now that we have some folks that have adopted the technology and have experience with it. I think we can start to gather data around how to make those experiences more efficacious and more value added for customers. That’s where we have the biggest runway or ramp up that we still need to engage in. The technology and the experience still need to improve as well. But how we utilize it for which use cases that are most appropriate, is the biggest kind of body of work that we still need to do.

PP: I think that is great insight because there’s so much that is broken or suboptimal in the telehealth experience today that even by just streamlining it can make it a little bit more seamless. Can you tell us what do you plan to do with this body of research ? Firstly, of course, you’ve done yeoman service in sharing with us, which I think is fantastic. What do you plan to do with the reports themselves or the insights that you gained from them?

SV: These are not one and done kinds of things. What we were hoping to do is get the industry kind of talking and start identifying opportunities either for individual systems or individual sectors, also opportunities for partnerships and just collaboration around common themes. That was the big objective, to get the conversation going and make room for collaboration around specific areas. Paddy, you had talked about public-private partnerships that have emerged as a result of this on LinkedIn. I absolutely think that is very interesting and important area where we could accelerate those private public partnerships and make them effective. The second is we are going to use this as a basis for our own strategy. And we are taking a long, hard look at our digital strategy and identifying where we need to pivot, where we need to sort of double down, for instance, as it relates to business model evolution. How can we really support the movement of our organization, to managing risk with specific populations like those folks who are on Medicare advantage? And a unique, interesting wrinkle is that they are older patients. So how can you really make digital work for them? So, we are going to use it in that way. And then finally, we were not intending these to be just one report. We are going to continue to monitor all these trends and update them. And when we are wrong, we are going to write about it. And when there’s new information, we’re going to synthesize it and continue to drive the conversation so that as an industry our learning can accelerate, and we can work to solve these really big problems more efficiently.

PP: Fantastic. That is so well summarized once again for our listeners. For those who could not catch it earlier on in the conversation, the series of papers is titled – COVID-19 Digital Insight Series and it can be pulled off the Providence Health web site.

SV: Yes, you can go to our Providence Digital Innovation Group, Resource Center, which is providence-digitalinsights.org and you can download them all there.

PP: If there’s anyone out there who wants to really understand, get a finger on the pulse of what is going on in digital transformation, especially in this post-COVID-19 era. There’s no better place to start. Sara, thank you so much for coming back on the show again. I look forward to staying in touch.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

saraveazy-profile-pic

Sara is the Chief Digital Strategy and Business Development Officer at Providence. She leads the development of the digital strategy and roadmap, digital partnerships with health systems and technology companies, commercialization and digital business development, technology evaluation and pilots, and thought leadership at PSJH.

Prior to PSJH, she worked for The Chartis Group, a healthcare management consulting firm, where she advised clients on enterprise strategic planning, payer-provider partnerships, and the development of population health companies.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Data if done right, has the power to galvanize communities, inform leaders, and empower people.

Episode #54

Podcast with Steve Miff, PhD, President and CEO of Parkland Center for Clinical Innovation

"Data if done right, has the power to galvanize communities, inform leaders, and empower people."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

Sponsored by

In this episode, Dr. Steve Miff, President and CEO of Parkland Center for Clinical Innovation (PCCI) discusses how they build connected communities of care with a focus on cutting edge uses of data science, social determinants of health, and clinical expertise across clinical and healthcare community settings. Steve also speaks about his recent book – Building Connected Communities of Care – based on the experience at PCCI.

At PCCI, the belief is that data if done right has the power to galvanize the communities, inform leaders, and empower people. According to Steve, healthcare is a complex, multi-year journey and having a connected community of care during a pandemic, such as COVID, is essential. To control the pandemic, we need better targeting of COVID hotspots, effective and efficient communication between healthcare providers and community-based organizations, and connected services through referral directories.

Steve stresses that while technology is a critical enabler for connected communities of care, there is a need to invest in robust backend data management infrastructure. Take a listen.

Steve Miff, PhD, President and CEO of Parkland Center for Clinical Innovation in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “Data if done right, has the power to galvanize communities, inform leaders, and empower people.”


PP: Hello again, everyone and welcome back to my podcast. This is Paddy and it is my great privilege and honor to welcome back, Steve Miff, President and CEO of the Parkland Center for Clinical Innovation or PCCI, as it is called. Steve, thank you so much for setting aside the time and welcome back to the show. For the benefit of our listeners can you tell us who PCCI is?

SM: I have a huge passion for innovation and to use next-generation analytics and technology to help serve the most vulnerable and those underserved residents across our communities. PCCI has been the perfect place to make this a reality since it is a mission-driven organization with some interesting expertise in what I consider to be very practical application of both advanced data science and social determinants of health. At PCCI our focus is to try to innovate. We are called pioneers in new ways to health. We started the department of health and hospital system and spun out as an independent nonprofit organization in 2012 to not only serve the needs of Parkland but to also pursue additional transformative initiatives that could have a broader impact. At PCCI, we believe data if done right, has the power to galvanize communities, inform leaders, and empower people. We also believe that clinical data only paints a partial picture of an individual and his or her specific needs. Our business model focuses on cutting edge uses of data science, social determinants of health, and clinical expertise across both clinical and community settings.

PP: We covered some of your work in our previous podcast. Since then, you have written a book along with one of your colleagues. The name of the book is – Building Connected Communities of Care. Would you care to tell us what is a connected community of care?

SM: A connected community of care, I consider to be a local ecosystem that is comprised of health systems, payers, community-based organizations, philanthropic organizations, and municipality officials. They are all connected by digital technology and centered around the need of an individual to address his or her social determinants of health. I consider the aim of a connected community of care is to improve the health, the safety, as well as the well-being of the community’s most vulnerable residents and do this in a coordinated, cost-effective, and ultimately sustainable manner.

PP: I was fortunate to obtain a copy of your book and I read through it. It is very interesting and is a great playbook for several healthcare executives in different roles. In your book you explain in detail how to build this community of care. This ecosystem that you refer to of different participants in an individual’s care, especially those who are underserved and are vulnerable populations. This is obviously particularly relevant in the current context of the pandemic. You’re based in Dallas, Texas, and it has seen a surge. But how have the core themes in your book helped in responding to the pandemic? I know the book came out a little bit before the pandemic but felt like a lot of those themes were still probably very applicable in the context of the pandemic. Can you share a little bit of that?

SM: I think we’ve been fortunate that we’ve been on this journey in Dallas for the last six plus years. We realized that having a connected community of care during a pandemic is more important than ever. I think there are three key themes that we’ve been leveraging here locally, as we’ve been trying to connect individuals to better manage the pandemic.

One is targeting. The first thing that we’ve done is to be able to bring social determinants of health data that we’ve had through the connected communities of care with the clinical data and other demographic information and mobility information, and build a corporate vulnerability index. That has been instrumental to give us a very direct and tangible way, to understand where individuals across the community are. They are most vulnerable for not only contracting the disease but also displaying symptoms that require more advanced interventions. So, being able to use that to work with community-based organizations, local government leaders, and several large health systems across the Dallas metroplex to quickly assemble not only the data, but use that to identify and hotspot neighborhood specific locations where the virus is having a disproportionate impact on the residents. To be able to really inform where testing should be done, both physical locations as well as mobile testing and do it in a way that not only meets those needs, but is also very accessible by those that might lack transportation or have difficulty getting to the more traditional points of access. I think that is the first component, the targeting piece.

Number two, is the communication and the value of the connected communities of care communication network to link the healthcare providers and CBOs that cannot be underestimated as it represents a highly effective and efficient mechanism to disseminate information, particularly information that requires both clinical information and a specific element about at-risk population. And we’ve seen first-hand that communication delivered to community residents through familiar entities, whether it’s a food pantry at a homeless shelter or a place of worship, are much more effective than community wide public information campaigns, broadcast, radio or television. They all play a role, but similar to targeting and understanding where resources are needed, targeted messaging aims at specific community residents. In this case, they have been tested positive for COVID-19 or are living in close proximity to other individuals previously diagnosed, much more effective when their communication is done via those known entities in the community. Having already an established relationship via connected community has proven to be very beneficial.

And the third one, is truly connecting services. One of the first things that we’ve always considered to be really important as part of a connected community that technology piece is to have that up to date referral directory of who’s offering services, where and what type of services, who’s eligible to receive those services. As the pandemic started, we realized that those referral directories need to be updated on a daily basis for them to have the right information, because not only the supply of food or other services was becoming challenging, but also the volunteers that the community based organizations were previously heavily relying on. So, the hours and the availability of resources changed. Having an establish connected community and ecosystem to be able to update those referral directories real time became a very important component of managing this on an ongoing basis.

PP: It sounds to me like for all these years, you have basically been preparing for the pandemic in many ways and you were ready when the pandemic hit. You had the information on your communities, where to reach them, who they are. You had the partnerships with the community-based organizations who could reach out to them. And you have the technology infrastructure that could quickly identify at-risk individuals and populations. Now, were you able to enhance the value of this platform or this service, this community that you’ve built by additional partnerships like maybe public health agencies for maybe launching contact tracing as an example? Were you able to turn on those kinds of things as a consequence of the pandemic? Did you have to make any changes to the platform?

SM: Fortunately, we built a platform that is robust enough to be able to manage these very specific, not only personal information but health information. I think it’s a very critical component because we’re able to quickly create data sharing partnerships with the local health department, and that something was an important piece before, but became a critical component during the pandemic. The ability to integrate and merge PHI data with other factors is something that was very important. I think about the technology aspect itself, there are several things that are important.

One, is the ability to integrate and bring healthcare data with other social determinants of health data that requires a level of security that needs to be HIPAA compliant, multifactor security, etc. It requires how you deploy it rapidly and for it to be cloud based, accessible anywhere, we get an internet. That is something really important and also minimize the onboarding process. And that’s something that our partners at PIECES Technologies who are managing this on an ongoing basis. Also deployed a web-based opportunity for community-based organizations to be able to do the right licensing, download this quickly and become part of the connected ecosystem. Those are just a couple of the key elements that have proven to be very important as the epidemic has played out.

PP: In your book, you basically lay out the different phases of setting up a connected community of care as a six-step process. And it includes several things: a legal framework, governance, and so on. Obviously, one of the tracks is the technology track, which is something that PCCI is heavily investing in. I read the chapter, basically the technology track, there are two components to it, data component and the underlying infrastructure component to it. So, in the data and the analytics, you spend a long-time kind of building up the platform. Did you develop any new algorithms or capabilities specifically in response to the pandemic?

SM: A couple of points, one, our patent application for our SDOH case management technology has been approved. And I believe this is the first patent for this type of a system in the space. It’s kind of nice that they came together right when we released the book. I think that is another important development in this journey, as you mentioned, that we started a while back. The key things that have been relevant during COVID-19 are not only the front-end technology itself but its integration with electronic medical systems such as Epic. The technology now is on the app orchard. So that level of integration is important on how you connect to the providers?

I think that the second one, I mentioned briefly was the ability to and download this for quick onboarding, particularly on the community side.

And the third factor that was mentioned is the ability to have this multi-level of consent because ultimately consent needs to reside in the hands of the individuals that we are trying to help. But giving those individuals multiple ways to opt in anywhere from just sharing basic demographic information all the way to be able to share sensitive information, whether it’s around the safety and domestic abuse or around two very specific comorbid conditions. That is something critically important. We have seen a measurable impact in our ability to actually use this technology during this time.

PP: Congratulations on the patent and this is a great news. All the very best with that. Let’s talk a little bit about the community partners themselves. You’ve gone out and built this fantastic platform, you’ve got the governance, players, data, consent rights and all of the good stuff that you’ve put in place. What kind of enablement do your partners need to participate effectively in this connected care ecosystem? Can you give us a couple of examples of some of the typical challenges that you’ve had to overcome? I hear, for instance, about the digital divide where you might have the technology, but your communities may not be technologically ready to accept it, either because of bandwidth issues or lack of access to devices. Tell us a little bit about a couple of the challenges that you have had to overcome to build the community of care.

SM: You are so right in that, so it’s sort of as we structured the book. Technology was one of six chapters. And while it’s a critical enabler by itself, it cannot solve for everything. So, of all the other components probably one of the most important one is the governance upfront to be able to establish some of those specific areas of how data is being shared. Also, to establish how consent of some of the other things that we’ve talked about. Then some of the other factors, one being the community workflow is so important. So, we can help those community-based organizations figure out how do they weave this in within the processes that already have. And they’re working on a meeting to comply with. To be able to demonstrate the effectiveness and the value that they bring to those that fund their operations.

There are actually a couple of different things that are really important. One is the building of the capacity. Just because we are able to provide a community-based organization with technology, doesn’t mean necessarily that they can use it to its full effectiveness. So, I think building their own capacity, not only how to use the technology, to weave that in within their workflows, but constantly provide ongoing training is important. This is because often times they have quite a bit of turnover as they rely on volunteers. Those pieces become very important in this journey.

Number two, I think is important is to really help them. Again, this kind of goes into the capacity building to define and measure and use that. The backend reporting pieces of the technology so they can measure their outcomes. And in this case, most of them is the social outcome measures that become really important, things such as time to help somebody to obtain stable housing, to return to shelters, reduce rates, meet requirements, maintain housing assignments in transitional care units, etc., or documentation of a food insecure clients visit to a food pantry partner and adequate food provided to obtain that food. So those things are concurrently important on how useful technology can be to do some of their social outcome measures and how they can actually report on the impact they’re having.

And then one of the other things is, it’s not just funding the technology itself, but that backend digital data environment. You need to be able to enable them to provide you with the information in whichever way they can. Oftentimes we talk about, APIs, FHIR APIs and all the new things to integrate. In this case to be able to just ingest a spreadsheet here, you have to have that flexibility to be able to meet them where they are.

PP: You don’t have to make technology more complicated than it has to be. And yeah, we all like talking about FHIR APIs and so on, but spreadsheet can do a lot of good on its own, nothing wrong with using a spreadsheet. So, Steve you wrote this book and it was published just before the pandemic hit if you had the opportunity to release this book today, what would have changed in the book?

SM: I don’t think much would have changed. The message to me remains the same, that this is a complex, multi-year journey. And if you wait for a pandemic to start, you are probably late. So, you need to start now with a focus on how I manage beyond the pandemic. As we look at our own journey, there is the need to really start with a readiness assessment, to build a plan before you even jump both feet in and to build a connected community of care. You cannot stand up a fully functional and deploy the connected community overnight. Given all the other urgent priorities during a pandemic or natural disaster, you need to start doing this now for the next need. Each market is different and there are likely elements that can be leveraged. There are many things that I would say define a market maturity, things such as access to the social economic data, the willingness, and ability of organizations to collaborate, what and how the local incentives are structured. What is the maturity of the committee-based organizations and how aggregated or distributed they are throughout the community? So first, you need to sort of answer a few critical questions around, are you ready? Meaning that the entity that’s taking this on for the community, how ready is that community? And who do we need to work with first? What should be the measurement framework and what’s the sustainability plan? Because it’s not just getting it started, but then how do you sustain it over time? So not only sort of thinking about that front end component, but the other thing that it forced us to sort of just take a step back and think about is building and deploying it, what are the top three things that you need to consider? I mentioned that this being multi factorial, multi-dimensional, its people, its processes, its technology. And one of the new entities into this equation with COVID-19 been the public health department, needs to be an integral part of it.

Number two is engagement, which is complex. You have new diverse organizations that evolve. Many are small and many are volunteer based. The current challenge is how do you do this virtually and you do need to rely on the broad technology more than you have in the past. And how do you actually manage through staff shortages? As I mentioned, a lot of the community-based organizations’ motto is to rely on volunteers. How do you manage and enable them to manage through that? And finally, the technology and data are essential, it is an enabler. And you need to be able to integrate and manage PHI, not just social determinants of health. So that is why that upfront governance for the data decisions, data use, data sharing workflows is so critically important.

PP: I have to tell you, the book has so much for so many different types of executives within the healthcare ecosystem, regardless of which part of the spectrum you’re on, a private sector public sector, on the technology side, or on the administrative side, or even on the clinical side. There is something in the book for everyone. With your permission, I’m going to borrow some of those ideas in your book for my own work, because there’s just so much there that you’ve put into it. I strongly recommend anyone listening to this podcast to pick up a copy. You mentioned something about whether the pandemic has changed your views on what might have gone into the book. As you know, I’m coming out with my second book, co-authored with Ed Marx, on healthcare digital transformation. We did see a big change as far as the pace of acceleration of digital transformation, especially the adoption rate of telehealth and virtual care models and the shift towards those models accelerated in the immediate wake of the pandemic. Our book was going to come out in Q2, and we had the opportunity to put in some of our observations on what we saw happening in the immediate wake of the pandemic. Steve, thank you so much for coming on this podcast one more time. And for those listening, Steve’s book – Building Connected Communities of Care, is absolutely a real hands on playbook for anyone in this space trying to drive change by using technology. Thank you again, Steve. Look forward to speaking with you soon.

SM: Paddy, thank you so much for having me and thank you to all your audience for the opportunity.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

Dr. Steve Miff is the President and CEO of Parkland Center for Clinical Innovation (PCCI), a leading, non-profit, artificial intelligence and cognitive computing organization affiliated with Parkland Health & Hospital System, one of the country’s largest and most progressive safety-net hospitals. Spurred by his passion to use next generation analytics and technology to help serve the most vulnerable and underserved residents, Steve and his team focus on leveraging technology, data science, and clinical expertise to obtain unique social-determinants-of-health data and incorporate those holistic, personal insights into point-of-care interventions. Steve was the recipient of The Community Council of Dallas’ 2017 Social Innovator of the Year award and a finalist for the 2019 Dallas Business Journal most-admired healthcare CEO. Under his leadership, PCCI was named one of the 2019 Dallas Best Tech Startups by the Tech Tribune.

Steve earned his PhD and MS degrees in biomedical engineering and a BA in economics from Northwestern University. He has been an adjunct professor of biomedical engineering for more than five years and has authored more than 100 thought leadership, white papers, and peer-reviewed publications.

Before joining the nonprofit world, Steve served as the General Manager at Sg2, a national advanced analytics and consulting business serving over 1,200 leading healthcare systems, and as the Senior Vice President of clinical strategy, population health, and performance management at VHA (Vizient Inc.). He has also performed in various roles at the Rehabilitation Institute of Chicago, the National Institute of Standards and Technology, and St. Agnes Hospital System.

Steve has served on the Senior Board of Examiners for the Baldrige National Quality Program and on the Executive Quest for Quality Prize Board Committee for the American Hospital Association. He currently serves on multiple other boards, including DFWHCF, NurseGrid and the SMU Big Data Advisory Board.

Steve is a first generation American and he lives in Dallas with his wife of 23 years and their precocious seven-year-old daughter. He is a data and technology geek, an avid sports enthusiast, world traveler, and a self-taught sous-chef and mixologist.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Emerging healthcare technologies will enable higher level of care delivery with fewer resources

Episode #53

Podcast with Jeff Short, Vice President and Chief of Staff, Montefiore Health System

"Emerging healthcare technologies will enable higher level of care delivery with fewer resources"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Jeff Short, Vice President and Chief of Staff at Montefiore Health System describes how Montefiore prepared for one of the biggest surges of COVID-19 cases in the country, and how they used emerging healthcare technologies to manage capacity and deal with the crisis.  

By end of April this year, 80 percent of all patient visits in Montefiore were being managed through telemedicine. Telehealth visits volumes have fallen back a bit since then. Jeff believes that face-to-face visits in certain specialties will always remain essential, however, with the ease of working with patients digitally, we will continue to see an increase in telehealth visits. Jeff defines digital health as the use of technologies such as digital front doors and telemedicine to improve patient engagement and access to care delivery. He further states that once we get efficient at delivering digital care and leveraging emerging healthcare technologies like chatbots and AI, we will be able to treat more patients at a higher level of care with fewer resources.

Montefiore Health System is one of the leading medical centers with 11 hospitals and over 300 ambulatory locations. They mainly serve the populations in the Bronx and Westchester counties.

Jeff Short, Vice President and Chief of Staff, Montefiore Health System in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “Emerging healthcare technologies will enable higher level of care delivery with fewer resources”

PP: Hello again, everyone and welcome back to my podcast. This is Paddy, and it is my great privilege and honor to introduce my special guest today Jeff Short, President and Chief of Staff of Montefiore Health System in New York. Jeff, thank you so much for setting aside the time and welcome to the show.

JS: Thank you, Paddy. I really appreciate the opportunity to be here. I want to congratulate, as you recently completed your fiftieth podcast. So, congratulations! That’s really a great milestone and I’m also looking forward to reading your new book, Healthcare Digital Transformation. It’s where we are, so I can’t wait!

PP: Thank you. I greatly appreciate that. So, Jeff tell us a bit about Montefiore and the patient populations you serve.

JS: As you mentioned, we’re in New York. Montefiore Health System and Einstein College of Medicine form one of the nation’s leading academic medical centers. We have 11 hospitals, approximately 3000 beds, and over 300 ambulatory locations. We serve mainly the populations in the Bronx and Westchester counties. We are major employers in both geographies, we serve a diverse population both ethnically and socially. And it’s been an incredible experience working with Montefiore and seeing all the good that we do in the communities that we serve.

PP: If I’m not mistaken, you also serve possibly one of the most ethnically and linguistically diverse populations in the country, if not the most diverse population. Is that correct?

JS: Yeah, depending on how you measure it. But definitely one of the most diverse populations in the country.

PP: New York has been one of the hardest hits by the pandemic, and Montefiore was featured in this fascinating TV program on CBS. Those who haven’t seen it, I strongly recommend it. It’s called ‘Bravery and Hope’, which took viewers like me to the frontlines of the COVID-19 crisis and was an eye-opener to see what really happened in the frontlines of a crisis like this. So, Jeff I know that Montefiore stood up telehealth operation practically overnight. Can you tell us a little bit about that experience?

JS: CBS did an incredible job of capturing what it was like during the surge of the pandemic. In the days prior, we spent a lot of time preparing. One of the things our network performance group did was to regularly update predictive models based on what was going on in Italy and around the world and in New York. When we looked at the numbers, we realized it was not going to be a linear increase. It was going to be an exponential increase. I remember one day looking at those projections and realizing that we could be out of capacity in a few days and out of our surgeapacity a few days after that. It really hit home how we needed to change. We knew we were going to have a wave of patients coming, we didn’t have steep, but it looked pretty daunting. Our facilities team did a great job by extending capacity. We put new rooms in our ORs, cafeterias, auditoriums. We redeployed a lot of our clinical staff. But the real question was, how are we going to leverage our intensivists to treat all those patients. We knew we’re going to need that level of care. One of the people featured in that video, Dr. Michelle Gong, who is our Chief of Critical Care, worked with our team and with IT and bioengineering. In a span of a few days, the team stood up a 24/7 ICU command center. My team put together a new server to feed healthcare information and healthcare records to a central location – Bioengineering linked, real-time, vital signs, ultrasound results, electrocardiograms. To all the physicians in our ICU command center, we gave iPads out to each unit. This way they could do bidirectional communications by the command center. So, when we were done, essentially what happened was a clinician anywhere in the facility could connect with one of our critical care pulmonology specialists in the command center for assistance with the patient. In a span of mere days, we went from nothing to a fully functional ICU command center, that really helped us deal with the surge capacity.

PP: That is an incredible story. What about the patients? What about those who wanted to either come in because they felt they had symptoms or others that were in your care, like the chronic population and so on, because you obviously locked down the entire facility for a period of time like everyone else did in order to deal with the COVID-19 cases. Did you already have or were you able to turn on a telehealth/ virtual concept kind of capability to help your patients?

JS: Yes, absolutely. In the early days, no one wanted to go see the doctor for elective care. Nationally, over 70 percent of in-person visits were canceled and we saw the same experience here. Lucky for us, the CMS approved 80 new services within a few weeks of the pandemic hitting the US, which was really fantastic. But what we needed to do is create a new solution. So in about a week, March 11th was our first patient, we started to get things in place to create the ability to deliver contactless care to our patients. By March 26, our team built the infrastructure to enable us an Epic to schedule document and bill for a telemedicine visit. We identified our partners to help us build a platform and an app. By April 1, we had launched what we call Montefiore First, which is an app platform that is in Android and the Apple store. And by June, it was among top 100 medical download on the Apple store. So, by the end of April, 80 percent of our visits were in telemedicine. Right now, it is shifting back a bit. But in the last 12 weeks, we have had 250000 telemedicine visits. In February, we had zero. We went from zero to doing most of our visits in telemedicine quite quickly. And, we’re really not alone, across the industry, we have seen 50 times to 150 times increase in telemedicine.

PP: I want to go back to one comment you made very briefly, that is you’re seeing telehealth visits kind of fall back a little bit. We know that the acceleration of telehealth and specifically virtual consults and everything took off in the immediate wake of the pandemic. But I am hearing from across the board that those volumes are now kind of going down a little bit, either because patients are coming back into the hospital or because there is not that much need. What is driving that? Why do you think telehealth is going down? Was it because pent up demand for in-person visits is now coming back? Or are people not happy with Telehealth as an alternative? What do you think is the reason?

JS: I think it is in part of patients that needed to be seen face-to-face. We’re putting off care. So, they’re definitely rushing back in. I think for certain clinicians and certain patients, there’s a comfort level with face-to-face. But I do really think that things have changed permanently, and the change is here to stay. Before the pandemic, a survey done by McKinsey stated, 11 percent of patients were interested in telemedicine, post-pandemic 76 percent, the same survey updated. We’re interested in using it going forward. We will always have face-to-face care and certain specialties will remain that way. But as we get better and more comfortable working digitally or remotely with patients, those numbers will continue to increase. Also, as adopters become more comfortable, as technology providers create more in-home devices that are linked through your smartphone and operate effectively, we’ll be able to do a lot more remotely. But I do believe it’s here to stay.

PP: You mentioned digital, digital health is all the rage now. We talked about telehealth, digital front doors, and just virtual care in general, which is enabled by technology. How are you defining digital at Montefiore and what has been your digital transformation journey so far? Can you share some of that?

JS: Digital health can encompass a lot of things. For me, in this context, it’s basically using technology to enhance the quality of access or the delivery of care. But to be more specific, the general areas that we’re looking at our digital front doors using technology are to improve patient engagement, to enable contactless interaction to increase access, the use of telemedicine, which we just spoke about. It has profound opportunities to reduce the cycle times of care. With remote monitoring, there’s so much we can do that you don’t need to come back in just to monitor condition if we can check in with you remotely through technology. In tele-consult, the ICU example creates incredible ability to keep patients in a regional hospital, a local hospital and deliver top level of care remotely. Artificial intelligence: Dr. Parsa Mirhaji in our team has made incredible strides in using artificial intelligence to predict things like respiratory failure. What we see is that opportunity to use AI in many more ways and build those into systems. We stood up a chatbot to answer COVID-19 questions. We see a lot of new startups using that technology in front of visits to help the patient and the clinician get to the root of the problem and also improve their interaction. We see huge opportunities to leverage AI. And then the same deal with inpatient. So, hospitals around the country are looking at doing central stations, whether there is AI and other technology to better run their hospitals. And we see this as a huge opportunity. We’ve made a ton of progress in a short amount of time, especially on telemedicine, digital front doors, and also some of the remote monitoring on the inpatient side. We really have a long way to go. But it’s very exciting.

PP: You’ve covered most of the high value, high impact initiatives. And the focus areas you talked about remote monitoring, digital front door, which is growing as digital engagement touchpoints become more and more amenable to digital engagement, online tools and so on and so forth. And, of course, telemedicine and virtual care. How do the patients perceive it? One of the things that I hear from all the health systems and the Chief Digital Officers and everyone that I talk to is that it’s extremely challenging to create the kind of seamless experience that we are used to, like e-commerce Amazon or your personal banking site. It is very difficult to create that kind of experience in healthcare. It seems to me that there’s a lot of standalone best in class type tools. Then there’s a dominant EHR system in the background that does a lot of things, stitching it all together and creating those experience journeys which feel seamless and can delight patients just from an experience standpoint that seems extremely challenging. Is that consistent with your understanding of the challenge as well? What are you seeing in terms of how patients are reacting and responding to your digital front door initiatives, for instance?

JS: Telemedicine has struggled for years to really get adoption. COVID-19 has changed the landscape through which now clinicians and patients were encouraged or forced or compelled to give it a try. Obviously, the ultimate goal is to have that seamless experience. But it’s something we’ve been working on in healthcare and made a lot of improvements over the last few years. I think it is somewhat like when I traveled a lot and the first time I encountered an airline kiosk, when I arrived at the airport, I was really unhappy with the change, not being able to deal with the person, but probably the second time I never really wanted to interact with an agent again unless I had a major, complex problem that I needed to deal with. As long as we continue to seek out clinician and patient feedback and very closely monitor where the pain points are and where our opportunities are to improve and build those in very quickly adapting to the patient experience, but also meeting the patient where they are. So, whether you want to do an asynchronous visit, a synchronous video visit, or you want to see a physician face-to-face, it’s really seamless. And if you want to speak to someone on the phone or go at 2:00 in the morning, do something on your cell phone or your laptop, no matter what we’re meeting the patients where they are and like you said, giving them a seamless experience. It’s just going to be like any other customer experience. It is really going to be listening very closely and getting good data on how patients feel. And again, just iterating to make things more seamless and more effective.

PP: You mentioned a couple of examples of digital initiatives that you’ve launched, chatbot, for instance. Have you done any research into what your patient populations value or what your own caregiver’s value and need? When you look at the digital engagement opportunities, can you talk about one or two of those that you think have high impact possibilities in the short term?

JS: Sure. We’ve done a number of surveys, interviews. We have active working groups that get together every week and walk through their experiences and their problems. We’re adding on to our application ways to get customer and clinician feedback at the moment to better understand their experience. When we look back at our priorities, telemedicine has drastically changed the way we deliver ambulatory care and that is just a key opportunity. We are able to actually bring care into the patient’s homes at scale effectively and efficiently. The digital front door, the ability to gain access from wherever you are to a clinician in a smart way is top of the list. I believe that on the inpatient side, telemonitoring, tele-ICU is a better way to deliver care. And we experienced that during the pandemic and the surge.

PP: You also mentioned contactless experience, which I think is a new beast that we have discovered as a result of the pandemic. But what about your patient population? You are in New York, part of your operations is in the Bronx area, which is kind of a low-income area in the least in some parts. Does your patient population have certain preferences? Do you think you need to tailor your strategy, keeping in mind what are the limitations that maybe with your patient populations, or do you think that is not a factor at this time?

JS: It’s an absolute factor. I mean, the access to and comfort level with cell phones or computers is definitely something we’re looking at. And where there may be disparities in how we can actually address that. Also, access to data that seems to have been an area where patients are concerned about data charges. We’re figuring out other ways we can improve access. Living in a city this could be a great infrastructure type project to provide broadband access to patients for healthcare and could be an absolutely incredible opportunity. We realized little things that people not wanting to download apps. Are there ways we can get them broadband access, even just comfort level using a mobile phone for this purpose? And we’re kind of combining all these things to really create different options and then monitor which options are most successful. And then doubling down in those areas. We’re expecting it’s going to be different by different groups, different age groups, different specialties. And we’re just going to keep listening and looking for opportunities to improve.

PP: The digital divide that you talked about. This an interesting point, because clearly not all sections of the population have the same access to bandwidth or the affordability aspect of it as well. In Chicago where I live, there’s a public-private kind of collaboration that is emerging where there’s going to be a program to make sure that the coverage of the entire population in terms of their access to broadband is going to be uniform. So that there’s no digital divide, there’s no sort of disparity. Are you seeing anything like that emerging in New York? During the pandemic itself, there was a lot of public-private collaboration. Can you talk a little bit about that? I think it’s an interesting trend that is emerging. What your experience has been collaborating with local authorities.

JS: Absolutely, it was really one of the incredible things to see. From the start, the governor’s office essentially stated that we are one healthcare system, they really lined up everything essentially around the same goal, which was the surge that we were going to see, that did a pretty good job of predicting how things were going to play out in the early months. That spirit of collaboration really ran through a lot of things that we worked on. We worked with local vendors, we worked with other hospitals, it was really incredible to share the knowledge and ideas. And we were on the phone with colleagues understanding and sharing best practices, sharing how we’re working together. So, that spirit of collaboration continues. It was always there somewhat in academic medicine, but it’s kind of expanded more to people caring for their communities and can be defined in a number of different ways. We’ve got a couple of discussions going on with companies really trying to bridge that digital divide, because there’s so much evidence out there that does exist. And it is an equalizer that if we can bridge that gap, we can do a lot of good and create a lot of value, not just in healthcare, but also in education, etc. I’m hoping that’s an area where we can really collaborate and do public-private partnerships in order to create a lot of value.

PP: Everything in healthcare is linked to reimbursements in some way. And you did make reference to the fact that the CMS has brought telehealth visits on par with in-person visits. There are still some gaps in the reimbursement model. The broader question is, all these investments that you talked about, the digital front, the tele-ICUs and all of that have to be paid for in some way, shape, or form. So, you have to demonstrate some kind of ROI. How does a health system approach this typically, especially if you are predominantly in a fee-for-service kind of a model?

JS: It’s one of those things we’ve always struggled with as an industry and some of those unintended consequences of how incentives are structured. I guess where we start with is really what’s right and best for the patient. And then we figure out what options we have. The nice thing about our size and our scale is we have a couple of ways economically to get to create value for the business model. So sometimes because it’s the right or efficient way to use resources, it may take a haircut on revenue. But try and take a step back and look at the whole picture. What kind of value we can curate for our patients? Where are these gaps and maybe how the incentives are structured? And then what can we do to kind of either countermeasure to deal with those gaps, work on waivers, try to be creative in trying to deal with those gaps. But it’s something we’re constantly working on, constantly looking for new ideas and new innovations to address those gaps. I think ultimately around the reimbursement for digital health needs to be about equity and payment. I think once we get much better and efficient and effective at delivering digital care, we’re going to find ways to leverage technology like chat technology and AI and be able to treat more patients at a higher level of care with fewer resources. I think at some point what we want is our payment models to recognize that and balance that. So, yeah, and that’s why that’s one equity, I think is really what we want to get to and try and get away from the gaps that we have that cause some of the barriers to innovation and to delivering care.

PP: There’s a saying that never waste a crisis and we are going through an unprecedented crisis because of the pandemic. Are you seeing COVID-19 as an opportunity or as a long-term threat for your system?

JS: I think it’s both. It’s a tremendous threat. I mean, we had a tremendous loss of life. We had employees, colleagues who passed away from this awful disease. Our industry has taken a real hit. The local economy and national economy have taken a tremendous hit. But all those things are done. So within that, there’s an incredible opportunity to do better. To accelerate change, to challenge the status quo. I mean, look at all the things that we have been able to really make progress in the industry. We’ve made so many improvements and we’ve had so much innovation last few months. We have to take advantage of this crisis. We’ve paid the price; might as well take advantage of the opportunity to really accelerate the innovation in healthcare and really bring it forward. So, the answer is it’s both, unfortunately.

PP: Jeff, it’s been such a pleasure speaking with you. Thank you so much for sharing your thoughts and look forward to following all your progress and all the best with your digital transformation program.

JS: It’s been great speaking with you and I look forward to catching up soon.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

Jeffrey-Short_pic-profile

Jeffrey B. Short is Vice President, Chief of Staff of Montefiore Health System and the leader of Montefiore’s Faculty Practice Group. Montefiore is one of the leading academic health systems in the country with 11 hospitals, 300 ambulatory locations, 35,000 employees and 6 million unique patient encounters. Montefiore’s Faculty Practice Group is one of the largest in the country with over 1500 physicians.

Jeff received his BS in Accounting from the University of Scranton, and his MBA from the NYU Stern School of Business. He came to Montefiore from NYU Langone Medical Center, where he served as the Department Head for Strategy and Business Development. Earlier, Jeff worked as a management consultant for 13 years with both Deloitte and PricewaterhouseCoopers. At PwC, Jeff was a Director and regional leader in the strategy and enterprise growth practice, working with clients such as the Cleveland Clinic and John Hopkins Medicine. He also spent 3 years in Europe leading business development and healthcare engagements with clients in the Middle East and Europe.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

The nation needs an automated, real-time, effective syndromic surveillance system to detect COVID-19.

Episode #52

Podcast with Mike Alkire, President of Premier Inc. and Dr. Jonathan Slotkin, Vice Chair of Neurosurgery and Associate Chief Medical Informatics Officer of Geisinger

"The nation needs an automated, real-time, effective syndromic surveillance system to detect COVID-19."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Mike Alkire, President of Premier Inc. and Dr. Jonathan Slotkin, Vice Chair of Neurosurgery and Associate Chief Medical Informatics Officer of Geisinger discuss how technology and data is helping public health officials to keep a balance in opening the economy versus managing the spread of COVID-19 virus.

Premier recently launched a syndromic surveillance tool for COVID-19 which they are piloting at Geisinger to improve the quality of medical interventions and prevent the spread of the virus. Mike believes that there is a need for syndromic surveillance system, contact tracing, and performing tests with higher accuracy rates.

According to Jonathan, siloed information and disparity in EHRs across health systems limits the scope of innovation and in case of COVID-19 it is affecting patients directly. He further states that, as part of a public-private partnership, Geisinger is performing contact tracing and have followed up on 1,600 COVID-19 positive patients, benefiting patients, providers, and communities.

Mike Alkire, President, Premier Inc. and Dr. Jonathan Slotkin, Vice Chair of Neurosurgery and Associate Chief Medical Informatics Officer, Geisinger in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “The nation needs an automated, real-time, effective syndromic surveillance system to detect COVID-19.”

PP: Hello again everyone, and welcome back to my podcast. This is Paddy and it is my great privilege and honor to introduce my special guests today, Mike Alkire, President of Premier and Dr. Jonathan Slotkin, Associate Chief Medical Informatics Officer and Vice Chair of Neurosurgery at Geisinger. Dr. Slotkin also has a dual role with Contigo Health as the Chief Medical Officer. Gentlemen, welcome to the show. Tell us a little bit about the COVID-19 surveillance tool that Premier has just launched, and you’ve started piloting it at Geisinger.

MA: Paddy, over the last year or so, we have been building out technology to help with the PAMA guidelines, which are guidelines that CMS is implementing to get after high-cost images. The focus has been on building up these pipes to Epic and Cerner and these electronic medical records to ensure that patients were appropriately utilizing these high technology images. So when COVID hit, we sort of pivoted the technology. And because we already had the pipes built into all the EMRs, we found out that if you looked at the symptoms of patients, there are a number of characteristics around the symptoms that you could see that there is a high probability these patients were COVID patients. And we thought that it was incredibly meaningful because we could do it in real-time. So, at the point when the physician is meeting with that patient, we can identify somebody that has those critical symptoms. Given that data, we can dive down into the zip code level. We can use that data or get that data to organizations that are interested to understand where surges are occurring or where there is a high prevalence of the disease. Also, there’s obviously a lot of interest on behalf of the federal government and the states to understand where surges are happening. The whole idea is to provide this real-time data mechanism to inform these public health officials around “do I open the economy” or “do I keep it shut” or “open in some degree, but I see a surge, am I putting the appropriate resources in those communities?” We think it’s very, very critical and it’s part of a three-legged stool. We think, to manage the virus you need this syndromic surveillance. We obviously think you need this contact tracing. And we need to do a better job of rolling out testing with higher accuracy rates.

JS: Paddy, the problem we all wanted to solve for is that existing syndromic surveillance in 2020 is dramatically lacking. I think it will surprise many of your listeners when they hear what those systems actually consist of. So existing state and federal syndrome surveillance consists largely of reactive, non-real time reporting of disease diagnoses. And by the way, that are picked up mostly by emergency departments. These tools run on 20-year-old technology and are not automated. And in some areas, clinicians and public health officials actually need to print data from EHRs, manually fill in, and fax reporting forms to public health officials. Some of these forms take up to 30 minutes to fill out. And in some instances, the lag between a patient receiving a positive test result and the reporting of that data can be as long as seven days. And Paddy, you’ve spent a lot of your career on this problem. We’ve troves of important data like positive COVID results, signs, symptoms, but sitting in siloed EHRs across different hospital systems in care settings across the country. So, the nation desperately needs an automated, real-time, effective national surveillance system, and that was the major impetus for this work. The team set out to build exactly that and the goals were to build an application that can be used by a health system, states, and federal government, just like Mike said, to perform several really important tasks like to know when and where COVID is surging before the numbers tell us that, to better determine which patients are more likely to become profoundly ill, and to provide healthcare systems with risk and severity adjusted information to predict findings. So the tool uses natural language processing and machine learning to scan free-text notes and orders for hundreds of phrases like trouble breathing, or loss of taste, and other free text and discrete data for signs, symptoms, and other indicators of infection. By using this approach, the system is able to rapidly identify patients who are presenting with signs and symptoms of COVID-19.

PP: This is very interesting and of course very timely as well given everything that we are going through today. The tool is essentially an NLP algorithm that mines clinical notes and information in the form of text, and unstructured data essentially sitting inside electronic health records systems. And this is the route that many COVID-19 apps are taking in the context of dealing with the pandemic and having early warning surveillance systems. Jon, can you talk a little bit about how you use this information as a decision support tool not just to flag patients at risk of infection, but in terms of closing the loop? What do you do with that information? What happens next? How do you adjust your care management or treatment and how do you integrate it with your reporting requirements?

JS: We and other health systems are very eager to start using this application. In addition to Geisinger, Atrium, Community Health Network, Advent and I think over 30 other systems are coming online with the application shortly. There are some really valuable ways that health systems can use the information from this application, even above and beyond this important work of syndromic surveillance. I think that systems can identify flare-ups based on health systems’ zip codes. We think often it will be one to four, even more days, before lab test results come back in some instances. In some patients that don’t even get tested or wouldn’t have been tested, usually a week or more before hospitalization based on symptom progression. With this kind of foresight, systems can do things like plan decrease and elective procedures well in advance of being just reactive to public numbers, forecast equipment that an ICU needs based on incidents and even the severity of disease that the tool picks up in the outpatient setting. The tool can also identify patients in the ambulatory setting that are high risk for admission or maybe are more appropriate for a home care environment with home pulse oximetry or other programs. It is important to call out two really powerful features that are coming to the app in the next several weeks. One is that the system will present a pre-test probability based on symptoms to help providers interpret negative diagnostic test results, which we know can be inaccurate, sometimes significantly inaccurate, and both true negatives and false negatives, for that matter. This is where you get to the action at the point of care which Premier always thinks about. The team has also embedded the NIH COVID treatment guidelines right into the CDS tool. I think it’s important to point out that Stanson tool has over 300 hospital system customers. So, this affects and is live and can be live at over two to three hundred thousand providers systems. In this way, with treatment guidelines at the point of care, you can support providers with real-time interventions and to translate evidence into practice, which I think is a core mission for Premier.

PP: One of the things that I read about when I saw the news release on the tool is that it works across different EHR systems. And we all know that interoperability has been a challenge for a long time, it’s getting better, we have got the CMS final ruling that’s going to affect 2021. We are going to see more seamless data flow, but it is still a significant challenge. Can you talk about how do you look across Epic and Cerner as an example or other systems out there? How is this different from other COVID-19 tools that are out there?

JS: Paddy, siloed information and disparity in EHRs across different health systems, not only limits innovation, but in a situation like COVID-19, it’s affecting patients immediately right now. Thankfully, in the last few years we have all seen significant progress in these areas. But this tool, ADAM, which is Advanced Detection Analysis and Management, works well with Epic, Cerner, and I think it’s going to be live over the next couple of weeks or month or two in MEDITECH. As Mike mentioned, the rapidity of getting those solutions live across multiple EHR vendors comes from the fact that the backbone of this solution is Stanson’s PAMA tool that is live at 300 hospitals. So what this then brings is, from growing machine learning standpoint, you’re going to get the combined experience and data of all of these hospital systems across three and now soon to be 40 EHR vendors that will allow powerful improvement of the systems’ machine learning algorithm, not just from one system, but from all of them. This data is never going to be sold to pharma companies and device companies, but there is power in the aggregation of this data. Mike can elaborate, the advanced discussions with several states and parts of the federal government. But important to be clear here, and we know at Geisinger that this data that Stanson and Premier have will never be shared with any outside parties like a state or federal agency without the provider systems written permission, which I think many providers systems, given the mission that we’re trying to accomplish here, would be open to.

MA: The only thing I’d add here is that Premier has taken a pretty significant focus from an advocacy standpoint for interoperability. For all the reasons that Jonathan said, we obviously want the ability to track a patient throughout the progression of the disease, no matter where they’re actually getting care provided. We spent a lot of time working with various datasets to integrate those and work with these EMR vendors, and other vendors to ensure that they have got open data sources. To Jonathan’s point, I do want to sort of make sure to tie this all together from a COVID standpoint. So the reason it’s so meaningful for the states and the feds to sort of step up here and really look at that three-legged stool of controlling the virus is that there is such a high false negative testing depending on when you test versus when you actually get the disease. There were a couple of few articles three weeks ago, one from the Annals of Internal Medicine, the other from the New England Journal of Medicine. They talked about significantly high false negatives. That’s really an issue if you think about somebody’s on their way saying – you don’t have the disease and in fact, you have the disease. Those articles actually presented the fact that the further away you are from being tested when you actually acquire the disease, obviously your false negatives go down. So, you’re waiting, often times, two or three days to get decent results. And what we’re saying is we have the ability to do that real time looking at the symptoms.

PP: I want to dig a little bit deeper into this Stanson tool that you mentioned and how that creates synergies for not just the business, but at the level of the tool itself.

MA: The whole thesis for Stanson, for our investment from a capital standpoint really was, we’re a performance improvement company. We’re all about helping healthcare systems drive improvements from a cost reduction standpoint and a quality and safety improvement standpoint. What we had been doing over the years is obviously taking our best areas or amounts of data in the clinical settings and safety and operations, which is labor and supply chain, integrating those data sets and creating insights into performance improvement for the healthcare delivery systems. And that was great because those insights drove a ton of value. But what Stanson allows us to do is to really create an impression of those improvements. So, Stanson actually writes into the Epic and the Cerner and the Athena EMRs, the appropriate protocols that should be followed that are maximizing high quality, great safety, and low cost. That was the whole initial thesis. We wanted to hardwire those improvements to the point of care into the workflow at the EMR.

PP: It’s all about having the decision support tool at the point of care and being able to act on that. That is kind of the holy grail or the mantra for any kind of decision support tool. You pointedly mentioned that you are very careful about data privacy. I read a study recently, I think it was done by the University of Illinois in Urbana Champagne that looked at some 50 different COVID-19 apps and they were very concerned about the lack of clarity on what is really going to happen to the data. How are you explicitly providing assurances to your patient community that data privacy is going to be maintained, how do you ensure that? How do you execute that? When there are so different people getting access to it?

MA: Premier is an organization that’s been in clinical data analytics, labor data analytics, health information, patient health information for years. So, we have been at it for probably more than twenty-five years. We’ve got a very rigorous and consistent process to ensure that data rights are appropriately being followed. And our ability to deidentify data, we’ve been doing it for years. So, if there is an institution out there that has the ability to do it and has been doing it and that has processes and technologies to do it, it’s us.

JS: Paddy, I think for all of us it’s a fascinating time to think about balancing public health needs and privacy in our own minds and also even what each of us is willing to tolerate in our own personal lives during a worldwide pandemic. As Mike said, the Premier team feels that if it doesn’t have the trust of its partners and their patients, we don’t have anything; and Geisinger certainly feels that way. A lot of the apps that you mentioned are often going to be consumer-facing apps. It’s important to call out for anybody that kind of just dips into the surface of this, that this is not a patient consumer-facing application. This is a robust clinical decision support tool that’s been live for years and has been repurposed and sits with health systems’ EHRs. So what that means, is it sits with extensive BA’s and other agreements that all of Stanton’s existing work is covered by. It’s the type of software and activity covered by HIPAA and has privacy literally protected by law. It’s important to point out that existing syndromic surveillance in our states and country, as I mentioned, involves printing documents, filling some aspects out by hand often, manually keying certain forms, and sometimes even faxing results. That is absolutely a system which is not only not modern but is also insecure from a privacy standpoint. We think that this kind of automated, fully digitized, secured solution to disease surveillance, it leads with privacy and is a significant improvement over the existing model.

PP: What triggers the tool itself since this is more like a surveillance tool. What is the event that triggers this tool?

JS: So, for the informatics wonks there are three, and it started with one and then Stanson came and Geisinger helped and others have worked with Epic and other EHR vendors for the rapid expansion. And I should call out Epic and Cerner. But Geisinger is an Epic shop, so that’s the one I can speak to, has been a tremendous partner here. Understanding that during a national emergency, we need to always move smartly, and we need to move quickly. So, three triggers really fire the tools, ability to take a look and give actionable insights. One is the ordering of an imaging test and of course, in COVID that’s critical and is the backbone of what Stanson’s functionality always was. The other is the order of a COVID test, which is another great place to fire functionality that takes a look at natural language processing on free text and also does analysis on discrete data at the time. And the third is that when COVID test is resulted and the charts opened to analyze the COVID test. That’s a moment when there’s a dip-in and a look-in and Epic’s helped with this, done extensive analysis on the overhang time associated with this. And these are times significantly less than half a second in the hundreds of millisecond time frame.

PP: You mentioned false negatives a couple of times. Have you had a problem with false positives?

JS: Not really. False negatives are the big enemy right now, in terms of what have we seen, how do you validate a tool like this? Early testing that the team has done has found that when we look at symptoms using the methods that we’ve talked about and compare to a later positive PCR viral test, to answer your false positive question, probably about four percent. And so that’s really good but the team’s making it better. I think one really important way to make it better and also to validate it is something that’s ongoing with our health system now, and that’s retrospective cohort evaluation. So, we, and everybody, have months of medical records on patients who later go on to test positive and negative. And folks that do well clinically or unfortunately in some cases do not do well clinically. What we are doing is looking back at a cohort of patients who went on to test positive where they know how they did clinically, and also, a group went on to test negative. So not only does that allow validation but have a very big history in the machine learning and AI area. In fact, we can not only validate the tool there, but also do data driven research to tune and improve the algorithms to significantly increase the sensitivity and specificity of the tool with a known data set and tuning.

PP:: A related question on that, obviously, is evidence. And you are kind of going there at times. Are you building the evidence for this tool as you go along?

JS: Well, some of those initial looks that I mentioned have already occurred and led to that data I mentioned. The other studies that I mentioned, like the retrospective validation and the tuning is happening as we speak, from quality improvement and research perspective, because I do think it is quality improvement work. But as far as the machine learning algorithms tuning is concerned, that’s an ongoing iterative process that’s consistent.

PP: One of the things that has really impressed me is the level of public-private collaboration that COVID-19 has brought about. I have seen many examples at the state-city level. One of my guests on this podcast talked about what they’re doing in the city of Austin for instance. And I see many great examples of how public and private sector are coming together to really address this. Can you talk a little bit about how this tool is being used for public health in general? Let’s say in Geisinger you’re in Pennsylvania, you talked about how this is contributing to public health efforts and especially contact tracing and all that, which is not really a big thing.

JS: There’s a ton of important opportunity in this area. We know that contact tracing, etc., usually falls under local and state health departments, but they’re all spread thin. I think we all saw the study that Ars Technica wrote up that we would actually need three hundred thousand contact tracers to do this job right. Geisinger quickly realized that it’s already expert in managing testing, communicating results, and treating those who test positive. So, Geisinger is performing contact tracing as a public-private partnership and now has twenty-four employees spending significant parts of their workweek on contact tracing. As of a few weeks ago, the team had made over twenty-seven hundred phone calls to follow up on sixteen hundred positive patients. This directly benefits patients, providers, and communities. And how do you take the Stanson tool and actively connect that to states; Mike, I’m sure can elaborate on.

MA: I think at the end of the day, these health officials that we’re having conversations with are trying to really have these decisions from a public health standpoint, be informed by data and science. The idea is if you have what we suggested, which is that three-legged stool of testing and more advanced testing and getting more refined testing and better testing, plus contact tracing, which we always think is going to be something that is going to be debatable. Jonathan made a great comment early on about the debate of positive societal impact versus liberties being sort of tightened. But we do know there are a number of countries that are using iPhones and those kinds of things to track as to where folks have been that have the virus and to be able to alert people that they may have been exposed to the virus. That’s a very meaningful discussion that we need to have and the debate that we need to have in the U.S. around the importance of that. And then finally we have been talking about this syndromic surveillance and the reason it’s so critical is that if you’re the governor of a state, early on, governors of huge states decided to shut the entire state down when maybe there was only a surge in eight, nine percent of all of the counties that represented, 60 or 70 percent of the population. But those other counties were very limitedly impacted. So, all we’re saying is that there is technology and there is data that at the zip code level can provide a great deal of information around how to balance public health versus open the economy, that’s number one. Number two, we have heard a lot of conversation about how this is disproportionately affecting the cultures of color, people of color in the urban settings. Our technology has the ability to identify those issues. And for public health officials to sort of think through what’s the best way to provide capabilities and services to those parts of the population. So, we think there’s a couple of incredibly important use cases that public health officials should leverage for.

PP: Well, John and Mike, it’s been such a pleasure speaking to you. Thank you so much for sharing your thoughts on this. I think this is a very important initiative. And I hope to get you, folks, back again on this podcast maybe a few months down the road when you have more learnings to share from the tool as work on the field and again all the very best.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

Mike J. Alkire is the President of Premier. As President, Alkire leads the continued integration of Premier’s clinical, financial, supply chain and operational performance improvement offerings helping member hospitals and health systems provide higher quality care at a better cost. He oversees Premier’s quality, safety, labor and supply chain technology apps and data-driven collaboratives allowing alliance members to make decisions based on a combination of healthcare information. These performance improvement offerings access Premier’s comparative database, one of the nation’s largest outcomes databases. Alkire also led Premier’s efforts to address public health and safety issues from the nationwide drug shortage problem, testifying before the U.S. House of Representatives regarding Premier research on shortages and gray market price gouging. This work contributed to the president and Congress taking action to investigate and correct the problem, resulting in two pieces of bipartisan legislation.

Jonathan R. Slotkin is the Vice Chair of Neurosurgery and Associate Chief Medical Informatics Officer at Geisinger. Dr. Slotkin is board certified in neurosurgery by the American Board of Neurological Surgery. His clinical interests include care for back and neck pain, as well as sports-related spine injuries, and he has particular interests in consumerism and the digital transformation of healthcare. His research interests include post spinal cord injury regeneration. Dr. Slotkin has expertise in spine outcomes, caring for degenerative and congenital spine conditions, spinal tumors and spine/spinal cord injury. He earned his medical degree from the University of Maryland, and completed his residency at Harvard University, Brigham and Women's Hospital. He completed his fellowship in spine surgery at New England Baptist Hospital. Dr. Slotkin is director of Spinal Surgery for Geisinger and also serves as associate chief medical informatics officer.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

For a frictionless digital consumer experience, healthcare providers and payers must work together.

Episode #51

Podcast with Bill Krause, Vice President of Experience Solutions, Change Healthcare

"For a frictionless digital consumer experience, healthcare providers and payers must work together."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Bill Krause, Vice President of Experience Solutions at Change Healthcare, talks about removing friction points in healthcare – finding, accessing, and paying for care – throughout the consumer experience journey.

According to Bill, COVID-19 created a big explosion of interest around the role digital can play in the healthcare system. He states that there are several barriers that consumer experiences while accessing care through digital means. To accelerate digital patient experience, healthcare providers must understand the role of payers in a patient’s journey and work together to provide a frictionless digital consumer experience.

Recently, Change Healthcare collaborated with Adobe and Microsoft to launch a connected consumer health suite that enables healthcare providers to create a more streamlined digital health experience throughout the patient journey. Change Healthcare is one of the largest independent healthcare technology companies in the U.S. Take a listen.

Bill Krause, Vice President of Experience Solutions, Change Healthcare in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “For a frictionless digital consumer experience, healthcare providers and payers must work together.”

PP: Hello everyone, welcome back to my podcast. This is Paddy, and it is my privilege and honor to introduce my special guest today, Bill Krause, Vice President and General Manager of the Connected Consumer Experience Practice at Change Healthcare. Bill, thank you for setting aside the time, and welcome to the show. Do you want to spend a couple of minutes talking about Change Healthcare, what does the company do, and what are your focus areas today?

BK: Change Healthcare is one of the largest independent healthcare technology companies in the U.S. We provide a variety of data and analytics-driven solutions and services that focus on clinical, financial, and patient engagement outcomes. We really occupy a unique space in healthcare with our focus on connecting the broad ecosystem. For example, we have deep and broad networks across financial and clinical areas that improve decision making, simplify billing, help with payer and provider processes, payment processing, and generally, help enable better consumer experiences.

PP: On this podcast, we focus mostly on digital transformation. What that means to healthcare enterprises, as well as to the technology provider community that serves the needs of healthcare enterprises. Change Healthcare recently announced a new platform that you have just launched. Can you tell us a little bit about what is the platform called? What kind of marketplace needs you are looking to address with the platform?

BK: Recently, we announced the availability of our connected consumer health suite. The solutions Digital Patient Experience Manager, Shop Book and Pay, Virtual Front Desk, and other capabilities, they really help providers to create more consumer-style digital healthcare experiences. We like to say we are helping providers with this platform power, the connected digital journey for consumers, from internet search through to the exam room. And our focus is around removing as many of the friction points that are typical with today’s healthcare experience across finding care, accessing, and paying for care.

PP: Let us talk a little bit about these suites of solutions that you have launched. In the Shop Book and Pay, you mentioned digital experiences and consumer empowerment and so on. When I look at the digital health solutions landscape, I see that you already have the big electronic health record vendors such as Epic, for instance, and their MyChart platform. And then you have a whole marketplace, called the digital health innovation, an ecosystem of startups that have identified an opportunity relating to any one single touchpoint in the online consumer experience. So, it looks like what you’ve done is taken many of those features, many of those needs, looked for the touchpoints, and kind of aggregated them all into a one-stop platform. Is that a fair way to state that? How exactly would you describe that?

BK: What I would say is our insight and what’s behind the solutions we announced is that what we see as the need is to remove, as I mentioned, like many places where consumers hit barriers in accessing care and using great digital to do that. So really, the analogy is we think about our examples, such as Rocket Mortgage or Carvana, Amazon Go, and others that have taken technology, and to your point, there are existing technologies out there serving different points in the healthcare consumer journey; but the unique insight was bringing these together dramatically, simplifying the process that a consumer goes through really to access the services or products that they need, and to do that in a way that works within the context of healthcare.

PP: So, give me an example of how this would work if I am a healthcare consumer. First of all, would I even be accessing your platform directly, or is your platform kind of sitting underneath maybe a health systems front end portal? How does this work as a consumer, what would the experience look like for me?

BK: There are a number of ways and a number of on-ramps for a consumer to enter this digital journey that we make available for providers. We have partnered with Adobe here and Adobe is a leader in digital experience. As a result of that, we have a variety of capabilities that can really customize the experience to fit the brand and styling and many of the other factors that our provider customers need to really reinforce their strategies. It’s never really been more important now in light of COVID-19 and the dramatic shift towards digital. But most consumers today are really struggling to understand what their financial responsibility is going to be, and their struggles with healthcare. They are struggling to connect together with the steps they need to take. So, a consumer would start the journey, perhaps on the web site of their local provider and they will be able to search for care, understand what care is available to them based on any number of services that are increasingly more shoppable if you will. And by that, we mean where consumers are more actively involved in the decision making around those services. So, they’ll enter through the provider’s web site. They’ll enter into the Shop Book and Pay experience, which is branded for the provider. They’ll locate the provider and the services that they need within their local area. They’ll be able to understand their out of pocket responsibilities, schedule care, and complete the pre-service journey in as simple a way as possible.

PP: And you mentioned Adobe as one of your partners. You also partnered with Microsoft in building the platform. Am I correct?

BK: That’s exactly right. This is bringing together the best of three very complementary companies that are leaders in their respective domain. Bringing together Microsoft’s leadership with cloud hosting and regulated industries and significant capabilities around making it scalable and serviceable across the market. So, one of our objectives here is to make these solutions available for the largest providers, but down to the smallest independent practices as well. And Microsoft has a great role to play in making that scalable. As I mentioned, the role of Adobe and really leading many consumer industries and powering the digital experiences that we all know and love and then change healthcare. And one of the important insights here is in order to make great progress in consumer experience and consumer digital transformation, you have to get access to the workflows and data and other backend systems that are necessary to bridge those silos, if you will. And that’s a great capability that Change Healthcare brings to this partnership on behalf of the customers we serve.

PP: So, staying on the consumer experience for a moment, I imagine that you have your first few clients or deployments already live or in the process of really going life. Can you maybe describe what the architecture looks like? You know, let’s say you’re working with a healthcare provider who is on one of the major electronic health record platforms, Epic or Cerner or one of them. How does your platform fit in that architectural construct? And also, are all the capabilities that you talked about, are they all built native in your platform or do you also have components that are maybe a white-labeled with other startups? How is this whole thing architected? If I look at it from an enterprise standpoint as a healthcare executive.

BK: Certainly. So, it’s architected in a cloud-native structure and with an architecture that allows us to on behalf of our provider customers, to integrate into their systems of record. If you think about just from an overall philosophy and approach standpoint, we view the provider has a number of systems of record that house data needed to support these consumer journeys, be it their electronic medical record or their revenue cycle system. Change Healthcare equips many providers across the industry with some of those systems like revenue cycle management. But those systems of record then interact with the systems of engagement. And that’s really where the Connected Consumer Health Suite plays the role it’s delivering to those providers – a scalable, cloud-hosted architecture that integrates with their data sources and powers for them those digital experiences that they need to support for finding and accessing care.

PP: One last question on the topic. Who pays?

BK: There’s a very simple model to this, which are the customers the providers pay for. And I also want to address another question you asked around third parties as well. But I’ll come back to that. But yeah, it’s a simple subscription model based on consumption that providers pay for and the benefit to them is multifold from operational efficiencies to really and most importantly, attracting and retaining their consumers. And that is really where the value that they receive out of this solution. But back to the other question. We have architected our platform in such a way as to incorporate third parties into the journey. We recognize that healthcare journeys can take many different avenues and providers need the flexibility to be able to accommodate those third parties we’re working with. For example, M.D. Safe, which is a great innovative early-stage company that helps to create a single billing experience for consumers prior to when they need care. So, it just dramatically simplifies what a consumer sees and understands their responsibility to be able to satisfy that responsibility. So, we’ve incorporated that capability into our Shop, Book, and Pay. And we’ve built our architecture and that’s, again, back to the role that Microsoft plays here as well with us and in a very flexible manner. So, it can be extensible over time-based on our customer’s needs.

PP: And it seems to me like the platform you built is one of the early examples that I see in the market of a comprehensive digital consumer experience platform. I see a lot of standalone solutions and one of the big challenges that my clients and all the others that I talk to face is about creating this seamless consumer experience. For the most part, the standalone solutions, they are kind of glued together in a somewhat brittle way and building the seamless consumer experience that we are used to from the Amazons of the world or in our personal banking experiences. Is that a fair statement and how do you think a platform like yours changes that?

PP: That is a fair statement and that’s very much been front and center of our strategy. And really the reason why we’ve partnered with Adobe to utilize the Adobe Experience cloud within this architecture. And our view on this is, again, our customers cannot be locked into perhaps more brittle, single service solutions that don’t allow them to really create and expand on the experiences their customers need. So, if I get underneath the covers of that statement, we’ve made a lot of investment to enable our providers. The use of a content management system that really is world-class and allows for a lot of flexibility. Again, back to customizing, to branding, to be able to create different experiences, to be able to deliver those experiences across any variety of endpoints that consumers will pursue and really bring all of that capability that’s instrumental in a digital experience platform approach, but also campaign management, the analytics to instrument all of the endpoints and engagements so that we can match across the channel and understand consumer behavior and how better to serve it. Again, tying back to the earlier point here, about how to remove frictions. If we don’t have those analytical insights on how consumers are interacting with those digital experiences, then it’s not possible to really effectively remove the friction points and optimize the experience over time.

PP: Yeah, interesting. So, switching to more general topics, what are you seeing in the market in the wake of COVID-19 in terms of acceleration of virtual care models, digital experience related investments in your client communities? Can you talk a little bit about what you’re seeing in the market in general?

BK: Certainly. And I would that there are the near-term imperatives that the market has been responding to, and then there are the medium and longer-term realities that our customers are now positioning themselves to address and all. And what I mean by that is the near-term imperatives, things like enabling virtual care so that patients could be served from that standpoint. I think we’ve all talked about that uptake in the industry, but also things like touchless check-in and minimizing any contact with staff where possible and moving things like forms, paper forms to electronic and delivery, etc. So, there’s been a lot of effort to really identify those gaps in the workflows and really plug those gaps as quickly as possible among our provider base. So that’s the near-term that we see. And I think that’s really true across all different types of providers. And then there’s the medium term, and by medium term I might mean 12 months. You know, for some people, medium is six months or so. But at the end of the day, that medium-term is around reimagining those, the pathways that consumers have got access to care and, how to deliver those digitally. And that ties back to a recognition that any barriers that the health systems or providers can see with regard to enabling easier access to care for their consumers. Those barriers now take a higher priority in terms of where their investment dollars, talent, and resources are going. So, we’re getting a lot of inquiries around consumer experience, strategy, and how to rethink the digital front door. The digital front door concept has expanded beyond perhaps the patient portal to other channels and modalities. So, I think it really created a big explosion of interest around the role digital can play in the healthcare system.

PP: One of the big things that people don’t talk about is that along with this shift to virtual care which has been brought on by a lot of restrictions on people coming into a clinic or a hospital for care. There is a big concern around how to take care of the population in their homes and the chronic care of patients, for instance. And we see that remote care and remote monitoring technologies are also having some sort of a renaissance if you will, or if not a renaissance, maybe accelerating. Is that also happening in what you see, along with improving access to care through virtual modalities?

BK: The short answer is yes. And there are few drivers of that. So, the recognition that increasing scope of care can be delivered in the home setting from the standpoint of now more consumers are being accustomed to that, just given the realities of COVID. But there’s been a growing body of evidence related to shifting care to the home and the value that delivers in terms of benefits to consumer’s quality of life, health outcomes, as well as benefits to the system from an efficiency standpoint. So those drivers as well, I think just continue to encourage that trend. So short answer is yes. We’re seeing that and it goes back to that reevaluation of the predominant models that our provider organizations are really funding and developing. And I think that will continue to play an increasingly large component of how consumers receive care and then how those providers are going to need to retool their system to support that.

PP: What do you see as the one or two big challenges that providers are facing today as they make this transition, as they get ready to accelerate? Because the acceleration of the transformation is kind of inevitable. You either accelerate or you get left behind. What are the one or two big challenges you’re seeing providers struggling with as they try to make this transition?

BK: You know, there’s a few things. One is the organizational capacity to support that transformation. Increasingly, providers are understanding their roadmaps that they want to pursue from a digital transformation standpoint. But the IT departments and teams are just taxed with a number of priorities on a number of fronts. So just that overall transformation burden and fatigue, that’s a reality that the industry faces. I think also, if we play this out a little bit, there’s a dichotomy around how or what maybe good looks like and really a recognition on what is the path forward. So, everybody recognizes the growth of telemedicine is needed and some of the other more tactical areas have to be addressed in the short term. But our industry has a record of adopting many different solutions. And in fact, you know, it’s not healthcare. It’s many consumer industries. But at the end of the day, I’ll come back to those models that were really breakout and drove substantial benefits, were the ones that brought together the journey and really streamlined the consumer journey. So, that’s a different paradigm. So, I think there’s an opportunity and there’s a challenge around that. And the challenge is really what does that look like? And when you start to get underneath that, you realize that a number of the steps in the consumer journey fall on the payer side. So, we can’t forget the payer’s role in this, whether it’s understanding from a consumer standpoint what doctors are in my network, and what are my insurance benefits for particular service, or any number of steps where the consumer is left with a fragmented journey. So, for provider organizations to address this holistically, they have to think about the role of the payer in this and how they can work together.

PP: Interesting. It’s been a real pleasure speaking with you. And I wish you all the best with the launch of your new platform. It sounds very, very interesting, and I will be following what is going on with the progress as you kind of make public statements about it. I look forward to having you back on the podcast, maybe a few months down the road, and maybe you can tell us more about your learnings from the launch of the platform.

BK: Thank you, Paddy. And I really appreciate you having me here today.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

About our guest

Bill Krause is the Vice President of Experience Solutions at Change Healthcare. Serving the healthcare industry for over 12 years, Bill leads innovation and solution development for patient experience management at Change Healthcare. In this role, he is responsible for the development and execution of strategies that enable healthcare organizations to realize value through leading-edge consumer engagement capabilities.

Previously, Bill provided insights and direction into new product and service strategies for McKesson and Change Healthcare. He also managed business development planning, partnerships, and corporate development across a variety of healthcare service and technology lines of business for those companies.

Prior to McKesson, Bill worked at McKinsey & Company as a strategy consultant, serving a variety of clients in healthcare and other industries.  He received his MBA from Harvard Business School and his undergraduate degree from University of Virginia. He also served as a lieutenant in the United States Navy.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Post-COVID, virtual care will be about stability, quality of service, and agility.

Episode #50

Podcast with Aaron Miri
Chief Information Officer
The University of Texas at Austin, Dell Medical School, and UT Health Austin

"Post-COVID, virtual care will be about stability, quality of service, and agility."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan

In this landmark 50th episode of our podcast, Aaron Miri discusses contact tracing and UT Health’s contribution to prevent the spread of COVID-19 through their public-private partnership with city of Austin, TX.

Austin Public Health has partnered with Dell Medical School and UT Health Austin to prevent the spread of COVID-19 by doing contact tracing on behalf of the city of Austin. Besides contact tracing, the University is also using emerging forms of healthcare delivery such as symptom checking, COVID-19 drive-through testing stations, home monitoring, and nurse triage to control the spread of the current pandemic. Currently, the medical school has over 200 contact tracers working remotely and have successfully performed one-third of the contact tracing in the city of Austin.

Due to the current COVID situation, healthcare consumers are adopting virtual care technologies that are changing the way healthcare is being delivered today. To ensure smooth delivery of care post-COVID, Aaron discusses how virtual care should be a flawless experience for clinicians and patients.

On data interoperability, Aaron suggests three major areas of focus: Identifying and capturing data for public health; the need for the entire continuum of care to be on some sort of a digital system. According to Aaron, healthcare organizations need full data transparency, governance, and internal communication working together to advance interoperability. Take a listen.

Aaron Miri, Chief Information Officer, The University of Texas at Austin, Dell Medical School, and UT Health Austin in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “Post-COVID, virtual care will be about stability, quality of service, and agility.”

PP: Hello again, everyone, and welcome back to my podcast! This is a special episode, our fiftieth episode of The Big Unlock podcast. It is a real privilege and honor for me to have as my special guest today, Aaron Miri, CIO of the University of Texas at Austin, Dell Medical Center. I am really thrilled to have him join us. Aaron, thank you so much for setting aside the time and welcome to the show.

AM: Thank you very much. Congrats on your fiftieth episode!

PP: Thank you very much. For the benefit of our listeners please tell us a little bit about UT Health Austin and the Dell Medical School and the focus areas for your institution.

AM: UT Health Austin is one of the top global universities in the world. About five or six years ago we decided that we really needed our own medical school, our own teaching institute, our own clinical enterprise, and really help Austin and Travis County in the state of Texas out by bringing out some of the world’s best physicians through Austin. Our goal here has been, number one, first and foremost, putting out the best medical students possible, prepare them to enter residency. Number two, having a clinical practice really grounded around value-based care in the principles of community and community impact. And three, what UT Health Austin is known best for, which is research. How do we do some game-changing research in genomics and sequencing and really take it to the next level? So, it is that every aspect of an academic health care delivery network that you could possibly imagine and then some. And then now, you throw in COVID into the whole situation and it grows even more so.

PP: I know you are a thought leader and you’ve written and spoken extensively about advanced technologies and digital transformation in healthcare. And you are a practitioner of all the same principles in your institution. I want to start by asking you about the acceleration of digital transformation in light of COVID-19. We are seeing that healthcare is going virtual – telehealth and all other forms of virtual care, digital front doors and so on. What are you seeing in your conversations with your peers across the healthcare industry as the high priority initiatives for digital consumer engagement in a post-COVID-19 scenario?

AM: A couple of things. Number one, if you look at it from the CIO’s perspective, it is ensuring smooth delivery of service. So, all the way from the clinician experience, the patient experience, and the entire continuity of care virtually should be flawless. So that there are no hiccups in terms of workflow, orders, medical record, what not. Telehealth experience has been one that we continuously refine, even though now our practice is that majority of it is telehealth, although we’re slowly up ticking the in-person again. So, to the degree of it has been about stability, quality of service, execution, agility. There are new workflows.

I mentioned earlier that we are big believers in value-based care. That’s a team-based approach. So, how do you use a virtual lobby to be able to do a pre-staging of a virtual care team, where you have a social worker, a musculoskeletal worker, and a pain management worker altogether visiting. And then, they are able to meet with the patient as a team. Those kinds of virtual workflows we have been innovating because we are not going to stop our principles, which is, we believe, cohort and value-based care. So that’s from a CIO perspective, making sure that your health systems are able to make that leap and suddenly go from in persons up in the dozens to over the virtual telemedicine into the hundreds, if not thousands of sessions daily. So, you have that component.

From a policy perspective, what we’re seeing is this question mark from the CMS. We even saw last week with Seema Verma stating publicly that it’s her intent or her desire to want to leave a lot of the statutes in place that reimburse at even parity level. So I think as that decision comes out, it’s going to obviously affect the landscape, because if they’re not paying and reimbursing at a level that’s sustainable, our health systems will have to make some tough decisions. Most of my peers I’m speaking with are trying to keep the lights on, making sure that they are able to shake and bake to whatever the requests are coming in and ensuring that their staff, be at their remote or in person, are feeling secure and safe and what not. And so, we’re able to deliver medicine remotely without an issue.

PP: In terms of virtual care, in a post-COVID-19 context, some of the things that I’m seeing through our work in my firm is the emergence of newer forms of healthcare delivery. And a couple that come to mind immediately are contact tracing as an example, and COVID-19 apps in general. Of course, it’s kind of hard to unpack what a COVID-19 app means when there are so many technology providers out there saying they have a COVID-19 app. But then contact tracing is something that is a little more tangible. Could you unpack these things a little bit?What should one be thinking when somebody comes up and says,I have got a COVID-19 app that I can help or a contact tracing app that can help you? How are you going about it?

AM: Let’s talk in generalities now, talking specifically about what we’re doing here with UTH Austin. So in generalities, when I mentioned a COVID-19 app, I applaud the vendor community for trying to pivot, especially a lot of startups out there and say how can we apply our platform, our tech, our algorithms towards something related to COVID-19. The majority of the market seems to be leaning towards temperature indicators, whether your home monitoring for temperature checking, whether you are able to baseline an individual based on questionnaires to say, are you potentially symptomatic. Because you were out on Memorial Day weekend on a lake without a mask around 10000 people and probably at a high-risk to catch COVID-19. A lot of what you are seeing on the market are symptom checkers, home monitoring type platforms, algorithms. I have seen RTLS vendors make a pivot towards trying to say, hey, our Wi-Fi, our TLS system can now track your patients that are positive – where they are and ensure that they are maintaining quarantine procedures, that sort of thing.

What we did here at UT Health Austin is a couple of things. Number one, Austin Public Health asked us to partner with them formally and via that delegation of the public health authority, we were able to do contact tracing on behalf of the city of Austin. So, we stood up an app that does that. We have over 200 or so contact tracers all working remotely, calling into a central call center, and accessing this app that we partnered with a startup based out of Seattle to deploy quickly and robustly. These contact tracers are able to enter any information, such as, where was Aaron? Did Aaron go to the barber? Who was at the barber? Let’s call them. Are they symptomatic, that whole lineage of contact tracing?

Believe it or not, Paddy, contact tracing has been done for quite some time with numerous disease states. COVID is not new but this is the first major disease state I’ve seen a public drive towards. How can we digitize contact tracing? And it’s difficult because the CDC is constantly evolving their data sheets based on what they learn. Obviously, more that we learn from the disease, the more types of data they want, and specificity collected. So, we are constantly having to evolve the product that we put on the market here to help. But I just read some stat last week that we’ve successfully done one third of all the contact tracing for the city of Austin. If you think about the 11th largest city in the country, that’s pretty darn impressive. We did this here at UT Austin on behalf of the city of Austin. So, to the degree that there’s a number of components that go into this, but overall, I’d say from our position here, what we’re doing is number one symptom checking. Number two, we have our drive through COVID-19 testing stations. Number three, we’re doing contact tracing, as I mentioned. Number four, we are doing home monitoring. We’re also doing nurse triage, because a contact could quickly say, hey, I have symptoms, I can’t breathe. We need to triage them so we can escalate into that triage and then immediately either enrolling in-home monitoring if it’s manageable or ask them to be present at the emergency department as soon as possible. So, we’ve been phenomenal at getting in front of this and really wrapping our arms around it and taking it very seriously in partnership with the city because UT Austin has those kinds of resources to bring to practice.

PP: You make a very important point in your comments, which is this emerging public-private partnership, public health agencies partnering either at a state, local, or federal level with the private sector. And we’ve seen some efforts to do that at a national level like Google and Apple have gotten together to develop this API, which they’re making available to the federal health agencies at the national level. Then we’ve seen state-level or city level initiatives where public-private partnerships are getting a handle on this whole contact tracing and controlling the spread of infections. What are the one or two things that are truly important for this kind of a public-private partnership to work effectively to ensure that there is public safety, ensure that there is accuracy in all of the testing and tracing and everything that goes on and that at the end of the day, the desired outcomes are met? What are the one or two things that came out of your experience?

AM: I would say these are the top three things for anybody navigating these hurdles. Number one, full transparency, i.e., partnership at a fundamental level of what are you doing, how are you doing. What are our shared objectives? What are our shared populations that we’re going to focus on? Case in point, UT Austin is really focused on indigent care for the city of Austin, which has been fascinating to learn about. So, making sure that there is transparency, there’s constant communication between myself and my counterpart with the city of Austin, the CIO for the city of Austin, who’s excellent. Our data teams are constantly talking to make sure that the data is being shared appropriately, securely, and that there, again, is full transparency on dashboards that we’re building. And so, the data that we’re putting out and that they ultimately published for the public has validity. That there is data provenance behind it. A lineage that anybody can say – how do you know how many tests you’ve given? So those kinds of things are very important because that’s what takes transparency.

Number two is governance. Making sure that just because somebody wants something doesn’t mean that your two teams and two organizations go out and just do it right. It’s got to have a benefit objective and particularly when you’re dealing with public health, you have to have a hyper-focus on ensuring that these are the objectives laid out by the mayor, by the governor or whatever else as appropriate.

Last but not the least, is internal communication. What has happened with COVID is you have a number of practitioners that are logged in from home using Zoom or whatever. So, we are communicating and having standups routinely with them to understand what the shifting landscapes are, what’s going on here in Austin, and the experience of COVID positive patients walking through the emergency department. Are there new protocols, are there new surveillance problems to stand up based on comorbidity? Is there different demographic that we need to be able to focus on a little differently? We had a discussion this morning on how to if we needed to start monitoring neonates, what would we do? How would we handle that issue? We’re trying to get in front of potential questions that come up.

So those are the kinds of things you need to be doing. There really is that hand-in-hand approach and that there is no one institution blazing down a trail inadvertently because of a lack of communication.

PP: What has been your experience with regards to false positives and false negatives in your application and your program with the city of Austin?

AM: I think the false positives, and what not really stemmed from the types of testing that are available, whether it’s serological, whether it’s swab, whether it’s saliva, and all of those components, I think that the general public is learning more about the accuracy of those various COVID-19 tests. Subsequently, if we get the data back from the lab saying – Aaron is COVID positive, but it was a saliva swab. Looking at the level of validity around that, it has downstream effects. So, as the general public learns more, we’re learning just as fast along with them because we can now have more experience. The world has more experience with COVID-19, and so the CDC modifies their approach on a lot of things as to what’s going to happen there, which affects our day to day planning. But that is really where the rub is then, and it’s not around contact tracing or issues with that. I’m actually impressed with the general public’s willingness to partner. I would say the consensus of folks out there, if you call them and say, hey, Aaron, you may have been exposed when you went to the grocery store over the weekend. Do you recall who you’ve been around the past 48 hours? We haven’t had people like, who would spat out and say, you’re invading my privacy. Generally speaking, people want to help, and people want a partner, and people want to do the right thing. So that’s been really positive.

PP: You mentioned the public’s cooperation in these programs, which is extremely critical for you to get a handle on the spread of the infections. In general, when you talk about virtual care models, going back to the earlier comment that you gave us about digital transformation initiatives, virtualization of care, telehealth models. What are you seeing as the public’s acceptance of those kinds of care delivery modalities, if you will? Are they comfortable with it? Are they happy with it or are they just tolerating it in the short term because there’s no other option? What are you seeing with your population?

AM: What’s important is to understand the population you are trying to serve. So, let me give you a few examples here. One of the populations we take care of, beyond obviously the commercial population, is indigent care, disconnected is another terminology I have heard, using an epidemiology sense. People that maybe do not have access to a smartphone or a stable home or resources to care, they may be live in a food desert. All those social determinants of health type issues. So, we have really had to spend a lot of time to understand that population of the kinds of modalities they do want to engage with. Specific to Austin what we have noticed a few things. Number one, most of the indigent population, English is a second language for them. So how do we put apps in front of them that they feel more comfortable engaging with? In our case, it is predominately Hispanic speaking individuals.

So, we put out a Spanish version of the apps. There is an iOS app, also in Spanish, there is an Android app, also in Spanish. And a responsive web form that’s also in Spanish. This is where they can upload their own contacts, they can do their own home monitoring, they can engage the app. The app lets us know who they’ve talked to, all these kinds of dynamics, which are very important when looking at contact tracing. And then, of course, consent. We spend a lot of time getting consent from people. And that’s explicit consent. So you understand that you were sharing with me, your family members at home and who was around you, and you’re consenting to tell me that you’re giving me permission to go ask those questions on your behalf. I never want people to feel like even though this is a public health crisis, they don’t know what’s going on. And those components of, again, transparency and putting applications of tech in front of people they understand and seeking first to understand have been the acceptance criteria over the general public. And we see most people, because we’re taking the time upfront to do these things, are natural to them. We’re not forcing them to jump through hoops or we’re not forcing them to have to not understand, but yet still share information. People want to help. We have not seen that pushback. So those are important components to understand.

Something I found interesting about the population, a data fact for people out there building apps, is that a lot of the indigent care actually do have a smart device of some sort. They’re just disconnected from the app store. They don’t have a way to download an iOS app or an Android app. Or they don’t have a data plan. They just simply go free Wi-Fi to free Wi-Fi as they walk around the city. So, it is interesting, the other types of connected behavior that we’re seeing, and I think there’s an entire ecosystem at some point that needs to get in front of this. Perhaps this is what you could do now with Elon Musk’s Starlink. He’s putting up with the ubiquitous coverage of Wi-Fi. Those kinds of industries are going to crop up to help connect the disconnected.

PP: We’re doing some work with some health system in New York City. Of course, the population is very similar to what you’re describing, indigent population, but a diverse, ethnically and linguistically. You mentioned the need for multilingual apps, and then you also mentioned that everybody has a smartphone, but they don’t necessarily have access to the app store because they live in either bandwidth deserts or they just cannot afford it or for whatever reason. And so, a related concern that seems to be arising is the notion of inequalities in access to healthcare by virtue of these inequalities in access to bandwidth as an example. Hopefully, all of that will be addressed through initiatives like the one you just talked about, where you’re giving people access to bandwidth so that they can go and download their apps. The apps that they need or being prescribed to them by their physician and so on.

AM: That’s right. And I would also say one more thing is that we have phenomenal teams of clinicians, family medicine docs that are helping us to do all of this. So, they encountered somebody, say, in a food desert. They’ll also set them up with a connection back to local and state resources that help identify may be meals on wheels. Other programs out there that maybe they didn’t have access to or even know about. So, you can use your COVID-19 programs to help populations of people beyond COVID. In our case, we’re giving them resources and access to state resources that they didn’t know existed and say, look, you don’t need to sit there in hunger, or you don’t have electricity. There are ways we can help you navigate these things. It just takes a focus on public health and it takes your team caring, and I’m very proud of the UT Austin team.

PP: Everyone I’ve talked to have come a long way in the last few months. In March, we really didn’t know what hit us and we had to scramble to get things in place. So, that we’re going to take care of the infected population and at the same time make sure that our regular population doesn’t deteriorate in their conditions and so on. I’m going to come to that in a minute. But it also seems to me like over the three or four months, a tremendous amount of knowledge sharing has happened and people are learning from each other’s experiences and really come a long way in terms of understanding how to address a situation like this in future. We’re a long way away from the current crisis itself. We don’t have a vaccine yet and so many other things, but it seems like we’re much more informed today. What has been the kind of collaboration among your peer groups, across your peers, CIOs in other health systems who are doing similar things? Do you have a forum platform where you share ideas, best practices?

AM: There’s been a couple of things. Number one, across all of the UT system – these include all the CIOs of UT South-Western, M.D. Anderson, myself, others – we are all constantly collaborating on what our institutions are doing across the state to take care of Texans and things that we’re learning, whether it’s data, whether it’s processes, whether it’s how do you set up thermal imaging cameras the whole nine yards across. Across CHIME there are numerous discussion boards and information sharing forums where CIOs are talking, there’s a group of about 40 of us that converse via email asking general questions, asking how do you return to work? Thermal camera discussion, like I mentioned, data, data provenance issues, all sorts of things.

At a federal level, I also am a congressionally appointed member of the HITECH. There has been some phenomenal data and idea-sharing exchanges between the CMS, which would just cross all of HHS, and with the payer side and the provider side to understand what is happening boots on the ground and they make modifications. I recall very vividly there was a couple of emergency discussions with HITECH in March and April in which I was very vocal. In couple of Modern Healthcare articles where I stated pretty emphatically that CMS and others needed to help us, they needed to help us immediately. Our cellular lines are getting overrun, there were all kinds of issues. If you recall that timeframe, people thought what was happening in New York was about to happen across the country. And to the credit of HHS, they mobilized.

Whether it’s helping to make sure that data was more quickly, readily available, and normalized, whether it was making sure that CMS was relaxing telemedicine rules as fast as possible. I’m not saying that the HITECH meeting made that all happen. I am saying the right people were listening and they committed to changing it. So, I give a lot of credit to the administration for listening and for making changes that really benefited boots on the ground. So those are the kinds of things that are happening. It is not happening in isolation where you’re sitting at a hospital and you don’t know who to talk to. The whole healthcare community has rallied together to really get behind this. And I haven’t found one person unwilling to help or dive in or lend a hand if you need it.

PP: Yeah, in a way, the pandemic has accelerated the future. And that’s kind of what Ed Marx, my co-author for our upcoming book on Healthcare Digital Transformation pointed out, which is that consumerism and technology are already changing the way healthcare is being delivered and being accessed and experienced. The pandemic has accelerated all of that and by an order of magnitude is what it seems like. Would you agree with that?

AM: I would agree with that. I would also say that consumerization has always been here. The problem with healthcare is that it’s an industry that has always been focused on reimbursement first. And that’s from the early days when Medicare and Medicaid first came out in the mid-60s. That has just become the focus of how do you submit claims for payer reimbursement? And so, because we thought that telemedicine was never reimbursed at a parody level or whatever, that there was never going to be mass adoption, and yet the consumers actually want it. I will give you a specific example. We do net promoter score – scoring for all of our patient encounters on top of age caps and all other things you have to do. We want to know in real-time -How was your experience? Would you recommend a friend? Then, tell us something, in free text form, about your experience that we should know. You usually get the whole, “Aw! Traffic is abysmal on Austin or parking was hard in a garage.”

OK! I’m (Austin) a city. I can’t change the traffic situation. Austin, Texas. I wish I could write for beyond healthcare purposes. However, our NPS was always in the 80s, which is really good looking at the net promoter score. However, since we’ve gone to telemedicine, our net promoter score is now in the 90s. People don’t have to put up with those headaches of traffic and parking anymore. So, consumerization has always been a desire. The problem is the healthcare industry just wasn’t going fast enough for what the general public wants. And so, my hope is now this COVID, as bad as it is, has highlighted the fact that you can be thought blazing with health care and people will adapt to it. They’re not stuck in the 1980s. They want to engage with you via a face time, communication or whatever. They want that. I want that right. I don’t want to drive unless I absolutely have to.

PP: Another topic, the whole notion of data interoperability and how we are set up today versus how we need to be set up for the future. You mentioned CMS finalizing interoperability ruling back in March. And so, we’re going to hopefully see an improvement in data interoperability and all the information blocking practices. But having said all that, the way data is structured today within our primary repository, a system of record, which is the electronic health record. The pandemic has exposed some serious limitations, and this is what I hear everywhere I go. What are your thoughts on that? What should we be doing now from data interoperability and just data management standpoint, knowing that we have what we have, which is a current electronic health record landscape, but our needs are now evolving very, very quickly?

AM: So, without getting overly technical and starting to talk about standards and other formatting and data issues, I will talk about the generalities. Number one, we are still learning about COVID, particularly in public health. We’re still learning what data elements we need to track. This is why the recent issues cropped up about race and ethnicity. And gaps of care, because not everybody mandates those fields to be filled out or we are not capturing it accurately. So, I would say, number one is we need to get a general baseline field for public health criteria. What are the standards that need to be tracked every single time? Is it race and ethnicity and of course, age and comorbidities? What is it? We had the same issue with Zika a few years ago with pregnancy. We weren’t able to track people who were pregnant because pregnancy status at that time was not mandatory. Now it is a required field. So, there are these things we need to learn. I would say, number one, a general baseline of definitions and data capture for public health that everybody must adhere to, rights that standards formation and you could put it through the USCDI process that was developed into 21st Century Cures Act that we did in the HITECH so that we can adopt those criteria.
Number two, I would say that we need to make sure that we do not forget other types of care across the care continuum. Right now, rehab, nursing homes, SNFs, they all need to be on some sort of digital system. They are not, obviously, with the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of money was allocated towards digitizing the inpatient and acute care market. Not a bad thing. That is where people are the sickest. I totally get it. But we have to go back and make sure those care locations are just as digital and just as regulated as the inpatient facilities are. So, we have a continuum of discrete data.

And number three, a better partnership between public health and private sector. Again, I’m blessed here to be with Austin and UT Austin, which have a great relationship. I do not think the same exists in every locale, in every city. So how do you reboot and have those types of didactic discussions so that in the event of a pandemic, in the case of COVID 19, there’ll be future COVIDs. How do we make sure that those tenants we spoke about earlier are in place of transparency and governance and communication? You’ve got to have all those components working together. It’s not just standards, but that’s how we’re going to advance interoperability. I do think that 21st Century Cures Act, that is the law, as you just mentioned, was finalized, I believe it was beginning in March, should help. But we still have a long way to go because just because I put the tool in front of you doesn’t mean it’s going to be used appropriately.

PP: Well Aaron, we’re coming up to the end of our time here. I had just one last question related to the innovation ecosystem and their role in driving healthcare forward, especially from a digital transformation standpoint. And I know that as part of CHIME, you are also launching a series of webinars related to digital health innovation. What are you trying to address there? What are you seeing in the marketplace and what are you trying to address with this new series? What’s the expectation?

AM: I am a big believer in partnering especially with startups and young companies, on how do you and in a very agile manner, deal with a problem that you’re facing, whether it’s COVID related or not. There are companies out there that are hungry to want to innovate with you, and not that the large companies are bad. We have great partnerships with major companies here, too, at UT Austin. But it’s sometimes a lot easier to partner with a startup and solve a problem. And so, this innovative series that CHIME has started is around that. How do CIOs partner with a startup, a young startup to solve a specific problem? And the session that we have coming up is specific around contact tracing and home monitoring and the whole issue of COVID I just spoke about. When we were faced with this in March, the request comes to you as a CIO. Hey, what do you do for home monitoring on patients? What do we get? How do we build it? Do we build it in Redcap? Do we build an app ourselves? Hey, we need to do contact tracing. We don’t want to do it in Excel. Do we want to build an access database and do some crazy requests? You get like stop. Right. I can do the same old thing over and over again and not really advance the problem. Or I can partner with someone and really knock us out of the world and really benefit the society as a whole, which is the route we went. That’s what this series is about, its about thinking different, stepping outside your comfort zone and feeling OK to break a few rules, because it’s at the end of the day, you have a much more robust delivery of care and care processes. Also, your physicians are a lot happier and your patients, too.

PP: We never really got to talk about remote monitoring, and that’s a whole different maybe another podcast sometime in the next few weeks. Thank you so much for joining us and I look forward to participating in these webinars that you’re doing with CHIME. That is going to be very interesting for those who are listening. I would strongly recommend it. It’s got Aaron moderating them, so it’s got to be an interesting discussion. Well, Aaron, thank you again for joining us and I look forward to being in touch.

AM: I appreciate very much. Thanks, Paddy.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity

.

About our guest

Aaron-Miri-profile

Aaron Miri is the Chief Information Officer for The University of Texas at Austin, Dell Medical School and UT Health Austin. He brings more than a decade of healthcare experience driving growth and innovation, leading both provider and commercial healthcare enterprises, and providing thought leadership and close collaboration with state and federal representatives. As the CIO, Aaron is passionate about humanizing technology by collaborating with clinicians, technology partners, and business champions to truly transform healthcare delivery for consumers, patients, and providers.

In 2018, Aaron was congressionally appointed to the Health and Human Services, federal Health IT Advisory Committee (HITAC), established under the 21st Century Cures Act. Previously, Aaron was federally appointed by HHS Secretary Sylvia Burwell to serve on the HHS Health IT Policy Committee established under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. He is the prior Chair of

the HIMSS National Public Policy Committee and serves as an expert adviser to the United States Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions (HELP) and to other congressional panels engaged in numerous Health IT policy topics. Aaron also serves as an advisor to the National Academy of Medicine on the topics of healthcare privacy, secure, and data.

Aaron is a well-known international thought leader and he brings a deep understanding of how to leverage digital health and the latest technology to accelerate healthcare delivery across the continuum of care. Prior to joining U.T., he served as the Chief Information Officer for Imprivata, the Healthcare IT security leader, where he helped to build and transform a global commercial enterprise focused on healthcare cyber security. Prior to Imprivata, Aaron was the Chief Information Officer for Walnut Hill Medical Center, lauded by Forbes Magazine as the hospital that Steve Jobs would have built. He has successfully led organizations that achieved the HIMSS Nicholas E. Davies Award, HIMSS Level 6 and HIMSS Level 7 EMRAM status, HITRUST CSF designation, and led the first provider organization to receive the SECURETexas Health Information Privacy and Security certification awarded through the Texas Health Services Authority (THSA). Aaron is also a proud member of the CHIME CIO Boot Camp Faculty and routinely mentors’ early careerists through CHIME, HIMSS and other national associations.

Aaron received his MBA, with honors, from the University of Dallas, and his Bachelor of Science in Management Information Systems from the University of Texas at Arlington. Aaron is a Certified Healthcare Chief Information Officer (CHCIO) through the College of Healthcare Information Management Executives (CHIME), a distinguished Fellow with the Health Information Management Systems Society (HIMSS), and he is a Project Management Professional (PMP) with the Project Management Institute (PMI). Aaron is a nationally recognized 2020 “CIOs to Know” by Beckers Hospital Review and was honored with the 2016 Computerworld Premier 100 Technology Leaders award, 2017 Texas Health IT Leadership Award, and the 2019 Constellation Research Business Transformation 150 award. He serves as a board member in the not-for-profit Cartwheel Health, serves as a CIO board advisor for Dell Inc., and as an advisor for numerous healthcare startups and leading venture capital corporations.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

If telehealth is our first peak of digital medicine in COVID, the second will be digital monitoring.

Episode #49

Podcast with Ashish Atreja, MD, MPH
Chief Innovation Officer, Medicine
Mount Sinai Health System

"If telehealth is our first peak of digital medicine in COVID, the second will be digital monitoring."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Dr. Ashish Atreja, Chief Innovation Officer, Medicine at Mount Sinai Health System discusses how virtual care technologies – remote monitoring, video visits, telehealth, and digital medicine – will bring value to health systems by decreasing cost, increasing efficiency, and improving healthcare outcomes.

Dr. Atreja’s role at Mount Sinai Health System is to enable digital health for value-based and patient-centric healthcare. He states that COVID-19 has been the most significant technology transformation agent in the healthcare industry. According to Dr. Atreja, the next technology after telehealth that will rise out of the current pandemic is digital monitoring.

Dr. Atreja is also the founder of non-profit Network of Digital Medicine (NODE.Health), that promotes evidence-based digital medicine by bringing together a network of societies, foundations, and health system associations to enable digital transformation in healthcare.

Ashish Atreja, MD, MPH, Chief Innovation Officer, Medicine, Mount Sinai Health System in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “If telehealth is our first peak of digital medicine in COVID, the second will be digital monitoring.”

PP: Hello again, everyone, and welcome back to my podcast. This is a Paddy, and it is my great privilege and honor to introduce my special guest today, Dr. Ashish Atreja, Chief Innovation Officer of Mount Sinai Health System in New York. Ashish, can you share a little bit about your role at Mount Sinai and what you are working on today?

AA: Currently, I’m the Chief Innovation Officer in Medicine at Mount Sinai Health System. My goal is to really enable digital health together for value-based healthcare and healthcare efficiency. My foundation was laid in Cleveland Clinic where I did my Residency and Informatics Fellowship. I led on to implement an electronic health record for the hospital. And that got me to innovation bandwagon where I got a chance to go to the first web-based paging application way back in 2006. Really good to see the value in being licensed out and implemented across the clinic health system. And then Sinai hired me for a role where we can combine the best of digital health with the electronic health record to make it a wholesome, patient-centered experience for healthcare. So, it has been just a fascinating journey, learning from everyone in the community, from startups to my partners in NODE.Health and trying to make a difference.

PP: Can you tell us what NOAD.Health is about?

AA: One of the major gaps we see in our ecosystem is there is so much going on in digital health. But who puts it together in terms of saying, these are the best solutions that we have to look for? But really taking a scientific approach to that. So, we created this concept of evidence-based digital medicine or EMDM where we can trust really what is working, what is not working. We create a framework for people to evaluate the technologies because then we feel comfortable in advising and bringing them to the health systems. NODE.Health is a nonprofit network of societies, foundations, and health system associations. It is followed by a consortium of health system leaders and the goal is to first promote evidence for digital health and then enable transformation. We do that through our validation network we have. We also do that through annual conference we have as an education way for people to learn from the case studies and learn from each other.

PP: In my work with health systems today, we see that digital transformation is accelerating and largely as a result of competitive pressures. It seems to me that the focus is primarily today on telehealth and digital consumer engagement. Obviously, because of the high revenue dollars attached to improving access to care. Is that a fair observation? Can you talk of some of Sinai’s digital investments in the near-term and from the longer term as a consequence of the pandemic?

AA: With the COVID phase, COVID has been the biggest transformation agent for us, I would say the progress we saw which would take a few years happened in months. But I think the COVID phase is actually parallel. The transformation technology that has been happening, the access was a big issue and initially, we got it to rise because of the bots. The bots happened to screen patients because we did not have much triage capacity with our personal thing. But then because we had to convert rapidly our in-person visits to video visits, telehealth really become mainstream. I think consumer engagement telehealth became mainstream because of we could not see in person. Post-COVID or the tail of the COVID will take us to a world that is going to persist. If telehealth is our first peak of digital medicine in COVID, I feel the second peak is going to be digital monitoring. Nearly every patient can be monitored through a software or a hardware that will dovetail into a population health approach. That is where I see the biggest gain as well happening from the technologies.

PP: How are the consumers responding to the shift towards telehealth? Are you seeing not just the volumes showing an uptick because that is to be expected, but also the kind of satisfaction levels? Are they happy with the experience, are they going to stay with it when things come back to normal?

AA: My wife is practicing cardiology and she was saying all my patients are coming back as a re-open for the physical thing. And we are going to see a variable pattern. I call it a blended approach. You are going to see some patients who have tasted telemedicine and may not require that heavy physical examination or heavy touch, maybe completely ok with preferring telemedicine. Some people would be equivalent. And some people would still like to come in. I think where it becomes really tougher is now the practice, patients who tasted telemedicine will demand a mixed approach. Some patients will lean towards telemedicine continuation and some will actually go to physical. So, you have to actually take all of those aspects into account. So, it creates an additional layer of complexity than telemedicine only.

PP: In this whole new world, there’s a lot of startup activities that are trying to address opportunities with digital engagement touchpoints in this new virtual care environment. How do you see them holding up from your standpoint? Do you see them pivoting their businesses? Are they staying the course? Are they doing something different? You have a unique perspective by virtue of being the Chief Information Officer. Can you share your observations on that?

AA: I think there are many startups who are suffering if they are in a unique niche area and they are in a research skill or something. And your entire business model was dependent on that. You certainly are in a no man’s zone and don’t know where to go. I have seen many startups evolve and rapidly kind of support virtual care. I can give examples for the Mount Sinai spinout Rx.Health, which I continue to guide. And they have a platform approach to prescribe digital medicine directly from EHR and unify the entire ecosystem. They rapidly extended a partnership and got a whole virtual care tool kit with national societies to support health systems. I think startups, which already have the ecosystem and the infrastructure and the platform, like in case of Rx.Health, it was just adding additional tools to it, will rapidly able to do that and evolve themselves. And that is like one million lives within three months. And startups who are very early are startups who have a unique niche area were struggling. So, we are seeing both patterns, but irrespective we are seeing a pattern where consumer engagement and more than AI engagement really has become pivotal. And patients are able to see what a health system, what a good patient engagement looks like.

PP: In the wake of COVID-19, startups, by definition, they’re meant to be opportunistic. They’re nothing if not opportunistic. One thing that we are seeing is that there’s a lot of emerging opportunity in addressing the immediate needs of the COVID-19 pandemic. And it is a lot of apps, a lot of new solutions, and a lot of existing platforms. They have now either built or launched “COVID-19 applications.” I read a study recently, I think it was done by the University of Illinois in Urbana Champagne, which looked at some 50 different apps, and they raised a lot of questions about the evidence of the effectiveness of some of these tools. They also raise questions about things like the privacy of the consumer data that they are going to access. What do you make of all those that you, as the Chief Information Officer, especially in the NODE.Health? How do you really adjust to all of this? I mean, make recommendations about what tools are going to work and what will not?

AA: I think in terms of COVID, it’s tougher because we don’t have a legacy or a history. We don’t have the time to evaluate. So here you will have to really just see what is happening in real-time and just make some conclusions out of that, which can sometimes be wrong. So, I can take the example of contact tracing apps, which I have been engaged with a lot. And it is just a no-man land right now. This is not like South Korea or China or in some cases India, where you have a government-mandated app that everybody is using. This is free for all and there are so many apps in the market. Most of them are not talking to each other. So, what is the value in terms of public health? There can be value in personal health by guiding. But what is the valid public health space is uncertain. I think what you also have to take into account that you do not have the luxury of evaluating everything. When it comes from a health system perspective my recommendation will be, we look at patterns, look at problem first approach later than what’s out there as a shiny object syndrome. COVID has also accentuated the problem of shiny object syndrome. I think we have to say where your health system is really struggling with. Is it getting new patients into telehealth? Is it as you are reopening getting patients back into surgeries or appointments? Is it your ACO population that is really getting hospitalized a lot? Is it post-discharge care where you are struggling? Or all of that? And then which are other solutions which actually fit into that our platform solutions, which can serve all of them. My recommendation would be to not go with one isolated partner like a point and get solutions. But look at COVID solution as a strategy to evolve post-COVID. So, take the solution that you would really like to evolve and play with post-COVID because it is so much time in security as has been integration and of diligence and other staff. You want to leverage it for the long term, not just for the next six-nine months or so.

PP: Yeah, you mentioned contact tracing. That was the other thing that I was going to talk about. My firm’s been following this, and I’ve been following this. Google and Apple came together and launched the API but then ran into a few challenges because, you know, the public health agencies wanted location data, and they don’t want to share that. So, you know, there is questions about reapplication that wouldn’t be built on top of the API and how effective they’re going to be. Having said all that, despite all of the challenges, it seems to me like some of these new technologies, contact tracing, for instance, have a lot of potential in the future, regardless of whether it is to deal with COVID-19 as a concept, as a theme. Seems like there’s a lot of potential for that. And from my experience, it looks like some health systems are doing their own contact tracing within their own populations in a very limited way. Do think that’s the way to go right now, look at your own population, focus on that, and try to make it work, and then we’ll see about what happens in the broader scheme of things?

AA: I think its elementary. In fact, I’m working closely with MITRE, which is a nonprofit which works with federal agencies a lot, and the presentation was completely focused on we need to have a complementary approach for health systems and public health agencies. And I’m talking with the New Jersey Public Health in New York City as well. And if we just limit the stuff to contact tracing to public health agencies, they don’t have their own patients. So, they’re going to be just putting something out there, but that adoption can be very, very variable. I’ll take the example of Mount Sinai Health System, we launched an initiative called STOP COVID NYC. We were able to reach out to close to one million New Yorkers. Within a few weeks, and we were able to actually digitally monitor 55000 people. I think there’s a value in having five million patients in your network, which you can reach out to and get to engage with them and protect fifty-five thousand employees. So, there’s a lot at stake for health systems and for self-assured employers as well. I do think at least in the U.S. there is more federal approach and data sharing issues and privacy concern, we cannot wait for nine months to actually have a mainstream contact tracing app universally if at all that happens. We have to still look at and within weeks or within days, protect our population and patients.

PP: I think New York is a great example of public-private collaboration, especially in the wake of the COVID-19 crisis and New York is also one of the most heavily impacted areas in the country. Back to the patient experience, consumer experience when it comes to digital engagement. There is no dearth of digital health tools that can solve some problems in the entire patient care continuum, especially in the context of digital engagement. At the same time, I hear all my clients and everyone, they’re saying that they are struggling with creating the seamless experience that people look for and something that you might be used to in an Amazon type of experience or your personal banking experience, for instance. That kind of experience seems to be very, very challenging in healthcare. Why is that? Is that because apps do not talk to one another? Is it because we are not designing them properly? What are your thoughts on that?

AA: I think there are two potential reasons. One is the EHR. The APIs is now opening up. So if that’s your system of record and that’s where your physicians are living, the patients are completely living in a patient-centered world, you have to have an open API to share the data to actually enable that seamless thing. If you can’t have open API, even if it is said they have open APIs and it’s not easy to do that, then you can’t create a customized experience because your record is completely in a proprietary system and you are not able to unlock that. That has been the number one major stumbling block. With FHIR and other standards, I work in FHIR at the scaling committee for ONC FAST Committee, and I think they have in progress. But still daggered what is possible to what is actually a really feasible what people are doing. It like a O gap. The other part is there are differences in operations, whether it’s underserved or not, digital disparities, and also disease-specific differences. Getting a primary care doctor visit is very different than having a surgery done on new for orthopedics, for example, or getting a heart attack or being in a stroke or being in a nursing home. So, the context, the people around you are very different, the length of the time is very different. So, there is enough variability on the patient level, on the system level, on the electronic records level, to be able to orchestrate that in a meaningful fashion and make it universal requires time and effort and investment. And look at the investment Amazon has to make it a seamless thing, people undercount. They just see the expenses here. Hey, let me get it without investing 100 dollars per year and do it, while I am a five-billion-dollar health system. So, I think there is something to be said about investment, but also something to invest in investment, getting things together to make it unified in unison and rather more fragmented.

PP: We’ve had the final interoperability ruling come out in March. And leaving aside the information blocking aspects of it, when we talk about creating these seamless patient experiences, you think that’s going to make a difference? Do you see improvements coming about in the experience directly as a consequence of the ruling?

AA: Yeah, I think that we are going to see a lot more applications, patient-centric applications, leveraging that. And I think we have been waiting for that for a long time. But I think that would become much more mainstream now. There’ll be definitely value. I think the data exchange between EHR’s to EHR’s will still be less. But I think at least the patients will have it, hopefully, and then they can be a whole ecosystem that has to be developed around it.

PP: We’re now in the midst of COVID-19 or somewhere in the journey. But clearly, there is a shift to virtual care and virtual care models of have accelerated, telehealth is mainstream, digital front doors are all the rage, and remote monitoring is gathering steam. We did not talk much about the remote monitoring piece. Do you want to spend a couple of minutes talking about how that is going to change the healthcare experience in the future?

AA: Yeah, I think remote monitoring is probably going to become the dominant way to manage patients. And continuously manage patients. Whether its chronic disease and the reason I am saying that till date the remote mountain has been suffering from two things. One is hardware only play and the patients may not have an easy way to set it up and link to the Wi-Fi. But with 4G devices, which can actually implement hardware, we do not have anything to test or connect makes it very easy. The second was reimbursement for that. So that’s why there’s limited mostly to ACO or post discharge. Now with reimbursement coming from RPM and CCM codes. I think we’re going to see a lot more mainstream implementation of that. I think any chronic disease patient as cardiovascular to others will require digital monitoring. And we are doing it a lot for even many devices which do not have devices by doing software, only digital monitoring. And that is even much more affordable than the hardware on the disk monitoring where you can access patient symptoms and other things to track them and schedules and logic for them. So, I think this combination whether its value-based healthcare, whether it is the readmission reductions, whether it is payer, and then you can automatically set up triage rules or alerting rules to convert those people who are digitally being monitored and can load them into virtual visit or in-person meeting as needed, as we saw with COVID-19. I think we are going to see a lot more push on that and becoming things to scale and getting a lot of value for health systems to decrease the cost, increase efficiency, and improve outcomes.

PP: I think the reimbursement environment is definitely improving, as you mentioned. We saw that for telehealth they made some significant changes and those changes may possibly stay on for the longer term. And we see the same kind of positive momentum on the remote monitoring side as well. So, all that is good news for virtual care models. Well, Ashish it’s been such a pleasure speaking with you. And thank you so much for taking the time to join us and look forward to following all of your work at Sinai and Node.Health and of course, Rx.Health. Thank you again.

AA: It’s been a pleasure, Paddy. Thank you for having me.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com  and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About our guest

Dr. Atreja is a healthcare executive with board certification in internal medicine, gastroenterology, and clinical informatics. As the Chief Innovation Officer, Medicine, he leads the Sinai AppLab (http://www.applab.nyc) that is one of the first collaborative hub within academic medical center to build and test disruptive mhealth technologies.

As an intrapreneur, Dr. Atreja has won innovation awards at Cleveland Clinic and Mount Sinai, successfully licensed technologies from academic centers and advises startups, accelerators and Fortune 500 companies in digital medicine. He was first gastroenterologist to get board certified in informatics and one of the first to develop virtual pager and messaging application. Dr. Atreja serves as Scientific Founder for Mount Sinai Spinoff, Rx.Health that brings first enterprise-wide app curation, prescription and engagement platform to risk sharing hospitals and payers in an affordable and scalable manner. Recently, Dr. Atreja established non-profit Network of Digital Medicine (NODE.Health) to connect innovation centers worldwide and share best practices for digital medicine innovation and implementation between industry, payers and health systems. Dr. Atreja is a member of many professional organizations, has published 70 academic papers, presented more than 200 abstracts and has been a keynote speaker globally on topics related to digital medicine evidence and health system transformation. Dr. Atreja was nominated among the Top 40 HealthCare Transformers in the US.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

We believe that a business model of payer-provider partnership is best for patients and communities

Episode #48

Podcast with Ceci Connolly, President and CEO, Alliance of Community Health Plans

"We believe that a business model of payer-provider partnership is best for patients and communities"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Ceci Connolly, President and CEO of Alliance of Community Health Plans discusses the findings of their recent survey on how COVID-19 has shifted consumer behavior towards healthcare and tripled the use of telehealth and other virtual care technologies.

Ceci shows concern about the existing health inequities and hopes that we close the fundamental gap of the digital divide affecting certain sections of the society. She believes that in a post-COVID-19 era, healthcare payers and providers will focus more on virtual care for better patient experience. Ceci further hopes to see virtual care at the core of value-based model in the future.

ACHP is a non-profit organization that brings together innovative health plans and provider groups delivering affordable, community-based, high-quality coverage and care.

Ceci Connolly, President and CEO, Alliance of Community Health Plans in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “We believe that a business model of payer-provider partnership is best for patients and communities”

PP: Welcome back to my podcast and it is my great privilege and honor to introduce my special guest today, Ceci Connolly, President and CEO of the Alliance of Community Health Plans. Ceci, welcome to the show. Would you tell us about the ACHP and your work?

CC: The Alliance of Community Health Plans is a group small but selective group of health plans that are nonprofit, community-based, and aligns with providers. They’re either part of an integrated system or they have these very close partnerships in their communities with physicians and hospitals. We believe that the model of the health plans and the providers being really aligned around the patient and the community makes for a very successful approach in healthcare today. Our work really grows out of that belief and that view that a business model of payer-provider partnership is best for patients and communities. We see better health outcomes, often at a lower cost. Here in Washington, D.C., where we are based, we advocate for that at the federal level, in Congress and in the administration. We also do a lot of work with our clinical innovation department around best practices, shared learning, and research. And we also have a market competitiveness team that looks at that model and really tries to document the great success stories, does a lot of benchmarking, comparative analysis, et cetera. So that is a bit about ACHP and our wonderful members.

PP: What is the size of the members and how many such health plans are there in the country that are closely affiliated with the community health systems?

CC: We have 25 member companies. They range in size from a couple that have enrollment of 100000 covered lives all the way up to Kaiser Permanente with the 11 or 12 million covered lives. We and our members are present in 35 states plus the District of Columbia, representing now about 22 million covered lives.

PP: Your organization recently published an interesting survey on how COVID-19 has shifted consumer attitudes towards healthcare. Would you care to discuss one or two findings? Was there anything that surprised you?

CC: This was a national survey of adults 18 and over across the entire country, a good demographic mix, if you will, to really represent the nation. And we were most interested in the way in which the COVID-19 pandemic has altered patients’ views about going to a doctor’s office or hospital, how they are interested in receiving healthcare services now and in the future. And in many respects, the data validated what we have been hearing anecdotally, but it’s always so powerful to get the data. A very sizable 72 percent of the respondents said that the pandemic had dramatically changed their use of healthcare services over the past few months. What we saw consistently was that through the early months of the crisis and for at least the next three to six months, high levels of anxiety about going to a doctor’s office, a hospital, an urgent care clinic, any of those in-person sites for elective procedures, diagnostic procedures, tests, et cetera. We heard from those individuals who said they had chronic conditions and senior citizens in our survey had even higher levels of reluctance to return to in-person facilities for probably at least the next six months. As you can imagine, that has very important implications for the health sector and potentially large implications for individual’s health. The good news flip side of that is that we saw a remarkable tripling of use of telehealth or virtual care in that time period. And even more impressive was that the satisfaction rate, customer satisfaction with telehealth was just terrific. Of those that had a telehealth experience, whether it was phone or internet in that short time period. Eighty-nine percent said they were satisfied or highly satisfied with the experience. And the individuals in the survey that reported using a smartphone app to manage an existing medical condition might think in terms of diabetes, sleep problems, heart conditions, 97 percent of those individuals describe that as valuable or very valuable.

PP: This is really very interesting data. My firm does a lot of advisory work in this space. So we work with a lot of health systems and help them with their digital health and digital transformation roadmaps. And obviously over the last three months in the wake of the pandemic, telehealth and virtual care models have become front and center in their overall business strategies. The numbers that came out of your survey are just validation for what we’re seeing on the ground. Interestingly, I also saw another survey that was published recently. I think it was by FAIR Health were the increase in total health claims is on the order of 4000 percent over the last one year. And, there are regional differences and some regions are higher and the others are not as high. But you mentioned anxiety. Some of the claims also reflect the fact that there’s a lot of anxiety among patients and were unable to take care of themselves using conventional access to healthcare. So, we are clearly in the middle of a very interesting transition is what it looks like. And I hear that 80 to 90 percent of outpatient care could potentially shift to some kind of a virtual care model. Some of your survey results seem to be indicating that we are headed in the direction. So what are your views on this shift specifically as it relates to access to care for the population served by your member health plans?

CC: I am happy to report that several our members were really in the vanguard of this movement. If you think about UPMC and Pittsburgh or Select Health, which is part of intermountain in Utah or of course, Kaiser Permanente, they have been very early adopters of the technology options and really helped spark ACHP to lobby successfully over a year ago for inclusion of telehealth in Medicare Advantage. And so, we are so pleased to see much of the rest of the world now seeing what we have long seen in terms of the convenience, the lower cost that is available. And I think that the COVID-19 crisis really drew sharp relief as we saw people that otherwise could not get access to medical services, finally could have it with a click of a button on a device. That said, we have also seen that inequities in our society play out in this area as well as so many others today. So, the number of individuals that do not have broadband, that do not have smart devices. Right now, CMS has put in place waivers for audio only services. But there are concerns about whether or not that will hold, especially if it would be factored into what’s known as risk adjustment calculations in the future. So, there are some unknown questions there. We certainly hope that Congress will finally move forward with broadband legislation is one step in terms of closing the digital divide. But there are other things that need to occur, certainly. We are worried that some providers will hurry back to the in-person visits, in part because they have bricks and mortar businesses that rely on the fee for service payments, not just of the visit, but often a lot of additional tests and checks and things that can be run in person, whether critically necessary and appropriate or not. So as much as we see public attitudes moving very quickly and being very pleased with these alternatives, we are not certain yet about the providers. And we know from our own health plans that they really needed to approach this as a partnership with clinicians every step of the way in terms of what areas of care are best suited to virtual versus the ones that are better in person. One of it shouldn’t be a surprise, but many seem surprised that behavioral health or mental health care is specially affective done virtually. These are populations that maybe are not as comfortable out in society at any time, let alone when there is the threat of a corona virus infection. They may have transportation issues or other chronic conditions that make in-person visits challenging. And many of our health plans report that patients sticking to scheduled appointments virtually is higher than the rates that they were seeing pre pandemic in person.

PP: You mentioned the policy environment as a business for telehealth. But there are other aspects of costs that are stranded that come into play when things go back to normal from the patient or the consumer standpoint. There’s also the question of you mentioned it as a digital divide, and especially if we’re underserved populations with broadband connectivity issues and so on. That is the affordability aspect, the transparency to the costs of care or costs of other enablers for cares such as devices. Where do you see all that today and how do you really support your member populations in sort of wading through this thicket of these new tools, technologies, modalities and get the care that they need, but also not find themselves at the receiving end of unexpected costs?

CC: We always try to start with evidence and the wisdom of clinicians when it comes to appropriateness of care. What care being delivered, when, how, where, etc., clinicians talking to their patients. So that is always the starting point for these conversations. As far as the Alliance of Community Health Plans is concerned, we very quickly want to layer on the value discussion. There’s been talk and effort in this country for an awfully long time about moving from our volume based fee-for-service system to a value-based system that rewards outcomes as opposed to just number of procedures, and I would certainly put virtual care into the value-based model approach. And again, clinicians and patients are going to guide much of this. But if a clinician has a diabetic patient, they should be able to think through how much of that can be remote monitoring, emailing, the occasional video check-in. And then when does the patient really need to come in for certain lab work or tests or procedures? So that’s just one tiny little example. But it’s probably going to be a mix. And ideally, you want that clinical team, not just an M.D., but an entire team, to be paid a certain amount of money to care for that diabetic. And they work out sort of the best formula in a value-based arrangement. We have seen that so many of the delivery systems, physician group practices, hospitals, et cetera, that we’re so heavily reliant on volume-driven revenue and fee-for-service that they encountered very severe cash shortages very quickly in the crisis. If you were to talk to clinical teams, physician groups that were in more of the value-based arrangements, they continued to receive those steady payments throughout the crisis. And it meant that they were able to focus on patient care during a crisis as opposed to their revenue stream.

PP: What about price transparency? Do you have any specific thoughts on that, especially as it relates to all the new modalities of care in a predominantly virtual care environment, digital health tools and devices and the like?

CC: We are bullish on price transparency and we have several members that have been far out in front with consumer tools for very personalized price and quality information. I’m thinking about priority health in Michigan and health partners in Minnesota, Presbyterian in New Mexico and many others where a consumer is not only looking up a potential price of a service, but it’s there out of pocket cost and it factors in their own deductible where they are in that deductible. It tells them different locations where they could go and get the service so they can think about travel time and convenience, where if there is a virtual option and many of these tools also marry in quality data so that they can shop for value. And in fact, we are seeing that happening in all the plans that I mentioned. And its terrific news because the patients want to go to those higher value sites and offerings and options, and both the plan and the individual member end up saving dollars. So when you then come over to a policy discussion, what we have put forward for the policy community is a framework for transparency tools that would be along these lines of geared toward the individual consumer where they are with respect to their own coverage options. Where they are located, giving that quality data, et cetera. So, we have put out a framework for certifying an independent certification of those tools. What we are doing over the next several months is inviting many other stakeholders to help us refine this and move it forward in the hopes that we could really offer an innovative, flexible, independent certification as a way to help consumers make their own choices.

PP: The certification presumably will really help consumers kind of navigating their way through all the multiple options that have been offered to them. I want to go back to the point that you made about the digital divide and these are the underserved sections of our population. One topic that keeps coming up in these conversations is social determinants of health. Is your association doing any work in this regard? Could you share any highlights, any of the research that you’ve done or any of the successes that you’ve had in using social determinants of health to better serve your member populations.

CC: It all ties to what our own member companies are doing in their communities. And that is where we learn and identify best practices that we can then share much more broadly. ACHP members have long understood the connection between unmet social needs and disparity in health outcomes. The evidence is very clear. A couple of the areas that our members have really got an out in front. One is around food insecurity and a number had programs dubbed food pharmacy or food as medicine, because the data is overwhelming in terms of your health and nutrition. And it is actually one of the areas in the social needs space where you can have a significant impact in a very short period of time. And I think now with unemployment of 40 million or, so Americans and we are seeing the tragic long lines at the various food pantries that this is so important. So UCare are a member in Wisconsin, which has a significant Somali population and has long also had very culturally appropriate meals, or Geisinger in central Pennsylvania, which not only has the food offering and get your healthy food. But they pair that with things such as cooking classes for individuals to make certain that it’s fun and enjoyable and they know what to do with these vegetables and things that they might be getting. Several of our members are also partnering in their communities around the homeless population. UPMC is a real leader in that and being able to partner with other social service agencies where UPMC comes in and helps to coordinate and manage care for those individuals. So that is another good example. Just since the pandemic specific source out in the Pacific Northwest has turned its entire 20-20 grant-making program to funding healthcare services for the vulnerable populations most impacted by COVID-19, which of course we see across the United States communities of color in particular, that have really in the victims of this awful pandemic. So those are a few of the different very successful approaches that we see in one of our members. And then often we can help to carry it across to others, share it with the policy community, etc.

PP: I am much familiar with the Geisinger example that you talked about, the fresh food pharmacy initiative and how just making fresh food available for populations that are at risk is the ones that have multiple comorbidities and so on. And the evidence is clearly documented. One of my earlier guests on this podcast was the CEO of the Corporate Center of Clinical Relation in Dallas has done something similar with regards to prenatal care and young mothers. Nutrition fresh food has been clearly demonstrated as a factor in improving the health of those populations. What are your members doing today in terms of planning for a post-pandemic era? What kind of long-term shifts are they planning for, especially as it relates to digital health and social care models?

CC: Well, I can tell you they are very committed to the virtual care option for patients, and they are now working to ensure that the areas are good, safe and secure and private guardrails included in all of those communications and that it’s going to sync up nicely with a person’s electronic medical records, that everything is kind of tied together in a coherent fashion for the patient and the clinical team and other technology investments that they may need to expand those services. Working an awful lot with the provider community, especially perhaps some of the specialty areas that might not have had much exposure or experience prior to the outbreak and are really quite hungry for the education and the training and the best practices to continue that. We’re working on the policy level to think through those issues, around reimbursement over the long term and the regulatory environment, hopefully in a value-based setting. We do not believe that it advances health in this country or affordability. If at the end of this crisis we simply have a whole bunch more fee-for-service codes, that will not get us for word in our health care progression. So, we’re very focused on that. Some of the other things are companies are thinking about is their own workforce and more flexibility for their workforces. Of course, they are giving a lot of thought during what will clearly be an economic slowdown, if not recession, for an extended period of time. Growth in Medicaid, growth in the individual market, as well as some number of uninsured. Our plans are focused a great deal on being able to serve those individuals who find themselves in a different coverage situation than maybe they were just a couple of months ago.

PP: Ceci it’s been such a pleasure speaking with you. Thank you so much for joining us. I look forward to following all the great work that the ACHP is doing.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at[email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About our guest

Ceci Connolly is President and CEO of the Alliance of Community Health Plans (ACHP), the trade association for nonprofit, community health plans. A prominent voice in healthcare for more than a decade, Connolly has served as a national correspondent for the Washington Post and a leader at international consulting firms, including PwC and McKinsey.

She is coauthor of LANDMARK: The Inside Story of America’s Health Law and What it Means for Us All and has been published in numerous publications, including the New England Journal of Medicine. Connolly was included on Business Insider’s inaugural list of “DC Health Care Power Players” and was also the first non-physician to receive the prestigious Mayo Clinic Plummer Society award for promoting deeper understanding of science and medicine.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

In future, 80% of healthcare needs will be addressed by digital health tools.

Episode #47

Podcast with Tom White, Founder and CEO, Phynd Technologies

"In future, 80% of healthcare needs will be addressed by digital health tools."

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Tom White, Founder and CEO of Phynd Technologies discusses why digital front door technologies and interoperability are the key to the healthcare delivery ecosystem. He also talks about the company’s evolution and the marketplace needs they address.

Digital front door technologies are being adopted extensively by healthcare systems and are practical and useful for the industry, especially in the current pandemic situation. Tom believes that 80% of healthcare should be driven through digital means and 20% through phone calls, unlike the current situation.

Phynd Technologies’ platform focuses on the provider data, defined as people, places, and services, and simplifies provider data management for healthcare systems.

Tom White, Founder and CEO, Phynd Technologies in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “In future, 80% of healthcare needs will be addressed by digital health tools.”

PP: Hello, everyone, and welcome back to my podcast. It is my great privilege and honor to introduce my special guest today, Tom White, Founder and CEO of Phynd Technologies. Tom, thank you so much for setting aside time. And welcome to the show.

PP: Tom, could you start by telling us briefly about the company and its evolution and what the marketplace needs you’re trying to address.

TW: Phynd technologies is a little over seven years old. The core thesis that we started with is still the same concept in that we believe that health care systems need a central hub of provider information that can flow into their clinical, marketing, and claims systems that keep everything in sync from a data perspective. But then also enables output into areas that can drive consumer experience and better operations through better provider data. The marketplace need that we focus on was that EHR is fantastic in managing the patient journey, but not designed as much to focus on the providers themselves and providers really defined as people, places, and services. It’s a broad term that means that basically some products, the health care system can offer to the consumer population. So, it literally is the doctors. It’s the locations even nowadays a COVID testing site would be a place to the services that the healthcare system can offer, whether it’s telemedicine, e-visit, virtual visit, those types of things. Historically hospitals manage data on people, places, and services in different places in EHR. From the clinical perspective, marketing typically has its own that drives its patient engagement strategies. Claims have their own system, their own database. What we’ve done is we’ve merged everything into one profile. So, following the Epic model of one patient, one record, we really focus on one provider, one profile, and that profile can be people, places, and services.

PP: You’re right now in the middle of a very exciting time and a transition for healthcare. COVID-19 has accelerated telehealth adoption and virtual care models. So, I imagine that the need for having the ability to go online, triage your own symptoms, find a provider, and schedule an appointment. All of that is coming together in a way that potentially is beneficial for a company like yours. Many health systems are also having financial challenges because of the unexpected costs of COVID-19. How has the market environment changed for you from pre-COVID-19 to now and what does it mean for Phynd in the marketplace now?

TW: Yes, we’ve seen an acceleration in interest from prospects across the country because of the digital front door ecosystem, whether it’s symptom checkers, smart waitlist, appointment reminders, self-scheduling, providers search all these different things. That ecosystem is certainly right now very, very practical and useful. And it’s really being adopted across the industry. What all those systems need is a provider data solution and the central hub idea back to the original question of provider information that people, places, and services that can feed all these different types of systems. Because there’s lots of vendors out there and hospitals, it’s competitive. So, there’s a lot of startups and hospitals are looking at buying different types of solutions. But what they need at the bottom of that is that foundational level is this provider data management platform, the central hub that can keep those. And so, we’re seeing a lot of interest in what we do because it really is that basis for the digital front door. We call it the digital house; we are the foundation for that house. The front door is the web site and the consumer experience. But that notion is going to change and shift as patient engagement tools get adopted. It is maybe the web site for the narrow network that the health systems partnered with. It could be a pop-up microsite on COVID testing tents that are in the city. It could be a payer health care system, the partnership web site really exposed, some value-based care entities, whether it’s ACO, CIM. And so, the notion of a digital front door, we think is going to be expanded to include windows, another door, a front door, back door windows and all those kinds of fun things. The house framework itself is the provider data that’s going to see those different types of systems. And then you have got apps, you’ve got mobile applications, everything’s going to end up being kind of done on your phone anyways.

PP: That’s a very interesting way of looking at the digital front door concept. And I agree with you that there is no single universal definition of digital front doors. That means different things based on the context, based on the entity and so on. And of course, you are obviously approaching it from the point of view of provider data, patient data as the other side of the coin, which is also something that health systems are focusing very heavily on in order to get a unified view of the patients. So, all of this is converging in a way that I think is going to make for some very interesting times for all the companies that are active in this space. And that actually leads me to my next question to you. Where do you see yourself in the context of the entire ecosystem of solution providers that are operating this whole space that for want of a better term, we call the digital front doors? You’ve got the EHR companies – Epic, Cerner, and so on. You have got big tech firms who are trying to have some kind of role play in this. And then, of course, your compatriots in the digital health ecosystem. Where do you see yourself and how do you see yourself kind of maximizing your opportunity in the coming quarters?

TW: So we see ourselves side by side with the EHR, we sit next to Epic or Cerner in that we integrate by directionally where we are the partner with both of them. We have unique applications on provider enrollment with those systems. As the clinical area is engaging with patients, they need provider profiles to actually run the claims and do care coordination, and then that we act as the backbone again the central hub. And so, the provider profile flows from Phynd into the EHR when the patient encounters start. If they’re in the EHR that data is being essentially managed inside Phynd and it’s bidirectional with EHR. So, what’s in Phynd is also in the EHR. If the providers not in the EHR, which happens about 20% times, then we embed ourselves in the EHR workflow so that the registration scheduling folks which are thousands of people in the hospital, can onboard a provider via the EHR that really using the Phynd platform to pull that data and create that provided profile inside the EHR. And then once they’ve created that provider profile in the EHR, its in Phynd. We call it IPASS. It’s integrated. It’s an integrated platform as a service. So again, one to one relationship, then the Phynd application is used across the enterprise. And one of our clients, we have 12000 end users. And these are all staff inside the hospital systems that are changing data on the providers real-time inside Phynd. And then that’s updating Epic as an example or Cerner. But then it’s also going downstream to the marketing team to give them the updates. So, marketing knows what the latest information is and the providers that they’re publishing now on their web site are web sites. And then it pushes down into the claims so when the claim is processed, that the hospital system actually gets paid faster because they have better data in the system on the provider itself.

PP: Are you, therefore, looking to become the single source of truth, if you will, for provider data?

TW: We are the single source of truth is a touchy word. I guess it’s a political word in that, credentialing they manage the privileging in the onboarding of privileged doctors into the hospital. So, they are the source of truth for that process. Whereas from a clinical side, the EHR typically is the source of truths for certain parts of the record of the provider. And then if you look at marketing, marketing is going to have to go to be they’re going to have their own, you know, their own information, whether it’s a bio video, clinical taxonomy, those things, that is a source of truth for marketing. So, we don’t want anybody to think that we’re replacing what they do from a process perspective. But what we do is we integrate all that data into one profile. So, there’s one profile on you, for example, that would have all your clinical information that’s relevant for Epic, all your credentialing information that’s relevant to the credentialing system that the hospital uses. All the marketing data and all the claims data. So, everything’s managed inside one profile. And then what you can do with that because you’ve got it to download one location versus 20 different silos, which is what the way it works now is that you can then point that profile to different things to optimize the operations at the healthcare system. You can make Epic actually work better. You can make marketing have a better search for the providers and scheduling experience for the consumer. And then on the claim side, you can get claims very faster.

PP: Who is your primary target audience within our health system? You mentioned so many different stakeholders. Is it the Chief Marketing Officer, Chief Patient Experience, Chief Medical Officer, who is it?

TW: The CIO is always involved. Some of your past guests on the podcast are clients of ours. Its CIOs, CMIOs, certainly marketing. The marketing officer is heavily involved as well. But in a lot of ways it’s a technology purchase. It’s a data platform that transforms the healthcare enterprise and it can make marketing a lot better. But what is interesting, in the market there is been a lot of vendors for a while that have made marketing-focused solutions. And we think that those were good transitional technologies. But as the pandemic happened and as healthcare systems have focused in on the notion that fewer vendors doing more platform focused concepts like what we do. We think that it makes sense for healthcare systems to really look at things like Phynd and say how can we optimize and operationalize provider data across clinical marketing claims, these different areas versus having these independent systems. So, we end up selling to everybody in a typical environment, we will have a CIO in a room, even CEO, CMIO, Chief Marketing Officer, certainly Chief Digital Officer as well. We have a lot of those clients because we speak their language. We kind of talk to all of them at the same time.

PP: What is your kind of sales cycles look like? I imagine that you have to get multiple stakeholders on board before somebody signs your purchase order, right?

TW: So, it’s certainly enterprise software sales. So, it’s our sales team is a very experienced professional, a consultative team that focuses on the issues and the problems that our clients have. So, the sales cycle could be four months, it could be twelve months to 18 months. It just depends on where the client is. So, I think that it’s just a matter of time that this notion of this digital house, the digital front door certainly has accelerated some conversations we’ve had. The Epic relationship and the EHR relationships are accelerating right now because it’s interesting a lot of our clients when the pandemic happened, they said, we need to bring back retired doctors, nurses and all these folks that we’re not in the day to day health care workplace. They said, how can we find folks that are either retired, maybe taking a sabbatical, those kinds of things. We have all that data. So, it just depends on the event or the opportunity to really say, hey, we really need provider the data front and center in our core IT strategy. Where we are standing up right now is a microsite where one of the biggest clients showed all there COVID testing tents because those testing sites move based on where the hotspots are in their geography. And right now, there’s no way to go for a consumer to go to the web site and say, show me where they are today or where they were yesterday. With Phynd, you can in real-time say, we want to show these 20 or 30 different tent sites and we want to show the hours of operation. And they can change the hours of operation to their web site at a moment’s notice so they can really expand the offering to consumers, just like what you’re used to when you get at Nordstrom’s or any other kind of retail operation that a consumer-focused. We’re helping our clients do that right now. So back to your question. It’s the cycles based on the need in the event of our clients. But we think this universal need for it is just a matter where they all kind of get there and the thought process.

PP: Tom, the digital health ecosystem has been receiving billions in VC money over the last several years. By all indications, it is a thriving ecosystem. A lot of innovative products that are coming out, such as yours. And firstly, I’d love to get your thoughts, on how you’re funded, are you VC funded. Are you in a position to share any of those details just to get a sense of what your profile is, what Phynd’s profile is? And then generally, what do you see as the opportunities and challenges for digital health startups in light of the COVID-19?

TW: We’re VC funded. We have a traditional kind of tier-one VCs. But then we also have some health systems as investors. So Memorial Care based out of Long Beach, California. So, it’s the system that runs from LA down to San Diego. They have an innovation fund. They’re a significant investor in Phynd. The University of North Carolina health care system, they have a venture fund. They’re an investor in Phynd. And so is Orlando Health as well. When we did or our funding, we said let’s blend together both top-notch VS operational experience with top-notch healthcare strategic experience and on the board level. And so every board meeting is really interesting because we get both the VC and put around risk finance, operations and then the healthcare side really driving into things like what we’re experiencing right now in what’s happening to them because we get we kind of get access into what their CEOs and their boards are talking about, triaging their own business over the last couple of months because it’s blocking revenue, because of, elective surgeries and all the things you heard about and talked about. We’re really happy with our mix of investors. Since the pandemic is still a tremendous amount of investment in the patient engagement area. And there’s a lot of great solutions that are out there. And I do think that there needs to be a coming together of them. There’s just going to be too many choices for healthcare systems to have to kind of weed through to buy things. And so, I think that there’s got to be some level setting eventually, whether it’s consolidation, M&A activity, or partnerships as well. But there’s going to be some consolidation. There are just too many vendors kind of chasing some of the same ideas. I think right now and, you know, we help our clients, really. We’re agnostic when it comes to other vendors. And so, we’ll integrate with any of them. But they’re certainly asking us a lot of the questions that you get asked a lot, too, as well. As you know, there are five people that do this one thing. How do we just differentiate?

PP: That’s kind of what we do as a business. We really help our client’s sort through their technology choices when it comes to implementing the digital roadmap. We start by helping them figure out whatever the roadmap even needs to look like for them. And then we go to the technology layer and then the actual partner selection process. But you’re right, that is certainly one of the questions that we get asked a lot, because, there’s so much so little public information about many of the startups. And there’s not a lot of evidence either, especially if you’re a young startup, you don’t have a whole lot of clients and you may have a great product. What are the risks and rewards involved here? How do we manage to all of those become very interesting questions in the context of digital health? These are questions that were never asked. They’re talking to one of the big tech firms. But there’s a whole different set of questions there. Let’s just coming up to the close of our time here. Tom, I just want to get your thoughts on what the emerging healthcare experience looks like for regular consumers like you and me. And what are some of the emerging technologies that you think are going to play a big role in that experience of the future?

TW: I think that’s the future is bright for consumers. When our clients are doing and what my local healthcare system is doing, they have an app that I can message my doctor, my PCP right now. I can do evisits. Those are all great starting points. I do think that they need to get deeper into digital, into the digital diagnosis, that there’s that mystery in science about healthcare, where you think you either have a common cold or you’re really sick. It’s like people tend to be hypochondriacs. I feel really sick when they may not be. And so, this notion that the industry should do a better job of saying, no, no, you can do a digital diagnosis and you’ve got to come call whatever it may be. So kind of really taking some of the mystery out of the diagnosing certain issues. I do think that the digital front door in the technologies will hopefully expand the learning and the use of consumers across the board. There are just too many phone calls, right? I mean, I don’t know your experiences, but I still have to call into my providers sometimes not my PCP, but other providers to schedule, whether it is colonoscopy or whatever, radiologists and. Yeah, and those things need you to know, it needs to flip. I’d say that 80 percent of health care is driven on phone calls and 20 percent digital and needs to be 80 percent digital, 20 percent phone calls.

PP: That’s so well. So, I think that is the headroom for growth. So, if you were half empty or half full, you would look at it differently. But that whole picture there that you just painted. I see that as the opportunity landscape, just inverting that mix going from 80 percent phone calls to 20 percent phone calls. That is the Holy Grail, I imagine. And I hope that we see it in the foreseeable future. And I’m kind of confident companies like yours are going to play an important role in that I guess.

TW: Yeah, I agree with you. I’m a glass half full person in general and I’m just being a startup person. It just kind of comes with the territory. The other point I want to make is that interoperability integration is key. We talked about a tremendous amount of patient engagement vendors that are coming to market in that that you have to be integrated into the IT topography, the landscape. So, the data has to be bidirectional, it has to create this feedback loop. So, if you’re doing digital diagnosis, what are people asking about? What are the conditions? What are the hotspots as far as illnesses? And so, this notion that the digital data feedback loop needs to be there. And so, I just think that’s important for when health systems are looking at vendors that they ensure that it’s bidirectional into their core clinical systems because of the ideas are that of patient care. And so, you just need that data feedback loop.

PP: I generally tend to like startups and especially digital health startups that have a very focused offering and they go deep into it and they do it really, really well, as opposed to a company that might want to do the multiple things and not do any of them really well. I am a half-full kind of guy, I’m an entrepreneur like it comes with the territory. I feel like the digital engagement touchpoint in a typical consumer journey today are not only many, but they’re also expanding. A year ago, you might have thought often, or twelve touchpoints that you would consider high priority focus areas or opportunity areas. Today I can name 25 or 30 such touchpoints. And who knows, a year from now there may be 60 high value, high impact digital touchpoints. And in an ideal situation, you would have a handful of companies that do exceedingly well in one of those touchpoints. And that is what would open up the opportunity landscape for buyers, namely the health systems, in order to really transform the experience of healthcare today. I think part of the challenge also is to your point. A lot of people are pursuing the rainbow, some think that triaging is the cool thing or COVID-19 is a cool thing. But you’ve got to really take a step back and commit yourself to the longer come and pick the sport for you and go deep into it more likely than not to come out successful. But it is a long, hard journey.

TW: Yeah, it’s a journey for sure. And it’s definitely a movement. So, I think that the industry is moving in the right direction, but it’s going to be a long-term process. And it’s going to be great for consumers. So, I’m excited about it. As a consumer of health care on the telephone.

PP: Tom, such a pleasure speaking with you. I look forward to staying in touch and following the progress of finding all the best to you and your team.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at  [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About our guest

Thomas-White

Tom is responsible for day-to-day management decisions and for implementing the company's long and short-term plans.

Prior to Phynd, Tom co-founded healthcare IT company Vocada (now part of Nuance Communications; NASDAQ: NUAN) and Newscast, Inc. He also serves as a mentor to the start-up accelerator Health Wildcatters.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Connect

We need to figure out how to make the shift from face-to-face medicine to virtual medicine

Coronavirus conversations

Coronavirus conversations

Dr. Ram Raju, SVP and Community Health Investment Officer at Northwell Health

"We need to figure out how to make the shift from face-to-face medicine to virtual medicine"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Dr. Ram Raju discusses how the global COVID-19 pandemic has impacted Northwell Health and how in future healthcare delivery systems will change in response to the crisis.

Northwell Health is one of the largest health systems in New York and has been a telemedicine leader for several years. Dr. Raju believes that healthcare systems will need to evolve and change their workflow as more and more people will be seeking care through virtual technologies. Primary care will leverage technology to shift face-to-face medicine to virtual medicine, while specialty care will stay in the hospitals.

Dr. Raju also believes that storing data in the EHRs and EMRs is going to be very different in the future with more data in video clips than text notes.

Dr. Ram Raju, SVP and Community Health Investment Officer at Northwell Health in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “We need to figure out how to make the shift from face-to-face medicine to virtual medicine”

PP: Welcome back to my podcast. This is Paddy and it is my great privilege to introduce my special guest today, Dr. Ram Raju of Northwell Medicine in New York. Dr. Raju, thank you so much for setting aside some time and welcome to the show. New York has been at the center of the COVID-19 pandemic. Can you share a little bit about what the experience has been at Northwell and how it is impacted Northwell and share a little bit about your COVID-19 response efforts?

RR: This is something which none of us ever prepared for, even dreamt about. Northwell, as well as the other healthcare delivery systems in New York City, has really raised up to the challenge and especially the providers and the frontline workers have done a fantastic job of managing the flow of the patients, testing them, treating them, and able to stay with the patients and putting themselves at great risk. The health system has done a remarkable job of trying to save as many people as they could. So, this has been a story of the greatest success. We should be in this country, which really had such a devastating epidemic with a tremendous amount of sacrifice on the part of the people to get this done. Now we see a diminution of the number of patients who are coming to our EDs with the virus syndromes, as well as to the number of people who are in the ICU and the number of people who are on the ventilator. All of them are showing a very, very good downward trend. So, it looks like we are probably behind the apex of the curve, but this also has to do a lot with what the government has done and also the discipline of the New Yorkers in practicing very, very strict social distancing, which has helped us a lot.

PP: Thank you for providing us with that background. I hope for the sake of New Yorkers and for everyone else across the country and the world, that we put this behind us as soon as possible. The healthcare impact and the immediate need of having to identify and treat those that are infected with COVID-19 is one part, there is obviously a significant financial impact to the broader economy as a whole because of the shelter at home and the health systems in particular as a result of the pandemic. I know that the federal government has done its best to help through CARES Act to set aside some money at 100 billion to help hospitals deal with additional costs. Is that making a difference? What is the outlook for hospitals and health systems in financial terms in this coming year?

RR: Healthcare systems in the country have always been on a very thin margin and they do not have much in savings to fall back on. That is true for most of the healthcare delivery systems of the country and New York City is no exception. This has produced a tremendous amount of financial burden on healthcare delivery systems. And the health of the federal government is definitely very much appreciated and very much welcome. And it is also extremely important to keep the healthcare delivery system going in New York City. But the long-term economic issues will be devastating because we have not seen what the long term outlook looks like even after the pandemic is well past us. We will take a long point of time, the economy to gear up to the level it has been there before the pandemic, as well as the confidence of the people able to go back to those restaurants in New York City, those tourist spots, those games, and all those things will take a long time for the New Yorkers and all across the country to get back to the way things were. People have started talking about the new normal after this pandemic. We are going to see a different way of people reacting to it which is unpredictable. I think a large portion of the economic recovery depends on individual behavior. How much confidence they will have in going back to doing things they have done before this without batting an eyelash.

PP: That’s very well-said. Healthcare went overnight to a virtual care model. I imagine like with other health systems across the country, Northwell too accelerated significantly in terms of its journey towards telehealth mode of delivering care. Could you talk a little bit about what some of those big changes in virtualizing your care delivery?

RR: Northwell has been a leader in telemedicine for the last five or six years. And we have used the telemedicine capabilities across our system very effectively in teleradiology, telepsychiatry was a major component of it. And also, our transitional care workers use telemedicine to a great extent to follow up on the patients at high risk and also be used extensively on our readmissions task force and making sure that the people are really taking care of. Having said that, it accelerated tremendously after our experience with the coronavirus. There was a little bit reluctance on the part of the patients adhere to this telemedicine concept. But this pandemic opened eyes and it made it more normal for the patient perspective to be able to get on a telemedicine call and able to chat with the patient. So, in the new normal there will be less reluctance. There is a huge cultural change that has happened. And people will be getting more and more care and consultations through virtual technology to a great extent. So, we need to get it out, get this up. That simply means that most of the healthcare delivery systems in this country have got to really change the workflow issues. There may not be as many patients ever coming to the clinics. And there may be a good number of people probably be seeking care and getting advice through virtual technology. So that simply has got different kinds of processes we need to evolve. We need more people who are having the telemedicine concept. That means we need more hardware, more software, and more situation room kind of things where we are able to guide the patient through the system effortlessly and with minimal delay. But at the same time, on the flip side, the real estate value of having these large clinics, there are large waiting rooms and all those things need to be rethought because there may not be as many people coming through who occupy those waiting rooms in the large clinics which some of the hospitals have built, very recently, to accommodate more flow. We need to really figure out how do we make the shift from face-to-face medicine to a virtual medicine and all the implications with come that. We need to gear up certain areas of our support system to accommodate high demand on the virtual and our doctor’s visit. And we may have to shut down some other areas of the healthcare delivery system which will not be needed as much in the new normal after the coronavirus.

PP: What does that mean for the healthcare sectors? Are you anticipating that there will be more M&A and consolidation? And to a point, inevitably some hospitals just closing. And what does it mean for healthcare consumers in general, especially for vulnerable populations or rural populations?

RR: What will happen is that the places which cannot be done virtually like an operation, or delivering a baby, or some of those things who need to be done in a hospital and are basically a face to face functions. Apart from that the organizations which has a huge reach of telemedicine capacity will probably eat up into the market of the people with the telemedicine were able to attach to the doctors. In other words, if I have an opportunity to attach myself to a hospital A where I was getting my face-to-face care, now I can attach myself with the same ease to another hospital. Hospital B which is like a large teaching hospital. I would prefer to go to hospital B because now the distance does not matter. The geography does not matter anymore. In the past, the geography, the distance mattered where I needed to go to the nearest place. I don’t want to travel like in all 50 miles to go and see a doctor. But now that has changed. So, there will be a tremendous re-shifting of the healthcare delivery system in this country. You will see the hospitals, which are basically doing mostly straightforward medical patients, will probably have a very tough time keeping their doors open. But a hospital might have done, as some specialists like in orthopedic surgery are a neurosurgeon, a spine surgery that cannot be done through telemedicine, though naturally, they will be more in demand. So, we will probably shift from primary care to virtual technology and specialty care will probably sit in the hospitals. And the hospitals need to figure out how can they shed their primary capacity real estate and acquire more real estate on the specialty.

PP: Talking about even the primary care shift in the telemedicine, there are sections of the population, vulnerable, low income, rural, and many others that are still not necessarily placed to receive care for telemedicine modality as a large urban environment that I’m kind of pointing out. There are two extremes here. But do you think that vulnerable populations may not benefit as much from telemedicine as maybe other parts of the population?

RR: You are absolutely correct. That is the point I was making in my last webcast. The problem is this is a group of people or I call them socially vulnerable populations, which has been my main focus for the last 19 years and trying to figure out how can we create health equity, social equity, and social justice for the population so that they can have a level playing field. And that has been a major concern. So there are people who do not have either the literacy level, the knowledge level to able to get this technology and the able to utilize the technology or the inability to access to a computer or a fast internet, which will make those virtual care easier. And then the language issues which come along. I am worried that it will create more health care disparities for this socially vulnerable population. This is the population we call social determinants of health. The population which lives in the food deserts, live in their transportation desert, population who are living in a publicly unsafe. These are people who live in a public housing with a large lead poisoning effect, all those stuffs which they suffer. Now, the fact of the matter, they tell you this healthcare is also shifting to a technology which they are either not capable of utilizing and or they don’t have the technology to get it done will probably be left behind. That has been my major, major concern. But the problem with that is it is apathy. I believe that there will be a further division of the healthcare delivery system in this country from their ability to pay issue will be hospitals which purely cater to the people who are socially disadvantaged, like public hospital systems in the country. And then there are hospitals which are basically catered to the people was got good insurance. So, the two-tiered healthcare delivery system will get further divided. There will be a bigger division and a bigger gulf between their haves and have nots in this country. We will have no further damage; I think the vulnerable population. So I’m very worried about that because the problem with that is the hospitals, which are really trying to stay at the cutting edge of this will probably invest more time and energy on the telemedicine, teleradiology, and telepsychiatry they’re using virtual care will probably think in better investing than opening up the face-to-face encounter, which will probably be widely utilized mostly by socially disadvantaged people. Another name for them is people who are poor, and they can’t afford, and they have no insurance and they are very underinsured people. So, this is a problem which will happen. There will be another shift of the values in this and the question comes in, how do you protect them and that is a bigger question to ask.

PP: There is a lot of food for thought there Dr. Raju. Talking about the technology itself. So, in my podcast, I mostly talk about digital technologies and digital transformation itself for health systems. Now we have obviously seen telehealth kind of take-off and all the visit visitor numbers are going through the roof because of COVID-19. What do you see that health systems across the country are now going to be compelled to accelerate their digital transformation and accelerate their investments in technology to transform the way they deliver care, not just in virtual visits, but a whole range of other things, remote patient monitoring, and AI-led diagnosis and treatment, what is your view on that?

RR: Absolutely, we have learned finally to break the barrier, the cultural barrier of some people believing that they are getting a business done through virtual technologies, somehow inferior to a face-to-face encounter, that is broken. So that means that flood gates are going to open. People are not reluctant anymore to seek care and they’re happy with the care they get through a virtual technology. This is completely going to change the way and most of the hospitals are going to raise towards creating the digital platforms and digital technology in acquiring or contracting that out to take care of the patients. It has really changed the way we do that. And also the way they function, one of the things the hospital systems are seeing like any business system in the country that a good portion of the hospital employees can do not need to be in the hospital or in the corporate headquarters to provide care. They can stay at home and work remotely. And that has created other issues, there will be about one third of the hospitals, a large workforce, maybe working remotely. So that also creates another, both on the employee’s side, how do we manage them when they work remotely, and also from the patient perspective, how can we use digital technology to reach more patients in a much more effective way. All those things are going to make the hospital go in the next few years absolutely a race towards the technology, a race towards the digital platforms all the things that they need to do. Whether it is caregiving or remotely monitoring all those things are going to change your answer. So, there’ll be less of a footprint of the hospital and the footprint will be more by the digital technology, which extends its influence over a larger footprint than they ever imagined in the past.

PP: At the same time, we also must talk about the existing technologies and how we leverage those technologies to integrate them into the future state. So, I’m talking about EHR systems. There’s been a lot of talk about 35 billion, 40 billion in taxpayer money over 10 years. And of course, that is the single biggest digital transformation that has happened in healthcare over the last 10 years, just the digitization of patient records and clearing electronic workflows and so on. Now, some of the deficiencies are the shortcomings of electronic health record systems have been coming up. One of the biggest ones has been interoperability. We saw the final interoperability ruling go through earlier this year. Hopefully, the data flow among and within EHR systems for delivering care and having the access to the data at the point of care is going to get better. What are your thoughts on the final ruling and what improvements in care do you think that is going to result in as a result of the implementation of the final rule?

RR: Even before we talk about the final ruling, we need to think about what is in the EHR or EMR might look like in the future. Yeah, we are moving into the virtual care on telemedicine. The handwritten notes or the typewritten notes are gone. We will be storing the patient’s information and their visits through videos into their EMRs because no one is going to go back and write anything or type anything into it. It’s basically their EMR in the future will be, all of them are basically the video clips of meeting of the patient talking to them. So, the EHR will probably have less typing or less information. And then the video clips, that is what will probably happen over time. That means the interoperability, which has worked so hard to create and connect the various aspects of it will probably take a different turn. And, how do we store the video chats, which are coming from various places, eventually people will need to open the video chat into their smartphone, which has got different technology? People are going to use not just the computer; they want to use smartphone technology to talk to a doctor on their phone like they do FaceTime today. So, the question will be, how will you then we need to have a special way, because those conversations are not necessarily encrypted at the level. We have the documentation and the present time. The final rule is not going to be the final, final rule. It is going to be something very different in the future. So how do we do this, who gets information, who gets to see it? How do you play it back if you need to find that out? The components of the EMR will probably be going to change tremendously. How we store the data in the EMR is going to be very different in the future than it is today. So, we are still trying to make some amendments to strengthening the various rules and trying to get information organized and synchronized across away by all these rulings. Some of them will become moot point eventually because you will not be storing any more documentation in this story, mostly clips.

PP: That is such an interesting perspective. I’ve never heard anyone say that patient medical information in the future is going to be stored more as a video than as text. That is a fundamental paradigm shift in how we look at patient medical information. If that is the case, it needs interoperability and it needs for even being able to access the data in the form it is going to be available in places where it changes dramatically. That is so interesting. What do you see as a path for a return to normalcy and health care operations for the rest of the year?

RR: First of all, there will be new normal. We need to get used to that. There is no real way of doing things. Things are going to change tremendously and it’s going to be different. So, the new normalcy going to be in the future is not going to be in a year. We may open the shops; we may open the hospitals. We may be trying to go back to the way things were which will never be the way things were. Having said that, we are trying to get back to how the life was before it completely closed the economy and the communities and societies in our country. So, as we reopen it, we believe that it will go back to the way it was, but it will not be, it will be completely different. And you will learn as you go along. You will change your habits to great extent. We will probably do things very differently than we’ve done before. So, the economy has got to change with that idea. It’s like, I do not know that we’ll be sitting in a movie theater next to each other and feel comfortable watching the movie or watching the show. I am not sure it will be a stay in our sitting packed up in there in the Yankee Stadium and watch the game. So, all those things are going to change. So, the new normal will be very different. It is going to be, a lot more will be on the virtual level. Maybe there are more people watching those games and more movies on the on the streaming services as opposed to doing that. In fact, starting in a couple of one, one particular group has actually started releasing movies, not in the movie theaters, but streaming directly to the patient. They can actually go and buy the movie ticket and get it streamed into their home. That is a big thing. What will happen to the restaurants? Do we have to wait outside waiting for the restaurants? The normal, as you know, will be very different. This is very difficult to predict because we don’t know what it looks like, how much of tolerance and how much of confidence we will have is something which we do not know what I love. We’ll get better quickly and come back normal on it. Maybe it’ll be a change in life for a long time.

PP: My travel has come down to zero in the last couple of months and I have been a heavy traveler for decades and decades, and I just cannot imagine this. Someone told me this is like a 9/11 moment for healthcare care and more reason why travelers are not going to be the same again. Getting on a plane, sitting next to another anyway, just like you’re talking about Yankee Stadium or a Broadway show, life has got to change as well, among many, many other things. It’s going to be an interesting era, for sure.

RR: Yes, absolutely. That simply means it depends on the fact is how quickly the Broadway or the airlines trying to reorganize themselves and reconfigure the seats? It is going to be something we have to see. Maybe we will have less number of people traveling or more people willing to pay more money or people will be traveling more by car than by plane. So, there is going to be a big shift in transportation would not be in this country really quickly.

PP: Dr. Raju, it’s been such a pleasure speaking with you. Thank you so much for setting aside time and I look forward to staying in touch.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at  www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About our guest

Dr.ram-raju-profile-pic

Ram Raju, MD, combines his executive leadership experience in healthcare with a deep commitment to achieving social equity to improve the health of communities in need. As the Senior Vice President and Community Health Investment Officer, he evaluates the needs of Northwell’s most-vulnerable communities and provides solutions for them by collaborating with community-based organizations. He is responsible for promoting, sustaining, and advancing an environment that supports equity and diversity, and helping the health system eliminate health disparities.

Prior to Northwell, Dr. Raju served as president and CEO of NYC Health + Hospitals from January 2014-November 2016. NYC Health + Hospitals has 42,000 employees, 11 acute-care hospitals, five nursing homes, six diagnostic and treatment centers, more than 70 community-based health centers, a large home care agency and one of the region’s largest providers of government-sponsored health insurance, MetroPlus Health Plan.

Dr. Raju also served as CEO for the Cook County Health and Hospitals System in Chicago, the nation’s third-largest public health system, where he improved cash flow by more than $100 million and changed the system’s financial health during his tenure from 2011-2014. His medical career began at Lutheran Medical Center in Brooklyn and he later served as Chief Operating Officer and Medical Director at NYC Health + Hospitals’ Coney Island Hospital. In 2006, Dr. Raju became the HHC Chief Medical Officer, Corporate Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President. Under his leadership, HHC continued to improve quality, patient safety, and health care data transparency.

Dr. Raju served as Vice-Chair of the Greater New York Hospital Association and currently sits on the boards of numerous cities, state, and national health care organizations, including the American Hospital Association, the New York Academy of Medicine and the Asian Health Care Leaders Association. Among his numerous awards and accolades, Dr. Raju was selected to Modern Healthcare’s “100 Most-Influential People in Healthcare.” Modern Healthcare also named him one of the “Top 25 Minority Executives in Healthcare” and one of the “50 Most-Influential Physician Executives in Healthcare.” In 2013, he was named a Business Leader of Color by Chicago United.

Dr. Raju earned a medical diploma and Master of Surgery from Madras Medical College in India. He underwent further training in England, where he was elected as a Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons. He later received an MBA from the University of Tennessee and CPE from the American College of Physician Executives.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Connect

This pandemic is really showing how efficient and useful a video visit can be and it is here to stay

Coronavirus conversations

Coronavirus conversations

Seth Hain, Senior VP of R&D and Dr. Sam Butler, Leader of Clinical Informatics at Epic

"This pandemic is really showing how efficient and useful a video visit can be and it is here to stay"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Seth Hain and Dr. Sam Butler discuss how emerging technologies like video visits will become an integral part of healthcare in the future and how the current COVID-19 pandemic is proving its effectiveness. They also discuss how health systems are advancing their virtual care technologies in response to the COVID-19 crisis.

Epic observed 2.5 million video visits in April. Seth states that the changes we are seeing in the industry due to telehealth is not only convenient to patients but also preventing exposure of providers and clinicians on the front line. He further states that the effectiveness of technologies, like contact tracing, will be driven by broader adoption and will need to be augmented to fully account for the whole population.

Sam believes that in future physician’s schedule would be 50% face-to-face and 50% non-face-to-face visits through video, telephone, and an asynchronous electronic visit back and forth. He further states that video visits are here to stay and hopes that these visits will be associated with appropriate reimbursements models.

Seth Hain, Senior VP of R&D and Dr. Sam Butler, Leader of Clinical Informatics at Epic in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “This pandemic is really showing how efficient and useful a video visit can be and it is here to stay”

PP: Welcome back to my podcast, this is Paddy and it is my great privilege and honor to introduce my special guest today, Seth Hain and Sam Butler from Epic. We are seeing some very interesting times in healthcare and technologies currently. Telehealth obviously has gone through the roof in the last couple of months and by now that is old news. We also saw one of the leading telemedicine platform companies announced their results and as expected their numbers are off the charts. Are we going to see telehealth visits pull back to lower numbers in a steady state maybe later in the year or we are seeing kind of a permanent shift of certain types of care to telehealth model by default in the future?

SB: I think that we are going to see video visits as an integral part of healthcare from now on. And it took this pandemic to really show how efficient and useful a video visit can be. In my practice, I did pulmonary and critical care before joining Epic and I can remember many times seeing patients in my office, elderly men in a wheelchair with oxygen. For every visit, this patient had to visit IN every three months, a family member would have to get off work, go get grandpa, put him in a car, get their oxygen set up, get him into the clinic, get him into my exam room, which typically needed some furniture rearrangement to fit the oxygen in the wheelchair. All for me to visit with him for 10 minutes. The physical exam was limited in any emphysema patient. There is not much to hear when you listen to their lungs. And I used to think back then, what a waste for the whole system. The family member usually had to take off work to bring the father in. And many times, I could have done that visit as a video visit. But what stood in the way years ago and up until recently was that it was very difficult to get reimbursement for a video visit. In fact, Medicare had this rule that the patient had to go into another healthcare system and sit in an office and then do video between that office and the doctor or you could not get reimbursed. Now, with this pandemic the emergency rules changed, we are allowed to see patients with video visits and bill standard office visits and E&M codes for those visits. We saw 2.5 million visits in April alone and many customers went, we know one customer that went from, thirty-six hundred visits a year to thirty-six hundred visits a day. Video visits are here to stay.

PP: Sam, so you share your specific experience as a pulmonologist, and some use cases have been, for want of a better word, better candidates for tele-visits than others into the recent past. Are we going to see an expansion of the types of use cases for which telehealth is now going to be considered seriously while they were not before, right?

SB: Yeah, it used to be that it was encouraged for you not to do a new evaluation via video visit. And I think from a specialist standpoint, I would have wanted to see that patient with emphysema at least once to get acquainted with him. But the subsequent visits many of them could have been done through video visits. I think other types of complaints and other types of specialties will lend themselves to video visits, things like dermatology and also urging care where you can use questionnaires before the patient comes in. You can say this patient is a perfect visit for a video visit. They are either possibly contagious and you don’t want them to come in the clinic or it’ll be very difficult for them to get into the clinic because of the nature of their illness. For all those things you could do a video visit first. So, I think that the idea that a video visit can’t be used for the initial visit is also in the past.

SH:In addition to the obvious increases that folks are seeing and familiarity that patients and providers are getting with using telehealth platforms, say through MyChart and the changes in billing. We’re also seeing an increase in the number of home monitoring devices that are available. So this is sort of coming on the back of a series of changes in technology that make it more viable as well for that individual to stay in the comfort of their own home and understand things like their pulse ox as part of a visit. Provide that to their provider. Both provides convenience for the patient and in some cases helping not expose the providers and clinicians and folks on the front line as well. So, there’s a variety of positives that we’re seeing start to emerge on top of this.

SB: Now what about the technology to make this happen? I think as we get more home, in-home technology like oximetry and spirometry and even a stethoscope that could be placed on the patient’s chest and to be then listened to or recorded and listened to by a provider, all those are possible. In fact, I recently attended a conference where the discussion was, how do we get more lung function data directly into the EHR and one of the attendees at this workshop was a patient. And he had undergone a lung transplant a few years ago. Every day he does some spirometry, which is he measures his lung function. He does it in a handheld device. And it immediately goes up through his handheld device right into the EHR. And he did that. He said, let me pause during this introduction and blew into the device. And he said, I just sent it to my transplant specialist. So, they will have a very early warning system if he starts to have a problem with his lung.

PP: All these use cases point to a fascinating future in terms of technology-enabled remote care models. In the immediate present, though, with COVID-19 upon us and we’re kind of somewhere in the middle of this crisis. What are you seeing health systems doing in terms of advancing or modifying their clinical care protocols with the virtual care technology, not just telehealth consoles, but other things digital screening you mentioned a couple of uses for remote monitoring?

SB: Many of our customers have enabled and spread quickly pre-visit questionnaires for patients with COVID. So, if you use MyChart, the patient’s portal and say that you’d like to come in and you have a concern about a fever, cough, or shortness of breath. We can direct the patient to ask to a questionnaire. That questionnaire can be easily changed, as recently the CDC added additional symptoms to the presenting symptoms of COVID so we can ask about changes in taste, etc. Those questionnaires then can be answered prior to the visit that can direct when the patient does arrive. The healthcare providers know does this patient need to go directly to an isolation room. Is it best he even stays in the car and somebody comes out and tests them in the car? All those different steps can be done using questionnaires of the patient takes before they arrive and even, they can be used in a handheld device. Eighty-one percent of patients in the United States have a smartphone. But those that don’t can use their computer with an internet browser or even use family members’ or friends’ as long as they have proxy access to their record. And that is the first step.

SH:I think that the underlying platform that organizations are using with the Epic EHR at their core allows them in the context of something like COVID to deploy these tools quite quickly. For example, Cleveland Clinic kind of went from an idea around how to use MyChart care companion to have it deployed in 10 days. And now they are using that in sharing that content across the community, seeing other sites with 15 organizations, using it in another 70 implementing it. And it’s been that kind of core platform that allows those organizations to innovate in that way and then to spread what they learn to other organizations to help all care for their patients more effectively. I think the other interesting piece here is that these tools both help at the point of care in regards to those patients who haven’t been able to fill out their questionnaires at home and provide asynchronous visits, but they also help with public health where we have deeper information and a better understanding of symptoms across the population, for example.

SB: The first part was questionnaires and the second one was the Care Companion. Care Companion is a tool that we use, typically we thought it’d be great for monitoring patients with diabetes and heart failure at home over a protracted period of time. But it is being used for now with COVID to monitor patients with confirmed or presumed COVID infection, monitoring them while they stay at home and doing early detection of symptoms that would indicate they need to come to the hospital. And Cleveland Clinic developed that from zero to in place in 10 days. And then that have spread that to other customers as well. The actual content of the protocol. So, patients can be monitored at home, given daily tasks to monitor their temperature, their oximetry, their symptoms. They have tests to read and become more educated in as they start to feel better, what should they do to keep their family safe for their friends and as they go back out in the community? So, there are educational tasks and then the questionnaires and data that they’re entering are automatically monitored. And if a problem develops like declining oxygen saturation, even before it becomes abnormal, they can be sent to a case manager who can then contact the patient and do one of those video visits we talked about to check with them at home. So, it’s all working together.

PP: I actually really like the idea of co-developing a new solution for an immediate need or even for future needs as an example of Cleveland Clinic and then making it available to the broader community of your clients. One of the things that have been in the news as a collaborative effort among technology companies and between technology companies and health systems is contact tracing. What are your thoughts on this technology as an effective tool for checking the spread of the virus and is Epic doing something in this regard? Are you working on a contact tracing tool?

SH:I alluded a piece of this a moment ago in regard to MyChart functionality and I think broadly looking at contact tracing and possible technology implementations for supplementing it in the community. The effectiveness is really driven by broad adoption. And I think that in the context of some of the technologies that are being discussed today, there are reasonable considerations that might limit that adoption in certain contexts. Both privacy as an example for some of the technologies that track and understand what individuals have come in contact with others as well as limitations in regard to the use of those technologies in certain communities and certain populations. And because of that, we see this as one piece of the puzzle in understanding and tracking the spread of disease across the community and helping understand who may need to self-isolate, for example. But it needs to be augmented with other capabilities, both technology as well as kind of good old-fashioned folks reaching out to others to make sure that they’re taking care of themselves and their loved ones and isolating where appropriate. So, we certainly see it as part of the puzzle, but it needs to be augmented to fully account for the whole population.

SB: I think we are improving some of the functionality of MyChart to allow that. If the patient gives it permission to have like a home screen that says like, I’ve been recently tested, and I am negative. So that can be and allow patients to enter a negative test from an outside source that didn’t come from the health care system.

PP: I think there’s a lot of questions on the privacy aspects of it, but also the effectiveness of the technology. And as Seth spoke about adoption rate in a country like Singapore, where adoption rates are much higher than as a percentage of the population than elsewhere in the world. Still only in less than a million people have downloaded their contact tracing and in a population of four or five million people. So, it’s still not that high. And so, there are limitations even in a closed, tightly monitored economy like Singapore. Interestingly, the emerging job of the zero is contact tracing. So, it’s going to need a lot of people to actually follow through and track down people who potentially may have been infected, as indicated by one of these contractors.

SH:I think in addition to the contact tracing technology is kind of directly around understanding folks coming in contact with one another using smartphones and other devices to allow folks and enable them to track and understand their symptoms COVID flu-like symptoms, for example, and using that to understand it as population level, how things may be spiking or declining as we’re going through this period of social isolation right now. I think that can provide real value in understanding how and when we can start to open things back up.

PP: That’s a great segment. Hospitals are now turning to AI tools to a risk profile patient and predict deterioration, specifically COVID-19. I know Epic has launched a tool to help with this. Do you want to talk about that a little bit?

SH:We’re seeing pretty broad adoption at this point of using our deterioration index model, which aims to predict twelve hours in advance of, say, a code event or need to transfer to an ICU for a patient on the med surge floors. We are seeing that tool used in the context of patients that have tested positive for COVID-19. As this pandemic started to hit we rapidly released a series of capabilities for healthcare organizations to evaluate and understand that model in the context of COVID-19 positive patients, as well as guidance on workflows to use it in that context and it’s been an interesting set of conversations where they have quickly evaluated how the model performs and deeply understood the impact and value of it in workflow and have been implementing it across. We have over 50 organizations using the model at this point.

PP: We focus a lot of the conversation on this podcast also around digital transformation. Now, COVID-19 has happened, as you look across your customer base and when you look across the landscape in general, are you seeing digital transformation slow down, accelerate or remain pretty much the same in light of everything else that is going on with the COVID-19 response?

SH:One of the keys that we have seen is that by having a solid base of both a kind of critical infrastructure and a foundation across the health system, as well as things like MyChart in patients hands, healthcare organizations have been able to rapidly innovate in a variety of spaces, both on the technology front as well as in regards to their operations. So, we’ve talked about some of the technology pieces such as Cleveland clinics, rapid deployment of MyChart Care Companion, the use of the Deterioration index model for COVID the rapid rollouts of telehealth where organizations have changed their practice. But in addition to that, they’ve also updated their operations and continue to roll out in new ways. And we’ve found that particularly interesting to see how they work.

SB: In fact, one of our customers decided to continue their go live as planned before COVID. They were a pediatric hospital and clinic organization, so they were not as affected by the surge or the preparation for such a surge. So, they decided to go ahead and partly they wanted to be up live and ready to go in the fall if influenza, RSV and COVID comes back. And we supported them virtually. So typically, there is a command center set up that go live with many tens, perhaps hundred on how large it is. People in the command center and physicians like myself go onsite to support physicians. And that was all done virtually remotely this time in a virtual command center that we hosted here at Epic with everybody sitting in separate rooms in a single building. And it was wonderful. We were able to give instant support to physicians who were sitting in front of a computer out in California. And our picture would appear, and we could see their screen and answer questions. In fact, it was better than running around the hospital from one floor to another. So, it is changing. And I think implementation meetings, everything is we are doing so much more over webcasts and video ourselves.

PP: That’s amazing. Coming up to the end of our time here. What does a new normal look like once they’re done with all of this?

SB: I think from a physician’s standpoint, I think the new normal will be as Kaiser gave us a preview of that for a couple of years now, 50 percent of their primary care doctors’ visits have been non-face-to-face and that included a smaller amount of video visits. They did a lot more e-visits. But I think the future physician schedule will be 50 percent face-to-face visits and 50 percent non-face-to-face through video, telephone, and an asynchronous electronic visit back and forth. I think that’s going to be the norm and it’ll be associated with appropriate reimbursement so we can continue to do that.

SH:In addition to that, patient and provider approach to new technologies with telehealth, we will see organizations building out and continuing to enhance their foundational platforms to be able to adopt in the workflow. The implications of large datasets using things like the deterioration index model that I described earlier on a new set of patients to help provide better care and get them home quicker to their loved ones. So, I think it is understanding that in the context of, say, rapid changes in the types of patients and the types of illnesses that folks are addressing. These platforms allow them to help rapidly and quickly care for those patients efficiently for seven sets.

PP: Fantastic talking to you folks. And thank you so much for sharing all of your insights. And I hope to talk to folks again sometime in the near future.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About our guest

Seth Hain, Senior Vice President of R&D at Epic, focuses on ambulatory clinical care and the integration of analytics and machine learning into healthcare. During his 15 years at Epic, Seth has also led the system and performance team, with an emphasis in database performance and architecture. A native of Seward, Nebraska, he received a B.S. in Mathematics from the University of Nebraska and an M.S. in Mathematics from the University of Wisconsin. Seth currently resides in Madison, Wisconsin with his wife and two children.

SamButler-profilepic

With eight years of senior-level experience in multi-specialty medical group management, along with fourteen years of clinical practice experience, Dr. Sam Butler brings a wealth of knowledge to his role as leader of Epic’s Clinical Informatics Team, and helps to guide the direction of Epic’s applications. He is heavily involved in the creation and enhancement of features and development of Epic and works extensively to improve physician wellbeing. Sam has a B.S. in Interdisciplinary Science and received his M.D. from the University of Florida.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Connect

The desire with the final interoperability rule is to liberate data flow in the industry

Coronavirus conversations

Coronavirus conversations

Russ Branzell, CEO, CHIME

"The desire with the final interoperability rule is to liberate data flow in the industry"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Russ Branzell, CEO of CHIME discusses their role in the healthcare industry and how COVID-19 will impact health systems. Russ also shares his thoughts about the final interoperability rule and FCC telehealth investment program.

CHIME supports its members in their transformation and growth journey by assisting them in their professional development and be the best leaders in the healthcare industry. Russ states that we may see mergers and acquisitions accelerate in the industry due to the current pandemic. He also believes that the technology impact due to the COVID-19 crisis, whether intended or unintended, will accelerate digital activities in health systems.

This is also a video podcast.

Russ BranzellCEO of CHIME in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “The desire with the final interoperability rule is to liberate data flow in the industry

PPWelcome back to my podcast and it is my great privilege to introduce my very special guest and friend, Russ Branzell, CEO of CHIME. Thank you so much for taking the time to be with us today. Please tell us a little bit about what CHIME is and what CHIME does?

RBCHIME or the College of Healthcare Information Management Executives, is a professional association for healthcare IT executives, could be CIOs, which has been our history. We also have CMIO’s in the organization, CNIO’s, Chief Innovation now, and a bunch of other titles. As the industry continues to grow and mature positions, our role is simple that is to support our members, both our CHIME members and our CHIME Foundation, which are our vendor partners in their transformation, in their growth to support the industry. We are not a trade show organization, we don’t run Expos. Our whole role is to pour into these folks, support them in Washington, support them in the professional development, help them be the best leaders. Maybe what has been pointed out even most recently, a little bit of a broken system around. So, CHIME has seen some significant growth recently over the last few years. We are now in 57 countries around the world. We have eleven independent operating groups or chapters in other countries. And the domestic growth here in the United States has not only grown significantly in the CIO ranks and other CHIME members, but we’ve also launched three other professional associations for Chief Technology, Chief Application and Chief Information Security Officers and those have seen substantial growth. All of these roles are heading a pretty high peak of maturity in their organizations and as we can see recently, both for negative reasons but also positive outcomes, has never been more important than it is right now with what we’re fighting. 

PPI am proud to say that my firm Damo Consulting is also a foundation partner with CHIME, and we have benefited greatly from the partnership. And I want to thank you and your team for all the wonderful work that you continue to do. 

RBThank you. It is an honor to have you in the organization, but most importantly, serving alongside of us as we try to take on tough stuff. 

PPHow the pandemic has impacted CHIME and what changes you had to make in the recent past. 

RBWe did not get to have our face to face meeting this spring that is held prior to the HIMSS annual conference, which for all our members that normally attend that. That is always a good time for us. It is a time for us to refresh relationships, build new networks. And that was difficult for us. Now, the converse of that side has been what I would construe as a significant positive. And that is the emerging technologies that are already out there that have gone from probably infancy to at least early adulthood in a matter of light-years. Whether it is what we are on now, Zoom or any of these other technologies that are out there. We havespent more quality time with people. One, we are constrained to home, so we are making a different effort and a different focus than traveling around the globe. We were able to spend some quality time with people, hear what is going on, find out new ways to support them. And that has driven us not that our technology and our strategy wasn’t already taking us there, but we were already heading in a digital path. And the digital path that we are on really was to support the entire globe from a digital platform perspective. Like many of our members, regardlessit is foundation firms or CHIME members and things that were planned for maybe months, even years have gotten done in weeks and days. We have now completely changed to a digital environment that will also complement in-person meetings in the future when things normalize out. That is probably the biggest change. But as you probably expect, the biggest impact has been there’s so much coming out of Washington right now and states, but mostly Washington, that we’re spending in an extremely large amount of time ciphering through all the different information, getting member alerts out. The perfect example is today when the alert that went out yesterday from the government, immediately they changed the timing within 24 hours of sending out. They immediately changed the timing again. 

PPWe’ll come back to Washington, D.C. on the work that CHIME doing on behalf of all the members. From your point of view as a CEO of CHIME you get to see a broad cross-section of health systems across the country and you probably have visibility from a first-hand perspective as to what is really going on. And we are beginning to see some early signs of some distress that health systems are going through. Financially speaking, we saw HCA announce their results earlier this week and they indicated that their results were not favorable, primarily because of all the non-elective procedures that have kind of dropped in volumes. But that’s just one data point. I am curious to know what you are seeing and hearing as it relates to how the pandemic is going to impact health systems in the near-term. What should we expect? 

RBEveryone’s taken a big hit on thiswhether it’s the U.S. or actually globally in different forms of economic models in hospitals or health systems around the globe. The U.S. model, which very much is revenue-based, is probably taken at the most significant hits on this. I’ve talked to peoplenot every state wants to say a significant number of them,and the themes are the same. Significant decreases in outpatient and acute procedures and or admissions. And that just has a significant effect on the bottom line, which means they are going to have to make hard decisions or are making hard decisions right now. And I think it is going to come in. This is going to come in two significant waves. One; short term weathering what they’re doing to just make sure they can still meet the mission requirements and then the long-term impact of that as well. Well, a lot of that will be told by time and how big of an impact, some organizations are going to be well, if they’ve got deep cash on hands and they can weather this out. They’ve built digital strategies that probably help them somewhat through this, maybe a little more proactively than others. But there’s definitely some that this will be a substantial, substantial long-term multi-year hit to recover from. And they’ll have to figure out how and what they do to invest, to recover from that. 

PPThe government announced a stimulus package and a second one is going through and there was a significant amount of the money set aside for hospitals. I believe it was a hundred billion in the first round. Is that making a significant impact or is it just a drop in the bucket in the grand scheme of things? 

RBAnything that comes in at this point is going to help. I mean, especially whether it is the PPP program for smaller organizations or significant cash flow increase or infusion from this government, stimulus funds are going to help. Can’t infer that they won’t, but it is significantly less. I was spending time with some of the leadership of some of the other large associations that you can imagine what their advocacy work has been doing in Washington, D.C. And one of the numbers that one of the CEOs threw out was to make the kind of impact to normalize this out. We are probably talking north of a trillion dollars. So, if 100 billion was infused, that means we are probably missing this by about 90 percent. And again, I have talked to some CIOs representing their organizations that said whether it’s going to hurt. I have heard some say that they’re worried about what this looks like long term. I know there was a second-round that’s trying to be worked on right now for some organizations, but definitely it’s the right direction. But when you tell every health system in the country, turn off your elective procedures, turn off the things that generally drive the engine, even if you don’t have COVID patients in, which was probably the right thing to do initially. It does have a dramatic negative effect. 

PPYou mentioned, digital transformation and at CHIME you have undergone a bit of a digital transformation yourself in response to the crisis. My organization has been a virtual company forever. And we really didn’t feel any impact. We just transitioned very smoothly from our normal way of working to the current way of working with the only exception being that I don’t travel anymore. I have not traveled for a while. I remember my last travel date was the 6th of March. And in hindsight, maybe I should not have traveled on the 6th of March, but that’s a whole separate story. John Kravitz, CHIME CHAIR, and CIO of Geisinger was on my podcast and he talked about digital transformation. And it was interesting what he said to me was that his priorities in the near-term have definitely been influenced by the response effort to the pandemic. But that doesn’t mean they’re slowing down on digital transformation because that is what is going to position the organization for the future. What are you hearing with regards to the balancing of the near-term emergency-related response and what is important and essential for the longer-term survival and sustenance of the organization? What are you seeing across the board? 

RBI think there definitely is a percentage of organizations you could probably divide this into thirds. And that’s, again, way overgeneralizing. There is probably a third of organizations that are very similar to John’s and obviously I am very close to John, I have spent a lot of time with them being my boss. But I know the organization well. Also, that are really these organizations that have been focused on digital transformation. And again, I do not want to say unfortunate because it is fortunate for us. Organizations like that can flex and move because they live a world of digital transformation already. And this is really forced what we were projecting three to five years based on a normal adoption curve to get to some of the places, the differences we did in three to five weeks. Some organizations like Johns were able to do that a little more seamlessly, maybe a better way to put that is a little less difficult. Some organizations were able to do it and it was painful. And there’s still some organizations are really struggling with that. I think John is a great example of this is a symbiotic relationship. Their digital strategy is its strategy moving forward. And even today so it fits part and parcel to their reaction to this from a COVID as well. So, it’s not different. It’s just now an adaptation to an existing strategy. Some organizations, this is really shined a light on what they were thinking of doing. Now they have done it in three to five weeks. Now they are going to put some really good wrappers around this, figure out how to really thrive in this environment over the next few years. But it is relatively new for those that were not even on their radar. They’re going to struggle for a little while, but maybe we’ll get help from people like you and others out there that can help them in this journey. But there’s definitely some out there, especially some of our smaller areas that don’t have the infrastructure, the support, telemedicine and the other things that this will be a bit of a journey for them and they may return to back a little bit more of an old school mentality. 

PPAre we going to see some hospitals not make it to put it in a somewhat Darwinistic way that it’s going to be the survival of the digital fittest? And some are just not going to make it and we are going to have to be prepared for that. 

RBYeah, in order for it to normal numbers that have come out from the AHA in years past. There are hospitals that no matter what, even if this didn’t occur. There are hospitals that are going to merge with others may be closed. There were some reported even last year, there were just closing because of their financial model, their local area was decreasing in population. There’s just that normal process that goes on in any large ecosystem like healthcare. I think this may accelerate it for some as they struggle, or financial issues may happen. It may accelerate for the short term, maybe for the long term. But I think for at least the short term, you may see mergers and acquisitions accelerate, especially with those with the cash ability to help others out. And it is a good fit, but right out of the gate, we are just going to see hospitals close. I hope communities do not allow that to occur because they are such a vital asset. But in some places, maybe when there is there may be outside of COVID, maybe over bedded and too much competition, you may see some. And that may not be a bad thing. It may be a horrible thing. It just depends on the situation in each community. 

PPWell, one thing is for sure, it seems like we are going to see some structural changes in the entire healthcare ecosystem. In terms of the technology, people have gone overnight to adopting telehealth as a default mode of operation.And that, among other things, puts a lot of pressure on the vendors, the technology vendors to make sure that the technology holds. What are you hearing when it comes to this? You mentioned Zoom. Zoom went from 10 million subscribers or 200 million. And we all know that Zoom has had some issues as well. What you’re hearing about how the telehealth technologies are holding up?

RBhave been able to talk to some senior leaders, specifically CEOs of some of the telemedicine companies. And it is interesting to hear their numbers when they talk about their entire 2019 volume increase was 20 percent. And they were thrilled with that because they beat their budget estimates. In the first week of this, it went up 700 percent and then the next week it went up a thousand percent. And they said at some point we just stopped counting because a straight-up curve is not a curve. It is just a line. And most of them said they are handling it well. The biggest issue that they are seeing is the lack of technology support from the back-endpoint technology support. I would use the word maturity on the back-end support, home broadband issues. No one was expecting. I will pick on John. No one’s expecting eighteen hundred physicians in rural Pennsylvania live everywhere all of a sudden over a weekend to have to go home and have high-quality digital internet access at home to be able to do telemedicine, that there’s just going to be some latency issues to getting that all up to the speed it should be. It does point out also that the rural issues that we have, it is not a rural hospital as many issues because most of them have some level of access. It is connecting to all the individuals that may want to seek that care. And there are some major issues that are there. But again, the telehealth providers seem to be doing well, talking to some of the others that I was really surprised by. The demand that has been placed on the hardware providers, laptops, tablets, iPads, services, whatever you want to use brand names, throw it out there. And the fact that one a lot of this comes from overseas and a lot of those pipelines are drying up or are shut off temporarily. The other is there was only so much stock on hand. And when suddenly overnight you need a thousand of these or 5000 of that, well, one organization doing that might not be too bad. One hundred. Well, that could be probably more problematic, 5000 or even tens of thousands or ordering this much equipment all at the same time. Talking to one of the CEOs in New York who said their standard orders a thousand to 5000 orders devices at a time. And they are just generally ordering about every three to five days. And what I heard from several of the hardware vendors that they have to decide who to send equipment to. That there are constraints in the supply chain. And, those were all times I spent with people this week. That is the first time I heard that. It just weirdly the cycle of talking to people. I heard that three times this week that there is a definite supply issue with the type of hardware needed. And CIOs are what they’re doing is taking a company credit card and they’re running down to Best Buy and buying up wherever they can or going down to Wal-Mart or Cosco or wherever and buying what they can, because there actually may be some significant supply-demand issues for this short term. 

PPYeah, but not a great time. If your assets are end of life, you could be having some issues in refreshing or replacing them. You mentioned your advocacy work and all the other work that CHIME members, by the way, a big shout out to the CHIME team that keeps us informed about what’s going on in Washington. Big shout out to the webinars that CHIME and everybody else is doing. I just want you to know that we greatly appreciate it as members of CHIME. Couple of big announcements have come out in the recent past. Now, I know that every day there are some incremental announcements, but the two big ones I want to talk about – the final interoperability ruling and the FCC telehealth 200-million-dollar investment program. Can you help unpack what that means for your members? 

RBNow, whether I’m agreeing or not agreeing with it, I’ll give you kind of the perspective that we’ve heard of what ONC’s intent is, especially with the final interoperability rule, is I think they reached to a point where they had a desire to I’ll use their words exactly in putting a little, quote, signs up in the air, “liberate data flow in the industry”. And I think that was their intent was we’ve made this huge investment in EMRs, which, by the way, thank God we’ve EMRs in the last five to seven years or none of what we’ve done, the last two months could have ever occurred. No matter how painful or maybe not running as well as they could for physicians and nurses, thank God we put these things in or we would be in a lot bigger hurt, but we really made this huge investment. Now, how do we liberate the data? The intent of the interoperability rule from their perspective and in many cases, we agree with some of their philosophies in this. There are some areas that we have concerns through APIs information-sharing requirements, ADT requirements. They want to accelerate the process. I will use another word ‘mandate the process’ to make these standard API, standard flows, and standard requirements occur at a fast pace, fast adoption pace. Now, what we still are trying to figure out from this week it sounds like they are jumbling a little bit the finalization of the enforcement dates based on different requirements. But when you consider that there are some pretty fast requirements while we’re fighting the COVID, we’ve expressed pretty strong that the longer we can give our organizations time to adapt to this, probably the biggest area of concern that we have those still how do you balance open accessibility, which, by the way, this battle I’m about described has been going on for years and decades this isn’t new. How do you balance security and privacy with outright open accessibility and flow, and everybody in between have been expressing their concerns or opinions that one area is right, one area is wrong? I think CHIME tries to play in the middle as much both. The reality is everybody is right. And that is the hard part when you think about this. We should have strong security and privacy. We should have an open flow. I think as we work through this, what we are going to see is there’s going to be some areas that maybe needs more tweaking like most government rules, and there’ll be some areas that flow fairly easily. And well, we do know there are some areas that do amazing work, whether they are doing it with a foundation or vendor partner, or they are doing it through an HIE, ADT flows seamlessly through their areas. How can we scale that up and do that now nationwide? Going to be a challenge to do that in a year that really will be maybe your hospital with your HIE, perfect, beautiful. You can handle that in Chicago. Well, in rural Nebraska, maybe not going to be easy. We will have to see. But again, the basic philosophy now, the part that probably everybody’s worried the most about is ending up in an orange jumpsuit, picking up garbage on the side of the highway because I was an information blocker because that really is still a fundamental issue that most people have a hard time getting their head around is how am I going to ensure that I’m not labeled and or accused or even worse than that indicted for being an information blocker. And I think that is the number one area is still that there is significant work to be done on the one enforcement and or the penalties or the thoughts around what really that is occurring. 

PPWhat about the FCCthere is this talk about the telecom investment funding, good news right? 

RBI think that’s good news. But in any of our minds, I am sure your mind. I amon my mind. When you start talking about hundreds of millions of dollars, you think while this is going on. This will revolutionize things. Well, it would be if it came to me. Butit is still a relatively small amount. I think the hope from this was one, it will fund some of the stuff they’ve been forced to already do, but it will also hopefully open up some opportunity to extend this into some environments where it hasn’t may be seen the maturity that it has rural environments, rural hospitals. This is not new technology. I mean, we had telemedicine to rural clinics. And when I was in Colorado all the way back in the early 2000s, which does not sound that long ago to you consider it was almost 20 years ago that we connected every ED in rural Colorado to telemedicine. It is just it hasn’t taken off to the degree that now this has caused it to. The money will help, but it does not go anywhere near as far as it needs to really get us the maturity we need. 

PPWell, my understanding of that is that the 200 million is really seed money because they have put a cap of a million dollars for every single application. You get a million dollars if you have an interesting idea. And from the initial awards that have been announced, it seems to me that the focus seems to be to really enhance the reach of medicine towards serving underprivileged, low-income populations, which in all fairness is a good focus for a program like this. But is really seed money. A million dollars is not a lot of money unless you are a tiny startup. But I think it’s important to at least give some kind of an initial boost or support so that if the program succeeds, then organizations can go out and find ways to invest more money in it and monetize it and so on. There may be another round, maybe a follow-on funding

RBYou bring up a great point, though, and it’s easy to say small and rural and you immediately think the open fields of Kansas when the reality in some cases it could be the outskirts of Chicago or underserved older area in Detroit. It just does not have the infrastructure they need or the broadband they need to be able to take advantage of this. In some cases, they need it more than some others that are out there. So, yeah, yeah, it is a universal issue. 

PPYeah, well we are kind up to the close of our time here Russ. What does a new normal look like for healthcare whenever this is?

RBI think there are two thoughts that we need to consider right now. One is this concept that we aregoing to jump from, as I have been using the wave theory on this in expressing it. That wave one isgoing to be this COVID thing it comes up. There is a tail. And then we recover and wave two means it is somewhere in the middle, which is pure recovery. We are back to “normal”, I think is incorrect. I think there is at least one, maybe two more curves involved in here in the middle. There probably is a long-term curve of returning to send my normal hospital operations ED functioning the way they should, surgery suites offering we should inpatient rooms. But there is this probably this crazy phase in between where you keep COVID operations and response things up while you start trying to turn on elective surgeries. Andwe have talked to someone that has started during elective surgeries this week and a whole bunch will be turning them on early next week ahead of even some of the recommendations. So,we will see how that works out. And I think what we are going to see is there is that, but there’s the impact, whether unintended or intended, of this technology, digital activity that goes on. And I have been keeping notes and all my little binders here. I should be digital, I am sure. But I am not I amwriting this all down because I love flipping through all these pages at one time. It is interesting hearing the stories right now, whether it’s big corporations that said, we send forty-eight thousand people home that used to work in offices, we’ll only bring back eighteen thousand of them to offices. We are already canceling leases. I was like, okay, that is hard to process. Hospitals, since they think who really needs to be on the grounds, and does it create a better environment by not having these things there? So, I think there is that portion of it is where will people work? Then the other portion of this is how will people work in the future, which is really the fundamental question is how will digital stuff really fancy technical term digital stuff fundamentally change the DNA and how we work as a society moving forward? And what is the long-term impact of that? Because there is a behavioral mental part of this that we must consider, which I always call the fourth or unintended or unwatched wave, which is this is going to fundamentally change people. And people do not always handle change well, we are going to have to do a lot of human care during this period to help people through this. Jobs will disappear. New jobs will be created. How do we help people? There will be changes in the way we interact with each other. So, it does have an advantage, but it is different. 

PPThat’s true. You know, the point you made about normalcy, I think the COVID-19 outbreak. What I am reading, and hearing is that it is going to be a sawtooth curve, it is going to go down and come back up, go down, come back up. Maybe, you know, the lower and lower amplitude as we go forward and the recovery and the return to normalcy will also reflect and mirror that sawtooth curve in some ways. And we can only hope that the amplitudes get smaller and smaller till it comes to a straight line. We do not know when that is going to be. But Russ, as always, a real pleasure speaking with you. Stay safe and we will talk soon. 

RBThank you very much, blessings to all. 

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About our guest

Russ-Branzell-CEO-CHIME-profile-pic


Russell P. Branzell is the CEO and President of the College of Healthcare Information Management Executives (CHIME) and its affiliate associations, the Association for Executives in Healthcare Information Security (AEHIS), the Association for Executives in Healthcare Information Technology (AEHIT) and the Association for Executives in Healthcare Information Applications (AEHIA). In addition to his position at CHIME, he serves on the faculty at Columbia University, where he teaches executive classes in health information technology. He also is a member of the Baldrige Foundation Board and a former member of the Board of Overseers of the Malcolm Baldrige National Quality Award, a position that was appointed by the Secretary of Commerce.

Mr. Branzell joined CHIME as President and CEO in April 2013 after being an active member for 15 years. He served on the CHIME Board of Trustees from 2004-2008, as chair of the CHIME Education Committee from 2004-2008 and as chair of the CHIME Education Foundation. He is currently a faculty member of the CHIME Healthcare CIO Boot Camp.

Prior to taking his position at CHIME, he was the CEO at the Colorado Health Medical Group; Vice President of Information Services and CIO for Poudre Valley Health System; President/CEO of Innovation Enterprises (PVHS’ for-profit IS entity); and Regional Deputy CIO and Executive Director of Information Services for Sisters of Mercy Health System in St. Louis, MO. He served on active duty in the United States Air Force and retired from the Air Force Reserves in 2008. While on active duty, he held numerous healthcare administration positions, including CIO for the Air Mobility Command Surgeon General’s Office.

A native of San Antonio, Mr. Branzell earned an undergraduate degree in business administration, specializing in human resource management and labor relations from the University of Texas. In addition, he earned a master’s degree in Aerospace Science from Embry-Riddle University with an emphasis in management.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Connect

We are teaching cloud to speak the healthcare industry language

Coronavirus conversations

Coronavirus conversations

Amit Zavery, VP & Head of Platform and Aashima Gupta, Head of Healthcare Strategy & Solutions at Google Cloud

"We are teaching cloud to speak the healthcare industry language"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Amit Zavery, VP & Head of Platform and Aashima Gupta, Head of Healthcare Strategy & Solutions discuss how Google Cloud is helping healthcare organizations with digital transformation and operational efficiencies. They also discuss the new Cloud Healthcare API and how it will accelerate the healthcare industry.

In the context of healthcare, Google Cloud is providing API connectivity by applying AI/machine learning algorithms and making it accessible for the industry. The company’s new Cloud Healthcare API solution is built to ingest complex data from different industry-standard sources and provide a unified access to it for a meaningful usage. Google Cloud offers the whole lifecycle governance, policy management, security, tracking, delivery, and ease of use over time so that more value and real-time capabilities can be built around it.

To help the healthcare industry during the current COVID-19 pandemic, Google Cloud is taking targeted solutions to the market like helping researchers with cloud credits, helping with Kaggle competitions, and enabling healthcare-focused chatbots with their Cloud AI platform. They are also enabling the healthcare organizations with digital triage that can treat patients remotely and can reduce in-person visits through telemedicine.

This is also a video podcast.

Amit Zavery, VP & Head of Platform and Aashima Gupta, Head of Healthcare Strategy & Solutions, Google Cloud in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “We are teaching cloud to speak the healthcare industry language”

 

PP: Welcome back to my podcast. Today’s special guest are Amit Zavery and Aashima Gupta from Google. We are going to be talking about the exciting announcement that they made recently about their Cloud Healthcare API and a lot of other things. So, Amit and Aashima it is great to have you on the show. Tell us about how Google Cloud is helping healthcare organizations with digital transformation and operating efficiencies.

AZ: Broadly at Google Cloud, we work very closely with many industries, and healthcare is one of the top ones where we have been providing them a lot of technology to run their different systems today, which they operate. That could include being able to run their applications on top of our infrastructure, be able to connect those applications together using a lot of the technology we provide for backend connectivity, to be able to build to modernize those applications and really get the benefits of the latest technologies like Kubernetes and Istio, to be able to get benefits around expanding that portfolio in an easy manner as well and be able to manage it very quickly and easily as well, and then be able to expose that information and systems to all the different users they might have in their industry. That is where we provide a lot of connectivity, also a lot of algorithms and AI capabilities for them to improve the efficiency of the systems they run today. In healthcare, we have been doing a lot more of that nowadays where a lot of modernization happening, as well as they wanting to be able to expose their systems and make it more efficient using APIs as well. We do a lot of work to improve the lifecycle of managing the APIs and exposing that as well.

AG: Google cloud is now becoming much more industry-focused and healthcare is one of the industries in the overall Google cloud portfolio. From the industry standpoint, our mission for healthcare is very similar and a reflection on Google’s overall mission, which is to connect that information and make it accessible and useful. We have adopted that for healthcare, but for our customers and the enterprises, and help them connect that information and make it accessible and useful. So, when I say connect, that is where the API is coming. When we say useful, that’s where AI/machine learning comes in because the data needs to be connected and make more useful. And of course, doing it in a secure and HIPAA compliant way from the industry standpoint. So that is how our products and solutions are purpose-built for the industry in all three different areas. The product – Cloud Healthcare API, it is the cornerstone for us in terms of data, platform, and connectivity that Amit just talked about.

PP: Great background and the healthcare cloud API has been in the works for a while and you recently made the announcement and launched it. So, what Cloud Healthcare API is, what need are you are trying to address in the market and who is your target audience?

AG: So, from the healthcare perspective, providers in the industry are looking for a meaningful way to look into the data. That is a very simple problem, but very profound one because data is buried in different silos. So, when you are looking to the EHR data or you looking to it, talk about images, MRI, CT scans, their DICOM, then PACS systems and you’re looking to genomic information. That is a completely different data siloed to different formats. Our hope for the Cloud Healthcare API is ingestion of different industry-standard data sources providing a managed service so that data can get hosted onto the cloud as a managed service. We are teaching cloud to speak the healthcare industry language. So, we speak HL7 and FHIR, clinical core components which represent 80% of use cases from the healthcare standpoint. Similarly, so to put it in perspective, let’s say if you want to run a query today to say female age 45 to 55 who have BRCA1 and BRCA2 gene and who haven’t gotten their mammogram and their healthcare insurance allows that if you want to now connect that you need to connect to your EHR system, your claim systems, your imaging all that different point data silos. Cloud Healthcare API allows the ease of ingestion, we are taking the complexity of ingesting different formats, giving a unified access in the cloud. And once the data is in the cloud, it just means to an end, the end to create meaningful applications, apply AI/ machine learning, and create an ecosystem around that.

AZ: Once you have the data in the system, how do we now make it useable? And how do you make sure that the right kind of privileges, right kind of security, right kind of policies are applied to that data as well as who gets access to what and when did they get access, the governance around that, all the stuff is really the heavy lifting we provide. So as part of the technology we have around the API management capabilities in Google Cloud with the product with Apigee and a few of the things we build around it. We can now allow operators to put a lot of policies into those access to the data as required. And we are able to track it all the way, end to end, so that you have ability to introspect and find out what happened and when and eventually make it available to people who need to have it in an easy way. Once you have that privileges, you should be able to access things through an API and be able to now use that information to create much more meaningful applications with it. So, if you want to build a mobile application, you want to build another kind of data sharing application or few other things. Those are all doable once we kind of provide these policies on top of it and it does not go rogue then, because we are able to now manage it. And then you have systems in place with the IT groups and the business practitioners, analysts who can now run this thing and operate it in a much smarter way. So that is what the technologies we build around. What Aashima was talking about is to really provide the whole lifecycle, governance, policy management, security, tracking, and delivery and ease of use over time so there is much more value and real-time capabilities you can build on it.

PP: What I understand, this is a generally available API, but I think was a term that you used, which means it is free. And I think you do not have to necessarily use a Google cloud platform for managing your data and you can use the API on whatever environment you have got your data in. Can you clarify that for the benefit of our listeners?

AG: So, the data is coming to Google Cloud. When you leverage industry-standard, API is like USCDI data set of FHIR APIs that Amit is talking about. There is an interoperability both at the semantic level so and the data interoperability. Meaning if you speak the common language no matter where your data resides, those APIs will still work. So, it is not a Google proprietary dataset, we’re talking FHIR, we’re talking HL7, we’re talking DICOM. And these common APIs are common language regardless of where your data is stored. So the trick is, understanding and ingesting the data, creating a unified or unified layer and then exposing through the FHIR APIs and those APIs are the same, whether you’re connecting with on-premise, whether you are connecting with a cloud hasn’t let you speak the same language from the north bound API. We have this terminology we call north bound versus south bound. What we are saying here is the open standards allow for that data portability and it’s very important because we don’t want now to be logged into one infrastructure. It is a managed service, we’re giving the tools out. What we’re doing on top of that is better connectivity when you use Google cloud, we have inbuilt and BigQuery machine learning that we are applying, it comes gateway to that machine learning, building models and creating insights on top of that.

AZ: The key thing is that applications you build could be running anywhere. I think with these APIs and with API management capabilities we built, you can build an application, leverage the things we have through this API. But the application is independent of where you want to run that application.

PP: And that is where your Apigee API Gateway and API management platform also comes into the picture. So, you are abstracting the API and the data layer underneath from the actual application there. Are you planning to implement, or have you already implemented the full set of the CMS FHIR data standards? What is the roadmap for that?

AG: So, if you look into the USCDI, which is the core dataset we have implemented that. We have a full listing. If you look go into the documentation, what are the FHIR resources we are supporting. This FHIR has a very robust community of developers, innovators working on it. Our hope is, as and when the new FHIR resources are introduced, we can support them in our product, but a lot of representation of clinical data as FHIR is a continuous journey right now.

PP: You made a reference to the final interoperability ruling as well and it’s been pushed out for six months and so. Does that in any way impact your product or market roadmap? Is there any implication at all for the healthcare API?

AG: I believe the changes we are seeing with COVID-19 and pandemic. It is underscoring the need for interoperability. So, think of that if your labs were available as a FHIR resource, then I could connect with LabCorp or any other information. Of course, with the patient consent and the right security and privacy. But today I believe we are all seeing the response as a nation from the COVID-19 and connecting information from the patient perspective would have been a lot better if interoperability rules were in place of anything. We will see rapid exploration for these going forward.

PP: That’s what I’m seeing as well, there are several clients that we work with are already down the path of getting ready for the compliance dates. You mentioned one of your clients in the Google blog, which is Mayo Clinic and John Halamka, who is quoted in the blog, has also been on my podcast. Can you share a little bit about what is going on there specifically as it relates to the API itself and have you deployed it there, what are some of the use cases? Are you in a position to share some insights from that experience for the benefit of others who are looking to adopt the API?

AG: With Mayo Clinic, we formed our partnership last September and one of the premises of the partnership is cloud to be the cornerstone for the digital transformation for Mayo Clinic. We are very honored and really inspiring to work with Mayo Clinic. They are the leading physician expertise. Now, when you combine that with Google’s AI and machine learning capabilities, our data analytics capabilities, our API management capabilities. So, they are really looking into unifying the data and just ingesting from different data sources and creating that digital platform and cloud healthcare API is the engine and where all the different data sources and the data will be collected. When we say cloud is a cornerstone of the foundation, it is a means to an end to create more meaningful applications. And one thing I would like to underscore here, as the data is coming into the cloud and we are looking into building an app ecosystem or creating meaningful applications the healthcare industry needs more examples of implementations like theirs, the work that we talked about was the crux of it. If we can do it in a governed way, secure way, this is not going to take off. So, it is very important to get that implementation rigor in the engine. That is what Apigee provides that secure gateway to connect to that information, the right analytics, the right reporting. Which API is a public, which are private, and which are for your partner and in building that robust operating model for API as a lifecycle is critical.

PP: So, Amit we have work together on client engagements where Apigee has been the API management platform of choice, and many of the things that Aashima is referring to are being adopted. All the throttling and the air traffic control and all that stuff. What is your sense of the general adoption level of an API and microservices architecture as a strategy in healthcare enterprises? How do you rate or compare healthcare with other sectors that you are working with?

AZ: I think we have a lot of customers who use API management and Apigee product in the healthcare sector. It has gone up a lot over the last couple of years than it used to be before. If you look at the adoption of API management, I will say the highest industry penetration no doubt is telecommunication, financial services, retail media. And healthcare is becoming one of those top five now. There a lot of interest, especially now where you want to have efficiency, you want to have things which are connected well and a business process, which is little more digitized. So digital transformation is starting to become a big requirement by a lot of healthcare customers. It is also opening the ability to collaborate and share things between different pieces of the ecosystem and is becoming top of mind for many healthcare customers I speak to nowadays. And the number of projects we are seeing now with the Apigee in healthcare is gone up considerably. This was slow-moving earlier on, but now I think has gotten faster. I would say retail, financial services are a little faster at digitizing a lot of the processes and integrating the systems because they have multi-channel kind of access required for banks. For example, you want physical access as well as digital access, like retailers that physical stores have e-commerce and the multi-channel kind of mobile-based applications. I am having a similar mindset now in healthcare. So, it is been late to the journey but exhilarated very much over the last couple of years.

PP: Is there a typical profile of healthcare enterprises that you find are faster adopters of API and microservices?

AZ: In healthcare specifically, I have seen with the providers who have provided healthcare services. They want to connect those things together, so you have one single way of accessing patient records and sharing that with the different providers. And on the backend to the insurance companies to digitizing those processes where it was very difficult for them to have a single view of a patient or single view of a claim or single view of the physicians, those kinds of things. So those are the typical early and the fastest growing area in the healthcare side for us. Digitizing any complex process, basically.

PP: When you talk about digital transformation, people are mostly thinking about digital front doors, the experience that UX/UI, telehealth now, of course, is front and center where everybody don’t usually think about API and microservices strategy as a digital transformation enabler. And once you start seeing the productivity benefits for development and speed of innovation and so on and so forth, that is when these things start becoming a little clearer. So, it is kind of behind the scenes in some way.

AZ: You are hundred percent right; I think that this is not about improving your user experience only. And you will do want to have that always because your customers want to have a good experience dealing with you. But now I think the efficiency, the cost savings, the business continuity, all the kind of stuff is becoming top of mind. And those all come from the backend. Is it really connecting systems and making them easy to interoperate? And there is a lot of as you know, more about health care than ever will. But there are a lot of systems out there some are legacy, some are homegrown, some are packaged, some are modern. All the things still need to interoperate. And there is the need for making that happen in a seamless manner using technologies like Apigee, Google Cloud also provides a lot of other things in that space to modernize and integrate. And I think that really makes a big difference for digital transformation.

AG: That is why clients are adopting this platform thinking for their lot of assets. When you look at a typical hospital system. They have wealth of information. If you think of it, patients, medications, what treatments work for all. Ever since 2009 where 94 percent of hospitals have an EHR. Now that information is there and if you want to build an application and connected experience. So, it is not just UX layer, it is connecting the right data and making sure it’s coming up when you either seeing the patient. Am I able to pull the data at the right time and create the right intervention or i I am a payer? By the way with the new rules from CMS ONC we should see a lot of acceleration from the payer side as well.

AZ: This has been you talking to the banking system and connecting the ecosystem, especially because you have now a lot of third-party people involved in the whole end-to-end flow. And I think that is really where having a well thought out technology set which has that in mind from the beginning. It is an important part, and that’s really where the line of the differentiation comes in when we talk about Apigee. We talk about Google cloud. We talk about some of the connectivity in the technologies. Is it really that built in mindset? I think that really makes a big difference.

AG: And that’s hard work, doing it yourself takes years and years to build a product like Apigee and then creating all the vessels, the analytics, the governance, lifecycle.

PP: Apigee is remarkable story, and now, more than ever, you should be seeing an accelerated interest for the platform. Are you seeing providers or healthcare in general investing in unifying the data infrastructure? Are you also seeing a shift towards the cloud? I hear a lot of things about the cloud economics and that it is more expensive than you think it is. But in the net analysis it ends up costing us more. So, we must do the tradeoff. What do you see as it relates to the cloud story and particularly the whole data infrastructure that supports this digital transformation?

AZ: I think in our view from the beginning and I think what we have been thinking about is that to make sure we have flexibility with one size fits all. There is a lot of different use cases we have seen with healthcare customers who have different needs, but also different profiles from the risk perspective or profiles from the infrastructure perspective. They might not all be willing to move all of it to cloud or they might want to keep everything in-house but modernize pieces of it. So, we want to give them flexibility and the way we architected lot of things in the Google cloud is to provide the ability to run things in hybrid. It is been our strategy from the beginning and make sure multi-cloud in a way. So, hybrid is a big thing for many of the healthcare customers specifically because we have a lot of their data in-house and the system’s already been operational and moving everything centrally might not make sense instantly. It makes sense to move to the cloud because you might want to get better insights or reduced tools which are not available on prem or whatever may be the case. We will have this flexible way of architecting and then you can do it specifically to a project, what and how you want to operate that. That is how we have been building a lot of these things. I think that it has really resonated very well with the healthcare customers because we are not saying that, you move everything to Google Cloud and that’s the only way to work with us kind of a mindset at all. We do operate a lot of things. We have technology like Anthos which runs multi-cloud. We just announced today the GA availability of Anthos running on AWS, for example. And soon Azure, it runs on-prem. Same thing with Apigee, runs on-prem, runs on hybrid, runs on Google Cloud. We just acquired a company called AppSheet where you can build an app without taking a single line of code, runs on top of any set of APIs eyes or on top of the G-suite, for example. A lot of those things we are doing aggressively to make it very easy for customers to adopt without having to do lot of work themselves.

AG: That is where the customer empathy is coming from. Again, from the industry not everything is cloud native or cloud ready. It is a multi-year journey that they take with us. It is a transformation truly. And from healthcare, there is that pattern that we do see that where there is a need to connect multiple different data modalities. As I gave you an example, when one piece of critical data element is in EHR, the other is in a different claim system, third is in an imaging system. Those innovative use cases require a layer where all of this comes together. So, then they are looking into creating this kind of secondary data layer of packet where data is ingested in the cloud and a unified layer is created on top of it.

PP: As it relates to cloud, is it fair to say healthcare is going to be a multi multi-cloud hybrid approach for the time being?

AZ: Yeah, I would think so. That is typically the kind of profiles you have seen with the healthcare customers. They will be looking at it that way. I think we have a lot of value we provide them. If they are running on Google Cloud directly, but of course, we still provide them a lot of the advantages and benefits of a technology if they want to run it in multi-cloud or hybrid. And we understand nobody is going to completely stop everything and move everything to one place. We must work in the way the customers want to work.

PP: We are now in the middle of the COVID-19 crisis. We are all sheltered at home. I know that Google and other technology firms have been doing things to help public health in terms of coming up with products. One thing that is been in the news is the contact tracing app that you’re working on together with Apple. Love to hear if you have anything to share with regards to that. And of course, anything else that you are doing to help clients right through the COVID-19 situation from a healthcare standpoint.

AG: From the COVID perspective and the blog that you just mentioned. We have lists of very targeted solution that we’re taking to market both helping researchers so they range from offering the very basic level, the cloud credit for leading researchers, then helping with a Kaggle competition, which is another unit in Google cloud, really bringing in the innovators and leading AI researchers to look into the data and help with the forecasting. The third thing that we have done is the solution for healthcare focused Chatbot, we have a solution which is cloud AI. It Is a conversational engine. So, the problem statement here is what we heard from our customers, especially healthcare lot of triage calls, they are looking into help and creating this digital triage so that patients will not have to come to the facility. We took the CDC questionnaire. So, any way we can alleviate the burden, the burden like reducing the in-person visit by a telemedicine or alleviate the burden on the call center by doing this conversational AI and the digital triage. Those are the offerings that we have today in the market and being actively working with a lot of our customers. These are unprecedented times and there is a lot of burden on a lot of folks. And then we also launched National Response Portal, which is our partnership with HCA and SADA. If you are looking to this cloud, there is looker, the dashboard, and creating this analytics and forecasting models on capacity and the critical care capacity in utilization reports from different facilities who can share the data. So those are few listed in the blog. We are taking Contact tracing very responsibly. There is a blog and more information on how API will be released. And we will be starting with the public health agencies first.

PP: We are coming up to the end of the time here. I really appreciate your sharing your thoughts on the API economy all the best for that product. Google is obviously very serious about healthcare and that is becoming increasingly clear to anyone to whom it is not clear. Where do you see yourself a couple of years from now if you want to share any thoughts on that? Look a little bit ahead after we come out of the COVID-19 crisis into a new normal, whatever the new normal maybe.

AZ: We will continue doing what we have been talking about for some time. The clarity which we have been providing to our customers has been straightforward in terms of how our innovation can help the health care industry. And that is really the long-term goal to the growth plan here.

AG: It will be accelerated, like what we thought we will have X months. It is like very compressed timeframe, but it is accelerating. There is a positive side like there is a digital acceleration at the unprecedented speed, especially healthcare industry will change in the most profound ways and it is about helping our customers through that journey.

PP: It is a wonderful time to be in healthcare and I feel personally very grateful. Because you can make a difference. Any final comments before we close out of the podcast?

AZ: Thank you for having us. I think there is a lot more opportunity for us to continue discussing this. And I think with the COVID situation healthcare industry is probably going to get transformed even faster. So, we are here to kind of collaborate and partner and work and see how we can help.

AG: Likewise, Paddy. Thank you for having us.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About our guest


Amit Zavery is a result-oriented transformational leader with deep technical knowledge and proven business acumen. He is the Vice President and Head of Platform for Google Cloud. At Google he is responsible for defining product strategy, running engineering and building the business application platform. Previously he was an Executive Vice President and General Manager of Oracle Cloud Platform and Middleware products generating more than $6 billion of Oracle’s revenue annually. He led Oracle’s product vision, design, development, and go-to-market strategy for cloud platform, middleware, and analytics portfolio and oversaw a global team of more than 4,500 engineers.

Amit has a proven track record of designing and delivering market leading products and building organizations by recruiting and retaining world-class talent.He was instrumental in building Oracle’s Fusion Middleware product portfolio that scaled from zero to $5B in annual revenue in less than 10 years. He led Oracle’s transformation into a cloud platform provider by starting and building Oracle Public Cloud and operating multiple cloud native services that were adopted by thousands of customers.

Amit is a regular keynote speaker at industry events and considered a thought leader in enterprise software by customers, press, and analysts. He also has extensive experience in identifying, acquiring and integrating numerous private and public companies. He has a BS in Electrical and Computer Engineering from The University of Texas at Austin and MS in Information Networking from Carnegie Mellon University.


Aashima, is the Head of Healthcare Strategy and Solutions for Google Cloud. In this role, she sets the strategic direction for the transformative Healthcare solutions and leads industry engagement with healthcare key executives in helping transform their business strategies that define new models for care, revenue generation and improved care experiences.

Prior to this, Aashima led Digital Health Incubations at Kaiser Permanente and brought several frameshifting opportunities to life. She was responsible for driving innovation through the convergence of various digital technologies.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Connect

We connect the dots with our solutions for better healthcare outcomes

Coronavirus conversations

Coronavirus conversations

Karen Kobelski, VP and General Manager of Clinical Surveillance, Wolters Kluwer Health

"We connect the dots with our solutions for better healthcare outcomes"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Karen Kobelski, VP and General Manager of Clinical Surveillance of Wolters Kluwer Health, discusses their new offerings that are helping clinicians respond to the Covid-19 pandemic. She also discusses how health systems are adopting the new interoperability rule and how it will result in better healthcare outcomes.

At Wolters Kluwer Health, the mission is to bring the latest evidence-based medicine to the benefit of clinicians, learning communities, and patients. Their infection surveillance system and pharmacy surveillance system are helping hospitals and health systems respond and cope with the current Covid-19 crisis. Karen believes that with the new interoperability rule in place, patients can be treated in a lot of different ways if they have access to their health records. She further states that telehealth will stay with us for a long time, and traditional visits to hospitals will be replaced by virtual treatments, just like everyone is working virtually today. Take a listen.

Karen Kobelski, VP and General Manager of Clinical Surveillance, Wolters Kluwer Health in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast – “We connect the dots with our solutions for better healthcare outcomes”


PP: Hello everyone, we are continuing our series of Coronavirus conversations. It’s my privilege and honor to introduce my special guest today, Karen Krobelski, General Manager of Clinical Surveillance and Compliance for Wolters Kluwer Health. Karen, welcome to the show. Can you telling us about the Wolters Kluwer’s offering for healthcare and how you help clinicians and educators at a high level?

KK: Wolters Kluwer’s mission is to bring the latest evidence-based medicine into the workflow of clinicians, students, and the learning community. So from the beginning of their journey in medicine, whether they’re studying nursing or studying to be a doctor, we’re providing the textbooks and the clinical education and we take them all the way through their journey and continue to provide the latest evidence-based medicine; and then provide electronic workflow solutions to actually make their lives easier, their jobs easier, more efficient, to bring that evidence-based medicine to the benefit of both the clinicians and the patients in the healthcare system. That’s really the mission of Wolters Kluwer Health and that’s the mission behind our solutions.

PP: You recently released some new offerings to help clinicians respond and cope with the COVID-19 pandemic. What those offerings are and how you’re helping clinicians in the current context?

KK: There are a few different areas that we’ve been able to jump right in and help with the existing solutions that we already have in hospitals. I’ll give you a specific example. One of our solutions is an infection prevention solution that does infection surveillance for hospitals. We recognize that, right now, the best thing that we could do with the COVID-19 situation is to create a dashboard for hospitals where we could put in one place, a snapshot of the status of every patient in the hospital that has been tested or not tested for COVID-19, whether they are in the ICU or not. Some of the demographic information like, how long they had been there and their prognosis, some of the other complications, etc. So, you have a one-stop-shop for the COVID-19 status in your hospital or your health system. We can aggregate it up to the health system level. So that has really simplified the data collection process. You can imagine how complicated it would be to try to aggregate all that information on a real-time basis. We do that for them. Another thing that we do is we help them automate the process of submitting that information to the National Health System Network. As you know, the CDC is trying to collect that information on a daily basis so they can track the progress of this pandemic. We’re able to aggregate all that data for them and provide that to them so they can serve that up very easily to the CDC. So, in that way, we’re helping to streamline that workflow, make it easier, and provide that information at their fingertips to make sure that they know they can do that without having to go through the complicated process of trying to build those reports, aggregate that data and distribute it on an ongoing basis. Another thing that we’ve done, we also have surveillance in the pharmacy. So, you can imagine patients have been prescribed things like Hydroxychloroquine, [they’ve been prescribed Azithromycin another some of these emerging medications that they’re trying to treat patients with. Those can have some adverse effects. So we’ve written alerts into our pharmacy surveillance system to help bring to the attention of pharmacies someone who might have been prescribed Azithromycin, [but might also have been prescribed something that’s contraindicated]for Azithromycin or someone who might have a condition such as heart arrhythmia or something that would be contraindicated with Hydroxychloroquine. So, we’re really trying to bring to the surface someone’s attention that patients who would need an intervention might be overlooked in the hubbub and the constant presses of the workflow that’s going on right now. So, that’s another solution that we’ve introduced very rapidly and pushed out to our hospital customers who use our solutions.

PP: So, your solution reads the clinical notes in an electronic health record system and surfaces insights that could be indicative of an infection or some other indicator. Is that a fair assessment?

KK: That’s a fair assessment. We are basically bringing in real-time, as the patient’s status changes, vital signs, lab results, medication orders, and we’ve written a series of algorithms. When certain conditions are met to alert a physician or clinician to a patient that needs intervention, you can imagine it’s very hard to sometimes tie all those things together. So we do that for you proactively and push that to the attention of the clinician so they might get a text on their handheld device or they might go to a dashboard and say, hey, show me all the patients that have triggered this alert so that I can do something about that.

PP: So, in terms of the benefits to the clinician, obviously there is a benefit to having all of this information aggregated and presented in a consolidated way, so it saves them a lot of effort. Does it also have an impact in terms of earlier detection of a condition that could potentially become complicated or even fatal? Is there a timesaving involved here that could mean a difference between life and death? Is there an aspect

KK: Yes, we actually have one solution that we have with customers right now that’s focused on early detection of sepsis. A little different from COVID, but COVID and sepsis does go hand in hand. But for sepsis detection, every hour counts. You usually have about eleven hours between the onset of sepsis and death. So, if you can detect that a patient is decompensating earlier and bring that to the attention of the clinician so they could start treatment faster, you’re going to have a better outcome. They may not end up in the ICU and may have a shorter length of stay, it is an overall better outcome for that patient if we can detect it earlier. And so, we can detect when the signs and symptoms start to indicate that someone has sepsis, we can bring that alert to the forefront. We’re working right now on trying to do the same thing for patients who are in the hospital with COVID, who might start to show signs that they’re going into respiratory distress. So, we’ve been testing out some alerts. We’re not quite ready to release them, but alerts that are detecting those patients who are starting to decompensate in terms of their respiratory rates and things like that, that we can push an alert to somebody who may not realize that 15 minutes ago they were fine. But suddenly their oxygen levels are dropping, the respiration is faster, and they need intervention earlier. So, what we’re really trying to do is to bring to the attention of the clinician, a patient who they may have overlooked just because they’re dealing with so many patients and so much going on and haven’t really connected the dots. We connect the dots with our solution.

PP: CEO of Wolters Kluwer Health Diana Nole was recently on my podcast. We spoke just before the national shelter at home guidance went into effect. I think this was in early March and we kind of knew what was coming. She mentioned that Wolters Kluwer already instituted some travel restrictions in anticipation of what was coming. How has the demand environment changed for your company? How you’re adapting to the change in the environment, either in terms of changing up your product portfolio? You talked about some of the new offerings and how are your traditional offerings are doing?

KK: I think, as you said, WK, to some degree, saw it coming and we really started preparing to be able to work from home immediately. In fact, the entire worldwide organization has been working from home for about four weeks now. This is the end of our fourth week working remotely. And it’s good that we’ve made that digital transformation as an organization because it was pretty seamless to be able to be in the office one day and then be working from home and just keep going. You can imagine that this is not the time for someone to try to roll out a new workflow solution or change necessarily to assess the software. So, our focus has really shifted from new sales to helping our existing customers with new features, new solutions, new reporting, new alerting, new code sets to help them manage the current pandemic and navigate through this as fast as possible. To help them kind of get to a new normal it’s important to focus on our existing customers, bring them the resources that we have. And not only our customers, but we also have actually kind of mobilized across the entire health division to put a lot of resources out there into the public. On our web site we’ve taken some of the things that are usually available only under a subscription and we’ve made them publicly accessible, such as our UpToDate content for how to treat COVID, the information related to drugs that are used to treat COVID through our lexicon product. We put that all out there for the public to consume. And we’re continuing to try to innovate every day, to try to find other things that we can put out there to sort of help the world deal with this current crisis. Our focus has shifted from selling new units to new customers to really helping our existing customers benefit from what they have and point them to the right direction and also pushing out new things, new reporting, new learning, and new code sets that they can use to help navigate themselves through this difficult time.

PP: You mentioned that you had gone through your own digital transformation and you were able to seamlessly transition into a remote mode of operation, if you will. I listened to a podcast, with your Global CEO, Nancy McKinstry on one of the other podcasts. I think it was HBR Ideacast, what she talked about is transformation that you’ve gone through as an enterprise. And it seemed like a pretty dramatic change for the organization. But it also sounds to me now like it’s placed you in a very good position to seamlessly transition from what you were a month ago to what you are today, which is virtual cooperation. So it’s really interesting that some organizations either saw it come in or they just grew up in a certain way of working virtually and the other ones that are probably seamlessly transitioning into this, whereas others are, probably struggling a little bit. But I guess the question that I would lead into from that is what do you see as all the trends and future as it relates to virtually delivering care? How does the virtual model translate into the healthcare environment? What do you see as the long-term trends taking hold today as we go through this crisis?

KK: Yeah, I’ve had more telehealth visits with my doctor through in the last couple of weeks that I’ve had ever. And I just think telehealth is here to stay. I know that a lot of the requirements that were in place for telehealth visits have been waived. But, potentially, I think those could be waived in the future. But I also think that we’re going to see all these new modalities in terms of delivering health insights to patients. When you take that and you couple that with this new interoperability rule that’s passed, where the patient record can really be seamlessly exchanged from one vendor to another, and so that you can kind of take your record with you as you go. You’re going to start to see that patients can be treated in a lot of different ways and they will have their full health record with them. I can only give you an example of what’s happened over the course of this past couple of weeks that I think is going to be the future. My mother’s Apple Watch indicated that she was in Fib and I took her to the hospital and she got a pacemaker put in during this whole thing right in the middle of the COVID crisis. But in the future, if Apple has access to or if the provider can actually get the history from that Apple watch of all the incidents of my mother’s heart rate, etc, and marry that with the rest of the patient record, you’re going to have a much better and more efficient and better treatment,. You’re not going to need to traditionally go into these hospitals to see somebody or into a doctor’s office to see somebody, the treatment will really be virtual, just like we’re working virtually today.

PP: You mentioned interoperability on the final rule of from the ONC and the CMS. What kind of changes are you making to your products and what kind of changes you’re seeing health systems, your clients making as they prepare for the upcoming deadline? Are those deadlines even going to be enforced? Assuming that they are, despite the current situation, what is Wolters Kluwer doing and what do you see your clients doing in preparation for that?

KK: Yeah, I do think they’re considering whether or not to stick with the initial six-month deadline that they have. Most people knew that it was coming and hopefully had been sort of preparing for it. I’m not exactly sure that’s the case though. What I would say is that one of the products that we sell is what we call data normalization solutions and reference data management solutions. And this allows hospitals, payers, and healthcare vendors to take all that unstructured data and convert it to the standards that are mandated by the interoperability rule. And so, while we’ve seen hospitals and health systems really be consumed with the COVID crisis, we’ve actually seen a spike in demand from our payer and our vendor customers because they realize they do have to react to this interoperability rule. And so, we’ve been seeing a lot of payers come to us trying to organize how can they embrace these data normalizations solutions and the reference data management solutions so that they can comply with the interoperability rule. And similarly, for vendors, they’re going to need to be able to create a patient record that complies with those standards from a lot of unstructured medical data that they have on the records. So, they have to quickly mobilize to do this. I think what you’re going to see is that providers themselves are going to rely on the vendors to do that for them. So, whether it’s their electronic health record or vendors like us who will do that and help take their unstructured medical data and turn it into a structured format that’s required by interoperability. It’s going to be done through your vendor as opposed to necessarily by the providers themselves, so the demand is really actually still coming to us because of the interoperability rule from payers and from healthcare vendors. And then those providers themselves will actually look to the vendors to be the way that they solve the problem or meet the requirement.

PP: Do you think providers should be doing anything more than relying on their vendors to ensure compliance with interoperability rules. Are there systems that may be homegrown or something else that they need to be preparing for? Is there any burden on them?

KK: I think that the burden came really through meaningful use. Because of meaningful use, they all deployed electronic health records that became the repository of that information. And so, what they really are going to rely on those health record companies to be the place where this transformation happens to the standards. Now, a lot of health record companies have maybe not been as fast to act on this, but I think they realize that this is a mandate that they have to comply with now. There are very few, I think at this point in time, providers across the country, health systems who don’t already have an electronic health record. So that was the first stage of this. And now it’s just taking the electronic health record and making sure that they can now seamlessly exchange the information electronically between vendors and between providers, etc. I think it’s less about the provider having to do something themselves and more about relying on their vendors to be the source of that solution for them.

PP: Just like every other large global organization or every other company, every other business, employees are now working from home. And it’s created a set of circumstances for them in terms of how they manage their life and their work and so on in what is virtually confinement and also, they have to keep themselves safe. They also need to make sure that they don’t feel sick and don’t fall prey to the pandemic. How has Wolters Kluwer been helping your employees cope with both aspects, having to work from home and having to deal with this whole new paradigm, but also keep themselves safe?

KK: Yeah, as I said before, WK acted very quickly to halt travel and to make sure that people could seamlessly transition from being in the office to working from home. So, everybody’s been working from home really for the last four weeks or last month. We’ve been able to make sure that people can comply with social distancing. The company has really gone out of its way to communicate and to provide resources and guidance to people working from home, we have been able to provide free online exercise program, a whole library of resources so people can work out at home. So, you get that physical exercise out of the way since they can’t go to gyms anymore. They’ve provided increased medical coverage to cover the testing and covering the treatment if anybody does have to be treated for COVID or tested for COVID. They’ve made telehealth resources available, so people do not have to go to the doctors. They can actually be treated through telehealth. And we’ve also really stepped up our communication. So from Nancy McKinstry, our CEO, sending regular video messages to everybody worldwide, even down, from Diana’s level at the division level and myself, our business unit level really trying to on a regular basis, just be out there and be in touch with every employee. In fact, I do something every day to my teams across the country where I just send them a note just to check in, send them something just to say, we are here for you. I’m here for you. Let me know what you need. At Wolters Kluwer we have thousands of employees worldwide and there are a few people who still do have to go into the office. One of the things we do is we see lawsuits in service of process. So those have to be served physically. So, for those employees, we’ve actually increased their compensation during this time so that they don’t have to take public transportation. They can go in privately to the office and then they can get childcare provided for them. So, you know, those are exceptions. Most of the workforce is able to work virtually. But for those who are, they are able to, get some extra compensation to help them during this time. So really, I think the WK has gone out of its way to make a variety of resources and provide a variety of support to its employees to help us navigate our way through this unusual time.

PP: That’s wonderful to hear. Karen, thank you so much for joining us. And it’s been a pleasure speaking with you. Stay safe and all the best to you, your team, and the whole Wolters Kluwer family.

KK: Thank you very much. You, too.

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About our guest

Karen Kobelski is the Vice President and General Manager of Clinical Surveillance, Compliance & Data Solutions at Wolters Kluwer. She brings more than 25 years of experience to her position, which expands her previous leadership role over the Safety & Surveillance group to also include the Health Language portfolio of data normalization solutions.

In her role, Karen is responsible for market-leading solutions that provide clinical surveillance, risk detection and data normalization, which improve the quality of patient care, regulatory compliance, and operational performance of organizations in the industry. She is also responsible for guiding the strategic direction of these businesses, a core component of which is delivering expert solutions into the healthcare market by leveraging the company’s deep clinical domain expertise with leading edge technologies.

Karen joined Wolters Kluwer in 2003 as Vice President, Operations Process Management for CT Corporation. Since then, she has served a variety of roles including General Manager of BizFilings and Vice President of Small Business Solutions for Corporate Legal Services. Within the Health Division, she was Vice President of Client Services for Pharmacy OneSource and most recently served as Vice President and General Manager of Safety & Surveillance. A Six Sigma Black Belt, Karen holds an MBA from Harvard Business School and a bachelor’s degree from Georgetown University.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Connect

Covid-19 is the 9/11 moment for healthcare

Coronavirus conversations

Coronavirus conversations

Will O’Connor, M.D., Chief Medical Information Officer, TigerConnect

"Covid-19 is the 9/11 moment for healthcare"

paddy Hosted by Paddy Padmanabhan
bigunlock-podcast-homepage-banner-mic

In this episode, Will O’ Connor, Chief Medical Information Officer of TigerConnect discusses their company structure, the marketplace they are servicing, and challenges healthcare enterprises are facing in response to the Covid-19 pandemic. TigerConnect is a clinical collaboration and communication platform and serves around 6000 customers across the world.

Due to the ongoing crisis, healthcare providers are witnessing a massive uptick in telehealth and virtual care. Dr. O’Connor states that in the last 2-3 weeks there has been 10 to 15 years of advancement in telehealth both in terms of policy and in practice. The company saw a growth in their messaging platform from 5 million to 6 million in just ten days.

Dr. O’Connor hopes that after Covid-19, care delivery will undergo a permanent sea change. The notion of delivering quality of care to patients who can be managed remotely will stay with us for a long time. Take a listen.

Will O’Connor, M.D., Chief Medical Information Officer, TigerConnect in conversation with Paddy Padmanabhan, CEO of Damo Consulting on the Big Unlock Podcast –“Covid-19 is the 9/11 moment for healthcare”



PP: Hello, everyone, and welcome back to my podcast. Today’s special guest is Will O’Connor, Chief Medical Information Officer of TigerConnect. Will, tell us a little bit about who TigerConnect is and what marketplace need you are serving?

WC: We are one of the several providers in the clinical collaboration and communication space. And mostly we work with providers, some big and some small. We have about 6000 customers all over the world now, mostly in the United States. At the core, we provide a communications solution that removes barriers, removes friction, and is designed to let health care practitioners and other people involved in health care, including patients, communicate easier, faster, better, more accurately.

PP: You are privately held, are you VC funded or mostly privately closely held. What’s the structure of your company?

WC: We’re privately held and it’s a pretty small investment group.

PP: What has been your company’s observations on healthcare enterprises, specifically health systems, big challenges in responding to this pandemic? They went overnight from running the business as usual to something they were completely unprepared for. What did you guys see first when you started seeing health systems confront this problem?

WC: To some degree, we saw this coming a little back. Singapore is a very large customer of ours. And as you know, they were impacted by Covid-19 several weeks before the United States and really had their surge before that. And since our customer, we were able to see their message volumes and a big spike in the volumes. We knew how serious this was, based on how they were communicating. It really gave us some good hints at what we needed to do here to help prepare our overall messages. To go to 4 million messages to 5 million messages, it took us about one hundred and sixty days and that happened late last year. We went from 5 million messages to 6 million messages growth in just 10 days. So, we saw this tremendous growth starting in Singapore and now that has translated across the United States as well. A lot of our big customers like Geisinger, St. Luke’s, Temple, New Mexico, RJW Barnabas have really seen the numbers of messages they are sending go up and up. I think what you’re seeing is just more open communication and constant communication related to Covid-19 and a lot of these places are trying to use our system to coordinate. One of our CIOs just told me yesterday that we’re in every single workflow that they have, and she could not imagine what they would be doing without us. So, we’ve seen communication really regarded now as something premium and really needed. This was not always the case. CIOs have definitely had to flex and to be ready for that. I think it was a wakeup call for lots of people including CIOs. I think this is sort of become our 9/11 moment for healthcare. What we’re seeing in the last two to three weeks is 10 to 15 years of advancement in telehealth both in policy and in practice. Folks are now able to get reimbursed for this. And we’re seeing a massive uptick. I think Geisinger has seen a 500 percent increase in telehealth visits. Another big issue CIOs are having that have been moving a lot of people to become remote workers, like Geisinger. They saw more than a doubling number of remote workers that they, almost overnight, had to figure out how to support and move all those people out of the hospital and move them home. So that was another big thing for them.

PP: John Kravitz, who is the CIO of Geisinger, was a guest on this podcast. Through these podcast series, I am essentially taking a look at how technology is enabling the response to the pandemic in the short term and also looking at how this is going to play out in the new normal, whatever that new normal may be. Everyone that I’ve talked to, they are saying any virtual care models has seen a dramatic spike in volume. Whether it is telehealth, synchronous video consults, e-visits, symptom triaging tools, all of the above. I talked to Providence Health as well, and they have seen the same kind of spike. So, most of the messaging that you’re talking about is it between caregivers, or caregivers to patients, or is a combination of the two?

WC: It’s a combination of the two. But I think the preponderance of the communication increase has been on the clinical side with clinician to clinician trying to coordinate care for patients and coordinate it quickly. We’ve seen an uptick on the patient side as well. And there’s a lot of use cases that we’ve seen really come into play overnight that we would not even have even imagined just a month ago or so. Certainly, we’ve seen an uptick in virtual care and that’s where we’ve seen an increase in the patient communication volumes. Even though HIPAA has been partially waived, you are still responsible for a breach. So, we’ve seen a premium placed on being able to communicate with a patient in a HIPAA compliant way that you can still report on. But keeping that patient at home and keeping them out of that physical location so that you can save the care givers for the patients. This has done a couple of things; it has certainly helped organizations address the surge that they’re seeing. They still have all the normal patients that need care. Excluding the amount of flu patients, which has dropped off the chart and has essentially been replaced by Covid-19 patients. But you’re still seeing all heart failure patients, diabetics, hypertensives, many of whom can be managed remotely. So, I think there is a permanent sea change that we will see. It saves time, money, and you can deliver a great quality of care. But being able to address the surge in patients has been a big use case that we’ve seen that has really spiked the volumes. I think the other big one we’ve seen right away is using the application to keep onsite workers safe and being able to connect staff and then being able to connect patients and staff and do so in a virtual way where now the practitioner doesn’t necessarily have to enter the patient room. They can have a secure conversation, voice, video or text with the patient from a location. They could be in the hallway or in their office 50 miles away giving care to that patient. And it’s become exceptionally important. Every doctor takes an oath when we graduated medical school and then becomes a doctor. At the beginning of that oath is first do no harm. That includes us too, and our families. The lack of personal protective equipment that is out there and some of the problems that we’ve had, being able to keep practitioners, nurses, physicians, respiratory therapist safe and giving them the ability to interact with a patient but be outside their room in a sterile area, where the patient is not and keep that patient in isolation. I can’t think of anything more important that we’re doing. Henry Ford in Detroit came out today, seven hundred and thirty-four workers have already been infected with Covid-19. And we’re just getting started. So, I can’t think of a more critical issue for a CIO than enabling their practitioners the ability to provide telehealth and real-time virtual care.

PP: I imagine that the communication tool that you’re referring to is a simple app of some kind, and you use that to have secure communication between caregivers as well as between caregivers and their patients. How does any communication tool like this integrate with a backend system like an electronic health service system? I imagine there is more value than just communication. There’s value in analyzing the nature of the communication to see whether there is some additional insight that you can get. You mentioned in Singapore, I have friends in Singapore and they’ve done some interesting things, including the contact tracer, which is a phenomenal tool that has really helped them keep a lid on their infections because several thousand people have downloaded them. Is there a utility to this messaging platform that is more than just a communication tool is something that can provide you with a indicator of something that is going to happen or provide additional insight? Let’s say, a pattern in one hospital that you could then abstract and maybe make available to another hospital. Is there any aspect of that you are working on?

WC: It is an application., we developed natively on both iOS as well as Android. But the beauty of it is you don’t need the app. If you’re communicating with someone who is using TigerConnect and you don’t have the app, it simply sends you an SMS with a secure link. You click on that link and you immediately open into a browser window where you have a very similar experience as if you have the app itself. It reduces the amount of friction we’ve seen as an industry. I would say a relative lack of success with patient portals that are relatively heavy and hard to use requires the end-user to have some sort of internet connection and a phone. Reducing that amount of friction has helped tremendously. But most of the end-users we have who use it every day will have the application that they download in their phone. As far as patterns, we do have a full reporting suite that comes along with the application and that can be used for reporting on things like the amount of telehealth someone is providing, links to conversations. But within hospitals we can really help them both inside the hospital and then out in the community as we can see the amount of communication going on. We, of course, can’t see the messages. Those are all secure, but we can see the numbers of them. And then folks that have our service and report on those and see different things like this department’s not really using the application or they’re not connecting or sending as many messages as we would expect to this other department. It allows them to dig into those data and perhaps they are maybe a department within the hospital that’s not connected the right way. Maybe their end users aren’t fully deployed on it for different things like that. So, we can spot some patterns and help people get more utility out of it. And then out in the community as well, we can check referral patterns. The applications can see if there are messages going within their network or there’s a lot of messages going outside that network and they’re losing patients and losing referrals elsewhere. We can see that as well. So, there’s a lot of data that you can tease out of the application that becomes helpful as far as spotting patterns as well as spotting different utilization jumps or lack thereof within current clients that we have.

PP: The referral tracking is a very interesting use case. You can very clearly see where it’s going, and act as required. So, your product is a communication platform. You don’t really see the actual content of the communication. So, you are like cloud providers. You’re hosting the data, but you don’t really see what the data and so you maintain privacy of the patient. So, I imagine the hospital has the data. They can see the communication, where does it go. Are they storing it or is it transient data? What is happening to all this communication?

WC: It’s HIPAA compliant. We’re also high trust certified. We’ve got the highest level of security available. It’s encrypted on the device itself within an app container and in transit as well. We cannot as a company see any of the messages at all going back and forth. A healthcare system typically takes two options. First, they may just store the metadata and keep the metadata and let the conversations fade into the ether. We have the patterns on the ephemeral text message. And I would say about half of our clients choose to keep the messages somewhere between 15 and 30 days. And then they’re gone forever. There is no way to retrieve them after that. The other half of our clients choose to either do integration with an EMR and actually store the conversations within the context of the electronic medical record or the more preferred method for them is to store those conversations and archive them. We provide an archiving service as well for them. If they like they can archive them themselves, or they can archive them with us as well. We can keep them for up to 50 years.

PP: So, they’re probably not digging deep into the text right now, except maybe to look at recent messages to understand the here and now and what to do about it. But maybe in the future some insight that comes out of analyzing these vast amounts of text data, especially if they’re going to be combined in some way with clinical notes in the electronic health record system. So, it’s kind of TBD, as I understand.

WC: There’s a lot that goes back and forth and it’s hard to know even if you’re talking to a patient. Beginning of that conversation, may be very friendly, very colloquial, not something you would want to store in the medical records. There’s a lot of picking and choosing what you’re storing. Then within the data itself there may be some useful things in there. But we’ve really shied away from that in order to maintain the highest level of privacy we can. What we’ve done to leverage the network for medical information, best practices, a couple of weeks ago we launched a physician only network which was by invitation. It was open to physicians within our client base as well as physicians outside of our client base and establishing a network where we could connect verified physicians to comment on and share information on the best and the latest treatments available for Covid-19. And we’ve seen a very large usage of that network so far. As far as I know its one-of-its-kind. We’ve been sort of comparing it to some of the Facebook physician groups that are out there where you have hundreds of thousands of folks involved and you see lots of political content that’s not sourced. Information is coming at us so quickly nowadays, as healthcare practitioners, we felt we wanted a place where folks could go to the field to share the best and the latest around what has come out. So, we’re taking time to curate some high-quality content and then sharing it amongst those physicians. In a way, we are mining our network in different way. We’re still leaving all the messages that go back and forth private, but we’re allowing folks now to go on there and do something a little bit different than we have before but share high-quality content across the United States. And we’re really seeing some nice up to date and quality content being shared because this is still such a new disease for us. Information that’s a week old is often dated. So, we wanted to provide a place where they could keep up to date.

PP: We’re coming up to the close of our time here. How do you see all this changing the way healthcare is delivered in the future? And what does a new normal look like to whenever that may come about?

WC: I hope that this represents a sea change. As I said earlier, I think this is the 9/11 moment for healthcare. While this has been crushing in some respects for us, I think that a lot of good is going to come out of this. We’re going to see a lot of these changes be permanent. I think Medicare in the past has demonstrated, if they can find a way to save money, they’ll do it. And I think the changes that we’ve made to telehealth are going to end up saving them a lot of money and being a lot more efficient. That is one of the things I would like to see permanently change. And being able to have people receive care from within their homes rather than dragging them into an office for a checkup that could have been performed remotely. That is a change that hopefully will not go away, because I think we’re going to be in this for a while here. As far as we’re going to see some improvement. But the desire to keep patients away from your physical facility and away from your office is going to be something that’s with us for a long time. Hopefully sticking around permanently and one that’s really here to stay. I think the other one is going to be healthcare systems establishing a communication network. We’re in the CC&C that is Clinical, Collaboration and Communication space. I think most people would be surprised at how relatively undeveloped the entire space is. I would still say that most providers, especially big providers, do not have a good handle on the breadth of their network and can’t communicate to all their physicians or all of their practitioners in a meaningful and connected way. We see patchwork communication systems all over the place where they might be using six or seven different applications as well as a couple of different EMRs trying to communicate. And what we found is most people end up not using that at all and either going to an application like ours or simply resorting to a text message or I-message something not secure or not trackable and not reportable and really not good for healthcare or for the patients. I think you’ll see a big uptick after this is all over in these clinical communication and collaboration platforms. I hope that’s one that’s here to stay as well.

PP: We are suddenly seeing a lot of money coming in to support this. We saw the FCC announced A $200 million investment the other day, which is exclusively for telehealth. And then, a lot of the money that comes out of the fiscal relief package, 100 billion or so has been set aside for hospitals and providers. As providers get used to virtual care as more of the norm than the exception, a lot of this money is going to go towards strengthening these technologies and modifying the treatment protocols and care protocols and so on, so forth just to get on board with the notion of delivering care virtually as a matter of routine and only for the exceptions, you bring people into the hospital. So, it’s going to be interesting times for sure. First of all, congratulations, you guys seem to be in the right place at the right time, no matter what the circumstances may have been. And wish you and your team all the best. And thank you for joining us today on this podcast Will.

WC: Thanks Paddy for having me on and best of luck to you as well.

PP: Thank you very much!

We hope you enjoyed this podcast. Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write to us at [email protected]

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About our guest

Additional experience includes EHR and HIE implementations, clinical communication and collaboration, clinician adoption, analytics, clinical decision support, provider operational analysis and clinical process redesign.

Will O’Connor, M.D. is TigerConnect’s Chief Medical Information Officer. He is an industry-known physician executive with more than 20 years of healthcare experience focused on operations, strategic planning, consulting, client delivery, and thought leadership across the healthcare industry.

As an orthopedic surgeon, Dr. O’Connor has significant provider experience as well as deep commercial experience having worked for multiple companies including McKesson, Allscripts/Eclipsys, and PriceWaterhouseCoopers. He specializes in assisting large health systems, academic medical centers, community hospitals and payers to leverage healthcare information technology and operational improvements to advance their clinical and financial outcomes.

Additional experience includes EHR and HIE implementations, clinical communication and collaboration, clinician adoption, analytics, clinical decision support, provider operational analysis and clinical process redesign.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Connect

The Healthcare Digital Transformation Leader

Stay informed on the latest in digital health innovation and digital transformation.

The Healthcare Digital Transformation Leader

Stay informed on the latest in digital health innovation and digital transformation

The Healthcare Digital Transformation Leader

Stay informed on the latest in digital health innovation and digital transformation.